All Courses Print View

Aerospace Studies (AFAS)

120. The Foundation of the United States Air Force (1)

A survey course designed to introduce students to the United States Air Force and provide an overview of the basic characteristics, missions and organization of the Air Force.

120L. Leadership Laboratory (1)

Development of personal leadership and managerial abilities. Examination and demonstration of Air Force customs and courtesies, drill and ceremonies and standards of discipline and conduct. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Corequisite: 120.

121. The Foundation of the United States Air Force (1)

A survey course designed to introduce students to the United States Air Force and provide an overview of the basic characteristics, missions and organization of the Air Force.

121L. Leadership Laboratory (1)

Continuation of AFAS 120L. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Corequisite: 121.

250. The Evolution of USAF Air and Space Power (1)

Introduces topics on Air Force heritage and leaders, introduction to air and space power through examination of competencies, functions and continued application of communication skills.

250L. Leadership Laboratory (1, may be repeated once Δ)

Application of elements of personal leadership. Demonstration of command, effective communications, individual leadership instruction, physical fitness training and knowledge of Air Force requirements. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Corequisite: 250.

251. The Evolution of USAF Air and Space Power (1)

Introduces topics on Air Force heritage and leaders, introduction to air and space power through examination of competencies, functions, and continued application of communication skills.

251L. Leadership Laboratory (1, may be repeated once Δ)

Continuation of AFAS 250L. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Corequisite: 251.

300. Air Force Leadership Studies (3)

Teaches cadets advanced skills and knowledge in management and leadership. Emphasis placed on enhancing leadership skills. Cadets have an opportunity to try out these leadership/management techniques in a supervised environment as juniors and seniors.

300L. Leadership Laboratory (1)

Application of leadership and management theories and concerns through participation in advanced leadership experiences; weight and fitness training. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Corequisite: 300.

301. Air Force Leadership Studies (3)

301L. Leadership Laboratory (1)

Continuation of AFAS 300L. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Corequisite: 301.

325. Air Force ROTC Directed Studies (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

This course provides the opportunity for individual directed studies of advanced subjects under supervision of designated AFROTC faculty. This course is only open to AFROTC Cadets. Restriction: permission of department.

329. Active Duty Physical Training Preparation (1, may be repeated eight times Δ)

Course prepares Field Training (FT) Preparation cadets for their roles as military leaders by teaching various ways to conduct military fitness training. Goal is to expose cadets to many training methods while instilling AF physical fitness standards. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: permission of instructor.

350. Air Force ROTC Field Training (3)

Required summer field training program, which is an integral and mandatory part of the AFROTC commissioning process. This course completes the GMC program of study and is only open to AFROTC Cadets. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: permission of department.

400. National Security Affairs-Preparation for Active Duty (3)

A foundation for seniors to understand their role as military officers in American society. An overview of the complex social and political issues facing the military profession. Prerequisite: 301.

400L. Leadership Laboratory (1)

Advanced laboratory experience in practicing leadership and managerial techniques with individuals and groups. Applying effective communications and human relations. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Corequisite: 400.

401. National Security Affairs-Preparation for Active Duty (3)

A foundation for seniors to understand their role as military officers in American society. An overview of the complex social and political issues facing the military profession. Prerequisite: 400.

401L. Leadership Laboratory (1)

Continuation of AFAS 400L. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Corequisite: 401.

Africana Studies (AFST)

101. Swahili I (3)

(Also offered as SWAH 101) Foundation course for all beginning students interested in reading or speaking the language. {Offered upon demand}

102. Swahili II (3)

(Also offered as SWAH 102) This course builds directly upon AFST 101, and is designed to bring the students beyond a novice-intermediate or intermediate level of competence. Prerequisite: 101.

104. Introduction to Africana Studies (3)

An interdisciplinary course that introduce students to the histories, cultures, and experiences of global people of African descent.

108 [111]. Intensive Elementary Arabic I (6)

(Also offered as ARAB 111) Intensive Arabic language course that develops students' Arabic skills to the ACTFL Novice High level and expands their cultural knowledge of the Arab world.

109. Introduction to Comparative Global and Ethnic Societies (3)

(Also offered as CCS, NATV, SUST, WMST 109) The course explores historical and contemporary social forces that impact ethnic communities across the Americas. Students will examine social and economic dynamics of Indigenous, Latino, Asian-Pacific, Africana communities, and women's experiences.

249. Race and the Black Male (3)

This course explores the historical construction of Black Manhood in America. Students in this class will critically analyze the construction of Black male identity in America within the contexts of education, religion and mass incarceration.

250. Survey of African American History (3)

Survey of African-American history from the African past to the present. Themes covered are the African background, holocaust of enslavement, emancipation and reconstruction, Jim Crow, civil rights, Black power, and the post-industrial/post civil rights eras.

251. African-American Literature I (3)

(Also offered as ENGL 266) The course introduces students to the African American classics of the slavery era. Daily experiences of the characters in these books become the basis for discussing race, class, gender, revolt, freedom, peace and humanity.

255. Black Women and the Diaspora (3)

(Also offered as WMST 255)This survey course reviews the contributions of Black women to the Black Diasporic story.

280. African-American Culture (3)

An analysis of the political, economic, religious and familial organization of African-American communities in the United States.

297. Interdisciplinary Topics (1-3)

Special topic courses in specialized areas of African-American Studies. Community Economic Development; Race and American Law; Culture and Personality.

299. Black Leadership [Black Leaders in the U.S.] (3)

A comparative study of major African-American leaders and their impact on race relations in the United States.

303. Black Liberation and Religion [Introduction to Black Liberation and Religion] (3)

(Also offered as RELG 303) Students will be introduced to the Black experience, which necessitates the redefinition of God and Jesus Christ in the lives of Black people as the struggle for transcendental and political freedom.

307. Blacks in the Southwest [Blacks in the U.S. West] (3)

(Also offered as AMST 351) A survey of the lives of Blacks in the American West (1528–1918).

309. Black Politics (3)

(Also offered as POLS 309) A study of the history and diverse educational and political maturation processes of elected American officials and functions of the political process. {Fall}

315. Race and the Law (3)

Explores the historical and contemporary treatment of race in the United States by the courts and the legislature, and the construction of race as a concept and position of identity through the law.

317. Civil Rights Movement (3)

This course surveys the Civil Rights Movement, focusing on legal decisions, events, and consequences of the era. Black radicalism, federal policies, world affairs, the role/impact of gender, and post-Civil Rights America will be explored.

322. Africana Study Abroad (1-6 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

329. Introduction to African Politics (3)

(Also offered as POLS 329) An introductory course in the volatile politics in Africa. The various ideologies that underlie political movements and influence African governments will be explored.

333. Black Political Theory (3)

Survey course of the literature and philosophy of the Black Diaspora.

335. Sociology of Black Communities (3)

This course examines issues and introduces relevant sociological theories and concepts related to Black social life in America and Afro-Latin communities from a historical and contemporary frame of reference.

340. Race and Globalization (3)

This course highlights the intersection and impact of race and globalization on people and communities worldwide and their resistance to the most oppressive consequences of economic, political, and cultural globalization.

345. Foundations in Critical Race Theory (3)

This course interrogates theories related to race, racism, racial power, racialization, white supremacy and anti-black ideology.

360. The Harlem Renaissance [Introduction to Harlem Renaissance] (3)

This course introduces the art, literature, and music of the Harlem Renaissance and the development of Black identity. The course will also review the historic roots of the Black Arts Movement and Hip Hop Culture.

380. African Literature (3)

An analytical look at the works of major African writers and their usage of African symbols to portray Africa of the past, present and the future.

381. African-American Literature II (3)

(Also offered as ENGL 366) This is the second phase of a three-part journey through the African-American experience in search of humanity and peace. The vehicle is post-slavery books written by and about African-American people. Issues raised and the characters in the books provide the occasion for in-depth discussion of inhumanity, protests, self definition, race relationships, liberalism, etc.

385. The African World (3)

An interdisciplinary introduction to the study of Africa; its political and economic geographies; its traditional and new societies; and its politics in global perspectives.

388. Blacks in Latin America [Blacks in Latin America I] (3)

A comprehensive analysis of the plight of Black people in Latin America as compared with their experiences in North America, from the 15th to 19th century.

391. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

395. Education and Colonial Africa [Education and Colonial West Africa] (3)

A study of European education and its psychological, sociological and cultural impact on traditional African society. {Fall, Spring}

396. Emancipation and Equality (3)

The course examines the ending of and aftermath of slavery focusing on Silversmith’s The First Emancipation and also the general emancipation of the Civil War era.

*397. Interdisciplinary Topics (1-3, no limit Δ)

Special topic courses in specialized areas of African-American Studies. African-American Literature; Sociopolitics: Africa; Politics of Southern Africa; Black Books III, Education and African-American Education and Free Society. {Fall, Spring}

398. Africana Philosophy and Methods (3)

This course draws upon significant philosophical ideas and methodological practices, which outline an Africana worldview.

399. Race, Culture and Education [Culture and Education] (3)

Analysis of the different child-rearing practices and their effects on the academic performances of children. Analyzes the role of culture in education.

453. African American Art (3)

(Also offered as ARTH 453 / 553) This class provides an overview of African American artists and contextualizes their creativity within the wider framework of U.S. art. What, for example, are the benefits and pitfalls of assigning race to any creative practice?

*495. Topics in Africana Studies (1-3 to a maximum of 24 Δ)

Explorations of a variety of advanced topics in Africana Studies.

497. Advanced Community Organizing (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

This course serves as one of the possible capstone experiences for Africana Studies majors. Students engage in research and/or community projects.

498. Research Seminar (3)

This course examines several types of research and mixed-methods as tools for understanding the role of theory, research, methods, and practice across disciplines related to Africana Studies.

Arts Leadership and Business (ALB)

250. The Business of Being an Artist (3)

Survey of arts management terms and concepts with an emphasis on the creative workforce and economy, business of art, nonprofit management, and arts career development strategies. Students develop a career plan that informs their academic directions.

275. Making The Promotional Video (3)

Fundamentals of promotional video making and providing technical and aesthetic proficiencies used in video communications for public relations and marketing. Includes exposure to industry practices and the expertise of public relations and marketing professionals.

*365. Social Media for Arts Marketing (3)

Emphasis on developing a Web presence and using social media tools for arts marketing and promotion. Real world projects and case discussions will assist in understanding social media marketing practices and strategies.

*370. Problems in Arts Leadership and Business (3, may be repeated once Δ)

This problems course rotates areas of study that reflect contemporary trends and issues in Arts Management. Problems include, but are not limited to: creative economy, public arts commissioning, and arts entrepreneurship.

375. Producing for Film and Digital Media (3)

Students will learn roles of the motion picture producer, acquiring the skills to produce a film or digital media project. Includes choosing a viable project and optioning, developing and preparing for pre-production, production, and post-production.

*450. Business Planning for the Arts (3)

This course guides students to research and review current theories and trends in the creative economy and how this economic activity is shaping contemporary arts management strategies and practices nationally and globally. Prerequisite: 250. Restriction: permission of instructor.

*451. Non-Profit Arts Administration (3)

The course is designed to prepare students to be successful arts administrators as they apply management principles in an arts environment. Students will develop capacity building strategies and their own professional practice in the arts. Prerequisite: 250 or *365.

*470. Advanced Topics in Arts Leadership and Business (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Arts Management Practices rotates areas of study that considers current professional practices in allied fields. Practices include, but are not limited to: public arts commissioning, arts funding development, or creative placemaking.

*495. Arts Leadership and Business Internship (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Students are required to complete concurrent online training and 150 internship hours onsite under a mentor's supervision. Prerequisite: 250. Restriction: permission of program.

American Studies (AMST)

182. Introduction to Environmental and Social Justice (3)

An introduction to the theories of the environment, theories of justice in the context of environmental policy and planning and to histories of poor peoples' struggles around the unequal distribution of toxic waste. (ESJ) {Summer, Fall, Spring}

183. Introduction to Gender Studies (3)

This course focuses on the interdisciplinary study of the construction of gender as a category. Readings will span cross-cultural and historical materials, including literary, artistic and popular representations of masculinity and femininity in America. (GS)

184. Introduction to American Popular Culture (3)

Survey of basic concepts of popular culture and methods for its study. Source materials are drawn from diverse areas–television, film, comics, music and sports. (PC)

185. Introduction to Race, Class and Ethnicity (3)

An interdisciplinary introduction to the issues of race, class and ethnicity in American life and society. (RCE) Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area IV: Social/Behavioral Sciences. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

186. Introduction to Southwest Studies (3)

Provides both an introduction to the complex history and culture of the Southwestern United States and a demonstration of the possibilities of the interdisciplinary study of regional American culture. It is multicultural in its content as it is multidisciplinary in its methodology. (SS) Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area V: Humanities and Fine Arts. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

200. Topics in American Studies (3, no limit Δ)

The content of this course varies by semester. Topics include: America in the 50s; America in the 60s–70s; the American family; power and culture; schooling in America. (G)

201. Introduction to Chicana and Chicano Studies (3)

(Also offered as CCS 201, NATV 201) Introductory survey of the Mexican American experience in the United States, with special reference to New Mexico. Exploration of historical, political, social, and cultural dimensions. (RCE)

252. The Native American Experience (3)

(Also offered as NATV 252) Introductory survey of Native American History, culture and contemporary issues. Students read literature by and about Native Americans covering a variety of topics including tribal sovereignty, federal policy, activism, economic development, education and community life. (RCE)

285. Perspectives in American Studies (3)

This class will introduce students to the interdisciplinary field of American Studies through focused thematic inquiry drawing on two areas of focus in the department. (G) {Fall, Spring}

303. Law in the Political Community (3)

(Also offered as POLS 303) Introduction to the role of law and legal institutions in politics and society. (C)

309 / 509. Topics in Social Movements (3, may be repeated once Δ)

An interdisciplinary approach to the analysis of social movements, focusing on cultural and social formations of these movements. Topics include: folklore of social movements; labor struggles; peace movements; land conflicts. (C)

310 / 510. Topics in Cultural Studies (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Varying topics undergraduate course. An in-depth study of one subject in the field of interdisciplinary culture studies. Topics may include material culture, folklore, consumerism, public culture, critical theory, cultural identity and language and representation. (C)

311. Youth, Power and Social Movements (3)

This course examines contemporary youth involvement in social movements through the lens of social movement theory focusing in particular on youth activism in the post-Civil Rights era.

314. Violin Making: Construction and Culture (3, may be repeated four times Δ)

Students will learn the history of violin making and be exposed to cultural and historical materials related to religious, ritual and folk violin performances and dances practiced in New Mexico since the early 17th century.

320. Topics in Environmental and Social Justice (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

The content of this course varies by semester. Topics may include: environmental justice, social movements, law and justice, race and nature, state violence, environmental social theory. (ESJ)

321. Science, Nature and Anxiety in the Zombie Films of George Romero (3)

This course will examine the social commentary of George Romero's zombie films. We will consider how Romero's zombies serve as a vehicle to examine social anxieties regarding science, technology, nature, race, class and consumerism.

330 / 530. Topics in Gender Studies (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

Varying subjects deriving from the contemporary cultural studies focus on matters of gender. Topics include: feminist theory; gender and nature; the factor of gender in disciplinary and interdisciplinary studies. (GS)

340. Topics in Popular Culture (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Content varies by semester. Topics include: popular music, popular culture of the 1960s; sex and gender in popular culture; chicano/a vernacular culture; black popular culture; popular environmentalism. (PC)

341 / 541. Topics in Film (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

Varying subjects, based in theoretical and/or historical approaches. Topics include: sex and gender in popular film; films of the nuclear age; African-American film; ethnicity in American cinema; film theory. (PC)

343. Urban Legends (3)

This course will examine the origins, transmissions, and embedded meanings within contemporary urban legends, with a specific focus on how these legends both perpetuate and reflect attitudes toward race, gender, and politics. (PC)

344. Growing up Catholic in America (3)

(Also offered as RELG 344) This course examines Catholic children and adolescents in the United States over two centuries, considering how Catholic children experience the world, and how the Church and society imagine Catholic children.

345. Religion(s) in the American West (3)

(Also offered as RELG 345) This course considers religious communities inhabiting the present-day American West, from the eighteenth century onward, and critically examines interpretations of the West that tie it to a national religious destiny.

346. Religion in New Mexico (3)

(Also offered as RELG 346) This course examines New Mexican religion from the seventeenth century onward, considering how life here shapes religious practice, and how religion factors in how visitors imagine and represent inhabitants.

347. Catholicism in America (3)

(Also offered as RELG 351) This course introduces students to the history of Roman Catholicism in the United States, emphasizing the interaction of Catholicism with politics and culture, and the religious lives of ordinary Catholics.

348. Hip Hop and Ya Don't Stop (3)

This course provides a rigorous historical and theoretical understanding of the emergence of hip hop culture as what many consider the most dynamic youth expressive form emerging from the latter half of the 20th century.

350 / 550. Topics in Race, Class, Ethnicity (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Offers specialized topics on an alternating basis dealing with race, class and ethnicity in the formation of American life and society. Subject areas include immigration, class formation, conquest, colonization, public policy and civil rights. (RCE)

351. Blacks in the Southwest [Blacks in the U.S. West] (3)

(Also offered as AFST 307) A survey of the lives of Blacks in the American West (1528–1918). (RCE)

353. Race Relations in America (3)

An interdisciplinary investigation of the development of race as a set of power relations, lived identities and ideas. Pays particular attention to the relationship of race to work, immigration, gender, culture and intellectual life. (RCE)

356 / 556. Topics in Native American Studies (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Topical survey of theoretical approaches, research methodologies and subject areas within the interdisciplinary field of Native American Studies. (RCE)

357 / 557. Topics in African-American Studies (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Offers topics addressing African-American social, cultural, political and intellectual life. Topics include: black social movements, African-American intellectual history, black cultural studies, slavery in the Americas. (RCE)

358 / 558. Topics in Latino/a Studies (3)

This interdisciplinary topics course examines the fastest growing population in the U.S. and includes Latino intellectual history, political and economic relations, recovery projects, music, film and media representations and environment, community and post-colonial studies. (RCE)

360 / 560. Topics in Southwest Studies (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

Offers topics dealing with the social, cultural and technological developments among the people of the Southwest. Topics include folk art and material culture; rural, urban and border communities; traditional healing; travel and tourism; Hispano/Chicanos after 1848. (SS)

363. Chicano/Latino Film (3)

Covers the Chicano/Latino experience through its depiction on film and from the perspective of Latino filmmaking. The course analyzes film as communication, film narration, symbolism and subjectivity. (SS)

385. Theories and Methods of American Studies (3)

Introduces students to interdisciplinary approaches in the study of American culture, focusing on “Race, Ethnicity, Gender and National Identity,” “Media, Popular Culture, and Cultural Studies,” “Critical Regionalism,” and “Environment, Science and Technology.” (G) {Fall}

468. Navajo Expressive Culture (3)

(Also offered as ANTH 468/568, MUS 468/568, THEA 468/568) Examination of contemporary Diné (Navajo) politics and art (music, Navajo language, photography, dance, radio, filmmaking, comedy, weaving, poetry). Weekly guest speakers, readings from ethnomusicology, anthropology, critical indigenous studies. Includes overnight field trip to Navajo Nation. {Fall}

485. Senior Seminar in the Culture of the United States (3)

An analysis of the value of synthesis in liberal scholarship. Focus will be on cooperative interdisciplinary research. (G) {Spring only}

486. Senior Seminar in Southwest Studies (3)

Capstone course for majors/minors in the Southwest Studies that synthesizes current scholarship on critical regionalism: borderlands studies, trans-nationalism, indigeneity, immigration and other topics. Students develop research, analysis and writing to produce an original research paper. (SS)

497. Individual Study (1-3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

(G)

*498. Internship (1-6)

Involves internships in off-campus learning experiences related to the study of American and regional culture and character, such as work in local communities and with relevant institutions. (G)

499. Honors Thesis (3)

Development and writing of senior honors thesis under supervision of Faculty Advisor. (G) Prerequisite: 285. Restriction: permission of Undergraduate Director. {Spring}

500. American Culture Study Seminar (3)

Examines the basic texts and methods in the field of American studies through discussion and critical/analytical writing assignments. Required for all American Studies graduate students; restricted to graduate students in the department. (G) {Fall}

501. Theories and Methods in American Studies (3)

Introducing students to a range of American Studies theories and methods, this spring seminar is the second in the required sequence of the American Studies core graduate curriculum and builds on the American Studies proseminar. Prerequisite: 500. Restriction: admitted to M.A. American Studies or Ph.D. American Studies.

502. Research Methods Practicum (3, may be repeated once Δ)

This seminar reviews: 1) archival and library research; 2) data collection and fieldwork (plus subsequent analysis and presentation of data); 3) processes of hypotheses and theory building; and 4) development of a research proposal. (G) Prerequisite: 500 and 501. Restriction: admitted to M.A. American Studies or Ph.D. American Studies. {Spring}

509 / 309. Topics in Social Movements (3, may be repeated once Δ)

510 / 310. Topics in Cultural Studies (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

An in-depth study of one subject in the field of interdisciplinary culture studies. Topics may include material culture, folklore, consumerism, public culture, critical theory, cultural identity and postcolonial studies. (C)

511. Social Movements (3)

This seminar focuses on the interdisciplinary study and critical theorization of social movements, examining what forms of conflict, social collectivity, and power have been mobilized and conceived as social movements historically and in the present.

512. Transnational American Studies (3)

Decentering the U.S. from its sense of entitlement to America, this course explores hemispheric relations, the history of the U.S. as an imperial power, and the current context of the transnationalization and globalization of cultures. (C)

513. Cultural Politics of Neoliberalism (3)

This course examines the multiple dimensions of neoliberal formation through the particular historical, social, political, and cultural dynamics of the neoliberal project, from the selective redeployment of classical liberalism to the crisis of contemporary globalization.

517. Visual Culture (3)

This course will investigate the role of visual experience in everyday life. The assigned works represent a variety of interdisciplinary approaches to American visual culture, including photography, film, television, material culture, and public art. (C)

519. Topics in Cultural History (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Graduate seminars; content varies. Topics include: democracy, culture and history; American landscapes; history and narrative. (C)

520. Topics in Environmental and Social Justice (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

Graduate study of subjects in Environmental and Social Justice. Content varies by semester and topics may include: science/technology studies, environmental justice, political economy of nature, environmental social movements, race and nature, law and violence. (ESJ)

523. Environmentalism of the Poor (3)

This class examines struggles over life itself from the perspective of poor communities. It considers how people organize against a world in which poor communities lack the basic conditions for a healthy life.

530 / 330. Topics in Gender Studies (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

540. Topics in Popular Culture (3, may be repeated once Δ)

541 / 341. Topics in Film (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

550 / 350. Topics in Race, Class, Ethnicity (3, may be repeated once Δ)

552. Colonialism and Decolonization (3)

This graduate seminar is an interdisciplinary and comparative examination of the histories, practices, and consequences of modern colonialism and the variety of indigenous and anticolonial responses to these conditions.

556 / 356. Topics in Native American Studies (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Seminar offering topical survey of theoretical approaches, research methodologies and subject areas within the interdisciplinary field of Native American Studies. (RCE)

557 / 357. Topics in African-American Studies (3, may be repeated once Δ)

558 / 358. Topics in Latino/a Studies (3)

560 / 360. Topics in Southwest Studies (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

597. Individual Study-Master's Degree (1-3 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

(G)

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

(G) Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

697. Individual Study (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

(G) For Ph.D. candidates only.

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

(G) Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Anthropology (ANTH)

101. Introduction to Anthropology (3)

Surveys the breadth of anthropology, introducing students to archaeology, biological anthropology, ethnology, human evolutionary ecology and linguistics. Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area IV: Social/Behavioral Sciences (NMCCN 1113).

110. Language, Culture and the Human Animal (3)

(Also offered as LING 101) Dinwoodie, Gorbet. Fundamentals of anthropological linguistics. The biological, structural, psychological and social nature of language; implications for cross-cultural theory, research and applications. Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area IV: Social/Behavioral Sciences.

120. Archaeological Method and Theory (3)

Introduction to archaeological method and theory. Lectures cover basic concepts and strategy. Labs provide hands-on experience with methods of analyzing archaeological remains. Corequisite: 122L.

122L. Archaeological Method and Theory Laboratory (1)

Introduction to archaeological method and theory. Labs provide hands-on experience with methods of analyzing archaeological remains. Corequisite: 120.

130. Cultures of the World (3)

Basic concepts and methods of cultural anthropology. Selected cultures, ranging from preliterate societies to aspects of urban civilization. Meets New Mexico Lower Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area IV: Social/Behavioral Sciences (NMCCN 1113).

150. Evolution and Human Emergence (3)

Fundamentals of biological anthropology and principles of organic evolution, in relation to the biology, ecology and behavior of primates and fossil humans. Biological anthropology concentrators are required, and others are encouraged, to enroll concurrently in 151L. Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area III: Science (NMCCN 1113).

151L. Human Evolution Laboratory (1)

The factual basis of human evolution, from the comparative study of living and fossil primates to interpretation of recent human fossils. Recommended, but not required, that this be taken concurrently with 150. Two hours lab.

160. Human Life Course (3)

Biology and behavior of the human life course, including the evolution of the life history patterns specific to humans and the impact of population growth and of adaptation to local conditions in promoting human diversity. Students are encouraged, but not required, to enroll concurrently in 161L.

161L. Computer Laboratory in Human Evolutionary Ecology (1)

Introduces the computer as a tool in biological and social science research, provides first-hand experience in data collection, analysis and modeling behavior. No prior computer experience required. Pre- or corequisite: 160.

220. World Archaeology (3)

Surveys the archeological evidence for the development of human culture from the first stone tools in Africa to the rise of civilizations in both the Old and New Worlds.

223. Music in Culture (3)

This course investigates the relationship between music and culture. Through case studies and introductory readings in the anthropology of music, ethnomusicology and related disciplines, students will examine how music makes meaning in a cultural context.

230. Topics in Current Anthropology (3, no limit Δ)

Experimental courses on topics of current interest.

251. Forensic Anthropology (3)

This course is designed to introduce students to the forensic investigation of death. Emphasis will be on current methods and techniques and include the role of the anthropologist as an integral member of the investigation process.

304. Current Research in Anthropology (1-3)

This course familiarizes students with current, active research in Anthropology by the University of New Mexico faculty and visiting scholars. It also teaches students to critically assess and discuss research questions. (A, EV, E)

310 [310 / 511]. Language and Culture (3)

(Also offered as CJ 319; LING 359) Examination of the interrelations of language and speech with other selected aspects of culture and cognition. (E) Prerequisite: 110 or LING 101 or LING 301.

317. Phonological Analysis (3)

(Also offered as LING 304 / 504) Introduction to patterns in sound structure, with an emphasis on problem-solving. Topics include distinctive features, common phonological processes, autosegmental theory and syllable structure. (E) Prerequisite: LING 301 and (LING 302 or LING 303 or SHS *303). {Fall}

*318. Grammatical Analysis (3)

(Also offered as LING 322 / 522) Principles of morphological and syntactic analysis and introduction to functional and formal theories of grammar. Descriptive analysis of grammatical structures and problems from a variety of languages. (E) Prerequisite: LING 301 or SIGN *305 or SPAN 351. {Spring}

320. Strategy of Archaeology (3)

The purpose and theory of the study of archaeology; relates archaeology to anthropological principles and the practice of science. (A) Prerequisite: 120 and 122L. {Yearly}

321 / 521. Southwest Archaeology (3)

An intensive survey of Southwest prehistory including discussion of major interpretative problems. Covers the period from 11,000 years ago to historic times. (A)

324 / 524. South American Archaeology (3)

Archaeology of South America from the Paleo-Indian to the European colonial period. Emphasizes the origins and evolution of Andean civilization and associated interpretive problems. (A) {Alternate years}

325 / 525. Stone Age Europe (3)

The prehistory of Europe with emphasis on hunter-gatherer adaptations of the Pleistocene and early Holocene, using primary data sources. (A) Prerequisite: 101 or (120 and 122L) or 220. {Alternate years}

327 / 527. African Prehistory (3)

The prehistory of Africa from the appearance of the first hominids to the development of complex societies. (A) Prerequisite: 101 or (120 and 122L) or 220. {Alternate years}

328 / 528. Near Eastern Archaeology (3)

A survey of the Near Eastern culture area from the origins of agriculture to the development of Bronze Age civilization. (A) {Offered periodically}

330. Principles of Cultural Anthropology (3)

Development of ideas and theories in sociocultural anthropology; focus on topics such as integration of human societies, sources of change in economic and cultural systems. (E)

332 / 532. Indigenous Peoples of South America (3)

Culture and history of indigenous peoples of South America. Selected examples from lowland and highland regions. (E) {Offered periodically}

333 / 533. Ritual Symbols and Behavior (3)

Ethnographic studies and a variety of anthropological approaches to ritual are read to examine the defining characteristics of ritual activity and its contemporary significance in peoples' lives. (E) {Offered periodically}

*337. Anthropology of New Mexico (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

Topics will vary from instructor to instructor but will deal with specific social and cultural matters of anthropological interest in New Mexico such as folklore and expressive culture; social relations; tourism; environmental issues. (E) {Offered periodically}

339 / 539. Human Rights in Anthropology (3)

A description and analysis of competing theories about the content of human rights; the history, politics and economics of human rights situations. Emphasis on the interplay among power, difference, “culture” and human rights abuses. (E)

340 / 540. Topics in Cultural Anthropology (3, no limit Δ)

Current topics in sociocultural anthropology to be explored in experimental courses. (E)

*350. Human Biology (3)

Human heredity, variation and adaptation within and between different ecological and cultural settings; genetics; quantitative variation; elements of human population biology and human ecology. (EV) Prerequisite: 150 or BIOL 110 or BIOL 123 or BIOL 201L or BIOL 202L. {Spring}

*351L. Anthropology of the Skeleton (4)

A laboratory course in the identification of human skeletal materials with attention to problems in the evolution of primates. Three lectures, 2 hours lab. (EV) {Fall}

357. Human Origins (3)

The events and processes involved in the emergence and evolution of the human lineage–from the origins of Australopithecus, through the emergence of the genus Homo, to the evolution of early modern humans–based on the human fossil record. (EV) Prerequisite: 150 or 220. {Alternate years}

360. Human Behavioral Ecology (3)

Introduces students to the fundamental principles of evolutionary theory and their application to human behavior. It surveys current research on human sexuality, mate choice, reproduction and parenting from the perspective of human evolutionary ecology. (EV) Prerequisite: 150 or 160 or BIOL 110.

361 / 661. Behavioral Ecology and Biology of Sex Roles (3)

Uses the perspective of evolutionary biology to examine the diversity of sex roles played by men and women in the historical and cross-cultural record. (EV) Restriction: upper-division standing. {Alternate years}

362 / 662. Great Apes: Mind and Behavior (3)

Explores recent research in both captivity and the wild on cognition and behavior of great apes (chimpanzees, gorillas, bonobos, orangutans), the closest living relatives of humans. (EV) Restriction: upper-division standing. {Alternate years}

363 / 563. Primate Social Behavior (3)

Special emphasis will be on strategies of survival, reproduction, mating and rearing, in the complex social systems of apes and monkeys. The costs and benefits of alternative strategies are used to understand individual life histories. (EV) Restriction: upper-division standing. {Alternate years}

364. Topics: Human Evolutionary Ecology (3, no limit Δ)

This course offers specific, in-depth discussions of topics of current faculty interests and student demand including collective action, single parenthood and child health, hunter-gatherers, psychological anthropology and conservation of resources. (EV)

*371. Pre-Columbian Cultures of Ancient Mexico (3)

Archaeological survey of the cultures of ancient Mexico from earliest inhabitants to the period of the Spanish Conquest. This course explores environmental, social, and political aspects of the rise and fall of societies across Mexico. (E)

*373. Technical Studies in Archaeology (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

Technical course with variable content dealing with such issues as dating, paleoenvironmental and subsistence studies in archaeology. (A) {Offered periodically}

375 / 575. Archaeology Field Session (2-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Intensive instruction in archaeological field and laboratory techniques and the opportunity for independent student research. (A) Restriction: permission of instructor.

*376. Maya Prehistory and Archaeology (3)

Surveys the development of the Maya civilizations in Mesoamerica from the origins of agriculture through the Spanish Conquest. The course will explore archaeological, ethno-historical, linguistic, and environmental data and accounts. (A) Prerequisite: 101 or (120 and 122L) or 220 or 320.

378 / 578. Indigenous Mexico (3)

Introduction to cultural and linguistic diversity of indigenous groups in Mexico, designed to prepare students for study in Oaxaca. Concentration on indigenous peoples of Southern Mexico and Mesoamerica, including Zapotec, Mixtec, Mixe, and Maya groups. Restriction: permission of instructor.

381 / 581. The Anthropology of Heritage (3)

This class explores ethical issues and debates surrounding heritage-making practices and discourses through lens of ethnological, archaeological, and evolutionary anthropology. It problematizes the boundaries between different constructions of the past and present.

383 / 583. Ethnology Field School (3)

Intensive instruction in ethnographic field and analysis techniques and the opportunity for independent student research. Restriction: permission of instructor.

395 / 595. Paleoindians: Colonizing the Americas [The First Americans] (3)

Presents and interprets the earliest archeology of North America from the terminal Pleistocene through the early Holocene including relevant archeological evidence from eastern Eurasia and South America. Restriction: permission of instructor.

399. Introduction to Field and Laboratory Research (1-6 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Directed study under the supervision of a faculty member. (A, E, EV) Restriction: permission of instructor. {Offered upon demand}

401 / 501. Native American Art I (3)

(Also offered as ARTH 402 / 502) Archaeological and historic art forms of the Arctic Northwest coast and the eastern woodlands of North America. (E) {Fall}

403 / 503. Native American Art II (3)

(Also offered as ARTH 406 / 506) Archaeological and historic art forms of the Plains, Southwest and western regions of North America. (E) {Spring}

410 / 510. Topics in Linguistic Anthropology (3, may be repeated four times Δ)

Topics from various areas of anthropological linguistics including, but not limited to, ethnosemantics, the ethnography of communication and the biology of language. (E)

*420. Topics in Archaeology (3, may be repeated four times Δ)

Topics of archaeological interest including gender in archaeology, European contact and post-processualism. (A)

445 / 545. Country Music and Cultural Politics (3)

(Also offered as MUS 445 / 545) Investigation of country music from an anthropological and ethnomusicological perspective, utilizing recordings and live performances to put scholarship on country music into conversation with social theory and literature on social class, gender, space/place, racial identities. {Spring}

448 / 548. The Anthropology of Music and Sound (3)

(Also offered as MUS 448 / 548) The cultural study of music and sound. Course materials are drawn from written and audio music ethnographies of contemporary indigenous, diasporic, refugee, exile, and industrial communities. (E)

*450. Topics in Biological Anthropology (3-4 to a maximum of 15 Δ)

(EV)

451 / 651. Bioarcheology (3)

The analysis of the skeletal remains from past human populations, oriented at the mortality, morbidity and genetic affinities of those extinct populations. (EV) Prerequisite: *351L. {Alternate years}

452 / 552. Primate Evolution (3)

This seminar reviews issues in primate taxonomy, functional and behavioral reconstructions, phylogenetic relationships, and macroevolutionary patterns. The intent of this course is to put primates into a broader evolutionary perspective.

453L / 553L. Paleoecology Lab (3)

This course explores reconstruction of paleoecosystems, climates, and ecologies. Students receive laboratory training in techniques including dental microwear and stable isotope analyses. We also examine paleoecological studies through readings of recent literature.

454 / 554. Human Paleopathology (4)

Ancient disease through the study of normal and abnormal bone remodeling processes and dental conditions. Population health evaluated by descriptive and radiologic analyses of human remains. (EV) Prerequisite: *351L. {Alternate years}

455 / 555. Anthropological Genetics (3)

This course examines theory, data and methods used by genetic anthropologists to address questions about human origins and prehistory, race, natural selection, disease, and the social and scientific implications of research in genetic anthropology. (EV) Prerequisite: 150 or BIOL 110 or BIOL 123 or BIOL 201L or BIOL 202L. {Alternate years}

457 / 557. Paleoanthropology (3)

Events and processes leading from the appearance of the human lineage to the beginnings of agriculture, with discussions of Australopithecus and the genus Homo, through Homo sapiens. (EV) Prerequisite: *351L. {Alternate years}

458 / 558 [458]. Dental Anthropology (4)

A laboratory class that explores the application of data from human and non-human dentitions to anthropological questions. Topics covered include dental anatomy, development, evolution, variation, and pathology. Prerequisite: 150.

459. Advanced Osteology (3)

This course is to further develop the skills of graduate and senior undergraduate students in human osteology and to introduce advanced methods of skeletal analysis. Both lecture and laboratory components. (EV) Prerequisite: *351L.

464 / 564. Human Behavioral Evolution (3)

Behavioral transitions throughout human evolution, including social systems, diet, life history, intelligence and locomotion. Focus on hominid origins, the transition from ape-like to human-like hominid, and the origin of our own species. Prerequisite: 357.

468 / 568. Navajo Expressive Culture (3)

(Also offered as AMST 468, MUS 468/568, THEA 468/568) Examination of contemporary Diné (Navajo) politics and art (music, Navajo language, photography, dance, radio, filmmaking, comedy, weaving, poetry). Weekly guest speakers, readings from ethnomusicology, anthropology, critical indigenous studies. Includes overnight field trip to Navajo Nation. {Fall}

473L / 573L. Archaeological Measurement and Laboratory Analysis (4)

Emphasizes the methods and techniques employed to construct and analyze archaeological materials. Style, function and technology of flaked and ground stone and ceramics are considered. Course work includes readings, discussions and laboratory exercises. Exercises focus on the construction, analysis and interpretation of data. (A) Prerequisite: 320. {Alternate years}

480 / 580. Ceramic Analysis (3)

Basic concepts, methods and approaches used in the analysis of archaeological pottery. Lectures cover concepts and strategies. Labs give practical experience with techniques of analysis. (A) {Spring}

482L / 582L. Geoarchaeology (3)

(Also offered as EPS 482L / 582L) Application of geological concepts to archaeological site formation with emphasis on pre-ceramic prehistory of the southwestern United States. Quaternary dating methods, paleoenvironment, landscape evolution, depositional environments. Quaternary stratigraphy, soil genesis, sourcing of lithic materials, site formation processes. Required field trip. (A) Prerequisite: 120 and 122L and 220 and EPS 101 and EPS 105L. Restriction: junior standing. {Alternate years}

484 / 584. Zooarchaeology (3)

Basic concepts, methods and approaches in the analysis of animal remains from archaeological sites. Lectures cover history, theory and current applications of zooarchaeology. Labs provide practical experience in zooarchaeological identification and analysis.

485 / 585. Seminar in Museum Methods (3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as ARTH, MSST 485 / 585) Theoretical and practical work in specific museum problems. May be repeated as subject matter changes. (E) Prerequisite: ARTH 407 or MSST 407. {Offered upon demand}

486 / 586. Practicum: Museum Methods (1-3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as ARTH, MSST 486 / 586) Practicum in museum methods and management. (E) Prerequisite: ARTH 407 or MSST 407. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Offered upon demand}

491 / 591. Population Genetics (3)

(Also offered as BIOL 491 / 591) This course investigates how genetic variation is patterned within and between and how these patterns change over time. Topics include neutral theory, population structure, phylogenetics, coalescent theory, molecular clock, and laboratory methods. (EV)

497. Individual Study (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Directed study of topics not covered in regular courses. (A, E, EV)

498. Honors Seminar (3)

Readings and discussions concerning anthropological research methods, sources, goals and professional ethics. Open to upper-division majors and concentrators whose applications for the honors program have been approved. (A, E, EV) Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall}

*499. Field Research (2-6 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Field research for qualified advanced undergraduate or graduate students with previous experience in archaeology, biological anthropology, human evolutionary ecology, linguistics or general ethnology. Problems are selected on the basis of student-faculty interest and field research opportunities. (A, E, EV) Restriction: permission of instructor. {Offered upon demand}

501 / 401. Native American Art I (3)

(Also offered as ARTH 502 / 402) Archaeological and historic art forms of the Arctic Northwest coast and the eastern woodlands of North America. (E) {Fall}

503 / 403. Native American Art II (3)

(Also offered as ARTH 506 / 406) Archaeological and historic art forms of the Plains, Southwest and western regions of North America. (E) {Spring}

509. Seminar in Native American Art (3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as ARTH 559) (E) Restriction: permission of instructor. {Offered upon demand}

510 / 410. Topics in Linguistic Anthropology (3, may be repeated four times Δ)

Topics from various areas of anthropological linguistics including, but not limited to, ethnosemantics, the ethnography of communication and the biology of language. (E)

514. Seminar: Linguistic Theory (3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as LING 554) Current topics and issues in phonology, syntax or semantics. (E)

521 / 321. Southwest Archaeology (3)

An intensive survey of Southwest prehistory including discussion of major interpretative problems. Covers the period from 11,000 years ago to historic times.(A) {Fall}

522. Lithic Analysis (3)

Examines how flaked stone artifacts can be studied and contribute to archaeological research. Includes such topics as raw material procurement; manufacturing technology; tool morphology, function, and style; debitage; and theoretical frameworks. Restriction: admitted to Anthropology graduate program.

523. Quantitative Analysis in Archaeology (3)

Application of quantitative methods to archaeological questions and data. Lectures cover statistical tests common in archaeological analysis and their proper use. Labs provide hands-on experience in quantitative data analysis.

524 / 324. South American Archaeology (3)

525 / 325. Stone Age Europe (3)

527 / 327. African Prehistory (3)

Straus The prehistory of Africa from the appearance of the first hominids to the development of complex societies. (A) Prerequisite: 101 or (120 and 122L) or 220. {Alternate years}

528 / 328. Near Eastern Archaeology (3)

A survey of the Near Eastern culture area from the origins of agriculture to the development of Bronze Age civilization. (A) {Offered periodically}

529. Archaeology of Complex Societies (3)

Comparative approach to origin and development of stratified societies and pristine states as known from the archaeological record. (A)

530. Topics in Ethnology (3, no limit Δ)

Current topics in ethnology to be explored in experimental seminars. (E)

532 / 332. Indigenous Peoples of South America (3)

Culture and history of indigenous peoples of South America. Selected examples from lowland and highland regions. (E) {Offered periodically}

533 / 333. Ritual Symbols and Behavior (3)

537. Seminar: Southwestern Ethnology (3)

Examination of data and theories relevant to study of Indian, Hispanic and dominant society cultures in southwestern U.S. and northwestern Mexico. Student research generated from students professional interests. Non-majors admitted. (E)

539 / 339. Human Rights in Anthropology (3)

540 / 340. Topics in Cultural Anthropology (3, no limit Δ)

Current topics in sociocultural anthropology to be explored in experimental courses. (E)

541. Problems and Practice in Ethnography (3)

A practicum in ethnographic methods and theory. (E)

545 / 445. Country Music and Cultural Politics (3)

(Also offered as MUS 545 / 445) Investigation of country music from an anthropological and ethnomusicological perspective, utilizing recordings and live performances to put scholarship on country music into conversation with social theory and literature on social class, gender, space/place, racial identities. {Spring}

546. Theory in Ethnology I (3)

Early history of anthropology from 19th-century cultural evolutionists to anthropology of the mid-20th century. Contributions of Historical School, Structural Functionalists and Neo-Evolutionists. (E) {Fall}

547. Theory in Ethnology II (3)

548 / 448. The Anthropology of Music and Sound (3)

550. Topics in Biological Anthropology (3-4 to a maximum of 15 Δ)

(EV)

552 / 452. Primate Evolution (3)

553L / 453L. Paleoecology Lab (3)

554 / 454. Human Paleopathology (4)

555 / 455. Anthropological Genetics (3)

557 / 457. Paleoanthropology (3)

558 / 458. Dental Anthropology (4)

560. Advanced Topics in Evolutionary Anthropology (3, may be repeated four times Δ)

Topics of interest including Critical reading, Anthropological economics, Life history strategies, Primate reproductive strategies, Game theory. (EV)

562. Human Life History (3)

In-depth treatment of human life history evolution. Covers basic population demography; mortality, senescence, menopause, mating, reproduction, parental investment with additional focus on brain evolution. Experiences in evaluation and building mathematical models of fitness trade-offs. (EV) Prerequisite: (360 or BIOL 300) and MATH 121.

563 / 363. Primate Social Behavior (3)

564 / 464. Human Behavioral Evolution (3)

568 / 468. Navajo Expressive Culture (3)

(Also offered as AMST 468, MUS 568/468, THEA 568/468) Examination of contemporary Diné (Navajo) politics and art (music, Navajo language, photography, dance, radio, filmmaking, comedy, weaving, poetry). Weekly guest speakers, readings from ethnomusicology, anthropology, critical indigenous studies. Includes overnight field trip to Navajo Nation. {Fall}

570. Advanced Topics in Archaeology (3, may be repeated four times Δ)

(A)

573. Topics in Advanced Technical Studies in Archaeology (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

(A)

573L / 473L. Archaeological Measurement and Laboratory Analysis (4)

574. History and Theory of Archaeology (3)

Advanced discussion of concepts and theories within world archaeology. The course emphasizes the structure of archaeological thought in culture history, new archaeology, evolutionary theory and post-modernism. (A) Restriction: admitted to Anthropology graduate program. {Fall}

575 / 375. Archaeology Field Session (2-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Intensive instruction in archaeological field and laboratory techniques and the opportunity for independent student research. (A) Restriction: permission of instructor.

576. Seminar: Southwestern Archaeology (3)

In-depth analysis of current research issues and topics in Southwest archaeology. (A)

577. Seminar: European Prehistory (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

Explores critical issues and debates in different periods of European prehistory, based on primary sources. (A)

578 / 378. Indigenous Mexico (3)

579. Current Debates in Archaeology (3)

Advanced discussion of current theoretical debates in archaeology, including Processual and Post-processual paradigms, formation processes; middle-range, optimal foraging, evolutionary, hunter-gatherer mobility theories; cultural ecology; and origins of agriculture and complex society. (A)

580 / 480. Ceramic Analysis (3)

Basic concepts, methods and approaches used in the analysis of archaeological pottery. Lectures cover concepts and strategies. Labs give practical experience with techniques of analysis. (A)

581 / 381. The Anthropology of Heritage (3)

582L / 482L. Geoarchaeology (3)

(Also offered as EPS 582L / 482L) Application of geological concepts to archaeological site formation with emphasis on pre-ceramic prehistory of the southwestern United States. Quaternary dating methods, paleoenvironment, landscape evolution, depositional environments. Quaternary stratigraphy, soil genesis, sourcing of lithic materials, site formation processes. Required field trip. (A) {Alternate years}

583 / 383. Ethnology Field School (3)

Intensive instruction in ethnographic field and analysis techniques and the opportunity for independent student research. Restriction: permission of instructor.

584 / 484. Zooarchaeology (3)

585 / 485. Seminar in Museum Methods (3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as ARTH, MSST 585 / 485) Theoretical and practical work in specific museum problems. May be repeated as subject matter changes. (E) Prerequisite: ARTH 507 or MSST 507. {Offered upon demand}

586 / 486. Practicum: Museum Methods (1-3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as ARTH, MSST 586 / 486) Practicum in museum methods and management. (E) Prerequisite: ARTH 507 or MSST 507. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Offered upon demand}

591 / 491. Population Genetics (3)

(Also offered as BIOL 591 / 491) This course investigates how genetic variation is patterned within and between and how these patterns change over time. Topics include neutral theory, population structure, phylogenetics, coalescent theory, molecular clock, and laboratory methods. (EV)

592. Managing Cultural Resources (3)

Examines the history and philosophy of statutes, regulations, consultation processes, research directions and funding sources underlying management of archaeological sites, traditional cultural properties, historic buildings, cultural and historical landscapes, and museum collections. (A)

593. Cultural Resource Management Archaeology (3)

This course covers basic business practices in archaeological consulting; research designs and proposals in a contract environment; best-practice fieldwork and analytical strategies; and the requirements for legal compliance.

595 / 395. Paleoindians: Colonizing the Americas [The First Americans] (3)

597. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

(A, E, EV) Restriction: admitted to M.A. Anthropology or M.S. Anthropology.

598. Advanced Research (3, no limit Δ)

(A, E, EV) Restriction: admitted to M.A. Anthropology or M.S. Anthropology.

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only. (A, E, EV)

620. Topics in Interdisciplinary Biological and Biomedical Sciences (3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as BIOL 520, CS 520, ECE 620, STAT 520) Varying interdisciplinary topics taught by collaborative scientists from UNM, SFI, and LANL.

651 / 451. Bioarcheology (3)

The analysis of the skeletal remains from past human populations, oriented at the mortality, morbidity and genetic affinities of those extinct populations. (EV) Prerequisite: *351L.

661 / 361. Behavioral Ecology and Biology of Sex Roles (3)

Uses the perspective of evolutionary biology to examine the diversity of sex roles played by men and women in the historical and cross-cultural record. (EV) {Alternate years}

662 / 362. Great Apes: Mind and Behavior (3)

663. Human Evolutionary Ecology Research Methods and Design (3)

Provides an overview of research design and methods utilized in the social/behavioral sciences and public health. It introduces a ‘top-down,’ problem-oriented approach to question development, sample selection, design decisions, specific methods, data analysis. (EV) {Alternate years}

675. Anthropological Research Proposals (3)

Exploration and evaluation of practical anthropological research designs. Exhaustive preparation of realistic grant proposals for specific student-generated projects, with intensive group criticism. (A, E, EV)

697. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Limited to graduate majors in the doctoral program. (A, E, EV)

698. Advanced Research (3, no limit Δ)

Limited to graduate majors in the doctoral program. (A, E, EV)

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only. (A, E, EV)

Applied Music (APMS)

101. Studio Instruction for the Performance Concentration (2, may be repeated twice Δ)

Studio instruction in the principal instrument for the freshman Bachelor of Music Performance concentration. Enrollment requires audition and instructor’s approval. Open only to undergraduates enrolled in the music performance program leading to the Bachelor of Music; exceptions may be made with permission of the Chairperson of the Department of Music. {Fall, Spring}

102. Studio Instruction for the Performance Concentration (2, may be repeated twice Δ)

Studio instruction in the principal instrument for the freshman Bachelor of Music Performance concentration. Enrollment requires instructor’s approval. Open only to undergraduates enrolled in the music performance program leading to the Bachelor of Music; exceptions may be made with permission of the Chairperson of the Department of Music. Prerequisite: 101. {Fall, Spring}

107. Studio Instruction for the Non-Major (1, no limit Δ)

Studio instruction for the non-music major, including the Music minor and Music Education minor. Enrollment requires audition and instructor’s approval. {Fall, Spring}

108. Studio Instruction for the Non-Major (1, no limit Δ)

Studio instruction for the non-music major, including the Music minor and Music Education minor. Enrollment requires instructor’s approval. Prerequisite: 107. {Fall, Spring}

118. Basic Applied Skills (2, may be repeated twice Δ)

For music majors who do not yet possess sufficient skill to be admitted to APMS 119. Scales, arpeggios, études, technical drills. Credit not applicable to a degree in Music. Enrollment requires audition and instructor’s approval. {Fall, Spring}

119. Studio Instruction for the Non-Performance Concentration (1 or 2 to a maximum of 16 Δ)

Studio instruction in the principal instrument for freshmen pursuing the Bachelor of Arts in Music, the Bachelor of Music Education, or the Bachelor of Music concentration in Theory and Composition, String Pedagogy or Jazz Studies. Also for the study of secondary instruments by any undergraduate music major. Enrollment requires audition and instructor’s approval. {Fall, Spring}

120. Studio Instruction for the Non-Performance Concentration (1 or 2 to a maximum of 16 Δ)

Studio instruction in the principal instrument for freshmen pursuing the Bachelor of Arts in Music, the Bachelor of Music Education, or the Bachelor of Music concentration in Theory and Composition, String Pedagogy or Jazz Studies. Also for the study of secondary instruments by any undergraduate music major. Enrollment requires instructor’s approval. Prerequisite: 119. {Fall, Spring}

201. Studio Instruction for the Performance Concentration (2, may be repeated twice Δ)

Studio instruction in the principal instrument for the sophomore Bachelor of Music Performance concentration. Enrollment requires instructor’s approval. Open only to undergraduates enrolled in the music performance program leading to the Bachelor of Music; exceptions may be made with permission of the Chairperson of the Department of Music. Prerequisite: 102. {Fall, Spring}

202. Studio Instruction for the Performance Concentration (2, may be repeated twice Δ)

207. Studio Instruction for the Non-Major (1, no limit Δ)

Studio instruction for the non-music major, including the Music minor and Music Education minor. Enrollment requires instructor’s approval. Prerequisite: 108. {Fall, Spring}

208. Studio Instruction for the Non-Major (1, no limit Δ)

Studio instruction for the non-music major, including the Music minor and Music Education minor. Enrollment requires instructor’s approval. Prerequisite: 207. {Fall, Spring}

219. Studio Instruction for the Non-Performance Concentration (1 or 2 to a maximum of 16 Δ)

Studio instruction in the principal instrument for sophomores pursuing the Bachelor of Arts in Music, the Bachelor of Music Education, or the Bachelor of Music concentration in Theory and Composition, String Pedagogy or Jazz Studies. Also for the study of secondary instruments by any undergraduate music major. Enrollment requires instructor’s approval. Prerequisite: 120. {Fall, Spring}

220. Studio Instruction for the Non-Performance Concentration (1 or 2 to a maximum of 16 Δ)

301. Studio Instruction for the Performance Concentration (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

Studio instruction in the principal instrument for the junior Bachelor of Music Performance concentration. Enrollment requires instructor’s approval. Open only to undergraduates enrolled in the music performance program leading to the Bachelor of Music; exceptions may be made with permission of the Chairperson of the Department of Music. Prerequisite: 202. {Fall, Spring}

302. Studio Instruction for the Performance Concentration (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

319. Studio Instruction for the Non-Performance Concentration (1 or 2 to a maximum of 16 Δ)

Studio instruction in the principal instrument for juniors pursuing the Bachelor of Arts in Music, the Bachelor of Music Education, or the Bachelor of Music concentration in Theory and Composition, String Pedagogy or Jazz Studies. Also for the study of secondary instruments by any undergraduate music major. Enrollment requires instructor’s approval. Prerequisite: 220. {Fall, Spring}

320. Studio Instruction for the Non-Performance Concentration (1 or 2 to a maximum of 16 Δ)

391. Junior Recital (0)

For the student pursuing the Bachelor of Music in Performance or Jazz Studies only. Must be taken in conjunction with the appropriate level of Studio Instruction: APMS 301 or 302 for the Performance concentration; APMS 319 or 320 for the Jazz Studies concentration. No extra lesson time is allotted for APMS 391. Enrollment requires instructor’s approval. Consult the Department of Music Undergraduate Student Handbook for requirements associated with the junior recital. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. {Fall, Spring}

401. Studio Instruction for the Performance Concentration (4, may be repeated twice Δ)

Studio instruction in the principal instrument for the senior Bachelor of Music Performance concentration. Enrollment requires instructor’s approval. Open only to undergraduates enrolled in the music performance program leading to the Bachelor of Music; exceptions may be made with permission of the Chairperson of the Department of Music. Prerequisite: 302 and 391. {Fall, Spring}

402. Studio Instruction for the Performance Concentration (4, may be repeated twice Δ)

403. Vocal Coaching (0, no limit Δ)

Vocal coaching instruction, focusing on diction and style, designed to supplement studio instruction in voice. Student must be enrolled concurrently in applied voice lessons in either APMS 401 or 402. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Prerequisite: 302. {Fall, Spring}

419. Studio Instruction for the Non-Performance Concentration (1 or 2 to a maximum of 16 Δ)

Studio instruction in the principal instrument for seniors pursuing the Bachelor of Arts in Music, the Bachelor of Music Education, or the Bachelor of Music concentration in Theory and Composition, String Pedagogy or Jazz Studies. Also for the study of secondary instruments by any undergraduate music major. Enrollment requires instructor’s approval. Prerequisite: 320. {Fall, Spring}

420. Studio Instruction for the Non-Performance Concentration (1 or 2 to a maximum of 16 Δ)

491. Senior Recital (0)

For the student pursuing the Bachelor of Music in Performance, String Pedagogy, Theory and Composition or Jazz Studies, or the Bachelor of Music Education only. Must be taken in conjunction with the appropriate level of Studio Instruction: APMS 401 or 402 for Performance concentration; APMS 419 or 420 for String Pedagogy, Jazz Studies or B.M.E.; APMS 319, 320, 419 or 420 for Theory and Composition. No extra lesson time is allotted for APMS 491. Enrollment requires instructor’s approval. Consult the Department of Music Undergraduate Student Handbook for requirements associated with the senior recital. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. {Fall, Spring}

501. Studio Instruction in the Principal Area of Concentration (2 or 4, no limit Δ)

Studio instruction in the principal instrument (including voice) for students pursuing the Master of Music concentration in Performance or Collaborative Piano. Studio instruction in the principal area of concentration for students pursuing the Master of Music concentration in Theory and Composition. Enrollment requires instructor's approval. Restriction: admitted to M.Mu. Music. {Fall, Spring}

502. Studio Instruction in the Principal Area of Concentration (2 or 4, no limit Δ)

Studio instruction in the principal instrument (including voice) for students pursuing the Master of Music concentration in Performance or Collaborative Piano. Studio instruction in the principal area of concentration for students pursuing the Master of Music concentration in Theory and Composition. Enrollment requires instructor's approval. Prerequisite: four credit hours of 501. Restriction: admitted to M.Mu. Music. {Fall, Spring}

503. Vocal Coaching (0, no limit Δ)

Vocal coaching instruction, focusing on diction and style, designed to supplement studio instruction in voice. Student must be enrolled concurrently in applied voice lessons in either APMS 501, 502 or 591. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. {Fall, Spring}

519. Studio Instruction Outside the Principal Area of Concentration (1 or 2, no limit Δ)

Studio instruction in instruments (including voice), conducting or composition. For the study of secondary instrument or area by any graduate student in Music, or for the study of the principal instrument by students pursuing the Master of Music concentration in Conducting, Music Education, Theory and Composition, or Music History and Literature. Enrollment requires instructor’s approval. Restriction: admitted to M.Mu. Music. {Fall, Spring}

520. Studio Instruction Outside the Principal Area of Concentration (1 or 2, no limit Δ)

591. Studio Instruction and Graduate Recital (2 or 4, no limit Δ)

Studio instruction in the principal instrument or area of concentration for students pursuing the Master of Music in Performance, Conducting or Collaborative Piano. Course requirements include successful completion of the graduate recital. Consult the University of New Mexico Catalog and the Department of Music Graduate Student Handbook for requirements associated with the graduate recital. Maximum 4 credit hours allowed in a given instrument (including voice) or area of concentration. Enrollment requires instructor's approval. Prerequisite: 502 or MUS 572. Restriction: admitted to M.Mu. Music. {Fall, Spring}

Arabic (ARAB)

101. Elementary Arabic I (3)

A course in elementary modern Arabic.

102. Elementary Arabic II (3)

A course for those with very minimum exposure to modern Arabic language.

111. Intensive Elementary Arabic I (6)

(Also offered as AFST 108) Intensive Arabic language course that develops students' Arabic skills to the ACTFL Novice High level and expands their cultural knowledge of the Arab world.

112. Intensive Elementary Arabic II (6)

Intensive Arabic language course that develops students' Arabic skills to the ACTFL Intermediate Low level and expands their cultural knowledge of the Arab world.

201. Intermediate Arabic I (3)

The course covers the writing system, phonology, vocabulary, morphology and syntax structures of the Arabic language. Students will attend language laboratory to enhance their listening, comprehension and pronunciation skills.

202. Intermediate Arabic II (3)

The course increases student’s reading, writing and speaking skills in Arabic including students' knowledge of the writing system, the phonology, the vocabulary, the morphology and the syntax structures of the language. Language laboratory use is optional.

211. Intensive Intermediate Arabic I (6)

Intensive Arabic language course that develops students' Arabic skills to the ACTFL Intermediate Mid level and expands their cultural knowledge of the Arab world.

212. Intensive Intermediate Arabic II (6)

Intensive Arabic language course that develops students' Arabic skills to the ACTFL Intermediate High level and expands their cultural knowledge of the Arab world.

301. Advanced Arabic I (3)

Improves functional use of Arabic language and culture. Class is for students with four years of Arabic study or for heritage speakers. Students will attend language laboratory to enhance their listening, comprehension, and pronunciation skills.

302. Advanced Arabic II (3)

Improves functional use of Arabic language and culture. Class is for students with four semesters of Arabic study or for heritage speakers. Students will attend language laboratory to enhance their listening, comprehension, and pronunciation skills.

320. Arabic Study Abroad (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

An introduction to Arabic cultures and language through study abroad. Course locations vary according to course content.

375. Topics in Arabic Literature and Culture in Translation (3, may be repeated once Δ)

This course involves the study of Arabic literature and culture in translation. No knowledge of Arabic is required.

475. Topics in Literature and Culture in Arabic (3, may be repeated once Δ)

This course involves the study of Arabic literature and culture in the original language. Advanced abilities in Arabic are required.

497. Undergraduate Problems (1-6, may be repeated once Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

Architecture (ARCH)

109. Design Fundamentals (3)

Laboratory, lectures, and exercises to learn two and three-dimensional communication methods. Emphasis is on the use of physical model making to record and communicate architectural topics.

111. Introduction to Architectural Graphics (3)

Laboratory, lectures, and exercises to learn graphic representation methods. Emphasis is on the use of drawing to record and communicate architectural topics.

121. Introduction to Architecture (3)

Lectures and exercises introduce architecture, design, and the creative process through an analysis of their social, historical, and technical determinants. Emphasis on 20th and 21st-century architecture with an introduction to the profession and sustainability. Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area V: Humanities and Fine Arts.

133. Physics and Math for Designers (3)

An introductory hands-on course. Assignments will help students understand and apply scientific and mathematical concepts in their design work. Topics include motion, stress and moment, structural loads, energy, heat flow, acoustics, descriptive geometry, and statistics.

201. Architectural Design I (5)

Studio analyzing landscape and site through mapping, diagramming, narrative, photography, digital and physical modeling and sectional studies. The relationship between the building program and the context is studied through a series of small building projects. Restriction: admitted to B.A.A. Architecture.

202. Architectural Design II (5)

Studio introduces principles of urban design and planning through an exploration of a series of multi-scaled architectural projects that examine public goals and constraints, urban infrastructure and fabric, sustainability, historical and socio-cultural issues. Prerequisite: 201. Restriction: admitted to B.A.A. Architecture.

211. Architectural Communications I (2, may be repeated once Δ)

This two term lecture/lab introduces architectural representation emphasizing digital visualization, representation and modeling to represent building systems, capture spatial concepts, and analyze the contexts of buildings. This course introduces use of the fabrication lab. Restriction: admitted to B.A.A. Architecture.

223. World Architecture I: History of the Built Environment From Prehistory to 1800 CE (3)

(Also offered as ARTH 323 / 567) Lecture survey of the architectural and urban traditions of world cultures from prehistory to the Enlightenment.

224. World Architecture II: History of the Built Environment From 1800 CE to the Present (3)

(Also offered as ARTH 324) Survey of the architectural and urban traditions of the modern world from the Enlightenment to the present.

233. Sustainability I (3)

Lectures present the framework for creative analysis, including systems thinking and synergistic integration of the three pillars of sustainability, environments, equity, and economy, and their relationship to building systems.

251. Design Thinking (3)

Lecture course introduces the theory and practice of Design Thinking. Students will explore frameworks and strategies for solving problems and develop an understanding of the disciplines that are influenced by them.

301. Architectural Design III (5)

Studio investigates issues of private space and ownership emphasizing spatial, programmatic, typological and tectonic architectural issues. Small to medium scale projects range from domestic spaces to institutional or commercial environments. Prerequisite: 201 and 202 with minimum grades of "C+". Restriction: admitted to B.A.A. Architecture.

302. Architectural Design IV (5)

Studio investigates the development of multi-family housing on an urban site. Students analyze contemporary housing precedents and programming, and address urban contexts, housing types and universal design. Prerequisite: 301 with minimum grade of "C+". Restriction: admitted to B.A.A. Architecture.

311. Architectural Communication II (2, may be repeated once Δ)

In this two-term lecture/lab course students use narrative, written, and oral communication in the expression of architectural theories, processes, and positions. Readings and precedent studies help shape discussions about architectural theses.

323. Architecture and Context (3)

Combined lecture and lab course that introduces historical and contemporary concepts of architectural context, and develops verbal and graphic skills for analyzing architecture as a practice of place-making. Restriction: admitted to B.A.A. Architecture.

324 / 624. Architectural Theory (3)

This course is a survey of architectural thought in the 20th and 21st centuries. Students will be required to read, discuss, and write about architectural ideas, and connect them to contemporary architecture.

331. Construction I (3)

Lab and lectures, introduction of technological aspects of building design and construction. Restriction: admitted to B.A.A. Architecture.

332 / 532. Architectural Structures I (3)

Lectures present principles of mechanics, equilibrium conditions, properties of structural materials, structural properties of areas, shear and moment, flexural stresses, shearing stresses, deflection, trusses and funicular structures. Prerequisite: 202. Restriction: admitted to B.A.A. Architecture or B.S.C.M. Construction Management.

333 / 533. Architectural Structures II (3)

Lectures present structural form and behavior, deflected shapes, approximate and simplified methods of analysis, graphic analysis, trusses, cables and arches, simple beams, columns, continuous structures, three-dimensional structures, structural design issues. Prerequisite: 332. Restriction: admitted to B.A.A. Architecture or B.S.C.M. Construction Management.

401. Architectural Design Studio V (6)

Studio investigates urban theories and strategies focusing on civic buildings, urban design, landscape and infrastructural responses and architectural form. Projects are multiple buildings and urban forms in complex urban settings. Prerequisite: 224 and (302 with minimum grade of "C+"). Restriction: admitted to B.A.A. Architecture.

402. Architectural Design VI (6, may be repeated once Δ)

Studio explores contemporary architectural topics. Topics will vary. At least one section will engage community clients and may be offered in conjunction with Landscape and CRP students. Prerequisite: 224. Restriction: admitted to B.A.A. Architecture.

427 / 527. Southwest Architecture and Cultural Landscapes (3)

Introduction to the Native, Hispanic, and Anglo American architectural and cultural landscape traditions, and to the social, technological and intellectual forces reshaping them since 1880, especially the railroad and automobile; modernism, regionalism, and globalization. Prerequisite: 224.

430 / 530. Foundations of Physical Planning (3)

(Also offered as CRP 533) This is an introductory course of physical planning practice for Planning, Architecture and Landscape students. Graphic methods of analysis, field trips, cross-disciplinary projects range from regional plans to design details of the built environment. Prerequisite: CRP 265. Restriction: admitted to B.A.A. Architecture. {Spring}

433 / 633. Sustainability II (3)

Explores the application of theoretical foundations of sustainability to building and landscape design including concepts of passive solar design, daylighting, water conservation, and green building materials and construction methods. Introduces environmental rating systems such as LEED. Prerequisite: 233.

450 / 550. Design Leadership (3)

Lecture/seminar course explores the historical and contemporary relationships between political, cultural and economic theories that affect and are affected by built environments, along with the design movements and practices that result. Prerequisite: 302 with minimum grade of "C+". Restriction: admitted to B.A.A. Architecture.

461 / 661. Problems (1-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Students wishing to undertake a special study project must have instructor approval. Restriction: permission of instructor.

462 / 662. Seminar (1-3, no limit Δ)

Individually listed topics vary each semester. Restriction: permission of instructor.

463 [463 / 563]. Architecture and Design for Children (3)

A service learning course designed for architecture students and others teaching design education and architecture to teachers, children and others in the community. Restriction: admitted to B.A.A. Architecture.

465 / 665. Real Estate Development (3)

Lecture course introduces students to the process of real estate through lectures, case studies and hands-on exercises.

472 / 572. Topics in Design Visualization (1-3, may be repeated six times Δ)

Topics course. Credits will vary according to content offered.

500. Graduate Architectural Design I (6)

Studio course introducing architectural design. Investigation of landscape, site and social contexts, private space, programmatic and tectonic issues. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

501. Graduate Architectural Design II (6)

Projects emphasize the design of mid-size buildings with complex programming, and the spaces they compose in the urban realm. Students are introduced to designing within historical and socio-cultural contexts, sustainable design, and universal design. Prerequisite: 500. Restriction: admitted to M.Arch. Architecture.

502. Graduate Architectural Design III (6)

Projects emphasize the design of civic buildings, addressing theories and precedents in urban or rural sites, and developing knowledge and deployment of building tectonics and construction materiality. Prerequisite: 501. Restriction: admitted to M.Arch. Architecture.

523. World Architecture I: History of the Built Environment From Prehistory to 1800 CE (3)

(Also offered as ARTH 567 / 323) Lecture survey of the architectural and urban traditions of world cultures from prehistory to the Enlightenment.

524. World Architecture II: History of the Built Environment From 1800 CE to the Present (3)

Survey of the architectural and urban traditions of the modern world from the Enlightenment to the present.

527 / 427. Southwest Architecture and Cultural Landscapes (3)

530 / 430. Foundations of Physical Planning (3)

(Also offered as CRP 533) This is an introductory course of physical planning practice for Planning, Architecture and Landscape students. Graphic methods of analysis, field trips, cross-disciplinary projects range from regional plans to design details of the built environment. Restriction: admitted to M.Arch. Architecture. {Spring}

531. Graduate Construction I (3)

Lab and lectures, introduction of technological aspects of building design and construction. Restriction: admitted to M.Arch. Architecture.

532 / 332. Architectural Structures I (3)

533 / 333. Architectural Structures II (3)

550 / 450. Design Leadership (3)

570. Introduction to Visualization (1)

Seminar/lab introduces issues of architectural representation with an emphasis on digital visualization, representation and modeling as it relates to design process and presentation. Offered on a CR/NC basis only,

572 / 472. Topics in Design Visualization (1-3, may be repeated six times Δ)

Topics course. Credits will vary according to content offered.

590. Historic Research Methods (3)

(Also offered as CRP 590, LA 590) An introduction to the methods for the documentation, research and analysis of historic built environments as preparation for historic preservation and contemporary regional design.

591. Introduction to Preservation and Regionalism (3)

(Also offered as CRP 591, LA 591) An introduction to the history, theory and professional practices of historic preservation and regional contemporary design and planning.

596. Project/Thesis Preparation (3-6, no limit Δ)

Foundational independent study where thesis or final project dimensions are explored, program or project principles established and search for available and manageable information completed. Feasibility of proceeding with the project is decided with faculty advisor(s). Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: permission of Director.

597. Master's Project (6)

Development of an advanced architectural project based on research and program developed in ARCH 596. Once initiated, continuous enrollment is required (excluding summer) until project is approved by faculty committee. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Prerequisite: 551 and 596. Restriction: permission of instructor.

599. Master's Thesis (6, no limit Δ)

Development of a research project reflective of advanced inquiry into an architectural topic. Plan I only. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Prerequisite: 596 and (602 or 603). Restriction: permission of Director.

601. Masters Architectural Design I (6)

Studio investigates building tectonics, structure, technical documentation, sustainability and construction. The medium size designs will initiate investigations into net-zero building strategies, while developing a theoretical framework for contemporary integrated design. Prerequisite: 502. Restriction: admitted to M.Arch. Architecture.

602. Masters Architectural Design II (6, may be repeated once Δ)

Studio explores contemporary architectural topics. Topics will vary. At least one section will typically engage community stakeholders and may be offered in conjunction with Landscape Architecture and/or Community and Regional Planning students. Prerequisite: 601. Restriction: admitted to M.Arch. Architecture.

603. Masters Architectural Design III (6, may be repeated once Δ [6])

Studio developing an integrated design project that must be clearly resolved and highly articulated. Students must integrate building systems and content from prior coursework. Projects should demonstrate excellence in critical thinking craft, and visual presentation. Prerequisite: 602. Restriction: admitted to M.Arch. Architecture.

604. Masters Architectural Design IV (6, may be repeated once Δ)

Studio developing an integrated design project. Projects must be clearly resolved and highly articulated. Students should integrate building systems content from prior course work. Projects should demonstrate excellence in critical thinking, craft and visual presentation. Prerequisite: 603. Restriction: admitted to M.Arch. Architecture.

605. Masters Architectural Design V (6, may be repeated once Δ)

Studio investigation of architectural process, practice and design in a contemporary context. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Prerequisite: 604. Restriction: admitted to M.Arch. Architecture.

619. Built Environment Teaching Colloquium (1, may be repeated once Δ)

This course presents an introduction to teaching. Through practice, observation, reading, and discussion, students gain familiarity with a range of techniques and styles of teaching. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: permission of instructor.

621. Research Methodology (3)

Lecture/seminar studies principles and types of design research. Approaches to refining a research question and developing a research strategy will be introduced. Prerequisite: 502. Restriction: admitted to M.Arch. Architecture.

623. Architectural Analysis (3)

Seminar introduces the range of categories and contexts specific to the production and representation of architecture. Open only to students in the 3 1/2 year program. Restriction: admitted to M.Arch. Architecture.

624 / 324. Architectural Theory (3)

633 / 433. Sustainability II (3)

634. Systems Integration I (3)

Lecture course examines aesthetic stances and technical approaches to the integration of building systems. Emphasis is placed on structure, material selection and construction detailing. Prerequisite: 533. Restriction: admitted to M.Arch. Architecture.

635. Systems Integration II (3)

Lecture course presents a comprehensive and integrative process to examine the interrelationship of the properties of materials, building envelope, environmental systems, and construction technology, as they influence design decision making. Prerequisite: 634. Restriction: admitted to M.Arch. Architecture.

651. Professional Practice (3)

An overview of practice including the architectural profession, licensure, and ethics; the organization and management of the professional office; contracts; and the fundamentals of project management and delivery. Prerequisite: 602.

652. Pre-Design and Architectural Programming (3)

Seminar explores components necessary to prepare a comprehensive architectural program that includes assessing client/user needs and site conditions, determining space requirements, identifying relevant codes, standards, sustainability requirements, and estimating pre-design project costs. Restriction: admitted to B.A.A. Architecture.

661 / 461. Problems (1-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Students wishing to undertake a special study project must have instructor approval. Restriction: permission of instructor.

662 / 462. Seminar (1-3, no limit Δ)

Individually listed topics vary each semester. Restriction: permission of instructor.

665 / 465. Real Estate Development (3)

Lecture course introduces students to the process of real estate through lectures, case studies and hands-on exercises.

691. Sustainable Settlements (3)

(Also offered as CRP 691, LA 691) Urban design history, goals and theory with emphasis on cultural and ecological vibrancy. Restriction: admitted to a graduate program in the School of Architecture and Planning.

692. Urban Outcomes Analysis (1-3 to a maximum of 4 Δ)

Seminar on the definition, measurement, and prediction of urban design outcomes. Specific topics will vary. This course will be organized as three modules. Restriction: admitted to a graduate program in the School of Architecture and Planning.

693. Urban Goals and Components Analysis (1-3 to a maximum of 4 Δ)

Seminar on urban types. Topics vary but may include types, morphogenesis, diagramming, mapping, video. Organized as three modules. Restriction: admitted to a graduate program in the School of Architecture and Planning.

694. Urban Design Methods (1-3 to a maximum of 4 Δ)

(Also offered as CRP 694, LA 694) Topics will vary but may include design of public space, streets, transit districts, tactical urbanism. This course will be organized as three modules. Restriction: admitted to a graduate program in the School of Architecture and Planning.

695. Urban Development and Regulation (1-3)

Seminar on methods for urban development and regulation. Topics vary but may include design codes, pattern books, and curatorial reports. Organized as three modules. Restriction: admitted to a graduate program in Architecture and Planning.

696. Master's Project or Thesis Documentation and Dissemination (3)

Documentation and dissemination of Master's Project or Master's Thesis. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Prerequisite: 597 or 599.

Arts and Sciences (ARSC)

198. Freshman Seminar Topics (3)

Variable content in an academic discipline. Through study of topic, develops academic skills including scholarship, research, comprehension, analysis, synthesis, evaluation, application, critical thinking, and communication of ideas. Most sections require coregistration in a specified "linked" course. Restriction: freshman standing. {Fall, Spring}

Art Education (ARTE)

214. Art in Elementary and Special Classrooms I (3)

Understanding the art process as it relates to the growth and development of children. Experiences, methods and curriculum for art education in the elementary school. Special fee required.

310. Teaching Art in the Elementary School with Field Lab (4)

Philosophical, psychological, theoretical, and practical concepts about teaching art in elementary school, including observation and teaching in field-lab. Screening course requiring a minimum grade of "B-" for admission into the Art Education program. Prerequisite: 3 credit hours in ARTH and 12 credit hours in ARTS.

320. Teaching Art in Secondary School with Field Lab (4)

Philosophical, psychological, theoretical and practical concepts about teaching art in a secondary school, including observation and teaching in field lab. Screening course requiring a minimum grade of "B-" for admission into the Art Education program. Prerequisite: 3 credit hours in ARTH and 12 credit hours in ARTS.

391 / 591. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Individual problems are studied and researched under the supervision of a faculty member. Permission of faculty member involved is required. Special fee required. Restriction: permission of instructor.

400. Elementary School Student Teaching in Art (4-6)

Directed and supervised student teaching in art at an elementary school and participation in a seminar concerning theory and practice relevant to elementary school art. Minimum grade of "B-" required. A maximum of 15 hours of student teaching combined (all levels) is allowed. Prerequisite: 310 and 320. Restriction: permission of instructor.

410 / 510. Curriculum Development in Art Education (3)

Diverse art historical, philosophical, and psychological bases for theories and models of curriculum development as they apply to teaching art in a planned curriculum. Students must earn a grade of "B-" or better in this course. Prerequisite: 310 or 320.

431 / 531. Studio Art in the School: Bookmaking (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Studio experience in bookmaking for artists/teachers in school and community settings. Focus on structure and content in making artist's books. Special fee required.

432 / 532. Studio Art in Schools: Digital Arts (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Studio course exploring technology in teaching elementary and secondary art. Students learn creative computer use through simple digital editing software programs. Special fee required.

433 / 533. Studio Art in Schools: Printmaking (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Printmaking for artists/teachers in school settings. Processes for elementary and secondary students including stamping, linocuts, Styrofoam cuts, collagraphs, intaglio, monotypes. Special fee required.

434 / 534. Studio Art in Schools: Printmaking Advanced Secondary Level (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Advanced printmaking techniques for secondary and post-secondary levels. In-depth exploration of intaglio (solar gravuere plates) and monotype printmaking. Special fee required.

435 / 535. Studio Art in Schools: Drawing, Painting, Collage (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Studio experience in drawing, painting, collage for students preparing to teach art at elementary and secondary levels. Special fee required.

436 / 536. Studio Art in Schools: Textile Arts (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Studio experience in using textile arts, including weaving and felting, in teaching art at elementary and secondary levels. Special fee required.

437 / 537. Studio Art in Schools: Clay (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Studio experience in ceramic arts, including wheel-throwing and hand-building, for people preparing to teach art at elementary and secondary levels. Special fee required.

461. Secondary School Student Teaching in Art (5-6)

Directed and supervised student teaching in art at a secondary school and participation in a seminar concerning art teaching theory and practice. Minimum grade of "B-" required. A maximum of 15 hours of student teaching combined (all levels) is allowed. Prerequisite: 310 and 320. Restriction: permission of instructor.

465 / 565. Art and the Exceptional Child (3)

(Also offered as SPCD 465) Designed to acquaint teachers with the value and therapeutic uses of art in special education classrooms and to acquaint art education majors with adaptations of art to various exceptional cases. Special fee required.

466 / 566. Art With At-Risk Students (3)

A studio-based course in theory and practice of working with diverse students at risk for factors including socioeconomics, language, behavior, psychiatric diagnoses. Ten hours fieldwork. Special fee required.

472. Art Criticism and Aesthetics Teacher (3)

An exploration of art criticism and aesthetics as part of a comprehensive art education curriculum with practical application in a K-12 setting. Special fee required.

475. Art, Architecture and Environmental Education in the Schools (3)

The use of art and architecture in the school curriculum. The aesthetics of the built environment in relation to design and behavior and the order and delicate design in nature and buildings. Design of learning environments are also explored. Special fee required.

477 / 577. Social Justice Issues in Art Education (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Experiences for developing knowledge and competency in K-12 art curricula engaged with contemporary art and critical social issues in art education and grounded in the lives and concerns of all students in the art classroom.

493 / 593. Topics (1-3, no limit Δ)

Courses on a wide variety of topics about art education are offered according to interest and need. Different sections indicate different topics. Special fee required.

500. History and Philosophies of Art Education (3)

An introduction to major historical beliefs, values, philosophies and practices that inform contemporary art and art education programs and practices. Special fee required.

510 / 410. Curriculum Development in Art Education (3)

Diverse art historical, philosophical, and psychological bases for theories and models of curriculum development as applied to teaching art in a planned curriculum. Students must earn a grade of "B-" or better in this course. Prerequisite: 310 or 320.

531 / 431. Studio Art in the School: Bookmaking (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Studio experience in bookmaking for artists/teachers in school and community settings. Focus on structure and content in making artist's books. Special fee required.

532 / 432. Studio Art in Schools: Digital Arts (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Studio course exploring technology in teaching elementary and secondary art. Students learn creative computer use through simple digital editing software programs. Special fee required.

533 / 433. Studio Art in Schools: Printmaking (3, may be repeated once Δ)

534 / 434. Studio Art in Schools: Printmaking Advanced Secondary Level (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Advanced printmaking techniques for secondary and post-secondary levels. In-depth exploration of intaglio (solar gravuere plates) and monotype printmaking. Special fee required.

535 / 435. Studio Art in Schools: Drawing, Painting, Collage (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Studio experience in drawing, painting, collage for students preparing to teach art at elementary and secondary levels. Special fee required.

536 / 436. Studio Art in Schools: Textile Arts (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Studio experience in using textile arts, including weaving and felting, in teaching art at elementary and secondary levels. Special fee required.

537 / 437. Studio Art in Schools: Clay (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Studio experience in ceramic arts, including wheel-throwing and hand-building, for people preparing to teach art at elementary and secondary levels. Special fee required.

565 / 465. Art and the Exceptional Child (3)

Study of the special use of art activities with exceptional children along with practicum experience in field situations. Special fee required.

566 / 466. Art With At-Risk Students (3)

568. Image and Imagination in Art Education (3)

Metaphorical aspects of art, art in the construction of self and realities, and image making. Examines relationships among image and imagination, art and art education. Special fee required.

572. Art Criticism and Aesthetics for Teachers (3)

An exploration of art criticism and aesthetics as part of a comprehensive art education curriculum with practical application in a K-12 setting. Special fee required.

577 / 477. Social Justice Issues in Art Education (3, may be repeated once Δ)

585. Research Applied to Art Education (3)

Examination of the assumptions, methods, results and applications of research in art education. Special fee required.

590. Current Trends and Issues in Art Education (3)

Examination of the contemporary developments, trends and issues in the field of art education as they relate to society, education and art. Special fee required.

591 / 391. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Individual research into an area in art education proposed by the student and conducted under the direction of a professor. Special fee required. Restriction: permission of instructor.

593 / 493. Topics (1-3, no limit Δ)

Specialized courses about a particular topic in art education. A wide variety of topic courses is offered according to demand. Different sections indicate different topic content. Special fee required.

595. Advanced Field Experiences (3-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Individual observation, teaching, residency in an art education field situation under the supervision of a professor. Restriction: permission of instructor.

598. Directed Readings in Art Education (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: permission of instructor.

Art History (ARTH)

101. Introduction to Art (3)

A beginning course in the fundamental concepts of the visual arts; the language of form and the media of artistic expression. Readings and slide lectures supplemented by museum exhibition attendance. Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area V: Humanities and Fine Arts (NMCCN 1013). {Fall, Spring}

201. History of Art I (3)

Prehistoric, Near Eastern, Egyptian, Greek, Roman, Early Christian, Byzantine, Romanesque and Gothic Art. Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area V: Humanities and Fine Arts (NMCCN 2113). {Fall}

202. History of Art II (3)

Western Art from the Early Renaissance to Impressionism. Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area V: Humanities and Fine Arts (NMCCN 2123). {Spring}

210. History of Photography (3)

A survey tracing the historical and cultural impact of photography, including artistic, scientific, documentary, commercial, and vernacular images. {Offered upon demand}

250. Modern Art (3)

Major stylistic developments of European and American painting and sculpture from Impressionism to approximately World War II. {Summer, Fall}

252. Contemporary Art and New Media (3)

This course surveys the roots and evolution of what is now regarded as New Media and Contemporary Art, those pioneering new forms and technologies that often blur the boundaries between art, science, and technology.

310. Global Photographies (3)

An examination of photography from a global perspective, this course sketches the role the medium has played as an engine of globalization. The course focuses on photography from Africa, the Middle East, Asia and Oceania.

321. Early Medieval Art, 500-1000 CE (3)

Survey of the visual cultures (architecture, luxury objects, book illumination and illustration) of the Medieval World, including northern and Mediterranean Europe and the Islamic World, from 500 to 1000 CE. {Offered upon demand}

322. High Medieval Art, 1000-1200 CE (3)

323 / 567. World Architecture I: History of the Built Environment from Prehistory to 1800 CE (3)

(Also offered as ARCH 223) Lecture survey of the architectural and urban traditions of world cultures from prehistory to the Enlightenment. {Fall}

324. World Architecture II: History of the Built Environment From 1800 CE to the Present (3)

(Also offered as ARCH 224) Survey of the architectural and urban traditions of the modern world from the Enlightenment to the present. {Spring}

*340. Baroque Art (3)

Painting, sculpture and architecture of the 17th-century European masters, such as Bernini, Rubens, Velasquez, Poussin and Rembrandt, are examined against their background of religious and political conflict, theoretical dispute and the rise of modern science.

351. Artistic Traditions of the Southwest (3)

Interrelationships of Native American, Hispanic and Anglo cultures from prehistoric times to the present, emphasizing the major forms of expression–pottery, textiles, jewelry, architecture, painting and photography. Slide lectures supplemented by museum exhibits. {Offered upon demand}

379 / 579 [479 / 579]. American Art: 1876-1940 (3)

Buick. Visual culture from Reconstruction to World War II including works by Eakins, Stieglitz, Douglas and O’Keeffe. Traces the emergence of American Impressionism, early Modernism and Regionalism and explores their engagement with political, cultural and social debates.

402 / 502. Native American Art I (3)

(Also offered as ANTH 401 / 501) Archaeological and historic art forms of the Arctic Northwest coast and the eastern woodlands of North America. {Fall}

406 / 506. Native American Art II (3)

(Also offered as ANTH 403 / 503) Archaeological and historic art forms of the Plains, Southwest and western regions of North America. {Spring}

407 / 507. Museum Practices (3)

(Also offered as MSST 407 / 507) History, philosophy and purposes of museums. Techniques and problems of museum administration, education, collection, exhibition, conservation and public relations. {Offered upon demand}

411 / 511. Pre-Columbian Art: Mesoamerica (3)

The art of Mexico and Central America prior to the 16th century. {Fall}

412 / 512. Pre-Columbian Art: South America (3)

Arts of the Andean region prior to the 16th century. {Spring}

413 / 513. Pre-Columbian Art: Central America, Northern South America and the Caribbean (3)

Contextualizes artistic traditions of Pre-Columbian Central America, northern South America and the Caribbean. Geographically occupying a critical juncture between major continents and famous empires, these cultures developed visual traditions uniquely divergent from their more well-known neighbors.

415 / 515. Modern and Contemporary Native American Art (3)

Late 19th century through the present, includes painting and photography as well as media more often termed traditional. Examines historical background and current critical issues including the impact of stereotypes and the marketplace. {Offered periodically}

416 / 516. Southwestern Native Ceramics (3)

Szabo This course examines Native Southwestern ceramics from the archaeological past to the present. Regional developments, changes in ceramics made for internal use and for outside sale, as well as issues of the contemporary market are investigated. {Offered periodically}

417 / 517. Seminar in Souvenir Native American Arts (3)

Long undervalued, Native arts made for outside sale provide multi-voiced narratives. Seminar-format will examine the intrinsic, aesthetic value of these complex arts, their roles and their importance to creators, purchasers and various audiences.

420 / 520. History of Prints I [History of Graphic Arts I] (3)

History of European prints from its inception in the early 15th century to its technical perfection and market success in the 18th century. Presenting printmaking as an expression of artistic and intellectual pursuit.

421 / 521. History of Prints II [History of the Graphic Arts II] (3)

Printmaking, printing and artists’ books from Goya to present. Including the graphic arts and photography, the rise of the ideas of the original print, 20th-century mixed media and the relationship between words and images. {Spring}

425 / 525. 19th-Century Photography (3)

An in-depth study of historical, critical, and theoretical issues in American and European photographic visual culture from its inception to approximately 1914. {Offered upon demand}

426 / 526. 20th-Century Photography (3)

An in-depth study of historical, critical, and theoretical issues in American and European photographic visual culture from 1914 to approximately 1980. {Offered upon demand}

427 / 527. Contemporary Photography (3)

An in-depth study of recent photographic visual culture, from approximately 1980 to the present. Emphasis on how images are deployed and understood as efforts to explore artistic, cultural, political, social, and theoretical issues. {Offered upon demand}

429. Topics in Art History (1-3, no limit Δ)

Course work determined by specific students’ request or by the professor’s current research. {Offered upon demand}

431 / 531. Byzantine Art and Architecture (3)

This course will explore the worship and display of art and architecture from the Byzantine Empire with a specific emphasis on the cross-cultural connections among Byzantium, Medieval Europe, the Islamic world, and the Armenian Kingdom.

432 / 532. Islamic Art and Architecture (3)

An introduction to the visual culture of the Islamic world from its foundations in the seventh century on the Arabian Peninsula to its flowering under Ottoman and Mughal rule in the seventeenth century.

449 / 549. Art of Spain (3)

Survey of Spanish art and civilization. {Offered upon demand}

450 / 550. Ibero-American Colonial Arts and Architecture (3)

Architecture, sculpture and painting in the period of Spanish colonization and the relation of these art forms to both the Spanish and the native Indian traditions. {Offered upon demand}

453 / 553. African American Art (3)

(Also offered as AFST 453) Buick. This class provides an overview of African American artists and contextualizes their creativity within the wider framework of U.S. art. What, for example, are the benefits and pitfalls of assigning race to any creative practice?

464 / 564. European Art 1750-1830 (3)

Painting, sculpture and architecture in France, England, Spain and Germany from the twilight of Absolutism through the Industrial and French Revolutions.

472 / 572. American Art: 1675-1875 (3)

Buick Visual culture from colonial times through the Civil War including works by West, Greenough, Duncanson and Homer. Topics include various genres, artistic training and the market and art’s relationship to ethnic, gender and national identity.

481 / 595. European Art 1830-1900 (3)

Painting and sculpture in France, England and Germany from Courbet’s Realism and the Victorian Pre-Raphaelites through Impressionism and the late works of Cezanne and Monet.

485 / 585. Seminar in Museum Methods (3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as ANTH, MSST 485 / 585) Theoretical and practical work in specific museum problems. May be repeated as subject matter changes. Prerequisite: 407 or MSST 407. {Offered upon demand}

486 / 586. Practicum: Museum Methods (1-3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as ANTH, MSST 486 / 586) Practicum in museum methods and management. Prerequisite: 407 or MSST 407. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Offered upon demand}

487 / 587. Contemporary Interdisciplinary Topics (3, may be repeated once Δ)

(Also offered as DANC, MUS, THEA 487 / 587; MA *487) Analyzes major instances of interdisciplinary influence and collaboration in the present day. Restriction: permission of instructor.

490 / 590. Muralism in the Americas- 19th and 20th Centuries and Beyond (3)

Murals are an ancient and global phenomenon. This course studies the multiplicity of forms, topics, issues, contexts, aesthetic programs, and effects associated with those murals painted throughout the Americas from the 19th century to the present. {Offered upon demand}

491 / 591. Late 20th-Century to 21st-Century Art (3)

Painting and sculpture, 1940 to the present. Prerequisite: 250.

492 / 592. American Landscapes (3)

Buick The class provides an examination of how densely populated American environments were reinterpreted by Europeans upon contact in the process of designing and implementing various systems for their habitation, exploitation, and consumption.

493. The Art of Latin America, 1820-1945 (3)

Barnet Central and South American art from independence to the end of World War II. Chronological, thematic and institutional developments from national and regional perspectives in addition to themes, styles, movements and other issues of continental significance. {Alternate Falls}

494 / 594. The Art of Latin America, 1945-Present (3)

Central and South American post-war modernism and post-modernity examined through issues of theme, style and medium, including contemporary artistic practices such as conceptual and installation art. {Alternate Springs}

496. Undergraduate Tutorial (3, no limit Δ)

Individual investigation or reading under faculty direction. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall, Spring}

498. Art History Capstone (0)

Art History Capstone course allows the student to demonstrate skill at art historical research and writing. Students work with professors, producing a final paper articulating the results of their findings, correctly revised and edited. Prerequisite: one 400-level ARTH course. Restriction: permission of instructor and senior standing.

499. Honors Thesis (3-6)

Directed independent study in a field of special interest culminating in a written thesis. Open only by invitation to departmental honors candidates. {Fall, Spring}

500. Philosophy and Methods of Art History (3)

A seminar for graduate students in art history stressing the history of the discipline and the methodology of research. Open to graduate students in art history. Prerequisite for others: permission of instructor. {Fall}

502 / 402. Native American Art I (3)

(Also offered as ANTH 501 / 401) Archaeological and historic art forms of the Arctic Northwest coast and the eastern woodlands of North America. {Fall}

506 / 406. Native American Art II (3)

(Also offered as ANTH 503 / 403) Archaeological and historic art forms of the Plains, Southwest and western regions of North America. {Spring}

507 / 407. Museum Practices (3)

(Also offered as MSST 507 / 407) History, philosophy and purposes of museums. Techniques and problems of museum administration, education, collection, exhibition, conservation and public relations. {Offered every academic year}

511 / 411. Pre-Columbian Art: Mesoamerica (3)

The art of Mexico and Central America prior to the 16th century. {Fall}

512 / 412. Pre-Columbian Art: South America (3)

Arts of the Andean region prior to the 16th century. {Spring}

513 / 413. Pre-Columbian Art: Central America, Northern South America and the Caribbean (3)

515 / 415. Modern and Contemporary Native American Art (3)

516 / 416. Southwestern Native Ceramics (3)

517 / 417. Seminar in Souvenir Native American Arts (3)

520 / 420. History of Prints I [History of Graphic Arts I] (3)

521 / 421. History of Prints II [History of the Graphic Arts II] (3)

522 [522 / 422]. Contemporary Architecture (3)

This experimental seminar provides a forum in which to discuss the theoretical issues and critical diversity of contemporary architecture of the last 30 years. Restriction: admitted to M.A. Art History or M.Arch. Architecture. {Offered upon demand}

525 / 425. 19th-Century Photography (3)

An in-depth study of historical, critical, and theoretical issues in American and European photographic visual culture from its inception to approximately 1914. {Offered upon demand}

526 / 426. 20th-Century Photography (3)

An in-depth study of historical, critical, and theoretical issues in American and European photographic visual culture from 1914 to approximately 1980. {Offered upon demand}

527 / 427. Contemporary Photography (3)

529. Topics in Art History (1-3, no limit Δ)

{Offered upon demand}

531 / 431. Byzantine Art and Architecture (3)

532 / 432. Islamic Art and Architecture (3)

549 / 449. Art of Spain (3)

Survey of Spanish art and civilization. {Offered upon demand}

550 / 450. Ibero-American Colonial Arts and Architecture (3)

Architecture, sculpture and painting in the period of Spanish colonization and the relation of these art forms to both the Spanish and the native Indian traditions. {Offered upon demand}

551 / 552. Problems (2-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

{Fall, Spring}

553 / 453. African American Art (3)

Buick This class provides an overview of African American artists and contextualizes their creativity within the wider framework of U.S. art. What, for example, are the benefits and pitfalls of assigning race to any creative practice?

559. Seminar in Native American Art (3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as ANTH 509) Restriction: permission of instructor. {Offered upon demand}

560. Seminar in Pre-Columbian Art (3, may be repeated four times Δ)

Aspects of Pre-Columbian art, architecture, and culture in Mesoamerica and South America are examined in depth. Prerequisite: 511 and 512. {Offered upon demand}

564 / 464. European Art 1750-1830 (3)

Painting, sculpture and architecture in France, England, Spain and Germany from the twilight of Absolutism through the Industrial and French Revolutions.

567 / 323. World Architecture I: History of the Built Environment From Prehistory to 1800 CE (3)

(Also offered as ARCH 523) Lecture survey of the architectural and urban traditions of world cultures from prehistory to the Enlightenment. {Fall}

572 / 472. American Art: 1675-1875 (3)

579 / 379 [579 / 479]. American Art: 1876-1940 (3)

580. Seminar in Spanish Colonial Art (3, no limit Δ)

Prerequisite: 450. {Offered upon demand}

582. Seminar in 20th-Century Art (3, no limit Δ)

Prerequisite: 491. {Offered upon demand}

583. Seminar in Modern/Contemporary Latin American Art History (3, no limit Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor. {Offered upon demand}

584. Problems in Interdisciplinary Studies (3, may be repeated once Δ)

(Also offered as MUS 584; MA *485) An independent study in either critical studies or studio, beyond the scope of the Fine Arts interdisciplinary courses, which may occur within or outside the College of Fine Arts. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall, Spring}

585 / 485. Seminar in Museum Methods (3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as ANTH, MSST 585 / 485) Theoretical and practical work in specific museum problems. May be repeated as subject matter changes. Prerequisite: 507 or MSST 507. {Offered upon demand}

586 / 486. Practicum: Museum Methods (1-3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as ANTH, MSST 586 / 486) Practicum in museum methods and management. Prerequisite: 507 or MSST 507. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Offered upon demand}

587 / 487. Contemporary Interdisciplinary Topics (3, may be repeated once Δ)

(Also offered as DANC, MUS, THEA 587 / 487; MA *487) Analyzes major instances of interdisciplinary influence and collaboration in the present day. {Spring}

590 / 490. Muralism in the Americas- 19th and 20th Centuries and Beyond (3)

591 / 491. Late 20th-Century to 21st-Century Art (3)

Painting and sculpture, 1940 to the present. Prerequisite: 250.

592 / 492. American Landscapes (3)

594 / 494. The Art of Latin America 1945-Present (3)

595 / 481. European Art 1830-1900 (3)

Painting and sculpture in France, England and Germany from Courbet’s Realism and the Victorian Pre-Raphaelites through Impressionism and the late works of Cezanne and Monet.

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only. {Fall, Spring}

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only. {Fall, Spring}

Art Studio (ARTS)

106. Drawing I (3)

Basic drawing concepts, including the expressive use of contour, value, perspective and composition while exploring both dry and wet media. Assigned problems may include still life, landscape, portraiture or the figure. {Fall, Spring}

121. Two-dimensional Design (3)

Emphasis on elements of line, form, value, color theory, painting principles and visual vocabulary. Particular attention will be placed on a disciplined approach toward design and development of perceptual skills. {Fall, Spring}

123. Shop Foundations (2)

Familiarizes the art student with the safe practice and maintenance of wood and metal shop tools and machinery. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. {Fall, Spring}

125. Art Practices I (3)

This is an interdisciplinary course, exploring the thematic concepts and diverse media that are central to the nature of art making today. Art Practices I will investigate issues of LIGHT, FRAME, and MARK. {Fall, Spring}

126. Art Practices II (3)

This is an interdisciplinary course, exploring the thematic concepts and diverse media that are central to the nature of art making today. Art Practices II will investigate issues of MOTIVE and CHANGE. Prerequisite: 125. {Fall, Spring}

130. Introduction to Electronic Art (3)

Introduction to the computer as a medium and fine art tool. Course will explore history, theory and contemporary art issues associated with computer-based art practice, as well as introducing students to basic tools and technologies. {Fall, Spring}

141. Introduction to Art and Ecology (3)

This course introduces the student to three basic skills of an ecological art practice: research, making, and an immersion in ecological systems through poetic thinking, subversive action, and creative fabrication. {Fall, Spring}

157. Small Scale Metal Construction I (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Introduction to basic fabrication methods as they relate to object-making and small-scale sculpture. {Fall, Spring}

168. Introduction to Ceramics (3)

Comprehensive introduction to the terms, concepts, historical, and technical information that support creative development. Includes hand building and throwing, basic clay bodies, slip and glaze, oxidation, reduction, and atmospheric firing. {Fall, Spring}

187. Introduction to Photography (3)

This is a hands-on course introducing contemporary techniques, technologies, underlying concepts, and practitioners of fine art photography. ARTS 187 is a foundation course designed to prepare students for ARTS 188. {Fall, Spring}

188. Visualizing Ideas Using Photography (3)

This course will help students use photography to develop their ideas conceptually. Students will work in both a traditional and an experimental manner with a variety of photographic processes and technologies to advance the visual presentation of their ideas. Prerequisite: 187.

205. Drawing II (3)

Further concentration on basic drawing concepts with a greater emphasis on descriptive and perceptual drawing skills using both dry and wet media. Prerequisite: 106. {Fall, Spring}

207. Painting I (3)

Painting materials and techniques, integrating basic drawing concepts with color theory and composition. Emphasis on descriptive and perceptual skills through assigned problems. Prerequisite: 106. {Fall, Spring}

208. Painting II (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Continued exploration of the painting concepts and techniques, presented in 207. Working from imagination as well as observation, emphasizing the expressive potential of the medium. Prerequisite: 207. {Fall, Spring}

213. Sculpture I (3)

A further exploration into the concepts presented in Three-dimensional Design. Will investigate, through specific assignments, issues that are central to producing sculpture. Prerequisite: 123. {Fall, Spring}

231. Video Art I (3)

An investigation of video as a medium within a fine art context. Course will explore history, theory, and contemporary art issues associated with video art practice as well as develop student's mastery of technical skills. Prerequisite: 130.

232. Sound Art I (3)

An investigation of sound as a medium within a fine art context. Course will explore history, theory, and contemporary art issues associated with sound art and develop student's skills in sound editing/recording technology. Prerequisite: 130.

257. Small Scale Metal Construction II (3, may be repeated once Δ)

A continuation of 157. Fabrication skills are further developed and refined. Emphasis is on developing a deeper understanding of form/content as it relates to intimate scale. Prerequisite: 157. {Fall, Spring}

268. Ceramics: Materials and Aesthetics (3)

Continuation of 168 with emphasis placed on the mastery of forming, surfacing, and firing processes, expanded critical awareness, and the development of a personal aesthetic. Open-ended and self-selected projects. Individual and group critiques. Prerequisite: 168. {Fall, Spring}

274. Introduction to Printmaking (3)

Exploration of printmaking concepts and fundamental techniques, including monotype, monoprint, intaglio, lithography, woodcut, linoleum cut, collagraph, and curatorial technique. Instruction includes lecture, demonstration, and critique. Prerequisite: 106. {Fall, Spring}

287. Black and White Photography (3)

Concentrates on black and white photographic techniques: film processing and fine black and white printing. {Offered upon demand}

289. Digital Imaging Techniques (3)

Techniques and aesthetics of digital imaging using a variety of software programs and hardware. Prerequisite: 188. {Offered upon demand}

305. Drawing III (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Continued exploration of drawing concepts and techniques presented in 205. Emphasis on expressive drawing, working from imagination as well as from observation. Prerequisite: 205. {Fall, Spring}

308. Painting III (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Extension of the concepts presented in 207, emphasizing experimentation with materials and techniques. Individual in-depth projects are assigned to encourage independent thinking with regard to contemporary painting issues. Prerequisite: 208. {Fall, Spring}

310. Figure Drawing (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Study of the human figure as the primary vehicle for addressing formal and conceptual drawing problems. Prerequisite: 205.

313. Intermediate Sculpture (3, may be repeated once Δ)

This class encourages the student to develop personal direction with an emphasis on expanding sculptural possibilities. Topically appropriate assignments will be given according to the instructor’s individual expertise as well as the current theoretical discourse. Prerequisite: 213. {Fall, Spring}

320. The Phenomena of Color (3, may be repeated once Δ)

An intensive study of color through assigned problems designed to develop greater awareness of and sensitivity to the use and function of color in the arts.

330. Intermediate Electronic Art (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

Course emphasizes art making using evolving computer based tools. Class draws on current work and theory, combined with classroom critique. Students must have a basic understanding of video and digital imaging techniques to take course. {Fall, Spring}

331. Video Art II (3)

This intermediate course advances techniques and conceptual foundations learned in Video Art I. Through technical demonstrations and assignments, students develop their video work while investigating a variety of formats and presentations in video art. Prerequisite: 130.

332. Sound Art II (3, may be repeated once Δ)

This intermediate course of sound art advances techniques and conceptual foundations learned in Sound Art I. Students are challenged to develop their sound artwork while experimenting with various modes of presentation, software, and recording technology. Prerequisite: 130.

333. Introduction to 3D Printing (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Course serves as an introduction to using the 3D printer as a tool for creating artwork. Students gain technical understanding of fused filament fabrication 3D printers with focus on creating artwork and troubleshooting design issues. Prerequisite: 130.

337. Intaglio Printmaking I (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Exploration of intaglio processes. Includes lecture, demonstration, studio practice, and critique. Emphasis on technical considerations and the development of a personal aesthetic. Prerequisite: 274. {Fall, Spring}

338. Lithography Printmaking (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Fundamental techniques of drawing and painting on and from lithographic stones and metal plates, primarily in black and white. Includes lectures, demonstrations, critiques, and practical experience. Prerequisite: 274. {Fall, Spring}

341. Intermediate Studio in Art and Ecology (3)

This course builds on the ecological practice of art, emphasizing background research, collaboration, and public interaction. Prerequisite: 141. {Fall, Spring}

345. Serigraphy (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Introduction to techniques, history, aesthetics and creative aspects of screen printing. Prerequisite: 274. {Offered upon demand}

357. Small Scale Casting (3, may be repeated once Δ)

De Jong. Introduction to the fundamentals of small scale metal casting in bronze and silver through the lost wax process. Additional metal related techniques such as soldering and patination will be explored. Prerequisite: 157.

367. Advanced Ceramics: Professional Practices Studio Arts Intensive I (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Encourages personal interest in making art while gaining understanding of traditions, innovations, concepts, history, techniques, critical thinking, material sensibility, and community engagements that underline international ceramics practice. Open-ended projects and self-directed work. Prerequisite: 268. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall, Spring}

370. Arita Porcelain Vessels (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

Arita, Japan method of creating wheel thrown porcelain vessels: processes, materials, history, and philosophy. {Fall, Spring}

387. Intermediate Photography (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

Salinger, Stone. Students will begin to develop their own work based on individual interests and contemporary issues, in-class critiques, and readings. Prerequisite: 187 and 188 and (ARTH 210 or ARTH 425 or ARTH 426 or ARTH 427). {Offered upon demand}

388. Photographic Lighting (3)

Students work toward a complete understanding of the qualities of light, both natural and artificial, on photographs. Intensive studio practice explores the use of artificial light. Prerequisite: 188.

389. Topics in Studio Art (1-3, no limit Δ)

Concentrated practical and historical study of specified concerns in studio art. Open only to undergraduates enrolled in the Pre-professional curricula of the College of Fine Arts. Students in Art Education curricula may enroll with permission of the department chairperson. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Offered upon demand}

394. Computer Generated Imagery and Animation (3)

(Also offered as CS 394) Introduction to story boarding, modeling, rendering, animation and dynamics. Class uses high-level commercial animation software. Course emphasizes both the development of technical skills and the aesthetic aspects of computer imagery. Not allowed for graduate credit for computer science majors, nor as a technical elective for undergraduate computer science majors.

405. Advanced Drawing (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

Emphasis on contemporary drawing issues. Students are encouraged to initiate their own projects and to develop a personal direction. Individual and group critiques. Open only to undergraduates enrolled in the Pre-professional curricula of the College of Fine Arts. Students in Art Education curricula may enroll with permission of the department chairperson. Prerequisite: 305. {Fall, Spring}

407. Advanced Painting (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

Emphasizes contemporary painting issues. Students are encouraged to initiate their own projects and to develop a personal direction. Individual and group critiques. Open only to undergraduates enrolled in the Pre-professional curricula of the College of Fine Arts. Students in Art Education curricula may enroll with permission of the department chairperson. Prerequisite: 308. {Fall, Spring}

408. Outdoor Studio (1-3, may be repeated twice Δ)

This is a nature based, field study class. Sites are visited which inspire artists to develop projects with an interrelated media approach. Formal and conceptual issues regarding several environments will be addressed. Open only to undergraduates enrolled in the Pre-professional curricula of the College of Fine Arts. Students in Art Education curricula and majors in Art enrolled in the College of Arts and Sciences may enroll with permission of the department chairperson. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall}

409 / 509. Advanced Video Art (3, may be repeated once Δ)

(Also offered as MA 409) This class helps students to develop more complex artistic statements on video. Critiques of student work, plus readings and discussions about various arts and media. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Spring}

413. Advanced Sculpture (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

Allows students to pursue their own individual concepts and techniques. Emphasis will be on independent projects. Prerequisite: 213. {Fall, Spring}

429. Undergraduate Topics in Studio Art (1-6 to a maximum of 15 Δ)

Coursework determined by specific student need or by the professor’s current research. Open only to undergraduates enrolled in the Pre-professional curricula of the College of Fine Arts. Students in Art Education curricula may enroll with permission of the department chairperson. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall, Spring}

431 / 531. Advanced Time-Based Media (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Explores advanced technical, theoretical and conceptual essentials of time-based media. Designed for students with continued interest in using sound, moving images, and performance for their art-making practice. Challenges students to create novel time-based work. Prerequisite: 331. Restriction: permission of instructor.

432 / 532. Special Projects in Electronic Art I (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

Course is based on the integration of nascent technologies in electronic / digital media art practice. Works will be created in conjunction with concurrent investigation of digital media art history and contemporary theoretical discourses. Part I. Restriction: permission of instructor.

433 / 533. Special Projects in Electronic Art II (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

Course is based on integration of nascent technologies in electronic / digital media art practice. Works will be created in conjunction with concurrent investigation of digital media, art history, and contemporary theoretical discourses. Part II. Restriction: permission of instructor.

434 / 534. Immersive Media (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Fine Art production for the Immersive Fulldome. This emerging medium comes out of planetarium technology. We will investigate the nature of immersive media through historical and theoretical readings and discussions alongside the creative process. Prerequisite: 330. Restriction: permission of instructor.

435 / 535. The Art of Transmission (3, may be repeated once Δ)

This class will focus on network and wireless, communication and control technologies. Students will experiment with streaming and analog broadcasting as well as installation based approaches to working with tools that manipulate the electromagnetic spectrum. Prerequisite: 330. Restriction: permission of instructor.

437. Intaglio Printmaking II (3, may be repeated once Δ)

A continuation of 337 with the exploration of multiple plate and color printing processes. Greater emphasis is given to technical considerations and the development of a personal aesthetic. Prerequisite: 337. {Fall, Spring}

438. Advanced Lithography (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Continuation of 338 with particular emphasis on color printing and special processes, including photo reproduction. Emphasis on personal aesthetic and technical concepts. Prerequisite: 338. {Fall, Spring}

440 / 540. Art and Ecology: Grant and Proposal Writing (3)

This course focuses on skills for researching, designing and writing effective grant applications and proposals for art-based solicitations. Students shape ideas for small and large-scale projects into proposals following requirements of real-world calls for entry.

441 / 541. Art and Ecology: Computational Sustainability (3)

An interdisciplinary field course in aesthetically visualizing information from computer science, operations research, and applied mathematics to articulate environmental, economic, and societal needs for sustainability. Hands-on projects, theoretical, and field research. {Offered periodically}

442 / 542. Art and Ecology: Sculptural Infrastructure (3)

This course will investigate site-based, low-tech, infrastructure as art. We will design and build experimental sculptures to create an aesthetic for functional works and understand challenges to scaling. {Offered periodically}

443 / 543. Art and Ecology: Aesthetics of Sustainable Landscapes (3)

This course introduces principles of visual aesthetics and landscape function. Course explores aesthetics, ecological art, sustainable landscapes, modernist landscape design, and ecological functionality of spaces through biotic units and human patterning. {Offered periodically}

444 / 544. Art and Ecology: Creating Change (3, may be repeated once Δ)

The course uses art and design to respond to global and local challenges. Modules led by faculty from Art and Ecology offer students skills of collaboration, community process, site-based plans of action, and economic value.

445 / 545. Text and Image: Graphic Design for Artists (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Course addresses fundamentals of graphic design through a series of art projects. Students study examples from a variety of sources and develop language for using text and image in installation, print, and online publication.

446 / 546. The Politics of Performance (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Course explores the politics of performance and how artists investigate constructions of race, gender, sexuality, and class. Combines seminar discussion with group workshop and critique sessions. Students develop performance pieces or critical scholarship.

451 / 551. Land Arts of the American West: Research (3)

This course will investigate research methodologies for field-based artists and facilitate the development and implementation of students' individualized artistic research projects through primary source materials, creative processes, critical reflection, and textual production. Corequisite: 452 and 453 and 454. Restriction: permission of instructor.

452 / 552. Land Arts of the American West: Field Investigations (3)

This course will immerse students in field-based studio practice across numerous econiches, habitation sites, and conceptions of "Place." Students will work individually and collaboratively to investigate these field sites through artistic processes and projects. Corequisite: 451 and 453 and 454. Restriction: permission of instructor.

453 / 553. Land Arts of the American West: Creative Production (3)

This course will engage and transform field-based, artistic research and practice into the production process of interdisciplinary studio art projects culminating in both experimental and finished art works. Corequisite: 451 and 452 and 454. Restriction: permission of instructor.

454 / 554. Land Arts of the American West: Presentation and Dissemination (3)

This course will investigate the context of art through various presentation methodologies, engagement locations, consideration for audience reception, and media dissemination. Students will develop presentation strategies and work collaboratively to prepare a public exhibition. Corequisite: 451 and 452 and 453. Restriction: permission of instructor.

457. Advanced Casting and Construction (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

DeJong. Students must develop an individual program of studies in consultation with the instructor. Group critiques are scheduled regularly. Open only to undergraduates enrolled in the Pre-professional curricula of the College of Fine Arts. Students in Art Education curricula and majors in Art enrolled in the College of Arts and Sciences may enroll with permission of the department chairperson. Prerequisite: 357. {Spring}

458 / 558. Nature and Technology (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Cook. This course addresses what constitutes authentic experience in an era profoundly shaped by electronic media. Travel to locations in New Mexico where work is produced on site with digital video and other imaging tools. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Offered upon demand}

469 / 569. Pueblo Pottery (3)

A cross-cultural approach designed to expose students to the Puebloan pottery tradition. The course combines a hands-on approach to pottery-making with an analytical investigation of material culture and ethnoaesthetics. Open only to undergraduates enrolled in the Pre-professional curricula of the College of Fine Arts. Students in Art Education curricula may enroll with permission of the department chairperson. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall}

470 / 570. Advanced Arita Porcelain Vessels (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

In-depth practices of the Arita, Japan method of creating wheel thrown porcelain vessels: forming techniques, aesthetics, surface design, glazing, and firing. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall, Spring}

474. Advanced Printmaking (3, may be repeated four times Δ)

Concentrated exploration of various concepts and methods of printmaking including multiple processes. Course content varies but emphasizes the development of personalized direction and the establishment of high professional standards. Individual and group critiques. Open only to undergraduates enrolled in the Pre-professional curricula of the College of Fine Arts. Students in Art Education curricula and majors in Art enrolled in the College of Arts and Sciences may enroll with permission of the department chairperson. Prerequisite: 336 or 374.

487. Advanced Interdisciplinary Portfolio (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

Salinger, Stone. Emphasis on photo-based media, but open to advanced students in all areas of studio art. Will encourage cross-media critique and help students prepare for the professional world upon graduation. Open only to undergraduates enrolled in the Pre-professional curricula of the College of Fine Arts. Students in Art Education curricula may enroll with permission of the department chairperson. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall, Spring}

495. Independent Study (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Advanced, individually directed study in areas of special interest not normally covered in advanced level courses. Open only to undergraduates enrolled in the Pre-professional curricula of the College of Fine Arts. Students in Art Education curricula may enroll with permission of the department chairperson. Restriction: permission of department.

498. Senior Seminar: Art Studio Capstone (2)

Art Studio Capstone will focus on preparing B.F.A. seniors on topics pertaining to professional practices and critical discourse for visual artists. Students will learn to present their work verbally and visually in a professional manner. Restriction: permission of instructor.

499. Honors Thesis (3, may be repeated once Δ [3-6])

Directed independent study in a field of special interest, culminating in an exhibition and written thesis. Open only by invitation to departmental honors candidates. May be repeated for credit towards degree to a maximum of 6 hours. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. {Fall, Spring}

502. Interdisciplinary Seminar (3)

Study of relationships between theory and practice. Course examines contemporary theories of art as viewed in the context of the student’s own work. Open only to studio graduate students in the Department of Art and Art History. {Fall}

505. Graduate Drawing and Painting (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall, Spring}

508. Graduate Outdoor Studio (1-3, may be repeated twice Δ)

509 / 409. Advanced Video Art (3, may be repeated once Δ)

513. Graduate Sculpture (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

Student is required to produce four projects, an artist’s statement, a portfolio of the semester’s work and give a slide lecture on a contemporary topic. {Fall, Spring}

520. Graduate Phenomena of Color (3)

Production of finished works based upon current research and studio practice incorporating concepts such as one color as two, two color as one, transparency/illusion, saturation/shadow, descriptive/local color, optical mixtures, unity, anomaly, psychological color, electronic color.

529. Graduate Topics in Studio Art (1-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Course work determined by specific student need or by the professor's current research. {Fall, Spring}

531 / 431. Advanced Time-Based Media (3, may be repeated once Δ)

532 / 432. Special Projects in Electronic Art I (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

533 / 433. Special Projects in Electronic Art II (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

534 / 434. Immersive Media (3, may be repeated once Δ)

535 / 435. The Art of Transmission (3, may be repeated once Δ)

540 / 440. Art and Ecology: Grant and Proposal Writing (3)

541 / 441. Art and Ecology: Computational Sustainability (3)

542 / 442. Art and Ecology: Sculptural Infrastructure (3)

543 / 443. Art and Ecology: Aesthetics of Sustainable Landscapes (3)

544 / 444. Art and Ecology: Creating Change (3, may be repeated once Δ)

545 / 445. Text and Image: Graphic Design for Artists (3, may be repeated once Δ)

546 / 446. The Politics of Performance (3, may be repeated once Δ)

551 / 451. Land Arts of the American West: Research (3)

This course will investigate research methodologies for field-based artists and facilitate the development and implementation of students' individualized artistic research projects through primary source materials, creative processes, critical reflection, and textual production. Corequisite: 552 and 553 and 554. Restriction: permission of instructor.

552 / 452. Land Arts of the American West: Field Investigations (3)

This course will immerse students in field-based studio practice across numerous econiches, habitation sites, and conceptions of "Place." Students will work individually and collaboratively to investigate these field sites through artistic processes and projects. Corequisite: 551 and 553 and 554. Restriction: permission of instructor.

553 / 453. Land Arts of the American West: Creative Production (3)

This course will engage and transform field-based, artistic research and practice into the production process of interdisciplinary studio art projects culminating in both experimental and finished art works. Corequisite: 551 and 552 and 554. Restriction: permission of instructor.

554 / 454. Land Arts of the American West: Presentation and Dissemination (3)

This course will investigate the context of art through various presentation methodologies, engagement locations, consideration for audience reception, and media dissemination. Students will develop presentation strategies and work collaboratively to prepare a public exhibition. Corequisite: 551 and 552 and 553. Restriction: permission of instructor.

557. Graduate Casting and Construction (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

Small scale metal casting in bronze and silver through the lost wax process. Included are additional metal related techniques such as soldering and patination. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall, Spring}

558 / 458. Nature and Technology (3, may be repeated once Δ)

569 / 469. Pueblo Pottery (3)

570 / 470. Advanced Arita Porcelain Vessels (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

574. Graduate Printmaking (3, may be repeated four times Δ)

587. Graduate Visual Art Seminar (3, may be repeated four times Δ)

Concentration on student’s individual art production in any area of studio art, with special attention given to developing critical acuity toward photo-based media. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall, Spring}

593. Seminar in Studio Art (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

Consideration of theoretical, critical and historical issues in the context of studio disciplines. Course content determined by student request or professor’s current research. {Fall, Spring}

595. Graduate Tutorial (1-9 to a maximum of 21 Δ)

Advanced, individually directed study. Open to graduate students only. {Fall, Spring}

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only. {Fall, Spring}

Arts and Sciences Cooperative Education Program (ASCP)

105. Arts and Sciences Co-op Work Phase (0, may be repeated four times)

A mechanism for registered work phase students from the College of Arts and Sciences as full-time students while working. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Astronomy (ASTR)

101. Introduction to Astronomy (3)

Conceptual description of our fascinating universe: early astronomy, Newtonian synthesis, Earth, Moon, planets, asteroids, comets, the sun, our solar system, stars, black holes, galaxies, dark matter, dark energy and cosmological mysteries. Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area III: Science (NMCCN 1114).

101L. Astronomy Laboratory (1)

Intended as an adjunct to ASTR 101, this course deals with elementary techniques in astronomical observations. Two hours lab. Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area III: Science (NMCCN 1114). Pre- or corequisite: 101.

109. Selected Topics in Astronomy (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

Designed as a follow-up course to 101. This course will focus on one topic in astronomy for an in-depth investigation of its core concepts and implications. May be repeated, but topics must be substantially different from semester to semester. Prerequisite: 101. {Offered upon demand}

270. General Astronomy (3)

Concepts of astronomy with emphasis on the solar system. Prerequisite: MATH 123 or MATH 153. Pre- or corequisite: Any physics course numbered 150 or higher. {Fall}

270L. General Astronomy Laboratory I (1)

Observations of the moon, planets and stars. Three hours lab. Pre- or corequisite: 270 {Fall}

271. General Astronomy (3)

Stellar astronomy, the galaxy, extra-galactic systems, cosmology. Prerequisite: MATH 123 or MATH 153. Pre- or corequisite: Any physics course numbered 150 or higher. {Spring}

271L. General Astronomy Laboratory I (1)

Observations of the moon, planets and stars. Three hours lab. Pre- or corequisite: 271. {Spring}

*421. Concepts of Astrophysics I (3)

Gravitation, radiation, relativity, stellar atmospheres, structure, and evolution. Prerequisite: PHYC **330. {Fall}

422 / 538. Concepts of Astrophysics II (3)

Applications of advanced astrophysical concepts to the interstellar medium, star formation, the Milky Way, external galaxies, and cosmology. Prerequisite: *421. {Spring}

423 / 539. Radio Astronomy (3)

Single dish and aperture synthesis radio observations; emission processes at radio wavelengths: synchrotron radiation, thermal bremsstrahlung. Prerequisite: PHYC **330. {Alternate Springs}

426 / 526. Optics and Instrumentation (3)

Principles of optics and quantum physics applied to modern astronomical instrumentation (over a wide range of electromagnetic wavelengths), data acquisition and processing. {Offered upon demand}

*427. Topics in Planetary Astronomy (3)

Planetary physics; planetary investigation using space vehicles; optical properties of planetary atmospheres. {Offered upon demand}

*455. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

456. Honors Problems (1, may be repeated once Δ)

(Also offered as PHYC 456) Independent studies course for students seeking departmental honors.

526 / 426. Optics and Instrumentation (3)

Principles of optics and quantum physics applied to modern astronomical instrumentation (over a wide range of electromagnetic wavelengths), data acquisition and processing. {Offered upon demand}

536. Advanced Astrophysics I (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Astrophysical problems illustrating E&M and classical/statistical mechanics: expansion of the universe; dark matter; big-bang nucleosynthesis; stellar interiors; neutron stars; supernovae. May be repeated when topics are different. {Alternate Falls}

537. Advanced Astrophysics II (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Astrophysical problems as illustrations of quantum mechanics: atoms; molecules; spectral lines; ionized regions surrounding stars; centers of active galaxies; Lyman-alpha forest. May be repeated when topics are different. Prerequisite: PHYC 521. {Alternate Springs}

538 / 422. Concepts of Astrophysics II (3)

Applications of advanced astrophysical concepts to the interstellar medium, star formation, the Milky Way, external galaxies, and cosmology. Prerequisite: *421. {Spring}

539 / 423. Radio Astronomy (3)

Single dish and aperture synthesis radio observations; emission processes at radio wavelengths: synchrotron radiation, thermal bremsstrahlung. Prerequisite: PHYC **330. {Alternate Springs}

Biochemistry (BIOC)

*423. Introductory Biochemistry (3)

Introductory course into metabolic reactions within the cell with emphasis on a chemical understanding of the way the cell integrates and controls intermediary metabolism; also included are quantitative problems in pH control, enzyme kinetics and energetics. BIOC 423 should not be taken by students who anticipate majoring in Biochemistry. Prerequisite: CHEM **302. {Fall, Spring}

445 / 545. Intensive Introductory Biochemistry I (4)

An intensive introduction to the physical and chemical properties of proteins and enzymes; enzymatic catalysis; signal transduction; structure, synthesis and processing of nucleic acids. Prerequisite: BIOL 202L and CHEM **302. Restriction: admitted to B.A. or B.S. Biochemistry. {Fall}

446 [446 / 546]. Intensive Introductory Biochemistry II (4)

An intensive introduction to intermediary metabolism and hormonal control of catabolic and anabolic pathways. Prerequisite: 445. {Spring}

448L. Biochemical Methods (3)

Biochemical and molecular biology laboratory course including authentic exposure to: cell culture; nucleic acid and protein purification; bioinformatics. Prerequisite: 446. Restriction: admitted to B.A. Biochemistry or B.S. Biochemistry. {Fall, Spring}

451. Physical Biochemistry (3)

A quantative physical chemical approach to analyzing macromolecular structure and function; electrophoretic and hydrodynamic methods; mass spectrometry; optical and vibrational spectroscopic methods; nuclear magnetic resonance; diffraction methods; and computational techniques. Prerequisite: 445 and (CHEM **311 or CHEM **315). {Fall}

463 / 563. Biochemistry of Disease I (3)

Four four-week topics, each designed to develop advanced understanding of biochemistry, cell and molecular biology in the context of human health and disease. Prerequisite: 446. {Fall}

464 / 564. Biochemistry of Disease II (3)

Four four-week topics, each designed to develop advanced understanding of biochemistry, cell and molecular biology in the context of human health and disease. Prerequisite: 446. {Spring}

*465. Biochemistry Education (3)

Seminars and readings in current methods of Biochemistry education. The course includes a practical experience in Biochemistry education techniques and practices. Prerequisite: 446 (minimum grade of "B"). Restriction: permission of instructor.

495. Topics in Biochemistry [Topics in Advanced Biochemistry] (3, may be repeated once Δ)

This course will build upon knowledge obtained from the Biochemistry core courses designed for undergraduate majors in the Department of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology. Specific topics may vary by semester. Prerequisite: 446. {Spring}

497. Senior Honors Research (3 [1-3 to a maximum of 3 Δ])

Senior thesis based on independent research. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Summer, Fall}

498. Senior Honors Research (3 [1-3 to a maximum of 3 Δ])

Senior thesis based on independent research. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Spring}

499. Undergraduate Research (1-3 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

545 / 445. Intensive Introductory Biochemistry I (4)

An intensive introduction to the physical and chemical properties of proteins and enzymes; enzymatic catalysis; signal transduction; structure, synthesis and processing of nucleic acids. {Fall}

563 / 463. Biochemistry of Disease I (3 [1-3])

Four four-week topics, each designed to develop advanced understanding of biochemistry, cell and molecular biology in the context of human health and disease. Prerequisite: 446. {Fall}

564 / 464. Biochemistry of Disease II (3 [1-3])

Four four-week topics, each designed to develop advanced understanding of biochemistry, cell and molecular biology in the context of human health and disease. Prerequisite: 446. {Spring}

Biology (BIOL)

110. Biology Non-Majors (3)

S. Witt. Biological principles important for the non-major in today’s world. Ecological, evolutionary and molecular topics. Three lectures. Credit not allowed for both 110 and 123/124L. Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area III: Science (NMCCN 1114). {Fall or Spring}

112L. Biology Laboratory for Non-Majors (1)

S. Witt. An optional laboratory which may be taken concurrently with or subsequent to 110. One 3-hour lab per week including plant and animal diversity, techniques and investigation of current issues. Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area III: Science (NMCCN 1114). Pre- or corequisite: 110. {Fall, Spring}

123. Biology for Health Related Sciences and Non-Majors (3)

Howe, Kennedy, Shaner. Principles of cell biology, genetics and organismic biology. Credit not allowed for both 123 and 110. Not accepted toward a Biology major. Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area III: Science. {Fall, Spring}

124L. Biology for Health Related Sciences and Non-Majors Lab (1)

S. Witt. One credit optional laboratory to accompany 123. Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area III: Science. Pre- or corequisite: 123.

191. Biodiversity (2)

Introduction to the diversity of organisms and their characteristics.

201L. Molecular and Cell Biology (4)

Adema, Cunningham, Hofkin, Howe, Natvig, Stricker, Vesbach. The scientific method, the role of water in cell biology, carbon and molecular diversity, macromolecules, introduction to metabolism, tour of cell structures and functions, membrane structure and function, cellular respiration, photosynthesis, cell communication and the cell cycle. Three lectures, 1 discussion section. (Credit not allowed for both BIOL 201L and 219.) Students who completed AP Chemistry in high school should see the instructor of record or a Biology Department advisor. Prerequisite: (CHEM 121 or CHEM 131) and CHEM 123L. {Fall, Spring}

202L. Genetics (4)

Bergthorsson, Cripps, Hofkin, Howe, Katju. Mitosis, meiosis, Mendelian genetics, chromosomes and inheritance, molecular basis of inheritance, genes to proteins, genetic models (viruses and bacteria), eukaryotic genomes, genetic basis of development and overview of genomes. Three lectures, 1 discussion section. (Credit not allowed for both BIOL 202L and 221). Prerequisite: 201L and ((CHEM 121 and CHEM 123L) or CHEM 131)). Pre- or corequisite: (CHEM 122 and 124L) or CHEM 132. {Fall, Spring}

223. Biotechnology Laboratory Techniques I (4)

The first course in a series of three which provides credit for students who are in the Biotechnology Program at CNM and working towards a B.S. in Biology with a concentration in Biotechnology at UNM. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

224. Biotechnology Laboratory Techniques II (4)

The second course in a series of three which provides credit for students who are in the Biotechnology Program at CNM and working towards a B.S. in Biology with a concentration in Biotechnology at UNM. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Prerequisite: 223.

225. Biotechnology Laboratory Techniques III (3)

The third course in a series of three which provides credit for students who are in the Biotechnology Program at CNM and working towards a B.S. in Biology with a concentration in Biotechnology at UNM. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

237. Human Anatomy and Physiology I for the Health Sciences (3)

Shaner, Swan. An integrated study of human structure and function to include histology, skeletal, muscular and nervous systems. Three lectures. Prerequisite: ((123 and 124L) or 201L) and (CHEM 111 or CHEM 121). {Fall, Spring}

238. Human Anatomy and Physiology II for the Health Sciences (3)

Shaner, Swan. A continuation of 237 to include cardiovascular, respiratory, digestive, excretory, reproductive and endocrine systems. Three lectures. Prerequisite: 237. {Fall, Spring}

239. Microbiology for Health Sciences and Non-Majors (4)

Couch. Introduction to microbiology with emphasis on principles of infection and immunity. Not accepted toward a Biology major or minor. (Credit not allowed for both 239 and 351–352L.) Prerequisite: (123 and 124L) and CHEM 111L or (CHEM 121 and CHEM 123L) or 201 and CHEM 111L or (CHEM 121 and CHEM 123L). {Fall, Spring}

247L. Human Anatomy and Physiology Laboratory I (1)

Laboratory work using cadavers. Anatomy stressed with appropriate physiological work. Topics integrated with 237. Pre- or corequisite: 237. Three hours lab. {Fall, Spring}

248L. Human Anatomy and Physiology Laboratory II (1)

Continuation of BIOL 247L. Topics integrated with 238. Pre- or corequisite: 238. Three hours lab. {Fall, Spring}

300. Evolution (3)

C. Witt. Basic principles, and contemporary issues of evolution. Three lectures. Prerequisite: 304 and 304L. {Spring}

303. Ecology and Evolution (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

Introduction to concepts in ecology and evolution including history of evolutionary thought; microevolution (including natural selection); speciation; macroevolution; patterns of species diversity and abundance; organismal, behavioral, population, community and ecosystem ecology; and conservation biology. Prerequisite: 202L. Pre- or corequisite: 303L and (MATH 162 or MATH 180).

303L. Ecology and Evolution Laboratory (1, may be repeated three times Δ)

An experiment-based approach to understanding core concepts in ecology and evolution. Students will develop hypotheses, collect data, evaluate their hypotheses, and explain their conclusions in an ecological or evolutionary context. Corequisite: 303.

304. Plant and Animal Form and Function (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

Exploration of relationships between structure and function in plants and animals including plant growth; transport; nutrition; reproduction; development; control systems; and animal nutrition; circulation; reproduction; development; and immune, control and nervous systems. Prerequisite: 303 and 303L and ((CHEM 122 and CHEM 124L) or CHEM 132). Pre- or corequisite: 304L and (MATH 162 or MATH 180).

304L. Plant and Animal Form and Function Laboratory (1, may be repeated three times Δ)

An experiment-based approach to understanding the relationship between structure and function in plants and animals. Students will develop hypotheses, collect data, evaluate their hypotheses, and explain their conclusions. Corequisite: 304.

310. Principles of Ecology (3)

Rudgers. A comprehensive survey of the ecology of individuals, populations, communities and ecosystems. Three lectures, 3 hours lab or field exercise. Prerequisite: 304 and 304L. {Spring}

310L. Principles of Ecology Laboratory (1)

Laboratory for BIOL 310. Prerequisite: 304 and 304L. Corequisite: 310.

**351. General Microbiology (3)

Sinsabaugh, Vesbach. Anatomy, physiology and ecology of microorganisms. Principles of bacterial techniques, host-parasite relationships and infection and immunity. Three lectures. Credit not allowed for both **351–**352L and 239L. Prerequisite: 304 and 304L. Pre- or corequisite: **352L. {Fall, Spring}

**352L. General Microbiology Laboratory (1)

Methods and techniques used in microbiology. 1 hour lab. Pre- or corequisite: **351. {Fall, Spring}

360L. General Botany (4)

Hanson, Marshall, Shaner, Taylor. Overview of plant anatomy, physiology, classification, evolution and ecology. Covers both higher and lower plants. Two lectures, 4 hours lab. Prerequisite: 304 and 304L. {Fall}

365. Evolution of Human Sexuality (3)

Thornhill. An examination of how natural selection has shaped the sexual psychologies of men and women and how evolutionary theory can guide the study of sexual psychology and behavior. Prerequisite: 304 and 304L. {Spring}

*371L. Invertebrate Biology (4)

Hofkin, Loker, Stricker. Survey of the major invertebrate groups with emphasis on evolutionary and ecological relationships, and the correlation of structure with function. Three lectures, 4 hours lab. Prerequisite: 304 and 304L. {Fall}

379. Conservation Biology (3)

Snell, Turner. Importance of biological diversity from ecological, aesthetic, economic and political viewpoints. Extinction as a past, present and future process, and the roles of genetics, levels of biological organization, reserves and laws in the protection and recovery of endangered organisms. Prerequisite: 304 and 304L. {Spring}

386L. General Vertebrate Zoology (4)

Kennedy, Poe, Snell, Turner. Ecology, behavior, sociology, adaptations, and evolution of the vertebrates. Three lectures, 3 hours lab. Prerequisite: 304 and 304L. {Fall, Spring}

400. Senior Honors Thesis (1-3, no limit Δ)

Original theoretical and/or experimental work under supervision. Work for the thesis is carried on throughout the senior year. A maximum of 4 hours credited towards a biology major; credits over 4 contribute to upper level Arts and Sciences requirements. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

*401. Topics in Cell and Molecular Biology (3 or 4, may be repeated three times Δ)

Continually changing selection of sections that satisfy upper-division Cell/Molecular breadth requirement. (CM) Prerequisite: 304 and 304L. Restriction: junior or senior standing and permission of instructor.

402 / 502. Topics in Biology (1-3, no limit Δ)

Maximum of 4 hours credited towards the biology major and 2 hours towards the biology minor; credits over 2 contribute to upper level Arts and Sciences requirements. Restriction: senior standing and permission of instructor. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

404 / 504. Topics in Physiology (3 or 4, may be repeated three times Δ)

Continually changing selection of sections that satisfy upper-division Physiology breadth requirement. (PH) Prerequisite: 304 and 304L. Restriction: junior or senior standing and permission of instructor.

405 / 505. Ecosystem Dynamics (3)

Collins, Litvak, Waide. Understand structure and function of diverse ecological systems of North America; use of on-line Long-term Ecological Research databases. (EE) Prerequisite: 203 and 203L. {Spring}

*406. Topics in Organismal Biology (3 or 4, may be repeated once Δ)

Continually changing selection of sections that satisfy upper-division Organismal Biology breadth requirement. (OR) Prerequisite: 304 and 304L. Restriction: junior or senior standing and permission of instructor.

408L / 508L. Bosque Internship (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

Eichhorst. UNM students train as interns with the Bosque Ecosystem Monitoring Program to mentor K-12 students and teachers in monthly data collection at field sites along the Rio Grande floodplain. Study includes ecosystem dynamics and environmental education components. Weekly on- and off-campus meetings (K-12 interaction limited in summer session). (EE) Prerequisite: 110 or (304 and 304L). {Summer, Fall, Spring}

409 / 509. Topics in Ecology-Evolution (3 or 4, may be repeated three times Δ)

Continually changing selection of sections that satisfy upper-division Ecology/Evolution breadth requirement. (EE) Prerequisite: 304 and 304L. Restriction: junior or senior standing and permission of instructor.

410 / 510. Ecological and Evolutionary Genomics (4)

This course focuses on methods, both experimental and computational, to study the structure of genomes and to analyze gene expression and protein function on a genome-wide scale. Computational topics include graph approaches in sequence assembly; discriminant analysis in gene finding; dynamic programming in sequence comparison; and clustering techniques in the analysis of gene expression data. Three lectures. (CM) Prerequisite: 304 and 304L.

*412. Developmental Biology (3)

Cripps, Stricker. Comparative biology of animal development emphasizing regulatory mechanisms. (CM) Prerequisite: 304 and 304L. {Spring}

*416L. Histology (4)

Stricker. Microscopic structure of vertebrate tissues, emphasizing correlation of structure and function. Three hours lecture, 3 hours lab. (PH) Prerequisite: 304 and 304L. {Fall}

419 / 519. Topics in Interdisciplinary Science (3 or 4, may be repeated three times Δ)

Continually changing selection of section that satisfy upper-division Interdisciplinary breadth requirement. (ID) Prerequisite: 304 and 304L. Restriction: junior or senior standing and permission of instructor.

*425. Molecular Genetics (3)

Molecular biology of the gene. (CM) Prerequisite: 304 and 304L. {Spring}

*429. Molecular Cell Biology I (3)

Cellular processes with emphasis on membranes; includes reading original landmark papers in cell biology. (CM) Prerequisite: 304 and 304L and (CHEM 212 or (CHEM **301 and CHEM 303L)). {Fall}

*435. Animal Physiology (3)

Toolson, Wolf. The function of organ systems in animals, emphasizing neuromuscular, cardiovascular, gastrointestinal and renal physiology. (PH) Prerequisite: *371L or 386L. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Spring, alternate years}

445 / 545. Biology of Toxins (3)

Toolson. Principles of toxicology; pharmacology and biotransformation of xenobiotics. Mechanism of action, medical uses, and evolutionary ecology of biological toxins. (PH) Prerequisite: 304 and 304L. {Spring}

446 / 546. Laboratory Methods in Molecular Biology (4)

Adema, Cripps, Hanson, Natvig, Vesbach. Principles of DNA and RNA purification, enzymatic manipulation of nucleic acids, molecular cloning, gel electrophoresis, hybridization procedures and nucleotide sequencing. Two hours lecture, 5 hours lab. (CM) Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall}

*450. General Virology (3)

Hofkin, Miller. Structure, properties, and molecular biology of viruses; virus-host interactions, multiplication, pathology, epidemiology, effects of chemical and physical agents, classification. (CM) Prerequisite: 304 and 304L and **351 and **352L. {Spring}

*451. Microbial Ecology (3)

Sinsabaugh, Vesbach. Role of microorganisms in terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems. Emphasis on biogeochemistry and nutrient cycling. Three lectures. (EE) Prerequisite: 304 and 304L. {Fall}

*455. Ethology: Animal Behavior (3)

A survey of behavior patterns in animals, with emphasis on adaptive significance. (EE) Prerequisite: 304 and 304L. {Spring}

456 / 556. Immunology (3)

Cunningham, Hofkin, Miller. Immunoglobulin structure, antigen-antibody reactions, immunity and hypersensitivity; experimental approach will be emphasized. Three lectures. (PH) Prerequisite: 304 and 304L or Pre- or corequisite: BIOC 445. {Fall, Spring}

457 / 557. Diversity and Evolution of Animal Sexual Strategies (3)

The course surveys the diversity of strategies in animal sexual systems and examines the evolutionary derivation of those strategies. The influence of varying sexual strategies on animal behavior, morphology, diversity and other attributes is examined. Prerequisite: 203 and 203L and 204 and 204L.

*460. Microbial Physiology (3)

Physiological and biochemical activities of bacteria and fungi with emphasis on cell energetics. Three lectures. (PH) Prerequisite: **351 and **352L. {Spring}

461L. Introduction to Tropical Biology (4)

Cook. Marine and terrestrial tropical environments, primarily in the Caribbean; topics stressed may include organisms, communities, structure, function, distribution, geology, history, politics, ecology and others. Two lectures, 2 hours lab, one-week field trip to the Caribbean and field trip fee is required. Open to majors and/or non-majors. (EE) Prerequisite: 304 and 304L. {Spring}

*463L. Flora of New Mexico (4)

Lowrey. Identification, classification, nomenclature, and geography of vascular seed plants in New Mexico. Survey of adaptations and evolutionary trends in plants of the Southwest. Field trips. Three lectures, 3 hours lab. (OR) Prerequisite: 360L. {Fall}

471 / 571. Plant Physiological Ecology (3)

Pockman. Interaction of plants with their environment, covering plant water relations, carbon gain and utilization and soil mineral nutrition. Common research methodologies will be demonstrated in class. (ID) Prerequisite: 310 and 360L. {Spring, alternate years}

475 / 575. Community Ecology (3)

Collins. Plant community structure and dynamics in North American deserts and grasslands. Field trip to Sevilleta LTER required. (EE) Prerequisite: 203 and 203L and 204 and 204L. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Spring}

480 / 580. Global Change Biology (3)

Litvak. An advanced ecology course that gives students a broad overview of biological responses to global change at multiple levels of organization, and the scientific approaches used to study these responses. Prerequisite: 304 and 304L.

482L / 582L. Parasitology (4)

Adema, Hofkin, Loker. The protozoa and worms important in human and veterinary medicine. Emphasis on life histories, epidemiology and ecology of parasites with laboratory practice in identification and experimentation. Three lectures, 3 hours lab. (OR) Prerequisite: 304 and 304L. {Spring}

*483L. Discovering Arthropods (4)

Introduction to the non-insect arthropods (millipedes, centipedes, arachnids, crustaceans and their relatives), their diversity and natural history. Prerequisite: 203 and 203L and 204 and 204L.

484 / 584. Biology of Fungi (4)

Natvig. Systematics, reproduction and ecology of fungi. Biology of economically and medically important fungi, and the roles of introduced fungi in shaping human history and natural environments. Prerequisite: 304 and 304L.

485L / 585L. Entomology (4)

K. Miller. Classification, phylogeny, natural history and literature of insects. Three lectures, 3 hours lab. (OR) Prerequisite: 304 and 304L. {Spring}

*486L. Ornithology (4)

C. Witt, Wolf. Classification phylogeny, natural history and literature of birds. Field trips required. Three lectures, 3 hours lab. (OR) Prerequisite: 304 and 304L. {Fall, alternate years}

*487L. Ichthyology (4)

Turner. Classification, phylogeny, natural history and literature of fishes. All-day field trips and one or more overnight field trips required. Three lectures, 3 hours lab. (OR) Prerequisite: 304 and 304L. {Fall}

*488L. Herpetology (4)

Poe, Snell. Classification, phylogeny, natural history and literature of reptiles and amphibians. All-day field trips and one or more overnight field trips required. Two lectures, 6 hours lab. (OR) Prerequisite: 386L.

*489L. Mammalogy (4)

Cook. Classification, phylogeny, natural history and literature of mammals. All-day field trips and one or more overnight field trips required. Three lectures, 3 hours lab. (OR) Prerequisite: 386L. {Fall, alternate years}

*490. Biology of Infectious Organisms (3)

Hofkin, Loker. The full spectrum of infectious entities including prions, viruses and parasitic prokaryotes and eukaryotes will be discussed with respect to their transmissibility, interactions with immune systems and their influences on evolutionary processes and biodiversity issues. (CM) Prerequisite: 304 and 304L. {Spring, alternate years}

491 / 591. Population Genetics (3)

(Also offered as ANTH 491 / 591) Katju. This course investigates how genetic variation is patterned within and between and how these patterns change over time. Topics include neutral theory, population structure, phylogenetics, coalescent theory, molecular clock, and laboratory methods. (EE)

492 / 592. Introductory Mathematical Biology (3)

Toolson. Application of mathematics to models of biological systems, from genes to communities. Emphasis placed on broadly-applicable concepts and qualitative solution techniques. Laboratory exercises introduce students to MATLAB programming. (ID) Prerequisite: (MATH 162 and MATH 163) or (MATH 180 and MATH 181).

*494. Biogeography (3)

Smith. Geographical distributions of organisms: patterns and their ecological and historical causes. (EE) Prerequisite: 304 and 304L. {Spring, alternate years}

*495. Limnology (3)

Dahm. Biological, physical and chemical interactions in fresh water ecosystems. Three lectures. (ID) Prerequisite: 304 and 304L and ((CHEM 122 and CHEM 124L) or (PHYC 152 or PHYC 161)). {Spring}

*496L. Limnology Laboratory (1)

Dahm. Techniques for studying the biology, chemistry and physics of aquatic ecosystems. Pre- or corequisite: *495. {Spring}

497 [497 / 597]. Principles of Gene Expression (3)

Cripps. A detailed and critical study of how different genes are regulated during the life of an organism, principally at the level of transcription. (CM) Prerequisite: 304 and 304L.

498L / 598L. Genome Editing (4)

This course will train students in learning and using state of the art techniques to manipulate the DNA sequence of cells. Students will develop targeting vectors and isolate mutant lines for analysis. Prerequisite: **351 and **352L.

499. Undergraduate Problems (1-3, no limit Δ)

Maximum of 2 hours credited towards a biology major. Credit not allowed toward a biology minor. Restriction: junior or senior standing and permission of instructor. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

500. New Graduate Student Seminar (1)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

502 / 402. Topics in Biology (1-3, no limit Δ)

Maximum of 4 hours credited towards the biology major. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

503. Seminar in Interdisciplinary Biological and Biomedical Sciences (3, no limit Δ)

Milne. Students take a leadership role in suggesting, hosting and interacting with visiting scientists from UNM, SFI, LANL and other institutions. Restriction: permission of instructor.

504 / 404. Topics in Physiology (3 or 4, may be repeated three times Δ)

Continually changing selection of sections that satisfy upper-division Physiology breadth requirement. Prerequisite: 304 and 304L. Restriction: permission of instructor.

505 / 405. Ecosystem Dynamics (3)

Collins, Litvak, Waide. Understand structure and function of diverse ecological systems of North America; use of on-line Long-term Ecological Research databases. {Spring}

508L / 408L. Bosque Internship (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

Eichhorst. UNM students train as interns with the Bosque Ecosystem Monitoring Program to mentor K-12 students and teachers in monthly data collection at field sites along the Rio Grande floodplain. Study includes ecosystem dynamics and environmental education components. Weekly on- and off-campus meetings. (K-12 interaction limited in summer session). {Summer, Fall, Spring}

509 / 409. Topics in Ecology-Evolution (3 or 4, may be repeated three times Δ)

Continually changing selection of sections that satisfy upper-division Ecology/Evolution breadth requirement. Prerequisite: 304 and 304L. Restriction: permission of instructor.

510 / 410. Ecological and Evolutionary Genomics (4)

511. Macroecology (3)

Smith. A large-scale statistical approach to study the abundance, distribution and diversity of organisms. {Spring, alternate years}

514. Ecosystem Studies (3)

Collins, Dahm. Study of biological communities emphasizing the interactions between living and non-living parts and the flow of materials and energy between these parts. Three lectures. {Fall}

516. Basic Graduate Ecology (4)

Collins, Litvak, Pockman, Sinsabaugh, Smith, Wearing, Wolf. Major themes in current ecological research, with in-depth exploration of the theoretical and empirical literature of individual, population, community, ecosystem and landscape ecology. Recommended for all Biology Department graduate students in any field of ecology, evolution and behavior. Three lectures, 1.5 hours lab/discussion. {Fall}

517. Basic Graduate Evolution (4)

Katju, Whitney, C. Witt. An in-depth coverage of the primary literature and ideas in the major areas of evolutionary biology: adaptationism, social evolution, phylogeny, molecular evolution, speciation. Recommended for all Biology Department graduate students in any field of ecology, evolution and behavior. Three lectures, 1.5 hours lab/discussion. {Spring}

519 / 419. Topics in Interdisciplinary Science (3 or 4, may be repeated three times Δ)

Continually changing selection of section that satisfy upper-division Interdisciplinary breadth requirement. (ID) Prerequisite: 304 and 304L. Restriction: permission of instructor.

520. Topics in Interdisciplinary Biological and Biomedical Sciences (3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as ANTH 620, CS 520, ECE 620, STAT 520) Varying interdisciplinary topics taught by collaborative scientists from UNM, SFI, and LANL.

524. Collaborative Interdisciplinary Teaching (3)

Course designed to develop the methods content and assessment of effective interdisciplinary biological courses; Students will develop and teach an undergraduate interdisciplinary topics course. Topics vary. Restriction: permission of instructor.

535. Freshwater Ecosystems (3)

Dahm. Integration of physical and chemical components of drainage basins and groundwater systems with biological metabolism, growth and reproduction along functional gradients of stream, wetland, reservoir, lake and groundwater ecosystems. {Spring}

545 / 445. Biology of Toxins (3)

Toolson. Principles of toxicology; pharmacology and biotransformation of xenobiotics. Mechanism of action, medical uses, and evolutionary ecology of biological toxins. Prerequisite: 304 and 304L. {Spring}

546 / 446. Laboratory Methods in Molecular Biology (4)

Cripps, Hanson, Natvig, Vesbach. Principles of DNA and RNA purification, enzymatic manipulation of nucleic acids, molecular cloning, gel electrophoresis, hybridization procedures and nucleotide sequencing. Two hours lecture, 5 hours lab. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall}

547. Advanced Techniques in Light Microscopy (4)

Stricker. Theory and practical methods of modern light microscopy (e.g., photomicroscopy, DIC optics, immunofluorescence microscopy, video microscopy, image processing, confocal microscopy, microinjection). One lecture, 1 lab. {Spring}

551. Research Problems (1-12, no limit Δ)

556 / 456. Immunology (3)

Cunningham, Hofkin, Miller. Immunoglobulin structure, anitigen-antibody reactions, immunity and hypersensitivity; experimental approach will be emphasized. Three lectures. {Fall, Spring}

557 / 457. Diversity and Evolution of Animal Sexual Strategies (3)

561. Tropical Biology (4)

571 / 471. Plant Physiological Ecology (3)

575 / 475. Community Ecology (3)

Collins. Plant community structure and dynamics in North American deserts and grasslands. Field trip to Sevilleta LTER required. {Spring}

580 / 480. Global Change Biology (3)

582L / 482L. Parasitology (4)

Hofkin, Loker. The protozoa and worms important in human and veterinary medicine. Emphasis on life histories, epidemiology and ecology of parasites with laboratory practice in identification and experimentation. Three lectures, 3 hours lab. {Spring}

584 / 484. Biology of Fungi (4)

585L / 485L. Entomology (4)

K. Miller. Classification, phylogeny, natural history and literature of insects. Three lectures, 3 hours lab. {Spring}

591 / 491. Population Genetics (3)

(Also offered as ANTH 591 / 491) Katju. This course investigates how genetic variation is patterned within and between and how these patterns change over time. Topics include neutral theory, population structure, phylogenetics, coalescent theory, molecular clock, and laboratory methods.

592 / 492. Introductory Mathematical Biology (3)

Toolson. Application of mathematics to models of biological systems, from genes to communities. Emphasis placed on broadly-applicable concepts and qualitative solution techniques. Laboratory exercises introduce students to MATLAB programming. Prerequisite: (MATH 162 and MATH 163) or (MATH 180 and MATH 181).

598L / 498L. Genome Editing (4)

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

651. Advanced Field Biology (4-8)

Approval of Committee on Studies required.

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Biomedical Sciences (BIOM)

*410. Research in Medical Sciences (1-3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Laboratory research in the medical sciences for undergraduate students. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Offered upon demand}

501. Fundamentals for Graduate Research (1)

This course provides first year students with information for making an educated choice of a dissertation research advisor, of various teaching and research resources and facilities, and teaching and communication skills. {Fall}

505. Special Topics in Biomedical Sciences (1-6 to a maximum of 48 Δ)

This course provides a format to teach current information in a variety of rapidly advancing areas of biomedical research which are not now provided by existing courses. Subject area varies depending on the need for education in a particular area and the faculty member involved. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Offered upon demand}

506. Special Topics in Biomedical Research (1-2 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

In this course, first year graduate students will participate in research with potential thesis or dissertation mentors and gain first-hand experience in a variety of techniques and approaches to biological problems. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

507. Advanced Molecular Biology (4)

The course covers the structures and functions of nucleic acids and proteins, mechanisms and macromolecular synthesis and principles of enzymology. Prerequisite: organic chemistry, one semester of cell biology or biochemistry. {Fall}

508. Advanced Cell Biology (4)

Course covers advanced topics in cell biology, including microscopy, the nucleus, protein and membrane trafficking, cytoskeleton signal transduction, cell cycle and division and extracellular matrix. Prerequisite: 507. {Fall}

509. Principles of Neurobiology (3)

This course covers cellular structure of neurons and glia, the electrical properties of neurons, intercellular communication, and the formation, maintenance and plasticity of chemical synapses.

510. Physiology (3)

Course designed to provide a fundamental understanding of the basic physiological systems of the body. Topics covered are cardiovascular, respiratory, renal, and endocrine physiology. Prerequisite: 508. {Spring}

514. Immunobiology (3)

This is a comprehensive, fundamentals-based immunology course for graduate students in the biomedical sciences or related fields. The course will have a problem-based component that will introduce students to experimental design in immunological research. {Spring}

515. Cancer Biology (3)

Fundamental elements of cancer development and progression will be the focus of this course. Basic biochemical and genetic mechanisms of tumorigenesis, including genomic instability, principles of tumor cell invasion and growth dysregulation will be emphasized.

522. Experimental Design and Methods in Molecular and Cellular Biosciences (3)

This case-based course is intended for first year graduate students and focuses on practical issues of how to design, plan and conduct scientific studies through appropriate use of experimental methods and data analysis.

525. Journal Club: Cell and Molecular Basis of Disease (2 to a maximum of 4 Δ)

Course offers new graduate students experience in oral presentation skills, experience in reading and discussing scientific literature and exposure to research seminars. Student led discussions partner with weekly Cell and Molecular Basis of Disease Seminar. {Fall, Spring}

527. Journal Club: Translational Science (1, no limit Δ)

Course offers new graduate students experience in oral presentation skills, experience in reading and discussing scientific literature and exposure to research seminars. Restriction: admitted to Doctor of Medicine or Ph.D. Biomedical Sciences, permission of department

530. Seminar: Cell and Molecular Basis of Disease (1 to a maximum of 5 Δ)

The Cell and Molecular Basis of Disease Seminar is a cross-cutting, interdepartmental seminar series offered for graduate credit. Weekly seminars are presented by preeminent scientists on a wide variety of broadly relevant research topics. {Fall, Spring}

532. Neurochemistry (3)

An introduction to neurochemistry and neuropharmacology, with heavy emphasis on student participation, by reading and evaluating current publications. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall, even years}

533. Neurophysiology and Neuroanatomy (4)

Provides a background and understanding of the structure and function of the mammalian nervous system. The course includes both lectures and laboratory experiences. Prerequisite: 509. {Fall, odd years}

535. Seminar: Neuroscience (1 to a maximum of 10 Δ)

Weekly presentation of current topics in clinical neuroscience and in neuroscience basic research.

536. Journal Club: Neuroscience (1 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

537. Advanced Topics in Neuroscience (1-3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Study Projects in the literature of Neuroscience. Restriction: permission of instructor.

540. University Teacher Training (2)

An introduction to the principles of how people learn and methods of teaching and assessment. Special workshops provide hands-on experience with effective lecture preparation and tutorial group facilitation for problem-based learning. Restriction: permission of instructor.

541. Teacher Training Workshops (1-2, may be repeated twice Δ)

Workshops emphasizes skill development in education theory and curriculum development or student assessment and feedback through didactic lectures and hands-on experience. Workshops are led by School of Medicine Teacher Education and Development (TED) Office and the Teaching Assistant Resource Center (TARC) faculty. Prerequisite: permission of instructor.

542. Teaching Assistant Practicum (1-4, may be repeated three times Δ)

BSGP students enrolled in this course earn course credit for serving as teaching assistants. The number of credits is determined by the number of contact hours. Arrangements are made on an individual basis. Prerequisite: 540 or 541.

543. Independent Education Immersion for Teaching Scholars (1-4, may be repeated once Δ)

Emphasizes skill development as an independent instructor. Requires development or implementation of independent teaching or educational project. Scholars are evaluated on teaching materials, oral and written communication skills, and project design and tool development. Arrangements for service as course instructor are made on an individual basis. Prerequisite: 542. Restriction: permission of instructor.

546. Advanced Topics in Pathology (1-3)

548. Seminar: Biochemistry Molecular and Cellular Biology (1 to a maximum of 10 Δ)

{Fall, Spring}

555. Problem-Based Research Bioethics (1)

This is a problem-based discussion course on topics in bioethics such as publication credits and authorships; conflict of interest and fraud, scientific misconduct, human genomics and other relevant issues. {Fall}

556. Research Design for Clinical and Translational Research (1 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

This course will introduce the variety of study designs that are used to conduct clinical and translational research, including qualitative, observational, experimental, quasi experimental, non-experimental and mixed methods designs. Restriction: permission of course director.

557. Measurement in Clinical and Translational Research (1 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

This course will cover qualitative and quantitative instrument design, construction, theory, and implementation; qualitative data analysis and interpretation; assessment of measurement reliability, validity, accuracy, precision, specificity and sensitivity. Restriction: permission of course director.

558. Study Implementation and Project Management in Clinical and Translational Research (1 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

This course trains researchers in the management of clinical and translational research studies, including organizational processes to implement and conduct a funded research study, with financial, personnel, and business management and compliance issues. Restriction: permission of course director.

559. Biostatistics in Clinical and Translational Research (1 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Overview of the basic principles and methods of biostatistics designed specifically for clinical and translational research scientists. Computer software is used to analyze clinical and translational data sets. Restriction: permission of course director.

560. Current and Emerging Technologies in Clinical and Translational Research (1 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Course covers key biomedical research technologies currently in use for studies at the cellular and molecular, clinical and community levels, concentrating on the advantages and disadvantages of technologies for application to specific translational research studies. Restriction: permission of course director.

561. Patient Outcomes in Clinical and Translational Research (1 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Overview health care economics and patient outcomes research, including public policy issues associated with the rising cost of health care, patient-reported outcomes, clinical outcomes, and economic outcomes, and evaluation of patient outcomes research. Restriction: permission of course director.

562. Epidemiology in Clinical and Translational Research (1 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Course introduces the student to Epidemiology, the study of causes, distribution and control of disease in populations. A methodology to identify risk factors for disease and to determine optimal treatment approaches. Restriction: permission of course director.

563. Conducting Clinical and Translational Research within Health Care Systems (1 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

This course will cover the dimensions of a variety of health care systems and settings and discuss potential areas for investigation; challenging learners to consider the opportunities where research can contribute to system improvements. Restriction: permission of course director.

564. Biomedical Informatics in Clinical and Translational Research (1 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

This course covers information technology tools and biomedical informatics strategies to optimize collection, storage, retrieval, and intra-/inter-institutional sharing of quantitative and qualitative data in support of clinical and translational research. Restriction: permission of course director.

565. Cultural Competence in Clinical and Translational Research (1 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

This course covers the impact of culture including values, tradition, history and institutions, sources of health care disparities, how culture influences in the way patients respond to medical services, prevention and physician delivery of services. Restriction: permission of course director.

566. Grantsmanship in Clinical and Translational Research (1 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

Grant preparation fundamentals focused on writing and submitting a competitive research or fellowship application that meets prevailing guidelines, addresses an important hypothesis-driven research question and is responsive to critical feedback and review. Restriction: permission of course director.

567. Biomedical Ethics and Regulatory Compliance in Clinical and Translational Research (1 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

History and development of biomedical ethics in theory and practice within health care, tenets of autonomy, beneficence, non-malfeasance and justice as they pertain to human clinical research and the development of health care public policy. Restriction: permission of course director.

568. Seminar in Clinical and Translational Research (1-3 to a maximum of 4 Δ (1 to a maximum of 3 Δ))

Includes integration and synthesis of concepts integral to clinical and translational research, providing problem-based and cross-cutting case studies for analysis/discussion, networking opportunities and a platform to demonstrate competencies. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: permission of course director.

569. FDA Drug and Device Development in Clinical and Translational Research (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

This course provides researchers with information to prepare them to conduct clinical investigations of drugs and devices, and establish personal research equipoise. Restriction: permission of course director.

570. Scientific Writing in Clinical and Translational Research (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Theoretical and practical studies of writing for the translational sciences. Addresses writing for both popular and professional audiences. Restriction: permission of course director.

581. Colloidal Nanocrystals for Biomedical Applications (3)

(Also offered as BME, ECE, NSMS 581) Intended for students planning careers combining engineering, materials science, and biomedical sciences. Covers synthesis, nanocrystals characterization, biofunctionalization, biomedical nanosensors, FRET-based nanosensing, molecular-level sensing/imaging, and applications in cell biology, cancer diagnostics and therapy, neuroscience, and drug delivery.

583. Seminar: Pathology (1 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Weekly presentations of current topics in pathology. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

590. Topics in Biochemistry (1-3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

594. Topics in Environmental Disease (1-3 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

Advanced readings in topics relating to toxicology and environmental disease, including areas such as chemical teratogenesis, reactive oxygen species, respiratory toxicology, receptor-medicated toxicology and environmentally induced cancer. Prerequisite: PHRM 580. {Fall, Spring}

598. Directed Study (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Student will develop an Individual Performance Contract with a faculty member to include key readings and at least four professional and career development activities. Restriction: permission of instructor.

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

605. Membrane Trafficking Seminar (1 to a maximum of 4 Δ)

A weekly journal club style course for advanced graduate students to participate in journal club presentations and discussion of current literature in the field of intracellular membrane trafficking. {Fall, Spring}

615. Seminar: Signal Transduction and Cell Adhesion (1, no limit Δ)

Weekly presentation of current topics in signal transduction and cell adhesion research. {Fall, Spring}

616. Molecular Virology (3)

Fundamental principles related to interactions of animal viruses with host cells. Topics include virus chemical and physical properties, virus classification, virus cultivation and assay, viral replication and morphogenesis, persistent infections, viral oncology and other pertinent subjects. Pre- or corequisite: 511, BIOL *450, BIOL 556. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall, odd years}

620. Seminar: Molecular Genetics and Microbiology (1 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Weekly presentations of current topics in Immunology and Microbiology. {Fall, Spring}

625. Advanced Topics in Immunology and Microbiology (1-3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

May be taken three times to a maximum of 9 credit hours. Prerequisite: biochemistry, general microbiology or equivalent. {Offered upon demand}

642. Advanced Topics in Cell Biology (1-3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

An advanced graduate-level course in which current information in a variety of rapidly advancing areas of cell biology research is taught. This course is usually taught in seminar format. Subject area varies depending on the need for education in a particular area and the faculty member involved. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

646. Advanced Topics in Molecular Biology (1-3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

An advanced graduate-level course in which current information in a variety of rapidly advancing areas of molecular biology research is taught. This course is usually taught in seminar format. Subject area varies depending on the need for education in a particular area and the faculty member involved. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

652. Immunopathogenesis of Infectious Diseases (2)

This course will cover basic models of immunopathogenesis and immune evasion mechanisms using well-characterized infectious disease models. Topics will include host mechanisms of microbial clearance, immune-mediated inflammation and pathological effects of pathogens and microbial mechanisms of avoiding host attacks.

657. Advanced Topics in Cellular and Systems Physiology (1-3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

This is an advanced graduate level course covering current, rapidly changing topics in physiology. Taught in a combination lecture/seminar format, the subject area varies depending on the expertise of the faculty member(s) involved. Restriction: permission of instructor.

659. Seminar: Regulatory and Systems Biology (1 to a maximum of 10 Δ)

Weekly presentations of current topics in regulatory and systems biology.

695. Research in Basic Medical Sciences (1-6, no limit Δ)

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Biomedical Engineering (BME)

444 / 544. Thermodynamics of Biological Systems (3)

Principles of chemical thermodynamics will be considered and applied to the understanding of biological systems and to the development of biotechnological applications. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Spring}

517. Applied Biology for Biomedical Engineers (3)

(Also offered as CBE 517 / 417) Emphasis on engineering principles and analysis of: (i) the cell as a complete system, including cellular subsystems, structures and functions; and (ii) select higher order systems of human physiology. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall}

544 / 444. Thermodynamics of Biological Systems (3)

547. Biomedical Engineering Research Practices (3)

(Also offered as CBE 547 / 447) Students will develop research, presentation, and scientific writing skills for theses, proposals, invention disclosures and journal articles. The course includes oral presentations, case studies of research ethics, technology transfer and manuscript preparation. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall}

551. Problems (1-3, may be repeated once Δ)

Advanced study, design, or research either on an individual or small group basis with an instructor.

556. Protein and Nucleic Acid Engineering (3)

Students will learn the scientific principles and methods for engineering and manufacturing custom proteins, peptides, nucleic acids, and carbohydrates. The course will explicitly discuss methods and tools used in the production of engineered biomacromolecules. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall}

558. Methods of Analysis in Bioengineering (3)

Presents applied analytical and numerical mathematical methods in the context of biomedical engineering problems. Introduces statistical methods for the design of experiments and analysis of experimental data in research and development activities. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Spring}

567. Biomedical Engineering Seminar (1 to a maximum of 8)

Students will gain insight into scientific presentations and current biomedical engineering research by presenting their research and actively participating in an external research seminar, which will feature outstanding external and internal researchers as speakers. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall, Spring}

572. Biomaterials Engineering (3)

(Also offered as CBE 572 / 472) Introduction to biomaterials currently in use, including commercial and research applications. Includes an understanding of a material's properties, biological responses to the materials, clinical context of their use, manufacturing processes, and regulatory issues. Restriction: permission of instructor or BME graduate advisor. {Fall, odd years}

575. Biomechanics (3)

Course covers biomechanical aspects of skeletal, biomaterial, energetic, muscle, neural, cardiovascular and respiratory systems.

579. Tissue Engineering (3)

(Also offered as CBE 579 / 479, NSMS 574) A review of the current strategies involved in the design of engineered tissues and organs. The principles underlying the implementation of selected cells, biomaterial scaffolds, soluble regulators, and culture conditions will be addressed. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Spring, even years}

581. Colloidal Nanocrystals for Biomedical Applications (3)

(Also offered as BIOM, ECE, NSMS 581) Intended for students planning careers combining engineering, materials science, and biomedical sciences. Covers synthesis, nanocrystals characterization, biofunctionalization, biomedical nanosensors, FRET-based nanosensing, molecular-level sensing/imaging, and applications in cell biology, cancer diagnostics and therapy, neuroscience, and drug delivery.

598. Special Topics (1-3, no limit Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor. {Offered upon demand}

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

See Graduate Programs section for total credit requirements.

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

See Graduate Programs section for total credit requirements. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Chemical and Biological Engineering (CBE)

101. Introduction to Chemical Engineering and Biological Engineering (1)

An introduction to the professions of chemical engineering and biological engineering; current research in these fields; career choices; guidance and advice on curricular matters and effective study techniques for chemical and biological engineering students.

213. Laboratory Electronics for Nuclear, Chemical and Biological Engineers (3)

(Also offered as NE 213) Basic DC and AC circuits including capacitors and inductors and their applications in radiation measurement equipment and chemical process parameter measurements. Oscilloscopes, Op Amps, and Sensors and their use in the CBE and NE laboratories. {Spring}

251. Chemical Process Calculations (3)

Extensive problem work in material and energy balances for steady state processes. Students will utilize physical properties, chemistry and computer skills to obtain solutions. Detailed examination of case studies demonstrating the fundamentals of process analysis. Prerequisite: (CHEM 122 or CHEM 132) and CHEM 124L and PHYC 160. {Fall}

253. Chemical and Biological Engineering Computing (3)

Introductory computer solutions to chemical engineering problems using MATLAB and ASPEN. Topics covered will include thermodynamic equations, transport problems, material-energy balances, staged operations, and reaction engineering. Prerequisite: 251. {Spring}

302. Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics (3)

Principles of chemical thermodynamics and their applications to energy conversion, phase and reaction equilibrium and the calculation of thermodynamic properties. Prerequisite: 251. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Ch.E. program. {Spring}

311. Introduction to Transport Phenomena (3)

The mechanisms and the related mathematical analysis of momentum and heat transport in both the molecular and turbulent regimes. Similarities and differences between transport types and the prediction of transport properties. Prerequisite: (253 or NE 231) and MATH **316. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Ch.E. program. {Fall}

312. Unit Operations (3)

A study of the unit operations involved with momentum and heat transfer. Focus will be on the basics of equipment design and how to synthesize a process from the basic units. Includes extensive use of computer techniques and design exercises. Prerequisite: 311. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Ch.E. program. {Spring}

317. Numerical Methods for Chemical and Biological Engineering (2)

MATLAB application of numerical techniques to the solution of chemical engineering problems such as transport phenomena. Included are linear/nonlinear equations; numerical integration/differentiation; regression and interpolation,; ordinary differential equations; optimization. Prerequisite: 253 and MATH **316. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Ch.E. program. {Fall}

318L. Chemical Engineering Laboratory I (1)

Laboratory experiments in chemical thermodynamics. The lab will include a module on computer aided data acquisition. Students will apply concepts of error analysis and use computer software for interpretation of experimental data. Prerequisite: 253 and 302. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Ch.E. program. {Fall}

319L. Chemical Engineering Laboratory II (1)

Laboratory experiments in fluids and heat transfer. Students will apply concepts of error analysis and use computational fluid dynamics software for interpretation of experimental data. Prerequisite: 311. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Ch.E. program. {Spring}

321. Mass Transfer (3)

Continuation of 311. The mechanisms and the related mathematical analysis of mass transport in both molecular and turbulent regimes. Similarities and differences among mass, momentum and heat transport. Predication of mass transport properties. Design of separation systems based on mass transfer. Prerequisite: 253 and 311. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Ch.E. program. {Spring}

361. Biomolecular Engineering (3)

This course introduces concepts and principles of biomolecular engineering as they reflect the chemical engineering discipline. It builds on issues in biological systems to introduce contemporary technology avenues in biochemical, biomaterials, metabolic and tissue engineering. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Ch.E. program.

371. Introduction to Materials Engineering (3)

This course develops an understanding of materials from a molecular viewpoint. The structure, properties, and processing of metals, ceramics, polymers, and nanostructured materials are treated in an integrated fashion. Applications include nanotechnology, and biology. Prerequisite: 302 and 311 and 317. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Ch.E. program. {Spring}

403 / 503. Heterogeneous Catalysis Seminar (2 to a maximum of 20 Δ)

Discussion of current research in heterogeneous catalysis and materials characterization. Students learn to read the literature critically and to present reviews of ongoing research. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

404 / 504. Nanomaterials Seminar (2 to a maximum of 20 Δ)

Investigate, evaluate, and discuss current frontier topics in sol-gel synthesis of nanostructured materials through a series of presentations. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

406 / 506. Bioengineering Seminar (2 to a maximum of 20 Δ)

Emerging bioengineering concepts and applications with emphasis on materials and device technologies. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

412 / 512. Characterization Methods for Nanostructures (3)

(Also offered as CHEM 469 / 569; NSMS 412 / 512) Nanostructure characterization methods. Examine principles underlying techniques and limitations, and how to interpret data from each method: electron beam, scanning probe, x-ray, neutron scattering, optical and near field optical. Lab demonstrations and projects provide experience.

417 / 517. Applied Biology for Biomedical Engineers (3)

(Also offered as BME 517) Emphasis on engineering principles and analysis of: (i) the cell as a complete system, including cellular subsystems, structures and functions; and (ii) select higher order systems of human physiology. Prerequisite: 361 and BIOL 201L. Restriction: permission of instructor.

418L. Chemical Engineering Laboratory III (1)

Laboratory experiments in mass transfer and unit operations. Students will plan experiments to study the operation of process equipment such as heat exchanger, distillation columns, etc. Fundamental experiments on mass transfer are also included. Prerequisite: 312 and 321. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Ch.E. program. {Fall}

419L. Chemical Engineering Laboratory IV (1)

Laboratory experiments in kinetics and process control. Students will also do an in-depth project in their chosen chemical engineering concentration. Prerequisite: **461. Pre- or corequisite: 454. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Ch.E. program. {Spring}

447 / 547. Biomedical Engineering Research Practices (3)

(Also offered as BME 547) Students will develop research, presentation, and scientific writing skills for theses, proposals, invention disclosures and journal articles. The course includes oral presentations, case studies of research ethics, technology transfer and manuscript preparation. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall}

451. Senior Seminar (1)

Senior year. Reports on selected topics and surveys; presentation and discussion of papers from current technical journals, and topics of interest to chemical and biological engineers. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Ch.E. program. {Spring}

454. Process Dynamics and Control (3)

Application of special mathematical techniques to the analysis of chemical processes and the elements of process control. Computer experience suggested. Prerequisite: 317. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Ch.E. program. {Fall}

**461. Chemical Reactor Engineering (3)

Elementary principles of chemical reactor design and operation utilizing the kinetics of homogeneous and heterogeneous-catalytic reactions. Prerequisite: 311 and 317. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Ch.E. program. {Fall}

472 / 572. Biomaterials Engineering (3)

(Also offered as BME 572) Introduction to biomaterials currently in use, including commercial and research applications. Includes an understanding of a material's properties, biological responses to the materials, clinical context of their use, manufacturing processes, and regulatory issues. Restriction: permission of instructor or BME graduate advisor. {Fall, odd years}

477 / 577. Electrochemical Engineering (3)

Introduction of the principles of electrochemistry and their applications in materials characterization, corrosion, electro-plating and etching. The course builds on electrochemical kinetics and discusses the design of sensors, batteries and fuel cells. Prerequisite: 302. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering. {Spring upon demand}

479 / 579. Tissue Engineering (3)

(Also offered as BME 579; NSMS 574) A review of the current strategies involved in the design of engineered tissues and organs. The principles underlying the implementation of selected cells, biomaterial scaffolds, soluble regulators, and culture conditions will be addressed. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Spring, odd years}

486 / 586. Introduction to Statistics and Design of Experiments (2)

This course will introduce computational tools and statistical methods important for chemical engineering practice, including fundamental concepts of statistics, numerical statistical analysis applications and methods for the design of experiments. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Ch.E. program. {Fall}

491 - 492. Undergraduate Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ, 1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Advanced studies in various areas of chemical and biological engineering. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

493L. Chemical Engineering Design (3)

Principles and practices of chemical engineering design, including process flow sheets, equipment design and specification, process modeling and simulation, economic analysis, and hazard analysis. In-depth design of at least one commercial-scale chemical process. Prerequisite: 253 and 302 and 312 and 321. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Ch.E. program. {Fall}

494L. Advanced Chemical Engineering Design (3)

Continued practice in creative chemical engineering design, including safety, health and environmental issues. Detailed project on a major open-ended process design or research problem. Prerequisite: 493L. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Ch.E. program. {Spring}

495 - 496. Chemical and Biological Engineering Honors Problems I and II (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ, 1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Senior thesis for students seeking departmental honors. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Ch.E. program. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

499. Selected Topics (1-3, no limit Δ)

A course which permits various faculty members to present detailed examinations of developing sciences and technologies in a classroom setting. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering. {Offered upon demand}

501. Chemical and Biological Engineering Seminar (1, no limit Δ)

Colloquia, special lectures and individual study in areas of current research. A maximum of 3 credits can be applied toward degree. {Fall, Spring}

502. Chemical and Biological Engineering Research Practices (3, no limit Δ)

Students will work on developing research proposals for their masters or doctoral degree. The course will involve oral presentations of proposals and journal article critiques. {Fall}

503 / 403. Heterogeneous Catalysis Seminar (2 to a maximum of 20 Δ)

Discussion of current research in heterogeneous catalysis and materials characterization. Students learn to read the literature critically and to present reviews of ongoing research.

504 / 404. Nanomaterials Seminar (2 to a maximum of 20 Δ)

Investigate, evaluate, and discuss current frontier topics in sol-gel synthesis of nanostructured materials through a series of presentations.

506 / 406. Bioengineering Seminar (2 to a maximum of 20 Δ)

Emerging bioengineering concepts and applications with emphasis on materials and device technologies.

512 / 412. Characterization Methods for Nanostructures (3)

(Also offered as CHEM 569 / 469; NSMS 512 / 412) Nanostructure characterization methods. Examine principles underlying techniques and limitations, and how to interpret data from each method: electron beam, scanning probe, x-ray, neutron scattering, optical and near field optical. Lab demonstrations and projects provide experience.

515. Special Topics (1-3, no limit Δ)

{Offered upon demand}

517 / 417. Applied Biology for Biomedical Engineers (3)

521. Advanced Transport Phenomena I (3)

Equations of change applied to momentum, energy and mass transfer. Analogies between these phenomena and their limitations. Transport dependent on two independent variables, unsteady state problems. {Spring}

525. Methods of Analysis in Nuclear, Chemical and Biological Engineering (3)

(Also offered as NE 525) Mathematical methods used in chemical and nuclear engineering; partial differential equations of series solutions transport processes, integral transforms. Applications in heat transfer, fluid mechanics and neutron diffusion. Separation of variables eigen function expansion. {Fall}

530. Surface and Interfacial Phenomena (3)

Van Swol Introduces various intermolecular interactions in solutions and in colloidal systems; colloidal systems; surfaces; interparticle interactions; polymer-coated surfaces; polymers in solution, viscosity in thin liquid films; surfactant self-assembly; and surfactants in surfaces.

542. Advanced Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics (3)

Advanced thermodynamics with reference to its application in chemical engineering. {Fall}

547 / 447. Biomedical Engineering Research Practices (3)

551 - 552. Problems (1-3, no limit Δ; 1-3)

Advanced study, design or research either on an individual or small group basis with an instructor. Recent topics have included convective diffusion, reactor safety, inertial confinement fusion and nuclear waste management.

561. Kinetics of Chemical Processes (3)

Rate equations for simple and complex chemical processes, both homogeneous and heterogeneous. Experimental methods and interpretation of kinetic data for use in chemical reactor design and analysis. Applications to complex industrial problems. {Spring}

572 / 472. Biomaterials Engineering (3)

575. Selected Topics in Material Science (1-3, no limit Δ)

May be counted an unlimited number of times toward degree, with departmental approval, since content varies. Credit is determined based on the content of the course. {Offered upon demand}

576. Selected Topics in Aerosol Science (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Analysis of the motion of both charged and neutral aerosol particles; molecular and convective diffusion, particle size and classification, coagulation, precipitation and particle capture, current aerosol research and instrumentation. {Offered upon demand}

577 / 477. Electrochemical Engineering (3)

579 / 479. Tissue Engineering (3)

586 / 486. Introduction to Statistics and Design of Experiments (2)

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

See Graduate Programs section for total credit requirements. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

See Graduate Programs section for total credit requirements. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Chicana and Chicano Studies (CCS)

109. Introduction to Comparative Global and Ethnic Societies (3)

(Also offered as AFST, NATV, SUST, WMST 109) The course explores historical and contemporary social forces that impact ethnic communities across the Americas. Students will examine social and economic dynamics of Indigenous, Latino, Asian-Pacific, Africana communities, and women's experiences.

201. Introduction to Chicana and Chicano Studies (3)

(Also offered as AMST, NATV 201) Introductory survey of the Mexican American experience in the United States, with special reference to New Mexico. Exploration of historical, political, social, and cultural dimensions.

310. Immigration and Assimilation (3)

This is a course on the historical, political and sociological dynamics that shaped the Chicana/o experience in America. A main focus will be on immigration history and the "assimilation" process, especially Mexican immigration.

320 / 520 [320]. Cine Chicano y Mundial (3)

This course explores film depictions of Chicana/o society in relation to diverse cultures of the world and their cosmovision as expressed in films. Course themes include gender, race, politics and immigration.

330 / 530 [330]. Transnational Latina Feminisms (3)

This course examines transnational feminist theories, methodologies, and praxis. Students explore how globalization affects Latin American women in the western hemisphere and the possibilities that decolonizing struggles hold for social justice and human rights.

332. Introduction to Chicana Studies (3)

(Also offered as WMST 332) This course is an introduction to the interdisciplinary field of Chicana Studies. Includes historical and contemporary research on labor, political involvement, cultural studies and feminism.

336 / 536 [336]. Chicana Feminisms (3)

Explores the history and development of Chicana Feminisms with special attention to how Chicana feminists voice their concerns and politics on a wide range of social dynamics that includes race, class, gender, sexuality, and language.

340. Mexican Civilization (3)

This course explores Méxican society through films, art, plays, music, and poems. Students will analyze historical, political and social subjects, as well as a critically appraise the oppression of women in Mexico's patriarchal society.

342. Race, Culture, Gender, Class in New Mexico History (3)

Hispano and Native perspectives of NM history begin with colonialism, military history, politics, economics, but must also consider culture, gender and class to understand the resilience of people as actors in their own history.

360 / 560 [360]. Chicano Latino Civil Rights (3)

The seminar examines Chicano Civil Rights by exploring forms of collective social action on behalf of immigration rights/reform, education rights/reform, labor rights, treaty rights, legal justice, environmental justice, veteran's rights, and political representation.

362 / 562 [362]. Chicana and Chicano Movement: El Movimiento Chicano (3)

The course examines the Chicana/o Movement beyond the 1960s Civil Rights era, exploring the precursors to the political movement, as well as the legacies of the Chicana/o movement and its effect on society and academia.

364 / 564 [364]. Raza Genders and Sexualities (3)

The course focuses on critical thinking about race, class, gender, and sexuality. Course discussions will center on questions of identity and representation and the social construction of gender and sexuality in transnational Latina/o communities.

370. Chicana and Chicano Cultural Studies (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

An exploration of a variety of contemporary forms of Chicana and Chicano cultural production and the ways in which these construct and transform individual experiences, everyday life, social relations and power.

372 / 572 [372]. New Mexico Villages and Cultural Landscapes (3)

The course explores New Mexico's cultural heritage through an examination of cultural narratives and cultural landscapes and traditions, such as plazas, salas, resolanas, matanzas, and acequia culture from the past through the present day.

374 / 574 [374]. New Mexico's Literary Landscapes and Beyond (3)

The course explores Chicano/a letters and the spoken word tradition in New Mexico and beyond. The course examines poetic traditions through a variety of forms including poetry, storytelling, singing/songwriting, and spoken word artistry.

384. Community-Based Learning in Chicana and Chicano Studies (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

This course offers students the opportunity to engage in community-based learning at a selected Community-Based Organization site of their choice. The course broadens student knowledge and understanding of global and local economic and social realities.

393. Topics in Chicano Hispano Mexicano Studies (3, no limit Δ)

Special topics in Chicano Hispano Mexicano Studies are interdisciplinary in nature and draw from the Humanities, Social Sciences, and the Arts. May be repeated as subject matter varies.

440 / 540 [440]. Literary Analysis of the Mexican Revolution (3)

This course examines the origins and discursive discussions of the Mexican Revolution (1910-1920) and explores how the interpretations and memories of the Mexican Revolution shaped modern Mexico socially and culturally.

460 / 586 [*460]. Chicanos and Latinos in a Global Society (3)

The course examines current theories and debates about globalization from a critical perspective. An emphasis will be placed on the study of Chicano and Latino communities in the U.S. as influenced by globalization.

480 / 580 [*480]. New Approaches in Chicana and Chicano Studies (3)

The course focuses on examining the various theories and methods utilized by Chicana/o scholars during the evolution of Chicana/o Studies. The class also presents theories and methods that inform writings in Chicana/o studies.

486. Writers in the Community (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

This course places students into diverse community settings to work alongside students of all ages, needs, interests and abilities. Workshops will be offered in schools, community centers, homeless shelters, healthcare facilities, and other venues.

490 / 590 [490]. Advanced Seminar in Chicana and Chicano Studies (3)

Advanced seminar emphasizing synthesis of previous courses, research skills, theories and service learning in Chicana and Chicano Studies. Designed as a capstone seminar for the undergraduate and graduate program. Restriction: junior or senior standing.

493 / 593 [493]. Special Topics (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

The content of this course varies by semester but will provide an in-depth analysis of special topics related to Chicana and Chicano Studies. For course content, consult the Schedule of Classes.

495. Undergraduate Problems (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

520 / 320. Cine Chicano y Mundial (3)

530 / 330. Transnational Latina Feminisms (3)

536 / 336. Chicana Feminisms (3)

540 / 440. Literary Analysis of the Mexican Revolution (3)

560 / 360. Chicano Latino Civil Rights (3)

562 / 362. Chicana and Chicano Movement: El Movimiento Chicano (3)

564 / 364. Raza Genders and Sexualities (3)

572 / 372. New Mexico Villages and Cultural Landscapes (3)

574 / 374. New Mexico's Literary Landscapes and Beyond (3)

580 / 480. New Approaches in Chicana and Chicano Studies (3)

586 / 460. Chicanos and Latinos in a Global Society (3)

590 / 490. Advanced Seminar in Chicana and Chicano Studies (3)

593 / 493. Special Topics (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

The content of this course varies by semester but will provide an in-depth analysis of special topics related to Chicana and Chicano Studies. For course content, consult the Schedule of Classes.

Civil Engineering (CE)

130. Construction Detailing (3)

Basics of construction detailing and comprehension of working drawing sets.

160L. Civil Engineering Design (3)

Introduction to engineering graphics (AutoCAD®), computer-aided design; introduction to civil engineering and construction.

171. Construction Materials and Techniques (3)

Plan reading, elementary construction techniques, materials and construction documents; primary emphasis is on the Uniform Building Code plan checking. Prerequisite: 130.

202. Engineering Statics (3)

Statics of particles and rigid bodies, in two and three dimensions using vector algebra as an analytical tool; centroids; distributed loads; trusses, frames, internal forces, friction. Prerequisite: PHYC 160 and MATH 163.

279. Mechanical Electrical Systems Construction (3)

Materials and equipment used in the electrical and mechanical systems of commercial building, and associated codes and costs, are surveyed and explored.

283. Surveying and Geomatics (3)

Principles of physical measurements and error theory applied to transportation systems, including layout and design. Design elements and standards, sight distance considerations and earthwork calculations applied to horizontal and vertical alignment design. Prerequisite: MATH 162 or 180.

291. Lower Division Special Topics in Civil Engineering (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Lower division studies in various areas of civil engineering. Restriction: freshman or sophomore standing.

302. Mechanics of Materials (3)

Stresses and strains in members subjected to tension, compression, torsion, shear and flexure. Combined and principal stresses; Mohr’s circle construction; buckling. Introduction to statically indeterminate members. Prerequisite: 202. Pre- or corequisite: MATH **316. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

305. Infrastructure Materials Science (4)

Lecture and laboratory studies of the physical, structural, mechanical and chemical properties of infrastructure materials. Micro and nano-scale structure of matter. Experimental determination of material properties. Prerequisite: ENGL 219. Pre- or corequisite: 302 or 371. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

308. Structural Analysis (3)

Analysis of determinate and indeterminate structural systems. Determination of forces and displacements. Classical analysis methods, influence lines and introduction to matrix stiffness formulation. Prerequisite: 302 and 305. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

331. Fluid Mechanics (4)

Fluid properties; fluids at rest; fluid flow principles, including continuity, energy and momentum; incompressible fluid flow; laboratory study of basic principles of fluid mechanics. Three lectures. Prerequisite: 202 and ENG 301. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

**335. Environmental and Water Resources Engineering (3)

Basic design concepts of water and wastewater treatment. Flow rates, characterization of water, materials balances, coagulation, flocculation, filtration, sedimentation, biological treatment and disinfection. Prerequisite: 331 and CHEM 121 and CHEM 123L. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

350. Engineering Economy (3)

(Also offered as ME 350) A study of methods and techniques used in determining comparative financial desirability of engineering alternatives. Includes time value of money (interest), depreciation methods and modern techniques for analysis of management decisions. Prerequisite: MATH 162 or MATH 180. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering and junior or senior standing.

360. Soil Mechanics (4)

Fundamental properties of soils, classification systems, site investigation, permeability, consolidation, compaction and shear. Laboratory tests conducted to determine the properties of soils-related geotechnical engineering problems. Three lectures. Prerequisite: 302. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

370. Construction Methods and Equipment (3)

Comprehensive study of the ownership and operating costs, production rates and operating characteristics of the major construction equipment types. Prerequisite: 350. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering and junior or senior standing.

371. Structures for Construction (3)

Principles of mechanics, equilibrium conditions, properties of structural materials, structural properties of areas, load-shear-bending moment diagrams, flexural stresses, shearing stresses, deflection, and analysis of simple trusses, beams, columns, and funicular structures. Prerequisite: 171 and MATH 180 and PHYC 151. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

**372. Principles of Construction (3)

Management principles as applied to the conduct and control of a construction contracting business; estimating methods, bidding, construction contracts, bonds, insurance, project planning and scheduling, cost accounting, labor law, labor relations and safety. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering and junior or senior standing.

376. Cost Estimating (3)

Using modern, professional estimating techniques and resources, students complete cost estimates on buildings based on the Construction Specifications Institute formatted budgets and quantity take-offs for materials, labor, and equipment. Prerequisite: 171. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

377. Construction Scheduling (3)

Planning and scheduling of construction activities including network diagramming and calculations with the Critical Path Method (CPM), resource allocation, schedule updating, and computer applications. Prerequisite: 171. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

382. Transportation Engineering (3)

Multimodal examination of the planning, design and operation of transportation facilities; social aspects and economic evaluation of transportation system improvements; transportation design project. Prerequisite: 283. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering junior or senior standing.

409. Engineering Ethics (1)

Topics in engineering practice, licensing, ethics and ethical problem-solving. Cases illustrating ethical issues facing practicing engineers. One lecture and one recitation per week for eight weeks. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering and senior standing.

410. Structural Design I (3)

The course is designed to give the student "can-do" confidence in steel and concrete structural design. Prerequisite: 308. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

411 / 511. Reinforced Concrete Design (3)

Structural mechanics of concrete beams, slabs, columns, walls and footings; checking and proportioning of members and connections in accordance with specifications for limit state concrete design. Prerequisite: 308. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering and senior standing.

413 / 513. Timber and Masonry Design (3)

Design of reinforced masonry and timber structures conforming to the latest building codes and specifications; masonry assemblage methods, shear strength, masonry beams, columns and walls; wood connections, load and resistance factors for timber design. Prerequisite: 308. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering and senior standing.

415. Civil Engineering Design Competition (1 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

Students will plan, design, construct, and test projects for competitions such as the American Society of Civil Engineering/American Institute of Steel Construction steel bridge competition and the American Concrete Institute’s concrete canoe competition. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering and junior or senior standing.

424 / 524. Structural Design in Metals (3)

Design of steel systems in accordance with LRFD design specifications. Prerequisite: 308. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering and senior standing.

431 / 531. Physical-Chemical Water and Wastewater Treatment (3)

Theory and design of common physical-chemical treatment processes including sedimentation, coagulation, flocculation, water softening, oxidation, disinfection, sludge handling and disposal, filtration and centrifugation. Prerequisite: **335. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering and senior standing.

433 / 533. Environmental Microbiology (3)

Examination of the fundamental principles of microbiology and biochemistry as they apply to environmental and biochemical engineering. Topics will include microbial cell structure, metabolism, bioenergetics, ecology, molecular methods of analysis, and pollutant degradation. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering and senior standing.

436 / 536. Biological Wastewater Treatment (3)

Principles and design of wastewater treatment systems which are dependent on biological organisms. Processes covered include suspended culture and fixed culture systems, nutrient removal, hybrid systems, land application and on-site treatment systems. Emphasis will be placed on fundamental interaction between the organisms, wastes and receiving body of water. Prerequisite: **335. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering and senior standing.

438 / 538. Sustainable Engineering (3)

Evaluation of strategies to improve the environmental performance of industrial processes. Topics include impacts associated with resource consumption and pollution generation, life cycle assessment, environmental management systems, sustainability, techniques for pollution prevention and energy minimization. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering and senior standing.

440 / 540. Design of Hydraulic Systems (3)

Applications of the principles of fluid mechanics to the design and analysis of pipe systems. Topics include pipe network analysis, design and selection of hydraulic machinery and analysis of transient and compressible flow. Prerequisite: 331. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

441 / 541. Hydrogeology (3)

(Also offered as EPS 462 / 562) Hydrologic and geologic factors controlling groundwater flow, including flow to wells. The hydrologic cycle; interactions between surface and subsurface hydrologic systems; regional flow systems. Groundwater geochemistry and contaminant transport. Prerequisite: CHEM 121 and CHEM 123L and MATH 163 and PHYC 160. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering and senior standing.

*442. Hydraulic Engineering and Hydrology (3)

Design of water distribution systems and open channels; selection of pumps and turbines; hydraulics of wells; basic engineering hydrology including precipitation, infiltration, runoff, flood routing, statistical measures and water resources planning. Prerequisite: 331 and MATH 162. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

452 / 552. Building Information Modelling (3)

Principles, theory, and techniques of computer building, information modeling applications in the construction industry using AutoDesk Revit Architecture® and Revit Structure® modeling software. Students develop and apply current database technologies based on their respective degrees. Prerequisite: 160L and 305 and (308 or 371) and (**372 or (376 and 377)). Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

*455. Engineering Project Management (3)

(Also offered as ME 455) Estimating, proposing, planning, scheduling, quality and cost control and reporting of an engineering project. Case studies of typical engineering projects. Small projects carried out by student teams. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering and junior or senior standing.

462 / 562. Foundation Engineering I (3)

Application of principles of soil mechanics to analysis and design of footings, piles, caissons, cofferdams and other substructures. Prerequisite: 360. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

463. Earth Structures (3)

Analysis and design of earth dams, embankments and excavations; seepage, slope stability. Buried structures, conduits and culverts. Computer applications. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

466. Pavement Design (3)

Provides an understanding of the analysis and design of flexible and rigid highway pavements. Includes mechanistic-empirical analysis and evaluation of design practices, stresses and strains in pavements, traffic consideration, pavement performance models, and reliability. Prerequisite: 360. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

473 / 573. Construction Law (3)

Basic law concepts pertaining to the construction industry in New Mexico, including the Construction Industries Licensing Act, construction contracts, change orders, delay damages, contractor liability, dispute resolution, lien laws and the Miller Acts. Prerequisite: (**372 or (376 and 377)) and ENGL 219. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering and junior or senior standing.

474 / 574. Principles of Written Construction Documents (3)

This course reviews written documents used throughout construction projects, describing how the documents relate to each other and to drawings. It provides detail on the theory, techniques and format for every aspect of construction documentation. Prerequisite: (**372 or (376 and 377)) and ENGL 219. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

475 / 575. Construction Safety (3)

Basic safety and loss control concepts, practices, and skills to improve construction job site safety; OSHA regulations, accidents, documentation, safety policies and procedures, safe work environments, crisis management, and other safety related topics. Prerequisite: (**372 or (376 and 377)) and ENGL 219. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering and junior or senior standing.

477 / 577. Project Controls (3)

Time and cost budgeting is used for project control through management information and systems engineering. Topics to include cost integrated scheduling, earned value, probabilistic estimating and scheduling, crashing, trade-off analysis and forecasting. Prerequisite: **372 or (376 and 377). Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering and junior or senior standing.

478 / 578. Design of Temporary Support Structures (3)

Design and construction of temporary support structures used in the construction industry, including concrete formwork, scaffolding, caissons, cofferdams, and dewatering systems. Prerequisite: 308 or 371. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

481 / 581. Urban Transportation Planning (3)

Planning aspects of highway transportation including transportation goals, transportation forecasting techniques and models, selection between alternate solutions, financing improvements. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

482 / 582. Highway and Traffic Engineering (3)

Principles of the geometric design and operation of streets and highways, including planning aspects, traffic design and control and highway safety. Application of these principles to actual situations. Prerequisite: 382. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering and junior or senior standing.

*491-*492. Special Topics in Civil Engineering (1-3, 1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Advanced studies in various areas of civil engineering. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

493. Special Topics in Civil Engineering - Honors (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

494. Honors Seminar (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

495. Construction Internship (1)

Practical construction industry experience (both home office and field). Students spend designated period of time with owner or contractor. Evaluation by both instructor and industry sponsor, emphasizing student’s understanding of observed project management operations. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering and junior or senior standing.

497L. Design Construction Integration (3)

Comprehensive, creative construction management of a typical construction project, including estimating, scheduling, document preparation, constructibility site analysis and quality, safety, equipment and material plans. Both written and oral presentations are required. Pre- or corequisite: 477. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering and senior standing.

499. Design of Civil Engineering Systems (3)

Comprehensive, creative design of a typical civil engineering project, including cost analysis. Detailed study based on written proposals by student teams, both written and oral reports required. To be taken in the student’s last semester. Prerequisite: 308 and 331 and 350 and 360. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering and senior standing.

501. Advanced Mechanics of Materials (3)

(Also offered as ME 501) State of stress and strain at a point, stress-strain relationships; topics in beam theory such as unsymmetrical bending, curved beams, and elastic foundations; torsion of noncircular cross-sections, energy principles.

502. Finite Element Methods in Solid Mechanics (3)

Topics in finite element analysis with applications to problems in a two and three dimensional, solid continuum.

504. Fracture Mechanics (3)

This course explains principles of crack initiation propagation and the fracture process in construction materials including glass, metals, concrete and polymers.

506. Prestressed Concrete (3)

Theoretical and practical aspects of behavior and design of prestressed concrete structures.

511 / 411. Reinforced Concrete Design (3)

Structural mechanics of concrete beams, slabs, columns, walls and footings; checking and proportioning of members and connections in accordance with specifications for limit state concrete design.

513 / 413. Timber and Masonry Design (3)

515. Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures with Fiber Reinforced Polymers (3)

Design of new reinforced concrete structures using fiber reinforced polymer (FRP) reinforcement and strengthening of existing reinforced and prestressed concrete structures using FRP materials.

518. Theory of Structural Stability (3)

General concept of stability of elastic and inelastic systems: columns, beam-columns, frames, plates and torsional stability. Equilibrium, energy and dynamic methods, nonlinear systems, nonconservative problems, discretized mathematical models.

521. Structural Dynamics and Earthquake Engineering (3)

Theory of structural vibrations; response spectra for design; viscous and tuned mass damping; multi-degree-of-freedom analysis using normal mode method; designs under earthquake excitations; seismic design provisions in building codes; final design project.

524 / 424. Structural Design in Metals (3)

Design of steel systems in accordance with LRFD design specifications.

531 / 431. Physical-Chemical Water and Wastewater Treatment (3)

533 / 433. Environmental Microbiology (3)

534. Environmental Engineering Chemistry (3)

A comprehensive survey including acid-base and precipitation equilibria, complexation of metals, transformation occurring in the environment adsorption, ion exchange. The approach will be quantitative and aimed at developing the student's ability to predict consequences of environmental manipulation, treatment processes and phenomena observed in the field.

536 / 436. Biological Wastewater Treatment (3)

538 / 438. Sustainable Engineering (3)

539. Radioactive Waste Management (3)

(Also offered as CBE 439/539) Introduction to the nuclear fuel cycle emphasizing sources, characteristics and management of radioactive wastes. Types of radiation, radioactive decay calculations, shielding requirements. Radwaste management technologies and disposal options.

540 / 440. Design of Hydraulic Systems (3)

541 / 441. Hydrogeology (3)

(Also offered as EPS 562 / 462) Hydrologic and geologic factors controlling groundwater flow, including flow to wells. The hydrologic cycle; interactions between surface and subsurface hydrologic systems; regional flow systems. Groundwater geochemistry and contaminant transport.

542. Intermediate Hydrology (3)

Hydrometeorology, interception, depression storage, infiltration, hydrograph analysis, flood routing, urban hydrology, groundwater analysis and utilization.

545. Open Channel Hydraulics (3)

Open channel hydraulics; specific energy and specific force; steady and unsteady flow; gradually varied flow; rapidly varied flow; computation of water surface profiles.

547. GIS in Water Resources Engineering (3)

Principles and operation of geographic information systems using Arc GIS, work with surface and subsurface digital representations of the environment considering hydrologic and transportation processes. Course project is required.

548. Fuzzy Logic and Applications (3)

Theory of fuzzy sets; foundations of fuzzy logic. Fuzzy logic is shown to contain evidence, possibility and probability logics; course emphasizes engineering applications; control, pattern recognition, damage assessment, decisions; hardware/software demonstrations.

549. Vadose Zone Hydrology (3)

Principles and applications of water, energy and solute transport in the near-surface environment. Topics covered include moisture characteristic curves, unsaturated hydraulic conductivity, Richards equation and numerical solutions. Processes studied include infiltration, redistribution, evapotranspiration and recharge.

551. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Advanced reading, analysis, design or research.

552 / 452. Building Information Modelling (3)

556. Soils in Construction (3)

Introduction to the nature of soils and how soil materials influence construction activities. Includes soil characteristics, properties, classification, contract documents, soils reports, embankments, excavation, foundation construction, haul roads, erosion mitigation, and dewatering.

557. Decision Making for Civil Infrastructure Systems (3)

Modeling of decision problems through analytical and simulation methods through examples from planning, design, construction and management of civil infrastructure.

558. Construction Materials (3)

An in-depth introduction on all major construction materials including steel, wood, concrete, masonry, polymers and asphalt. Introduces principles of sustainable construction materials as well as new construction materials and technologies.

562 / 462. Foundation Engineering I (3)

Application of principles of soil mechanics to analysis and design of footings, piles, caissons, cofferdams and other substructures.

565. Soil Behavior (3)

Understanding of the factors that determine and control the engineering properties of soils. Soil deposits, formation and composition; properties of the clay minerals, soil structure and fabric; and deformational behavior of soils under stresses.

566. Pavement Design (3)

Pavement design principles, including a review of methods for soil testing and characterization, base selection, subgrade stabilization and surfacing material design. Procedures for new pavement design and existing pavement testing and evaluation will be covered.

567. Foundation Engineering II (3)

Analytical and practical aspects of foundation design problems: soil improvement, foundations in difficult soils, reinforced earth walls, sheet pile walls, slurry walls, excavation and anchors.

568. Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering (3)

Behavior of soils subjected to loads, elastic and inelastic wave propagation in soils, ground motion, machine foundations, wave effects on structures, seismic studies, pile driving and dynamic soil testing.

570. Simulation and Design of Construction Operations (3)

Comprehensive study of the design and simulation of construction operations.

571. Sustainable Design and Construction (3)

Principles of sustainable design and construction, including life-cycle cost analysis, evaluation of economic and environmental impacts, state-of-the-art technology, and LEED certification.

573 / 473. Construction Law (3)

574 / 474. Principles of Written Construction Documents (3)

575 / 475. Construction Safety (3)

576. Project Delivery Systems (3)

Defining characteristics of various project delivery systems, processes to solicit and procure those services. Responsibilities, risks and rewards for owners, designers, and contractors under various PDS.

577 / 477. Project Controls (3)

578 / 478. Design of Temporary Support Structures (3)

Design and construction of temporary support structures used in the construction industry, including concrete formwork, scaffolding, caissons, cofferdams, and dewatering systems.

581 / 481. Urban Transportation Planning (3)

Planning aspects of highway transportation including transportation goals, transportation forecasting techniques and models, selection between alternate solutions, financing improvements.

582 / 482. Highway and Traffic Engineering (3)

588. Master's Project (1-6)

Development of project concept, investigation of needs, initial data collection and assembly of written and field materials necessary to conduct a professional project. Exploration of alternative means to conduct the project. Prerequisite: completion of 12 credit hours of 500-level coursework. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Civil Engineering or M.Eng. Civil Engineering or M.C.M. Construction Management.

598. Selected Topics (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

A course offered by Civil Engineering faculty which presents a detailed examination of developing sciences and technologies in a classroom setting. {Offered upon demand}

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

650. Research (1-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Restriction: CE majors only.

691. Graduate Seminar (1 to a maximum of 4 Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Community Engaged Learning and Research (CELR)

175. Introduction to Civic and Community Engagement (3)

This introductory course covers concepts for understanding civic engagement, including models of civic life through America's history, critiques of philanthropy, volunteerism, community service, public service, political activism, and public service leadership.

176. Practicum in Civic and Community Engagement (3)

This practicum course introduces students to types of civic engagement in a democracy and practices of engagement and inquiry. Students are required to complete between 8-10 hours of service with one community organization. Prerequisite: 175.

350. Community-Based Research I: Design (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Introduction to qualitative and quantitative research methods, their theoretical foundations, and appropriateness for specific community questions. Collaborating with community partners, students define a research question, and develop and pilot an approach which addresses the question. Prerequisite: 175 and 176.

351. Community-Based Research II: Implementation (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

This course will focus on the implementation of community-based participatory research (CBPR) project during which students conduct a systematic investigation for the purposes of education and taking systematic action to resolve specific problems. Prerequisite: 350.

375. Lobo Mentoring and Tutoring Leadership Development I (1-3, may be repeated twice Δ)

The purpose of the course is to facilitate one-on-one mentoring and academic tutoring between college students and K-12 school participants focusing on increased literacy achievement for K-12 students through individualized assistance.

376. Lobo Mentoring and Tutoring Leadership Development II (1-3, may be repeated twice Δ)

391. Topics in Service-Learning Leadership (3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Prepares students to work in service leadership positions and engage in a project that meets an identified community need with organized service to the community, emphasizing civic engagement, reflection, and application of learning.

392. Topics in Global Service-Learning Leadership (3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

This pre-fieldwork course provides students a forum for critical reflection on community-driven service and is intended for any student undertaking study abroad, fieldwork, and community engagement in CELR 430. Restriction: permission of instructor.

*430. Advanced Research Service-Learning Field School (1-3, may be repeated twice Δ)

Students will study specific issues, problems, or topics related to community-identified needs in any intensive field-based setting. Topics will address theoretical and practical aspects of community-based issues and may involve approved community partner organizations. Restriction: junior or senior standing.

*498. Independent Study in Research Service-Learning (1-6, may be repeated once Δ)

This course engages undergraduate students in a community-based project under faculty guidance in an approved community setting and working toward goals established in collaboration with community partners. Restriction: junior or senior standing, and permission of instructor.

499. Community Engaged Learning and Research Capstone Seminar (3)

Students will culminate their Community Engaged Learning and Research experience working with a community partner to design, implement and present and project that demonstrates academic merit in addressing a community need. Prerequisite: 350 and 351. Restriction: permission of department.

Chemistry (CHEM)

101. Chemistry in Our Community (3)

Introduction for non-science majors to the basic chemistry required to understand scientific topics affecting our community, such as global warming, acid rain, nuclear power, plastics, drugs, and genetic engineering. {Fall, Spring}

111. Elements of General Chemistry (4)

One-semester course in general chemistry, especially for non-science majors in the health sciences except premedicine and medical technology. Three lectures, 3 hours demo lab/recitation. Credit not allowed for both 111 and (121 and 123L). Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area III: Science (NMCCN 1114). Prerequisite: MATH 103 or MATH 121 or MATH 150 or MATH 162 or MATH 163 or MATH 180 or MATH 181 or MATH 264 or ACT Math =>22 or SAT Math Section =>540. {Fall, Spring}

115. Preparation for Chemistry (2)

A preparatory course for students who feel they are not prepared, or who do not have the prerequisite requirements for, CHEM 121/123L. A grade of "CR" can be used as placement into CHEM 121/123L. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

120. Foundations of Chemistry (3)

This course is available to students initially enrolled in CHEM 121 who find themselves unprepared. Designed for science majors, it provides foundational chemical concepts and prepares students to return and succeed in CHEM 121. {Fall, Spring}

121. General Chemistry I (3)

Introduction to the chemical and physical behavior of matter. Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area III: Science (NMCCN 1214). Prerequisite: MATH 121 or MATH 123 or MATH 150 or MATH 153 or MATH 162 or MATH 163 or MATH 180 or MATH 181 or MATH 264 or ACT Math =>25 or SAT Math Section =>590. Pre- or corequisite: 123L. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

122. General Chemistry II (3)

Continuation of 121. Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area III: Science (NMCCN 1224). Prerequisite: ((121 and 123L) or (131 and 123L)) and (MATH 121 or MATH 123 or MATH 150 or MATH 153 or MATH 162 or MATH 163 or MATH 180 or MATH 181 or MATH 264 or ACT Math =>25 or SAT Math Section =>590). Pre- or corequisite: 124L. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

123L. General Chemistry I Laboratory (1)

Introduction to basic chemical laboratory principles and techniques. Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area III: Science (NMCCN 1114). Prerequisite: MATH 121 or MATH 123 or MATH 150 or MATH 153 or MATH 162 or MATH 163 or MATH 180 or MATH 181 or MATH 264 or ACT Math=>25 or SAT Math Section =>590. Pre- or corequisite: 121 or 131. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

124L. General Chemistry II Laboratory (1)

Experiments illustrating the fundamental principles and techniques of chemistry. Three hours lab. Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area III: Science (NMCCN 1224). Prerequisite: ((121 and 123L) or (131 and 123L)) and (MATH 121 or MATH 123 or MATH 150 or MATH 153 or MATH 162 or MATH 163 or MATH 180 or MATH 181 or MATH 264 or ACT Math =>25 or SAT Math Section =>590). Pre- or corequisite: 122 or 132. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

131. Principles of Chemistry (3)

Chemical and physical behavior of matter. Atomic and molecular structure and chemical periodicity. Chemical bonds, reactions and thermochemistry. Gas, liquids, solids, and materials. Organic and biochemistry. Strongly recommended for intended majors in chemical sciences and engineering. Three lectures per week. Credit not allowed for both 121 and 131. Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area III: Science. Prerequisite: MATH 121 or MATH 123 or MATH 150 or MATH 153 or MATH 162 or MATH 163 or MATH 180 or MATH 181 or MATH 264 or ACT Math =>28 or SAT Math Section =>660. Pre- or corequisite: 123L. {Fall}

132. Principles of Chemistry (3)

Chemical thermodynamics, equilibria and kinetics. Solutions. Electrochemistry. Continuation of Principles of Chemistry I. Strongly recommended for intended majors in chemical sciences and engineering. Three lectures per week. Credit not allowed for both 132 and 122. Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area III: Science. Prerequisite: (121 and 123L) or (131 and 123L). Pre- or corequisite: 124L. {Spring}

192. Topics (1-3, no limit Δ)

Titles will vary. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

212. Integrated Organic Chemistry and Biochemistry (4)

Survey course interrelating the major principles of organic chemistry and biochemistry with special emphasis toward interests of students in the health sciences. (Credit not allowed for both 212 and **301) Prerequisite: 111L or 122. {Fall, Spring}

253L. Quantitative Analysis (4)

Theory and techniques of chemical analysis. Three lectures, 4 hours lab. Prerequisite: (122 and 124L) or (132 and 124L). {Fall, Spring}

**301. Organic Chemistry (3)

Chemistry of the compounds of carbon. Prerequisite: 122 or 132. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

**302. Organic Chemistry (3)

Continuation of **301. Prerequisite: **301. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

303L. Organic Chemistry Laboratory (1)

Teaches basic organic chemistry laboratory techniques, including separations, thin-layer chromatography, gas chromatography, and set up of apparatus for organic synthesis. Three hours lab. Prerequisite: (122 or 132) and 124L. Pre- or corequisite: **301. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

304L. Organic Chemistry Laboratory (1)

Teaches synthesis of organic compounds using reactions learned in CHEM **302 and spectroscopic characterization of the products. Three hours lab. Prerequisite: 303L. Pre- or corequisite: **302. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

**311. Physical Chemistry (3)

An introduction to quantum chemistry that starts from the postulates of quantum mechanics and simple models and covers structure of polyatomic molecules. Prerequisite: ((122 and 124L) or 132)) and MATH 163 and (PHYC 152 or PHYC 161). Pre- or corequisite: MATH 264. {Fall}

**312. Physical Chemistry (3)

An introduction to chemical thermodynamics. Topics will include basic thermodynamic principles, phase diagrams, and solution phase thermodynamics. Prerequisite: ((122 and 124L) or 132)) and MATH 163 and (PHYC 152 or PHYC 161). Pre- or corequisite: MATH 264. {Spring}

**315. Introductory Physical Chemistry (4)

Fundamentals of physical chemistry with primary emphasis upon biological and biochemical applications. (Cannot be used for credit toward B.S.) (Credit not allowed for both (CHEM 311 or 312) and 315) Prerequisite: ((122 and 124L) or 132)) and (MATH 163 or MATH 181) and (PHYC 152 or PHYC 161). {Fall, Spring}

**325. Special Topics for Undergraduates (1-3, may be repeated once Δ)

Possible topics are: chemical literature, environmental chemistry, photochemistry, stereochemistry, macromolecules, C-13-NMR, natural products. {Offered upon demand}

**326. Special Topics for Undergraduates (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Possible topics are: chemical literature, environmental chemistry, photochemistry, stereochemistry, macromolecules, C-13-NMR, natural products. {Offered upon demand}

**391. Readings in Selected Topics (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Advanced topics not covered in general offerings. {Offered upon demand}

**392. Readings in Selected Topics (1-3, may be repeated once Δ)

Advanced topics not covered in general offerings. {Offered upon demand}

411L. Laboratory Methods In Physical Chemistry (3)

Introduction to modern physical chemistry laboratory techniques including computational chemistry, quantum mechanical description of molecular rotations, molecular vibrations and electronic absorption, and thermodynamics. One lecture, 6 hrs. lab. Prerequisite: **311 and **312 and 453L. {Fall}

412. Advanced Physical Chemistry (3)

Advanced topics in physical chemistry, including statistical mechanics, reaction kinetics, chemical dynamics and transition state theory will be discussed. Prerequisite: **311 and **312. {On demand}

421. Biological Chemistry (3)

Brings the fundamentals of general and organic chemistry to bear on the complex array of structures and chemical processes that occur in living organisms. Prerequisite: **302 and (**312 or **315).

425. Organic Chemistry of Biological Pathways (3)

Covers basic principles of mechanisms, acidity, stereochemistry; structures; properties of biomolecules; reactions in lipid, carbohydrate, amino acid, nucleotide metabolic pathways. (3 hrs lecture) Prerequisite: **302. {Fall, Spring}

*431. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry (3)

Atomic theory and molecular structure, the fundamentals of symmetry, point groups, bonding concepts, acid-base chemistry, periodic trends, and reaction chemistry of both transition metals and non-metals. Prerequisite: **311 or **315. {Fall}

432L. Advanced Synthetic Chemistry Laboratory (3)

Provides students with basic laboratory techniques in synthetic, structural, mechanistic, spectroscopic, and computational chemistry. 1 hr lecture, 6 hrs lab. Prerequisite: 304L and *431. {Spring}

452. Polymer Chemistry (3)

An introduction to polymer chemistry terminology, synthesis, characterization and application. Prerequisite: **302. {Fall, Spring}

453L. Analytical Instrumentation: Theory and Application (4)

This course introduces students to a variety of instrumentation used in chemical analysis. Content includes theory, design, statistical data analysis and application of primary instrumentation used in analytical labs. Labs and research project will be performed. Prerequisite: 253L and (MATH 162 or MATH 180). {Spring}

457. Environmental Chemistry (3)

Introduction to the chemistry of natural and polluted environments, including both atmospheric and aquatic systems. Prerequisite: 253L and **302. {Offered upon demand}

468. Chemistry and Physics at the Nanoscale (3)

Students will study chemical and physical concepts necessary to understand nanoscale materials: Quantum properties, charge confinement, and nanoscale thermodynamics, surface and interfacial forces, nanomachines and nanostructures, self-organization, and scaling. Emphasis on problem-solving skills development. {Spring}

469 / 569. Characterization Methods for Nanostructures (3)

(Also offered as CBE, NSMS 412 / 512) Nanostructure characterization methods. Examine principles underlying techniques and limitations, and how to interpret data from each method: electron beam, scanning probe, x-ray, neutron scattering, optical and near field optical. Lab demonstrations and projects provide experience. {Fall}

471. Advanced Topics in Chemistry (2-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Current topics requiring a background in physical chemistry such as spectroscopy, reaction mechanisms, advanced synthesis, polymer chemistry and materials chemistry. {Offered upon demand}

495. Undergraduate Problems (1-3)

{Offered upon demand}

496. Undergraduate Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 4 Δ)

{Offered upon demand}

497. Senior Honors Research (1-3 to a maximum of 4 Δ)

Senior paper based on independent research. {Offered upon demand}

498. Senior Honors Research (1-3 to a maximum of 4 Δ)

Senior paper based on independent research. {Offered upon demand}

*499. Chemistry Seminar-Research (1 to a maximum of 2)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

500. Scientific Teaching in Chemistry (1-3, no limit Δ)

A course which includes lecture, seminar, workshop and field experience to provide a scientific framework for teaching chemistry and practice in strategies of scientific teaching.

501. Molecular Structure Theory (3)

General introduction to quantum mechanics with emphasis on chemical applications. Topics covered include basic postulates of quantum mechanics, standard analytically solvable quantum systems (free electrons, particle in a box, harmonic oscillator, rigid rotor, hydrogen atom), approximation methods (perturbation theory and the variational method). An introduction to molecular quantum mechanics, molecular spectroscopy and time-dependent perturbation theory.

504. Chemical Dynamics (3)

A rapid review of chemical thermodynamics and kinetics. Usually for graduate students in areas outside of physical chemistry.

511. Mechanisms in Organic Chemistry (3)

An introduction to the methods used for determining reaction mechanisms in organic chemistry and the application of those methods for determining the mechanisms of reactions based on ionic processes.

514. Synthesis in Organic Chemistry (3)

Development of strategies for synthesizing organic compounds including stereochemical control; introduction to advanced reactions for carbon-carbon bond formation and functional group manipulation.

515. Topics in Organic Chemistry (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

516. Topics in Organic Chemistry (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

521. Biological Chemistry (3)

Brings the fundamentals of general and organic chemistry to bear on the complex array of structures and chemical processes that occur in living organisms. Prerequisite: **301 and 302 and (**311 or *315). Restriction: permission of instructor.

536. Synthesis and Mechanism in Inorganic Chemistry (3)

A general outline of synthesis methodologies and approaches for main group element and transition metal compounds is provided. In addition, the reactivity of these compounds is explored with particular emphasis on systematics in reaction mechanisms.

537. Topics in Inorganic Chemistry (3 to a maximum of 9 Δ [1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ])

538. Topics in Inorganic Chemistry (3 to a maximum of 9 Δ [1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ])

545. Topics in Analytical Chemistry (3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

546. Topics in Analytical Chemistry (3 to a maximum of 9 Δ [1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ])

567. Topics in Physical Chemistry (3 to a maximum of 9 Δ [1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ])

568. Chemistry and Physics at the Nanoscale (3)

569 / 469. Characterization Methods for Nanostructures (3)

587. Advanced Topics in Biological Chemistry (3 to a maximum of 9 Δ [1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ])

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

623. Research Colloquium (1 to a maximum of 10 Δ)

Presentation and discussion of current research by faculty from other institutions. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

625. Chemistry Divisional Seminar (1, no limit Δ)

Student presentations and discussion of current research by students and faculty in the same traditional division of chemistry. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

627. Chemistry Instrumentation Seminar (1 to a maximum of 2 Δ)

Training and practice in use of research instrumentation required by a student’s graduate research. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

650. Research/Readings (2-12, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Chinese (CHIN)

101. First Year Chinese I (3)

102. First Year Chinese II (3)

111. Beginning Chinese I (6)

Through various cultural topics presented in this beginning level language course students will gain basic understanding of Chinese culture and learn to interact in Chinese. Credit not allowed for both CHIN 101 and CHIN 111.

112. Beginning Chinese II (6)

This course follows CHIN 111 and introduces scheduling etiquette, schooling, traveling, and shopping in China. Students will attain an ACTFL novice-high proficiency in Chinese. Credit not allowed for both CHIN 102 and CHIN 112. Prerequisite: 111.

201. Second Year Chinese I (3)

202. Second Year Chinese II (3)

Prerequisite: 201 or equivalent.

301-302. Third Year Chinese I-Third Year Chinese II (3, 3)

Emphasizes reading and techniques of translating, especially in modern Chinese writing.

305. Intermediate Chinese Conversation (3, no limit Δ)

Designed for students who have completed three semesters of college-level study of Chinese or the equivalent. Students further develop their spoken language competency, enrich their vocabulary, and improve their cross-cultural skills.

320. Study Abroad (3-6)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

343. Topics in Chinese Literature and Culture in Translation (3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

(Also offered as COMP, ENGL 343) This course surveys Chinese literature and culture from the origins of Chinese civilization to the present, with a focus on the continuities and discontinuities between traditional and modern China.

370. Topics in Chinese Film (3 to a maximum of 6)

Study of Chinese history, life, and culture through an examination of films produced in Hong Kong, Taiwan, and mainland China.

401. China Today: Advanced Readings in Chinese (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

This is an advanced Chinese language course. It introduces various aspects of contemporary Chinese society and culture to students through authentic Chinese reading materials. Prerequisite: 302 or 305.

497. Undergraduate Problems (1-6, may be repeated once Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

Communication and Journalism (CJ)

101L. Introduction to Communication (3)

Principles and concepts of various types of human communication including interpersonal, small group, organizational, public and mass communication. Two hours lecture, 1 hour lab.

110. Introduction to Mass Communication (3)

(Also offered as MA 110) Study of the development of the mass media with emphasis on television in the areas of programming, policy, regulations, economics, and technology. Examination of the social, cultural, and political impact of the mass media on contemporary society.

115. Communication Across Cultures (3)

An introduction to communication among people from different cultural backgrounds, emphasizing intercultural relations. The class seeks to identify, honor and enhance the strengths of different cultural perspectives.

130. Public Speaking (3)

A performance course that deals with the analysis, preparation and presentation of speeches. Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area I: Communications (NMCCN 1113).

171L. Introduction to Media Writing (3)

Practical introduction to journalism, emphasizing journalistic conventions and the gathering and writing of news for the print and broadcast media. Language and typing skills required. Prerequisite: ENGL 120 or ACT English =>29 or SAT Evidence-Based Reading and Writing =>700.

220. Communication for Teachers (3)

Concepts and practices of interpersonal, small group and public communication pertinent to classroom teachers at the elementary, middle and secondary levels of education.

221. Interpersonal Communication (3)

Analysis of a variety of interpersonal communication concepts, with special emphasis on the application of communication skills in different situations. Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area I: Communications.

225. Small Group Communication (3)

Basic characteristics and patterns of communication in small groups. Includes attention to role theory, conflict resolution and creative decision-making methods.

262. Radio/Television Performance (3)

Verbal and nonverbal performance and message preparation skills related to both the audio and video components of the mass media. Emphasis on fundamentals of prepared, extemporaneous and interpretive speaking for radio and television.

268. Media Theories (3)

Introduction to theories of mass media and their influences.

269. Multimedia and Visual Communication (3)

Exploration of visual images in the mass media, with emphasis on the design and theory of mediated imaging. Includes some practical training in still photography and video. Prerequisite: 171L. Pre- or corequisite: 466 and STAT 145.

278. Writing and Editing for Multimedia Journalism (3)

Continuation of CJ 171L with increased emphasis of how to write on platforms available to the modern journalist. Writing workshop for web, broadcast, print and magazine. Prerequisite: 171L. Pre- or corequisite: 466 and STAT 145.

279. Web Design (3)

Introduction to writing and designing electronic publications using personal computers and online publishing software. Emphasizes use of graphics and text to communicate with users of the Internet. Competency with personal computers required.

292. Beginning Internship in Communication and Journalism (1 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Internships and service projects for students at the lower level. Cannot have credit if already taken 492 or 495 or 496 or 497 or 498 or 499. Restriction: permission of instructor.

293. Topics (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

300. Theories of Communication (3)

Study of the nature of communication theories and theory development, theories of meaning, information processing and influence with applications to selected communication contexts. Prerequisite: 101L.

301. Communication Research Methods (3)

Quantitative and qualitative methods useful in investigation of communication processes and effects; concepts and techniques used in research design, data analysis, reporting and critically evaluating research. Prerequisite: 101L.

313. EcoCultural Communication: Humans and "The Environment" (3)

Explores how culture and communication inform, shape, and shift our relations with "the environment." We consider local, regional, and global cultures and discourses, focusing on sustainability issues in human-nature relations.

314. Intercultural Communication (3)

Examines cultural influences in communication across ethnic and national boundaries. Pre- or corequisite: MATH 121 or MATH 129 or MATH 150 or MATH 153 or MATH 162 or MATH 180 or MATH 215 or STAT 145 or UHON 202.

317. International Cultural Conflict and Community Building (3)

Cultural focus on communicative systems related to national, ethnic, gendered, class, religious, regions, corporations, and institutions. Research on mediation, intergroup dialogue, and community development focuses on three international sites.

318. Language, Thought and Behavior (3)

Examination of the influence of language on perception, evaluations, mass media, creativity and interpersonal relations. Pre- or corequisite: MATH 121 or MATH 129 or MATH 150 or MATH 153 or MATH 162 or MATH 180 or MATH 215 or STAT 145 or UHON 202.

319. Language and Culture (3)

(Also offered as ANTH 310; LING 359) Examination of the interrelations of language and speech with other selected aspects of culture and cognition. Prerequisite: ANTH 110 or LING 101 or LING 301.

320. Conflict Management and Mediation (3)

Overview of communication theories of conflict and conflict-management processes, including an introduction to mediation. Pre- or corequisite: MATH 121 or MATH 129 or MATH 150 or MATH 153 or MATH 162 or MATH 180 or MATH 215 or STAT 145 or UHON 202.

323. Nonverbal Communication (3)

Theory, analysis and practice of a variety of nonverbal messages, including body movement and appearance, vocal cues and environmental cues.

326. Gender and Communication (3)

(Also offered as WMST 326) Study of the relationship between gender and communication with specific attention to how gender affects language, verbal and nonverbal communication practices and how women’s movements have attempted to transform gendered communication practices.

327. Persuasive Communication (3)

Analysis, practice and evaluation of principles of attitude change for a variety of interpersonal and public communication situations. Pre- or corequisite: MATH 121 or MATH 129 or MATH 150 or MATH 153 or MATH 162 or MATH 180 or MATH 215 or STAT 145 or UHON 202.

331. Argumentation (3)

Examines historical and contemporary theories of argumentation. Emphasis placed on development of effective advocacy and criticism of arguments.

332. Business and Professional Speaking (3)

Analysis, preparation and presentation of speeches common in business and professional settings.

333. Professional Communication (3)

Focuses on the written and presentation skills needed to succeed in a professional environment. Lessons emphasize writing reports and proposals, acquiring social information, social interaction skills, the influence of audience on message design and business etiquette.

334. Political Communication (3)

Focuses on the theory and practice of political communication in speech making, campaigns, debates and town meetings, as reported through the mass media and via new technologies.

337. Rhetorical Theory (3)

Historical survey of major contributors and contributions to the development of contemporary rhetorical theory.

339. Rhetoric and the Environment (3)

The course examines the ways we communicate about the environment and how this, in turn, impacts the way we view and treat the natural world.

340. Communication in Organizations (3)

Examines current theories of organizational behavior with emphasis on communication patterns and practices. Attention to superior-subordinate communication, formal and informal communication networks, authority and power.

344. Interviewing (3)

Theory and practice of interviewing for informational, journalistic, employment and decision-making purposes. Pre- or corequisite: MATH 121 or MATH 129 or MATH 150 or MATH 153 or MATH 162 or MATH 180 or MATH 215 or STAT 145 or UHON 202.

360. Video Journalism [Broadcast News I] (3)

Covers the fundamentals of journalistic film and video shooting, editing, and sequencing. Introduces basics of news packages. Prerequisite: 269 and 278.

361. Photojournalism (3)

Camera reporting, color photography, weekly news assignments, scaling photos for reproduction and advanced black and white darkroom techniques. Restriction: admitted to B.A. Communication or B.A. Journalism and Mass Communication.

365. History of Media (3)

The course will explore the development of communication media in the United States and the social and cultural contexts within which media emerged and evolved over time. Prerequisite: 171L. Pre- or corequisite: STAT 145.

367. Social Media (3)

Basics of content creation: text, audio, images, and video. Information on available social media platforms, importance of open online discussions to further business goals of organization/personal brand, debate application/importance of business theories in social media.

370. Audio Journalism (3)

Students will learn how to use journalism practices and ethics to record and edit audio, voice scripts, and produce various audio story formats including newscast spots, Q&As, vox pops, podcasts, postcards, and features. Prerequisite: 466.

373. Magazine Writing (3)

The process of writing and marketing fiction and non-fiction for magazines.

374. Design and Visual Presentation I (3)

Introduction to print design through the study of visual communication, principles of design, elements of design and practical application of those principles and elements in various forms of print collateral. Use of Adobe InDesign.

375. Intermediate Reporting (3)

Emphasis on reporting public affairs, the news feature story, developing and covering beats, and computer-assisted reporting. Prerequisite: 278.

376. Media Management (3)

This course is designed to provide insights into the management and ownership aspects of running a media company. Attention will be given to leadership skills and the complex operations of media companies.

387. Introduction to Strategic Communication (3)

A writing-intensive course with emphasis on history, practice, ethics, professional opportunities, and challenges of the field. Strong emphasis on understanding contemporary global strategic communication perspectives and diversity issues. Prerequisite: 171L and 327 and 374 and STAT 145.

389. Creative Concepts (3)

Focuses on theories, strategies and practices in developing visuals/copy across the media. Provides the formats/structure to write, design and produce collateral pieces and promotional events utilizing conceptual and creative thinking. Prerequisite: 171L and 387.

390. Strategic Writing (3)

A specialized course in strategic writing, including creating material in strategic communication subfields of public relations, advertising, and integrated marketing communication, with emphasis on writing for outlets including print and broadcast media and the Internet. Prerequisite: 387.

391. Strategic Social Media (3)

Focuses on social media strategy, selection, and content development for use in targeted communication efforts by businesses and non-profit organizations. Emphasis placed on critical analysis and strategic use of a variety of social media platforms. Prerequisite: 387.

393. Topics in Communication and Journalism (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

400. Senior Seminar: Perspectives on Communication (3)

In this capstone course, seniors assess the theories, concepts and skills learned throughout their communication major and apply them to real-world situations as well as to the fulfillment of professional, personal and social goals. Prerequisite: 300 and 301 and (332 or 333).

413. Studies in Intercultural Communication (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Intensive study of theory and research in intercultural communication concerning interactions between members of specific cultures chosen by the instructor. Content varies from semester to semester, may be repeated with different content. Prerequisite: 314.

421. Communication and Relationships (3)

Advanced analysis of theories and research in interpersonal communication with emphasis on communication processes, relational development and conflict resolution. Prerequisite: 221.

*435. Legal Communication (3)

Using historical trials as case studies, the course investigates the various communicative functions of litigation including media coverage, opening statements, direct and cross-examination, closing arguments, judge’s instructions and appellate arguments.

*438. Communicating Community, Food, and Change: Lobo Gardens (3)

(Also offered as SUST *438) This course introduces and experientially explores the theoretical lenses of environmental communication, culture, sustainability, and restorative change through collaborative hands-on student preservation and growth of community food gardens.

443. Topics in Organizational Communication (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Intensive study of one area of theory and research in organizational communication chosen by the instructor, e.g., conflict and negotiation, information technology, organizational cultures. Content varies from semester to semester; may be repeated with different content. Prerequisite: 340.

446. Organizational Analysis and Training (3)

Identification and analysis of communication problems in organizations. Attention to problems and requirements of communication training and development in organizational settings.

450. Health Communication (3)

Concepts and strategies for preventive health communication in such contexts as provider-patient interaction, health campaigns, social marketing, health images in the mass media and communication in health care organizations.

460. Broadcast News II (3)

Continuation of CJ 360. Students create longer, more elaborate programs with their own documentary segments, essays and in-studio interviews. Prerequisite: 360.

461. Media Criticism (3)

Evaluation of radio/television programming content from the perspective of the journalistic and academic critic. Examination of theoretical issues and production elements as they affect programming genres.

463. Topics in Mass Communication (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Intensive study of one area of theory and research in mass communication chosen by the instructor, e.g., rating systems, programming, economics, regulation, social effects. Content varies from semester to semester; may be repeated with different content.

464. Multimedia Production (3)

Longer form multimedia journalism emphasizing advanced production and journalism techniques. Prerequisite: 360.

466. Media Ethics and Law (3)

Intersection of journalism and mass communication with society and its ethical standards and laws. Focus on news media and ethical and legal issues in advertising, public relations and management. Prerequisite: 171L. Pre- or corequisite: STAT 145.

469. Multiculturalism, Gender and Media (3)

(Also offered as WMST 469) Exploration of how gender, race, class, sexual orientation, ethnicity and other social positions affect media coverage, portrayals, production and reception. The course focuses on theories, methods of analysis and topics of current interest.

475. Advanced Multimedia Journalism (3)

Emphasis on multimedia reporting. The creation and maintenance of a news Web site. The understanding of software, in-depth reporting, and multimedia platforms to produce news information in all forms. Prerequisite: 360 and 375.

478. Media Theory and Research (3)

Introduces media theories in the context of professional research settings. Covers media content research conducted for political purposes and advertising, PR and media firms. Prerequisite: 171L and STAT 145.

488. Strategic Planning and Campaign Development (3)

Capstone. Focuses on applying theories/principles/practices in a team environment. Emphasis placed on strategic planning, research, and creative development. Students work with actual clients to pitch their strategic and campaign plans. Prerequisite: 389 and 390 and 391.

490. Undergraduate Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Restriction: permission of department chairperson.

*491. Internship in Communication Education (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Review of recent developments in course content, teaching materials and instructional strategies; simulated classroom experience with analysis of teaching behavior using media. Restriction: permission of department chairperson.

492. Internship in Communication (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Internships in communication arranged with individual faculty members. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Prerequisite: 2.5 overall GPA and completion of 9 hours in CJ, to include at least one 300-level course. Six hours maximum of any CJ internship credit is allowed. Restriction: permission of instructor.

494. Senior Thesis (3)

495. Internship in Strategic Communication (1-3 to a maximum of 6 in all CJ internships Δ)

Internships in strategic communication arranged with individual faculty members. Maximum of 3 credit hours per semester. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Prerequisite: 2.5 overall GPA and 9 credit hours in CJ to include at least one 300-level course. Restriction: permission of instructor.

496. Internship in Multimedia Journalism (1-3 to a maximum of 6 in all CJ internships Δ)

Internships in multimedia journalism arranged with individual faculty members. Maximum of 3 credit hours per semester. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Prerequisite: 2.5 overall GPA and 9 credit hours in CJ to include at least one 300-level course. Restriction: permission of instructor.

500. Foundations of Communication Theory (3)

Survey and analysis of concepts, models and perspectives in the development of theories of communication; attention to philosophical, critical, historical and scientific bases for the study of communicative processes. Required of all M.A. students.

501. Foundations of Communication Research (3)

Introduces contemporary critical and cultural studies from a historical perspective. Analysis and criticism of cultural practices, including discourse, allocation of resources, political interests, and the structural organization of society.

502. Special Topics in Communication (1-6, no limit Δ)

Intensive study of selected relevant subjects in communication focusing on one area of theory, research, methods, or combinations thereof. Content varies depending on instructor.

506. Critical and Cultural Studies (3)

This course explores critical and cultural studies methodologies to understand and apply analysis of texts (from media and everyday spoken texts to the body and environment) in order to reveal cultural productions and transformative possibilities.

507. Quantitative Data Analysis (3)

Designing empirical research in communication, with special reference to applications of experimental design to communication research, methods of data analysis and developing a research report.

509. Ph.D. Professional Seminar (1 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

Develops a range of professional competencies by focusing on a particular topic, such as presenting and publishing research, landing the academic job, ethics, research funding, and attaining and maintaining academic-life balance. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to M.A. Communication or Ph.D. Communication.

514. Seminar: Intercultural Communication (3)

An overview of the trajectory of theory and research in intercultural communication, which includes questions and critiques of diversity in and across local, national, and global contexts.

517. Culture, Identities and Subjectivities (3)

An overview of theory and research in culture, identities, and subjectivities with special emphasis on the faculty member's expertise, which may include: nationality, race, gender, ethnicity, sexuality, class, multivocality, intersectionality, positionality, agency, etc.

518. Culture, Places and Spaces (3)

An overview of theory and research in culture, places, and spaces with special emphasis on the faculty member's expertise, which may include: transnationalism and globalism, migration, borderlands, social activism and change, sustainability, etc.

519. Topics in Intercultural Communication (3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Intensive study of theory and research in one area of intercultural communication chosen by the instructor. Content varies from semester to semester, may be repeated with different content.

535. Seminar: Argumentation (3)

550. Health Communication (3)

552. Topics in Health Communication (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Intensive study of theory and research in one area of health communication chosen by the instructor. Content varies from semester to semester, may be repeated with different content.

553. Health Communication Campaigns (3)

Focuses on the design, implementation and evaluation of communication programs for addressing health issues. Provides an overview of relevant theory and research and opportunities to study, design, implement, and evaluate actual health communication campaigns.

555. Culture, Disparities, and Health Communication (3)

Covers the influence of culture on health beliefs, values, and health care practices. How beliefs and values impact communication in health care settings.

566. Media Theories [Mass Communication Theories] (3)

Surveys theories dealing with the production, content, and reception of mediated communication. Analyzes the theories and their metatheoretical assumptions in light of their structural/functional, cultural/critical, behaviorist/effects, and postmodern paradigmatic characteristics.

567. Digital and Social Media [Digital Media] (3)

This course critically examines the central role digital/social media technologies play in culture and society, providing the structures in which individual identity forms, social relations manifest, political discourse occurs, and economic power flows.

568. Political Economy of Media [Mass Media Structures and Institutions] (3)

The course explores the power relations, structures, and social/cultural practices that mutually constitute the production, distribution, and consumption of mediated content.

569. Media, Culture, and Society [Critical and Cultural Approaches to Media] (3)

Focuses on key theoretical debates that have shaped the field of media studies, with emphasis on application to the critique of mediated communication and technological trends and their impact on society, culture, and identity construction.

584. Teaching Communication for Communication and Journalism Teaching Assistants (1)

This course is designed to train and support Communication and Journalism graduate teaching assistants. Through a variety of workshops we engage techniques that facilitate innovative instruction and practice, mentoring skills, and ongoing pedagogical development. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to M.A. Communication or Ph.D. Communication.

592. Intercultural Engagement Project (3 to 6, may be repeated once Δ)

A student-instructor arranged intercultural immersion experience featuring grounded learning, collaborative research and service, or similar meaningful interactions with people from a culture or subculture different from one's own, with "intercultural" defined broadly. Restriction: permission of instructor.

593. Graduate Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Independent study on questions and issues beyond those covered by regularly approved seminars. Plan must be prepared and approved by a faculty member who agrees to direct the study. Approval by department chairperson required.

595. Special Topics (3)

598. Master's Project (1-6)

Plan II students only. Having registered for the project plan, the student must continue to register for a minimum of 1 hour of 598 during each regular semester (exclusive of summer) until the project is completed and approved. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: permission of advisor.

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Plan I students only. Having registered for the thesis plan, the student must continue to register for a minimum of 1 hour of 599 during each regular semester (exclusive of summer) until the thesis is approved. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

600. History and Philosophy of Communication (3)

Advanced study of the modern history and philosophical foundations of the study of human communication with attention to contributions of both humanistic and social science traditions and consideration of contemporary controversies concerning theory and research.

602. Theorizing Culture and Communication (3)

Reviews historical and contemporary theorizing and research programs addressing cultural and intercultural communication.

604. Survey of Qualitative Research Methods [Qualitative Research Methods I] (3)

Introduction to history, assumptions, logic, and methods of qualitative inquiry, with emphasis on field methods of data collection.

605. Qualitative Research Design and Analysis [Qualitative Research Methods II] (3)

Approaches and techniques for the analysis of qualitative data. Explores the relationships among paradigm, theory, method, and interpretation. Focuses on research design and human-subject protection as well as data analysis.

606. Qualitative Methods Practicum (3)

The steps of the qualitative research process from conceptualization of research questions to the production of a written report. Synthesization of the various stages of communication research.

607. Communication Research Methods: Quantitative (3)

Advanced study of methods, techniques and instruments useful in investigations that employ quantitative analysis of human communication processes.

609. Mixed Methods Research Designs (3)

Introduces the students to mixed methods research, including designs for data collection, analysis and integration. Prerequisite: 501.

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Having registered for the dissertation, the student must continue to register for a minimum of 1 hour of 699 during each regular semester (exclusive of summer) until the dissertation is completed and approved. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: permission of advisor.

Clinical Science (CLNS)

501. Foundations of Medical Science (6)

Foundations of Medical Science focuses on the genetic, molecular and cellular principles required for the study of the rest of the MD Phase I curriculum. Restriction: admitted to M.D. program.

502. Musculoskeletal, Skin and Connective Tissue (6)

The Musculoskeletal, Skin and Connective Tissue Block that focuses on basic anatomical concepts, the normal anatomy and development of back and extremities, structure and function of skin and the pathophysiology of disorders effecting these systems. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to M.D. program.

503. Hemotology (6)

The Hematology Block focuses on basic principles of hematology and hemostasis. This course builds on earlier FMS concepts in the consideration of the impact of diseases of the circulating elements of blood. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to M.D. program.

509. Cardiovascular-Pulmonary-Renal (6)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

510. Human Sexuality and Reproduction (1-10)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

513. Neurosciences (1-10)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

516. GI-Endocrine (6)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

517. Doctoring V: Transitions (8)

522. Doctoring III: Practical Immersion Experience (4)

537. Health of New Mexico (3)

This course provides transformational learning experiences for entering health professional students that create a conceptual framework for understanding health and illness from a socio-ecological perspective. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

549. Infectious Disease (1-10)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to M.D. program.

551. Doctoring I: Laying the Foundation for Clinical Practice (4)

Student introduction to being a clinical practitioner. Learn the basic techniques that clinicians use to forge the clinician-patient relationship, and learn the communication and examination techniques used to obtain essential information about the patient. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to M.D. program.

552. Doctoring II: Stepping into Roles and Exploring Perspectives (4)

Introduction to healthcare in two different settings: a primary care clinic and a community healthcare center. Observation and practice patient evaluations under mentorship of primary care physician. Development of written documentation encounter skills. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to M.D. program.

553. Doctoring IV (4)

This course supports students in their clinical role in Continuity Clinic while simultaneously preparing them for clerkships and nurturing their professional identity formation. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to M.D. program.

561. Clinical Reasoning I (4)

A block-integrated curriculum designed to explicitly model the clinical reasoning process; and to provide structure, guidance and assessment for self-directed learning, critical judgment skills, and medical problem-solving during block relevant case associations. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to M.D. program.

562. Clinical Reasoning II (4)

A block-integrated curriculum designed to 1) explicitly model the clinical reasoning process 2) provide structure, guidance and assessment for self-directed learning, for critical judgment skills, and medical problem solving during block relevant case associations. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to M.D. program.

563. Clinical Reasoning III (4)

Students will actively engage in the clinical reasoning process. Students will be provided structure in in self-directed learning and skills in critical judgment and medical problem solving. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to M.D. program.

571. Quantitative Medicine I (2)

Quantitative Medicine is designed to prepare students to understand and critically evaluate medical information based on epidemiology, biostatistics, Evidence-Based Practice, and other subjects. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to M.D. program.

572. Quantitative Medicine II (2)

573. Quantitative Medicine III (2)

600. Medicine Clerkship (8)

650. Obstetrics and Gynecology Clerkship (8)

675. Pediatrics Clerkship (8)

This supervised pediatric clerkship focuses on the development of skills in the health care of pediatric and adolescent patients.

700. Neurology Clerkship (4)

725. Psychiatry Clerkship (4)

750. Surgery Clerkship (8)

775. Family Practice (8)

Classics (CLST)

107. Greek Mythology (3)

Introduction to mythology; primary readings in stories about the gods and heroes, usually including Homer, Hesiod, Homeric Hymns and Tragedies. All texts will be in English. Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area V: Humanities and Fine Arts.

204. Greek Civilization (3)

An interdisciplinary introduction to ancient Greece. Lectures on Greek art, history, literature and philosophy. Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area V: Humanities and Fine Arts.

205. Roman Civilization (3)

An interdisciplinary introduction to ancient Rome. Lectures on Roman literature, history, art and philosophy. Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area V: Humanities and Fine Arts.

314. The Classical Tradition I (3)

A survey of the classical tradition and its influence on western civilization from the perspective of ancient Greek culture and literature.

315. The Classical Tradition II (3)

A survey of the classical tradition and its influence on western civilization from the perspective of ancient Roman culture and literature.

*333. Topics in Latin Literature and Culture in Translation (3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as COMP *333) Study of individual authors, genres or periods of Latin literature and culture in translation.

*334. Topics in Greek Literature and Culture in Translation (3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as COMP *334) Study of individual authors, genres and periods of Greek literature and culture in translation.

497. Undergraduate Problems (1-6 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

498. Reading and Research for Honors (3)

Open only to juniors and seniors approved for departmental honors. Senior thesis based on independent research.

499. Honors Essay (3)

Open only to seniors enrolled in departmental honors. Restriction: permission of instructor.

500. Theory and Methodology of Classical Studies (3)

This course is designed teach standard research skills, research methods, and tools of the discipline, as well as introduce the various subdisciplines and related fields that constitute the study of the ancient world.

Comparative Literature (COMP)

222. Fairy and Folk Tales (3)

An exploration of fairy and folk tales from a variety of cultures. The course introduces methods of analysis while exploring historical and contemporary roles and interrelationships of the tales. Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area V: Humanities and Fine Arts.

224. Literary Questions (3)

Examination of basic questions in comparative literature studies: themes, movements, modes, interaction of literature with other disciplines, etc. Work will be comparative and reading list will represent a cross-section of Western European, American, Russian and Classical literatures. Titles will vary as content varies. Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area V: Humanities and Fine Arts.

306. Arthurian Legend and Romance (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

(Also offered as ENGL 306) Comprehensive study of the Arthurian Legend from its Celtic origins, to its medieval French romance continuators, and its English apex in Malory. May also trace post-medieval versions in art, print, and film.

330. Topics in Comparative and World Literature (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

(Also offered as ENGL 330) Study of special topics in Comparative and World Literatures, including studies of genre, period, literary movements and themes.

331. Topics in Asian Literature and Culture in Translation (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

(Also offered as ENGL 331) Study of the culture and literatures of India, China, Japan and other Asian traditions. Topics vary.

332. Topics in African Literature and Culture in Translation (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

(Also offered as ENGL 332) Study of the culture and literatures of Africa. Topics vary.

*333. Topics in Latin Literature and Culture in Translation (3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as CLST, ENGL *333) Study of individual authors, genres or periods of Latin literature and culture in translation.

*334. Topics in Greek Literature and Culture in Translation (3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as CLST, ENGL *334) Study of individual authors, genres and periods of Greek literature and culture in translation.

335. Topics in French Literature and Culture in Translation (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

(Also offered as ENGL, FREN 335) Study of individual authors, genres and/or periods of French and Francophone literature and culture.

336. Topics in German Literature and Culture in Translation (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

(Also offered as ENGL, GRMN 336) Study of individual authors, genres, and/or periods of German literature and culture in translation. May only be taken twice for the German major and once for the German minor.

337. Topics in Italian Literature and Culture in Translation (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

(Also offered as ENGL, ITAL 337) Study of individual authors, genres, and/or periods of Italian literature and culture in translation.

338. Topics in Russian Literature and Culture in Translation (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

(Also offered as ENGL, RUSS 338) Study of individual authors, genres, and/or periods of Russian literature and culture in translation.

339. Topics in Japanese Literature and Culture in Translation (3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as ENGL, JAPN 339) Study of individual authors, genres and/or periods of Japanese literature and culture in translation.

340. Topics in Continuity and Change in Russian Culture (3-6, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as RUSS 340) Topics will deal with individual authors, genres, periods or themes. All repeated courses require approval from graduate advisor.

341. Introduction to Premodern Japanese Literature and Culture in Translation (3)

(Also offered as ENGL, JAPN 341) An introduction to Japanese literature and culture from the 8th to 19th century, this course focuses on major literary works and performance genres in their historical context.

342. Introduction to Modern Japanese Literature and Culture in Translation (3)

(Also offered as ENGL, JAPN 342) This course is an introductory exploration of the literature and culture of modern Japan, from the mid-19th century to the present day. Students will critically read a selection of modern prose narratives and poetry.

343. Topics in Chinese Literature and Culture in Translation (3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

(Also offered as CHIN, ENGL 343) This course surveys Chinese literature and culture from the origins of Chinese civilization to the present, with a focus on the continuities and discontinuities between traditional and modern China.

345. The Supernatural in Japanese Fiction, Folklore and Drama (3)

(Also offered as ENGL, JAPN 345) Survey of Japanese mythology, folklore, drama and fiction from 1000 CE to the present with a focus on the cultural significance of ghosts, monsters, spirit possession and otherworldly encounters.

432. Topics in Literature and Culture (3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

(Also offered as ENGL, FREN 432) Varying topics in the practice and theory of literatures and cultures.

453. Asian Studies Thesis (3)

(Also offered as HIST, PHIL, POLS, RELG 453) Supervised research in one or more disciplines leading to an undergraduate thesis for the major in Asian Studies.

*480. Seminar in Comparative Literature (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Seminar will deal with individual authors, genres or periods in two or more literatures. Reference to other subjects. {Spring}

497. Undergraduate Problems (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

498. Research for Honors (3)

Open to juniors and seniors approved by the Honors Committee. Restriction: permission of instructor.

499. Honors Thesis (3)

Open only to seniors enrolled for departmental honors. Prerequisite: 498. Restriction: permission of instructor.

500. Introduction to Graduate Study in Comparative Literature (3)

551. Problems (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

For M.A. candidates. One problems course may be applied to degree. Requires advisor or chairperson approval.

580. Seminar in Modern Languages and Literatures (1-6, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as MLNG 580) One problems course may be applied to degree. Requires advisor or chairperson approval.

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Counselor Education (COUN)

492 / 592. Workshop in Counseling (1-4 to a maximum of 13 Δ)

493. Topics (1-3, no limit Δ)

510. Professional Orientation and Ethics (3)

Contemporary issues, trends, and ethical considerations in counseling are reviewed and critiqued. Provides an overview of the helping profession, history, professional roles, organizations, ethical and professional preparation standards, credentialing, and public policy issues. Restriction: admitted to graduate Counselor Education program.

513. Career Counseling (3)

A practical and theoretical foundation for understanding the relationship of personal and career development theories to counseling practice. Includes vocational choice theory, lifestyle choices, occupational and educational information, decision making processes and career exploration techniques. Prerequisite: 510 and 517 and 518 and 584. Restriction: admitted to graduate Counselor Education program.

514. Supervision of Counseling Services (3)

Includes principles and techniques involved in developing and supervising counseling and guidance services in a variety of settings, including colleges and universities, public schools and various community agencies. Restriction: admitted to doctoral Counselor Education program.

515. Testing and Assessment in Counseling (3)

Aimed at helping counselors evaluate, administer and interpret psychological tests. Includes history, ethics, sources of information, study of test manuals and the development of skill in test interpretation. Prerequisite: 510 and 517 and 518 and 584 and (EDPY 500 or 505) and (EDPY 502 or 511). Restriction: admitted to graduate Counselor Education program.

516. Crisis, Disaster and Trauma Counseling (3)

Introduction to the crisis, disaster, and trauma counseling. Topics include theories, presenting issues, assessments, interventions, and referrals. Prerequisite: 510 and 517 and 518 and 576 and 584. Restriction: admitted to graduate Counselor Education program.

517. Theories of Counseling and Human Behavior (3)

Examination and analysis of major counseling and human behavior theories and their application. Consideration of philosophical bases and ethical implications. Treatment strategies and goals of each theory. Restriction: admitted to graduate Counselor Education program.

518. Group Counseling (3)

An introductory course in group counseling. Topics include group organization, types of groups, stages of group development, communication, group roles, feedback, diagnosing and problems in the group process. Prerequisite: 510 and 517. Restriction: admitted to graduate Counselor Education program.

519. Group Counseling Internship (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

An experience in working directly with clients in a group setting with supervision provided by program faculty. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Prerequisite: 510 and 517 and 518 and 522 and 584 and 590. Restriction: admitted to graduate Counselor Education program.

521. Clinical Mental Health Counseling (3)

An introduction and orientation to the community model. Roles, responsibilities and functions of the community mental health counselor are examined. Knowledge and strategies designed to create systemic changes in clients’ social environment are presented. Prerequisite: 510 and 517 and 518 and 584. Restriction: admitted to graduate Counselor Education program.

522. Communication Skills in Counseling (3)

Designed to introduce the student to basic communication skills fundamental to the interviewing process. Skills will be approached with a practical application to the counseling setting. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Prerequisite: 584. Restriction: admitted to graduate Counselor Education program.

525. Experiential Counseling (3)

Emphasizes experiential activities in counseling. This course presents an approach which incorporates academic cognitive skills, group counseling skills and experiential skills. It combines cognitive behavioral, group and humanistic counseling methods in experiential learning.

541. Counseling Children and Adolescents (3)

This course addresses the developmental issues and psychological concerns of infants, elementary school-aged children and adolescents and provides knowledge about appropriate therapeutic interventions for this population. Prerequisite: 510 and 517 and 518 and 584 and (EDPY 503 or FCS 503). Restriction: admitted to graduate Counselor Education program.

545. School Counseling (3)

School counseling as a profession is addressed. Roles and responsibilities of school counselors at various educational levels are described. Professional, ethical, legal, multicultural and family issues as they impact school counselor role are included. Prerequisite: 510 and 517 and 518 and 584. Restriction: admitted to graduate Counselor Education program.

560. Family Counseling (3)

An introduction to history and practice of counseling with families. A number of leading experts in the field will be studied with respect to their theoretical approach to the subject as well as their techniques. Prerequisite: 510 and 517 and 518 and 584. Restriction: admitted to graduate Counselor Education program.

576. Diagnosis of Mental Disorders (3)

A comprehensive overview of physiological aspects of behavior which may impact the counseling process. Emphasis will be placed on psychopathology and diagnosis in accordance with the DSM and ICD. Prerequisite: two from 510 and 517 and 518 and 584. Restriction: admitted to graduate Counselor Education program.

577. Substance Use and Abuse (3)

This course is designed to provide an overview of the biological, psychological, and social factors contributing to substance use, abuse, and dependency. Assessment, diagnosis, treatment planning, and the role of the counselor will be discussed. Prerequisite: 510 and 517 and 518 and 576 and 584.

581. Sexuality in Counseling and Psychotherapy (3)

Broadly based examination of psychological, biological and social aspects of sexuality with emphasis on the professional’s own values, attitudes and knowledge in working with clients with sexual concerns and problems. Prerequisite: 510 and 517 and 518 and 584. Restriction: admitted to graduate Counselor Education program.

584. Multicultural Issues in the Helping Professions (3)

Provides fundamentals in multicultural competence useful in human service and educational settings. Working effectively with multicultural families requires self awareness, knowledge of information specific to various cultures and the development of skills for successful interaction. Prerequisite: Two from 517, 518, 520, 530. Restriction: admitted to graduate Counselor Education program.

590. Practicum in Counseling (3)

An experience providing counseling services to diverse clients in an on-campus setting where supervision is provided by program faculty and doctoral students under faculty supervision. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Prerequisite: 510 and 517 and 518 and 522 and 584. Restriction: admitted to graduate Counselor Education program.

591. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

592 / 492. Workshop in Counseling (1-4 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

593. Topics (1-3, no limit Δ)

Various current topics in counseling and counseling psychology are offered. Contact the department office for information about topics courses planned for the near future.

595. Internship (2-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Students provide counseling services to diverse clients in either a school or community agency setting. Supervision is provided by experienced counselors in the field setting with coordination by program faculty. Attendance at a weekly seminar on campus is required. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Prerequisite: 510 and 517 and 518 and 522 and 584 and 590. Restriction: admitted to graduate Counselor Education program.

615. Leadership, Advocacy and Professional Issues (3)

Advanced course in the study of leadership, advocacy for clients/profession/communities, current professional issues, and ethics in the profession of counseling and counselor education. Prerequisite: 510. Restriction: admitted to doctoral Counselor Education program.

620. Seminar in Counseling (3)

Doctoral seminars in topics such as professional issues, teaching and consultation are offered for advanced graduate students.

621. Advanced Theories of Counseling and Psychotherapy (3)

An in-depth comparison and contrast of major theories of counseling and psychotherapy. Theories representative of existential, psychoanalytic and behavioral viewpoints are considered.

625. Teaching in Counselor Education (3)

This course focuses on various models, perspectives, research, and techniques pertaining to learning to teach in counselor education. Restriction: admitted to doctoral Counselor Education program.

630. Advanced Practicum in Counseling (3-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

650. Advanced Group Counseling and Psychotherapy (3)

An advanced course in group counseling and group psychotherapy. Topics include therapeutic factors, group process observations, here-and-now work, and supervision of group work. Prerequisite: 518. Restriction: admitted to doctoral Counselor Education program.

696. Internship (3-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Community and Regional Planning (CRP)

165. Social Issues in Urban and Regional Development [Community and Regional Planning, Introduction] (3)

Introduction to the social, economic, political and physical factors involved in the development of cities and towns. Emphasis on the nature of urban form as a reflection of the prevailing past and present political economy of society.

181. Environmental Issues in a Changing World [Introduction to Environmental Problems] (3)

Development of the major issues, concepts and methods emerging from the relationship of social systems and the natural environment. Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area IV: Social/Behavioral Sciences.

265. Sustainable Community Planning Methods (3)

Teaches the basic concepts, processes and techniques of planning. Students learn to identify planning issues, problems and research questions; collect information to answer these questions; organize and analyze information; and develop policy recommendations.

330. Introduction to Urban Design (3)

This course introduces students to issues associated with the design of cities and aims to establish an understanding of the theories and methodologies of urban design. Prerequisite: 165.

335 [435 / 535]. Community Economics for Planners (3)

Introduces the intersections of economic theory and contemporary economic development issues and policies. Surveys how economic decisions and policies impact the shaping of space and development of communities. Introduces strategies to strengthen local economies.

376 / 576. Human Settlements (3)

Development of the form and structure of human settlements based on historical, cultural, economic and physical factors. Course includes various theoretical explanations of why settlements are organized, the way they are and how various elements of settlement system interact.

403 / 503. Community-Based Practice (3)

Exploration of practical skills for creating and implementing community based programs and plans with community partners. Skill development in mobilization, facilitation, and organizational development to implement community based plans and strategies.

413 / 513. Qualitative Research Methods (3)

Introduces students to the methods and techniques of qualitative inquiry. It focuses primarily on preparing students to conduct rigorous qualitative research, community based planning and analysis.

416 / 516. The Natural History of Watersheds: A Field Approach (3)

Taught completely in the field, we will evaluate the ecological health of three watersheds, exploring what John Muir described as the interconnectedness that ties everything together on this water planet.

420. Community Placemaking Studio [Environmental Design Studio] (5)

This course addresses physical planning analytical methods and presentation skills, and prepares students for professional roles as active and effective participants in the ongoing process of managing the urban spatial environment. Prerequisite: 165 and 181 and 265.

421. Urban Design Studio (3)

Working in conjunction with a local community, student learn methodology, tools and techniques of urban design practice through innovative design analysis, critical mapping, production, representation and communication in the evolution of the built environment. Prerequisite: 165 and 181 and 265.

425 / 525. Water and Energy in New Mexico: Conversations on Our Common Future (3)

This course presents research, issues and perspectives about water and energy in New Mexico. It includes a speaker series with key experts from New Mexico's academic, government, research, nonprofit, and business communities. Restriction: junior or senior standing.

427 / 527. Watershed Management (3)

An introduction to the watershed as a rational planning unit, with case studies to illustrate principles of resource inventory, identification of land use problems and the formulation of plans for protection and rehabilitation.

429 / 551. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Problems are individualized topics conducted on a one to one student-faculty arrangement. Allows for exploration of various subjects of interest to students and faculty members.

436 / 536. Visualization Tools for Plan Making (3)

This course introduces students to fundamental techniques and tools used to create graphics in plan making. It is designed for planners to learn to communicate ideas graphically using both hand drawing and design software. Restriction: junior or senior standing.

462 / 562. The Housing Process (3)

A broad introduction to the housing system, housing policies, finance and funding mechanisms and development dynamics.

467 / 567. Regional Planning Process and Theory (3)

Basic theories and practices of regional planning and development. The physical, demographic and functional structure of regions. Problems of uneven development in the southwest; implications on the economic and cultural welfare of the region.

470. Seminar (1-3, no limit Δ)

Various topics related to planning in the southwest.

473 / 573. Planning on Native American Lands (3)

The social, political and economic interrelations between tribal lands and their activities with the outside dominant society. Case studies are used to present views in support of tribal autonomy and tribal integration.

474 / 574. Cultural Aspects of Community Development Planning (3)

Development theory, community planning and human ecology in different cultural settings. The course examines cases in Latin America, Southeast Asia, Western Europe and the U.S., as contexts for applied exercises. Relevant to B.A.E.P.D.

480. Community Growth and Land Use Planning (3)

Study of land use planning and growth management dynamics at the local level, in its physical, legal administrative and economic contexts. Restriction: admitted to B.A.E.P.D. Environmental Planning and Design.

482 / 582. Graphic Communications (3)

An introduction to hand drawing and graphic techniques. Students will become comfortable in expressing and communicating design thinking and ideas in graphic form.

483 / 583. Introduction to Geographic Information Systems (GIS) (3)

Overview of GIS capabilities in the context of community issues and local government. Includes direct manipulation of ArcView software, lectures, demonstrations and analysis of urban GIS applications. Prerequisite: 265.

485 / 585. Practice of Negotiation and Public Dispute Resolution (3)

Introduces students to new ways to negotiate and resolve disputes in the context of professional practice through collaborative decision making and problem solving.

486 / 586. Planning Issues in Chicano Communities (3)

Applies planning concepts and techniques to development issues facing Chicanos in New Mexico generally and Albuquerque specifically. Other Chicano communities are studied for the insights gained from a comparative approach.

500. Planning Theory and Process (4)

A broad overview of planning theory and history, with a focus on current planning paradigms as they apply in practice. Introduces students to the roles professional planners play in practice and the strategies they employ and dilemmas they encounter. Restriction: admitted to M.C.R.P. Community and Regional Planning.

503 / 403. Community-Based Practice (3)

508. Design and Planning Assistance Center (3-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

(Also offered as LA 504) Architectural and planning services to organizations and groups throughout the state who cannot afford traditional professional services. Advance approval required. Restriction: permission of program director.

511. Analytical Methods for Planning (3 [4])

Introduction to comparative analysis of social, economic and spatial data as integrated into a typical comprehensive plan. Building data sets, organization of information, use of survey research, preliminary forecasting methods. Descriptive statistics a prerequisite. Prerequisite: 500. Restriction: admitted to M.C.R.P. Community and Regional Planning and permission of graduate advisor.

513 / 413. Qualitative Research Methods (3)

Introduces students to the methods and techniques of qualitative inquiry. It focuses primarily on preparing students to conduct rigorous qualitative research, community based planning and analysis.

516 / 416. The Natural History of Watersheds: A Field Approach (3)

520. Planning Studio (4)

Research and application of planning theory and methods appropriate to real urban settings from very large to neighborhood scale. Emphasis on sustainable development, equity and regional appropriateness. May be co-taught/combined with Architecture and Landscape. Prerequisite: 510.

521. Advanced Planning Studio (5)

Research and application of planning theory and methods appropriate to real client need. Students will engage in a community-based problem/issue. May be co-taught. Prerequisite: 511. Restriction: admitted to M.C.R.P. Community and Regional Planning.

525 / 425. Water and Energy in New Mexico: Conversations on Our Common Future (3)

527 / 427. Watershed Management (3)

530. Internship (2)

Professionally based experience in professional planning practice in public, private or non-profit settings. Supervision is given in the field setting as well as at an academic setting. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

531. Foundations of Community Development (3)

Explores what it takes to practice community development. What are processes of community development and how can planners enhance and build community in ways that promote fair and just distribution of resources and impacts.

532. Foundations of Natural Resources (3)

A foundation for applying planning concepts and analytical techniques to natural systems in regions. Ecology and environmental policy, land suitability analysis, natural resources accounting and impact assessment.

533. Foundations of Physical Planning (3)

(Also offered as ARCH 430 / 530) An introductory course of physical planning practice for Planning, Architecture and Landscape students. Graphic methods of analysis, field trips, cross-disciplinary projects range from regional plans to design details of the built environment.

534. Foundations of Indigenous Planning (3)

Examines the relationship of indigenous planning to other planning approaches such as advocacy, equity, and radical planning; considers aspects of “indegeneity” such as sovereignty, land tenure, and culture, and their application to community planning.

535 [535 / 435]. Community Economics for Planners (3)

Explores the intersections of economics and contemporary economic development issues and policies. How do economic decisions and policies impact the shaping of space and development of communities? Covers strategies to strengthen local economies.

536 / 436. Visualization Tools for Plan Making (3)

537. Urban Systems (3)

The study of city systems, form, and development with emphasis on social, economic, political, and physical aspects of cities as partial and total systems.

538. Community Participatory Methods (3)

Introduces students to community participatory methods, including democratizing information, building community capacity, and redistributing power in communities. This course is an anti-oppression, decolonization, and liberation centric course.

539. Indigenous Space, Place and Mapping (3)

Theories and methods related to Indigenous people, spaces, and the places they inhabit, urban to the rural, local to global, past to present. Examines epistemologies about space divergent from norms.

540. Pueblo Design and Planning (3)

Examines design and community development concepts in the context of the Pueblos of New Mexico. Provides an overview of history, culture, and projects based on Pueblo core values and processes.

541. Navajo Design and Planning (3)

Examines design and community development concepts in the context of the Navajo Nation; gives an overview of Navajo history, culture, and projects based on Navajo core values and worldview.

543. Transportation Planning (3)

Introduction to urban transportation subject area in a seminar format. Characteristics of urban transportation systems in U.S. and foreign cities are explored as are effects of urban transportation on local economies, urban form, the environment and the neighborhood.

546. Contemporary Indigenous Architecture (3)

Engages students in visually representing and researching contemporary indigenous architecture. Includes field trips, video presentations, guest lectures and readings, which explore the theoretical concepts of Indigenous design. Students produce an exhibit as their final project.

551 / 429. Problems (1-3, no limit Δ)

Individual study of problems in planning undertaken with faculty advisement and supervision. Restriction: permission of instructor.

562 / 462. The Housing Process (3)

A broad introduction to the housing system, housing policies, finance, funding mechanisms and development dynamics.

567 / 467. Regional Planning Process and Theory (3)

569. Rural Community Development (3)

Principles and practice of rural area development. Emphasis on rural issues of the Southwest. Includes field studies and analysis of theory.

570. Seminar (1-3, no limit Δ)

Various topics related to planning in the southwest.

573 / 473. Planning on Native American Lands (3)

574 / 474. Cultural Aspects of Community Development Planning (3)

Development theory, community planning and human ecology in different cultural settings. The course examines cases in Latin America, Southeast Asia, Western Europe and the U.S. as contexts for applied exercises. Relevant to B.A.E.P.D.

576 / 376. Human Settlements (3)

577. Practice of Policy Development (3)

(Also offered as PADM 577) Introduction to practice of public policy development in technical and professional applications. Emphasis on writing, interpretation and implementation of policy documents. Environmental, physical and social policy are highlighted. Required for the dual M.P.A./M.C.R.P. degree.

578. Development and Latin America [Latin American Development Planning] (3)

This course covers key theories and histories about development in Latin American contexts. The dynamics of development include the political, economic, social, spatial and epistemological dimensions of social change, operating at multiple scales.

580. The Politics of Land [Community Growth and Land Use Planning] (3)

This course engages with the politics of land and land use. It explores the legal, administrative and economic processes through which land is conceptualized, exchanged and used. Restriction: admitted to M.C.R.P. Community and Regional Planning.

582 / 482. Graphic Communications (3)

An introduction to hand drawing and graphic techniques. Students will become comfortable in expressing and communicating design thinking and ideas in graphic form.

583 / 483. Introduction to Geographic Information Systems (GIS) (3)

585 / 485. Practice of Negotiation and Public Dispute Resolution (3)

(Also offered as PADM 588) Introduces students to new ways to negotiate and resolve disputes in the context of professional practice through collaborative decision making and problem solving.

586 / 486. Planning Issues in Chicano Communities (3)

This course applies planning concepts and techniques to development issues facing Chicanos in New Mexico generally and Albuquerque specifically. We study other Chicano communities for the insights gained from a comparative approach.

587. Political Economy of Urban Development in a Global World (3)

Analyzes the political and economic factors shaping urban development with particular emphasis on the impacts of economic restructuring. As planners, we study how these changes affect the process of planning and policy formation.

588. Professional Project/Thesis Preparation Seminar (2 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Development of project or thesis concept, investigation of data needs, initial data collection and assembly of written and field materials necessary to conduct a professional project or thesis. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to M.C.R.P. Community and Regional Planning.

589. Professional Project II (1-6, no limit Δ)

Development of a professional project reflective of advanced work in the field. Project should have an identified client, a time frame and a final product which demonstrates competence to engage in professional level planning. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

590. Historic Research Methods (3)

(Also offered as ARCH, LA 590) An introduction to the methods for the documentation, research and analysis of historic built environments as preparation for historic preservation and contemporary regional design.

591. Introduction to Preservation and Regionalism (3)

(Also offered as ARCH, LA 591) An introduction to the history, theory and professional practices of historic preservation and regional contemporary design and planning.

597. Capstone Planning Studio (1-6, no limit Δ)

Advanced studio projects responsive to client needs and useful to community organizations and public agencies. Results in final planning products which demonstrate competence to engage in professional level planning. Content varies each year. Restriction: admitted to M.C.R.P. program.

598. iTown Studio (1-6, no limit Δ)

This is an exit studio in the M.C.R.P. program and builds on the skills acquired in the first year of CRP classes. Students are expected to produce planning document deliverables to the indigenous community. Restriction: admitted to a graduate program in the School of Architecture and Planning.

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Development of a research project reflective of advanced inquiry into a planning topic. Thesis should make concrete contributions to guide planning practice. Offered on a PR/CR/NC basis only.

691. Sustainable Settlements (3)

(Also offered as ARCH, LA 691) Urban design history, goals and theory with emphasis on cultural and ecological vibrancy. Restriction: admitted to a graduate program in Community and Regional Planning.

694. Urban Design Methods (1-3)

(Also offered as ARCH, LA 694) Topics will vary but may include design of public space, streets, transit districts, tactical urbanism. This course will be organized as three modules. Restriction: admitted to a graduate program in Community and Regional Planning.

Computer Science (CS)

105L. Introduction to Computer Programming (3)

Introduction to Computer Programming is a gentle and fun introduction. Students will use a modern Integrated Development Environment to author small programs in a high level language that do interesting things.

108L. Computer Science for All: An Introduction to Computational Science and Modeling (3)

This course offers an introduction to computer science through modeling and simulation. Students will learn agent-based modeling of complex systems and see the applicability of computer science across fields. Course cannot apply to major in computer science or any other SOE major.

150L. Computing for Business Students (3)

Students will use personal computers in campus laboratories to learn use of a word processor, a spreadsheet and a database management program. The course will also cover access to the World Wide Web and other topics of current importance to business students. Course cannot apply to major or minor in Computer Science. Prerequisite: (MATH 101 and MATH 102 and MATH 103) or MATH 120 or MATH 121 or MATH 123 or MATH 150 or MATH 162 or MATH 163 or MATH 180 or MATH 181

151L. Computer Programming Fundamentals for Non-Majors (3)

An introduction to the art of computing. Not intended for Computer Science majors or minors. The objective of the course is an understanding of the relationship between computing and problem solving.

152L. Computer Programming Fundamentals (3)

Introduction to the art of computing. The course objectives are understanding relationships between computation, problem solving, and programming using high-level languages. Prerequisite: 105L or 108L or 151L or ECE 131.

241L. Data Organization (3)

Data representation, storage and manipulation. Covers the memory organization of data storage and its relation to computation and efficiency. Topics include: linked vs. contiguous implementations, memory management, the use of indices and pointers, and an introduction to issues raised by the memory hierarchy. Programming assignments in C provide practice with programming styles that yield efficient code and computational experiments investigate the effect of storage design choices on the running time of programs. Prerequisite: 152L or 259L.

251L. Intermediate Programming (3)

An introduction to the methods underlying modern program development. Specific topics will include object-oriented design and the development of graphical user interfaces. Programming assignments will emphasize the use of objects implemented in standard libraries. Three lectures, 1 hr. recitation. Prerequisite: 152L.

259L. Data Structures with JAVA (5)

An accelerated course covering the material of 151L and 251L in one semester. Topics include elementary data structures and their implementation, recursive procedures, data abstraction and encapsulation, and program organization and verification. Programs will be written in JAVA. Credit not allowed for both 259L and 151L/251L.

261. Mathematical Foundations of Computer Science (3)

Introduction to the formal mathematical concepts of computer science for the beginning student. Topics include elementary logic, induction, algorithmic processes, graph theory and models of computation. Prerequisite: (MATH 150 with a grade of "A" or better) or (MATH 162 with a grade of "B-" or better).

293. Social and Ethical Issues in Computing (1)

Overview of philosophical ethics, privacy and databases, intellectual property, computer security, computer crime, safety and reliability, professional responsibility and codes, electronic communities and the Internet, and social impact of computers. Students make oral presentations and produce written reports.

341L. Introduction to Computer Architecture and Organization (3)

Survey of various levels of computer architecture and design: microprogramming and processor architecture, advanced assembly language programming, operating system concepts and input/output via the operating system. Prerequisite: 241L and ECE 238L. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

351L. Design of Large Programs (4)

A projects course with emphasis on object-oriented analysis, design and programming. Also discussed are programming language issues, programming tools and other computer science concepts as needed to do the projects (e.g., discrete-event simulation, parsing). Prerequisite: 241L and (251L or 259L). Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

357L. Declarative Programming (3)

Course focuses on one of the declarative programming paradigms: functional, logic, or constraint programming. Specialized techniques are introduced with a view towards general principles. Selected advanced topics in programming language design and implementation are covered. Prerequisite: 241L and (251L or 259L). Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

361L. Data Structures and Algorithms (3)

An introduction to data structures and algorithms and the mathematics needed to analyze their time and space complexity. Topics include asymptotic notation, recurrence relations and their solution, sorting, hash tables, basic priority queues, search trees (including at least one balanced structure) and basic graph representation and search. Students complete a term project that includes an experimental assessment of competing data structures. Prerequisite: 261 and 241L. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

362. Data Structures and Algorithms II (3)

A continuation of 361L with an emphasis on design of algorithms. Topics include: amortized analysis and self-adjusting data structures for trees and priority queues; union-find; minimum spanning tree, shortest path and other graph algorithms; elementary computational geometry; greedy and divide-and-conquer paradigms. Prerequisite: 361L. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

365. Introduction to Scientific Modeling (3)

Symbolic computation applied to scientific problem solving, modeling, simulation and analysis. Prerequisite: 151L or 152L. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

*375. Introduction to Numerical Computing (3)

(Also offered as MATH **375) An introductory course covering such topics as solution of linear and nonlinear equations; interpolation and approximation of functions, including splines; techniques for approximate differentiation and integration; solution of differential equations; familiarization with existing software. Prerequisite: (151L or 152L or ECE 131 or PHYC 290) and (MATH **314 or MATH **316 or MATH **321). Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

390. Topics in Computer Science for Non-Majors-Undergraduate (1-3, no limit Δ)

This course is intended to provide students in other disciplines with an opportunity to study aspects of modern computer science, tailored to their own field of study. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering and permission of instructor.

412. Introduction to Computer Graphics: Scanline Algorithms (3)

(Also offered as ECE 412) This course is an introduction to the technical aspects of raster algorithms in computer graphics. Students will learn the foundational concepts of 2-D and 3-D graphics as they relate to real-time and offline techniques. Students will develop a video game as a final project to demonstrate the algorithms learned in class. Prerequisite: 361L or ECE **331. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering. {Fall}

413. Introduction to Ray and Vector Graphics (3)

(Also offered as ECE 413) Topics include ray-geometry intersections, viewing, lenses, local/global illumination, procedural textures/models, spline curves and surfaces, and statistical integration for realistic image synthesis. Students will write a raytracing renderer from scratch, exploring high performance implementations and realistic rendering. Prerequisite: 361L or ECE **331. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

422 / 522. Digital Image Processing (3)

Introduction to fundamentals of digital image processing. Specific topics include grey level histograms, geometric/grey level transformations, linear systems theory, Fourier transforms, frequency domain filtering, wavelet transforms, image compression, edge detection, color vision, and binary image morphology. Prerequisite: MATH **314 or MATH **321. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

**423. Introduction to Complex Adaptive Systems (3)

Introduces topics in complex adaptive systems, including: definitions of complexity, fractals, dynamical systems and chaos, cellular automata, artificial life, game theory, neural networks, genetic algorithms and network models. Regular programming projects are required. Prerequisite: 251L and MATH 163. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

427 / 527. Principles of Artificially Intelligent Machines (3)

Survey of artificial intelligence exclusive of pattern recognition. Heuristic search techniques, game playing, mechanical theorem proving, additional topics selected by the instructor. Prerequisite: 351L. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

429 / 529. Introduction to Machine Learning (3)

Introduction to principles and practice of systems that improve performance through experience. Topics include statistical learning framework, supervised and unsupervised learning, Bayesian analysis, time series analysis, reinforcement learning, performance evaluation and empirical methodology; design tradeoffs. Prerequisite: 362 and STAT **345 and (MATH **314 or MATH **321). Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

442 / 542. Introduction to Parallel Processing (3)

Machine taxonomy and introduction to parallel programming. Performance issues, speed-up and efficiency. Interconnection networks and embeddings. Parallel programming issues and models: control parallel, data parallel and data flow. Programming assignments on massively parallel machines. Completion of **481 or ECE *437 is recommended. Prerequisite: 341L. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

444 / 544. Introduction to Cybersecurity (3)

This class will focus on proactive security, i.e. designing networks, algorithms and data structures which are provably robust to attack. Grades will be based on class participation, presentations, and class projects. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

454 / 554. Compiler Construction (3)

Syntax analysis and semantic processing for a block-structured language. Lexical analysis, symbol tables, run-time management. Students will write a compiler. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

456 / 556. Advanced Declarative Programming (3)

Continued study in one of the declarative programming paradigms: functional, logic, or constraint programming. Specialized techniques are introduced with a view towards general principles. Prerequisite: 357L. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

**460. Software Engineering (3)

Software engineering principles will be discussed and applied to a large team developed project. Other topics relevant to the production of software will also be covered, including ethics, legalities, risks, copyrights and management issues. Prerequisite: 351L. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

464 / 564. Introduction to Database Management (3)

Introduction to database management systems. Emphasis is on the relational data model. Topics covered include query languages, relational design theory, file structures and query optimization. Students will implement a database application using a nonprocedural query language interfaced with a host programming language. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

467 / 567. Principles and Applications of Big Data (3)

This course explores data analysis and management techniques, which applied to massive datasets are the cornerstone that enable real-time decision making in distributed environments, business intelligence, and scientific discovery at large scale. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

*471. Introduction to Scientific Computing (3)

(Also offered as MATH *471) Introduction to scientific computing fundamentals, exposure to high performance programming language and scientific computing tools, case studies of scientific problem solving techniques. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

**481. Computer Operating Systems (3)

(Also offered as ECE *437) Fundamental principles of modern operating systems design, with emphasis on concurrency and resource management. Topics include processes, interprocess communication, semaphores, monitors, message passing, input/output device, deadlocks memory management, files system design. Prerequisite: 341L or ECE **331. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

**485. Introduction to Computer Networks (3)

(Also offered as ECE *440) Theoretical and practical study of computer networks, including network structures and architectures. Principles of digital communications systems. Network topologies, protocols and services. TCP/IP protocol suite. Point-to-point networks; broadcast networks; local area networks; routing, error and flow control techniques. Prerequisite: ECE 330. Pre- or corequisite: ECE **340. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

491. Special Topics-Undergraduates (1-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Undergraduate seminars in special topics in computer science. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

495 / 595. Advanced Topics in Computer Science (3, no limit Δ)

This course will cover advanced topics in Computer Science. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

499. Individual Study-Undergraduate (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Guided study, under the supervision of a faculty member, of selected topics not covered in regular courses. At most 3 hours may be applied toward the CS hour requirement. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

500. Introduction to the Theory of Computation (3)

Covers basic topics in automata, computability and complexity theory, including: models of computation (finite automata, Turing machines and RAMs); regular sets and expressions; recursive, r.e., and non-r.e. sets and their basic closure properties; complexity classes; determinism vs. non-determinism with and without resource bounds; reductions and completeness; practice with NP- and P-completeness proofs; and the complexity of optimization and approximation problems.

506. Computational Geometry (3)

Development of algorithms and data structures for the manipulation of discrete geometric objects in two- and three-dimensional space. Typical problems include intersection and union of polyhedra, convex hulls, triangulation, point location, neighborhood structures and path computations. Prerequisite: 561.

510. Mobile Computing (3)

Internet and wireless communication are two technologies having a significant impact on the social fabric. This course is concerned with methods and principles for the development of systems that exhibit some form of mobility.

512. Introduction to Computer Graphics (3)

(Also offered as ECE 512) Covers image synthesis techniques from perspective of high-end scanline rendering, including physically-based rendering algorithms. Topics: radiometry, stochastic ray tracing, variance reduction, photon mapping, reflection models, participating media, advanced algorithms for light transport.

520. Topics in Interdisciplinary Biological and Biomedical Sciences (3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as ANTH 620, BIOL 520, ECE 620, STAT 520) Varying interdisciplinary topics taught by collaborative scientists from UNM, SFI, and LANL.

521. Data Mining Techniques (3)

Introductory topics in data mining including: clustering, classification, outlier detection and association-rule discovery. Advanced topics: technologies for data mining, algorithms for mining rich data types and applications of mining algorithms.

522 / 422. Digital Image Processing (3)

523. Complex Adaptive Systems (3)

A graduate introduction to computational tools to measure, simulate and analyze complexity in biological and social systems. Topics include cellular automata, dynamical systems, genetic algorithms and other biologically inspired computational methods. Programming maturity is required.

527 / 427. Principles of Artificially Intelligent Machines (3)

529 / 429. Introduction to Machine Learning (3)

530. Geometric and Probabilistic Methods in Computer Science (3)

Introduction to applied mathematics for computer scientists. Specific topics include discrete and continuous random variables (including transformation and sampling), information theory, Huffman coding, Markov processes, linear systems theory, Fourier transforms, principal component analysis, and wavelet transforms. Prerequisite: STAT 345.

533. Experimental Methods in Computer Science (3)

An introduction to experimental methods in Computer Science.

542 / 442. Introduction to Parallel Processing (3)

544 / 444. Introduction to Cybersecurity (3)

547. Neural Networks (3)

(Also offered as ECE 547) A study of neuron models, basic neural nets and parallel distributed processing. Prerequisite: MATH **314 or **321.

550. Programming Languages and Systems (3)

Current trends in design and philosophy of languages and systems. Data abstraction, data flow languages, alternative control structures, environments, correctness, software tools. Prerequisite: 558.

551. Individual Study-Graduate (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Guided study, under the supervision of a faculty member, of selected topics not covered in regular courses. Restriction: permission of instructor.

554 / 454. Compiler Construction (3)

Syntax analysis and semantic processing for a block-structured language. Lexical analysis, symbol tables, run-time management. Students will write a compiler. Prerequisite: 341L and 351L.

555. Advanced Topics in Compiler Construction (3)

Aspects needed to write production quality compilers. Optimization, error recovery, parse table compression, semantic processing of complex data structures, type checking, run-time support, code generation, compiler-writing systems. Prerequisite: 454 or 554.

556 / 456. Advanced Declarative Programming (3)

558. Software Foundations (3)

Introduction to modern programming techniques and programming language features and the theory used to describe and define programming languages, using types as the organizational principle.

561. Algorithms/Data Structure (3)

Study of data structures and algorithms and mathematics needed to analyze their time and space complexity. Topics include: amortized analysis and self-adjusting data structures for trees and priority queues, graphing algorithms, greedy and divide-and-conquer paradigms.

564 / 464. Introduction to Database Management (3)

565. Topics in Database Management (3)

A continuation of 464/564 with emphasis on query optimization, leading-edge data models, transaction management and distributed databases. Additional topics determined by student interests. Prerequisite: 564.

567 / 467. Principles and Applications of Big Data (3)

575. Introductory Numerical Analysis: Numerical Linear Algebra (3)

(Also offered as MATH 504) Direct and iterative methods of the solution of linear systems of equations and least squares problems. Error analysis and numerical stability. The eigenvalue problem. Descent methods for function minimization, time permitting. Prerequisite: MATH 464 or MATH 514. {Spring}

576. Introductory Numerical Analysis: Approximation and Differential Equations (3)

(Also offered as MATH 505) Solution of nonlinear problems and minimization. Numerical approximation of functions. Interpolation by polynomials, splines and trigonometric functions. Numerical integration and solution of ordinary differential equations. An introduction to finite difference and finite element methods, time permitting. Prerequisite: MATH **316 or MATH 401. {Fall}

580. The Specification of Software Systems (3)

A comparative study of the techniques used to specify software systems. The course will emphasize formal techniques and will cover the specification of sequential and concurrent systems. Although no programming will be required, students will be required to write specifications for several small software systems. Prerequisite: 460.

581. Fundamentals of Software Testing (3)

Introduces the components of software development life cycle and role of software test process, test planning and strategy, static testing, tracking bugs, dynamic testing, use of automated testing as well as other testing concepts.

583. Object Oriented Testing (3)

Introduction to software test process. Topics include: testing perspectives, object-oriented concepts, UML diagrams, development/testing processes, test design, test case development, verifying tests, test case automation, test patterns, and understanding basic concepts of class hierarchies.

585. Computer Networks (3)

A theoretical and practical study of computer networks, including network structures and architectures; protocols and protocol hierarchies; error handling; routing; reliability; point-to-point networks; broadcast networks; local area networks; efficiency and throughput; communications technologies; case studies.

587. Advanced Operating Systems (3)

Theory of design of operating systems. Modeling, simulation, synchronization, concurrency, process hierarchies, networks and distributed systems.

590. Topics in Computer Science for Non-Majors-Graduate (1-3, no limit Δ)

591. Special Topics-Graduate (1-6, no limit Δ)

Graduate seminars in special topics in computer science. Restriction: permission of instructor.

592. Colloquium (1 to a maximum of 4 Δ)

Required of all graduate students. May be repeated, with at most 2 credits towards the M.S. requirements and at most 2 further credits towards the Ph.D. requirements. Students will write a short essay on the topic of one or more of the colloquia offered that semester. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

595 / 495. Advanced Topics in Computer Science (3, no limit Δ)

This course will cover advanced topics in Computer Science.

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

600. Computer Science Research Practicum (3)

Develop and practice the skills required to conduct an independent research project. Intended for graduate students pursuing a Ph.D. in Computer Science. Restriction: admitted to Ph.D. Computer Science.

650. Reading and Research (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

691. Seminar in Computer Science (1-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Dance (DANC)

105. Dance Appreciation (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

A lecture and discussion course introducing the study of dance as technique, spectacle and ritual for today’s audience. Course fee required. Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area V: Humanities and Fine Arts (NMCCN 1113). {Fall, Spring}

110. Modern Dance I (3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Fundamental work for the adult beginner in Modern Dance techniques and styles. Course fee required. {Fall, Spring}

127. African Dance I (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Introduces the student to aesthetics of African dance technique and to develop knowledge and appreciation of fundamental movements, music, and culture. Students acquire facility in a movement language that reaches across linguistic and geographic boundaries. Course fee required.

132. Jazz I (3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Fundamental work for the adult beginner in technique and styles of jazz dance. Course fee required. {Fall}

149. Ballet I (3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Beginning level Ballet. Basic fundamentals and performance skills of ballet technique; enhancement of flexibility, strength, body alignment, coordination, personal range of motion, and musicality; ballet terminology including steps, head, body and arm positions. Course fee required. {Fall, Spring}

169. Flamenco I (3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Fundamental work for the adult beginner in techniques and styles of Flamenco. Course fee required. {Fall, Spring}

170. Hip Hop I (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

An introduction to Hip Hop, its movement, style and culture. Course fee required. {Fall, Spring}

201. Crew Practicum (0)

Participation in University theatre and dance season through assignment on a production crew. To be completed in one semester. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

204. Stretching, Strengthening and Conditioning for the Performing Arts (3 to a maximum of 15 Δ)

Specialized floor work training using principles of the Pilates Methodology and the basic movement concepts of Core Dynamics™. For preparing and maintaining a uniformly developed body for dance and movement. Course fee required. {Fall, Spring, Summer}

210. Modern Dance II (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Modern dance techniques and styles at the intermediate level. Course fee required. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall, Spring}

212. Improvisation (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Introduction to improvisational skills in movement and the principles of choreography as applied to dance/theater composition. Investigation of structured improvisation within the fundamental elements of dance: energy, space, and time. {Fall}

232. Jazz II (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Jazz techniques and styles at the intermediate level. Course fee required. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall, Spring}

240. Music Essentials for Contemporary Dance (3)

Overview of fundamental elements of music and historically significant collaborations between choreographers and composers in contemporary dance.

242. Music Essentials for Flamenco (3)

Overview of Flamenco music and history fundamentals, introduction to basic music notation. Primary focus on developing listening skills through a variety of Flamenco song forms. Basic rhythmic notation specifically applied to palmas and footwork patterns.

249. Ballet II (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Intermediate level Ballet. Introduction of more advanced Ballet vocabulary at barre/center work; increase flexibility, strength, body alignment, and coordination for practice of steps/combinations with variations in timing and changes of facing. Course fee required. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Spring}

269. Flamenco II (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Flamenco techniques and styles at the intermediate level. Course fee required. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

289. Topics in Flamenco (1-3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Various topics such as: Cante, Cuadro/Improvisation/ Structure, Spanish Form/Castanets, Palmas and Cajon, Brazeo/Marcaje, Footwork and Vueltas and Bata de Cola/Manton/Abanico. Course fee required.

295. Special Topics in Dance (3 to a maximum of 15 Δ)

Lecture courses and workshops on various topics in dance. Course fee required. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

310. Modern Dance III (3 to a maximum of 24 Δ)

Modern dance techniques and styles at the advanced level. Course fee required. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall, Spring}

311. Choreography I (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Creating and exploring movement vocabulary and forms generating choreography; development of ideas and inspirations into short works; space and its importance; giving and receiving critical feedback; exposure to choreography supported by video and reading. Prerequisite: 212. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Spring}

313. Kinesiology for Dancers (3, no limit Δ)

Structural analysis of movement. This lecture class provides a basic understanding of the skeletal and neuromuscular systems of the human body in movement. Course fee required. {Fall}

349. Ballet III (3 to a maximum of 24 Δ)

Advanced level Ballet. Improvement of physical and mental skills necessary for professional level Ballet technique, growth in physical stamina, coordination and phrasing, movement efficiency, faster and more accurate assimilation of new movement and spatial awareness. Course fee required. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall, Spring}

369. Flamenco III (3 to a maximum of 24 Δ)

Advanced technique in Flamenco with resident and visiting professors, offering a wide variety of exercises to hone abilities to learn choreography effectively while examining student strengths and weaknesses in personal exploration of the art form. Course fee required. Prerequisite: 379. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall, Spring}

370. Hip Hop II (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Intermediate to advanced study of Hip Hop, its movement, style and culture. Course fee required. Prerequisite: 170 or permission of instructor.

379. Flamenco Structure/Improvisation (3)

Study of various elements necessary in an improvisational setting in Flamenco. Using “tangos” and “Bulerias” as a format, students study the compass of each palo, then move to several traditional letras appropriate to these forms. {Spring}

411 / 511. Choreography II (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Further exploration in generating and organizing movement material for performance. Course fee required. Prerequisite: 311. {Fall}

416 / 516. Dance Pedagogy (3)

Theories of teaching. Principles and techniques of curriculum development in elementary schools, secondary schools, higher education and in private schools. Course fee required. {Spring, odd numbered years}

431. Writing About Dance (3)

Observation and written analysis of dance events with an emphasis on contemporary theories and performances. Course fee required. {Spring, even numbered years}

462 / 562. Dance History I (3)

A study of the history of dance from tribal culture to 19th-century Romantic ballet. Course fee required.

463 / 563. Dance History II (3)

A survey of the origins of modern ballet and modern dance from the late 19th century to the mid-20th century. Extensive readings culminating in a research paper will be required. Course fee required.

464 / 564. Dance History III (3)

Study of contemporary choreography from Modernism to the present. Particular emphasis on feminism and post-modernism as these movements have influenced our understanding of dancing and dance-making.

466 / 566. Flamenco History (3)

Introduction to Flamenco history, investigation of the controversial history of the art form through study of Gypsy history, Spanish history, and major figures and events that shaped the evolution of Flamenco. {Spring, odd numbered years}

479 / 579. Flamenco Choreography (3)

Designed for advanced students with knowledge of Flamenco structure and improvisation, cante, palmas, and three levels of Flamenco technique, investigation of choreography in Flamenco movement and rhythms. Prerequisite: 379. {Fall}

487 / 587. Contemporary Interdisciplinary Topics (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

(Also offered as ARTH, MUS, THEA 487 / 587; MA *487) Analyzes major instances of interdisciplinary influence and collaboration in the present day. Course fee required. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Spring}

495. Special Studies in Dance (3 to a maximum 15 Δ)

Course fee required. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Offered upon demand}

496 / 596. Student Production Project (1-3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Independent project culminating in a formal, informal or video performance. Students must submit a proposal to instructor and program head. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

497 / 597. Independent Study (1-3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Independent project culminating in a formal paper. Students must submit a proposal to instructor and program head. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

499. Departmental Honors (3-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Students achieving an overall grade point of 3.50 will qualify for departmental honors, which requires a research or creative project with supporting written document. Restriction: permission of department.

500. Introduction to Graduate Study (3)

Research methods for performing arts including development of working bibliography, types of documentation, investigation of research materials in theatre and dance. Course fee required. Required of all entering graduate students. {Fall}

503. Performance Theory (3)

(Also offered as THEA 503) An introduction to the theories undergirding the dynamic fields of theatre and performance studies its methodologies, genealogies, and current trends. This seminar investigates performance as a site and method of study. {Spring, even-numbered years}

506. Critical Issues in the Performing Arts (3)

(Also offered as THEA 506) Examination of major problems and questions arising from interaction between the performing arts and the political, economic and social conditions in which they live. Survey of major figures in contemporary performing arts.

509. Graduate Internship (3-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Individualized work with Department faculty or professional artists in Dance or Theatre. Internship to be conceived in advance and structured throughout by directed study. Culminates in critical paper. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

510. Creative Investigations I (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

An in depth study of the nature of creative investigation and art-making in dance with the prospect of finding alternative ways of constructing dance movement and composing new works. Course fee required. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall}

511 / 411. Choreography II (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Further exploration in generating and organizing movement material for performance. A major piece of 20–30 minutes in duration or several smaller works of equivalent total length will be required. Course fee required. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall}

512. Graduate Seminar (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Topical seminars in the areas of choreography, history and criticism and dance education. Course fee required.

515. Creative Investigations II (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Further in-depth study of the nature of creative investigation and art-making specifically as it pertains to dance composition. Works-in-progress begun during the previous semester will be brought to completion. Course fee required. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall}

516 / 416. Dance Pedagogy (3 to a maximum of 6)

Theories and teaching. Principles and techniques of curriculum development in the elementary and secondary schools, higher education and in private studios. Course fee required. {Spring, odd numbered years}

531. Dance Criticism (3)

Observation and written analysis of dance events with an emphasis on contemporary theories and performances. Course fee required. {Spring, even numbered years}

549. Dance Technique for Graduate Students (1-4, no limit Δ)

Regularly-scheduled technique course. Students must enroll in the appropriate section by dance genre and level. Course fee required. {Fall, Spring}

551 / 552. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

562 / 462. Dance History I (3 to a maximum of 6)

A study of the history of dance from tribal culture to 19th-century Romantic ballet. Extensive readings culminating in a research paper will be required. Course fee required.

563 / 463. Dance History II (3 to a maximum of 6)

A survey of the origins of modern ballet and modern dance from the late 19th century to the beginning of Modernism. Extensive readings culminating in a formal research paper. Course fee required.

564 / 464. Dance History III (3 to a maximum of 6)

Study of contemporary choreography from Modernism to the present. Particular emphasis on feminism and post-modernism as these movements have influenced our understanding of dancing and dance-making. Course fee required.

566 / 466. Flamenco History (3 to a maximum of 6)

Introduction to Flamenco history, investigation of the controversial history of the art form through study of Gypsy history, Spanish history and major figures and events that shaped the evolution of Flamenco. Course fee required.

579 / 479. Flamenco Choreography (3 to a maximum of 6)

587 / 487. Contemporary Interdisciplinary Topics (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

(Also offered as ARTH, MUS, THEA 587 / 487; MA *487) Analyzes major instances of interdisciplinary influence and collaboration in the present day. Course fee required.

596 / 496. Student Production Project (1-3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Independent project culminating in a formal, informal or video performance. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

597 / 497. Independent Study (1-3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Independent project culminating in a final paper. Students must submit a proposal to instructor and Dance Program Head. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

598. Master's Essay in Theatre and Dance (3)

Offered for students who have been advanced to candidacy and who have elected Plan II. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

699. Dissertation (3-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Dental Hygiene (DEHY)

205. Introduction to Dental Hygiene (2)

Introduction to Dental Hygiene is a comprehensive overview of major topics and issues germane to the practice of dental hygiene. Topics selected in this course are intended to provide entering dental hygiene students with an understanding of the role of the dental hygienist in disease prevention, therapeutic services provided by dental hygienists and professional growth. Restriction: admitted to B.S.D.H. Dental Hygiene. {Spring}

210. Head and Neck Anatomy (2)

Anatomy of head and neck with emphasis on oral structures and their function. Restriction: admitted to B.S.D.H. Dental Hygiene. {Spring}

211. Dental Anatomy (2)

A didactic and laboratory course in basic dental anatomy. Included is the study of the permanent and primary dentitions: form and function, and tooth identification. Restriction: admitted to B.S.D.H. Dental Hygiene.

250. Gen Oral Hist and Embrey (2)

Study of cells, tissues, organ systems and embrology with emphasis on the oral structure. Restriction: admitted to B.S.D.H. Dental Hygiene.

301. Clinical Dental Hygiene Lecture I (3)

Provides student with the theoretical basis to perform clinical dental hygiene. Topics covered include: intra- and extraoral examination procedures, periodontal tissue characteristics, occlusion and basic dental hygiene instrumentation. Restriction: admitted to B.S.D.H. Dental Hygiene.

302. Clinical Dental Hygiene I (2)

Provides the student with hands-on experiences in a clinical setting. Students practice dental hygiene evaluative and instrumentation skills learned in 301. Restriction: admitted to B.S.D.H. Dental Hygiene.

303. Clinical Dental Hygiene Lecture II (3)

Theories and clinical performance of specific dental hygiene treatment concerns as well as biomedical/dental concerns are emphasized. Content includes nutritional counseling, intraoral photography, periodontal debridement and microscopic evaluation of plaque samples. Restriction: admitted to B.S.D.H. Dental Hygiene.

304. Clinical Dental Hygiene II (3)

This course refines assessment and instrumentation skills. Emphasis is focused upon developing case management skills relative to periodontal debridement, dietary counseling, desensitization, phase contrast microscopy, subgingival irrigation and other related preventive skills. Restriction: admitted to B.S.D.H. Dental Hygiene.

312. Dental Radiology- Lab (3)

Didactic, laboratory and clinical course which includes basic concepts for radiation physics, radiation biology and protection, exposure techniques, film processing and mounting, quality assurance and radiographic appearance of normal and some abnormal anatomic landmarks. Restriction: admitted to B.S.D.H. Dental Hygiene.

320. Dental Bio-Materials (2)

A survey of materials used in dentistry and dental hygiene and dental laboratory procedures. Restriction: admitted to B.S.D.H. Dental Hygiene.

330. Dental Health Education I (2)

This course includes the Etiology of prevalent oral diseases with a focus upon developing the education skills necessary to counsel dental hygiene patients. Dental and periodontal charting techniques are introduced. Restriction: admitted to B.S.D.H. Dental Hygiene.

335. Dental Office Emergencies (2)

An introduction to emergency situations in the dental office with emphasis on taking and recording health/dental history and procedures required to prevent occurrence of an emergency situation. Restriction: admitted to B.S.D.H. Dental Hygiene. {Fall}

340. General and Oral Pathology (3)

Pathology of the head and neck and the major diseases that affect the oral cavity. Restriction: admitted to B.S.D.H. Dental Hygiene. {Spring}

360. Pharmacology for the Dental Hygienist (3)

Basic principles of pharmacology and their application to dental hygiene. Restriction: admitted to B.S.D.H. Dental Hygiene.

370. Special Care in Dental Hygiene (2)

A didactic course with topics covered to include medically and physically compromised patients, management of the geriatric population and hospital dentistry. Assigned rotations with affiliated health care facilities are a part of 440. Restriction: admitted to B.S.D.H. Dental Hygiene.

400 / 500. Current Issues in Dental Hygiene (3)

In depth discussions focusing on current issues facing the dental hygiene discipline. Restriction: admitted to B.S.D.H. Dental Hygiene.

401. Clinical Dental Hygiene Lecture III (2)

Advanced clinical concepts and procedures. Restriction: admitted to B.S.D.H. Dental Hygiene.

402. Clinical Dental Hygiene III (3)

Students refine dental hygiene skills while learning new techniques. Emphasis is placed upon the quality of care the student renders. Restriction: admitted to B.S.D.H. Dental Hygiene.

403. Clinical Dental Hygiene Lecture IV (2)

This course is designed to emphasize treatment of medically compromised patients. Guest speakers representing various dental specialties are also included. Restriction: admitted to B.S.D.H. Dental Hygiene.

404. Clinical Dental Hygiene IV (4)

Clinical course which helps the student develop time management skills necessary for private practice and provides an environment necessary to further develop the student's periodontal skills through routine periodontal treatment and periodontal surgery. Restriction: admitted to B.S.D.H. Dental Hygiene.

407. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Topical research and new procedures that cannot be accommodated in the regular dental hygiene curriculum. Hours arranged. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to B.S.D.H. Dental Hygiene.

410 / 510. Dental Hygiene Research Methodology (3)

Developing of research in regard to special areas in dental hygiene with emphasis on writing reports. Restriction: admitted to B.S.D.H. Dental Hygiene.

422. Dental Public Health I (3)

Study of the dental care delivery system in the world today and a global perspective of the science of oral disease prevention. Restriction: admitted to B.S.D.H. Dental Hygiene.

423. Dental Public Health II (1)

Application of principles and objectives studied in 422. Students will plan and develop specific educational programs for schools, hospitals, nursing homes, mental retardation centers and other groups in the community. Prerequisite: 422. Restriction: admitted to B.S.D.H. Dental Hygiene.

440. Extramural Experience (1-6 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Provides the student with the opportunity to achieve educational and clinical skills and in depth knowledge in various dental care delivery systems. Restriction: admitted to B.S.D.H. Dental Hygiene.

442. Principles of Practice (2)

Introduction to dental hygiene professional ethics, professional association, principles, laws, regulations and office management. Restriction: admitted to B.S.D.H. Dental Hygiene.

470. Periodontology I (3)

Didactically covers basic biological principles and the prevention and treatment of periodontal disease. Restriction: admitted to B.S.D.H. Dental Hygiene. {Fall}

480. Local Anesthesia and Pain Control (3)

Instruction and clinical practice in the administration of local anesthetic agents and other pain control treatment modalities. Restriction: admitted to B.S.D.H. Dental Hygiene.

500 / 400. Current Issues in Dental Hygiene (3)

Restriction: admitted to M.S. Dental Hygiene.

501. Dental Hygiene Administration (3)

Restriction: admitted to M.S. Dental Hygiene.

502. Dental Hygiene Instructional Strategies (3)

Restriction: admitted to M.S. Dental Hygiene.

503. Oral Medicine (3)

Restriction: admitted to M.S. Dental Hygiene.

504. Dental Hygiene Internship (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Restriction: admitted to M.S. Dental Hygiene.

505. Clinical Teaching and Administration (4)

Restriction: admitted to M.S. Dental Hygiene.

507. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Topical research and new procedures that cannot be accommodated in the regular dental hygiene curriculum. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Dental Hygiene.

510 / 410. Dental Hygiene Research Methodology (3)

Developing of research in regard to special areas in dental hygiene with emphasis on writing reports. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Dental Hygiene.

538. Statistics in Dental Hygiene Research (3)

This course is designed to provide a conceptual foundation of statistics related to basic, clinical and behavioral dental hygiene science. Prerequisite: 510. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Dental Hygiene.

560. Nonthesis Project (3)

Restriction: admitted to M.S. Dental Hygiene.

599. Dental Hygiene Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Continuation of research, culminating in Master’s Degree Thesis. The student is responsible for following procedures of the Office of Graduate Studies. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Dental Hygiene.

Electrical and Computer Engineering (ECE)

101. Introduction to Electrical and Computer Engineering (1)

Insight into electrical and computer engineering is gained through videos and the use of computer software to learn basic problem-solving skills.

131. Programming Fundamentals (3)

Fundamental programming concepts, including consideration of abstract machine models with emphasis on the memory hierarchy, basic programming constructs, functions, parameter passing, pointers and arrays, file I/O, bit-level operations and interfacing to external devices. Prerequisite: (MATH 121 or higher) or ACT Math =>25 or SAT Math Section =>590 or ACCUPLACER College-Level Math =>69. {Fall, Spring}

203. Circuit Analysis I (3)

Basic elements and sources. Energy and power. Ohm's law and Kirchhoff's laws. Resistive networks, node and loop analysis. Network theorems. First-order and second-order circuits. Sinusoidal sources and complex representations: impedance, phasors, complex power. Three-phase circuits. Prerequisite: ENG 120 or MATH 163. Pre- or corequisite: PHYC 161. {Fall, Spring}

206L. Instrumentation (2)

Introduction to laboratory practices and the use of test equipment. Measurements on basic electrical components, dc and ac circuits using ohmmeters, voltmeters, ammeters and oscilloscopes. Circuit simulation. Prerequisite: ENGL 120 or ACT English =>29 or SAT Evidence-Based Reading and Writing =>700. Pre- or corequisite: 203. {Fall, Spring}

213. Circuit Analysis II (3)

Analysis of balanced three-phase circuits. Laplace transform with applications to circuit analysis. Passive and active filters. Fourier series and Fourier transform analysis. The two-port circuits. Prerequisite: 203. Pre- or corequisite: 300 or (MATH **314 and MATH **316). {Fall, Spring}

231. Intermediate Programming and Engineering Problem Solving (3)

Introduction to elementary data structures, program design and computer-based solution of engineering problems. Topics include use of pointers, stacks, queues, linked lists, trees, graphs, systems and device-level programming and software design methodology. Prerequisite: 131 or CS 152L. {Fall, Spring}

238L. Computer Logic Design (4)

Binary number systems. Boolean algebra. Combinational, sequential and register transfer logic. VHDL. Arithmetic/logic unit. Memories, computer organization. Input-output. Microprocessors. Prerequisite: 131 or CS 152L. {Fall, Spring}

300. Advanced Engineering Mathematics (4)

First and second order Ordinary Differential Equations are solved with various methods including Laplace Transforms, matrices, eigenvalues and other techniques involving linear algebra. Applications will be emphasized using MATLAB. Prerequisite: MATH 163. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering.

**314. Signals and Systems (3)

Continuous and discrete time signals and systems; time and frequency domain analysis of LTI systems, Fourier series and transforms, discrete time Fourier series/transform, Z-transform, sampling theorem, block diagrams, modulation/demodulation and filters. Prerequisite: 213 and 300. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering.

**321L. Electronics I (4)

Introduction to diodes, bipolar and field-effect transistors. Analysis and design of digital circuits, gates, flip-flops and memory circuits. Circuits employing operational amplifiers. Analog to digital and digital to analog converters. Prerequisite: 206L and 213. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering. {Fall}

**322L. Electronics II (4)

Analysis, design, and characterization of linear circuits including operational amplifiers. Design of biasing and reference circuits, multistage amplifiers, and feedback circuits. Prerequisite: **321L. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering. {Spring}

330. Software Design (3)

Design of software systems using modern modeling techniques. Relationship between software design and process, with emphasis on UML and its interface application code. Exposure to design patterns, software frameworks, and software architectural paradigms. Prerequisite: 231. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering.

**331. Data Structures and Algorithms (3)

An introduction to data structures and algorithms. Topics include asymptotic notation recurrence relations, sorting, hash tables, basic priority queues, balanced search trees and basic graph representation and search. Prerequisite: 231 and MATH **327. Corequisite: **340. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering. {Spring}

**335. Integrated Software Systems (3)

Course considers design principles, implementation issues, and performance evaluation of various software paradigms in an integrated computing environment. Topics include performance measurement and evaluation, program optimization for the underlying architecture, integration and security for large-scale software systems. Prerequisite: 330. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering. {Fall}

**338. Intermediate Logic Design (3)

Advanced combinational circuits; XOR and transmission gates; computer-based optimization methods; RTL and HDL; introduction to computer aided design; advanced sequential machines; asynchronous sequential machines; timing issues; memory and memory interfacing; programmable logic devices; and VLSI concepts. Prerequisite: 238L. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering. {Fall}

**340. Probabilistic Methods in Engineering (3)

Introduction to probability, random variables, random processes, probability distribution/density functions, expectation, correlation, power spectrum, WSS processes, confidence internals, transmission through LTI, applications of probability. Prerequisite: 300. Pre- or corequisite: **314. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering. {Fall, Spring}

341. Introduction to Communication Systems (3)

Amplitude/frequency modulation, pulse position/amplitude modulation, probabilistic noise model, AWGN, Rice representation, figure of merit, phase locked loops, digital modulation, introduction to multiple access systems. Prerequisite: **314 and **340. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering. {Fall}

**344L. Microprocessors (4)

Computers and Microprocessors: architecture, assembly language programming, input/output and applications. Three lectures, 3 hours lab. Prerequisite: 206L and 238L and **321L. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering. {Fall, Spring}

345. Introduction to Control Systems (3)

Introduction to the feedback control problem. Modeling of dynamic systems in frequency and time domains. Transient and steady-state response analyses. Stability concepts. Root-locus techniques. Design via gain adjustment. Frequency response techniques. Nyquist criterion, stability margins. Prerequisite: **314. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering.

**360. Electromagnetic Fields and Waves (3)

Maxwell’s equations, plane wave propagation, waveguides and transmission lines, transient pulse propagation and elementary dipole antenna. Prerequisite: 213 and MATH 264 and PHYC 161. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering. {Spring}

**371. Materials and Devices (3 [3 to a maximum of 6 Δ])

Introduction to quantum mechanics, crystal structures, insulators, metals, and semiconductor material properties, PN junction, field effect devices. Prerequisite: 300 and PHYC 262. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering.

381. Introduction to Electric Power Systems (3)

Provides in-depth look at various elements of power systems including power generation, transformer action, transmission line modeling, symmetrical components, pf correction, real/quadrature power calculations, load flow analysis and economic considerations in operating systems. Prerequisite: 213. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering. {Spring}

412. Introduction to Computer Graphics: Scanline Algorithms (3)

(Also offered as CS 412) This course is an introduction to the technical aspects of raster algorithms in computer graphics. Students will learn the foundational concepts of 2-D and 3-D graphics as they relate to real-time and offline techniques. Students will develop a video game as a final project to demonstrate the algorithms learned in class. Prerequisite: **331 or CS 361L. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering. {Fall}

413. Introduction to Ray and Vector Graphics (3)

(Also offered as CS 413) Topics include ray-geometry intersections, viewing, lenses, local/global illumination, procedural textures/models, spline curves and surfaces, and statistical integration for realistic image synthesis. Students will write a raytracing renderer from scratch, exploring high performance implementations and realistic rendering. Prerequisite: 331 or CS 361L. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering.

419. Senior Design I (3)

Design methodology and development of professional project oriented skills including communication, team management, economics and engineering ethics. Working in teams, a proposal for a large design is prepared in response to an industrial or in-house sponsor. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering, and senior standing. {Fall, Spring}

420. Senior Design II (3)

Continuation of 419. Students work in teams to implement 419 proposal. Prototypes are built and tested to sponsor specifications, and reports made to sponsor in addition to a Final Report and Poster Session presentation. Prerequisite: 419 Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering, and senior standing. {Fall, Spring}

421 / 523. Analog Electronics (3)

Design of advanced analog electronic circuits. BJT and MOSFET operational amplifiers, current mirrors and output stages. Frequency response and compensation. Noise. A/D and D/A converters. Prerequisite: **322L. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering. {Fall}

424 / 520 [*424]. VLSI Design [Digital VLSI Design] (3)

Advanced topics include: lC technologies, CAD tools, gate arrays, standard cells and full custom designs. Design of memories, PLA, I/0 and random logic circuit. Design for testability. Prerequisite: **321L and **338. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering. {Spring}

**435. Software Engineering (3)

Management and technical issues including business conduct and ethics related to the design of large engineering projects. Student teams will address the design, specification, implementation, testing and documentation of a large hardware/software project. Prerequisite: **335. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering.

*437. Computer Operating Systems (3)

(Also offered as CS **481) Fundamental principles of modern operating systems design, with emphasis on concurrency and resource management. Topics include processes, interprocess communication, semaphores, monitors, message passing, input/output device, deadlocks memory management, files system design. Prerequisite: **331 or CS 341L. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering. {Fall, Spring}

*438. Design of Computers (3)

Computer architecture; design and implementation at HDL level; ALU, exception handling and interrupts; addressing; memory; speed issues; pipelining; microprogramming; introduction to distributed and parallel processing; buses; bus protocols and bus masters. CAD project to include written and oral presentations. Prerequisite: **338 and **344L. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering. {Spring}

*439. Introduction to Digital Signal Processing (3)

Bilateral Z transforms, region of convergence, review of sampling theorem, aliasing, the discrete Fourier transform and properties, analysis/design of FIR/IIR filters, FFT algorithms spectral analysis using FFT. Prerequisite: MATH 163.

*440. Introduction to Computer Networks (3)

(Also offered as CS **485) Theoretical and practical study of computer networks, including network structures and architectures. Principles of digital communications systems. Network topologies, protocols and services. TCP/IP protocol suite. Point-to-point networks; broadcast networks; local area networks; routing, error and flow control techniques. Prerequisite: 330. Pre- or corequisite: **340. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering.

*442. Introduction to Wireless Communications (3)

The course is an introduction to cellular telephone systems and wireless networks, drawing upon a diversity of electrical engineering areas. Topics include cellular concepts, radio propagation, modulation methods and multiple access techniques. Prerequisite: 341 and **360. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering.

*443. Hardware Design with VHDL (3)

The VHDL hardware description language is used for description of digital systems at several levels of complexity, from the system level to the gate level. Descriptions provide a mechanism for documentation, for simulation and for synthesis. Prerequisite: **338. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering. {Fall}

*446. Design of Feedback Control Systems (3)

Introduction to design of feedback control systems. Design of compensators in the frequency and time domains. PID control and tuning. Digital implementation of analog controllers. Sensitivity and robust performance. Laboratory exercises using Matlab/Simulink and LabVIEW. Prerequisite: 345. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering.

456 / 556. Entrepreneurial Engineering (3)

(Also offered as ME 556) Review and application of necessary elements for successfully launching technical businesses; focuses upon technology, manufacturing, management, marketing, legal and financial aspects. Students work in groups developing elements of new businesses and producing business plans. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering, and senior standing.

460 / 560. Introduction to Microwave Engineering (3)

This lecture/laboratory course provides essential fundamentals for rf, wireless and microwave engineering. Topics include: wave propagation in cables, waveguides and free space; impedance matching, standing wave ratios, Z- and S- parameters. Prerequisite: **360. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering. {Fall}

*463. Advanced Optics I (3)

(Also offered as PHYC *463) Electromagnetic theory of geometrical optics, Gaussian ray tracing and matrix methods, finite ray tracing, aberrations, interference and diffraction. Prerequisite: PHYC **302. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering. {Fall}

*464. Laser Physics (3)

(Also offered as PHYC *464) Resonator optics. Rate equations; spontaneous and stimulated emission; gas, semiconductor and solid state lasers, pulsed and mode-locked laser techniques. Prerequisite: **360 or PHYC *406. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering. {Fall}

469 / 569. Antennas for Wireless Communication Systems (3)

Aspects of antenna theory and design; radiation from dipoles, loops, apertures, microstrip antennas and antenna arrays. Prerequisite: **360. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering. {Spring}

*471. Materials and Devices II (3)

An intermediate study of semiconductor materials, energy band structure, p-n junctions, ideal and non-ideal effects in field effect and bipolar transistors. Prerequisite: **360 and **371. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering. {Fall}

474L / 574L. Microelectronics Processing (3)

(Also offered as NSMS 574L) Materials science of semiconductors, microelectronics technologies, device/circuit fabrication, parasitics and packaging. Lab project features small group design/fabrication/testing of MOS circuits. Corequisite: **371. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering. {Fall}

*475. Introduction to Electro-Optics and Opto-Electronics (3)

Basic electro-optics and opto-electronics, with engineering applications. Interaction of light with matter. Introduction to optics of dielectrics, metals and crystals. Introductory descriptions of electro-optic, acousto-optic and magneto-optic effects and related devices. Light sources, displays and detectors. Elementary theory and applications of lasers, optical waveguides and fibers. Prerequisite: **371. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering. {Spring}

482 / 582. Electric Drives and Transformers (3)

Electromagnetic theory and mechanical considerations are employed to develop models for and understanding of Transformers, Induction Machines and Synchronous Machines. Additionally, DC Machines are discussed. Prerequisite: 381. Pre- or corequisite: **360. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering. {Fall}

483 / 583. Power Electronics I [AC Power Electronics] (3)

Introduces modern power conversion techniques at a lower level, dealing with basic structures of power converters and techniques of analyzing converter circuits. Students learn to analyze and design suitable circuits and subsystems for practical applications. Prerequisite: **322L and 381. Pre- or corequisite: **371. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering. {Fall}

484 / 584. Photovoltaics (3)

Technical concepts of photovoltaics. Solar cell device level operation, packaging, manufacturing, designing phovoltaic system for stand-alone or grid-tied operation, some business-case analysis and some real-life scenarios of applicability of these solutions. Prerequisite: 381. Pre- or corequisite: **371. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering. {Spring}

488 / 588. Smart Grid Technologies (3)

A detailed study of current and emerging power and energy systems and technologies. Including renewable energies, storage, Smart Grid concepts, security for power infrastructure. Software modeling of power systems and grids. Prerequisite: 381. Pre- or corequisite: 482 and 483 and 484. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering. {Fall}

489 / 589. Power Electronics II [DC Power Electronics] (3)

Analysis and design of practical power electronic circuits and grid or off-grid inverters. Operation and specification of power devices such as diodes, MOSFETS, IGBTs, SCRs, inductors, and transformers. Simulation of converters using SPICE. Prerequisite: 381 and (482 or 582). Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering. {Spring}

490. Internship (3)

Professional practice under the guidance of a practicing engineer. Assignments include design or analysis of systems or hardware, or computer programming. A preliminary proposal and periodic reports are required. The engineer evaluates student’s work; a faculty monitor assigns grade (12 hours/week) (24 hours/week in summer session). Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering, and junior standing.

491. Undergraduate Problems (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Registration for more than 3 hours requires permission of department chairperson. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering.

493. Honors Seminar (1-3)

A special seminar open only to honors students. Registration requires permission of department chairperson. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering.

494. Honors Individual Study (1-6)

Open only to honors students. Registration requires permission of the department chairperson and of the supervising professor. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering.

495 / 595. Special Topics (1-4 to a maximum of 9, 1-4 to a maximum of 15 Δ)

Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering, and senior standing.

500. Theory of Linear Systems (3)

State space representation of dynamical systems. Analysis and design of linear models in control systems and signal processing. Continuous, discrete and sampled representations. This course is fundamental for students in the system areas.

506. Optimization Theory (3)

Introduction to the topic of optimization by the computer. Linear and nonlinear programming. The simplex method, Karmakar method, gradient, conjugate gradient and quasi-Newton methods, Fibonacci/Golden search, Quadratic and Cubic fitting methods, Penalty and Barrier methods.

510. Medical Imaging (3)

This course will introduce the student to medical imaging modalities (e.g. MRI, Nuclear Imaging, Ultrasound) with an emphasis on a signals and systems approach. Topics will include hardware, signal formation, image reconstruction and application.

511. Analysis Methods in Functional Magnetic Resonance Imaging (3)

This course will be an introduction to signal and image processing methods for functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI) of the brain.

512. Introduction to Computer Graphics (3)

(Also offered as CS 512) Covers image synthesis techniques from perspective of high-end scanline rendering, including physically-based rendering algorithms. Topics: radiometry, stochastic ray tracing, variance reduction, photon mapping, reflection models, participating media, advanced algorithms for light transport.

514. Nonlinear and Adaptive Control (3)

Linearization of nonlinear systems. Phase-plane analysis. Lyapunov stability analysis. Hyperstability and Popov stability criterion. Adaptive control systems. Adaptive estimation. Stability of adaptive control systems, backstepping and nonlinear designs. Prerequisite: 500.

516. Computer Vision (3)

Theory and practice of feature extraction, including edge, texture and shape measures. Picture segmentation; relaxation. Data structures for picture description. Matching and searching as models of association and knowledge learning. Formal models of picture languages.

517. Machine Learning (3)

Decision functions and dichotomization; prototype classification and clustering; statistical classification and Bayes theory; trainable deterministic and statistical classifiers. Feature transformations and selection.

519. Theory, Fabrication, and Characterization of Nano and Microelectromechanical Systems (NEMS/MEMS) (4)

(Also offered as ME, NSMS 519) Lectures and laboratory projects on physical theory, design, analysis, fabrication, and characterization of micro and nanosystems. Special attention given to scaling effects involved with operation of devices at nano and microscale.

520 / 424 [520]. VLSI Design (3)

522. Hardware Software Codesign with FPGAs (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

This course provides an introduction to the design of electronic systems that incorporate both hardware and software components. Prerequisite: *443.

523 / 421. Analog Electronics (3)

Design of advanced analog electronics circuits. BJT and MOSFET operational amplifiers, current mirrors and output stages. Frequency response and compensation. Noise. A/D and D/A converters.

525. Hardware-Oriented Security and Trust (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

This course provides an introduction to hardware security and trust primitives and their application to secure and trustworthy hardware systems.

529. Introduction to Technical Cybersecurity (3)

This course will cover introductory material around technical cybersecurity in the internet of things. We will cover host-based attacks, network attacks, fuzzing, web attacks, and defenses thereof. Students in this course should have an undergraduate-level (or equivalent) education in Computer Engineering or Computer Science.

530. Cloud Computing (3)

This course provides an introduction to the techniques and technologies used in cloud computing. It consists of independent and intensive hands-on labs. The course emphasizes on architecture and the development of Web services. Prerequisite: *440 or 540.

533. Digital Image Processing (3)

Fundamentals of 2D signals and systems. Introduction to multidimensional signal processing. Applications in digital image processing. Image formation, representation and display. Linear and nonlinear operators in multiple dimensions. Orthogonal transforms representation and display. Image analysis, enhancement, restoration and coding. Students will carry out image processing projects.

534. Plasma Physics I (3)

(Also offered as PHYC 534) Plasma parameters, adiabatic invariants, orbit theory, plasma oscillations, hydromagnetic waves, plasma transport, stability, kinetic theory, nonlinear effects, applications.

536. Computer System Software (3)

Course considers design principles, implementation issues and performance evaluation of system software in advanced computing environments. Topics include resource allocation and scheduling, information service provider and manipulation, multithreading and concurrency, security for parallel and distributed systems.

537. Foundations of Computing (3)

Computational aspects of engineering problems. Topics include machine models and computability, classification and performance analysis of algorithms, advanced data structures, approximation algorithms, introduction to complexity theory and complexity classes.

538. Advanced Computer Architecture (3)

Course provides an in-depth analysis of computer architecture techniques. Topics include high speed computing techniques, memory systems, pipelining, vector machines, parallel processing, multiprocessor systems, high-level language machines and data flow computers.

539. Digital Signal Processing (3)

Hilbert spaces, orthogonal basis, generalized sampling theorem, multirate systems, filterbanks, quantization, structures for LTI systems, finite word-length effects, linear prediction, min/max phase systems, multiresolution signal analysis.

540. Advanced Networking Topics (3)

Research, design and implementation of high-performance computer networks and distributed systems. High speed networking technologies, multimedia networks, enterprise network security and management, client/server database applications, mobile communications and state-of-the-art internetworking solutions.

541. Probability Theory and Stochastic Processes (3)

Axiomatic probability theory, projection theorem for Hilbert spaces, conditioned expectations, modes of stochastic convergence, Markov chains, mean-square calculus, Wiener filtering, optimal signal estimation, prediction stationarity, ergodicity, transmission through linear and nonlinear systems, sampling.

542. Digital Communication Theory (3)

Elements of information theory and source coding, digital modulation techniques, signal space representation, optimal receivers for coherent/non-coherent detection in AWGN channels, error probability bounds, channel capacity, elements of block and convolutional coding, fading, equalization signal design. Prerequisite: 541.

546. Multivariable Control Theory (3)

Hermite, Smith and Smith-McMillan canonic forms for polynomial and rational matrices. Coprime matrix-fraction representations for rational matrices. Bezout identity. Poles and zeros for multivariable systems. Matrix-fraction approach to feedback system design. Optimal linear-quadratic-Gaussian (LQG) control. Multivariable Nyquist stability criteria. Prerequisite: 500.

547. Introduction to Computer Graphics (3)

(Also offered as CS 547) A study of biological and artificial neuron models, basic neural architectures and parallel and distributed processing.

549. Information Theory and Coding (3)

An introduction to information theory. Fundamental concepts such as entropy, mutual information, and the asymptotic equipartition property are introduced. Additional topics include data compression, communication over noisy channels, algorithmic information theory, and applications. Prerequisite: 340 or equivalent.

551. Problems (1-6 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

554. Advanced Optics II (3)

(Also offered as PHYC 554) Diffractions theory, coherence theory, coherent objects, and incoherent imaging, and polarization.

555. Foundations of Engineering Electromagnetics (3)

Mathematical foundations for engineering electromagnetics: linear analysis and method of moments, complex analysis and Kramers-Kronig relations, Green’s functions, spectral representation method and electromagnetic sources.

556 / 456. Entrepreneurial Engineering (3)

557. Pulsed Power and Charged Particle Acceleration (3)

Principles of pulsed power circuits, components, systems and their relationship to charged particle acceleration and transport. Energy storage, voltage multiplication, pulse shaping, insulation and breakdown and switching. Single particle dynamics and accelerator configurations.

558. Charged Particle Beams and High Power Microwaves (3)

Overview of physics of particle beams and applications at high-current and high-energy. Topics include review of collective physics, beam emittance, space-charge forces, transport at high power levels, and application to high power microwave generation. Prerequisite: 557.

559. Internship in Optical Science and Engineering (3)

(Also offered as PHYC 559) Students do research and/or development work at a participating industry or government laboratory in any area of optical science and engineering.

560 / 460. Introduction to Microwave Engineering (3)

561. Engineering Electromagnetics (3)

Maxwell’s equations, electromagnetic interaction with materials, the wave equation, plane wave propagation, wave reflection and transmission, vector potentials and radiation equations, electromagnetic field theorems, wave propagation in anisotropic media and metamaterials, period structures, dielectric slab waveguides. Prerequisite: 555.

562. Electronics RF Design (3)

Course will cover rf design techniques using transmission lines, strip lines and solid state devices. It will include the design of filters and matching elements required for realizable high frequency design. Amplifiers, oscillators and phase lock loops are covered from a rf perspective.

563. Computational Methods for Electromagnetics (3)

Computational techniques for partial differential and integral equations: finite-difference, finite-element, method of moments. Applications include transmission lines, resonators, waveguides, integrated circuits, solid-state device modeling, electromagnetic scattering and antennas. Prerequisite: 561.

564. Guided Wave Optics (3)

Optical propagation in free space, colored dielectrics, metals, semiconductors, crystals, graded index media. Radiation and guided modes in complex structures. Input and output coupling, cross-coupling mode conversion. Directional couplers, modulators, sources and detectors.

565. Optical Communication Components and Subsystems (3)

Optical waveguides, optical fiber attenuation and dispersion, power launching and coupling of light, mechanical and fiber lifetime issues, photoreceivers, digital on-off keying, modulation methods, SNR and BER, QAM and M-QAM, modulation methods, SNR, and BER, intersymbol interference (impact on SNR), clock and data recovery issues, point-to-point digital links, optical amplifiers theory and design (SOA, EDFA, and SRA), simple WDM system concepts, WDM components.

568. Avalanche Photodiodes (3)

Avalanche photodiode technologies and concepts; linear-mode and Geiger-mode applications; system-level performance metrics; statistics of the multiplication factor and buildup time; device modeling; device design, fabrication and characterization. Prerequisite: *471 or *475.

569 / 469. Antennas for Wireless Communications Systems (3)

Aspects of antenna theory and design; radiation from dipoles, loops, apertures, microstrip antennas and antenna arrays.

570. Optoelectronic Semiconductor Materials and Devices (3)

Theory and operation of optoelectronic semiconductor devices; semiconductor alloys, epitaxial growth, relevant semiconductor physics (recombination processes, heterojunctions, noise, impact ionization), analysis of the theory and practice of important OE semiconductor devices (LEDs, Lasers, Photodetectors, Solar Cells). Prerequisite: 471 or 572.

572. Semiconductor Physics (3)

Sigmon Crystal properties, symmetry and imperfections. Energy bands, electron dynamics, effective mass tensor, concept and properties of holes. Equilibrium distributions, density of states, Fermi energy and transport properties including Boltzmann’s equation. Continuity equation, diffusion and drift of carriers. Prerequisite: *471.

574L / 474L. Microelectronics Processing (3)

576. Modern VLSI Devices (3)

Review of the evolution of VLSI technology and basic device physics. Detailed analysis of MOSFET devices, CMOS device design including device scaling concepts. Prerequisite: 471 or 572.

577. Fundamentals of Semiconductor LEDs and Lasers (3)

Carrier generation and recombination, photon generation and loss in laser cavities, density of optical modes and blackbody radiation, radiative and non-radiative processes, optical gain, spontaneous and stimulated emission, Fermi’s golden rule, gain and current relations, characterizing real diode lasers, dynamic effects, rate equation; small signal and large signal analysis, radiative intensity noise and linewidth. Prerequisite: 572.

581. Colloidal Nanocrystals for Biomedical Applications (3)

(Also offered as BIOM, BME, NSMS 581) Intended for students planning careers combining engineering, materials science, and biomedical sciences. Covers synthesis, nanocrystals characterization, biofunctionalization, biomedical nanosensors, FRET-based nanosensing, molecular-level sensing/imaging, and applications in cell biology, cancer diagnostics and therapy, neuroscience, and drug delivery.

582 / 482. Electric Drives and Transformers (3)

583 / 483. Power Electronics I [AC Power Electronics] (3)

584 / 484. Photovoltaics (3)

588 / 488. Smart Grid Technologies (3)

589 / 489. Power Electronics II [DC Power Electronics] (3)

590. Graduate Seminar (1 to a maximum of 2 Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

594. Complex Systems Theory (3)

Advanced topics in complex systems including but not limited to biological systems social and technological networks, and complex dynamics.

595 / 495. Special Topics (1-4 to a maximum of 15, 1-4 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

620. Topics in Interdisciplinary Biological and Biomedical Sciences (3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as ANTH 620, BIOL 520, CS 520, STAT 520) Varying interdisciplinary topics taught by collaborative scientists from UNM, SFI, and LANL.

633. Advanced Topics in Image Processing (3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Advanced topics including but not limited to computational, mathematical, multi-scale, and spatial statistical methods for multi-dimensional signal processing, multi-spectral imagery, image and video processing.

637. Topics in Algorithms (3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Advanced topics including advanced computer architecture, networks, distributed computing, large-scale resource management, high-performance computing and grid-based computing. Prerequisite: 537.

638. Topics in Architecture and Systems (3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Advanced topics including advanced computer architecture, networks, distributed computing, large-scale resource management, high-performance computing and grid-based computing. Prerequisite: 538.

642. Detection and Estimation Theory (3)

Hypothesis testing; Karhunen-Loeve representation; optimal detection of discrete- and continuous-time signals; ML, MMSE, and MAP estimation; sufficient statistics, estimation error bounds; Wiener and Kalman-Bucy filtering; detection/receivers for multiuser and multipath fading channels. Prerequisite: 541.

649. Topics in Control Systems (3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Prerequisite: 546.

651. Problems (1-6 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

661. Topics in Electromagnetics (3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Topics include advanced antenna theory, electromagnetic scattering and propagation, electromagnetic compatibility, low temperature plasma science, advanced plasma physics, and other subjects in applied electromagnetics. Prerequisite: 561.

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Economics (ECON)

105. Introductory Macroeconomics (3)

Economics on a national scale: determination of national income, employment level, inflation and impact of policies affecting money supply, interest rates and government programs. Current macroeconomic issues and problems. Prerequisite for most upper-division courses. Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area IV: Social/Behavioral Sciences (NMCCN 2113).

106. Introductory Microeconomics (3)

Exploration of individual consumer behavior, production decisions by the firm and supply and demand relationships in the marketplace. Examination of the international dimension of production and consumption choices. Prerequisite for most upper-division courses. Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area IV: Social/Behavioral Sciences (NMCCN 2123).

203. Society and the Environment (3)

Introduction to environmental and natural resource issues of both global and local scale. Investigates basic causes and consequences of environmental problems including interrelated physical and social science dimensions.

212. Personal Investing (3)

Investment options available to the individual will be analyzed in terms of economic theories of capital markets. Risk, value, returns and portfolio analysis.

239. Economics of Race and Gender (3)

Examines economic situation of women and minorities in the United States. Explores effects of race, gender and ethnicity on the economic performance of workers and evaluates various strategies for social change.

295. Topics in Economics and Social Issues (1-3, may be repeated two times)

Topics will vary but all introduce students to economics approaches by studying contemporary and historical social issues.

**300. Intermediate Microeconomics I (3)

Intermediate analysis of microeconomic theory and concepts. Topics include consumer behavior and demand, production and costs, price and output under both perfect competition and pure monopoly. Prerequisite: 105 and 106 and (307 or MATH 162 or MATH 180).

**303. Intermediate Macroeconomics I (3)

Theories of national income determination in explaining business cycles; aggregate supply; and the role of expectations. Role of monetary and fiscal policies in stabilizing the economy. Prerequisite: 105 and 106 and (307 or MATH 162 or MATH 180).

307. Economics Tools (3)

Introduces math, data and writing skills that are essential for understanding, interpreting and communicating economics concepts. Prerequisite: MATH 121 or MATH 150 or ACT Math =>26 or SAT Math Section =>620 or ACCUPLACER College-Level Math =>100. Pre- or corequisite: 105 or 106.

**309. Introductory Statistics and Econometrics (3)

Introductory statistics, probability, probability distributions and hypothesis testing. Basic econometric techniques emphasizing estimation of economic relationships and the use of econometric models in forecasting. Prerequisite: 105 and 106 and STAT 145.

**315. Money and Banking (3)

Principles of money, credit and banking; organization and operation of the banking system; and the relationship between money, banking and the level of economic activity. Prerequisite: **303.

*320. Labor Economics (3)

Determinants of labor force, wage levels and structures, and employment; human capital theory and discrimination, economic consequences of trade union and government intervention. Prerequisite: **300.

*321. Development Economics (3)

Theories of development and growth. Problems facing developing countries and possible solutions. Historical case studies of some developing countries. Prerequisite: **300 or **303.

*330. Consumer Economics (3)

Introduces the theory of consumer behavior and demand analysis. Empirical applications of consumer theory will be explored. Possible topics include: consumer safety, family budgeting, marketing research and the household production function approach. Prerequisite: **300.

*331. Economics of Poverty and Discrimination (3)

Explores trends in income distribution especially across and within groups and examines theories explaining behavior and outcomes. Public policy concerning poverty and discrimination is studied and discussed. Prerequisite: **300.

*332. Economics of Regulation (3)

Nature of modern firms and markets: relationship of market structure, conduct and performance, including analysis of antitrust policy, public utility regulation and “deregulation” of some industries. Prerequisite: **300.

*333. Industrial Organization (3)

Firms and markets; interactions of firms in markets that are noncompetitive (oligopolistic and monopolistic); various government policies to control the behavior of firms with market power. Prerequisite: **300.

*335. Health Economics (3)

Market concepts and health care issues. Economic assessment of the U.S. health care system. Explores physician supply and demand, hospitals, malpractice, pharmaceuticals, insurance and related topics. Prerequisite: 105 and 106.

*341. Urban and Regional Economics (3)

Spatial nature of economics: housing markets, natural hazard and technological risks, local and regional public finance, transportation issues, environmental problems and the relationship of regional and urban economies to national and international economies. Prerequisite: **300.

342. Environmental Economics (3)

Introduction to economics of environmental management problems, conceptual tools and policy applications: resource scarcity and sustainability, efficiency and equity, property rights and externalities, benefit-cost analysis and discounting, provision of public goods and nonmarket valuation. Prerequisite: 105 and 106.

*343. Natural Resource Economics (3)

Use and management of natural resources and systems useful to humans. Issues include: why natural resources are important, economic growth impact, optimal exploitation and identification and management of environmental concerns. Prerequisite: **300.

*350. Public Finance (3)

Taxation, governmental borrowing, financial administration and public expenditures. Prerequisite: **300.

*360. History of Economic Thought (3)

Development of the principle economic doctrines and schools of economic thought from the Physiocrats to Keynes. Prerequisite: 105 and 106.

*369. Problem-Based Learning Using Data Analytics (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

Interdisciplinary STEM course examining real world problems like those faced by underserved communities (poverty, environment, education, and health) using empirical tools, public policy perspectives. Students use data analytical tools to explore implementable solutions. Topics vary. Prerequisite: STAT 145.

395. Seminar in Current Economic Issues (1-3, no limit Δ)

Topics will vary. Offered on an occasional basis. For course content, consult the economics department. Prerequisite: **300 and **303.

*403. Intermediate Macroeconomics II (3)

Theories of consumption, investment and money demand. Models of economic growth. Introduction to open economy macroeconomics. Macro modeling and analysis of economic policies, using actual data and computer models. Prerequisite: **303.

*407. Mathematical Methods in Economics (3)

A survey course designed to develop those mathematical results and methods which find frequent use in economic analysis. Prerequisite: **300 and **303.

*408. Economic Forecasting Methods: A Time Series Approach (3)

Computer modeling of economic time series using univariate Box-Jenkins models and multivariate vector autoregressive models. Intervention models to assess policy impacts such as gun control, environmental law, tax changes and social programs. Prerequisite: **309.

*409. Intermediate Econometrics (3)

Intermediate econometric techniques with strong emphasis on computer modeling of applied economic problems. Covers autocorrelation, heteroscedasticity, multicollinearity, dummy variable and distributed lag model and the use of econometric models in forecasting. Prerequisite: **309.

*410. Topics in Health Economics (3, no limit Δ)

Specialized topics in health care economics including medical education, national health insurance, comparative systems, drug industry and other contemporary issues. Emphasis on empirical applications in the study of health care issues. For course content, consult the economics department. Prerequisite: **300 and **309 and **335.

*421. Latin American Economics (3)

Analysis of recent and historical issues in Latin American economies, including inflation, debt, trade, regional integration, privatization, stabilization and structural reform. Prerequisite: **303 and **309.

*423. Topics in Latin American Development (3)

Analysis of economic development and its relation to poverty, schooling, the informal sector, agrarian issues and sustainable development using case studies from Latin America. Prerequisite: **300 and **309.

*424. International Trade (3)

Determinants of patterns of international trade and comparative advantage. Trade restrictions and gains from trade. International factor movements. Prerequisite: **300 and **309.

*427. Topics in Labor Economics (3)

Wage theory, industrial relations, migration, discrimination, comparative labor problems, special groups in the work force and other contemporary topics. Emphasis on economic implications and the role of public policy in these labor topics. Prerequisite: **309 and *320.

*429. International Finance (3)

Foreign exchange markets and the international financial system. Exchange rate determination, balance of payments adjustment and the effectiveness of government policies in the open economy. International monetary system. Prerequisite: (**303 or **315) and **309.

*442. Topics in Environmental and Natural Resource Economics (3)

Focus on public policy and regulation. Specialized issues such as development and management of water, mineral, energy, air quality, forest and fishery resources, resource scarcity, sustainability, non-stationary pollution, water quality and global resource distribution. Prerequisite: **300 and **309.

*445. Topics in Public Finance (3)

Intermediate public finance. Public economics topics: taxation, expenditure, welfare and distribution. Concentration on selected topics such as crime, education, health, regulations (EPA Acts), agreements (NAFTA) and the courts (Takings Clause). Prerequisite: **300 and **309 and *350.

451. Independent Study (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

For senior students wishing to study topics not covered in an existing course or in more detail. Requirements will be agreed upon between student and instructor. Prerequisite: **300 and **303 and **309.

*466. Public Sector Project Analysis (3)

Product evaluation, cost-benefit analysis, capital budgeting, financing, federal-state relationships, environmental and public welfare impacts of projects and other related issues. Prerequisite: **300 and *350.

*478. Seminar in International Studies (3)

(Also offered as POLS *478) Designed to provide seniors from any discipline an opportunity to apply an international perspective to their undergraduate training. Each student will present a term project drawing upon his or her particular background and relating it to international matters. Restriction: senior standing.

498. Reading for Honors (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Open to juniors or seniors with an overall grade point average of at least 3.2 and approval of the department. Prerequisite: **309. Restriction: junior or senior standing and permission of department.

499. Senior Honors Thesis (4)

Prerequisite: 498.

501. Microeconomics I (3)

Topics include producer and consumer theory, duality and welfare measures, competitive markets and monopoly and decision making under uncertainty. Restriction: admitted to M.A. Economics or Ph.D. Economics.

504. Mathematical Tools and Economic Models (3)

Calculus and matrix theory as applied to macro and micro models. Unconstrained and constrained optimization; static and comparative static analysis; introduction to dynamic analysis. Restriction: admitted to M.A. Economics or Ph.D. Economics.

506. Macroeconomics I (3)

Closed and open economy macroeconomics. Aggregate demand and supply. Different models of business cycles. Micro foundations of macroeconomics. Restriction: admitted to M.A. Economics or Ph.D. Economics.

508. Statistics and Introduction to Econometrics (3)

Discrete and continuous probability distributions; expectations; joint, conditional marginal distributions; hypothesis testing; least squares estimators; violation of the least squares principle. Econometric software with applications. Restriction: admitted to M.A. Economics or Ph.D. Economics.

509. Econometrics I (3)

Theory and applications: ordinary and generalized least squares, hypothesis testing, dummy variable and distributed lag models; simultaneous equation and two stage least square models; forecasting. Emphasis on computer modeling. Prerequisite: 508.

510. Econometrics II (3)

Simultaneous equation methods, nonlinear least squares, maximum likelihood method, qualitative dependent variable models, asymptotic properties and test statistics. Emphasis on computer modeling. Prerequisite: 509.

513. Microeconomics II (3)

Competitive equilibrium and welfare economics. Topics from imperfect competition, decision making under uncertainty, introduction to game theory and distribution theory. Prerequisite: 501 and 504.

514. Macroeconomics II (3)

Dynamic macroeconomics. Optimal economic policy. Theories of economic growth. Prerequisite: 504 and 506.

533. Seminars in Industrial Organization (3)

Industrial organization is the study of firms and markets. Course covers firms internal organization and the interactions of firms in markets that are competitive, oligopolistic or monopolistic. Prerequisite: 501 and 504.

534. Experimental Economics (3)

Working markets in laboratory setting. Designing market experiments. Experimental investigations of simple market organization. Examination of more complex settings. Applications: theory, environmental, public finance and labor. Prerequisite: 501 and 504.

538. Topics in Applied Economics (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ [3])

Special topics in applied economics as they pertain to the major fields and support courses. Available for use by visiting faculty. Prerequisite: 501 and 504. Restriction: permission of instructor.

540. Natural Resource, Environmental, and Ecological Modeling I (3)

Dynamic optimization and optimal control theory applications (deterministic and stochastic) and computation methods with an emphasis on renewable resources. Prerequisite: 501 and 504.

542. Topics in Environmental, Resource, and Ecological Economics (3 to a maximum of 15 Δ)

Special topics in environmental and natural resource economics. Credit can be earned more than once, as the topic and content will vary by instructor. Prerequisite: 501.

543. Natural Resource, Environmental, and Ecological Modeling II (3)

Dynamic optimization and optimal control theory applications with an emphasis on empirical. Models of natural resource utilization. Energy, minerals, fisheries, forest resources, ground- and surface water, and environmental and ecological stocks. Prerequisite: 501 and 504.

544. Environmental Economics (3)

Causes and consequences of environmental externalities. Design and implementation of alternative policy instruments. Theory and methods to measure economic value of market and non-market environmental services. Prerequisite: 501 and 504.

545. Water Resources II - Models (4)

(Also offered as WR 572) Use of technical models in water resources management addresses conceptual formulation and practical application of models from administrators perspective. Lab focuses on use of graphic aids to explain technical information. {Spring}

546. Water Resources I - Contemporary Issues (4)

(Also offered as WR 571) Students examine contemporary issues in water resource systems, including water quality; ecosystem health; stakeholder concerns; economics; and water supply, policy, management and allocation. Emphasis on teamwork, cooperation, and oral, written and graphic communication. {Fall}

551. Independent Study (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

An independent study course on economic problems or issues. The study is carried out under the supervision of an economics faculty member. Restriction: permission of instructor.

560. Public Economics (3)

Introduction to advanced study of public economics, including theoretical and empirical analysis of market failures and government interventions. Topics include externalities and public goods, social insurance programs, education policies, optimal taxation, income distribution, and government expenditures. Prerequisite: 501 and 508.

564. Topics in Health Economics (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Applications of economic theory and empirical analysis including information and agency problems, organization of markets for health care, and influence of government policies on medical innovation and population health. Prerequisite: 509 and 513.

565. Topics in Public and Labor Economics (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Advanced topics in public economics. Topics will vary; course can be repeated for credit if topics differ. Restriction: permission of instructor.

581. International Development and Finance (3)

Role of foreign direct investment, foreign aid, remittances, and other financial flows for economic development and growth. Causes and consequences of currency and financial crises in developing countries. Balance of payments problems, international debt, and structural adjustment programs. Prerequisite: 501 and 506.

582. Topics in International and Sustainable Development (3)

Topics in international/sustainable development. Emphasis on empirical modeling and analysis, using data for developing countries, including large-scale surveys. Exposure to econometric methods, simulations, GIS applications, and macro/micro-development modeling tools. Prerequisite: 501 and 506 and 510.

583. Development Economics (3)

Economic growth and development, poverty and inequality, population growth. Credit markets and microfinance, risk and insurance. Role of government in development. Urbanization and rural-urban migration. Prerequisite: 501 and 506.

584. Interdisciplinary Seminar on Problems of Modernization in Latin America (3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as HIST 689, POLS, SOC 584)

585. Sustainable Development (3)

Overview of sustainable development concepts, models, and policy issues, with an emphasis on sustainable uses of all types of capital - physical, human, social, and environmental - in an international context. Prerequisite: 501 and 506.

595. Workshop in Applied Economics (1-3)

Research problems. Student presentations of methodology and results. Research projects may be student-directed or undertaken in conjunction with regular and/or visiting faculty. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: permission of instructor.

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Engineering Cooperative Education Program (ECOP)

105. Cooperative Education Work Phase (0)

$10.00 annual fee. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Open to undergraduate students in the School of Engineering only.

109. Evaluation of Cooperative Education Work Phase 1 (1)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

110. Evaluation of Cooperative Education Work Phase 2 (1)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

209. Evaluation of Cooperative Education Work Phase 3 (1)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

210. Evaluation of Cooperative Education Work Phase 4 (1 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

505. Cooperative Education Work Phase (0, no limit Δ)

$10.00 annual fee. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Open to graduate students in the School of Engineering only.

Educational Psychology (EDPY)

303. Human Growth and Development (3)

Principles of human growth and development across the life span and implications for education.

310. Learning and the Classroom (3)

The basic principles of learning, particularly cognition, motivation and assessment, and their application to classroom situations.

391 / 591. Problems (1-3, no limit Δ)

393. Topics (1-6, no limit Δ)

472 / 572. Classroom Assessment (3)

Provides educators with skills in assessment and knowledge of issues in measurement and assessment. Skills necessary to understand and communicate large-scale test information are also developed.

500. Survey of Research Methods in Education (3)

Overview of quantitative and qualitative research methods for research consumers. Emphasis is on locating published research and reading research reports with critical understanding of researchers’ methods of data collection and analysis.

502. Survey of Statistics in Education (3)

Non-technical overview of statistical methods in educational research; computation is not covered. Emphasis on developing critical understanding of statistical methods and results when reading and interpreting research, not on producing research or calculating statistics. Pre- or corequisite: 500.

503. Principles of Human Development (3)

Principles of human growth and development, which include cognitive, psychosocial and physical development across the life span, with a particular focus on educational implications.

505. Conducting Quantitative Educational Research (3)

Provides students with skills for designing quantitative educational research, including identifying a problem, reviewing literature, formulating hypotheses, considering ethical issues, selecting participants, selecting or constructing measures, making valid inferences, writing reports.

510. Principles of Classroom Learning (3)

Research and theory in learning, particularly cognition, motivation and assessment, with emphasis on educational implications.

511. Introductory Educational Statistics (3)

Foundations of statistical methods for research producers. Covers sampling methods, descriptive statistics, standard scores, distributions, estimation, statistical significance testing, t-tests, correlation, chi-square and effect size using SPSS® for Windows and computation. Pre- or corequisite: 505.

515. Survey and Questionnaire Design and Analysis (3)

Covers survey research from item writing and survey development to sampling, administration, analysis and reporting. Emphasizes applications and interpretations in educational and social science research and use and interpretation of statistical software for survey research. Prerequisite: 511.

520. Motivation Theory and Practice (3)

The course promotes understanding of current theories and research in motivation with an emphasis on applications in educational settings. Strategies for establishing motivation-rich environments will be developed.

565. Seminar in Thought and Language (3)

(Also offered as LING, PSY 565) The role of language in human cognition is approached from a sociocultural framework. Topics: semiotic systems, languages of the mind, categorization, problem solving, and cognitive pluralism.

572 / 472. Classroom Assessment (3)

Provides educators with skills in assessment and knowledge of issues in measurement and assessment. Skills necessary to understand and communicate large-scale test information are also developed.

574. Introduction to Educational and Psychological Measurement (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

A survey of classical and modern approaches to measurement and assessment as applied to education and/or psychology. Includes measurement and scaling, reliability and validity, traditional and alternative assessment methods. Prerequisite: 511.

586. Psychological Development of Women (3)

Prerequisite: an introductory course in the psychology of personality. An introductory course in women studies is recommended but not essential. Prerequisite: PSY 331.

591 / 391. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 18 Δ)

593. Topics (1, no limit Δ)

595. Advanced Field Experiences (3-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Prerequisite: acceptance into a graduate program and permission of instructor.

598. Directed Readings (3-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

603. Applied Statistical Design and Analysis (3)

Includes factorial analysis of variance (ANOVA), planned comparisons, post hoc tests, trend analysis, effect size and strength of association measures, repeated measures designs. Emphasis on solving applied problems using statistical analysis with computer software. Prerequisite: 511.

604. Multiple Regression Techniques as Applied to Education (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Includes bivariate regression, multiple regression with continuous and categorical independent variables and interactions, orthogonal and nonorthogonal designs and selected post hoc analyses. Computer analysis, conceptual understanding and applications to educational research are stressed. Prerequisite: 603.

607. Structural Equation Modeling (3)

Theory, application, interpretation of Structural Equation Modeling (SEM) techniques. Includes covariance structures, path diagrams, path analysis, model identification, estimation and testing; confirmatory factor analysis, structural equation modeling and linear structural relations using latent variables. Prerequisite: 604 or 606.

608. Multilevel Modeling (3)

The fundamentals of multilevel regression models, applications of such models to both cross-sectional and longitudinal data, and a survey of several advanced multilevel regression models. Prerequisite: 604.

610. Seminar in Classroom Learning (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

An examination of selected research and theory on learning and cognition in specific domains with emphasis on application to classrooms or other learning situations.

613. Seminar in Human Growth and Development (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Examination of selected topics in research and theory relevant to human growth and development, including implications for instruction and child rearing. May be repeated once for credit when topics differ.

630. College Teaching Seminar (3)

This course provides an empirically-based theoretical and practical foundation for college-level teaching. Topics include: instructional strategies; teaching technologies; assessment; professional development; ethics; teaching as part of overall professional identity.

645. Advanced Seminar in Educational Psychology (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Seminar introduces students to current research topics and professional issues in Educational Psychology.

650. Dissertation Seminar (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

651. Advanced Seminar in Quantitative Educational Research (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Seminar introduces advanced students to current research designs and controversies, statistical analysis techniques and computer applications. Prerequisite: 603.

696. Internship (3-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

698. Directed Readings (3-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Education (EDUC)

101. Introduction to Education (3)

Introduction to education as a profession. This course will help students become familiar with the cultural, social, and political dimensions of education in contemporary society. A field component at an educational site is required.

124. Intro to Computers for Educators (1)

An introduction to microcomputers, software and telecommunications. Emphasis placed on educational applications of software and hardware. Macintosh and DOS classes available.

183. Introduction to Education in New Mexico (3)

An exploration of contemporary issues around diversity, culture, and education in New Mexico. The course is of special interest to students considering a teaching career. Projects in schools and/or community sites are part of requirements.

291. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

293. Topics in Education (1-3, no limit Δ)

Various topics related to education from an interdisciplinary perspective.

296. Internship (3-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

321L. Teaching Social Studies K-8 (3)

Development of conceptual framework for study of community-based curriculum with emphasis on the diverse cultures of the southwest and value clarification. Supervised work with children allows for in-depth analysis of both content and process. Three lectures, 1 hr. lab.

330L. Teaching of Reading to Culturally and Linguistically Diverse Students I (3)

Study of reading process for emergent and intermediate readers focusing on: cueing systems, assessment, family and community contexts, language, culture and instruction in individual and small group settings. Lab includes supervised tutoring and discussion group.

331L. Teaching of Reading to Culturally and Linguistically Diverse Students II (3)

Establishing a theoretical framework for exploring various approaches to reading/language development, instruction and evaluation in multicultural classroom settings. Three lectures, 1 hr. lab.

333L. Teaching Language Arts K-8 (3)

Study of oral and written forms of language. Background theory in language development and use in teacher-child interactions is presented and followed by carefully designed experiences with children. Three lectures, 1 hr. lab.

353L. Teaching Science K-8 (3)

Methods, processes, content and management of children’s science observation, exploration, discovery and invention; attitudes of inquiry and wonderment. Science integrated with math and other areas of life. Three lectures, 1 hr. lab.

361L. Teaching Mathematics K-8 (3)

Strategies and materials appropriate for traditional and innovative instructional programs in elementary school mathematics. Supervised work with children allows for in-depth analysis of both content and process. Pre- or corequisite: MATH 111 and MATH 112 and (MATH 121 or MATH 215).

362. Teaching Experience I (3)

An early experience working in the schools to develop familiarity with students and the school culture. Seminar with six hours of field work weekly.

391 / 591. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

(Also offered as MSET 391)

400. Student Teaching in the Elementary School (1-2-3-6-9-12-15 to a maximum of 15 Δ)

Additional requirements are listed in previous section entitled “Student Teaching.” Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Pre- or corequisite: 321L or 331L or 333L or 353L or 361L. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Ed. in Elementary Education.

401L. Creating Effective K-8 Learning Environments I (1)

This course is the discussion and analysis seminar for Elementary Education majors during their first semester of Field Experience. Corequisite: 411L. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Ed. in Elementary Education.

402L. Creating Effective K-8 Learning Environments II (1)

This course is the discussion and analysis seminar for Elementary Education majors during their second semester of Field Experience. Prerequisite: 401L and 411L. Corequisite: 412L. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Ed. in Elementary Education.

403L. Using Assessment: Creating Effective K-8 Learning Environments III (1)

This course is the discussion and analysis seminar for Elementary Education majors during their third and final semester of Field Experience. Prerequisite: 402L and 412L. Corequisite: 413L. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Ed. in Elementary Education.

411L. K-8 Field Experience I (1)

This course is designed for planning and teaching in K-8 Schools for Elementary Education majors in their first semester of Field Experience. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Prerequisite: 101 and EDPY 310 and EDPY 472 and LLSS 443 and MSET 365. Corequisite: 401L. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Ed. in Elementary Education.

412L. K-8 Field Experience II (2)

This course is designed for planning and teaching in K-8 Schools for Elementary Education majors in their second semester of Field Experience. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Prerequisite: 401 and 411L. Corequisite: 402L. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Ed. in Elementary Education.

413L. K-8 Field Experience III-Student Teaching (6)

This course is designed for planning and teaching in K-8 Schools for Elementary Education majors in their third and final semester of Field Experience. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Prerequisite: 402L and 412L. Corequisite: 403L. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Ed. in Elementary Education.

*421. The Social Studies Program in the Elementary School (1-3 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

Overview and development of the social studies curriculum within the contexts of the elementary school program and multicultural community settings.

*433. Oral and Written Language Program in the Elementary School (2-3 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

The development extension/elaboration and analysis of the language arts in both home language and English language. Creative methods and materials.

*438. Teaching Reading and Writing in the Content Field (3)

Course explores issues of literacy development (i.e. reading, writing, listening and speaking) across core content areas of school curriculum. Required in secondary teacher education for all content specialization areas. Restriction: permission of department.

450 / 550. Issues in Secondary Education (3)

An exploration of issues that face secondary school teachers, including classroom management, school and community, learning needs of adolescent learners, and planning for diverse groups. Restriction: permission of instructor.

*453. The Science Program in the Elementary School (1-3 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

*461. The Mathematics Program in the Elementary School (1-3 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

462. Student Teaching (3-6-9-12 to a maximum of 15 Δ)

Observation and teaching in secondary schools for one or more semesters. Weekly seminar meetings required with University supervisors. Prerequisite: 362.

464. Student Teaching Seminar (3)

A seminar linked to student teaching to address issues of teaching as a profession. Corequisite: 462.

492. Workshop (1-4 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

(Also offered as MSET 492)

493 / 593. Topics in Education (1-6, no limit Δ)

Undergraduate and or graduate credit for students in Teacher Education working with faculty in specific topics identified by the course title.

497. Reading and Research in Honors (3-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Restriction: permission of major advisor.

500. Research Applications to Education (3)

An exploration of the forms of research in teaching and learning. Students have opportunities to identify types of research and determine the significance of the conclusions of research.

501. High School Curriculum (3)

Inquiry into high school curriculum with a focus on organization, models, goals setting, planning and evaluation.

502. Advanced Instructional Strategies (3)

Exploration of accomplished teaching through study, practice and inquiry. Subject matter pedagogy and the diversity of pathways for learning, assessment and special needs in instruction are addressed.

505. Experiential, Project-Based and Service Learning (3)

Explores experiential, project-based, and service learning for effective inquiry teaching. Students design lessons that engage learners in real-world activities. Students learn about research that supports the use of these methods.

513. The Process of Reflection and Inquiry (3)

Engages experienced teachers in the study and analysis of their own teaching and learning events through reflection and inquiry. Case studies, journals and narratives of teachers are used as tools for developing understandings.

516. Integrating Curriculum and Inquiry in the Classroom (1-4 to a maximum of 8 Δ)

Inquiry and practice in integrating curriculum across disciplines of knowledge, children’s diverse understandings, habits of mind and community needs and projects. Explores organization, models, goals setting, planning and evaluation.

520. Effective Teaching and Student Learning (3)

Concepts of effective teaching and student learning are defined and compared to current trends in measuring teacher effectiveness and student achievement. Throughout the course, individuals examine their own teaching practices and their students' learning.

531. The Reading Program in the Elementary School (1-3 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

Prerequisite: 330L.

542. Principles of Curriculum Development (3)

Focuses on issues of curriculum (K–12) from formal aspects of goals setting and planning to implicit issues of politics, culture and ideology.

550 / 450. Issues in Secondary Education (3)

552. Social Justice in Education (3)

Exploration of complex social justice issues and pedagogical responses. Focuses on knowledge and skills teachers need to integrate principles of social justice fully into classroom curriculum and instruction.

563. Mentoring Educators for Professional Growth (1-3 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

This course is designed for active mentor teachers. Participants are reflective practitioners sharing experiences, issues, and suggestions with other mentor teachers.

568. The Art of Masterful Teaching (3)

Exploration of multiple perspectives on characteristics of master teachers and the qualities of highly effective teaching. Restriction: permission of department.

571. Multimedia for Literacy for Educators (3)

(Also offered as MSET 571) Prepares teachers and teacher educators to use the digital tools needed to create, deconstruct, share, and leverage multimodal forms of communication for teaching and learning. The class is an introduction to Media Literacy Education (MLE).

581. Initial Field Experience K-8 Seminar (1)

This course is the discussion and analysis seminar for M.A. with Alternative Route to K-8 Licensure students during their first semester of Field Experience. Corequisite: 594. Restriction: admitted to M.A. Elementary Education.

582. K-8 Field Experience Seminar II (1)

This course is the discussion and analysis seminar for M.A. with Alternative Route to K-8 Licensure students during their second and final semester of Field Experience. Restriction: admitted to M.A. Elementary Education.

590. Seminar (3)

For students in the Department of Teacher Education, this course synthesizes course work which has made up a master's degree program. Enhance and develop competence in professional communication, written and oral.

591 / 391. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

A problems course, EDUC 591, is an acceptable substitute for EDUC 502 for all students in a teaching field endorsement program.

592. Workshop (1-4 to a maximum of 5 Δ)

593 / 493. Topics in Education (1-3, no limit Δ)

594. Initial Field Experience (1)

This course is designed for planning and teaching in elementary schools for M.A. with Alternative Route to K-8 Licensure students during their first semester of Field Experience. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Corequisite: 581. Restriction: admitted to M.A. Elementary Education

595. Advanced Field Experiences (3-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

(Also offered as MSET 595) Planned and supervised advanced professional laboratory or field experiences in agency or institutional settings.

596. Internship (3-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

(Also offered as MSET 596)

597. Directed Readings in Secondary and Adult Teacher Education (3-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

598. Directed Reading in Elementary Education (3-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as MSET 599) Offered on a CR/NC basis only

602. Teacher Education Pedagogy (3)

This doctoral course examines theory, research, policy frameworks and best practices for instruction appropriate for each stage of teacher development within the field of teacher education.

643 [MSET 643]. Curriculum Theory Seminar (3)

Doctoral level seminar examining curriculum theory. Restriction: permission of instructor.

652. Teacher Education and Social Justice (3)

Doctoral investigation of social justice specifically related to three aspects of teacher education: teaching for social justice; higher education, hegemony, models of education; and teacher education for social justice.

662. Practicum in the Supervision of Instruction (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

The study about and practice of supervision of instruction in K–12 classroom settings. Designed to assist and improve capacities of student teaching supervisors, mentor teachers, clinical faculty and advanced graduate students in teacher education.

690. Dissertation Seminar (3)

691. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Restriction: admitted to Ed.D or Ph.D. Teaching, Learning, and Teacher Education.

693. Topics in Teacher Education (1-3, no limit Δ)

696. Internship (3-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

(Also offered as MSET 696)

698. Directed Readings in Elementary/Secondary Teacher Education (3-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as MSET 699) Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Educational Media/Library Science (EMLS)

391. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 20 Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

Emergency Medicine (EMS)

106. Emergency Medical Responder (4)

Emergency Medical Responder is a 60-hours course designed specifically for personnel who are first at the scene of an accident or emergency. This course offers a foundation for advanced EMS courses.

112. Wilderness First Responder (4)

This course is intended for individuals who participate in outdoor recreation or are wilderness professionals such as guides or Search and Rescue personnel.

113. EMT-Basic (8)

Meets the 1998 EMT-Basic National Standard Curriculum requirements and incorporates New Mexico EMT-B scope of practice. Provides lecture instruction to prepare the student to sit for New Mexico and National Registry testing. Corequisite: 142.

120. Introduction to EMS System (3)

Covers the history of emergency medical services and the development of EMS systems and current trends and issues in EMS. Ideal for students considering a career in EMS.

125. Wilderness EMT Upgrade (2)

This Wilderness EMT Upgrade course is intended for EMS providers who participate in outdoor recreation or are wilderness professionals such as guides or Search and Rescue personnel. Students must have completed or be currently enrolled in an EMT course. Pre- or corequisite: 113 and 142.

142. EMT-Basic Lab (2)

Meets the 1998 EMT-Basic National Standard Curriculum requirements and incorporates New Mexico EMT-B scope of practice. Provides lab instruction to prepare the student to sit for New Mexico and National Registry testing. Corequisite: 113.

143. EMT-Intermediate Lab (1)

Meets New Mexico requirements for EMT-Intermediate skills training, including intravenous fluid administration and pharmacology. Prerequisite: 113 and 142. Corequisite: 180. Restriction: program permission.

151. EMT-I Clinical and Field Experience (2)

Meets New Mexico requirements for EMT-Intermediate field and clinical training, including emergency department and prehospital experience. Prerequisite: 113 and 142. Corequisite: 143 and 180. Restriction: program permission.

180. EMT-Intermediate (5)

Meets New Mexico requirements for EMT-Intermediate lecture content, including intravenous fluid administration and pharmacology. Prerequisite: 113 and 142. Corequisite: 143. Restriction: program permission.

193. Emergency Medicine Topics (1-3, no limit Δ)

Titles will vary.

200. Medical Mathematics (1)

Medical calculations for paramedics. Students will be able to perform all common medical calculations at the paramedic level, including converting units, properly manipulating decimals and fractions, and finding volumes, dosages and rates. Prerequisite: MATH 121. Restriction: permission of instructor.

309. Prehospital Emergency Medicine and Operations (3)

This course will introduce the paramedic student to EMS systems, requirements and methods of communications with patients, various rules and regulations unique to the paramedic, and investigate the components of maintaining wellness as a paramedic. Corequisite: 310 and 311 and 312 and 341 and 351. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Emergency Medical Services and program permission.

310. Prehospital Pharmacology (3)

Provides the paramedic student with an overview of drug classes, actions, and metabolism, as well as an understanding of considerations in medication administration. Corequisite: 309 and 311 and 312 and 341 and 351. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Emergency Medical Services and program permission.

311. Medical Assessment and Management (3)

This course is designed to introduce the paramedic student to advanced medical management and patient assessment in the prehospital environment. The student will assess and manage the Cardiovascular and Pulmonary human systems. Corequisite: 309 and 310 and 312 and 341 and 351. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Emergency Medical Services and program permission.

312. Cardiovascular and Pulmonary Emergencies (3)

Cardiovascular and Pulmonary Emergencies course provides students with an overview of anatomy, physiology and pathophysiology, as well as cardiac rhythm interpretation and introduction to 12-lead ECGs. Corequisite: 309 and 310 and 311 and 341 and 351. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Emergency Medical Services and program permission.

320. Medical Emergencies (3)

Medical Emergencies course provides students with an overview of anatomy, physiology and pathophysiology, of the medical patient. Prerequisite: 309 and 310 and 311 and 312 and 341 and 351. Corequisite: 321 and 331 and 342 and 352 and 400. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Emergency Medical Services and program permission.

321. Special Patient Populations (2 [2 to a maximum of 4 Δ])

Provides an introduction to the prehospital assessment and management of patients with special considerations, as well as, operations in the prehospital environment. Prerequisite: 309 and 310 and 311 and 312 and 341 and 351. Corequisite: 320 and 331 and 342 and 352 and 400. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Emergency Medical Services and program permission.

331. Trauma Emergencies (2)

Introduces the paramedic student to prehospital advanced life support assessment and management of patients with traumatic injury. Prerequisite: 309 and 310 and 311 and 312 and 341 and 351. Corequisite: 320 and 321 and 342 and 352 and 400. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Emergency Medical Services and program permission.

341. Paramedic Lab I (2)

Provides instruction in and practice application of advanced life support skills in patient assessment, airway management, medication administration, and advanced cardiac life support. Corequisite: 309 and 310 and 311 and 312 and 351. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Emergency Medical Services and program permission.

342. Paramedic Lab II (2)

Provides instruction in and practice application of advanced life support skills in the assessment and management of patients with medical emergencies. Practice in vehicle extrication skills. Prerequisite: 309 and 310 and 311 and 312 and 341 and 351. Corequisite: 320 and 321 and 331 and 352 and 400. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Emergency Medical Services and program permission.

351. Paramedic Clinical Rotation I (3)

Facilitates paramedic students’ progress toward entry-level clinical competence by providing the opportunity to integrate classroom knowledge and skills with professional practice under the supervision of clinical instructors. Corequisite: 309 and 310 and 311 and 312 and 341. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Emergency Medical Services and program permission.

352. Paramedic Clinical Rotation II (4)

Observation and supervised care of emergency patients in the emergency department, inpatient units, and prehospital setting. Prerequisite: 309 and 310 and 311 and 312 and 341 and 351. Corequisite: 320 and 321 and 331 and 342 and 400. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Emergency Medical Services and program permission.

398. EMS Topics (1-3 to a maximum of 15 Δ)

399. EMS Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

400. Advanced Assessment (3)

Provides paramedics with an in-depth understanding of patient history and physical examination techniques. Prerequisite: 309 and 310 and 311 and 312 and 341 and 351. Corequisite: 320 and 321 and 331 and 342 and 352. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Emergency Medical Services and program permission.

403. Mountain Medicine (3)

The Mountain Medicine course is intended for medical professionals who participate in mountain recreation or are mountain professionals such as guides or Mountain Rescue personnel with a current EMT-Intermediate, Paramedic or Nurse license. Prerequisite: 454. Corequisite: 405 and 406. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Emergency Medical Services and program permission.

404. Technical Rescue Course (3)

To understand theory and application of rope rescue. Gain a working knowledge of rope rescue and access problems in mountainous terrain and how to safely navigate it. Prerequisite: 403 and 405 and 406. Corequisite: 408. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Emergency Medical Services and program permission.

405. Austere Medicine (3)

Students will learn management of medical and trauma cases under austere conditions: Low resources, little or no back-up, prolonged contact/responsibility for the patient. We will consider present recommendations and student will evaluate those recommendations. Prerequisite: 454. Corequisite: 403 and 406. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Emergency Medical Services and program permission.

406. Mountain Medicine Lab I (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

This course will be arranged curriculum to satisfy the field practice Summer requirement for DiMM/CiMM. Including skill/scenario stations in a mountain setting, practical evaluation in medicine and technical rescue. Prerequisite: 454. Corequisite: 403 and 405. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Emergency Medical Services and program permission.

408. Mountain Medicine Lab II (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

This course will be arranged curriculum to satisfy the field practice Winter requirement for DiMM/CiMM. Including skill/scenario stations in a mountain setting, practical evaluation in medicine and technical rescue. Prerequisite: 403 and 405 and 406. Corequisite: 404. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Emergency Medical Services and program permission.

411. EMS Systems Management and Public Policy (3)

An introduction to all of the components of EMS systems from the local, regional, state, and national system levels; system design; and the interface with health care in the U.S. Prerequisite: 454. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Emergency Medical Services and permission of program.

412. EMS Service Operations (3)

An overview of EMS management functions when operating an EMS service, including staffing, deployment, logistics, quality improvement, and planning. Prerequisite: 454. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Emergency Medical Services and permission of program.

413. EMS Management Internship (3)

The internship provides a real-life EMS management project or function operating within an EMS system or Emergency Services environment. Prerequisite: 454. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Emergency Medical Services and permission of program.

421. EMS Education Internship (3)

The student is assigned to an instructor mentor and will participate, under supervision, in the planning, implementation, and evaluation of EMS training programs. Prerequisite: 454. Corequisite: 441. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Emergency Medical Services and program permission.

441. Principles of EMS Education (3)

This course covers the development, design, implementation, and evaluation of EMS training programs. Prerequisite: 454. Corequisite: 421. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Emergency Medical Services and program permission.

443. Educational Technology and Medical Simulation (3)

This course will introduce the EMS educator student to technologies utilized for educational purposes both in the classroom and online. It will also introduce approaches to utilizing medical simulation to enhance learning. Prerequisite: 454. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Emergency Medical Services and permission of program.

454. Paramedic Field Internship (4)

Paramedic students develop EMS team-leadership skills and learn to operate independently, under supervision, at entry-level competence. Prerequisite: 320 and 321 and 331 and 342 and 352 and 400. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Emergency Medical Services and program permission.

455. Disaster and Emergency Management (3 [3 to a maximum of 6 Δ])

Introduces students to the dynamic world of disaster, and emergency management. Through the review of the history, social, political, and economic implications of disasters, students explore the world of emergency management. Prerequisite: 454. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Emergency Medical Services and program permission.

456. Social Dimension of Disaster (3 [3 to a maximum of 6 Δ])

Introduces students to the dynamic world of disasters and the effects disasters have on human behavior. An overview of how individuals, groups, families, communities, and organizations handle disasters before, during, and after they occur. Prerequisite: 454. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Emergency Medical Services and program permission.

461. Advanced Pathophysiology (3 [3 to a maximum of 6 Δ])

System-focused content addresses the normal physiologic and pathologic mechanisms of disease that serve as the foundation for advanced clinical assessment, decision-making, and management. Prerequisite: 454. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Emergency Medical Services and program permission.

465. Advanced Paramedic Clerkship (1-6, may be repeated once Δ)

Students will assess undifferentiated patients, coming up with your own diagnostic and therapeutic management plan, integrating and applying risk stratification, triage and differential diagnosis. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Prerequisite: 400 and 461.

469. Epidemiology and Statistics (3)

To introduce and review basic tools of biostatistics, epidemiology, and research design; to teach students to critically evaluate relationships that seem to be cause-effect. Prerequisite: 454 and STAT 145. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Emergency Medical Services and program permission.

470. EMS Research Analysis (3)

This course provides the student with an overview of the research process and teaches skills in critical analysis of medical literature. Prerequisite: 454 and STAT 145. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Emergency Medical Services and program permission.

475. Research in Acute Care (3)

An introduction to clinical research in the UNM Emergency Department. This course will provide students with tools and training to work independently on screening and enrolling subjects in research studies currently conducted in the ED. Restriction: permission of instructor.

481. Community Paramedic: Public Health and Wellness (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

This course will introduce the student to public health and will learn to apply principles of public health in your work and recognize opportunities to positively impact community health. Restriction: permission of instructor.

498. EMS Topics (1-3 to a maximum of 15 Δ)

499. EMS Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

General Courses for Engineering Majors (ENG)

116. Introduction to Engineering (0-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ [1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ])

Description of the engineering profession, orientation to engineering education, introduction to the engineering design process. Does not count toward degree credit in the College of Arts and Sciences or in the School of Engineering. Two hours lecture and demonstrations. {Offered upon demand}

120. Mathematics for Engineering Applications (4)

Provides an overview of basic engineering math topics necessary for success in second-year engineering courses. Topics are presented in the context of engineering applications, and reinforced through labs and examples from core engineering courses. Prerequisite: MATH 121.

195. Special Topics (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Selected topics in interdisciplinary engineering or computer science at an introductory level.

200. Technology in Society (3)

This is an introduction to the ways in which technology shapes the world–and is itself shaped by society, culture, politics, economics and history. Topics include industrialization, technological changes, cultural impact, environmental policies and social and ethical responsibilities. Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area IV: Social/Behavioral Sciences.

301. Fundamentals of Engineering: Dynamics (1)

Builds on the basics of kinematics and kinetics of particles learned in physics to study the fundamentals of planar dynamics of rigid bodies. Students learn to analyze planar kinematics and kinetics of a rigid body. Prerequisite: MATH 264. Restriction: sophomore standing and above. Not allowed for students majoring in Mechanical Engineering.

302. Fundamentals of Engineering: Electronic Circuits (1)

Builds on the basics of electrical circuit analysis learned in physics to study the fundamentals of electronic circuits. Students learn to design simple circuits using op-amps and transistors. Prerequisite: PHYC 161. Restriction: sophomore standing and above in School of Engineering. Not allowed for Computer Engineering or Electrical Engineering majors.

303. Fundamentals of Engineering: Thermodynamics (1)

Covers the fundamentals of thermodynamics with engineering applications, suitable for students who intend to take the Fundamentals of Engineering (FE) exam. Prerequisite: MATH 264. Restriction: sophomore standing and above in School of Engineering. Not allowed for Chemical Engineering, Mechanical Engineering, or Nuclear Engineering majors.

304. Fundamentals of Engineering: Ethics for Engineers (1)

Covers the fundamentals of ethical decision-making related to engineering practice. Lectures on ethical theories, ethical problem solving methods, and safety. Class discussions based on case studies. Students may not also earn credit for CE 409 or CS 293. Restriction: sophomore standing in School of Engineering.

495. Special Topics (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Selected topics in interdisciplinary engineering or computer science at a senior level.

English (ENGL)

107. Greek Mythology (3)

Introduction to mythology; primary readings in stories about the gods and heroes, usually including Homer, Hesiod, Homeric Hymns and Tragedies. All texts will be in English. (LL)

110. Accelerated Composition (3)

Covers Composition I and II in one semester, focusing on analyzing rhetorical situations and responding with appropriate genres and technologies. Credit not allowed for both (110 and 112) or (110 and 113). (EPW) Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area I: Communications (NMCCN 1113). Prerequisite: ACT English =15-25 or SAT Evidence-Based Reading and Writing =430-650 or ACCUPLACER Sentence Skills =>109-120.

111-112. Composition I and II (3, 3)

First and second semester of Composition I and II sequence. Focuses on analyzing rhetorical situations and responding with appropriate genres and technologies. Credit not allowed for both 112 and 110, or for both 112 and 113. (EPW) Students with ACT English <15 or SAT Evidence-Based Reading and Writing <430 or ACCUPLACER Sentence Skills <109 will begin their English Composition Sequence with ENGL 111. Prerequisite for 112: 111. Restriction for 111: permission of department. Restriction for 112: permission of instructor.

113. Enhanced Composition (4)

Covers Composition I and II in one semester with a 1 credit hour lab. Focuses on analyzing rhetorical situations and responding with appropriate genres and technologies. Credit not allowed for both 113 and 110, or for both 113 and 112. (EPW) Prerequisite: ACT English =15-18 or SAT Evidence-Based Reading and Writing =430-490 or ACCUPLACER Sentence Skills =93-108. Restriction: permission of department. {Not offered on Main Campus}

120. Composition III (3)

Focuses on academic writing, research, and argumentation using appropriate genres and technologies. (EPW) Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area I: Communications (NMCCN 1123). Prerequisite: 110 or 112 or 113 or ACT English =26-28 or SAT Evidence-Based Reading and Writing =660-690.

150. The Study of Literature (3)

An introduction to the study and appreciation of literature for non-English majors. Shows how understanding writers’ techniques increases the enjoyment of their works; relates these techniques to literary conventions; teaches recognition, analysis, discussion of important themes. (LL) Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area V: Humanities and Fine Arts (NMCCN 2213).

206. Topics in Popular Literature (3, no limit Δ)

Reading and analysis of popular literary forms such as the spy novel, the detective novel, science fiction, best-sellers and fantasy.

211. Topics in Literature (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Surveys a specific type or area of literature, e.g., the American novel, the satiric novel, southern fiction, the western novel, American poetry, feminist literature, Chicano literature, Native American literature, African-American literature, Medieval and Viking literature. Primarily for non-majors. (LL) Prerequisite: 150.

219. Technical and Professional Writing (3)

Practice in writing and editing of workplace documents, including correspondence, reports and proposals. (EPW) Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area I: Communications. Prerequisite: 120 or ACT English =>29 or SAT Evidence-Based Reading and Writing =>700.

220. Expository Writing (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

An intermediate course with emphasis on rhetorical types, structure and style. (EPW) Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area I: Communications. Prerequisite: 120 or ACT English =>29 or SAT Evidence-Based Reading and Writing =>700.

224. Introduction to Creative Writing (3)

A beginning course in the writing of fiction, poetry, and creative nonfiction. Emphasis on process over product. Introduces issues of craft, workshop vocabulary, strategies for revision, and the habit of reading as a writer. (CW) Prerequisite: 110 or 112 or 113.

240. Traditional Grammar (3)

A study of the basic analysis of English sentences offered by traditional grammar. Presents terminology and methods for identifying parts of speech, functional units of sentences and basic sentence patterns. (LL)

248. Topics in Popular Medieval Literature and Studies (3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Reading and analysis of popular contemporary literature and film of the medieval period, including Tolkien’s works; mystery novels; fantasy; Viking language and saga. (LL)

249. Introduction to Studies in English (1)

Introduces English major, providing historical background, introduction to rhetoric and professional writing, creative writing, and literary studies. Introduces library resources used in field. Preparation for writing declaration of major statement. Prerequisite: 110 or 112 or 113.

250. Literary Textual Analysis (3)

First course required of all English majors. Concentrates on methods of literary analysis and critical writing. (LL) Prerequisite: 120 or ACT English =>29 or SAT Evidence-Based Reading and Writing =>700.

264. Introduction to Native American Literature [Survey of Native Literatures and Rhetorics] (3)

A survey of Native American novels, poetry, nonfiction, drama, storytelling, and film from colonial encounters and the nineteenth century to the present. Includes texts from various regions and tribal communities. (LL)

265. Introduction to Chicana/o Literature (3)

A survey of Chicana/o novels, short stories, essays, poetry, and drama from nineteenth century to the present, with emphasis on major themes such as history, culture, identity, language, and region. (LL)

266 [281]. African-American Literature I (3)

(Also offered as AFST 251) The course introduces students to the African American classics of the slavery era. Daily experiences of the characters in these books become the basis for discussing race, class, gender, revolt, freedom, peace and humanity. (LL)

287. Topics in Introductory Studies in Genre (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Introductory study in any one genre, including narrative, comedy, satire, tragedy, fiction, poetics, or stylistic analysis of nonfiction. (LL)

290. Introduction to Professional Writing (3)

Introductory course in the professional writing concentration. Study of technical writing, public information and public relations writing and freelance nonfiction writing. (EPW) Prerequisite: 120 or ACT English =>29 or SAT Evidence-Based Reading and Writing =>700.

292. World Literatures: Ancient World through the 16th Century (3)

Survey of key texts in world literature from the ancient world through the 16th century. (LL) Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area V: Humanities and Fine Arts (NMCCN 2613).

293. World Literatures: 17th Century through the Present (3)

Survey of key texts in world literatures from the 17th century through the present. (LL) Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area V: Humanities and Fine Arts (NMCCN 2623).

294. Earlier English Literature [Survey of Earlier English Literature] (3)

From Old English to 1798. A study of the principal literary and intellectual movements and selected writers and literary works from Beowulf through Johnson. (LL)

295. Later English Literature [Survey of Later English Literature] (3)

From 1798 to present. Study of principal literary and intellectual movements and selected writers and literary works. (LL)

296. Earlier American Literature (3)

A survey of American Literature to the mid-19th century. (LL)

297. Later American Literature (3)

A survey of American Literature from the mid-19th century to the present. (LL)

298. Workshop in Literature or Writing (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Various topics in literature, language and writing. (EPW)

304. The Bible as Literature (3)

Literary aspects of the Old and New Testaments. Examines the literary forms within the Bible: epic, parable, pastoral, allegory, proverb and so on. Stresses the importance of the Bible as a source for English and American literature. (LL)

305. Mythology (3)

An introduction to the major traditions of European and American mythology. Basic themes and motifs: the quest, creation, birth, marriage, heroes, heroines and death. Provides background for the study of later literature. (LL)

306. Arthurian Legend and Romance (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

(Also offered as COMP 306) Comprehensive study of the Arthurian Legend from its Celtic origins, to its medieval French romance continuators, and its English apex in Malory. May also trace post-medieval versions in art, print, and film. (LL)

308. The Jewish Experience in American Literature and Culture (3)

A comprehensive survey of the cultural and historic relationship between Jews and American culture and character as a whole. (LL)

315. Interdisciplinary Literary Studies [Interdisciplinary Approaches to Literature] (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Combines the study of literature with the study of outside materials from history, sociology or other disciplines. Examples include Religion and Literature, Law and Literature, Literature of the Depression and Medieval Literature and Culture. (LL)

320. Advanced Expository Writing (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Advanced study of specific academic, technical and professional genres. Topic varies. (EPW) Prerequisite: 219 or 220 or 290.

321. Intermediate Creative Writing-Fiction (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

An intermediate course in fiction, building on basic concepts introduced in 221. Emphasizes writing as a reader and incorporates the workshop critique of student drafts. A $20.00 workshop fee is required. (CW) Prerequisite: 224.

322. Intermediate Creative Writing-Poetry (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

An intermediate course in poetry, building on basic concepts introduced in 222. Emphasizes writing as a reader and incorporates the workshop critiques of student drafts. A $20.00 workshop fee is required. (CW) Prerequisite: 224.

323. Intermediate Creative Writing-Creative Nonfiction (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

An intermediate course in creative nonfiction, building on basic concepts introduced in 223. Emphasizes writing as a reader and incorporates the workshop critique of student drafts. A $20.00 workshop fee is required. (CW) Prerequisite: 224.

324. Introduction to Screenwriting (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

(Also offered as MA 324) Writing workshop on basics of character structure, scenes, visualization and good old story telling as it applies to the screenplay. Students read scripts, watch film clips and begin writing an original screenplay. (CW) Restriction: permission of instructor.

330. Topics in Comparative and World Literature (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

(Also offered as COMP 330) Study of special topics in Comparative and World Literatures, including studies of genre, period, literary movements and themes. (LL)

331. Topics in Asian Literature and Culture in Translation (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

(Also offered as COMP 331) Study of the culture and literatures of India, China, Japan and other Asian traditions. Topics vary. (LL)

332. Topics in African Literature and Culture in Translation (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

(Also offered as COMP 332) Study of the culture and literatures of Africa. Topics vary. (LL)

*333. Topics in Latin Literature and Culture in Translation (3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as COMP *333) Study of individual authors, genres or periods of Latin literature and culture in translation. (LL)

*334. Topics in Greek Literature and Culture in Translation (3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as COMP *334) Study of individual authors, genres and periods of Greek literature and culture in translation. (LL)

335. Topics in French Literature and Culture in Translation (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

(Also offered as COMP, FREN 335) Study of individual authors, genres and/or periods of French and Francophone literature and culture. (LL)

336. Topics in German Literature and Culture in Translation (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

(Also offered as COMP, GRMN 336) Study of individual authors, genres, and/or periods of German literature and culture in translation. May only be taken twice for the German major and once for the German minor. (LL)

337. Topics in Italian Literature and Culture in Translation (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

(Also offered as COMP, ITAL 337) Study of individual authors, genres, and/or periods of Italian literature and culture in translation. (LL)

338. Topics in Russian Literature and Culture in Translation (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

(Also offered as COMP, RUSS 338) Study of individual authors, genres, and/or periods of Russian literature and culture in translation. (LL)

339. Topics in Japanese Literature and Culture in Translation (3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as COMP, JAPN 339) Study of individual authors, genres and/or periods of Japanese literature and culture in translation. (LL)

341. Introduction to Premodern Japanese Literature and Culture in Translation (3)

(Also offered as COMP, JAPN 341) An introduction to Japanese literature and culture from the 8th to the 19th century, this course focuses on major literary works and performance genres in their historical context.

342. Introduction to Modern Japanese Literature and Culture in Translation (3)

(Also offered as COMP, JAPN 342) This course is an introductory exploration of the literature and culture of modern Japan, from the mid-19th century to the present day. Students will critically read a selection of modern prose narratives and poetry.

343. Topics in Chinese Literature and Culture in Translation (3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

(Also offered as CHIN, COMP 343) This course surveys Chinese literature and culture from the origins of Chinese civilization to the present, with a focus on the continuities and discontinuities between traditional and modern China.

345. The Supernatural in Japanese Fiction, Folklore and Drama (3)

(Also offered as COMP, JAPN 345) Survey of Japanese mythology, folklore, drama and fiction from 1000 CE to the present with a focus on the cultural significance of ghosts, monsters, spirit possession and otherworldly encounters.

347. Viking Mythology (3)

(Also offered as MDVL 347) Comprehensive study of the mythology and literature of medieval Scandinavia, including the poetry of Snorri Sturluson, the prose and poetic Edda, and the Icelandic sagas.

348. Topics in Medieval Studies (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Approaches to reading and analysis of selected major works in medieval literature, history, art and architecture, and philosophy. (LL)

349. From Beowulf to Arthur (3)

Survey of the principal literary genres and approaches to Old and Middle English literature in translation. (LL)

350. Medieval Tales of Wonder (3)

Study of medieval literature, language, and culture in the context of insular and continental texts. (LL)

351. Chaucer (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Comprehensive study of Chaucer’s poetry, focusing upon language, versification and literary sources in their historical and cultural contexts. Alternates between focus upon Canterbury Tales and upon Troilus and Criseyde with selected other works. (LL)

352. Early Shakespeare (3)

Survey of Shakespeare’s Elizabethan-era drama and poetry, including such works as A Midsummer Night’s Dream, Henry IV, Hamlet and Venus and Adonis. Examines dramatic structure, characterization, poetics and a variety of themes in their historical context. (LL)

353. Later Shakespeare (3)

Survey of Shakespeare’s Jacobean-era drama and poetry, including such works as Measure for Measure, Macbeth, The Tempest and the sonnets. Examines dramatic structure, characterization, poetics and a variety of themes in their historical context. (LL)

354. Milton (3)

Comprehensive study of Milton’s poetry and prose with the context of 17th-century history and of Milton criticism. Alternates between focus upon Paradise Lost and shorter poems, and upon Paradise Regained, Samson Agonistes and prose. (LL)

355. Enlightenment Literature [Enlightenment Survey] (3)

Literature and culture of the English Enlightenment (1650-1800), the construction of the modern world: the new science, exploration, empire. Experiments in theatre, satire, fiction: Dryden, Behn, Pope, Defoe, Swift, Fielding, Lennox, Austen. (LL)

356. Nineteenth Century British and Irish Literature [The Nineteenth Century] (3)

A survey of 19th Century literature and culture, primarily focused on British and Irish literature, covering a wide range of authors and a variety of genres from the Romantic through the Victorian periods. (LL)

363. Nineteenth Century America (3)

Studies of the literature, culture, and social movements of the long nineteenth century. Focus may be early or late. Examples include Nineteenth Century American Literature and the West and Sexuality in the Nineteenth Century.

364. Topics in Native American Literature and Culture (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

An examination of specialized topics in Native American literature and culture, organized by genre, period, theme, movement, or tribal nation. Examples include Native American Women Writers and Native American Genre Fiction. (LL)

365. Chicana/o Cultural Studies (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

An examination of contemporary Chicana/o literature, criticism, murals, film, and other forms of popular culture, with an emphasis on the construction and representation of Chicana/o cultural identity. (LL)

366 [381]. African-American Literature II (3)

(Also offered as AFST 381) This is the second phase of a three-part journey through the African-American experience in search of humanity and peace. The vehicle is post-slavery books written by and about African-American people. Issues raised and the characters in the books provide the occasion for in-depth discussion of inhumanity, protests, self definition, race relationships, liberalism, etc. (LL)

368. Studies in American Literature (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

Studies in American literature and culture, organized around genre, period, theme, or movement. Examples include American Science Fictions and The Culture of the Cold War.

374. Southwest Literature and Culture (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

An examination of major texts in Native, Hispanic, and Anglo literatures and cultures of the southwestern US, emphasizing the twentieth century and a variety of genres.

378 [360]. Individual Authors (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Study of one or more authors. Titles of individual sections vary as content varies. (LL)

387. Studies in Genre Criticism (3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Study of the formal criticism associated with any genre of literature, including narrative, poetry, fiction, drama, and others. (LL)

388. Topics in Film and Literature (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Examination of formal, thematic, and/or historical relationships between literary and cinematic forms including study of adaptations and/or interrelations between film and literature as a means of cultural expressions. (LL)

397. Regional Literature (3)

The study of a limited body of writers whose work is identified with a particular geographical region. Authors covered will differ but representative examples are Frank Waters, Willa Cather, Rudolfo Anaya and Walter Van Tilburg Clark. (LL)

410 / 510. Criticism and Theory (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

A historical survey of literary criticism and theory; alternates between criticism from the classical period through the early 19th century, and criticism and theory from the late 19th century through the present. (LL)

411 / 511. Special Topics: Criticism and Theory, Literary and Cultural Movements (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Advanced study of various topics in literary and cultural studies, literary criticism and theory. Recent topics have included Linguistics and Literary Criticism, Cultural Theory, Literature and National Identity. (LL)

412. Capstone and Honors Seminar (3)

Seminar bringing together literary, rhetorical, and/or theoretical works from different times or cultural moments. Students do in-depth research with a clear theoretical base and give oral presentations of their work. (LL)

413 / 513. Scientific, Environmental and Medical Writing (3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Theoretical and practical studies of writing in the sciences. Addresses writing for both popular and professional audiences. (EPW)

414 / 514. Documentation (3)

Theory and practice in developing, editing and producing technical documentation for paper-based and online media. (EPW)

415 / 515. Publishing (3)

Theory and process of publishing, offering successful strategies for working with and within the publishing industry. Course includes the discussion of the cultural function of publishing. (EPW)

416 / 516. Biography and Autobiography (3)

Writing and reading biography and autobiography; researching a life to be rendered in writing. (EPW)

417 / 517. Editing (3)

Theory and practice of copyediting print and on-line documents. Rhetorical, linguistic and historical analyses of style, grammar and usage. (EPW)

418 / 518. Proposal and Grant Writing (3)

Invention and delivery of proposals and grants in the business, scientific, technical and artistic arenas. (EPW)

419 / 519. Visual Rhetoric (3)

Analysis and design of paper-based and on-line documents. (EPW)

420 / 520. Topics in Professional Writing (3, no limit Δ)

Advanced study of professional writing theory and practice. Recent topics have included creative non-fiction, hypertext and advanced technical writing. (EPW)

421 / 521. Advanced Creative Writing-Fiction (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

An advanced course in fiction with a strong emphasis on revision. Combines the workshop experience with classroom study of published authors as well as some theorists on writing. A $20.00 workshop fee is required. (CW) Prerequisite: 321.

422 / 522. Advanced Creative Writing-Poetry (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

An advanced course in poetry with a strong emphasis on revision. Combines the workshop experience with classroom study of published poets as well as some theorists on writing. A $20.00 workshop fee is required. (CW) Prerequisite: 322.

423 / 523. Advanced Creative Writing: Creative Nonfiction (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

An advanced course in creative nonfiction with a strong emphasis on revision. Combines the workshop experience with classroom study of published authors as well as some theorists on writing. A $20.00 workshop fee is required. (CW) Prerequisite: 323.

424. Creative Writing Workshop Script (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Advanced workshop devoted to student preparation of working scripts for film or television. (CW) Restriction: permission of instructor.

432. Topics in Literature and Culture (3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

(Also offered as COMP, FREN 432) Varying topics in the practice and theory of literatures and cultures. (LL)

440 / 540. Topics in Language or Rhetoric (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

An overview of a defined theme or issue in language or rhetorical theory. Recent topics have included Discourse Analysis/Text Linguistics, Survey of American English, Narrative Theory and Literature, Epistemic Rhetoric and Language Studies, such as Old Norse. (LL)

441 / 541. English Grammars (3)

A survey of various grammar models and their applications to analysis of the English language. (LL) Prerequisite: 240.

442 / 542. Major Texts in Rhetoric (3)

A survey of rhetorical and language theories from the classical period through the 18th century. (LL)

444. Practicum: Tutoring Writing (3)

Concentrates on the theory and practice of tutoring student writing. Prerequisite: 120. Restriction: permission of instructor.

445 / 545. History of the English Language (3)

A historical survey of the etymology, morphology, phonetics and semantics of English, as well as the relation between the English language and cultural change. (LL)

447 / 547. Introductory Old English (3)

(Also offered as LING 447 / 547) An introduction to the grammar, syntax, and phonology of Old English. Prepares students for more advanced studies in this and later periods. (LL)

448 / 548. Topics in Advanced Old English (3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Intensive advanced study of Old English literature alternating between Beowulf and other major works of Old English poetry and prose. (LL) Prerequisite: 447 / 547.

449 / 549. Middle English Language (3)

(Also offered as LING 449) Comprehensive study of Middle English dialects and the development of Middle English from Old English. Prepares students for Middle English literature. (LL)

450 / 550. Middle English Literature (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Middle English literature in the original, excluding Chaucer; alternates with Medieval Lyrics, Medieval Romance, Saints Lives. (LL)

451 / 551. Topics in Medieval Studies (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Advanced study of specialized aspects in medieval studies, such as manuscripts; paleography; research methods; Old Norse studies; medieval Latin sources; cultural, feminist, and historical theoretical approaches to literature; medievalism in Britain and America; history of scholarship. (LL)

452 / 552. The Renaissance (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Survey of prose, poetry and/or drama of the 16th century. Emphasis varies. (LL)

453 / 553. The Seventeenth Century (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Survey of prose, poetry and/or drama of the 17th century. Emphasis varies. (LL)

454 / 554. Restoration and Early Eighteenth Century (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Studies in literature and culture on topics such as Restoration comedy and heroic tragedy, early eighteenth-century satire and major authors such as John Dryden, Aphra Behn, Alexander Pope, Daniel Defoe and Jonathan Swift.

455 / 555. Middle and Late Eighteenth Century (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Studies in literature and culture 1735–1800 on topics such as eighteenth-century theater, the development of fiction, the construction of difference and the representations of the relationship between England and the rest of the world. (LL)

456 / 556. British Romanticism (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Studies in the literature and culture of early 19th-century Britain; the Wordsworth circle, the Keats-Shelley circle, Romantic women writers and special topics such as British Culture in the 1790s and Romantic Theory. (LL)

457 / 557. Victorian Studies (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Studies in the literature and culture of the Victorian era; recent offerings have included Dickens, the Bronte’s; and special topics such as Sensation’ Detection and the Detective Novel; Victorian Sexualities; and Race, Class and Gender. (LL)

458 / 558. Modern British Literature (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Survey of the poetry, fiction, drama and nonfiction prose of early 20th-century Britain and Ireland, including the works of Conrad, Yeats, Eliot, Forster, Joyce, Shaw and Woolf. (LL)

459 / 559. Irish Literature (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Survey of the prose, poetry and drama of Ireland. Alternates between surveys of modern and postmodern Irish literature and special topics or single author courses such as on Yeats or Joyce. (LL)

460. Early American Literature (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

This course focuses on pre-1830 American literature. Literary and other texts explore the encounter between Europeans and indigenous peoples of the Americas; colonial and early Republic periods are also examined.

461 / 561. American Romanticism (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Survey of the prose and poetry of mid-19th-century America, including writings by the Transcendentalists, Hawthorne, Poe, Melville, Stowe, Whitman and Dickinson. (LL)

462 / 562. American Realism and Naturalism (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Survey of the prose and poetry of turn-of-the-century America, including writings by Mark Twain, Henry James, Crane, Wharton, Norris and Gilman. (LL)

463. Modern American Literature (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Survey of the poetry, fiction, drama and non-fiction prose of American literature from 1900–1945, including works by writers such as Cather, Faulkner, Fitzgerald, Hemingway, O’Neill, Frost, H.D., Hughes and Stevens. (LL)

464 / 564. Advanced Studies in Native American and Indigenous Literature [Advanced Studies in Native Literatures and Rhetorics] (3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Advanced study of Native American and Indigenous literature, with attention to literary history, theory, and critical methodologies. Includes materials beyond American Indian or U.S. contexts, such as First Nations or global Indigenous. (LL)

465 / 565. Chicana/o Literature (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Advanced study of Chicana/o literature, literary history, criticism, theory, novels, short stories, poetry, and film, with emphasis on ethnic, regional, gender, and linguistic identity from nineteenth century to the present. (LL)

466. African-American Literature (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

An introduction to traditional and/or contemporary African-American texts. Topics have included Survey of the African-American Novel and Toni Morrison. (LL)

468 / 568. Topics in American Literature (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Intensive study of special topics in American Literature. Offerings have included Literature of the Civil War, 19th-Century American Literature and the Visual Arts, Southern American Literature and American Women Writers. (LL)

470 / 570. Modernist Literature (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Survey of the poetry, fiction, drama and non-fiction prose of the early 20th century in the United States, Britain and Ireland, with some consideration of the international influence of and upon these literatures. Course content varies from semester to semester. (LL)

472 / 572. Contemporary Literature (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Survey of the poetry, fiction, drama and non-fiction prose of the post-1945 era in the United States and Britain, with some consideration of the international influence of and upon these literatures. Course content varies from semester to semester. (LL)

473. Postmodernism (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Studies in experimental literary works and theories from World War II to the present. (LL)

474 / 574. Contemporary Southwestern Literature (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

This course presents and analyzes major texts in post-war literature of the southwestern U.S., emphasizing the cultural exchanges among Native, Hispanic and Anglo literature and culture. (LL)

478. Topics in Individual Authors (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

Advanced study of one or more authors. Titles of individual sections vary as content varies. (LL)

479 / 579. Postcolonial Literatures (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Survey of Postcolonial literatures and theories emanating from the Indian subcontinent, Africa and other countries recently independent from the British Empire.

480 / 580. Topics in British Literature (3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Intensive study of special issues and themes, literary movements and single authors in British Literature. (LL)

486 / 586. British Fiction (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Studies in the literary and cultural emergence and formation of fiction as a genre in English. Course content varies; recent topics include The Early English Novel; The 18th-Century Comic Novel; and Race, Class and Gender in the 19th-Century Novel. (LL)

487. Advanced Studies in Genre (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Study any one genre, including narrative, comedy, satire, tragedy, poetics or stylistic analysis of nonfiction. (LL)

488. American Literature, Film, and Culture (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

Focus varies but includes study of American literature, cinema, and other forms of visual culture.

490. Senior Honors Thesis (3)

Open only to students admitted to honors in English. To be taken in the semester when the senior thesis is completed. (LL)

497. Individual Study (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Permission of the instructor is required before registering. The student should present a plan of study to the instructor. (LL)

499. Internship (1-3)

Permission of the Professional Writing Director is required before registering. (LL) Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

500. Introduction to the Professional Study of English (3)

This course prepares students for advanced graduate work in English. Topics include research methods and bibliography; literary criticism and theory; and the history of English as a profession.

501. Introduction to the Profession for Writers (3)

Introduction to graduate studies for professional and creative writers. A survey of writing for different occasions, the world of publishing, the means of getting published and the technology writers need to know.

510 / 410. Criticism and Theory (3)

A one-semester course that focuses on contemporary criticism and theory in the context of classical through 19th-century criticism and theory.

511 / 411. Special Topics: Criticism and Theory, Literary and Cultural Movements (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

513 / 413. Scientific, Environmental and Medical Writing (3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Theoretical and practical studies of writing in the sciences. Addresses writing for both popular and professional audiences.

514 / 414. Documentation (3)

Theory and practice in developing, editing and producing technical documentation for paper-based and online media.

515 / 415. Publishing (3)

Theory and process of publishing, offering successful strategies for working with and within the publishing industry. Course includes the discussion of the cultural function of publishing.

516 / 416. Biography and Autobiography (3)

Writing and reading biography and autobiography; researching a life to be rendered in writing.

517 / 417. Editing (3)

Theory and practice of copyediting print and on-line documents. Rhetorical, linguistic and historical analyses of style, grammar and usage.

518 / 418. Proposal and Grant Writing (3)

Invention and delivery of proposals and grants in the business, scientific, technical and artistic arenas.

519 / 419. Visual Rhetoric (3)

Analysis and design of paper-based and on-line documents.

520 / 420. Topics in Professional Writing (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Advanced study of professional writing theory and practice. Recent topics have included creative non-fiction, hypertext and advanced technical writing.

521 / 421. Creative Writing Workshop: Prose Fiction (3, no limit Δ)

Prerequisite: 421.

522 / 422. Creative Writing Workshop: Poetry (3, no limit Δ)

Prerequisite: 422.

523 / 423. Creative Writing Workshop: Creative Nonfiction (3, no limit Δ)

Prerequisite: 423.

530. Teaching Composition (3)

Provides extensive practical assistance and basic theoretical background for teachers of first-year composition. Required of all new Teaching Assistants in their first semester of teaching first-year composition at UNM.

531. Teaching Stretch and Studio Composition (3)

This course provides theoretical and practical support for teaching in the Stretch and Studio Composition program. Required of all instructors before teaching Stretch or Studio Composition. Prerequisite: 530. Restriction: permission of instructor.

532. Teaching Multimodal and Online Composition (3)

Provides theory and practical application for teachers of composition who wish to teach online or who wish to incorporate multimodal pedagogies. Required of all teaching assistants who teach online versions of first-year composition. Pre- or corequisite: 530. Restriction: permission of instructor.

533. Teaching Professional and Technical Writing (3)

Provides theory and practice in teaching professional and technical writing at the university level and in training situations.

534. Composition Theory (3)

Provides an overview of various theories from the 1960s to the present shaping the way writing is taught. Topics include theories of audience, genre, process, collaboration, second language writing, and multimodal composition.

540 / 440. Topics in Language or Rhetoric (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

541 / 441. English Grammars (3)

A survey of various grammar models and their applications to analysis of the English language.

542 / 442. Major Texts in Rhetoric (3)

A survey of rhetorical and language theories from the classical period through the 18th century.

543. Contemporary Texts in Rhetoric (3)

A survey of rhetorical and language theories from the 19th and 20th centuries that shape contemporary approaches to discourse, text and persuasion.

545 / 445. History of the English Language (3)

An historical survey of the etymology, morphology, phonetics and semantics of English, as well as the relation between the English language and cultural change.

547 / 447. Introductory Old English (3)

(Also offered as LING 547 / 447) An introduction to the grammar, syntax, and phonology of Old English. Prepares students for more advanced studies in this and later periods.

548 / 448. Topics in Advanced Old English (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Intensive advanced study of Old English literature alternating between Beowulf and other major works of Old English poetry and prose. Prerequisite: 547 / 447.

549 / 449. Middle English Language (3)

(Also offered as LING 449) Comprehensive study of Middle English dialects and the development of Middle English from Old English. Prepares students for Middle English literature.

550 / 450. Middle English Literature (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Middle English literature in the original, excluding Chaucer; alternates with Medieval Lyrics, Medieval Romance, Saints Lives.

551 / 451. Topics in Medieval Studies (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

552 / 452. The Renaissance (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Survey of prose, poetry and/or drama of the 16th century. Emphasis varies.

553 / 453. The Seventeenth Century (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Survey of prose, poetry and/or drama of the 17th century. Emphasis varies.

554 / 454. Restoration and Early Eighteenth Century (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

555 / 455. Middle and Late Eighteenth Century (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

556 / 456. British Romanticism (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

557 / 457. Victorian Studies (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

558 / 458. Modern British Literature (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Survey of the poetry, fiction, drama and nonfiction prose of early 20th-century Britain and Ireland, including the works of Conrad, Yeats, Eliot, Forster, Joyce, Shaw and Woolf.

559 / 459. Irish Literature (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Survey of the prose, poetry and drama of Ireland. Alternates between surveys of modern and postmodern Irish literature and special topics or single author courses such as on Yeats or Joyce.

561 / 461. American Romanticism (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Survey of the prose and poetry of mid-19th-century America, including writings by the Transcendentalists, Hawthorne, Poe, Melville, Stowe, Whitman and Dickinson.

562 / 462. American Realism and Naturalism (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Survey of the prose and poetry of turn-of-the-century America, including writings by Mark Twain, Henry James, Crane, Wharton, Norris and Gilman.

564 / 464. Advanced Studies in Native American and Indigenous Literature [Advanced Studies in Native Literatures and Rhetorics] (3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

565 / 465. Chicana/o Literature (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

568 / 468. Topics in American Literature (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

570 / 470. Modernist Literature (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

572 / 472. Contemporary Literature (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

574 / 474. Contemporary Southwestern Literature (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

This course presents and analyzes major texts in post-war literature of the southwestern U.S., emphasizing the cultural exchanges among Native, Hispanic and Anglo literature and culture.

578. Topics in Individual Authors (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

Study of one or more authors. Titles of individual sections vary as content varies.

579 / 479. Postcolonial Literatures (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Survey of Postcolonial literatures and theories emanating from the Indian subcontinent, Africa and other countries recently independent from the British Empire.

580 / 480. Topics in British Literature (3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Intensive study of special issues and themes, literary movements and single authors in British Literature.

581. Chaucer (3)

Studies in the Canterbury Tales, Parliament of Fowls, House of Fame and other Chaucerian poems, together with a study of the history, philosophy and theology of the time. There will also be discussions of relevant contemporary critical theory. Emphasis varies.

582. Shakespeare (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Intensive study of the major dramatic and non-dramatic works of William Shakespeare. Emphasis varies.

586 / 486. British Fiction (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

587. Genre Studies (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Studies in one or more of the major genres of literature, including narrative fiction, poetics, comedy, epic, satire and tragedy.

592. Teaching Literature and Literary Studies (3)

Practicum on teaching literature and literary studies. Study of theoretical discourses about teaching also included. Topics vary.

596. Portfolio (1 or 3)

Directed preparation of the Master’s Portfolio. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

597. Problems for the Master's Degree (1-3 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

Intensive, directed study at the Master’s level of particular topics and issues pertaining to the various fields in English. Permission of the Departmental Graduate Director required prior to registration.

598. Graduate Internship (1-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Internships in professional, technical, and creative writing supervised by individual faculty members. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

610. Seminar: Studies in Criticism and Theory (3, no limit Δ)

An in-depth investigation of a defined theme or issue in Literary Criticism and Theory; topics vary.

640. Seminar: Studies in Language or Rhetoric (3, no limit Δ)

An in-depth investigation of a defined theme or issue in language theory or rhetoric. Recent topics have included Metaphor and Stylistics, ESL Grammar for Adults and Epistemic Rhetoric.

650. Seminar: Studies in British Literature (3, no limit Δ)

An in-depth investigation of a defined theme or issue in British Literature; topics vary.

660. Seminar: Studies in American Literature (3, no limit Δ)

An in-depth investigation of a defined theme or issue in American Literature; topics vary.

680. Seminar: Studies in Genre, Backgrounds, Forces (3, no limit Δ)

An in-depth investigation of special topics pertaining to the study of British and American Literature and related fields of study.

697. Problems for the Doctor's Degree (1-3, no limit Δ)

Intensive, directed study at the Doctoral level of particular topics and issues pertaining to the various fields in English. Permission of the Departmental Graduate Director required prior to registration.

698. Independent Study (1-3, may be repeated once Δ)

Permission of the Departmental Graduate Director required prior to registration.

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Environmental Science (ENVS)

101. The Blue Planet (3)

To understand global change and environmental concerns, this course weaves together an understanding of Earth’s lithosphere, atmosphere and oceans and how ecosystems are linked to the physical environment. Students are encouraged, but not required, to enroll concurrently in 102L. Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area III: Science.

102L. The Blue Planet Laboratory (1)

Introductory environmental earth science laboratory. Includes minerals, rocks, and rock cycle, topographic maps, local geology and groundwater, weather and climate. Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area III: Science. Pre- or corequisite: 101.

315. Statistics and Data Analysis (3)

Exploration of basic statistical representations of earth science data, matrix algebra, and multivariate data analysis and Fourier analysis. Pre- or corequisite: MATH 162.

320L. Environmental Systems (4)

Analysis of environmental science data focusing on local water, soil, atmospheric, and bedrock systems and comparisons to analogous systems around the world. Prerequisite: ((101 and 102L) or (EPS 101 and EPS 105L)) and (MATH 121 or MATH 123 or MATH 150 or MATH 153 or MATH 162).

321L. Earth Materials and Critical Zone Geology (4)

Rocks and minerals form a critical foundation for all Earth's systems, and understanding the chemical composition and physical characteristics of these Earth's materials is important for work in Environmental Sciences. Prerequisite: 320L and CHEM 121 and CHEM 123L and (MATH 123 or MATH 150 or MATH 153 or MATH 162).

322L. Life and the Earth System (4)

Investigation of the co-evolution of the Earth and life, including origins and evolution of life, ecology and biogeography, biogeochemical cycles, and the impact of a dynamic Earth environment on major radiations and extinctions. Prerequisite: 321L and BIOL 123 and BIOL 124L.

323L. Water in the Earth System (4)

Quantitative treatment of the global hydrologic cycle and links to the broader Earth System, including precipitation, evaportranspiration, infiltration, runoff and subsurface flow; global change and catchment and hillslope hydrology; hydrologic ecosystem interactions; water chemistry evolution. Prerequisite: (321L or EPS **304L) and MATH 162 and PHYC 160. Pre- or corequisite: MATH 163.

324. Earth's Climatic Environment (3)

Basic process-based understanding of Earth's climate system using physics-based problem-solving skills and applying scientific concepts related to understanding the Earth's climatic system. Prerequisite: 323L.

330. Environmental Systems (3)

Study of the human relationship to and impact on the physical environment. Sustainable development and management of resources. Global change and implications for ecosystems. Environmental law, policy, regulations and ethics. Prerequisite: (101 or EPS 101) and CHEM 121 and CHEM 123L and (MATH 162 or PHYC 160) or (BIOL 123 or BIOL 201L). {Fall}

430L / 530L. Advanced Environmental Science (4)

Application of basic science to the interdisciplinary study of environmental systems. Causes of and solutions to land, air, water and ecosystem degradation. Prerequisite: 324 or (330 and MATH 163 and PHYC 160 and CHEM 121 and 123L and (BIOL 123 or BIOL 201L)). {Spring}

530L / 430L. Advanced Environmental Science (4)

Application of basic science to the interdisciplinary study of environmental systems. Causes of and solutions to land, air, water and ecosystem degradation. {Spring}

Earth and Planetary Sciences (EPS)

101. How the Earth Works - An Introduction to Geology (3)

A fascinating tour of our active planet. Explore earth materials (rocks and minerals), the continents’ motions and related origins of earthquakes, volcanoes, mountain building, oceans, landscapes, natural energy and economic resources, global warming and other topics. Students are encouraged but not required to enroll concurrently in 105L. Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area III: Science (NMCCN 1114).

105L. Physical Geology Laboratory (1)

Minerals, rocks and topographic and geologic maps; field trips. Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area III: Science (NMCCN 1114). Pre- or corequisite: 101. {Fall, Spring}

110. Topics in the Earth Sciences (1-3 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

Eight- to 16-week courses on selected topics relating directly to the human experience, e.g., Volcanoes, Extinctions, Weather, Earthquakes, New Mexico’s Water, Soils, Nuclear Hazards, Geomagnetism, Albuquerque Field Geology and the Geology of Everyday Life. {Fall, Spring}

115. Geological Disasters (3)

Causes and effects of disastrous geological events, including earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, tsunamis, landslides and floods.

201L. Earth History (4)

Elrick, Smith. Origin and history of the Earth including age of the planet and dating of rocks, changing configurations of oceans and continents as a result of plate tectonics, records of climate change, history of formation and erosion of mountain chains, origin and evolution of life and causes of extinction. Required field trip and lab exercises permit understanding of how Earth history is interpreted from the geologic rock record. Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area III: Science (NMCCN 1114). Prerequisite: 101 or ENVS 101. Pre- or corequisite: 105L or ENVS 102L. {Fall, Spring}

250. Geology of New Mexico (3)

Kues. Survey of geologic features of New Mexico including structures, land forms, stratigraphy, fossils, geologic history and mineral resources. A course in elementary geology recommended.

251. Meteorology (3)

Gutzler. (Also offered as GEOG 251) Description of weather phenomena, principles of atmospheric motion, weather map analysis and weather prediction.

252. Volcanoes! (3)

Fischer. Types of volcanoes and eruption products, role of volcanism in planetary evolution, volcanoes as sources of geothermal energy and mineral deposits, volcanic hazards and disasters, environmental effects of volcanic eruptions. Prerequisite: 101 or ENVS 101.

**300. Topics in Geology (1-4, may be repeated once Δ)

Summary of specific areas of geology, designed especially for earth science teachers and other nontraditional students. Subjects may vary from year to year; lectures normally supplemented by laboratory exercises.

**301. Mineralogy/Earth and Planetary Materials (3)

Introduction to crystallography, crystal chemistry and their relation to physical and chemical properties of materials. Overview of major structure types and crystal chemistry/occurrence of common rock-forming minerals. EPS majors must enroll in 301 and 302L in the same semester. Prerequisite: CHEM 121 and CHEM 123L. {Fall}

**302L. Mineralogy Laboratory (2)

Laboratory exercises in crystallography and crystal chemistry. Hand specimen identification of the common rock-forming minerals. {Fall}

**303L. Igneous and Metamorphic Petrology (4)

Introduction to processes leading to formation of igneous and metamorphic rocks. Emphasis on plate tectonic settings and interactions between physical and chemical processes. Prerequisite: **301 and **302L. {Spring}

**304L. Sedimentology and Stratigraphy (4)

Elrick. Introduction to origin, petrology and stratigraphic occurrence of sedimentary rocks. Prerequisite: 201L and **301 and **302L.

**307L. Structural Geology (4)

Karlstrom. Nature and origin of rock structures and deformation; map and stereographic projection problems; stress and strain. Prerequisite: **304L and (PHYC 151 or PHYC 160). Pre- or corequisite: **303L. {Spring}

310L. New Mexico Field Geology (4)

Scientific method based on field observation, analysis of geologic phenomena and geologic history of New Mexico. Written report for each 4-hour field trip to outcrops in the Albuquerque area. Prerequisite: (101 or ENVS 101) and (105L or ENVS 102L).

**319L. Introductory Field Geology (4)

Principles and techniques of basic field mapping, layout, preparation, and presentation of maps and cross-sections; construction of geologic reports. Offered as a 3-week summer course (20 consecutive days). Prerequisite: **304L and **307L.

**333. Environmental Geology (3)

Smith. Earth processes and anthropogenic environmental factors and their cycles. Physical and chemical aspects of environmental change will be considered. Prerequisite: (101 or ENVS 101) and MATH 121 or 123 or 150 or 153 or 162).

352. Global Climate Change (3)

(Also offered as GEOG 352) Gutzler. Comparison of natural and anthropogenic causes of large-scale climate change. Factors influencing development of mitigation of adaptation policies. Prerequisite: MATH 121 or MATH 123 or MATH 150 or MATH 153 or MATH 162.

**365. Exploring the Solar System (3)

Agee. Survey of space exploration past, present, and future. Detailed overview of solar system formation, the Sun, the planets and their moons, asteroids, comets, meteorites and astrobiology.

*400. Topics in Earth and Planetary Sciences (1-4, may be repeated once Δ)

401 / 501. Colloquium (1 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

Current topics in geology. For graduate students, may be repeated once for credit towards degree. See description for *490. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: junior or senior standing.

405L / 505L. Stable Isotope Geochemistry (3)

Sharp. Examinations of principles governing the distribution of stable isotopes in geological materials and their applications in understanding geochemical processes. Prerequisite: CHEM 121 and CHEM 123L and MATH 163.

410 / 510. Fundamentals of Geochemistry (3)

Asmeron. Geochemistry of igneous, metamorphic and sedimentary rocks. Geochemical methodology. Prerequisite: CHEM 121 and CHEM 122 and MATH 150.

*411L. Invertebrate Paleontology (4)

Kues. General principles and familiarization with diagnostic features of fossils. Introduction to environmental implications. 8 hours of EPS or BIOL recommended. Prerequisite: 201L or (BIOL 203 and BIOL 203L).

415 / 515. Geochemistry of Natural Waters (3)

Crossey. Principles of aqueous chemistry and processes controlling the composition of natural waters: streams, lakes, groundwater and the oceans. Prerequisite: **304L or (CHEM 122 and CHEM 124L).

420L / 520L. Topics in Advanced Field Geology (2-4 to a maximum of 8 Δ)

Karlstrom. Advanced geological field techniques; special field problems concentrating on the tectonic evolution of the Rocky Mountain region. Offered as a 3-week course (20 consecutive days). Prerequisite: **319L. {Summer}

427 / 527. Geophysics (3)

(Also offered as PHYC **327) Applications of gravity, magnetics, seismology, heat flow to the structure, constitution and deformation of earth. Related aspects of plate tectonics and resource exploration. Prerequisite: MATH 163 and PHYC 161.

428 / 528. Applied Mathematics for Earth and Environmental Sciences (3)

Introduction to linear algebra, differential equations, and vector calculus with applications to hydrology, geophysics, and atmospheric sciences. Prerequisite: MATH 163.

433. Statistics and Data Analysis in Earth Science (3)

Selected mathematical methods of geological data analysis, including elementary statistics, matrix algebra, multivariate data analysis and Fourier analysis. Prerequisite: MATH 163.

436 / 536. Climate Dynamics (3)

Gutzler. A quantitative introduction to the Earth’s climate system, emphasizing processes responsible for maintaining the current climate and governing climate change on global and regional scales, including interactions between the atmosphere, ocean and biosphere. Prerequisite: MATH 162 and PHYC 160.

*439. Paleoclimatology (3)

Fawcett. History of the Earth’s climate. Examination of methods in climactic reconstruction and mechanisms of climactic change. Emphasis on Pleistocene and Holocene climactic records. Prerequisite: 101 or ENVS 101.

445 / 545. Topics in Sedimentology and Stratigraphy (1-4, may be repeated 5 times Δ)

Variable course content depending on student interest. Topics may include physical sedimentology, sequence stratigraphy, basin analysis, cycle stratigraphy and chemostratigraphy.

450L / 550L. Volcanology (4)

Fischer. Characteristics and mechanism of volcanic systems, volcanism in various continental and marine tectonic settings. Laboratory to include field and laboratory examination of volcanic rocks and structures and models of volcanic processes. Prerequisite: **303L.

455L / 555L. Computational and GIS Applications in Geomorphology (3)

Scuderi. Techniques in acquisition, processing, analysis and display of digital, aerial photo and remote-sensing data; regional quantitative morphometry; use of topography and geology with GIS in landscape evolution and analysis. Prerequisite: (101 or ENVS 101) and 433 and 481L.

462 / 562. Hydrogeology (3)

(Also offered as CE 441 / 541) Weissmann. Hydrologic and geologic factors controlling groundwater flow, including flow to wells. The hydrologic cycle; interactions between surface and subsurface hydrologic systems; regional flow systems. Groundwater geochemistry and contaminant transport. Prerequisite: CHEM 121 and CHEM 123L and MATH 163 and PHYC 160. Restriction: senior standing.

476 / 576. Physical Hydrology (3)

(Also offered as WR 576) Quantitative treatment of the hydrologic cycle–precipitation, evapotranspiration, runoff and subsurface flow; global change and hydrology; catchment and hillslope hydrology; hydrologic system–ecosystem interactions; hydrology and water resources management. Prerequisite: MATH 163 and PHYC 160. Restriction: junior or senior standing. {Fall}

481L / 581L. Geomorphology and Surficial Geology (4)

Meyer. Origin and development of landforms with emphasis on weathering, soils, hillslope processes, fluvial systems and surficial geology; occasional field trips. Prerequisite: (101 and 105L) or (ENVS 101 and 102L).

482L / 582L. Geoarchaeology (3)

(Also offered as ANTH 482L / 582L) Smith. Application of geological concepts to archaeological site formation with emphasis on pre-ceramic prehistory of the southwestern United States. Quaternary dating methods, paleoenvironment, landscape evolution, depositional environments. Quaternary stratigraphy, soil genesis, sourcing of lithic materials, site formation processes. Required field trip. Prerequisite: 101 and 105L and (ANTH 120 and ANTH 122L) and ANTH 220. Restriction: junior or senior standing. {Alternate Years}

485L / 585L. Soil Stratigraphy and Morphology (3)

McFadden. Application of soils studies to stratigraphic analysis and mapping of Quaternary deposits and geomorphic surfaces; survey of soil classifications; field description of soil profiles; development of soil chronosequences and catenas. Prerequisite: 101 or ENVS 101.

*490. Geologic Presentation (1)

Student review of geologic literature; preparation and critique of oral presentations. Prerequisite: **301 or ENVS 330. Corequisite: EPS 401.

491-492. Problems (1-3, 1-3)

493. Independent Study (3)

Independent study for departmental honors. Prerequisite: **303L or ENVS 330.

495. Senior Thesis (3)

Candidacy for honors in Earth and Planetary Sciences. Prerequisite: 493.

501 / 401. Colloquium (1 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

Current topics in geology. For graduate students, may be repeated once for credit towards degree. See description for *490. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

505L / 405L. Stable Isotope Geochemistry (3)

507L. Thermodynamics and Physical Foundations of Geochemistry (4)

Sharp. Thermodynamics and application to geologic systems, phase equilibria, phase rule, ideal and nonideal solutions. Prerequisite: 303L and CHEM 121 and 123L and MATH 163.

510 / 410. Fundamentals of Geochemistry (3)

Asmeron. Geochemistry of igneous, metamorphic and sedimentary rocks. Geochemical methodology. Prerequisite: CHEM 121 and CHEM 122 and MATH 150.

513. Planetary Materials and the Evolution of the Solar System (3)

Discussion of the origin and evolution of the planets, including planet Earth, based on study of lunar samples, terrestrial samples and meteorites; theory; earth based observations; and space missions.

515 / 415. Geochemistry of Natural Waters (3)

Crossey. Principles of aqueous chemistry and processes controlling the composition of natural waters: streams, lakes, groundwater and the oceans.

516. Selected Topics in Geomorphology (3, may be repeated 5 times Δ)

McFadden, Meyer.

518L. Electron Microprobe Analysis (3)

Theory and practice of electron microprobe analysis emphasizing geological materials. Restriction: permission of instructor and a demonstrated need for the use of instrument.

520L / 420L. Topics in Advanced Field Geology (2-4 to a maximum of 8 Δ)

522. Selected Topics in Geophysics (3, may be repeated 5 times Δ)

Geissman, Roy. Restriction: permission of instructor.

523. Topics in Tectonics (3, may be repeated 5 times Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

527 / 427. Geophysics (3)

528 / 428. Applied Mathematics for Earth and Environmental Sciences (3)

Introduction to linear algebra, differential equations, and vector calculus with applications to hydrology, geophysics, and atmospheric sciences. Prerequisite: MATH 163.

534. Radiogenic Isotope Geochemistry (3)

Asmerom. Examination of principles governing the abundance of naturally occurring radiogenic isotopes and their use in the study of global geochemical processes.

536 / 436. Climate Dynamics (3)

538L. Analytical Electron Microscopy (3)

Principles and practical techniques of transmission and analytical electron microscopy for materials characterization. Topics covered include: diffraction and phase contrast image formation, selected area and convergent beam electron diffraction; energy-dispersive x-ray spectroscopy. Prerequisite: 587 and 518L.

545 / 445. Topics in Sedimentology and Stratigraphy (1-4, may be repeated 5 times Δ)

Smith, Elrick. Variable course content depending on student interest. Topics may include physical sedimentology, sequence stratigraphy, basin analysis, cycle stratigraphy and chemostratigraphy.

547-548. Seminar (2-3, may be repeated 5 times Δ; 2-3, may be repeated 5 times Δ)

550L / 450L. Volcanology (4)

551-552. Problems (1-3, 1-3 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

Maximum of three units of problems can count toward M.S. or Ph.D. course requirements.

555L / 455L. Computational and GIS Applications in Geomorphology (3)

562 / 462. Hydrogeology (3)

(Also offered as CE 541 / 441) Weissmann. Hydrologic and geologic factors controlling groundwater flow, including flow to wells. The hydrologic cycle; interactions between surface and subsurface hydrologic systems; regional flow systems. Groundwater geochemistry and contaminant transport.

576 / 476. Physical Hydrology (3)

581L / 481L. Geomorphology and Surficial Geology (4)

Meyer. Origin and development of landforms with emphasis on weathering, soils, hillslope processes, fluvial systems and surficial geology; occasional field trips. Intro to Geology or Environmental Science recommended.

582L / 482L. Geoarchaeology (3)

(Also offered as ANTH 582L / 482L) Smith. Application of geological concepts to archaeological site formation with emphasis on pre-ceramic prehistory of the southwestern United States. Quaternary dating methods, paleoenvironment, landscape evolution, depositional environments. Quaternary stratigraphy, soil genesis, sourcing of lithic materials, site formation processes. Required field trip. Prerequisite: 101 and 105L and (ANTH 120 and ANTH 122L) and ANTH 220. {Alternate Years}

585L / 485L. Soil Stratigraphy and Morphology (3)

587. Advanced Mineralogy (3)

Brearley. Crystallographic principles; structure, chemistry, physical properties of rock forming minerals. Prerequisite: **301, **302L, CHEM 122 and CHEM 124L.

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Fine Art (FA)

105. Fine Arts Co-op Work Phase (0)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

229. Topics (1-3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Interdisciplinary topics in fine arts.

284. Experiencing the Arts (3)

Explores fundamental connections and differences among artistic media through readings, lectures, attendance at artistic exhibits and events, and discussions with creators of collaborative works of art. Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area V: Humanities and Fine Arts.

329. Historical Interdisciplinary Topics (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Analyzes major instances of interdisciplinary influence and collaboration in the history of the arts.

384. Interdisciplinary Topics (3 to a maximum of 15 Δ)

Course may be repeated for credit up to four times, as long as the content varies with approval from Associate Dean.

387. Seminar in Interdisciplinary Arts (3)

This course will focus on collaborative and interdisciplinary practice in the arts and will provide openings for students to expand their current projects into cross-disciplinary works.

394. Problems in Interdisciplinary Studies (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

An independent study in either critical studies or studio, beyond the scope of the Fine Arts interdisciplinary courses, which may occur within or outside the College of Fine Arts.

*395. Topics in Arts and Community [Community Arts Theory, History, and Practice] (3)

Examines topics in arts and community as a basis for exploring contemporary arts practices. Subjects will be explored through guest lectures, site visits, and student research. Prerequisite: ALB 250.

*475. The Professional Print Workshop (2)

Devon Topics related to the operation of a professional printmaking workshop including history, business structures, ethics and marketing. {Fall}

*476. The Professional Printer (4)

Hamon Advanced techniques in lithography with emphasis on development of skills necessary for the master printer. Lecture and practicum topics include theory and chemistry of lithography, collaboration, edition printing, workshop management and paper. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall}

496. Interdisciplinary Arts Capstone Project (3)

This course is the final project for B.A. in Interdisciplinary Arts. The course topics and focus center on professional practices and critical discourse for interdisciplinary and collaborative artists. Prerequisite: 284 and *395.

105. Fine Arts Co-op Work Phase (0)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Family and Child Studies (FCS)

101. Child Growth, Development, and Learning (3)

This basic course in the growth, development, and learning of young children, provides foundational knowledge of how young children grow, develop and learn.

102. Carpe Noctem: Sleep, Health, and the Family (3)

Students will learn about issues in sleep research with a focus on the examination of sleep in the family context. The course will emphasize how family processes influence sleep across development and vice versa.

103. Health, Safety, and Nutrition (2)

This course provides information related to standards and practices that promote children’s physical and mental well being, sound nutritional practices, and maintenance of safe learning environments. {Fall}

105. Introduction to Family and Child Studies (3)

An introduction to the profession of Family Studies including content areas, community agencies and career opportunities.

111. Family and Community Collaboration (3)

This basic course examines the involvement of families from diverse cultural and linguistic backgrounds in early childhood programs. Ways to establish collaborative relationships with parents and others involved with children in early childhood settings are discussed.

115. Guiding Young Children (3)

This course explores theories of child guidance and practical applications. It provides developmentally appropriate methods for guiding children, effective strategies and suggestions for facilitating positive social interactions.

117. Curriculum Development through Play - Birth through Age 4 (3)

The beginning curriculum course places play at the center of curriculum in developmentally appropriate early childhood programs. It addresses content that is relevant for children birth through age four in developmentally and culturally sensitive ways. Corequisite: 117L.

117L. Practicum: Birth through Age 4 (2)

The beginning practicum course is a corequisite to Curriculum Development through Play - Birth through Age 4. The field-based component course provides experiences that address curriculum content relevant for children. Prerequisite: 101. Corequisite: 117.

202. Introduction to Reading, Language and Literacy (3)

This is a basic course in children’s emergent literacy and reading development: Ways to foster phonemic awareness, literacy problem solving skills, fluency, vocabulary, comprehension, and language development are explored.

203. Infant Growth and Development (3)

Basic needs and growth factors of the child with emphasis on the prenatal period, infancy and through the second year.

213. Marriage and Family Relationships (3)

Overview of significant research and theories in premarital, marital and family relationships.

217. Curriculum Development and Implementation - Age 3 through Grade 3 (3)

The curriculum course focuses on developmentally appropriate curriculum content in early childhood programs, age 3 through third grade. Development and implementation of curriculum in all content areas, including literacy, numeracy, the arts, health and emotional wellness, science, motor and social skills is emphasized. Information on adapting content areas to meet the needs of children with special needs and the development of IEPs is included. Corequisite: 217L.

217L. Practicum: Age 3 to Grade 3 (2)

The beginning practicum course is a corequisite with the course Curriculum Development and Implementation - Age 3 (Pre-K) through Grade 3. The field based component of this course will provide experiences that address developmentally appropriate curriculum content. Prerequisite: 101. Corequisite: 217.

220. Assessment of Children and Evaluation of Programs (3)

This basic course familiarizes students with a variety of culturally appropriate assessment methods and instruments, and the development and use of formative and summative program evaluation to ensure quality.

230. Professionalism (2)

This course provides a broad-based orientation to the field of early care and education. Early childhood history, philosophy, ethics and advocacy are introduced.

302. Emergent Literacy: Birth through Pre-K (3)

This advanced course prepares early childhood professionals to teach reading and writing in Birth to Pre-K classrooms. This course covers a broad spectrum of topics relevant to the teaching of reading. Prerequisite: 311 and 321 and 401.

304. Growth and Development in Middle Childhood (3)

Principles of growth and development for 6 to 11-year-olds in language, cognitive, physical, motor, social and emotional areas. Influences on development included.

305. Research and Evaluation in Family and Child Studies (3)

A course focusing on research and evaluation in early childhood settings. Restriction: junior standing. {Spring}

310. Friends and Intimate Relationships (3)

Survey of the research concerning friends and intimate relationships. Focus on the dynamic characteristics of friendship and other intimate relationships.

311. Family, Language and Culture (3)

This advanced course prepares prospective teachers for working effectively as partners with diverse family and community members to facilitate the development and learning of children birth through age 8, including children with special needs. Prerequisite: 111. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Family and Child Studies. {Fall}

312. Parent-Child Interactions (3)

Dynamic interactions of parents and children throughout the life cycle in diverse family configurations.

313. Family Theories (3)

Family theories, conceptual frameworks and research relevant to current family lifestyles including single parents, remarried, same sex, cohabitants. Prerequisite: 213.

315. Adolescent Development in the Family (3)

Developmental interaction and communication patterns of adolescents within a family setting.

316. Early Childhood Pedagogy and Curriculum (3)

Course focuses on developmentally appropriate practices and content, learning environments, and curriculum implementation for children in Pre-K through 3rd grade. It emphasizes integration of content areas including reading/writing, math, science, and technology. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Family and Child Studies, and junior or senior standing.

321. Young Children and Diverse Abilities (3)

Advanced course building upon student understanding of connections among learning, teaching, assessment and program evaluation strategies. Specific focus on educational policies, programs, practices, services appropriate for infants, toddlers, preschoolers, early primary children exhibiting delays and disabilities. Prerequisite: 220.

341. Ecological Aspects of Housing (3)

Variations in housing structures and the impact of housing on family functioning.

343. Family Management Theories (3)

Comparison of current theories of family management. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Family and Child Studies.

344. Consumer Decisions (3)

Role of the family member as a consumer and exploration of the resources available for purchase decisions.

391 / 591. Problems (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ; 1-3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

395. Field Experience (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Combines 120 hours of practical experience in agency or institutional setting with class seminar. Students apply and integrate knowledge and skills for working with or on behalf of individuals and/or families. Restriction: permission of instructor.

401. Research in Child Growth, Development and Learning (3)

This advanced course in child growth, development, and learning builds upon the foundational material covered in the basic course in child growth, development, and learning. An integration of major theories of child development is provided. Prerequisite: 101. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Family and Child Studies. {Fall}

402. Teaching and Learning Reading and Writing (3)

This advanced course is designed to prepare early childhood professionals to understand and to teach. This course focuses on reading as a complex, interactive, constructive process. Prerequisite: 202. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Family and Child Studies. {Fall, Spring}

403. Growth and Development of the Preschool Child (3)

Developmental principles and recent research on language, cognitive, physical-motor and social-emotional development of the preschool child. Corequisite: 407L. Restriction: junior or senior standing.

405. Advanced Caregiving for Infants and Toddlers (3)

This advanced course prepares early childhood professionals to teach reading and writing in K-3 classrooms. A broad spectrum of topics relevant to the teaching of reading are covered. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Family and Child Studies, and junior or senior standing.

406. Teaching and Learning Math and Science (4)

This course focuses on the standards, principles, and practices in teaching mathematics and science to young children in preschool through grade 3. An emphasis is placed on developing a content-rich integrated math and science curriculum. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Family and Child Studies, and junior or senior standing.

407L. Preschool Child Laboratory (1)

Laboratory experience in child care center; must be taken concurrently with 403. Includes participation or observation/participation. Hours arranged. Pre- or corequisite: 403.

408. Teaching and Learning in Social Studies, Fine Arts and Movement (3)

This course emphasizes an integrated approach to teaching the “what and why” of social studies, fine arts and movement; assessing student learning; planning units, lessons, and activities; developing effective instructional strategies. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Family and Child Studies, and junior or senior standing.

*411. Marriage and Family Life Education (3)

Philosophies and processes of family life education programs (FLE).

412. Fathering (3)

This course will examine fathers’ role in child development across cultural groups. Conceptualization of fathering and the relationship between cultural beliefs and fathering behaviors will be explored.

416. Adult Development in the Family (3)

Examination of the biological, psychological and sociocultural aspects of adult development and aging and their dynamic interactions within the context of diverse family structures and lifestyles. Implications for prevention and intervention strategies discussed.

417L. Teaching and Learning Practicum (2)

This advanced practicum provides opportunities for students to develop, implement, and evaluate developmentally appropriate and integrated learning experiences for children in K-3rd grade. This 2 credit-hour practicum requires 60 supervised contact hours. Pre- or corequisite: 402. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Family and Child Studies. {Fall, Spring}

440. Student Teaching Seminar (3)

Weekly seminar where students engage in critical reflection and discussion of their own practice, and make connections between theory and practice. Students focus on developing competencies, self-assessment, and develop a professional portfolio. Prerequisite: 103 and 115 and 117 and 117L and 202 and 217 and 217L and 230 and 311 and 321 and 401 and 406 and 408 and 417L. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Family and Child Studies, and senior standing.

440L. Student Teaching Laboratory (9)

Student teaching experience in early childhood including placement and assigned tasks in an early childhood classroom with a mentor teacher, and a weekly seminar where students review and reflect on their own teaching practices. Prerequisite: 305 and 401 and 402 and 417L. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Family and Child Studies. {Fall, Spring}

443. Application of Family Management Theories (3)

Discussion of working with family members to identify and help meet family demands with an emphasis on family resource use. Includes 40 hours in a field setting. Prerequisite: 343.

481. Public Policy and Advocacy in Family and Child Studies (3)

Synthesis of issues in Family Studies with emphasis on the formulation and impact of public policies. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Family and Child Studies, and junior or senior standing.

*484. The Sociocultural Context of Families (3)

Survey of family dynamics of ethnic minority families in the U.S. Topics include gender roles, mate selection, conjugal power, intermarriage, child development, parenting, the elderly, kinship patterns and reciprocal impact of social environments and family systems. Restriction: junior or senior standing.

493 / 593. Topics (1-3, no limit Δ; 1-3, no limit Δ)

497. Reading and Research in Honors I (2)

Advanced studies and research under the supervision of a faculty mentor. Restriction: permission of instructor.

498. Reading and Research in Honors II (2)

Advanced studies and research under the supervision of a faculty mentor. Prerequisite: 497. Restriction: permission of instructor.

499. Honors Thesis (2)

Prerequisite: 498. Restriction: permission of instructor.

501. Parent Education (3)

Focus on philosophy of parent education, including content, processes, procedures, techniques and resources. Implications of child development principles from infancy through adolescence for parenting will be examined.

502. Developmental Issues in Families: Early Childhood (3)

Addresses developmental issues in families with children from birth through age 8, including all aspects of development in children, with developmental implications for family members, based on contemporary research. Prerequisite: a course in human development, early childhood or developmental psychology.

503. Seminar in Human Growth and Development (3)

Theories and research relevant to human growth and development across the life span, including implications for education, child rearing and counseling.

504. Developmental Issues in Families: Middle Childhood and Adolescence (3)

Physical, affective, social and language/cognitive development in middle childhood and adolescence. Ecological and relational influences will be emphasized, including school, gender, social class, family and peer relationships. {Offered in rotation with two other developmental courses}

508. Developmental Issues in Families: Adulthood and Aging (3)

Current issues concerning the biological, psychological and sociocultural aspects of adult development and aging within the contexts of diverse family structures and lifestyles will be examined through the study of the relevant research literature. {Offered in rotation with 502 and 504}

512. Interventions with Children and Families (3)

Focus on similarities and differences in working with families, depending upon differences in client, practitioner, problem and setting characteristics. Restriction: permission of instructor.

513. Current Issues in Family and Child Studies (3, no limit Δ)

Topics vary from term to term, but are all critically important for Family Studies. They include but are not limited to: Death and Dying and Family Violence.

514. Fatherhood (3)

A critical examination of issues related to fatherhood including the multiple dimensions of paternal involvement, influences on involvement and consequences of involvement. The course examines multiple perspectives and frameworks for understanding fatherhood.

515. Young Children Moving Into Literacy (3)

This course explores the processes of young children s emergent literacy. It focuses on selection of materials and design of activities appropriate for use in the home, school and other settings. Prerequisite: EDUC 331L and EDUC 333L. {Summer}

516. Advanced Study of Early Childhood Curriculum (3)

This course focuses on investigating early childhood curricula for children birth to 3rd grade. Students conduct studies to gain deeper understandings of current curricula, theoretical foundations, related trends and issues, and impact on children's learning.

517. Family Interaction Theories (3)

Review of salient theories and dynamics involved in understanding interaction patterns within contemporary families. The ability to analyze relationships is emphasized. Restriction: permission of instructor.

543. Managing Family Resources (3)

A survey of the research in the field of family management to include family resources, decision making and work allocation. Prerequisite: a course in family management theories or permission of instructor.

546. Family Systems Theories (3)

This course examines the development of family systems theories from the physical and biological sciences and explores current use within a broader ecosystemic perspective. Implications for research, education and clinical practice are illustrated and discussed.

547. Global Perspectives in Early Childhood Education (3)

This course focuses on how, and why, Early Childhood Education programs and policies vary in different countries and regions. It examines research that analyzes, comparatively, the history and current dimensions of such programs and policies.

570. Research Methods in Family and Child Studies (3)

Research design and methods used in research with families. Includes individual projects.

576. Teaching and Learning Through Play (3)

This course explores the philosophical and theoretical foundations of play and its impact on children's development and learning. Students explore current research, issues, and trends related to play in early childhood programs. {Fall}

581. Seminar in Legal, Ethical and Policy Issues in Family and Child Studies (3)

Examination and analysis of contemporary issues relating to families from legal, ethical and policy perspectives. Development of a code of ethics for family professionals. Restriction: admitted to Ph.D. Family and Child Studies.

584. Multicultural Issues: Working with Families (3)

Provides information specific to various subcultures in the U.S.A., including cultural self-awareness, and the development of multicultural competence for successful interaction. Emphasis is on research findings on multicultural issues working with children, adults and families.

591 / 391. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 12 Δ; 1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

May be repeated to a maximum of 6 credit hours for Master’s Plan I and a maximum of 12 credit hours for Master’s Plan II.

593 / 493. Topics (1-3, no limit Δ; 1-3, no limit Δ)

Various current topics in family studies are offered on a trial basis before they are established as permanent courses. Additional information may be obtained from the program.

595. Advanced Field Experiences (3)

Course completed in a setting where student will work with families and/or individuals. Students must participate in 160 hours. Restriction: permission of instructor.

596. Graduate Research Seminar (3)

Designed for non-thesis M.A. Family and Child Studies students to complete a scholarly research project. In this project, students are expected to demonstrate skills and knowledge in research methods, statistics, and academic writing. Prerequisite: 570 and EDPY 511. Restriction: admitted to M.A. Family and Child Studies.

598. Directed Readings in Family and Child Studies (3-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Independent readings to be arranged with individual faculty.

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

See Graduate Programs for total credit requirements. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

610. Applied Developmental Science in Families (3)

This advanced doctoral seminar explores the application of Developmental Science to the understanding of human development in families.

614. Globalization and International Families (3)

This course discusses empirical findings and conceptual, descriptive, and cultural frameworks for understanding diverse forms and functions of the family in a global context.

615. Human Development in Cultural Contexts (3)

This course explores theories and methodological commitments of developmental cultural psychology. It analyzes issues, trends, and controversies in relation to current and future empirical work.

620. Sleep and Family Processes (3)

622. Seminar in Advanced Study of Early Childhood Education (3)

This advanced studies course focuses on multiple dimensions associated with educating children birth to 3rd grade. Discussions topics include current literature, investigations of practice, tensions between policy and practice, advocacy, initiatives, and exemplary programs.

625. Seminar in Self Regulation (3)

Advanced doctoral seminar explores the field of self-regulation from an ecological, developmental, and applied approach. Related constructs will be explored as well as diverse theories and applications.

670. Advanced Seminar in Theory and Research in Family and Child Studies I (3)

The first half of a two-semester course examining the nature of theories, theoretical approaches to the study of families and the application of various theories of human development. Restriction: admitted to Ph.D. Family and Child Studies.

671. Advanced Seminar in Theory and Research in Family and Child Studies II (3)

The second half of a two-semester course examining the application of certain theories to research on families and the implications of family theories for education, prevention and social policies. Prerequisite: 670. Restriction: admitted to Ph.D. Family and Child Studies.

699. Doctoral Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Students may not receive credit in dissertation until the semester in which the doctoral comps are passed. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

French (FREN)

101-102. Elementary French I-Elementary French II (3, 3)

Conducted in French. {Fall, Spring}

175. Accelerated Elementary French (6)

Encompasses the work of 101–102. 101–102 and 175 may not both be counted for credit.

201. Intermediate French I (3)

Review of grammar and development of communication skills, conducted mostly in French.

202. Intermediate French II (3)

Review of grammar, development of communication skills, introduction to reading of French literature, conducted entirely in French.

203. Intermediate French Conversation (3)

Designed primarily to give qualified students of 201–202 extra practice in the oral use of the language; therefore, it is recommended that it be taken concurrently with 201 or 202. Enrollment limited to 20 students.

276. Accelerated Intermediate French (6)

Encompasses the work of 201–202. 201–202 and 276 may not both be counted for credit.

301. Advanced Essay and Exploration I (3)

Contextual grammar review and study of stylistics to improve composition skills. Introduction to literature and/or cinema. Taught entirely in French. Prerequisite: 202 or 276.

302. Advanced Essay and Exploration II (3)

Advanced grammar and continued stylistic study and discussion of literature and/or film. A stepping stone to the literature and culture classes. Taught entirely in French. Prerequisite: 202 or 276.

305. French Pronunciation (3)

Phonetic and phonemic system of French. Required for the undergraduate major. Prerequisite: 202 or 276. {Offered only once a year}

307. French Translation (3)

Study of principles and techniques of translating through comparative stylistics. Prerequisite: 301 and 302.

310. French Worlds (3)

A look at French culture, history, and civilization through the ages and through a variety of media. Taught in French. Prerequisite: 301 and 302.

315. French Creativity (3)

Develops students' French skills to an advanced level, introduces them to methods of reading and interpretation necessary for success in advanced courses, and exposes them to literary movements central to French literary traditions. Prerequisite: 301 and 302.

320. French Study Abroad (1-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

An introduction to French cultures and language through study abroad. Course locations vary according to course content.

335. Topics in French Literature and Culture in Translation (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

(Also offered as COMP, ENGL 335) Study of individual authors, genres and/or periods of French and Francophone literature and culture.

365. Topics in French Cinema (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Topics in French film.

385. Seminars in French Studies (1-4, no limit Δ)

Titles of individual sections will vary as content varies. Topics will deal with specific aspects of French literature, culture and language. Prerequisite: 301 and 302.

415. French Culture (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

This course examines various aspects of French culture. Prerequisite: 301 and 302 and (310 or 315).

432. Topics in Literature and Culture (3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

(Also offered as COMP, ENGL 432) Varying topics in the practice and theory of literatures and cultures.

465. Topics in French Film (3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Topics in French film.

485. Advanced Seminar in French Studies (3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Topics will deal with specific aspects of French literature, culture, and/or language. Course taught in French. Prerequisite: 301 and 302 and (310 or 315).

497. Undergraduate Problems (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

498. Reading and Research for Honors (3)

Open to juniors and seniors approved by the Honors Committee.

499. Honors Essay (3)

Open only to seniors enrolled for departmental honors.

500. Teaching Practicum (1-3)

Required of all new teaching assistants in French; others by permission of instructor.

502. Topics in Medieval French Studies (3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Study of topics in medieval French literature and culture.

508. Reading French for Graduate Students I (3)

This is the first of a two-course series for graduate students who need to acquire a reading knowledge of French.

512. Topics in Sixteenth Century French Studies (3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Topics in 16th-century French studies.

522. Topics in Seventeenth Century French Studies (3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Topics in Seventeenth Century French studies.

524. Seminar in Nineteenth-Century French Literature (3)

532. Topics in Eighteenth Century French Studies (3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Topics in 18th-century French studies.

542. Topics in Nineteenth Century French (3-9 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Topics in 19th-century French studies.

552. Topics in Twentieth Century French Studies (3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Topics in 20th-century French studies.

570. Seminar in French Studies (3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

575. Graduate Problems (1-6, no limit Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

580. Topics in Cultural Studies (3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Topics in cultural studies.

582. Topics in Colonial and Postcolonial Studies (3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Topics in cultural studies.

584. Special Topics in Women Writers (3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Topics in cultural studies.

585. Graduate Seminars in French Studies (3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Each section in this course will focus on a different topic. Titles of individual sections will vary as content varies.

588. Topics in Genre Studies (3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Interdisciplinary study of a specific literary genre.

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

600. Topics in One Author's Oeuvre (3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

An in-depth study of one author’s oeuvre.

611. Topics in Theory (3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Topics in literary and cultural studies.

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Geography (GEOG)

101. Home Planet: Land, Water and Life (3)

World geography; physical elements. Use of maps and globes for a systematic analysis of world climates, vegetation, soils and landforms and their distribution, interrelation and significance to humans. Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area III: Science.

102. People and Place (3)

World geography; human elements. A systematic analysis of world population, demographic factors, ethnic groups, predominant economies and political units and their distribution, interrelation and interaction with the physical earth. Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area IV: Social/Behavioral Sciences (NMCCN 1213).

105L. Home Planet: Land, Water and Life Laboratory (1)

Exercises designed to complement 101. Applied problems in the spatial processes of the physical environment. Map construction and reading, weather and climatic analysis, classification of vegetative and soil associations, landform distribution analysis. Two hours lab. Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area III: Science. Pre- or corequisite: 101.

140. Introduction to World Regions (3)

The regional geography of the world. Both physical and human aspects are studied along with current economic and political problems.

180. The World of Beer (3)

This course examines and the complex and fascinating world of beer. It examines social and ecological influences on its development and explores the functions of beer from historical, economic, cultural, environmental and physical viewpoints.

181 [281]. Introduction to Maps and Geospatial Information (3)

Maps are tools for communication. Will explore scale; projections; symbolization; generalization; alternative or non-tradition map representations provided by GIS, remote sensing, multimedia and animated maps.

181L. Geospatial Field Methods (1)

Students gain field and laboratory experience in geographic data collection, analysis, interpretation, and presentation. Topics include map reading, spatial sampling and statistics, the global position system (GPS), geographic information systems (GIS), remote sensing, and cartography.

195. Introduction to Environmental Studies (3)

Survey of environmental issues related to the degradation of land, air and water resources.

217. Energy, Environment and Society (3)

(Also offered as ME 217) A look at the social, ethical, and environmental impacts of energy use both now and through history. A survey of renewable energy and conservation and their impact on environmental and social systems.

251. Meteorology (3)

(Also offered as EPS 251) Description of weather phenomena, principles of atmospheric motion, weather map analysis and weather prediction.

254. Introduction to Latin American Society I: Social Sciences (3)

(Also offered as LTAM 254, POLS 254, SOC 354) Introduction to Latin American Studies through the social sciences examines major themes including colonialism, agrarian transformation, urbanization, demographics, family, human rights, inequalities, violence, and social movements. Emphasis given to insights gained from making interdisciplinary connections.

350. Natural Environments (3)

This course examines the biophysical processes that produce distinctive landscapes in polar, temperate, tropical, and alpine environments, by analyzing interactions between climate, vegetation, soils, landforms, geology, and human activities. Prerequisite: 101 and 105L.

352. Global Climate Change (3)

(Also offered as EPS 352) Comparison of natural and anthropogenic causes of large-scale climate change. Factors influencing development of mitigation of adaptation policies. Prerequisite: MATH 121 or MATH 123 or MATH 150 or MATH 153 or MATH 162.

**360. Land Use Management (3)

Exercise of legal and political power over land and other resources. Resolution of conflicts between competing land users.

364. Law, Place and Space (3)

This class examines the relationships between law and geography, interrogating how law shapes the human experience of place, and the ways that a variety of spatial categories inform the law.

365. Nature and Society (3)

This course explores the human dimensions of geographical challenges through the traditions, actions and social organization of contemporary western and global/international human systems.

380L. Basic Statistics for Geographers (3)

Introduces fundamental statistical and quantitative modeling techniques widely used in geography. Emphasizes geographic examples and spatial problems. Includes a lab component that covers the use of statistical software in geographic analysis. Fee required.

**381L. Introduction to Geographic Information Systems (4)

The study of spatial data, spatial processes and an introduction to the computer tools necessary to analyze spatial representations of the real world. Exercises in data acquisition, preprocessing, map analysis and map output. Fees required. Three hours lecture, 2 hours lab.

390. Qualitative Methods for Geographers (3)

This course introduces fundamental qualitative methods and research design widely used in geography. Emphasizes geographic examples and spatial problems through the completion of an independent research project on a geography topic.

427 / 527. Introductory Programming for GIS (3)

This course is intended to provide GIS software users with an introduction to Python, the de facto programming language of the GIS community. Prerequisite: **381L.

428 / 528. Advanced Programming for GIS (3)

This course is intended to provide advanced GIS software programing experience, with an emphasis on the creation of standalone, distributable programs in Python, the de facto programming language of the GIS community. Prerequisite: 427.

*445. Geography of New Mexico and the Southwest (3)

This course introduces the geography of the Southwest, focusing on New Mexico. Students will conduct independent research in conjunction with a multi-day field trip.

*446. Exploring Oaxaca Through Food and Craft (3)

Field course focusing on food and craft production as related to geography, sustainability, and development in indigenous communities in Oaxaca, Mexico. Topics include indigenous culture, food systems, globalization, heritage and tourism, economics and material culture.

*450. Environmental Hazards (3)

This course provides an introduction to environmental hazards including drought, floods, earthquakes, wildfire, and hurricanes. Geographic technologies used to map, model, analyze, and manage hazards are discussed. Disturbances related to human-environment interactions are covered.

461 / 561. Environmental Management (3)

Examination of critical issues of environmental degradation in global and local system related to: air and water pollution, soil erosion, deforestation, strip mining, over dependence on fossil fuels and improper management of toxic and other wastes. Appraisal of the conservation methods and policies applied to these issues and the outlook for the future.

462 / 562. Water Resources Management (3)

An examination of the problems and trends in the use of water resources in the United States, with emphasis on the physical and social aspects related to its management.

463 / 563. Public Land Management (3)

Defining public and private rights associated with managing natural resources is the key to many of the current controversies concerning the environment. This course looks at public land policy and policy related to other common property resources such as water, the oceans, and the coastal zone.

464 / 564. Food and Natural Resources (3)

Students gain an advanced introduction to the social and environmental effects of individual food choices, through the analysis of the sociocultural and biophysical relationships embedded in various agricultural and food production systems.

466 / 566. The City (3)

This class examines the vectors of difference - cultural, economic, political, legal and environmental - that animate urban form and life. Class involves fieldwork.

467 / 567. Governing the Global Environment (3)

The role of global and regional governmental and non-governmental organizations in environmental politics, and the process of their formation and change in response to environmental problems.

469 / 569. Environments and Peoples in Latin America (3)

Course uses human geography to explore development and historical economic and environmental change in Latin America, with a special focus on the second half of the 20th century.

471. Senior Geography Capstone (1 [3])

Students examine how geographic knowledge may be applied beyond academia, through discussion of key ideas in geography, personal values, and career goals. Students gain practical experience preparing for professional careers. Restriction: senior standing.

*481L. Map Design and Geovisualization (4)

Thematic mapping of qualitative and quantitative data, including graphic design theory and appropriate statistical and representational treatment of geospatial data. Fees required. Two hours lecture, four hours lab. Prerequisite: 281.

483L / 583L. Remote Sensing Fundamentals (4)

Introduces the concepts of remote sensing of the Earth, sensors and photographic systems used, and the basic processing and analysis required to bring the imagery into GIS. Includes a lab component. Fee required. Prerequisite: **381L.

484L / 584L. Applications of Remote Sensing (4)

Explores the utilization of remote sensing imagery through advanced processing and analysis. Covers the integration of imagery into specific research areas, including biological, geological, urban and hydrological analysis. Includes a lab component. Fee required. Prerequisite: 483L.

485L / 585L. Internet Mapping (3)

Current and emerging approaches to internet mapping, including geospatial interoperability standards, technologies, and capabilities. Includes a lab component that covers the use of various types of software and applications. Fee required. Prerequisite: **381L.

486L / 586L. Applications of GIS (3)

Selected applications of Geographic Information Systems, including anthropology, business, crime, ecology, engineering, health, planning, water resources and others. Covers analytical techniques specific to selected applications. Fee required. Prerequisite: **381L.

487L / 587L. Spatial Analysis and Modeling (3)

Spatial analysis and modeling techniques using Geographic Information Systems. Includes a lab component that covers the use of GIS and other software to carry out analysis projects. Fee required. Prerequisite: **381L.

488L / 588L. GIS Concepts and Techniques (3)

Selected advanced concepts and techniques in Geographic Information Systems. Includes a lab component that provides students with the opportunity to apply concepts and techniques in a hands-on manner. Fee required. Prerequisite: **381L.

491. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

Supervised individual study and field work. Must be taken for 6 credit hours in the Honors program.

493. Internship in Applied Geography (1-3 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

Written field analysis of a project coordinated between student, faculty and public or private manager. Credits to be determined by supervising faculty.

*499. Topics in Geography (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Specific topics in geography which relate contemporary issues to the discipline. Topics will be noted in the appropriate schedule of classes. Credit can be applied by majors to the appropriate department group requirements for the degree.

501. Geographic History and Methods (3)

Examines, evaluates, and criticizes the methods geographers have used to analyze the reciprocal relationship between humankind and the environment.

502. Approaches to Geographical Research (3)

Introduces the basic elements of research design and proposal writing, focusing on examples from current geographic research. Prerequisite: 501.

514. Natural Resources Management Seminar (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

This course explores the interdisciplinary nature of natural resource challenges. Topics will vary each semester. Field trips will be included to investigate issues relevant to the class.

515. Cultural and Political Ecology (3)

This seminar examines case studies and recent geographical scholarship in cultural and political ecology, focusing on its relevance for resource managers and institutions.

516. Seminar: Globalization (3)

This seminar examines the political, cultural, and economic facets of globalization, focusing on contemporary theories of neoliberalism and post-colonialism.

517. Legal Geography (3)

This class provides an overview of the legal system, the ways law is spatially manifested, and the spatial vectors that animate the law.

522. Introduction to Spatial Data Management (3)

(Also offered as OILS 515) This course builds upon the foundations of information practice with an emphasis on spatial data. Students will survey essential methods for evaluating, accessing, organizing, storing and securing spatial data and information.

524. Advanced Topics in Remote Sensing (3)

This course provides graduate students with the opportunity to explore theoretical, technical and applied advancements in remote sensing as a tool for monitoring and managing earth resources Prerequisite: (583L or 483L) and (584L or 484L).

525. Advanced GIScience Seminar (3)

Examination of current trends in Geographic Information Science, including technical, social, institutional and legal issues. Restriction: permission of instructor.

527 / 427. Introductory Programming for GIS (3)

This course is intended to provide GIS software users with an introduction to Python, the de facto programming language of the GIS community. Prerequisite: **381L or 581L.

528 / 428. Advanced Programming for GIS (3)

551. Drylands (3)

This course provides an intensive overview of the unique physical geographies of arid regions with concentrated precipitation, commonly known as drylands. The course introduces drylands bio-geographies, geomorphology, and fluvial processes.

561 / 461. Environmental Management (3)

562 / 462. Water Resources Management (3)

An examination of the problems and trends in the use of water resources in the United States, with emphasis on the physical and social aspects related to its management.

563 / 463. Public Land Management (3)

564 / 464. Food and Natural Resources (3)

566 / 466. The City (3)

This class examines the vectors of difference - cultural, economic, political, legal and environmental - that animate urban form and life. Class involves fieldwork.

567 / 467. Governing the Global Environment (3)

The role of global and regional governmental and non-governmental organizations in environmental politics, and the process of their formation and change in response to environmental problems.

569 / 469. Environments and Peoples in Latin America (3)

Course uses human geography to explore development and historical economic and environmental change in Latin America, with a special focus on the second half of the 20th century.

580L. Spatial Statistics (3)

581L. Introduction to GIS for Graduate Students (3)

Introduces the concepts underlying Geographic Information Systems and its utilization for the input, storage, manipulation, query, display, and analysis of geographical data. Includes a lab component that covers the range of analytical techniques available in current software. Fee required.

583L / 483L. Remote Sensing Fundamentals (4)

584L / 484L. Applications of Remote Sensing (4)

585L / 485L. Internet Mapping (3)

586L / 486L. Applications of GIS (3)

587L / 487L. Spatial Analysis and Modeling (3)

588L / 488L. GIS Concepts and Techniques (3)

590. Qualitative Methods (3)

This course is designed to expose students to the underlying theories, purpose, scope, and procedures of qualitative research, especially as applied to human geography.

591. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

Supervised individual study and field work.

593. Internship in Applied Geography (1-3 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

Written field analysis of a project coordinated between student, faculty and public or private manager. Credits to be determined by supervising faculty.

597. Master's Project (3)

Development of an advanced project in geographical research under the supervision of a graduate committee. A grade of CR is earned if the project is approved by faculty committee. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Prerequisite: 501 and 502. Restriction: permission of instructor.

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Greek (GREK)

101. Elementary Greek I (3)

Introduction to Classical Greek. {Fall}

102. Elementary Greek II (3)

Readings from simple prose.

201. Intermediate Greek I (3)

Systematic review of Greek grammar and syntax; reading of authors such as Plato and Herodotus.

202. Intermediate Greek II (3)

Systematic review of Greek grammar and syntax; reading of authors such as Plato and Herodotus.

*301. Advanced Greek I (3, no limit Δ)

Readings in Homer, Sophocles, Euripides, Plato and the New Testament, depending on the level and interests of the class.

*302. Advanced Greek II (3, no limit Δ)

Readings in Homer, Sophocles, Euripides, Plato and the New Testament, depending on the level and interests of the class.

497. Undergraduate Problems (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

501. Topics in Greek Language and Literature (3, no limit Δ)

Graduate readings in ancient Greek authors. Prerequisite: *301 or *302.

511. Survey of Ancient Greek Literature (3)

This course provides students experience reading a wide range of texts in ancient Greek literature from Homer to the Hellenistic period, across all genres, periods, and styles. Prerequisite: 501 with a grade of "B+" or better.

551. Graduate Problems (1-9 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

German (GRMN)

101-102. Elementary German I-Elementary German II (3, 3)

Language course sequence for all beginning students, providing a foundation in reading, writing, listening and speaking skills for all subsequent courses. {Fall, Spring}

201-202. Intermediate German I-Intermediate German II (3, 3)

Continues development of skills in reading, writing, speaking and listening at the second-year level.

204. Intermediate German Conversation (1-3)

Optional course for students of 201–202 providing additional practice in speaking and listening. Students not concurrently enrolled in 201-202 may enroll only with the permission of the instructor. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

301-302. Advanced German I-Advanced German II (3, 3)

Contextual grammar review based on cultural materials from a variety of media and short literary texts.

303. Advanced German Conversation (1 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

Practice in speaking and listening within the context of selected topics.

305. Topics: Germany Today (3)

Study of present-day life and culture in Germany as represented in popular media, including TV and film. Aimed at students who wish to improve their language skills.

306. German Drama and Theater (3)

Introduction and overview of the history and trends of drama and theater in German-speaking cultures.

307. Introduction to German Literature (3)

Study of literary texts of varying length from a variety of genres and periods.

308. Introduction to German Culture (3)

Introduction to cultural and intercultural aspects of life in German-speaking countries. Readings include historical as well as contemporary material.

336. Topics in German Literature and Culture in Translation (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

(Also offered as COMP, ENGL 336) Study of individual authors, genres, and/or periods of German literature and culture in translation. May only be taken twice for the German major and once for the German minor.

370. Intermediate Language Instruction (1-4, may be repeated 3 times Δ)

Review of grammar topics, conversation, and composition. Prepares students for the Zertifikat Deutsch exam administered by the Goethe-Institut. (GSS)

380 / 481 / 581. Lecture Series in German Studies (1-4, may be repeated 3 times Δ)

Team-taught interdisciplinary lecture series with an overarching theme followed by discussion sections. May be repeated three times for undergraduate credit. May not be repeated for graduate credit. (GSS)

385. Seminar in German Studies (1-2, no limit Δ)

Introductory undergraduate seminar on specific topics in German Literature, culture and language. Multiple sections may be offered in a given year. Titles of individual sections may vary as content varies. (GSS)

390. Workshop in German Studies (1 to a maximum of 4 Δ)

Introductory workshops on various topics relating to contemporary German Culture. Emphasis on applied language skills. Multiple sections may be offered in a given year. Titles of individual sections will vary as content varies. (GSS)

401. Contemporary German Cultures (3)

Study of contemporary social, political, and cultural trends in German-speaking countries based on a variety of current sources.

405. Advanced German Composition (3)

Intensive practice of writing skills in a variety of genres.

*410. Advanced Language Instruction (1-4, may be repeated twice Δ)

Review of more complex grammar topics, advanced conversation and composition. Prepares students for the Zentrale Mittelstufenprufung administered by the Goethe-Institut. (GSS)

447. German-English Translation (3)

Study of theories and methods of translating, and practical work in translation from German into English and English into German.

450. Special Topics in German Studies (3, no limit Δ)

Topics will deal with specific aspects of German literature and culture and language.

*470. Advanced German Composition (1-4, may be repeated twice Δ)

Intensive practice of writing skills in a variety of genres. Prepares students for the Zentrale Oberstufenprufung administered by the Goethe-Institut. May be repeated twice for undergraduate credit, and once for graduate credit. (GSS)

480. Topics: Advanced Seminar in German Studies (1-3, no limit Δ)

Advanced study of periods and genres in German literature and thought from 1700 to present.

481 / 380 / 581. Lecture Series in German Studies (1-4, may be repeated 3 times Δ)

485. Advanced Seminar in German Studies (1-4, no limit Δ)

Advanced undergraduate seminar on specific topics in German literature, culture and language. Multiple sections may be offered in a given year. Titles of individual sections will vary as content varies. (GSS)

497. Undergraduate Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

498. Reading and Research for Honors (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Open to juniors and seniors approved by the department.

499. Honors Essay (3)

Open only to seniors enrolled for departmental honors. Restriction: permission of supervising instructor.

508. German Reading for Graduate Students (3)

Accelerated course for graduate reading requirements in other departments. Emphasizes readings in sciences and humanities. Will not satisfy the Arts and Sciences language requirement. Undergraduates must have permission of instructor.

509. German Reading for Graduate Students II (3)

This is the second of a two-course series, designed for graduate students in Arts and Sciences who need to acquire a reading knowledge of German.

549. Topics in 18th-Century German Literature and Culture (3, no limit Δ)

Topics in German literature and culture from the Enlightenment to Early Romanticism and Weimar Classicism.

550. Special Topics in German Studies (3, no limit Δ)

Topics will deal with specific aspects of German literature, culture and language.

551. Graduate Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

May be repeated per Office of Graduate Studies policy three times. Restriction: permission of instructor.

552. Topics in 19th-Century German Literature and Culture (3, no limit Δ)

Topics in German literature and culture from Romanticism to the Fin-de-Siècle.

553. Topics in 20th-Century German Literature and Culture (3, no limit Δ)

Topics in German literature and culture from the Fin-de-Siècle to contemporary developments.

555. German Critical Thought (3, no limit Δ)

Aspects of German philosophical, critical, aesthetic, and social thought from the 18th to the 21st century.

556. Topics in Gender, Media, and Literatures in German Contexts (3, no limit Δ)

Emphasis on the study of gender, or film, or other media from 1800 to the present.

581 / 380 / 481. Lecture Series in German Studies (1-4, may be repeated 3 times Δ)

585. Graduate Seminar in German Studies (1-4, no limit Δ)

Graduate seminar on specific topics in German Literature, culture, and language. Multiple sections may be offered in a given year. Titles of individual sections will vary as content varies. (GSS)

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Health Education (HED)

164L. Standard First Aid (3)

Preparation in practice to meet needs and situations when basic first aid care is needed. Students eligible for standard first aid certification and CPR Certificate.

171. Personal Health Management (3)

Exploration of the major areas of health information pertinent to understanding how to achieve, maintain and promote positive health. Topics covered include mental health, drugs, human sexuality, prevention and control of diseases, nutrition, consumer health and ecology.

209. Education for AIDS Prevention (1)

This course is designed to familiarize students about the HIV/AIDS epidemic with HIV/AIDS awareness including: basic information, prevention, history, compassion, legal issues, testing and societal implications.

212. Fundamentals of Human Sexuality (3)

Basic knowledge about human sexuality including anatomical, physiological, psycho-social and ethical components. Reproduction, contraception, sexually transmitted disease, sexual health and sexual dysfunctions are among areas examined.

247. Consumer Health (1)

Preparation in knowledge and skills related to consumers of health products and services.

260. Foundations of Health Promotion (3)

For those considering becoming health majors or minors in school health or community health. Exploration of the basic philosophy and fundamental practices currently utilized in health education.

293. Topics (1-3, no limit Δ)

306. Conflict Mediation (1)

The course will cover methods of resolving conflict situations and methods of preventing conflict. Students will learn to design educational strategies that can be implemented as part of a classroom curriculum.

310. Injury Prevention (1)

The course content will include specific strategies for preventing unintentional injuries in young children. Students will examine specific principles for the development of new strategies that will address unintentional injuries.

321. Violence Prevention (1)

The course will examine strategies that have been successful in preventing violence. Students will examine the literature to understand the principles to use in the development of strategies for the prevention of violence.

333. Emotional Health and Interpersonal Relationships (3)

Course will examine a psychological framework that is the cause of a dysfunctional lifestyle and create a psychological framework that can result in the improvement in the quality of living.

362. Introduction to Health Behavior Theory (3)

This course will provide an understanding of theoretical principles of various health behavior theories that explain the adoption of health-compromising and health-promoting behaviors.

371. Introduction to Public and Community Health (3)

Introduction to the field of public and community health, origins and design of the U.S. public health system and its role in population based health.

383. Principles of Epidemiology (3)

Prepares students to design and implement evidence-based interventions for disease prevention and health promotion in public health settings.

391 / 591. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 18 Δ)

Restriction: permission of health education faculty member.

445. Strategies for Prevention of Substance Use (1)

Examines basic principles for the development of effective strategies for substance use prevention programs for youth. Evidence of principles used in successful programs from research literature will be provided.

446. Health Promotion Program Planning (1-3)

This course develops professional competencies in program planning, implementation and evaluation related to community and school health education/promotion. Prerequisite: 260 and 362. Restriction: HED majors only.

451 / 551. Prevention Strategies in Community Health (3)

Prepares students to design and implement evidence-based interventions for disease prevention and health promotion in public health settings.

473. Health Issues in Death and Dying (3)

An introduction to content in the area of death and dying: the dying process, grief, types and alternatives to funerals, out-of-body experiences, types of death and community resources available for support.

477 / 577. Stress Management (3)

Deals with multiple causes of stress and its resolutions. Emphasizes chief stressors of adults, self-responsibility for change, holistic approach, emotional/mental methods of stress reduction.

482. Social Determinants and Multicultural Health (3)

Course provides an overview of the health beliefs of people in NM with an emphasis towards Latino/Hispanics, Native Americans, African Americans, Asians and Anglos. Examines health behavior as influenced by health beliefs and practices.

487 / 587. Physical Activity and Aging (3)

Concerned with the process of aging as it affects physical activity and the potential of physical activity in adjustment to the process of aging.

492 / 592. Workshop (1-4 to a maximum of 13 Δ)

493 / 593. Topics (1-3, no limit Δ)

495. Field Experience (3-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Planned and supervised professional laboratory or field experiences in agency or institutional setting. Restriction: permission of instructor.

506. Health Behavior Theory (3)

This course explores multiple theories and models and their application in the development of health promotion programs to support change within individuals, families and communities.

507. Research Design in HPER (3)

(Also offered as PEP 507) Emphasizes an understanding of different research designs, their level of sophistication and their application from both a theoretical and practical point of view.

509. Media and Public Relations in HPER (3)

(Also offered as PEP 509) Introduction to principles of public relations publicity and crisis management in HPER and sports administration.

511. Management of Health Promotion Programs (3)

Provides student with program management and administrative skills such as leadership style, communication techniques, problem solving, motivational strategies, budgeting, goal setting, grant writing essentials, and evaluation pertaining to the field of school and community health.

551 / 451. Prevention Strategies in Community Health (3)

Prepares students to design and implement evidence-based interventions for disease prevention and health promotion in public health settings.

560. Perspectives in Community Health Education (3)

Course examines the multifaceted components of community health in NM urban/rural communities. Provides an opportunity for critical dialogue with NM Communities and health professionals working with them to address health issues impacting them.

561. Healthcare Systems and Patient Advocacy (3)

Examines innovative thinking and emerging trends in healthcare and patient advocacy.

571. Advanced Community Health Education Research (3)

An overview of community health, its role in public health and current trends in community-based research. Examines different methodologies for conducting academic and community-based research.

572. Community Health Education Program Planning, Development and Evaluation (3)

Designed to provide the graduate student with competencies in program planning and evaluation. Principles of the PRECEDE model and grantsmanship skills will be utilized to develop a mock proposal on a health-related topic. Prerequisite: graduate status in Health Education.

574. Epidemiological Principles for Health Educators (3)

Designed to introduce students to statistics of diseases. Course surveys various research designs used in discovering and tracking diseases as they affect a human population.

576. Measurement and Evaluation in Health Promotion (3)

Designed to provide graduate students in Health Promotion and related fields: competencies in major measurement/evaluation systems in HP and HE.

577 / 477. Stress Management (3)

Explores multiple causes of stress and its resolutions. Emphasizes chief stressors of adults, self-responsibility for change, holistic approach, emotional/mental methods of stress reduction.

582. Advanced Multicultural Health Education Research and Applications (3)

Course focuses on conducting a critical analysis of health literature using various databases and social cultural frameworks for analyzing health issues as influenced by cultural health beliefs in conducting research with diverse and multicultural communities.

587 / 487. Physical Activity and Aging (3)

Concerned with the process of aging as it affects physical activity and the potential of physical activity in adjustment to the process of aging.

591 / 391. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Restriction: permission of Health Education faculty member.

592 / 492. Workshop (1-4 to a maximum of 13 Δ)

593 / 493. Topics (1-3)

595. Advanced Field Experiences (3-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Restriction: admitted to M.S. Health Education and permission of fieldwork supervisor.

598. Directed Readings in Health Education (3-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

696. Internship (3-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

History (HIST)

101. Western Civilization to 1648 (3)

Bokovoy, Davis-Secord, Monahan, Richardson, Ryan, Sanabria, Steen. Ancient times to 1648. (S) Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area V: Humanities and Fine Arts (NMCCN 1053). {Summer, Fall, Spring}

102. Western Civilization Post 1648 (3)

Bokovoy, Florvil, Richardson, Sanabria, Steen. 1648 to present. (S) Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area V: Humanities and Fine Arts (NMCCN 1063). {Summer, Fall, Spring}

161. History of the United States to 1877 (3)

Cahill, Connell-Szasz, Hutton, Prior, Sandoval-Strausz, Smith. Survey of the economic, political, intellectual and social development of the United States, including the place of the U.S. in world affairs from 1607 to 1877. (S) Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area V: Humanities and Fine Arts (NMCCN 1113). {Summer, Fall, Spring}

162. History of the United States Since 1877 (3)

Connell-Szasz, Hutton, Prior, Sandoval-Strausz, Smith. Survey of the economic, political, intellectual and social development of the United States, including the place of the U.S. in world affairs from 1877 to the present. (S) Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area V: Humanities and Fine Arts (NMCCN 1123). {Summer, Fall, Spring}

181. History of Early Latin America (3)

Gauderman, Bieber An introduction to indigenous, African and Iberian backgrounds. Examines colonial societies through social, economic and political institutions with attention to the contributions of Indians, Africans and Europeans to the creation of Latin America’s diverse societies. (S)

182. Modern Latin American History (3)

Bieber, Herran Avila, Hutchison. Surveys the nations of Latin America from their independence until the present. Emphasizes the process of nation-building, governance, socioeconomic integration and coping with modernization. Special attention given to great leaders of Latin America. (S) {Spring}

201. The Medieval World (3)

(Also offered as MDVL 201) Graham. A broad survey of the history, literature, and culture of the medieval period, from the fall of the Roman Empire to the eve of the Renaissance. (S)

220. Studies in History (1-3, no limit Δ)

Will vary from instructor to instructor but will offer a review of particular historical issues designed for the nonspecialist. For content of particular courses, see Schedule of Classes and contact Department. (S) {Fall, Spring}

251. Traditional Eastern Civilizations (3)

The origin and development of the traditional societies and cultures of India, Southeast Asia, China, Japan and the Middle East. (S)

252. Modern Eastern Civilizations (3)

The emergence of modern Asia from the impact of western colonialism and imperialism to nationalism, modernization and revolution. (S)

260. History of New Mexico (3)

Ball, Garcia y Griego, Reyes, Truett Introduction to New Mexico history from earliest human settlement to the present day. (S)

300 / 500. Studies in History (1-3, no limit Δ)

Will vary from instructor to instructor, but will be an in-depth analysis of specific historical problems. For course content, consult Schedule of Classes. (EC, EME, ME, US, AW, LA, A, WG, RE, RSI)

302 / 502. Ancient and Late Antique Rome (3)

History of Rome from foundation to late fifth century. Early kings to Republic; formation of the Empire and conquests; decline in the third century and the transition to the new worlds of late antiquity.

303 / 503. Early Middle Ages, 300 to 1050 (3)

Davis-Secord, Ray, Ryan The emergence of medieval European civilization from the reign of Constantine to the beginnings of the papal monarchy. (EC)

304 / 504. High and Late Middle Ages, 1050-1550 (3)

Davis-Secord, Ray, Ryan This course will survey developments in European civilization from the middle of the eleventh through the sixteenth century. Students will study the growth and changes in high and late medieval society, culture, and life.

306 / 506. Reformation Era, 1500-1600 (3)

Steen Religious revolution and concurrent developments in European politics, society and culture. (EME)

307. Europe in the Seventeenth Century (3)

Steen Survey of political, cultural, social and economic trends in Europe during Thirty Years War and reign of Louis XIV. Special emphasis on developments in England, France and Hapsburg dominions. (EME)

308 / 508. Europe in the Eighteenth Century, 1700-1788 (3)

Steen Survey of the political, cultural, social and economic situation in Europe at height of Old Regime. Emphasis will be on intellectual and social developments that culminated in French Revolution. (EME)

309 / 509. The French Revolution and Napoleon, 1789-1815 (3)

Steen Survey of the course of the revolution and its impact on France and on European social, political, economic and military life. (EME)

311. World War I, 1914-1918 (3)

Bokovoy A social, cultural, political, diplomatic and military history of World War I. (ME)

313 / 513. World War II and Reconstruction in Europe (3)

Florvil This course will study the origins of the war, its progression, and the consequences of conquest, occupation, collaboration, resistance, and genocide. This course also examines how Europeans met the challenges of reconstructing and rebuilding their societies.

314 / 514. Old Russia, 9th-17th century (3)

Monahan This course examines the origins and history of territory that would become Russia and the Russian Empire from the ninth to the seventeenth century.

*316. History of Russia in the 20th Century (3)

Monahan This course surveys the history of Russia and the Soviet Union in the twentieth century. It covers the Russian Revolution, the entire Soviet period and post-Soviet developments.

318 / 518. Spain and Portugal to 1700 (3)

Ryan, Sanabria The consolidation and expansion of the Christian empires of Aragón, Castile and Portugal across Iberia and the Atlantic, from Muslim times to the War of Spanish Succession. (EME)

319 / 519. Spain and Portugal since 1700 (3)

Sanabria Survey of Spanish and Portuguese history since the war of Spanish Succession through Spain and Portugal’s successful democratic transitions, with special emphasis on the second Spanish Republic and Civil War. (ME)

323. History of the Jewish People to 1492 (3)

Pugach Survey of Jewish history in Ancient and Medieval times, stressing major religious, intellectual, political and social developments. Traces the transformation of the Hebrews into the Jews and Israelite religion into Judaism, highlights the Rabbinic era and the diaspora experience in the Islamic and Christian worlds. (RSI) {Fall, alternate years}

326 / 526. History of Christianity to 1517 (3)

(Also offered as RELG 326) Ray. The history of Christianity from its beginnings in Palestine to the eve of the Protestant Reformation. Primary focus will be on the rich variety of forms–doctrinal, liturgical and institutional–that Christianity assumed through the Medieval centuries. Also of concern will be its contributions and significance as a civilizing force. (RSI) {Fall}

327 / 527. History of Christianity, 1517 to Present (3)

(Also offered as RELG 327) Ray. The development of Christianity from the Protestant Reformation to the modern day, with focus on the variety of forms Christianity assumed throughout this period as it moved outward from Europe and became a world religion.

328 / 528. Early History of Science (3)

Campos A survey of the history of science from the ancient world to the Enlightenment.

329 / 529. History of Science Since the Enlightenment (3)

Campos A survey of the history of science from the Enlightenment to the present day.

330. The American Colonies, 1607-1763 (3)

The settlement of English America. The transference of institutions and attitudes from Britain, Europe and Africa to North America and what happened to them when they encountered the new environment and the native population. (US)

331 / 531. The American Revolution, 1763-1789 (3)

The separation of British America from the mother country: why it was undertaken, how it was achieved, what its significance was. The effort to gather a scattered and diverse people under one constitutional government. (US)

334 / 534. The Civil War Era (3)

Ball, Hutton, Prior The United States from 1848 to 1868. Topics covered include slavery, anti-slavery and the coming of the Civil War; social, political and economic aspects of the war; emancipation and Reconstruction. (US)

335. Russian Culture and History through Film (3)

(Also offered as MA, RUSS 339) Monahan. In this course we study films and read secondary sources from the Soviet and post-Soviet eras (with English subtitles) and examine how they comment on current Russian social and cultural issues. Taught in English. (S)

337. Twentieth Century America, since 1945 (3)

Sandoval-Strausz, Smith From postwar JFK/LBJ liberalism to Reagan's conservatism; the civil rights revolution and its backlash; from Vietnam to post-Cold War internationalism; democracy and the War on Terror. (US) Prerequisite: 162.

338. Slavery and Freedom in the U.S. (3)

This course examines the history of slavery and freedom in the United States and colonial North America.

341. U.S. Foreign Relations from 1900 (3)

Survey and analysis of U.S. foreign relations in the 20th century. (US)

345 / 545. U.S. Women since 1865 (3)

Cahill, Withycombe. This course introduces students to the history of American women’s roles, status and ideas since 1865. (US, WG)

346 / 546. Native America to 1850 (3)

Cahill, Connell-Szasz This course will cover American Indian/Alaska Native history to 1850. (US, RE)

347. Native America, 1850-1940 (3)

Cahill, Connell-Szasz The course will cover American Indian/Alaska Native history from 1850 to 1940. (US, RE)

348. Native America Since 1940 (3)

Cahill, Connell-Szasz This course will offer a brief overview of Native America from World War II to the present. It will address issues of termination/relocation, and finish with Indian self-determination from the 1960s forward.

349 / 549. Military History of the United States to 1900 (3)

Hutton Survey of U.S. military and naval history from colonial times to 1900, with emphasis upon technological, managerial and political developments that have affected the armed services. (US)

350 / 550. Modern U.S. Military History, 1900 to Present (3)

Hutton A survey of the origins and development of American military institutions, traditions and practices of the 20th century. Attention to WWI, WWII and the Vietnam war, technological advances and institutional history will be given. (US)

359. History of Popular Music in the United States, Part II, 1940-1990 (3)

Ball Course surveys historical trends and developments in the composition, publication, recording, distribution, performance, and consumption of popular music, broadly defined, in the United States from 1940-1990. No musical background necessary.

361 / 561. The Trans-Mississippi West (3)

Cahill, Connell-Szasz, Hutton, Truett (AW)

362 / 562. The American West in the Twentieth Century (3)

Cahill, Hutton, Scharff Surveys the growth of the trans-Mississippi West in the 20th century, giving attention to social development, economic growth, cultural development, the role of minority groups and the impact of science and technology. (AW)

363 / 563. Early History of Mexican-Americans (3)

Garcia y Griego. This course will review the history of the Southwest from pre-conquest and Spanish colonization to the U.S. invasion and its aftermath. (AW, RE)

371 / 571. From Aztec to Spanish Domination: The History of Early Mexico (3)

Gauderman An introduction to the ancient, indigenous cultures of Mesoamerica. Examines Mexico’s political, economic and social development under Spanish colonial rule. Attention given to the social and cultural interaction among Mexico’s indigenous, European and African populations. (LA)

373 / 573. The Mexican Revolution (3)

Herran Avila. Study of the events, leadership, social and economic implications, and role of U.S. involvement in the Mexican Revolution of 1910–1920. (LA)

374 / 574. Southern South America (3)

Hutchison Argentina, Chile, Uruguay and Paraguay from colonization to the present. Most emphasis on late 19th and 20th centuries, when these nations led the region’s development. Deals with the rise of the export economies, populist movements, militarism and socio-economic stagnation. (LA)

376 / 576. Brazil in the Colonial Period, 1500-1822 (3)

Bieber Colonial Brazil from 1500 to 1822. Focus on structures of colonialism and their impact on indigenous, African and European peoples. Plantation society, slavery, mercantile policy, the role of the church, women and family will be discussed. (LA)

377. Modern Brazil, 1822-Present (3)

Bieber History of Brazil since independence. Topics include oligarchical politics, the end of slavery, race relations, urbanization, industrialization, authoritarian regimes, labor and peasant movements. (LA)

382. Imperial China (3)

The development of early modern society and the impact of the West from the 13th to the 20th century. (A)

384. History of Japan (3)

Social, political, and economic institutions from historical beginnings to modern times. (A)

387 / 587. The Modern Middle East from 1800 (3)

Topics include 19th-century reform attempts, the transition from empire to nation-states, the gap between ideology and practice, the Arab-Israeli conflict and revolutionary Iran. (A)

395 / 595. Studies in European History (3 to a maximum of 15 Δ)

Will vary from instructor to instructor, but will be an in-depth analysis of specific topics within the overall field of European history. For course content, consult Schedule of Classes.

397 / 597. Studies in Latin American History (3 to a maximum of 15 Δ)

Studies in Latin American History will vary from instructor to instructor, but will be an in-depth analysis of specific historical problems related to the Latin American region. For course content, consult Schedule of Classes.

398 / 598. Studies in the History of Science, Medicine, and the Environment (3 to a maximum of 15 Δ)

Will vary from instructor to instructor, but will be an in-depth analysis of specific topics within the history of science, medicine, and the environment. For course content, consult Schedule of Classes.

401 / 601. Anglo-Saxon England, 450-1066 (3)

Graham This course will offer an overview of the history and culture of England from the arrival of the Angles and Saxons in the middle of the fifth century until the Battle of Hastings of 1066. (EC)

402 / 602. Medieval Crusade and Jihad (3)

Davis-Secord History of the crusading movement of Western Europe (ca. 1095-1291 A.D.) and its impact on the civilizations of the medieval West and Middle East. Covers both the events and legacies of the Crusades and counter-crusades (jihad). (EC)

403 / 603. The Russian Empire: History at the Peripheries (3)

Monahan Course navigates the history of the Russian empire with an emphasis on history at the peripheries of empire. Course investigates strategies of empire-building, methods of integration, and multiple perspectives in this multi-ethnic, multi-confessional empire.

404 / 604. Ancient and Medieval Mediterranean (3)

This course studies the Mediterranean Sea region from the ancient through late medieval periods. Topics include: creation and crossing of boundaries; violence and cooperation; relationships between religious minorities and rulers; commercial and cultural exchanges.

406 / 606. The Medieval and Modern Apocalypse (3)

Ryan This class investigates the centrality of the apocalypse in society, culture, and politics in the medieval and modern eras. Students read primary and secondary sources on the apocalypse and research and write a final research paper.

409 / 609. United States of Germs (3)

Withycombe The course will examine the impact of infectious epidemic diseases on Americans and their history, investigating how such diseases have helped to shape national identity through public health, war, and immigration.

410 / 610. History of Diet and Health (3)

Gibbs This course explores the cultural and medical influences on attitudes towards food, diet, and health in the Western medical tradition. How has the notion of diet changed? How do we define a healthy body?

413 / 613. History and Landscape of Food in the United States (3)

This course brings together the fields of environmental and social history, cultural landscape studies, folklore and popular culture to understand the significance of food production, distribution, and consumption to American history.

414 / 614. Women and Health in American History (3)

(Also offered as WMST 416) Withycombe. We examine the health issues women have faced and their responses to them from the 18th to the 20th centuries in the U.S., investigating women as patients, women as practitioners and the gendering of disease.

415 / 615. The History of Reproduction (3)

(Also offered as WMST 415) Withycombe. By examining the history of reproduction, this course explores the ways in which medicine has intersected with cultural constructs of gender, sexuality, race, and class to produce ways of controlling the male and female reproducing body.

416 / 616. Health and Disease in the Southwest (3)

This course explores the diseases, practitioners, institutions, and patients of the history of medicine in the southwestern United States, from first contact in the 16th century to current health challenges of the area.

417. History of Modern Medicine (3)

Withycombe History of western medicine from 1700 to the present. Examines ideas of health and disease and how those concepts have been shaped by shifting social and cultural values.

418 / 618. Modern Ireland (3)

Richardson This course surveys Irish history from the late 18th century to the present, with particular emphasis on the relationship between Irish nationalism and Irish culture.

419 / 619. The Irish Diaspora (3)

Richardson This course surveys the history of Irish emigration from the sixteenth century to the present, with particular focus on the Irish in North America, Australia, and Britain and throughout the former British Empire.

421 / 621. Modern Britain, 1660-Present (3)

Richardson This course surveys British history from the Restoration to the present, with particular emphasis on Britain's interaction with its Empire and with the world.

424 / 624. Everyday Life under Socialism (3)

Bokovoy This course examines life under socialism and explores topics as diverse as the party-state, terror, lifestyles, women's double burden, socialist fashion and consumption, youth culture and music, the appeal of the West, dissidence, revolution and systemic transition.

425 / 625. Europe and the Balkans (3)

Bokovoy The course will explore the Balkans as a diverse cultural crossroads not only as a geographical region but also as an "imagined" place. We will chronicle the emergence of the idea of "Balkan," both as a concept of outsiders and as a self-perception.

426. History of the Holocaust (3)

An examination of the motives, methods and execution of the destruction of the Jews by Nazi Germany and the responses of Jews, Western Powers, the Churches and Righteous Gentiles in the context of Jewish and world history. (ME)

427 / 627. History of Britain, 1066-1660 (3)

Richardson This course surveys British history from the Norman Conquest to the Restoration, with particular emphasis on the interactions of England, Ireland, Scotland, and Wales with each other and with Europe more broadly.

429 / 629. History of Beauty, Body, and Power (3)

A historical exploration of female and male beauty and body in relation to questions of power in comparative historical context, drawing from U.S., European, and Latin American examples, using both theoretical works and case studies. (WG)

431 [431 / 631]. Political History of the United States (3)

Garcia y Griego, Smith Study of American politics from 1787 to the present. Emphasis on national politics with special attention to the presidency and changes in the political systems. (US)

432 / 632. Explorations in Russian and Eurasian Environmental History (3)

Monahan This course considers environmental history and historiography of Russia and Eurasia from pre-modern times to the present. Previous Russian history encouraged, not required.

433 / 633. U.S. Environmental History (3)

Cahill, Truett. Examines the environmental transformation of the United States from the colonial era to the present day. Focus on the ecological consequences of colonial encounters; shifting links between cultures, markets and the land; changing ideas and politics of nature; and the environmental impacts and inequalities of urban-industrial life. (US)

434 [434 / 634]. History of American Capitalism (3)

Sandoval-Strausz, Smith. This course traces developments in the structure of profit-making enterprises and the organization of labor in United States history, examining how the imperatives of capitalism and the struggles of working people shaped the American economy. (US)

438 / 638. American Legal History Before 1877 (3)

Sandoval-Strausz Law is all around us: in politics, at work and in the home. This course will help students understand state and private law, which have substantial bearing on their lives and those of other Americans. (US)

440 / 640. Atomic America (3)

Surveys the scientific, political, cultural, environmental, and moral dimensions of the American atomic age, from the discovery of radioactivity, the development of the atomic bomb, and the Cold War arms race up to today.

441. Religion in American History (3)

(Also offered as RELG 441) Ray. This class will cover the rise and development of the nation’s religious groups, from first contact to the present day. The focus will be on the social impact of the groups and how they influenced the development of American life. (US, RSI)

442 / 642. Queer History (3)

Campos. Examines the history of queer sexualities from the pre-modern era to the present, analyzing ancient/medieval same-sex practices, 19th century sexology and the creation of the "homosexual", and modern gay and lesbian liberation movements.

444 / 612. Native American and Celtic History Since 1700 (3)

Connell-Szasz Course will have a cross-cultural focus and look at how major trends of the modern era have played out among various American Indian/Alaska Native Nations and the Celtic people of Eire (Ireland), Alba (Scotland) and Cymru (Wales). (RE)

453. Asian Studies Thesis (3)

(Also offered as COMP, PHIL, POLS, RELG 453) Supervised research in one or more disciplines leading to an undergraduate thesis for the major in Asian Studies. (A)

461 / 607. The Western Hero (3)

Hutton This course examines the evolution of the western hero. In fiction, history and film the western hero has mirrored the development of the nation, always responding to a rapidly changing society–and more often than not defining it. (AW)

463 / 643. Hispanic Frontiers in North America (3)

Truett. History of colonial encounters, Indian-European exchanges and conflicts, environmental transformations and changing identities at the northern frontiers of New Spain and Mexico. From the time of Columbus to 1848. (AW, RE)

464 / 644. U.S.-Mexico Borderlands (3)

Truett. History of the U.S.–Mexico borderlands and its various native and immigrant communities from 1848 to the present. Focus on cultural and economic linkages, ethnic and military struggles, and formation of new identities on the border. (AW, RE)

465. History of Mexican Immigration (3)

Garcia y Griego. This course examines the history of Mexican immigration to the U.S. We review historical interpretations of the broader political economy of colonial, 19th and 20th century America to contextualize past and current Mexican immigration. (AW, RE)

468 / 648. Society and Development in Latin America, 1492-Present (3)

Bieber Overview of social and economic trends in Latin America, stressing labor systems, social structure, trade, demography and industrialization. (LA)

469. Inter-American Relations (3)

Relations among the American nations since 1810 and with other world powers. Stresses U.S. role in the region after 1900, as well as tendencies to curb that influence. Guerrilla warfare, revolutionary networks and Third World ideology covered. (LA)

472 / 652. Women in Modern Latin America (3)

Hutchison Course will focus on women in Latin America, 1821–present, through various historical developments. Will explore political themes, such as suffrage, revolution and military regimes and social dimensions of class, race, ethnicity, work and family. (LA, WG)

473 / 653. Indigenous Peoples of Latin America (3)

Bieber, Gauderman Historical overview of indigenous peoples of Spanish and Portuguese America from pre-colonial times to the present. Emphasis on cultural history, contact and change and policies impacting native American groups.

474 / 654. Slavery and Race Relations in the Americas (3)

Bieber This course examines the history of slavery and race relations in North and South America. The historical origins of slavery and the slave trade in Africa will also be addressed.

478. History of Latin America through Film (3)

Explores key topics in Latin American history through film, including documentary and feature-length films produced in Latin America. Examines the historical context as well as the political and social context of each film's production. (LA)

481 / 661. Intellectual History of Islam (3)

Students will learn to place major writings and seminal ideas of Muslim intellectuals into historical context and perspective. Topics include scripture, law, mysticism, theology, science, and political thought.

482 / 662. Raj: India During British Rule (3)

The emphasis of this course is on Indians and Britons living in India rather than on the view from London. Topics include political, economic, social, and cultural changes over time, roughly 1690s through 1940s.

485 / 585. Islamic Middle East, circa 600-1260 CE (3)

Risso The first of sequential courses on the Middle East, this course covers the evolution of Islam as ancient regimes of Persia and East Rome declined, and ends with the establishment of Mamluk and Mongol rule.

488 / 588. Islamic Middle East circa 1260 to 1800 (3)

Risso The second of three courses on the Middle East, this course covers the military rule of the Mamluks, Mongols, and Timurids, and then deals with Safavid Persia and the Ottoman Empire.

490. Topics in History on Film (1 or 3 to a maximum of 15 Δ)

Will vary from instructor to instructor, but will be an in-depth analysis of specific historical problems and how they are depicted through and on film. For course content, consult Schedule of Classes.

491. Historiography (3)

Bieber, Bokovoy, Cahill, Florvil, Gibbs, Prior, Richardson, Sanabria, Sandoval-Strausz, Smith Development of historical thought and writing. (SC) Prerequisite: a minimum of two upper-division courses in history. Restriction: permission from department. {Summer, Fall}

492. Senior Seminar (3, no limit Δ)

(SC) Restriction: permission from department.

493. Reading and Research in Honors (3)

(SC) Restriction: permission of instructor.

494. Senior Thesis (3)

(SC) Prerequisite: 493

496. Undergraduate Readings in History (1-3, no limit Δ)

(SC) Restriction: permission of instructor.

*499. Internship (3-9, no limit Δ)

Provides a supervised work experience in the practical application of historical skills. Training for interns is provided in various fields such as museum work, archival management and historical editing. It does not give credit toward minimum requirements for the Ph.D. Course may be repeated without limit provided the topics vary. (SC)

500 / 300. Studies in History (1-3, no limit Δ)

Will vary from instructor to instructor, but will be an in-depth analysis of specific historical problems. For course content, consult Schedule of Classes. (EC, EME, ME, US, AW, LA, A, WG, RE, RSI)

502 / 302. Ancient and Late Antique Rome (3)

503 / 303. Early Middle Ages, 300 to 1050 (3)

Davis-Secord, Ray, Ryan The emergence of medieval European civilization from the reign of Constantine to the beginnings of the papal monarchy. (EC) Prerequisite: 101.

504 / 304. High and Late Middle Ages, 1050-1550 (3)

506 / 306. Reformation Era, 1500-1600 (3)

Steen Religious revolution and concurrent developments in European politics, society and culture.

508 / 308. Europe in the Eighteenth Century, 1700-1788 (3)

509 / 309. The French Revolution and Napoleon, 1789-1815 (3)

Steen Survey of the course of the revolution and its impact on France and on European social, political, economic and military life.

513 / 313. World War II and Reconstruction in Europe (3)

514 / 314. Old Russia, 9th-17th century (3)

Monahan This course examines the origins and history of territory that would become Russia and the Russian Empire from the ninth to the seventeenth century.

518 / 318. Spain and Portugal to 1700 (3)

Ryan, Sanabria The consolidation and expansion of the Christian empires of Aragón, Castile and Portugal across Iberia and the Atlantic, from Muslim times to the War of Spanish Succession.

519 / 319. Spain and Portugal since 1700 (3)

526 / 326. History of Christianity to 1517 (3)

527 / 327. History of Christianity, 1517 to Present (3)

528 / 328. Early History of Science (3)

Campos A survey of the history of science from the ancient world to the Enlightenment.

529 / 329. History of Science Since the Enlightenment (3)

Campos A survey of the history of science from the Enlightenment to the present day.

531 / 331. The American Revolution, 1763-1789 (3)

534 / 334. The Civil War Era (3)

545 / 345. U.S. Women since 1865 (3)

Cahill, Withycombe. This course introduces students to the history of American women’s roles, status and ideas since 1865. (US/WG)

546 / 346. Native America to 1850 (3)

Cahill, Connell-Szasz This course will cover American Indian/Alaska Native history to 1850.

549 / 349. Military History of the United States to 1900 (3)

Hutton Survey of U.S. military and naval history from colonial times to 1900, with emphasis upon technological, managerial and political developments that have affected the armed services.

550 / 350. Modern U.S. Military History, 1900 to Present (3)

561 / 361. The Trans-Mississippi West (3)

Cahill,Connell-Szasz, Hutton, Truett

562 / 362. The American West in the Twentieth Century (3)

563 / 363. Early History of Mexican-Americans (3)

Garcia y Griego. This course will review the history of the Southwest from pre-conquest and Spanish colonization to the U.S. invasion and its aftermath.

571 / 371. From Aztec to Spanish Domination: The History of Early Mexico (3)

573 / 373. The Mexican Revolution (3)

Herran Avila. Study of the events, leadership, social and economic implications, and role of U.S. involvement in the Mexican Revolution of 1910–1920.

574 / 374. Southern South America (3)

576 / 376. Brazil in the Colonial Period, 1500-1822 (3)

585 / 485. Islamic Middle East, circa 600-1260 CE (3)

587 / 387. The Modern Middle East from 1800 (3)

Topics include 19th-century reform attempts, the transition from empire to nation-states, the gap between ideology and practice, the Arab-Israeli conflict and revolutionary Iran.

588 / 488. Islamic Middle East circa 1260 to 1800 (3)

Risso The second of three courses on the Middle East, this course covers the military rule of the Mamluks, Mongols, and Timurids, and then deals with Safavid Persia and the Ottoman Empire.

595 / 395. Studies in European History (3 to a maximum of 15 Δ)

Will vary from instructor to instructor, but will be an in-depth analysis of specific topics within the overall field of European history. For course content, consult Schedule of Classes.

597 / 397. Studies in Latin American History (3 to a maximum of 15 Δ)

598 / 398. Studies in the History of Science, Medicine, and the Environment (3 to a maximum of 15 Δ)

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

601 / 401. Anglo-Saxon England, 450-1066 (3)

Graham This course will offer an overview of the history and culture of England from the arrival of the Angles and Saxons in the middle of the fifth century until the Battle of Hastings of 1066.

602 / 402. Medieval Crusade and Jihad (3)

Davis-Secord History of the crusading movement of Western Europe (ca.1095-1291 A.D.) and its impact on the civilizations of the medieval West and Middle East. Covers both the events and legacies of the Crusades and counter-crusades (jihad).

603 / 403. The Russian Empire: History at the Peripheries (3)

604 / 404. Ancient and Medieval Mediterranean (3)

606 / 406. The Medieval and Modern Apocalypse (3)

607 / 461. The Western Hero (3)

609 / 409. United States of Germs (3)

610 / 410. History of Diet and Health (3)

612 / 444. Native American and Celtic History Since 1700 (3)

613 / 413. History and Landscape of Food in the United States (3)

614 / 414. Women and Health in American History (3)

615 / 415. The History of Reproduction (3)

616 / 416. Health and Disease in the Southwest (3)

618 / 418. Modern Ireland (3)

Richardson This course surveys Irish history from the late 18th century to the present, with particular emphasis on the relationship between Irish nationalism and Irish culture.

619 / 419. The Irish Diaspora (3)

621 / 421. Modern Britain, 1660-Present (3)

Richardson This course surveys British history from the Restoration to the present, with particular emphasis on Britain's interaction with its Empire and with the world.

624 / 424. Everyday Life under Socialism (3)

625 / 425. Europe and the Balkans (3)

627 / 427. History of Britain, 1066-1660 (3)

629 / 429. History of Beauty, Body, and Power (3)

632 / 432. Explorations in Russian and Eurasian Environmental History (3)

Monahan This course considers environmental history and historiography of Russia and Eurasia from pre-modern times to the present. Previous Russian history encouraged, not required.

633 / 433. U.S. Environmental History (3)

638 / 438. American Legal History Before 1877 (3)

640 / 440. Atomic America (3)

642 / 442. Queer History (3)

Examines the history of queer sexualities from the pre-modern era to the present, analyzing ancient/medieval same-sex practices, 19th century sexology and the creation of the "homosexual", and modern gay and lesbian liberation movements.

643 / 463. Hispanic Frontiers in North America (3)

644 / 464. U.S.-Mexico Borderlands (3)

648 / 468. Society and Development in Latin America, 1492-Present (3)

Bieber Overview of social and economic trends in Latin America, stressing labor systems, social structure, trade, demography and industrialization.

652 / 472. Women in Modern Latin America (3)

653 / 473. Indigenous Peoples of Latin America (3)

654 / 474. Slavery and Race Relations in the Americas (3)

Bieber This course examines the history of slavery and race relations in North and South America. The historical origins of slavery and the slave trade in Africa will also be addressed.

661 / 481. Intellectual History of Islam (3)

662 / 482. Raj: India During British Rule (3)

663. Introduction to Digital Humanities (3)

Gibbs Explores the theoretical and methodological issues now facing humanistic study in a digital age. Topics include digital identities, historical representation, data visualization, geospatial analysis, text mining, digital workflows, publishing technologies and practices, and crowdsourcing.

664. Advanced Historiography (3)

Bieber, Gibbs, Hutchison, Smith This seminar familiarizes beginning graduate students with many of the fundamental paradigms, analytical models, and theories of causation that have been used within the field of history. Restriction: permission of instructor.

665. Seminar in Historical Research Methods (3, no limit Δ)

Restriction: permission of department graduate advisor.

666. Seminar and Studies in History (3, no limit Δ)

Restriction: permission of department graduate advisor.

667. Writing as a Historian (3)

This is an intensive writing course, intended to introduce students to the tools and techniques of nonfiction writing in a range of genres useful to professional historians.

668. Seminar and Studies in Medieval History (3, no limit Δ)

Davis-Secord, Graham, Ryan Restriction: permission of department graduate advisor.

669. Seminar and Studies in Early Modern European History (3, no limit Δ)

Restriction: permission of department graduate advisor.

670. Seminar and Studies in European Cultural and Intellectual History (3, no limit Δ)

Florvil, Richardson Restriction: permission of department graduate advisor.

671. Seminar and Studies in Modern European History (3, no limit Δ)

Florvil, Richardson Restriction: permission of department graduate advisor.

672. Seminar and Studies in British History (3, no limit Δ)

Richardson Restriction: permission of department graduate advisor.

673. Seminar and Studies in Iberian History (3, no limit Δ)

Ryan, Sanabria Restriction: permission of department graduate advisor.

674. Seminar and Studies in Modern Russian History (3, no limit Δ)

Monahan Restriction: permission of department graduate advisor.

675. Seminar and Studies in Early American History (3, no limit Δ)

Restriction: permission of department graduate advisor.

676. Seminar and Studies in American Intellectual and Social History (3, no limit Δ)

Cahill, Garcia y Griego, Sandoval-Strasz, Smith, Truett. Restriction: permission of department graduate advisor.

677. Seminar and Studies in Civil War Period (3, no limit Δ)

Prior Restriction: permission of department graduate advisor.

678. Seminar and Studies in Recent American History (3, no limit Δ)

Garcia y Griego, Jefferson, Sandoval-Strausz, Scharff, Smith Restriction: permission of department graduate advisor.

679. Seminar and Studies in United States Military History (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Ball, Hutton, Jefferson, Prior Restriction: permission of department graduate advisor.

680. Seminar and Studies in U.S. Social History and Theory (3, no limit Δ)

Cahill, Jefferson, Sandoval-Strausz Restriction: permission of department graduate advisor.

681. Seminar and Studies in United States Diplomatic History (3, no limit Δ)

Restriction: permission of department graduate advisor.

682. Seminar in American Western History (3, no limit Δ)

Ball, Cahill, Hutton, Truett. Restriction: permission of department graduate advisor.

683. Seminar in American Indian History (3, no limit Δ)

Cahill, Connell-Szasz Restriction: permission of department graduate advisor.

684. Seminar and Studies in Chicana/o History (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Garcia y Griego. Restriction: permission of department graduate advisor.

685. Seminar in Borderlands History (3, no limit Δ)

Truett. Restriction: permission of department graduate advisor.

686. Seminar in Early Latin America (3, no limit Δ)

Gauderman Restriction: permission of department graduate advisor.

687. Seminar in Recent Latin American History (3, no limit Δ)

Bieber, Herran Avila, Hutchison. Restriction: permission of department graduate advisor.

688. Seminar and Studies in Brazilian History (3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as LTAM 504) Bieber. Format varies from research seminar to reading colloquium and covers the whole history of Brazil. Reading knowledge of Portuguese recommended. Restriction: permission of department graduate advisor.

689. Interdisciplinary Seminar on Problems of Modernization in Latin America (3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as ECON, POLS, SOC 584) Bieber. Restriction: permission of department graduate advisor.

690. Seminar in Latin American Studies (3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as LTAM 504) Bieber, Gauderman, Herran Avila, Hutchison. Restriction: permission of department graduate advisor.

692. Seminar in the History of Women and Gender (3, no limit Δ)

Cahill, Florvil, Hutchison, Withycombe. Restriction: permission of department graduate advisor.

696. Dissertation/Professionalization Workshop (3 to a maximum of 15 Δ)

This workshop allows advanced doctoral students to circulate dissertation chapters to peers and faculty, and discuss readings preparing them for careers in history. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

697-698. Problems (1-9, 1-9, no limit Δ)

Restriction: permission of department graduate advisor.

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: permission of department graduate advisor.

Health, Medicine and Human Values (HMHV)

101. Contours of Health in New Mexico (3)

Seminar exploring ethnic, economic, demographic, and geographic variables impacting public health in New Mexico and the Southwest. Topics include access to health care; local alternatives to medical treatment; cultural definitions of health, illness, and death. Restriction: permission of instructor.

150. Foundations of Science (3)

Designed to prepare and motivate students for a rigorous college science curriculum, this course introduces fundamental concepts in science applied to real world problems and teaches scientific thinking, problem-solving and learning tools essential for success. Restriction: permission of instructor.

201. Literature, Fine Arts, and Medicine (3)

Seminar exploring links among health, illness, literature and the arts, encompassing a diverse range of forms and genres. Topics include representations of health, illness, and medicine; arts as therapy; medical history in literature and art. Restriction: permission of instructor.

298. Health, Medicine and Human Values Workshop (1-3, may be repeated twice Δ)

Various topics in preprofessional development, portfolio management, study, and career skills for HMHV students. Restriction: admitted to B.A. Health, Medicine, and Human Values.

301. Health Economics, Politics, and Policy (3)

Seminar exploring political and economic forces that impact health care policies and practices. Topics include political and economic forces impacting health care; health care reform; the institutional and political organization of medicine. Restriction: permission of instructor.

310. Health and Cultural Diversity (3)

Seminar exploring cultural variables that affect the experience and practice of health and health care: how culture, ethnicity, race, and gender inform ideas of health and illness, death and dying, and the patient-physician relationship. Restriction: permission of instructor.

350. Community Health Practicum I (3)

Experiential learning project conducted in a variety of rural or underserved healthcare settings. Emphasis upon the roles of health professionals and teams, community health issues, and health care practices, processes and systems. Prerequisite: 398. Restriction: admitted to B.A. Health, Medicine, and Human Values.

398. Community Service/Public Health Workshop (1-3, may be repeated twice Δ)

A preparatory seminar which builds on students existing knowledge of social determinants of health in rural communities and introduces the students to approaches in community outreach. Restriction: admitted to B.A. Health, Medicine, and Human Values.

401. Ethics, Medicine, and Health (3)

Seminar exploring ethical and legal considerations that influence medical practices and decision-making. Topics include contemporary ethical and moral issues in medicine; and a comparative and critical analysis of relationship between professional ethics and personal beliefs. Restriction: permission of instructor.

450. Community Health Practicum II (3)

Experiential and research project conducted in a variety of rural or underserved healthcare settings. Emphasis upon the roles of health professionals and teams, community health issues, and health care practices, processes and systems. Prerequisite: 398. Restriction: admitted to B.A. Health, Medicine, and Human Values.

498. Special Topics in Health, Medicine and Human Values (1-3, may be repeated 9 times Δ)

Topics will vary from instructor to instructor, but will be an in-depth seminar in a particular practice, issue or discipline within health and medicine. Restriction: permission of instructor.

Interdisciplinary Film and Digital Media (IFDM)

105L. Introduction to Digital Media (3)

The history of methods and practices of art, science and technology in the development of new media, with surveys from a historical perspective. Studies the practices, careers and disciplines involved with film and digital media.

201. Introduction to Game Development (3)

Fundamentals of game engine architecture, programming of game design concepts and game mechanics, business and career pathways for game development, and how to use industry development tools. Prerequisite: CS 105L.

202. Introduction to Animation (3)

Practice the principals of animation as defined by Disney master animators. Learn the process, pipeline, tools, and workflow of CG Character Animation.

205L. Studio I: Activating Digital Space (3)

This studio course explores critical, technical and creative elements of digital space. By translating the process of seeing and conceptualizing into visual forms, students use technical knowledge to conceptualize, create and collaborate on projects. Prerequisite: CS 152L. Restriction: permission of IFDM advisor.

210. Introduction to Modeling and Animation [Introduction to Modeling and Postproduction] (3)

An introduction to computer graphics and animation that mixes theory and application using a standard animation software package to teach the use of the tool and to demonstrate key concepts. Involves collaborative projects. Prerequisite: 241L. Restriction: permission of IFDM advisor.

241L. Introduction to Directing for Film and Video (3)

Students in this introductory class will explore the processes and concerns of the narrative fiction film and video director through the analysis of film and video, and short hands on exercises. Restriction: permission of advisor.

250. Special Topics in Interdisciplinary Film and Digital Media (1-3, no limit Δ)

Study in topics related to digital media.

300. Critical Intermediations (3)

Examines new media technologies from a transdisciplinary perspective by exploring how the use of new media is affecting academic practice across disciplines. Proposes the development of a critical analytical framework for approaching new media. Prerequisite: 210. Restriction: permission of IFDM advisor.

301. Cinematography (3)

Through lecture, lab and practical exercises, students will learn the fundamentals of photography and motion picture technical principles. The emphasis will be on the use of professional camera systems. Prerequisite: 210. Restriction: permission of department.

310. Studio II: Writing Digital Narrative (3)

The goal of this course is to offer students an overview of issues on writing for digital media; its objective is to create successful, media-savvy writers, who work across digital platforms. Prerequisite: 301. Restriction: permission of IFDM advisor.

311. Fundamentals of Music Technology (2-3)

(Also offered as MUS 311 / 511) A hands-on introduction to various computer applications useful to musicians in all areas of specialization. Various computer programs aiding in music notation, arranging and MIDI composition will be presented and explored.

400. Ethics, Science and Technology (3)

Ethical issues arising from the impact of science and technology on the personal, social and political dimensions of culture or what happens and who takes responsibility when the genie is out of the bottle? Prerequisite: 310. Corequisite: 450. Restriction: permission of IFDM advisor.

401. Digital Post Production (3)

(Also offered as MA 401) Designed to expand awareness of the elements of film and video post-production, with emphasis on expanding skills as an editor. Develops competence with tools to practice the art of the editor effectively. Prerequisite: MA 111.

402. Documentary Film Production (3)

(Also offered as MA 402) Hands-on workshop introduces tools and methods of video making in the genre of "creative nonfiction". Emphasizes development of personal approaches to the creative process, technical skills, and familiarity with the documentary form. Prerequisite: MA 111.

403. Advanced Game Development (3)

Expands on ideas developed in the introductory course, including new techniques and tools for game development. Students work in collaborative, interdisciplinary game development teams. Prerequisite: 201.

404. Advanced Animation (3)

Analyze and implement correct physical movement of the human body using animation software. Create solid, finished looking animation for bipedal characters with believable and meaningful performances, including facial animation and speech. Prerequisite: 202.

405. Advanced Maya Production (3)

Production ready techniques in 3D Computer Graphics and Visual Effects creation, including advanced modeling, rigging, animation, camera mapping and projection, and rendering and compositing using Maya. Prerequisite: 210.

406. Virtual Reality Cinema (3)

(Also offered as MA 406) The basics of virtual reality cinema, game building, user experience design, how to make spherical videos for use in virtual reality head mounted displays, and how augmented reality apps work.

407. Compositing for Visual Effects (3)

The basics of digital compositing, the art of combining and manipulating images for CGI, special effects, and animation.

410. The Business and Law of Film and New Media (3)

This course will introduce students to the business and legal aspects of creating a new digital media venture including: concept formation; marketing; budget development; finding financing; forming a company; hiring and managing employees; and sales. Prerequisite: 400. Corequisite: 451. Restriction: permission of IFDM advisor.

412. Fundamentals of Audio Technology (2-3)

(Also offered as MUS 412 / 512) Audio editing and equipment and basics of recordings through lab experiences and creative projects. Includes fundamentals of the physics of sound and analysis.

450. IFDM Capstone I Senior Projects Course (4)

Students are required to form interdisciplinary collaborative teams that will develop and plan project ideas. Prerequisite: 310. Corequisite: 400. Restriction: permission of IFDM advisor.

451. IFDM Capstone II Senior Projects Course (4)

Collaborative teams execute projects and give open demonstration of the results. Prerequisite: 450. Corequisite: 410. Restriction: permission of IFDM advisor.

491. Topics in Film and Digital Media (1-3, no limit Δ)

This course allows permanent or visiting faculty to develop a course based on a topic related to digital media, and may include courses in career development for media industries.

492. IFDM Internship (1-12 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Real-world experience for IFDM students to build digital media skills in the context of the organization's products or services. IFDM internships are arranged with IFDM faculty council members and IFDM instructors. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Prerequisite: minimum overall grade-point-average of 2.5; and at least 9 credit hours in IFDM courses, with at least one IFDM 300-level course. Restriction: permission of IFDM advisor.

497. Independent Study in Film and Digital Media (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

This course allows IFDM student to study individually, under direction of IFDM instructor. Study area to be approved by instructor, and be related to film and digital media. Restriction: permission of instructor.

499. Interdisciplinary Film and Digital Media Honors (3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

The purpose is to expand and strengthen knowledge through intense focus, to correlate it in related fields, and to bring students under closer guidance of, and acquaintance with faculty and instructors in their field. Restriction: permission of department.

International Studies (INTS)

101. Introduction to International Studies (3)

Overview of International Studies and the seven thematic concentrations: Culture and Arts; Environment and Sustainability; Indigenous, National and Transnational Identities; Global Markets; Conflict, Peace and Diplomacy; Rituals and Beliefs; Women and Gender.

400. Capstone Seminar in International Studies (3)

Senior seminar emphasizing synthesis of the student's study abroad or intercultural experience, previous course work in thematic and area studies concentrations, and research skills. Restriction: permission of program.

402. Honors in International Studies (3)

The Honors Thesis provides international studies majors the opportunity to focus on a specific research question or artistic project in a rigorous, engaged fashion with the guidance of an expert faculty member. Restriction: permission of program.

499. Topics in International Studies (1-3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Topics address areas in International Studies, focusing on global engagement with an interdisciplinary lens. Examples could include: lecture class; independent study; seminar; participation in conference, workshop, or lecture series.

Italian (ITAL)

101. Elementary Italian I (3)

Language course for beginning students, providing a foundation in reading, writing, listening, and speaking skills for all subsequent courses. Credit may not be earned for both 101 and 175.

175-276. Accelerated Elementary Italian-Accelerated Intermediate Italian (6, 6)

Intensive course for serious beginning students. 175 equivalent to 101–102. 276 equivalent to 201–202. {Fall, Spring}

307. Survey of Italian Literature I (3)

A survey of Italian culture as reflected in literary texts from the Middle Ages to the Renaissance.

308. Survey of Italian Literature II (3)

A survey of Italian culture as reflected in literary texts from the Renaissance to the present.

337. Topics in Italian Literature and Culture in Translation (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

(Also offered as ENGL, COMP 337) Study of individual authors, genres, and/or periods of Italian literature and culture in translation.

*475. Dante in Translation (3)

(Also offered as RELG *475) Principally the Vita Nuova and the Divine Comedy.

497. Undergraduate Problems (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

499. Honors Essay (3)

Open to Seniors enrolled for departmental honors. Restriction: permission of supervising instructor.

551. Graduate Problems (3)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

Japanese (JAPN)

101. Elementary Japanese I (3)

Foundation course for all beginning students, with instruction in speaking, listening, reading and writing. {Fall}

102. Elementary Japanese II (3)

Second half of foundation course 101. {Spring}

111. Beginning Japanese I (6)

Beginning Japanese I develops students' language skills to communicate in simple daily situations. Through various cultural topics related to Japan, students will gain a basic understanding of Japanese culture and learn to interact in Japanese. Credit not allowed for both JAPN 101 and JAPN 111.

112. Beginning Japanese II (6)

Beginning Japanese II immediately follows Beginning Japanese I, continuing to develop skills in communicating in daily situations and knowledge of Japanese culture. Students may not receive credit for both JAPN 102 and JAPN 112. Prerequisite: 111

201. Intermediate Japanese I (3)

Continues development of four language skills (speaking, listening, reading and writing) at the third semester level. Prerequisite: 112. {Fall}

202. Intermediate Japanese II (3)

Continuation of 201. Prerequisite: 201. {Spring}

301. Advanced Japanese I (3)

Continues development of four language skills (speaking, listening, reading and writing) at fifth semester level, introducing more complex grammar and spoken and written communicative tasks. {Fall}

302. Advanced Japanese II (3)

Continuation of 301. {Spring}

320. Japanese Society (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

This class provides a multidisciplinary introduction to various topics related to contemporary Japan, with an emphasis on the anthropology and sociology of Japanese society.

339. Topics in Japanese Literature and Culture in Translation (3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as COMP, ENGL 339) Study of individual authors, genres and/or periods of Japanese literature and culture in translation.

341. Introduction to Premodern Japanese Literature and Culture in Translation (3)

(Also offered as COMP, ENGL 341) An introduction to Japanese literature and culture from the 8th to the 19th century, this course focuses on major literary works and performance genres in their historical context.

342. Introduction to Modern Japanese Literature and Culture in Translation (3)

(Also offered as COMP, ENGL 342) This course is an introductory exploration of the literature and culture of modern Japan, from the mid-19th century to the present day. Students will critically read a selection of modern prose narratives and poetry.

345. The Supernatural in Japanese Fiction, Folklore and Drama (3)

(Also offered as COMP, ENGL 345) Survey of Japanese mythology, folklore, drama and fiction from 1000 CE to the present with a focus on the cultural significance of ghosts, monsters, spirit possession and otherworldly encounters.

370. Topics in Japanese Culture through Film (3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

This course explores topics in Japanese culture and society through screenings and discussions of films, alongside a history of the medium of Japanese cinema and its place in modern Japan.

401. Advanced Reading and Discussion in Japanese I (3)

An advanced Japanese reading course for students who have completed six semesters or the equivalent of Japanese study. Prerequisite: 302.

402. Advanced Reading and Discussion in Japanese II (3)

This is an advanced Japanese course for students who have completed six semesters of Japanese study. The focus is on developing the skills necessary to read and discuss authentic texts from contemporary Japan. Prerequisite: 302.

*411. Topics in Japanese Culture (3, no limit Δ)

Explorations of a variety of topics in Japanese language, literature, arts and social sciences.

497. Undergraduate Problems (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

Landscape Architecture (LA)

335. Site-Environment (3)

Introduction to site analysis and site factors that inform design. Site scales from urban to regional are examined.

401 / 501. Landscape Architecture Design Studio I (6)

An introductory design studio for students entering the three-year graduate program and for students in the B.A.E.P.D. program. Emphasis is on basic design principles, three dimensional space and the development of graphic communication skills.

402 / 502. Landscape Architecture Design Studio II (6)

An introduction to landscape architectural design in the studio setting, focusing on a series of typological investigations. Students are encouraged to experiment with methods to develop their own design process.

411 / 511. Topics in Landscape Architecture (1-3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Individual, independent study of topics and research issues in landscape architecture undertaken by a student with faculty approval, advisement and supervision.

421 / 521. AutoCAD for Landscape Architects (3)

LandCadd® operates on AutoCAD® and is the most widely used of computer programs in landscape architecture. An essential basic course in LandCadd® applications in the profession.

450. Imagining Landscape: Making Places by Design (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

This course explores the built environment as a designed landscape, the methods and processes of design thinking and development, and the techniques and skills for representing design ideas.

458 / 558. Plant Materials (3)

An introduction to plants and plant ecology, with an emphasis on the use of plants in landscape architectural design.

460 / 560. Landscape Architecture in the 20th Century (3)

This course will examine currents of thought and social and economic determinants over the last 100 years, and the way these systems have influenced how we build our environments, our cities, our landscapes and buildings.

461 / 561. History and Theory of Landscape Architecture (3)

A course covering the general history of landscape architecture from its origins in early agriculture at the end of the last Ice Age through its development in ancient civilizations to the 20th century.

463 / 563. Theory in Landscape Architecture and Environmental Design (3)

An investigation and discussion of the major theoretical discourses in the environmental design disciplines and how these positions have informed the design of 20th and 21st Century environments.

481 / 581. Landscape Construction Materials and Techniques (3)

An intensive study of the technical aspects of landscape design and construction. Emphasis on landscape construction materials and methods, with quality, longevity and ease of maintenance as consistent objectives.

482 / 582. Graphic Communications (3)

An introduction to hand drawing and graphic techniques. Students will become comfortable in expressing and communicating design thinking and ideas in graphic form.

501 / 401. Landscape Architecture Design Studio I (6)

502 / 402. Landscape Architecture Design Studio II (6)

503. Landscape Architecture Design Studio III (6)

This studio course investigates landscapes at city/regional and neighborhood/urban precinct scales. Students will integrate social/cultural imperatives with environmental and infrastructure systems in land use planning and urban/neighborhood design. Prerequisite: 502. Restriction: permission of LA program director.

504 [508]. LA Design Studio IV/DPAC Interdisciplinary Community Studio (6)

(Also offered as CRP 508) This is an interdisciplinary studio with architecture and planning students coordinated by the Design and Planning Assistance Center. Real projects focus on landscape and urban development within a strong neighborhood and community context. Prerequisite: 502. Restriction: permission of LA program director.

505. Landscape Architecture Design Studio V (6)

Studio 5 is the ‘capstone’ design studio in the Master of Landscape Architecture studio sequence. Students will integrate a broad range of landscape architectural knowledge in a process that will reflect a professional office/studio approach to a design project. Prerequisite: 503, 508. Restriction: permission of LA program director.

511 / 411. Topics in Landscape Architecture (1-3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Individual, independent study of topics and research issues in landscape architecture undertaken by a student with faculty approval, advisement and supervision. Restriction: permission of LA program director.

512. Seminar: Landscape Architecture (2-3 to a maximum of 15 Δ)

A number of seminars on various aspects of landscape architecture.

521 / 421. AutoCAD for Landscape Architects (3)

LandCadd® operates on AutoCAD® and is the most widely used of computer programs in landscape architecture. An essential basic course in LandCadd® applications in the profession.

531. Professional Practice in Landscape Architecture (3)

This course emphasizes the common role of the landscape architect as a member of a design team that also includes architects, engineers, planners and others. It focuses on the private and public practice of landscape architecture.

556. Site/Environment (3)

Introduction to site analysis and site factors that inform design. Site scales from urban to regional are examined.

558 / 458. Plant Materials (3)

An introduction to plants and plant ecology, with an emphasis on the use of plants in landscape architectural design.

559. Plant Materials in Landscape Design II (3)

An advanced course in the use of plants in landscape design, focusing on principles of xeriscape and their application. Prerequisite: 558.

560 / 460. Landscape Architecture in the 20th Century (3)

561 / 461. History and Theory of Landscape Architecture (3)

563 / 463. Theory in Landscape Architecture and Environmental Design (3)

An investigation and discussion of the major theoretical discourses in the environmental design disciplines and how these positions have informed the design of 20th and 21st Century environments.

580. Landscape Architecture Technology I: Grading and Drainage (3)

This course will provide knowledge and understanding of topography, grading and drainage design, and will help students develop site design skills related to topographic definition, circulation surfaces, retaining walls and grade changes.

581 / 481. Landscape Construction Materials and Techniques (3)

582 / 482. Graphic Communications (3)

An introduction to hand drawing and graphic techniques. Students will become comfortable in expressing and communicating design thinking and ideas in graphic form.

586. Professional Skills in Landscape Architecture (3)

This is a two-part course. One section investigates the professional standards and conventions in the preparation of LA construction documents. The other section focuses on the technical aspects of irrigation design.

590. Historic Research Methods (3)

(Also offered as ARCH, CRP 590) An introduction to the methods for the documentation, research and analysis of historic built environments as preparation for historic preservation and contemporary regional design.

591. Introduction to Preservation and Regionalism (3)

(Also offered as ARCH, CRP 591) An introduction to the history, theory and professional practices of historic preservation and regional contemporary design and planning.

596. Master's Project/Thesis Preparation Seminar (3)

A seminar which studies different forms of research in the discipline of landscape architecture and a variety of research methods and techniques. Each student identifies a topic for, and methodological approach to, their thesis or project research and develops their research proposal.

597. Master's Project (1 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

An applied research project developed and carried out by students as the final exit requirement for the M.L.A.. Project proposals are reviewed based on their degree of complexity and the fit with the student’s declared area of specialization. The project is a research based document which explores larger theoretical issues and their conceptual and practical application in an environmental design context. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: permission of LA program director.

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

A research study which is developed on a topic and an investigation of a set of hypotheses or questions. Students will design and carry out a study which articulates a clear method and process for addressing their questions. The outcome is expected to contribute to the body of knowledge in the discipline of landscape architecture. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: permission of LA program director.

691. Sustainable Settlements (3)

(Also offered as CRP, ARCH 691) Urban design history, goals and theory with emphasis on cultural and ecological vibrancy. Restriction: admitted to a graduate program in the School of Architecture and Planning.

694. Urban Design Methods (1-3)

(Also offered as ARCH, CRP 694) Topics will vary but may include design of public space, streets, transit districts, tactical urbanism. This course will be organized as three modules. Restriction: admitted to a graduate program in Landscape Architecture.

Liberal Arts and Integrative Studies (LAIS)

150. Foundations of Integrative Thought (3)

This course examines the purpose of integrative studies, introduced to different models of integration, and taught how to use those models to approach complex problems, intellectual questions, and challenging issues in society.

199. Customized Curriculum: The Future of Degrees (1)

Students will learn to create career plans that require them to research career options and potential employers, and prepare a developmental roadmap that will lead them to success within the chosen profession. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

309. Topics in Integrative Studies (1-3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

The content of this course varies by semester. It highlights topics of specialized interest in areas of multidisciplinary, interdisciplinary, and transdisciplinary research.

310. Investigations in Research: Methodologies and Techniques (3)

This course explores qualitative and quantitative inquiry related to interdisciplinarity. Students will define a research problem, identify and evaluate scholarly research, while considering the interplay of processes, analysis, and ethics in a diverse world.

311. Experiential Learning and Research (3)

This course enables students to learn their concentration areas in an applied setting, while gaining practical experience. The site becomes an experiential learning lab that makes connections between course work and the 21st century workplace.

340. Introduction to Global and National Security (3)

Analyzes issues such as: economics, demography, ecology, energy, health, and geopolitics, with a view towards understanding their implications for global and national security.

399. Interdisciplinary Synthesis (1 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

This recitation will allow students to form connectivity in their course work and use peer-to-peer learning to move from broad investigations to a concrete senior project. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

409. Individual Study (1-3 to a maximum of 15 Δ)

Directed study of topics not covered in regular courses. Specific arrangements must be made with a member of the LAIS faculty responsible for supervising the work. A proposed plan of study is normally made at least one semester in advance.

499. Senior Seminar (3)

This course provides students an opportunity to synthesize the breadth and depth of their interdisciplinary studies program and produce an in-depth senior project focusing on a topic within their concentration.

Latin (LATN)

101. Elementary Latin I (3)

Introduction to the Latin language; grammar, syntax and readings in Roman authors. {Fall, Spring}

102. Elementary Latin II (3)

Continuation of 101. Introduction to the Latin language; grammar, syntax and readings in Roman authors. Prerequisite: 101. {Spring}

201-202. Intermediate Latin I-Intermediate Latin II (3, 3)

Systematic review of Latin grammar and syntax; readings in simple prose authors such as Cicero and Caesar; introduction to Latin poetry and scansion. Prerequisite: 101 and 102.

*303. Advanced Latin I (3, no limit Δ)

Readings in Classical authors such as Plautus, Catullus, Vergil, Horace and Ovid. Occasional composition in Latin. Prerequisite: 201 or 202.

*304. Advanced Latin II (3, no limit Δ)

Readings in Classical authors such as Plautus, Catullus, Vergil, Horace and Ovid. Occasional composition in Latin. Prerequisite: 201 or 202.

497. Undergraduate Problems (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

503. Topics in Latin Language and Literature (3, no limit Δ)

Graduate readings in Latin authors. Prerequisite: *303, *304 or the equivalent.

513. Survey of Ancient Latin Literature (3)

This course will give students experience reading a wide range of texts and authors in Latin literature, from the Republican period to the Late Empire, touching on key authors and works of literature in Latin. Prerequisite: 503 with a grade of "B+" or better.

551. Graduate Problems (1-9 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Law (LAW)

500. Comparative and Historical Legal Perspectives (1-3)

First Year Course. Required.

501. Introduction to Constitutional Law (3-4)

First Year Course. Required.

502. Contracts I (2-4)

First Year Course. Required

504. Criminal Law (3-4)

First Year Course. Required.

505. International Law (2-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

506. Elements of Legal Argumentation I (1-4)

First Year Course. Required.

507. Practicum (1-2)

First Year Course. Required. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

508. Property I (2-4)

First Year Course. Required.

510. Torts (3-4)

First Year Course. Required.

512. Civil Procedure I (2-4)

First Year Course. Required.

513. Elements of Legal Argumentation II (3-4)

First Year Course. Required.

516. Entertainment Law (2-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

517. Trial Practice (2-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

520. Business Associations I (2-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

523. Secured Transactions (1-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

524. Community Property (1-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

525. Conflict of Laws (1-4)

Second and Third Year Course.

526. Constitutional Rights (1-4)

Second and Third Year Course.

529. Criminal Procedure I-4th, 5th, 6th Amendments (1-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

530. Federal Estate and Gift Tax (1-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

531. Health Law (1-5)

Second and Third Year Course.

532. Evidence (2-4)

Second and Third Year Course.

533. Family Law I (3-4)

Second and Third Year Course.

534. Federal Income Tax (3-4)

Second and Third Year Course.

535. Health Law Moot Court (1-2)

Second and Third Year Course. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

537. Labor Law (1-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

541. Human Rights Law (2-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

544. Oil and Gas (1-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

546. Antitrust Law I (2-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

547. Water Law (2-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

550. Mediation (2)

Second and Third Year Course. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

551. Family Mediation Training (2)

Second and Third Year Course. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

552. Federal Jurisdiction (2-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

553. Financial Literacy (1-2)

Second and Third Year Course.

555. Jurisprudence (2-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

556. National Hispanic Moot Court (1-2)

Second and Third Year Course. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

557. Wills and Trusts (1-4)

Second and Third Year Course.

558. Frederick Douglas Moot Court Competition (1)

Second and Third Year Course.

559. National Native American Moot Court (1-2)

Second and Third Year Course. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

560. Introduction to U.S. Law, Procedure, and Legal Education (4)

This course introduces students to the U.S. legal system and study of law. Topics: the legal method, the common law system, judicial case and statutory analyses, the legal profession, and core areas of the law. Restriction: permission of instructor.

563. National Moot Court Competition (1-3)

Second and Third Year Course. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

564. Indian Gaming (2-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

565. Natural Resources (1-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

566. Taxation of Business Enterprises (2-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

567. National Mock Trial Competition (1-3, may be repeated once Δ [1-3])

Second and Third Year Course. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

569. Natural Resources Journal IV (2)

Second and Third Year Course. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

570. Introduction to Alternate Methods of Dispute Resolution (2-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

573. Computer Law (2-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

577. Spanish for Lawyers I (2)

Second and Third Year Course.

579. Tribal Courts (2-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

580. Environmental Law (1-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

581. Insurance (2-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

582. Economic Development in Indian Country (2-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

584. Indian Law (2-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

586. Tribal Law Journal IV-Editors (2)

Second and Third Year Course. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

588. Legal History of New Mexico (1-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

589. Information, Technology and Law (2-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

593. Topics in Law (1-9, no limit Δ)

Second and Third Year Course.

594. Independent Research (1-3)

Second and Third Year Course. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

595. Tribal Law Journal I-Staff (1)

Second and Third Year Course. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

596. Tribal Law Journal I-Editors (1-2)

Second and Third Year Course. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

598. Tribal Law Journal II-Staff (1)

Second and Third Year Course. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

605. Advanced Constitutional Rights (2-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

606. Civil Procedure II (3-4)

Second and Third Year Course.

607. Employment Law (2-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

608. Property II (3-4)

Second and Third Year Course.

614. Administrative Law (2-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

623. Sales of Goods (2-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

625. Supreme Court Decision-Making (2-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

626. International Criminal Law (2-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

627. Criminal Procedure II-Bail to Jail (2-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

628. Law of Indigenous People (2-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

629. Bankruptcy (1-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

631. Remedies (2-4)

Second and Third Year Course.

632. Evidence/Trial Practice (3-6)

Second and Third Year Course.

634. Children's Law (2-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

635. Land Use Regulation (2-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

639. New Mexico Law Review II (2-3)

Second and Third Year Course. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

642. Sports Law (2-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

643. Spanish for Lawyers II (2)

Second and Third Year Course.

646. Environmental Law Moot Court Competition (1)

Second and Third Year Course.

661. Williams Institute Moot Court Competition (1)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: must be second year law student or above.

663. Topics in Comparative Law (1-3 to a maximum of 24 Δ)

Topics course for occasional offerings that will be available for both law and graduate (regular and non-matriculated) students. Most of the use will be for special topics courses taught in summer institute(s).

665. First Amendment Rights: Church and State (2-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

667. Immigration Law (2-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

669. New Mexico Law Review IV (2)

Second and Third Year Course. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

670. Animal Law (2-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

691. Intellectual Property Law (2-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

710. Pre-Trial Practice (2-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

714. Law Office Management (1-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

718. Interviewing, Counseling and Negotiations (1-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

721. Law Extern Program (2-3)

Clinical Program. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

725. Alternate Disposition Resolution Externship (2-3)

Clinical Program. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

726. Community Lawyering Clinic (1-6)

(or LAW 723, 727, 740) Clinical Program. Required.

727. Southwest Indian Law Clinic (1-6)

(or LAW 723, 726, 740) Clinical Program. Required.

728. Business and Tax Clinic (6)

Clinical Program. Required.

729. Advanced Clinic (1-3)

Second and Third Year Course. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

730. Criminal Law in Practice (4-6)

Second and Third Year Course.

740. Law Practice Clinic (1-6)

(or LAW 723, 726, 727) Clinical Program. Required.

744. Judicial Extern (2-3)

Clinical Program. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

750. Ethics (2-3)

Second and Third Year Course. Required.

Educational Leadership (LEAD)

501. Educational Leadership in a Democratic Society (3)

Designed to help organizational leaders understand how schools have both limited and expanded educational opportunity and what leaders can do to organize educational institutions for democratic life.

503. Data-Informed Instructional Leadership (3)

Development of instructional programs, human resources, and organizational improvements should be grounded in data, both qualitative and quantitative. Explores conceptual and practical approaches to analyzing data to improve schooling.

505. Visionary Leadership for Learning (3)

This course explores in depth the idea that leadership is vision-based and that effective visions are developed jointly, communicated widely, support shared learning, and ultimately drive what gets done in the organization of community.

509. Leadership and Organizational Change (3)

This course, designed as an introduction to the concepts, theories and processes of organizational theory and organizational behavior, will provide prospective education leaders with a better understanding of the way organizations operate.

510. School-Community Relations (3)

Students will learn and practice communication skills; become familiar with mechanisms for school-community interactions; identify various groups within and outside the school that play a part in educational decision making and program implementation.

512. Public Education in New Mexico (3)

This course provides an overview of the economic, social, historical, political, legal and financial aspects of public education in New Mexico.

517. Communication for Education Leaders (3)

This course explores both internal and external communication issues experienced in educational organizations. Emphasis will be placed upon what makes successful and productive communication from both theoretical and practical perspectives.

519. Curriculum Planning for School Leaders (3)

This course will assist school leaders in understanding instructional leadership, curriculum development and implementation, and continuous student growth. The course will focus on curricular trends, issues, and leadership strategies.

520. The School Principalship (3)

This course focuses upon the school as a complex organization and the role of the principal within that organization. It examines the various roles played by the principal, with particular emphasis placed on school leadership.

521. School Finance and Resource Allocation (3)

This course is designed to provide future school leaders with basic understanding of the workings of the educational funding system and to provide a framework for effective fiscal and staffing decisions at the school level.

528. Leading Improvement in Low Performing Schools (3)

This course will provide future school leaders with an understanding of school community leadership and continuous student growth in communities characterized by diverse language, culture, and socio-economic levels.

529. The Adult Learner (3)

(Also offered as OILS 541) Examines the teaching and learning transaction with adults. Specific attention is on adult life stage development, relevant learning theories and approaches, and learning style issues of cross-cultural populations.

530. Leadership for Conflict Resolution in Schools and Organizations (3)

This course addresses current theories, strategies and practices in conflict resolution for educational and organizational leaders. Topics such as bullying, peer mediation programs, and restorative justice are covered.

534. Policy Issues in Education (3)

This course focuses on current research and debates on critical policy areas relating to PK-12 education. The class examines the role of key decision-makers, ideologies, and implementation constraints in policy conflict resolution.

550. Culturally Responsive Leadership for Equity and Social Justice (3)

This course will focus on the struggle for educational equity and social justice, how this struggle has been interpreted and understood, and how leaders can help educational institutions and communities promote equity and justice.

560. Instructional Leadership, Supervision, and Evaluation (3)

Focuses on supervision in terms of professional growth, staff development, and creating organizations in which learning, rather than power and control, is the center of attention. Supervision as evaluation is a relatively minor part of the course.

561. Legal Issues for School Leaders (3)

This course explores how laws, including constitutional and statutory requirements, affect educational leadership. Focusing on concepts behind legal cases, the course examines how leaders can improve educational provision to address underlying legal concerns.

581. Seminar in Educational Leadership (3, no limit Δ)

Topics vary from term to term, but are all critically important for educational administrators. They include but are not limited to: organizational development, leader behavior, teaching and learning, ethics, technology and educational policy. Restriction: permission of instructor.

591. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Problems study is offered on demand only and with the permission of the instructor. Check with the chairperson of the Department for details. Restriction: permission of instructor.

592. Workshop in Educational Leadership (1 to a maximum of 5 Δ)

593. Topics (1-4, no limit Δ)

594. Practicum (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

A required field experience for students in Educational Leadership programs who are not seeking state administrative licensure. Arranged with advisor and program faculty.

595. Advanced Field Experiences (3-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

596. Administrative Internship (1-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

The administrative internship provides field-based experiences to develop the skills, knowledge, and practices identified in the New Mexico Administrator Competencies. Students must meet program requirements for entry into the internship.

598. Directed Readings in Educational Leadership (3-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

601. Perspectives on Leadership (3)

A doctoral seminar focusing on leading theories of educational, organizational, and community leadership, emphasizing transformational leadership and other forms of leadership that stress collaboration and shared decision making.

603. Introduction to Data Analysis for Organizational Leaders (3)

A doctoral seminar introducing quantitative inquiry with emphasis on methods that leaders can apply immediately to organizational issues. Content taught cooperatively to enhance opportunities for community building. Restriction: admitted to Ed.D. cohort.

605. Qualitative Research in Education (3)

(Also offered as LLSS 605) A doctoral seminar focusing on qualitative research methods, including problem definition, data collection and analysis and increasing the trustworthiness of one’s findings. A research study is required. Prerequisite: LLSS 523 or EDPY 511. Restriction: admitted to Ed.D. cohort.

607. Analyzing Qualitative Data (3)

This doctoral seminar helps students increase their understanding and skills in analyzing qualitative data. It is assumed that prior to entering this seminar, the students have collected data on which to focus their analyses. Prerequisite: 605 or LLSS 605.

609. Quantitative Methods for Analyzing and Transforming Organizations (3)

A doctoral seminar focusing on how quantitative data can be used to understand organizational needs and to drive organizational decision making. Restriction: admitted Ed.D. in Educational Leadership.

610. Organizational Change: Theory and Processes (3)

Designed to help students better understand the change processes by studying various change models. Focuses on the “what” and “how” surrounding change as well as the decision making processes that impact change in institutions.

611. Community Learning as Leadership (3)

A doctoral seminar focusing on what leaders can do to model learning, to jointly create the conditions to support individual and community learning, and to use what is learned to drive transformation.

615. Leadership and Group Dynamics (3)

Explores the workings of groups in various learning environments and what makes a well-functioning educational group, committee, or team. Focus on importance of group dynamics as an imperative part of adult learning and training.

620. Democracy, Ethics, and Social Justice in Transformational Leadership (3)

Using the work of leading theorists and activists on democracy, diversity, and dialogue, this seminar examines pressing educational issues. Focus on educational goals and purposes, including analysis and articulation of our own visions for education.

629. Seminar for Practicing School Administrators (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Exploration of important issues facing practicing school leaders. Includes organizational analysis, facilities management, budgeting, educational assessment, evaluation of staff and strengthening ties to families and the local community.

634. Education, Politics, and Policy (3)

A doctoral seminar focusing on shaping educational policy, how leaders can influence the policy making process and how policies are applied to meet educational and community needs.

635. Legal and Fiscal Underpinnings of Educational Equity (3)

A doctoral seminar examining the intersections of law, finance, and social equity. Explores landmark cases, historical shifts in fiscal provision of education, and trends in the pursuit of educational equity.

650. Leader as Researcher (3)

A doctoral seminar synthesizing how leaders use inquiry to influence decisions. Papers framing a research problem and justifying the methods to be used in researching a problem are required. Restriction: permission of instructor.

692. Workshop in Educational Leadership (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Co-constructed by students and faculty, workshops are responsive to the most current and pressing educational issues facing educational leaders. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 credits for students enrolled in a doctoral program. Restriction: permission of instructor.

693. Topics in Educational Leadership (1-4 to a maximum of 18 Δ)

Topics vary. Restriction: doctoral students only.

695. Advanced Field Experiences in Educational Leadership (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

696. Doctoral Internship (3-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Doctoral students only. Restriction: permission of instructor.

698. Directed Readings in Educational Leadership (3-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Doctoral students only. Restriction: permission of instructor.

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Linguistics (LING)

101. Introduction to the Study of Language (3)

(Also offered as ANTH 110) Broad overview of the nature of language: language structure, biology of language, language learning, language and thought, bilingualism, social and regional variation and educational implications. Intended to fulfill breadth requirements in any college. Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area IV: Social/Behavioral Sciences.

295. Special Topics in Current Language Issues (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Special topics motivated by expertise of instructor and interest of students. Topics such as language and gender, language and politics, animal communication, language and aging and languages of the world. May be repeated for credit as topic varies. {Offered upon demand}

301. Introduction to Linguistic Analysis (3)

Basic concepts and technical vocabulary of language as a structured system: phonology, morphology, syntax, semantics. Emphasis on descriptive linguistics; some attention to language change and variation. Presumes no prior knowledge of linguistics.

302. Phonetic Analysis (3)

A survey of the nature and variety of the sounds of the world's languages, with an emphasis on the integrated understanding of speech articulation and speech acoustics. Students learn to perform basic acoustic phonetic analysis. Prerequisite: 301.

303. Introduction to Phonetics (3)

(Also offered as SHS *303) Neel, Smith An introduction to the physiological mechanisms underlying speech production, linguistic classification and transcription of speech sounds, acoustic properties of speech sounds, relationship between phonetics and phonology, and applications to speech pathology.

304 / 504. Phonological Analysis (3)

(Also offered as ANTH 317) Smith. Introduction to patterns in sound structure, with an emphasis on problem-solving. Topics include distinctive features, common phonological processes, autosegmental theory and syllable structure. Prerequisite: 301 and (302 or 303 or SHS *303).

322 / 522. Grammatical Analysis (3)

(Also offered as ANTH *318) Croft. Principles of morphological and syntactic analysis and introduction to functional and formal theories of grammar. Descriptive analysis of grammatical structures and problems from a variety of languages. Prerequisite: 301 or SIGN *305 or SPAN 351.

331 / 531. Language in Society (3)

Koops, Shin Introduction to sociolinguistics. Topics: social dialects, societal multilingualism, language contact, language attitudes, language policy and planning, the role of language in binding and defining communities. Prerequisite: 101 or 301 or 440 or ANTH 110.

334 / 534. Language and Gender (3)

Jacobson This course provides an introduction to linguistic analyses of language used by and about women and men, exploring how language is used in constructing ourselves and others as men and women, gay, straight, or transgendered.

359 [359 / 559]. Language and Culture (3)

(Also offered as ANTH 310; CJ 319) Dinwoodie. Examination of the interrelations of language and speech with other selected aspects of culture and cognition. Prerequisite: 101 or 301 or ANTH 110.

367 / 567. Psychology of Language (3)

(Also offered as PSY **367) Morford. Theoretical and methodological issues in psycholinguistics, including comprehension, speech perception and production, language acquisition, bilingualism, brain and language, reading. Prerequisite: 101 or 301 or ANTH 110 or PSY 220 or PSY 240 or PSY 260 or PSY 265 or PSY 271.

*401 - *402. Topics: American Indian Languages (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ, 3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Introductory study of a Native American language, selected according to availability of instructor and student interest. May be repeated for credit as the topic varies.

412 / 512. Morphosyntax (3)

Croft, Vallejos Yopán Analysis of the morphology and syntax of a broad range of constructions, examining crosslinguistic variation and universals, semantic and discourse functions, and historical origins. Prerequisite: 322.

413 / 513. Linguistic Field Methods (3)

Practice in transcribing from oral dictation, phonemic analysis, introduction to problems of morphology. Prerequisite: (304 or ANTH 317) and (322 or ANTH *318). {Offered upon demand}

415 / 515. Native American Languages (3)

Vallejos Yopán Survey of Indian languages of North America, with special emphasis on languages of New Mexico. Topics: linguistic structure in particular languages and language families; relationship of languages and cultures; and language loss, maintenance and preservation.

417 / 517. Typology and Universals (3)

Croft An overview of language universals based on the comparison of a broad range of languages, and explanations for language universals. Topics covered include implicational universals, typological markedness, functional motivations, and diachronic typology. Prerequisite: 322.

425 / 525. Semantic Analysis (3)

Croft An introduction to the study of sentence and word level meaning in the languages of the world, emphasizing the role of speaker and hearer, linguistic and extralinguistic context, lexical semantics, and grammatical meaning. Prerequisite: 301 or SIGN *305 or SPAN 351.

429 / 529. Discourse Analysis (3)

Jacobson Introduction to the relationship of morphosyntax to the structure of discourse in the languages of the world. Topics: method and theory in the analysis of spoken and written discourse; basic notions such as topic, focus and cohesion. Prerequisite: 322.

433. Sociolinguistic Variation (3)

Linguistic variability in relation to social status and situational context, attitudinal correlates of language stratification and sociolinguistic change in progress. Prerequisite: (301 or SPAN 351) and (302 or 303 or SHS *303 or SPAN **350) and 331.

440 / 540. Introduction to Linguistics (3)

Broad overview of the field of linguistics; principles and practices of linguistic analysis, sociolinguistics, psycholinguistics and educational linguistics. Oriented primarily to the needs of present and prospective teachers.

446 / 546. Introduction to Language Change (3)

Croft Theories and methods of comparative and historical linguistics, emphasizing change in English, Indo-European and Native American languages. Prerequisite: 304 or ANTH 317.

447 / 547. Introductory Old English (3)

(Also offered as ENGL 447 / 547) Damico. An introduction to the grammar, syntax, and phonology of Old English. Prepares students for more advanced studies in this and later periods.

449. Middle English Language (3)

(Also offered as ENGL 449 / 549) Damico. Comprehensive study of Middle English dialects and the development of Middle English from Old English. Prepares students for Middle English literature.

460 / 560. Child Language (3)

(Also offered as PSY 422) Morford, Shin. Theories, methodologies and findings in child language from birth to late childhood. Emphasizes implications of child language data for linguistic and psycholinguistic theories. Topics: biological foundations; pre-linguistic communication; phonological, syntactic, semantic and pragmatic development; bilingualism. Prerequisite: 367 or PSY 324 or PSY 360 or PSY **367.

469L / 569L. Experimental Psycholinguistics (3)

Morford Laboratory course in psycholinguistics; review of classic issues and research. Provides an opportunity to learn basic research methods in experimental psycholinguistics and gain skills necessary to conduct independent research. Prerequisite: 367 or 567 or PSY **367.

490 / 590. Topics in Linguistics (3, no limit Δ)

Special topics motivated by expertise of instructor and interest of students.

495. Undergraduate Problems (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

For original individual study project approved by instructor. Maximum of 6 hours creditable to linguistics major or minor. Restriction: permission of instructor.

498. Reading and Research for Honors (3)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

499. Honors Thesis (3)

Prerequisite: 498.

502. Current Approaches to Phonology [Generative Theories of Phonology] (3)

Smith The basic organizational units of phonology: features, segments, syllables, words, suprasegmentals, tone, stress and intonation. Topics: natural phonological processes, diachronic changes, and typological variation involving these units. Prerequisite: 304 or 504 or SPAN 545.

503. Usage-based Phonology (3)

Smith The nature of phonological representations in the lexicon and the interaction of morphology, syntax, and language use with phonology. Topics: underspecification, lexical phonology, cognitive phonology, rules, schemas, and productivity. Prerequisite: 304 or 504 or SPAN 545.

504 / 304. Phonological Analysis (3)

510. Statistical Methods in Linguistics (3)

Overview of elementary and selected advanced statistical methods for the quantitative, usage-based analysis of language. Particular emphasis is placed on issues in linear and logistic regression modeling.

512 / 412. Morphosyntax (3)

513 / 413. Linguistic Field Methods (3)

Practice in transcribing from oral dictation, phonemic analysis, introduction to problems of morphology. Prerequisite: (504 or SPAN **350) and 522. {Offered upon demand}

515 / 415. Native American Languages (3)

Vallejos Yopán Survey of Indian languages of North America, with special emphasis on languages of New Mexico. Particular languages and such issues as classification; language structure; relationship of languages and cultures; and language loss, maintenance and preservation.

517 / 417. Typology and Universals (3)

519. Cognitive Linguistics (3)

Croft Introduction to cognitive linguistic approaches (e.g., Cognitive Grammar, Construction Grammar) to syntax, morphology, and semantics. Grammatical phenomena at various scales from morpheme to discourse and in a variety of languages. Prerequisite: 322 or 522 or SPAN 351.

522 / 322. Grammatical Analysis (3)

523. Functional Syntactic Theories (3)

Croft, Vallejos Yopán, Wilcox Description and explanation of morphological, syntactic, and discourse phenomena, both in language-specific and typological perspective, in terms of their cognitive representations and the cognitive and interactional processes in which they function. Prerequisite: 322 or 522 or SPAN 351.

525 / 425. Semantic Analysis (3)

529 / 429. Discourse Analysis (3)

531 / 331. Language in Society (3)

533. Sociolinguistic Variation (3)

Linguistic variability in relation to social status and situational context, attitudinal correlates of language stratification and sociolinguistic change in progress.

534 / 334. Language and Gender (3)

539. Seminar in Sociolinguistics (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Variable topics such as variation theory, language planning, pidgins and creoles, language attitudes and dialectology.

540 / 440. Introduction to Linguistics (3)

546 / 446. Introduction to Language Change (3)

Croft Theories and methods of comparative and historical linguistics, emphasizing change in English, Indo-European and Native American languages. Prerequisite: 304 or 504 or SPAN 545.

547 / 447. Introductory Old English (3)

(Also offered as ENGL 547 / 447) Damico. An introduction to the grammar, syntax, and phonology of Old English. Prepares students for more advanced studies in this and later periods.

548. Grammaticization (3)

Grammaticization is the historical process by which words in constructions become grammatical units. The course examines this process across languages, focusing on mechanisms of change and implications for typology, universals and synchronic analysis. Prerequisite: 412 or 512.

554. Seminar in Linguistic Theory (3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as ANTH 514) Current topics and issues in phonology, syntax or semantics.

560 / 460. Child Language (3)

565. Seminar in Thought and Language (3)

(Also offered as EDPY, PSY 565) The role of language in human cognition is approached from a sociocultural framework. Topics: semiotic systems, languages of the mind, categorization, problem solving, and cognitive pluralism.

567 / 367. Psychology of Language (3)

Morford (Also offered as PSY **367) Theoretical and methodological issues in psycholinguistics, including comprehension, speech perception and production, language acquisition, bilingualism, brain and language, reading. Prerequisite: 301 or PSY 265 or SIGN 305.

568. Seminar in Psycholinguistics (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

(Also offered as PSY 569) Morford. Restriction: permission of instructor.

569L / 469L. Experimental Psycholinguistics (3)

590 / 490. Topics in Linguistics (1-3, no limit Δ)

Special topics motivated by expertise of instructor and interest of students.

595. Graduate Problems (1-6 to a maximum of 24 Δ)

Original independent study project approved by instructor. Restriction: permission of instructor.

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

697. Qualifying Paper (3-9, may be repeated once Δ)

Original research leading to the qualifying paper. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to Ph.D. Linguistics and permission of instructor.

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Original research for doctoral dissertation in Linguistics. Available only to doctoral students who have been advanced to candidacy. Taken under supervision of dissertation director. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Language, Literacy and Sociocultural Studies (LLSS)

175. Foundations of American Indian Education (3)

An exploration of American Indian Education from the past to the present. Topics: boarding schools, issues, policies, practices, experiences, educational models, language and cultural maintenance, urban/rural schools.

300. Bilingual Teaching Methods, Materials and Techniques (3)

Required for bilingual endorsement. Course addresses theory and practice of content area instruction through languages other than English in bilingual programs, with integration of Spanish L1/L2 development and integrated cultural awarenesses. Prerequisite: *453. Restriction: permission of instructor to determine academic proficiency in the target language.

315. Educating Linguistically and Culturally Diverse Students (3)

Course familiarizes prospective teacher candidates with history, theory, practice, culture and politics of second language pedagogy and culturally relevant teaching. Students will be introduced to effective teaching methods for linguistically and culturally diverse learners.

321. School and Society (3)

This course focuses on the sociocultural and political foundation of education in the United States. Designed to provide students with a means of reflecting on the nature of contemporary schooling.

391 / 591. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

393 / 493 / 593. Topics (1-6, no limit Δ)

430. Teaching of Writing (3)

Theory and practice of teaching writing in elementary and secondary schools.

432. Teaching of Social Studies (3)

Corequisite: EDUC 362. Restriction: permission of instructor.

436. Teaching of English (3)

443. Children's Literature (Literatura Infantil) (3)

A survey course of the field of children’s literature. Focuses on knowledge and practice of literature, literary response and classroom programs. K–8.

*449. Teaching the Native Language to the Native Speaker (3)

A comprehensive examination of characteristics, behavior and language of the native-speaking student, with specific implications for teaching the native language in schools. Restriction: permission of instructor.

450 / 550. Books and Related Materials for Young Adults (3)

A survey of books and related materials for middle and high school age students. Emphasis on adolescent reading and the use of literature in the school curriculum.

*453. Theoretical and Cultural Foundations of Bilingual Education (3)

Required for ESL and Bilingual endorsements. History and theory of bilingual education in the U.S. and survey of multilingual education internationally, focusing on the sociocultural foundations of effective programs and instructional practices. Restriction: permission of instructor.

*455. Teaching Spanish for Bilingual Classroom (3)

This course assists bilingual teachers in developing strategies and techniques for using Spanish as a language of instruction in the classroom. Participants are also assisted in reviewing for la Prueba for bilingual endorsement. Restriction: permission of instructor to ensure academic proficiency in Spanish.

456 / 556. First and Second Language Development within Cultural Contexts (3)

First and second language development addressed as life-long processes within cultural contexts, with greater emphasis on second language development in children than adults. Language development in the classroom is given special attention. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

457 / 557. Language, Culture, and Mathematics (3)

This course focuses on linguistic and cultural influences on the teaching and learning of mathematics. Additionally provides information on how students construct mathematical skills and knowledge by examining best models of research and practice. {Fall}

458 / 558. Literacy Across Cultures (3)

Theory and practice of literacy instruction in countries whose languages are represented in students in the Southwest. Compare/contrast with current methods of teaching reading and writing to native speakers of English.

459 / 559. Second Language Literacy (3)

Current theory and practice in teaching reading and writing in English to second language learners, elementary through adult levels.

460 / 560. Language and Education in Southwest Native American Communities (3)

This course explores the historical context of education and its impact on Native American communities of the Southwest. Topics include native language acquisition, bilingualism, language shift, and language revitalization efforts in native communities and schools.

469 / 569. ESL Across the Content Areas (3)

The course addresses ESL/content-area instruction, which integrates language and content instruction and focuses on the issues of processing content in a second language and the implied redesigning of instruction in grades K-12.

479 / 579. The Teaching of Reading in the Bilingual Classroom (La Ensenanza de la Lectura) (3)

Analysis of various reading methods and assessment of children’s reading skills, with a focus on balanced approach to reading. Taught in Spanish. Prerequisite: 456. Restriction: permission of instructor.

*480. Second Language Pedagogy (3)

Second Language Pedagogy prepares students to teach Modern, Classical, and Native languages in accordance with state and national foreign language teaching standards. Through assignments and readings, students will develop an understanding of second language acquisition.

482 / 581. Teaching English as a Second Language (3)

Required for ESL and Bilingual endorsements. Implementation of second language teaching principles through effective program models and instructional practices. Field component required.

493 / 393 / 593. Topics (1-3, no limit Δ)

495. Field Experience (3-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Planned and supervised professional laboratory or field experiences in agency or institutional setting. Restriction: permission of instructor.

500. Issues in Language/Literacy/Sociocultural Studies (3)

Required core course for new LLSS Master’s students. Addresses how social, political, economic, and cultural forces shape beliefs about race, class, language, gender, and literacy. Implications for teaching, learning and educational change will be examined.

501. Practitioner Research (3)

This course focuses on the theory and practice of school-based research. Will read research by other teachers/practitioners and design and implement a research project.

502. Introduction to Qualitative Research (3)

Designed to give students an introduction to qualitative research methodologies and methods relevant to education. Students engage in the practice of qualitative methods from various activities and exercises.

503. Research in Bilingual Classrooms and Communities (3)

An examination of current research conducted in bilingual schools and communities. This course is designed for advanced M.A. and Ph.D. students with an interest in research. Prerequisite: 556 and 580.

510. Paulo Freire (3)

Explores the writings of one of the most important educators and thinkers of the 20th century: Paulo Freire. Also considers scholars who influenced his ideas as well as those who were influenced by his ideas.

511. History of U.S. Education (3)

This course explores the significance and function of educational endeavors and institutions in U.S. society from the sixteenth century to the present. Emphasizes the relationship between schooling and race, class, and gender.

513. Globalization and Education (3)

Examines the arguments of various globalization discourses, focusing on how each represents the relationship between globalization processes and educational phenomena. Problematizes the impact of globalization(s) on the worldwide struggle for equitable education for all.

515. Philosophy of Education (3)

Introduces students to the foundations of educational philosophy. It focuses on thought from the 20th century while recognizing the historical influences from Western and non-Western nations. Special attention on race, class, and gender.

521. Proseminar: Sociology of Education (3)

Introduces students to the structures and functions of schools in the U.S. and other societies through an examination of empirical research that looks at race, class, and gender oppression.

523. Education and Anthropology (3)

An examination of the cultural context of learning and thinking. Topics include learning in the classroom, formal and informal education, sociocultural perspectives on cultural transmission, cultural theories of education and the acquisition of culture.

524. Critical Race Theory (3)

Engages the premises of Critical Race Theory (CRT). Focuses on theorists and philosophers of color who write about racial struggle in White hegemonic societies. Explores the implications of CRT for educational research, policy, and practice.

527. Studies in Rhetoric for Teachers (3, no limit Δ)

An advanced course in the teaching of writing focusing on recent research and theory in composition studies.

528. Studies in Reading and Literature for Teachers (3)

An advanced course in the teaching of reading and literature with an emphasis on recent research and theory in literature education.

529. Race, Ethnicity, and Education (3)

Concentrates on empirical studies that reveal how schools work to create racial and ethnic inequality. Explores current debates about the concepts “race” and “ethnicity” and evaluates the consequences of these debates for educational studies.

530. Whiteness Studies (3)

Looks at how white power and privilege shapes schools and society. Studies the impact for both people of color and whites. Possibilities and limitations of white antiracism, multiracial alliances, and antiracist education are explored.

532. The Reading Process (3)

Explores the reading process through current theories, research and implications for acquisition and instruction. Theories and research are examined from a variety of perspectives.

534. Seminar in Teaching Reading (3)

Advanced study focused on the research, debates, practices and themes in the teaching of reading with attention to implications for multicultural/multilinguistic settings. {Offered upon demand}

535. Critical Literacy (3)

This course is an exploration of the ways in which texts are used to celebrate, control, transform, conceal, move to action, manipulate, disclose, convince, and in other ways act upon individuals and groups.

536. Reading and Writing Digital Texts (3)

An exploration of how new technologies (e.g. video games, blogs, podcasts, social networking, text messaging, simulations, etc.) create new ways of interpreting, composing, knowing, and learning.

537. International Literature for Young People (3)

Seminar surveys international literature for children and young adults, and explores its use in classrooms to build intercultural understanding and global awareness. Texts are critically examined in light of sociopolitical, cultural, and translation issues. Prerequisite: 443 or 450 or 544 or 550.

537L. Assessment of Reading and Language Arts (3)

Provides students theoretical and applied working knowledge of assessment issues and procedures. Students develop lesson plans and teach lessons grounded in evidence-based results of assessments of children.

538. Teaching Reading Through the Content Field (3)

Course explores issues of literacy development (i.e., reading, writing, listening and speaking) across core content areas of the school curriculum. Required in secondary teacher education for all content specialization areas.

539. Cross Cultural Literature for Young People (3)

Seminar focuses on children's and young adult literature to foster positive identity development and understanding of divergent cultural views. Literature from varied ethnic and non-normative gender groups is critiqued and analyzed for instructional opportunity. Prerequisite: 443 or 450 or 544 or 550.

541. Seminar in Children's Literature (3-12 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Theoretical stances and issues in the study of children’s literature are explored in relationship to implications for classroom practice.

542. Seminar: Global English Issues (3)

Survey of historical, linguistic, economic and sociopolitical reasons for the global spread of the English language, as well as advantages and consequences of its spread. Focus on educational issues involved.

548. Literacy Leadership (3)

Addresses the needs of New Mexico literacy leaders in K-12 schools so that they understand: literacy processes, teaching, and learning; adult learners; politics and policies in literacy; and complexities of literacy in the 21st century.

550 / 450. Books and Related Materials for Young Adults (3)

A survey of books and related materials for middle and high school age students. Emphasis on adolescent reading and the use of literature in the school curriculum.

551. History of American Indian Education (3)

The course examines the history of Indian Education from 1890 to the present for Indians of the Southwest. The course examines national studies, recorded government documents, scholarly writings, and oral history.

553. Education and African American Children (3)

Explores historical and contemporary issues in African American education and k-12 schooling, probing various aspects of education in the context of African American culture, language, community, and institutions.

554. Teaching the Native American Child (3)

The course explores methodologies for creating culturally appropriate curricula for Native students. Emphasis is placed on applying principles of integrated thematic instruction and research of Native learning styles and effective teaching methods.

555. Language Study for Educators (3)

This course provides an in-depth understanding of language issues in education in a diverse society: language variation, language policies, registers and genres, teacher talk, the role of literacies in language development, and student identities.

556 / 456. First and Second Language Development within Cultural Contexts (3)

First and second language development addressed as life-long processes within cultural contexts, with greater emphasis on second language development in children than adults. Language development in the classroom is given special attention. Prerequisite: an introductory linguistics course. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

557 / 457. Language, Culture, and Mathematics (3)

558 / 458. Literacy Across Cultures (3)

559 / 459. Second Language Literacy (3)

Current theory and practice in teaching reading and writing in English to second language learners, elementary through adult levels.

560 / 460. Language and Education in Southwest Native American Communities (3)

561. Reading, Writing, and Diversities (3)

A consideration of the sociopsycholinguistic model of reading and writing with particular attention paid to long-accepted as well as lesser addressed diversities (socioeconomics, culture, sexual orientation, physicality, etc.).

564. Issues in American Indian Education (3)

The course examines contemporary issues of American Indian children in southwestern classrooms faced by teachers, counselors, and administrators at the elementary and secondary levels, but may include post-secondary concerns.

566. Issues in Hispanic Education (3)

This course is designed to assist educators to more fully understand historical and contemporary issues related to the education of Hispanic students in New Mexico, the Southwest and across the country.

567. Home Literacy and Schooling Research (3)

Through ethnographic studies and field research, course participants learn to critically analyze, value, and build upon the diverse and rich literacy experiences that children from different ethnic groups bring to school.

568. Alternative Assessment Practices for English Language Learners (3)

The purpose of this course is to consider the dilemmas of using traditional assessment instruments, such as standardized tests, with English language learners and to expose course participants to a variety of alternative assessment methods. Prerequisite: 556.

569 / 469. ESL Across the Content Areas (3)

570. Science and Native American Education (3)

The course explores best practices and methods for presenting science to Native American learners. Students apply recent brain research and teaching methods to develop culturally responsive curricula applicable to Native learning styles and ontology.

579 / 479. The Teaching of Reading in the Bilingual Classroom (La Ensenanza de la Lectura) (3)

Analysis of various reading methods and assessment of children’s reading skills, with a focus on balanced approach to reading. Taught in Spanish. Prerequisite: 556. Restriction: permission of instructor.

580. Seminar in the Education of the Bilingual Student (3)

An advanced course which provides an overview of issues including the research, theory, and practice in bilingual education in New Mexico and other settings.

581 / 482. Teaching English as a Second Language (3)

Required for ESL and Bilingual endorsements. Implementation of second language teaching principles through effective program models and instructional practices. Field component required.

582. Curriculum Development in Multicultural Education (3)

Graduate course focusing on the foundations of curriculum development for diverse populations, including the theory and practice of curriculum development in multicultural settings in the U.S. and abroad. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

583. Education Across Cultures in the Southwest (3)

Focuses on issues, policies and school practices related to diversity and the education of native cultures of the Southwest as well as more recently arrived linguistic and cultural groups.

587. Education and Gender Equity (3)

Explores gender-related issues in the field of education by examining explanations of gender in socio-cultural contexts and its intersection with race, class, ethnicity and sexuality. Students address these issues in teacher practice, policy and curriculum.

588. Feminist Epistemologies and Pedagogies (3)

By engaging various understandings of epistemology, this course examines the basis of knowledge from a feminist standpoint. Feminist approaches to epistemology are then employed to understand their relation to research and pedagogy.

590. Seminar (3)

Synthesize course work which has made up master’s degree program. Enhance student’s ability to defend professional ideas. Develop competence in professional communication oral and written.

591 / 391. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

593 / 393 / 493. Topics (1-3, no limit Δ)

595. Advanced Field Experiences (3-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Restriction: acceptance into a graduate program and permission of instructor.

596. Internship (3-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

598. Directed Readings (3-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

605. Advanced Qualitative Research Methods (3)

(Also offered as LEAD 605) A doctoral seminar focusing on helping students understand qualitative research methods, including: problem definition, data collection and analysis and how to increase the trustworthiness of one’s findings. A research study is required. Prerequisite: 502.

606. Case Study Research Methods (3)

Students conceptualize, develop, conduct, and report a pilot case study research project. Course includes an emphasis on qualitative data analysis techniques and the writing of case narratives. Prerequisite: 502.

610. Seminar in Academic Writing in Education and Related Fields (3)

In this seminar students examine academic genres, structures, styles, techniques and resources through readings, discussion and their own writing processes.

614. Vygotsky Seminar (3)

A doctoral-level seminar in which the seminal writings of the Russian psychologist, Lev Vygotsky, will be examined in depth. This seminar will be of interest to Linguistics, Early Childhood, Psychology, Special Education, and LLSS students.

623. Ethnographic Research (3)

Seminar designed to engage students in the philosophy and methods of ethnographic research. Includes finding an appropriate cultural scene, conducting the actual fieldwork, analyzing the data and writing up the study. Prerequisite: 605.

640. Seminar in Language/Literacy (3)

A required core doctoral seminar designed to explore theoretical issues in language and literacy from an educational perspective. Will read the important research literature in these areas.

645. Seminar in Educational Studies (3)

Required core course of first-year LLSS doctoral students. Introduces key concepts and debates in critical educational studies. The social context of schooling is examined through historical, sociological, anthropological, psychological, and interdisciplinary modes of inquiry. Restriction: LLSS doctoral students only.

650. Dissertation Seminar (1-3)

Designed to assist doctoral students in planning their dissertation proposal. Students conceptualize and write a proposal using qualitative methods. Participants bring drafts of various components of their proposal to class where their work is critiqued. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

696. Internship (3-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

698. Directed Readings (3-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Latin American Studies (LTAM)

101. Introduction to Latin American Studies (3)

This interdisciplinary course surveys the region, focusing on topics in culture, politics, literature, language, inequality, and issues such as indigeneity and sustainability. It introduces students to historical and cultural knowledge from an extremely diverse region.

254. Introduction to Latin American Society I: Social Sciences (3)

(Also offered as GEOG 254, POLS 254, SOC 354) Introduction to Latin American Studies through the social sciences examines major themes including colonialism, agrarian transformation, urbanization, demographics, family, human rights, inequalities, violence, and social movements. Emphasis given to insights gained from making interdisciplinary connections.

255 [355]. Introduction to Latin American Society II: Humanities (3)

Introduction to Latin American Studies through the interrogation of artifacts from history, music, art, literature, philosophy. Emphasis on unique insights from interdisciplinary connections. Examines major historical moments, including colonialism, independence, nationalism, dictatorship, revolution, regionalism, globalism.

400. Topics in Latin American Studies (3, no limit Δ)

Will vary from instructor to instructor, but will be an in-depth analysis of special topics related to Latin America. For course content, consult the Schedule of Classes. The course may be repeated without limit provided the topics vary.

497. Independent Studies (1-3, may be repeated 3 times Δ)

Restriction: permission of program chairperson or instructor.

499. Senior Honors Thesis (3)

Prerequisite: 497. Restriction: permission of instructor.

500. Topics in Latin American Studies (3, no limit Δ)

504. Seminar in Latin American Studies (3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as HIST 688, HIST 690, SPAN 504)

510. Pro-Seminar in Latin American Studies (3)

Introduction to the field of Latin American Studies. Students acquire knowledge of history, society, culture; learn about diverse disciplinary and interdisciplinary approaches to the field, acquire fundamentals of research and ethical work with bibliographical sources.

551. Master's Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Guided individual research and reading. Students may include up to 12 credit hours in their Master’s program and 6 additional credit hours at the Ph.D. level.

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

651. Latin American Doctoral Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 15 Δ)

699. Latin American Studies Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Media Arts (MA)

110. Introduction to Mass Communication (3)

(Also offered as CJ 110) Study of the development of the mass media with emphasis on television in the areas of programming, policy, regulations, economics, and technology. Examination of the social, cultural, and political impact of the mass media on contemporary society.

111. Technical Introduction to Video Production (3)

For the student who has no practical knowledge of video technology. Students learn about the camera and lens, sound recording, lighting, editing, and other elements of production. Special fee required.

210. Introduction to Film Studies (3)

Analysis of film as a unique art, and a survey of main trends in film history. Screenings and critical study of major films. Special fee required. 210 is a prerequisite to 300- and 400-level Media Arts courses. Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area V: Humanities and Fine Arts.

212. Beyond Hollywood (3)

An introduction to marginalized cinemas with screenings of major works. Special fee required.

216. Topics in Video Making (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

These courses strengthen students’ skills in video technology while helping them write, direct, and edit video projects that begin to reflect a personal, artistic vision. Special fee required. Prerequisite: 111.

220. Intermediate Production Workshop (3)

This course continues the study of technical and aesthetic concerns in video production with sections of concentration in documentary, fiction narrative, and code generated forms. Prerequisite: 111.

310 / *410. Latin American Film (3)

This course surveys key moments in Latin American cinema including Mexico’s influential “Golden Age” of the 1940s and various “new cinemas” of the ’60s and ’70s. Also considered are Hollywood films about Latin America. Special fee required.

324. Introduction to Screenwriting (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

(Also offered as ENGL 324) Writing workshop on basics of character structure, scenes, visualization, and good old story telling as it applies to the screenplay. Students read scripts, watch film clips, and begin writing an original screenplay.

326 / *426. History of Film I: Silent (3)

History of the motion picture from its beginnings to the era of sound. Screening and analysis of major films. Special fee required. May not receive credit for both 326 and 426. Prerequisite: 210.

327 / *427. History of Film II: Sound (3)

History of the motion picture from the advent of sound to the present day. Screening and analysis of major films. Special fee required. May not receive credit for both 327 and 427. Prerequisite: 210.

330. Studies in Film (3 to a maximum of 24 Δ)

Studies in film and video genres, regional and national cinemas, and the work of individual artists. Special fee required. May be repeated if subject matter varies.

331 / *431. Film Theory (3)

A lecture survey of major currents in film theory from film’s beginnings to the present. Screening and analysis of major films. May not receive credit for both 331 and 431. Special fee required. Prerequisite: 210.

332 / *432. Documentary Film History and Theory [Documentary Film History] (3)

History and theory of documentary, with emphasis on how this knowledge is applied in the making of a documentary. Screenings of work by Robert Flaherty, Trinh T. Minh-ha, and others. Special fee required.

334 / *434. Teen Rebels (3)

An examination of Hollywood films of the 1950s, ’60s and ’70s, whose youthful main characters challenge convention and authority. Special fee required.

335 / *435. International Horror Film (3)

A study of major horror films from various countries, with related readings in fiction, philosophy, psychology, and film studies. Classics such as Nosferatu and Frankenstein are screened. Special fee required.

336 / *436. Images of (Wo)men (3)

Our study will regard films about women, men, and everybody else. With feminism, queer theory, critical race studies, and transgender film theory, we’ll consider cinema from “women’s pictures” to films about the permutations of gender. Special fee required. Restriction: junior or standing.

337 / *437. Alfred Hitchcock (3)

An exploration of cinematic suspense, surprise, and shock in relation to Hitchcock’s cinema. Special fee required.

339. Russian Culture and History through Film (3)

(Also offered as HIST 335 and RUSS 339) In this course we study films and read secondary sources from the Soviet and post-Soviet eras (with English subtitles) and examine how they comment on current Russian social and cultural issues. Taught in English. Special fee required.

350. Advanced Screenwriting (3)

A continuation of Introduction to Screenwriting, this course is a workshop designed to assist the writer in completing scripts for a feature film, two episodes of a television series, or a series of short films. Prerequisite: 324 or ENGL 324.

390. Topics in the Elements of Filmmaking (3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Practicum in basic conceptual aspects of independent filmmaking. Each student creates cinematic work in this course. Special fee required.

391. 16mm Filmmaking (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

This course provides an introduction to basic 16mm filmmaking techniques, with an emphasis on film as a creative art form. Students take up all aspects of filmmaking, from pre-production planning through the final edit. Special fee required.

401. Digital Post Production (3)

(Also offered as IFDM 401) Designed to expand awareness of the elements of film and video post-production, with emphasis on expanding skills as an editor. Develops competence with tools to practice the art of the editor effectively. Prerequisite: 111.

402. Documentary Film Production (3)

(Also offered as IFDM 402) Hands-on workshop introduces tools and methods of video making in the genre of "creative nonfiction". Emphasizes development of personal approaches to the creative process, technical skills, and familiarity with the documentary form. Prerequisite: 111.

406. Virtual Reality Cinema (3)

(Also offered as IFDM 406) The basics of virtual reality cinema, game building, user experience design, how to make spherical videos for use in virtual reality head mounted displays, and how augmented reality apps work.

*409. Advanced Video Art (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

(Also offered as ARTS 409 / 509) This class helps students to develop more complex artistic statements on video. Critiques of student work, plus readings and discussions about various arts and media. Special fee required. Restriction: permission of instructor.

*410 / 310. Latin American Film (3)

*426 / 326. History of Film I: Silent (3)

History of the motion picture from its beginnings to the era of sound. Screenings and analysis of major films. Special fee required. May not receive credit for both 326 and 426. Prerequisite: 210.

*427 / 327. History of Film II: Sound (3)

History of the motion picture from the advent of sound to the present day. Screenings and analysis of major films. Special fee required. May not receive credit for both 327 and 427. Prerequisite: 210.

*429. Topics in Production (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Workshops in specific production topics conducted by guest artists in film and video as their schedules permit. Special fee required. May be repeated if subject matter varies. Restriction: permission of instructor.

*430. Topics in Film History (3 to a maximum of 24 Δ)

Studies in film and video genres, regional and national cinemas, and the work of individual artists. Special fee required. May be repeated if subject matter varies.

*431 / 331. Film Theory (3)

*432 / 332. Documentary Film History and Theory [Documentary Film History] (3)

*434 / 334. Teen Rebels (3)

An examination of Hollywood films of the 1950s, ’60s and ’70s, whose youthful main characters challenge convention and authority. Special fee required.

*435 / 335. International Horror Film (3)

*436 / 336. Images of (Wo)men (3)

*437. Alfred Hitchcock (3)

An exploration of cinematic suspense, surprise, and shock in relation to Hitchcock’s cinema. Special fee required.

*485. Problems in Interdisciplinary Studies (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

(Also offered as ARTH, MUS 584) An independent study in either critical studies or studio, beyond the scope of the Fine Arts interdisciplinary courses, which may occur within or outside the College of Fine Arts. Special fee required. Restriction: permission of instructor.

*487. Contemporary Interdisciplinary Topics (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

(Also offered as ARTH, DANC, MUS, THEA 487) Analyzes major instances of interdisciplinary influence and collaboration in the present day. Special fee required. Restriction: permission of instructor.

492. Media Arts Internship (1-3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Real-world experience for students to work with a commercial, educational, non-profit, or other organization to build their media arts skills in the context of the organization's products or services. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Prerequisite: 210 and (216 or 220) and at least one 400-level Media Arts course. Restriction: permission of instructor.

496 / 596. Undergraduate Production Project (1-3 to a maximum of 24 Δ)

Media Arts majors undertake individual projects and internships that arise outside the boundaries of other Media Arts production courses. In order to sign up, the student enlists the support of a Cinematic Arts faculty member. Special fee required. Restriction: permission of instructor.

497 / 597. Undergraduate Independent Study (2-3 to a maximum of 24 Δ)

Individual investigation or reading, plus the writing of an essay, under faculty direction. Special fee required. Restriction: permission of instructor.

499. Honors Thesis (3-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Directed independent study in a field of special interest, culminating in a written thesis and, if appropriate, a film or video project. Open only by invitation to department honors candidates. Special fee required.

596 / 496. Graduate Production Project (1-3 to a maximum of 24 Δ)

597 / 497. Graduate Independent Study (2-3 to a maximum of 24 Δ)

Individual investigation or reading, plus the writing of an essay, under faculty direction. Special fee required. Restriction: permission of instructor.

Mathematics (MATH)

101. Intermediate Algebra Part 1 (1)

This course includes equations and inequalities, applications and problem solving with linear equations, linear functions and the graph of a line, percent, perimeters, areas of simple geometric shapes. Prerequisite: (MATH 021 and MATH 022) or MATH 100 or ISM 100 or UNIV 103 or ACT Math =>17 or SAT Math Section =>460 or ACCUPLACER Elementary Algebra =41-65. Corequisite: 102.

102. Intermediate Algebra Part 2 (1)

This course includes quadratic equations, properties of exponents and scientific notation, simplifying polynomial expressions, factoring and introduction to functions. Prerequisite: 101.

103. Intermediate Algebra Part 3 (1)

This course includes radical expressions and equations, rational expressions and equations, the exponential and logarithm functions. Pre- or corequisite: 102.

107. Problems in College Algebra (1)

Study session for 121 with an emphasis on problem solving. (I) Offered on a CR/NC basis only. {Fall, Spring}

110. Problems in Elements of Calculus (1)

Study session for 180 with an emphasis on problem-solving. (I) Offered on a CR/NC basis only. {Fall, Spring}

111. Mathematics for Elementary and Middle School Teachers I (3)

Course offers an in-depth look at rational numbers, arithmetic operations, and basic geometric concepts. Problem solving is emphasized throughout. (T) Prerequisite: (101 and 102) or 120 or 121 or 123 or 129 or 150 or 162 or 180 or STAT 145 or UNIV 103 or ACT Math =>19 or SAT Math Section =>480 or ACCUPLACER Arithmetic =>120 or ACCUPLACER Elementary Algebra =41-65.

112. Mathematics for Elementary and Middle School Teachers II (3)

This course develops basic geometric concepts including rigid transformations and congruence; dilations and similarity; length, area and volume; systems of measurement and unit conversions; connections to coordinate geometry. Problem solving is emphasized throughout. (T) Prerequisite: 111.

116. Topics in Pre-Calculus Mathematics (1-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Selected topics from algebra, geometry and trigonometry. (I) Restriction: permission of department.

121. College Algebra (3)

Note: See Restrictions earlier in Mathematics and Statistics. Preparation for MATH 150 and 180. The study of equations, functions and graphs, especially linear and quadratic functions. Introduction to polynomial, rational, exponential and logarithmic functions. Applications involving simple geometric objects. Emphasizes algebraic problem solving skills. (I) Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area II: Mathematics (NMCCN 1113). Prerequisite: (101 and 102 and 103) or (118 and 119) or 120 or ACT Math =>22 or SAT Math Section =>540 or ACCUPLACER Elementary Algebra =104-120 or ACCUPLACER College-Level Math =37-68.

123. Trigonometry (3)

Note: See Restrictions earlier in Mathematics and Statistics. Definition of the trigonometric functions, radian and degree measure, graphs, basic trigonometric identities, inverse trigonometric functions, complex numbers, polar coordinates and graphs, vectors in 2 dimensions. May be taken concurrently with MATH 150. (I) Prerequisite: 121 or ACT Math =>25 or SAT Math Section =>590 or ACCUPLACER College-Level Math =69-99.

129. A Survey of Mathematics (3)

An introduction to some of the great ideas of mathematics, including logic, systems of numbers, sequences and series, geometry and probability. Emphasizes general problem-solving skills. (I) Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area II: Mathematics. Prerequisite: (101 and 102) or (118 and 119) or 120 or 121 or 123 or 150 or 162 or 163 or 180 or 181 or 264 or ACT Math =>22 or SAT Math Section =>540 or ACCUPLACER Elementary Algebra =66-103 or ACCUPLACER College-Level Math =37-68.

150. Pre-Calculus Mathematics (3)

Note: See Restrictions earlier in Mathematics and Statistics. In-depth study of polynomial, rational, exponential and logarithmic functions and their graphs. Includes the fundamental theorem of algebra, systems of equations, conic sections, parametric equations and applications in geometry. Exploration of the graphing calculator. May be taken concurrently with 123. (I) Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area II: Mathematics. Prerequisite: 121 or ACT Math =>25 or SAT Math Section =>590 or ACCUPLACER College-Level Math =69-99.

153. Precalculus and Trigonometry (5)

Algebraic expressions, algebraic equations, inequalities, functions, graphing. Exponential, logarithmic, and trigonometric functions. Complex numbers and vectors. Limits. Prerequisite: 121 or ACT Math =>25 or SAT Math Section =>590 or ACCUPLACER College-Level Math =69-99.

162. Calculus I (4)

Note: See Restrictions earlier in Mathematics and Statistics. Limits. Continuity. Derivative: definition, rules, geometric and rate-of-change interpretations, applications to graphing, linearization and optimization. Integral: definition, fundamental theorem of calculus, substitution, applications to areas, volumes, work, average. (I) Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area II: Mathematics (NMCCN 1614). Prerequisite: ((123 or ACCUPLACER College-Level Math =100-120) and (150 or ACT Math =28-31 or SAT Math Section =660-729)) or (153 or ACT Math =>32 or SAT Math Section =>730).

163. Calculus II (4)

Note: See Restrictions earlier in Mathematics and Statistics. Transcendental functions, techniques of integration, numerical integration, improper integrals, sequences and series, Taylor series with applications, complex variables, differential equations. (I) Prerequisite: 162.

180. Elements of Calculus I (3)

Note: See Restrictions earlier in Mathematics and Statistics. Limits of functions and continuity, intuitive concepts and basic properties; derivative as rate of change, basic differentiation techniques; application of differential calculus to graphing and minima-maxima problems; exponential and logarithmic functions with applications. (I) Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area II: Mathematics (NMCCN 1613). Prerequisite: 121 or 150 or 153 or ACT Math =>26 or SAT Math Section =>620 or ACCUPLACER College-Level Math =69-99.

181. Elements of Calculus II (3)

Note: See Restrictions earlier in Mathematics and Statistics. Includes the definite integral, multivariate calculus, simple differential equations, basic review of trigonometry and its relation to calculus. (I) Prerequisite: 180.

215. Mathematics for Elementary and Middle School Teachers III (3)

Algebra from the viewpoint of the elementary curriculum with emphasis on proportional and linear relationships. Also included: data analysis and other topics with connections to the elementary curriculum. Problem solving is emphasized throughout. (T) Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area II: Mathematics. Prerequisite: 111.

216. Mathematics for Middle School Teachers (3)

Development of mathematical concepts from the viewpoint of the middle school curriculum. Topics include: in-depth development of algebraic thinking, connections between algebra and geometry, and applications. Problem solving is emphasized throughout. Prerequisite: 215.

264. Calculus III (4)

Vector operations, vector representation of planes and curves, functions of several variables, partial derivatives, gradient, tangent planes, optimization, multiple integrals in Cartesian cylindrical and spherical coordinates, vector fields, line integrals and Green’s theorem. (I) Prerequisite: 163 with a grade of "C" (not "C-") or better.

305 / 507. Mathematics from a Historical Perspective (3)

A study of the historical development of topics in mathematics taken from geometry, algebra, trigonometry, number systems, probability, and/or statistics. Emphasis on connections to the high school curriculum. (T) Prerequisite: 163. {Fall}

306. College Geometry (3)

An axiomatic approach to fundamentals of geometry, both Euclidean and non-Euclidean. Emphasis on historical development of geometry. (T) Prerequisite: 162 or 215. {Spring}

311. Vector Analysis (3)

Vector algebra, lines, planes; vector valued functions, curves, tangent lines, arc length, line integrals; directional derivative and gradient; divergence, curl, Gauss’ and Stokes’ theorems, geometric interpretations. Prerequisite: 264. {Occasional Summer, Fall, Spring}

**312. Partial Differential Equations for Engineering (3)

Solution methods for partial differential equations; science and engineering applications; heat and wave equations, Laplace’s equation; separation of variables; Fourier series and transforms; special functions. Prerequisite: 264 and **316. {Occasional Summer, Fall, Spring}

**313. Complex Variables for Engineering (3)

Theory of functions of a complex variable with application to physical and engineering problems. Although not required, skill in vector analysis will be helpful in taking this course. Prerequisite: 264 and one MATH course 300-level or above. {Fall, Spring}

**314. Linear Algebra with Applications (3)

Note: See Restrictions earlier in Mathematics and Statistics. Systems of linear equations, Gaussian elimination, matrix algebra, determinants. Vector spaces. Inner product spaces, orthogonality, least squares approximations. Eigenvalues, eigenvectors, diagonalization. Emphasis on concepts, computational methods, and applications. Prerequisite: 163 or 181. Pre- or corequisite: CS 151L or CS 152L or ECE 131 or PHYC 290. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

**316. Applied Ordinary Differential Equations (3)

Introduction to algorithmic theory of ordinary differential equations. Topics covered: elementary theory of ordinary differential equations, numerical methods, phase-plane analysis, and introduction to Laplace transformations. Third-level calculus is helpful for this class. Prerequisite: 163. Pre- or corequisite: CBE 253 or CS 151L or CS 152L or ECE 131 or PHYC 290. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

**317. Elementary Combinatorics (3)

Basic enumeration including combinations, permutations, set and integer partitions, distributions, and rearrangements, binomial and multinomial theorems together with pigeon-hole and inclusion-exclusion principles and mathematical induction principles. Discrete probability, elementary ordinary generating functions, recurrence relations, and sorting algorithms. Prerequisite: 163 or STAT **345. {Spring}

**319. Theory of Numbers (3)

Divisibility, congruences, primitive roots, quadratic residues, diophantine equations, continued fractions, partitions, number theoretic functions. {Spring}

**321. Linear Algebra (3)

Note: See Restrictions earlier in Mathematics and Statistics. Linear transformations, matrices, eigenvalues and eigenvectors, inner product spaces. Prerequisite: 264. {Fall, Spring}

322. Modern Algebra I (3)

Groups, rings, homomorphisms, permutation groups, quotient structure, ideal theory, fields. Prerequisite: 264 and (**321 or **327). {Fall}

**327. Introduction to Mathematical Thinking and Discrete Structures (3)

Course will introduce students to the fundamentals of mathematical proof in the context of discrete structures. Topics include logic, sets and relations, functions, integers, induction and recursion, counting, permutations and combinations and algorithms. Prerequisite: 162 and 163. {Fall, Spring}

338 / 542. Mathematics for Secondary Teachers (3)

Topics from secondary mathematics presented from an advanced standpoint and designed to meet the needs of pre- and in-service teachers. Open only to prospective and in-service teachers of mathematics. (T) Prerequisite: 306 and **327. {Spring}

339 / 543. Topics in Mathematics for Elementary and Middle School Teachers (1-3, no limit Δ)

Presents mathematical topics of concern to elementary and mid-school teachers. Open only to in-service and prospective teachers. (T) {Offered upon demand}

350 / 550. Topics in Mathematics for Secondary Teachers (1-3, no limit Δ)

Presents mathematical topics of concern to secondary teachers. Open only to in-service and prospective teachers. (T) {Offered upon demand}

**356. Symbolic Logic (4)

(Also offered as PHIL 356) This is a first course in logical theory. Its primary goal is to study the notion of logical entailment and related concepts, such as consistency and contingency. Formal systems are developed to analyze these notions rigorously.

**375. Introduction to Numerical Computing (3)

(Also offered as CS *375) An introductory course covering such topics as solution of linear and nonlinear equations; interpolation and approximation of functions, including splines; techniques for approximate differentiation and integration; solution of differential equations; familiarization with existing software. Prerequisite: (**314 or **316 or **321) and (CS 151L or CS 152L or ECE 131 or PHYC 290).

391. Advanced Undergraduate Honors Seminar (1-3 to a maximum of 8 Δ)

Advanced problem solving. Especially recommended for students wishing to participate in the Putnam Intercollegiate Mathematical Competition. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Offered upon demand}

393. Topics in Mathematics (3, no limit Δ)

Selected topics from analysis, algebra, geometry, statistics, model building, interdisciplinary studies and problem solving. {Offered upon demand}

401 / 501. Advanced Calculus I (4)

Rigorous treatment of calculus in one variable. Definition and topology of real numbers, sequences, limits, functions, continuity, differentiation and integration. Students will learn how to read, understand and construct mathematical proofs. Prerequisite: 264 and two MATH courses 300-level or above. {Fall, Spring}

402 / 502. Advanced Calculus II (3)

Generalization of 401/501 to several variables and metric spaces: sequences, limits, compactness and continuity on metric spaces; interchange of limit operations; series, power series; partial derivatives; fixed point, implicit and inverse function theorems; multiple integrals. Prerequisite: 401. {Spring}

**412. Nonlinear Dynamics and Chaos (3)

Qualitative study of linear and nonlinear ordinary differential equations and discrete time maps including stability analysis, bifucations, fractal structures and chaos; applications to biology, chemistry, physics and engineering. Prerequisite: 264 and (**314 or **316 or **321). {Spring}

**415. History and Philosophy of Mathematics (3)

(Also offered as PHIL *415) A historical survey of principal issues and controversies on the nature of mathematics. Emphasis varies from year to year. Prerequisite: 163 or 181 or **356 or PHIL 356.

*421. Modern Algebra II (3)

Theory of fields, algebraic field extensions and Galois theory for fields of characteristic zero. Prerequisite: 322 or **422. {Spring}

**422. Modern Algebra for Engineers (3)

Groups, rings and fields. (This course will not be counted in the hours necessary for a mathematics major.) Prerequisite: 264. {Fall}

*431. Introduction to Topology (3)

Metric spaces, topological spaces, continuity, algebraic topology. Prerequisite: 401. {Fall}

**439. Topics in Mathematics (1-3, no limit Δ)

{Offered upon demand}

441. Probability (3)

(Also offered as STAT 461 / 561) Mathematical models for random experiments, random variables, expectation. The common discrete and continuous distributions with application. Joint distributions, conditional probability and expectation, independence. Laws of large numbers and the central limit theorem. Moment generating functions. Prerequisite: MATH 264. {Fall}

462 / 512. Introduction to Ordinary Differential Equations (3)

Linear systems. Existence and uniqueness theorems, flows, linearized stability for critical points, stable manifold theorem. Gradient and Hamiltonian systems. Limit sets, attractors, periodic orbits, Floquet theory and the Poincare Map. Introduction to perturbation theory. Prerequisite: (**314 or **321) and **316 and 401. {Fall}

463 / 513. Introduction to Partial Differential Equations (3)

Classification of partial differential equations; properly posed problems; separation of variables, eigenfunctions and Green’s functions; brief survey of numerical methods and variational principles. Prerequisite: **312 and **313 and (**314 or **321) and (311 or 402). {Spring}

464 / 514. Applied Matrix Theory (3)

Determinants; theory of linear equations; matrix analysis of differential equations; eigenvalues, eigenvectors and canonical forms; variational principles; generalized inverses. Prerequisite: **314 or **321. {Fall}

*466. Mathematical Methods in Science and Engineering (3)

Special functions and advanced mathematical methods for solving differential equations, difference equations and integral equations. Prerequisite: 311 and **312 and **313 and **316. {Spring}

*471. Introduction to Scientific Computing (3)

(Also offered as CS *471) Parallel programming, performance evaluation. Error analysis, convergence, stability of numerical methods. Applications such as N-body problem, heat transfer, wave propagation, signal processing, Monte-Carlo simulations. C, C++, or FORTRAN skills required. Prerequisite: **314 or **316 or **321. {Fall}

472 / 572. Fourier Analysis and Wavelets (3)

Discrete Fourier and Wavelet Transform. Fourier series and integrals. Expansions in series of orthogond wavelets and other functions. Multiresolution and time/frequency analysis. Applications to signal processing and statistics. Prerequisite: (**314 or **321) and 401. {Alternate Springs}

499. Individual Study (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Guided study, under the supervision of a faculty member, of selected topics not covered in regular courses.

501 / 401. Advanced Calculus I (4)

502 / 402. Advanced Calculus II (3)

504. Introductory Numerical Analysis: Numerical Linear Algebra (3)

(Also offered as CS 575) Direct and iterative methods of the solution of linear systems of equations and least squares problems. Error analysis and numerical stability. The eigenvalue problem. Descent methods for function minimization, time permitting. Prerequisite: 464, 514. {Spring}

505. Introductory Numerical Analysis: Approximation and Differential Equations (3)

(Also offered as CS 576) Numerical approximation of functions. Interpolation by polynomials, splines and trigonometric functions. Numerical integration and solution of ordinary differential equations. An introduction to finite difference and finite element methods, time permitting. Prerequisite: 316, 401. {Fall}

507 / 305. Mathematics from a Historical Perspective (3)

510. Introduction to Analysis I (3)

Real number fields, sets and mappings. Basic point set topology, sequences, series, convergence issues. Continuous functions, differentiation, Riemann integral. General topology and applications: Weierstrass and Stone-Weierstrass approximation theorems, elements of Founier Analysis (time permitting). Prerequisite: 321, 401. {Fall}

511. Introduction to Analysis II (3)

Continuation of 510. Differentiation in Rn. Inverse and implicit function theorems, integration in Rn, differential forms and Stokes theorem. Prerequisite: 510. {Spring}

512 / 462. Introduction to Ordinary Differential Equations (3)

513 / 463. Introduction to Partial Differential Equations (3)

Classification of partial differential equations; properly posed problems; separation of variables, eigenfunctions and Green’s functions; brief survey of numerical methods and variational principles. Prerequisite: **312, **313, **314 or **321, one of 311 or 402. {Spring}

514 / 464. Applied Matrix Theory (3)

519. Selected Topics in Algebra and Number Theory (3, no limit Δ)

520. Abstract Algebra I (3)

Theory of groups, permutation groups, Sylow theorems. Introduction to ring theory, polynomial rings. Principal ideal domains. Prerequisite: 322. {Fall}

521. Abstract Algebra II (3)

Continuation of 520. Module theory, field theory, Galois theory. Prerequisite: **321, 520. {Spring}

530. Algebraic Geometry I (3)

Basic theory of complex affine and projective varieties. Smooth and singular points, dimension, regular and rational mappings between varieties, Chow’s theorem. Prerequisite: *431, 521, 561. {Alternate Falls}

531. Algebraic Geometry II (3)

Continuation of 530. Degree of a variety and linear systems. Detailed study of curves and surfaces. Prerequisite: 530. {Alternate Springs}

532. Algebraic Topology I (3)

Introduction to homology and cohomology theories. Homotopy theory, CW complexes. Prerequisite: *431, 521. {Alternate Falls}

533. Algebraic Topology II (3)

Continuation of 532. Duality theorems, universal coefficients, spectral sequence. Prerequisite: 532. {Alternate Springs}

535. Foundations of Topology (3)

Basic point set topology. Separation axioms, metric spaces, topological manifolds, fundamental group and covering spaces. Prerequisite: 501. {Fall}

536. Introduction to Differentiable Manifolds (3)

Concept of a manifold, differential structures, vector bundles, tangent and cotangent bundles, embedding, immersions and submersions, transversality, Stokes’ theorem. Prerequisite: 511. {Spring}

537. Riemannian Geometry I (3)

Theory of connections, curvature, Riemannian metrics, Hopf-Rinow theorem, geodesics. Riemannian submanifolds. Prerequisite: 536. {Alternate Falls}

538. Riemannian Geometry II (3)

Continuation of MATH 537 with emphasis on adding more structures. Riemannian submersions, Bochner theorems with relation to topology of manifolds, Riemannian Foliations, Complex and Kaehler geometry, Sasakian and contact geometry. Prerequisite: 537. {Alternate Springs}

539. Selected Topics in Geometry and Topology (3, no limit Δ)

540. Stochastic Processes with Applications (3)

(Also offered as STAT 565) Markov chains and processes with applications. Classification of states. Decompositions. Stationary distributions. Probability of absorption, the gambler’s ruin and mean time problems. Queuing and branching processes. Introduction to continuous time Markov processes. Jump processes and Brownian motion. Prerequisite: STAT 527. {Offered upon demand}

542 / 338. Mathematics for Secondary Teachers (3)

543 / 339. Topics in Mathematics for Elementary and Middle School Teachers (1-3, no limit Δ)

Presents mathematical topics of concern to elementary and mid-school teachers. Open only to in-service and prospective teachers. May be repeated for credit by permission of instructor. Restriction: College of Education graduate students. {Offered upon demand}

549. Selected Topics in Probability Theory (3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as STAT 569)

550 / 350. Topics in Mathematics for Secondary Teachers (1-3, no limit Δ)

Presents mathematical topics of concern to secondary teachers. Open only to in-service and prospective teachers. May be repeated for credit by permission of instructor. Restriction: College of Education graduate students. {Offered upon demand}

551. Problems (1-3, no limit Δ)

557. Selected Topics in Numerical Analysis (3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as CS 557) Possible topics include approximation theory, two point boundary value problems, quadrature, integral equations and roots of nonlinear equations.

561. Functions of a Complex Variable I (3)

Analyticity, Cauchy theorem and formulas, Taylor and Laurent series, singularities and residues, conformal mapping, selected topics. Prerequisite: 311 or 402. {Fall}

562. Functions of a Complex Variable II (3)

The Mittag-Leffler theorem, series and product expansions, introduction to asymptotics and the properties of the gamma and zeta functions. The Riemann mapping theorem, harmonic functions and Dirichlet’s problem. Introduction to elliptic functions. Selected topics. Prerequisite: 561. {Fall}

563. Measure Theory (3)

Functions of one and several real variables, measure theory, starting with Lebesque measure and integration. Product measures. Measure on spaces of functions. Prerequisite: 401 or 510. {Fall}

565. Harmonic Analysis (3)

Fourier analysis on the circle, real line and on compact and locally compact groups. Prerequisite: 563. {Offered upon demand}

569. Selected Topics in Analysis (3, no limit Δ)

570. Singular Perturbations (3)

Singularly perturbed boundary value problems, layer type expansions and matching. Initial value problems and multiscaling methods for ordinary and partial differential equations. Phase plane and qualitative ideas. Applications. Perturbations of Hamiltonian systems. Prerequisite: 462, 463. {Alternate Springs}

572 / 472. Fourier Analysis and Wavelets (3)

576. Numerical Linear Algebra (3)

Selected advanced topics in numerical linear algebra. Prerequisite: 504. {Alternate Springs}

578. Numerical Partial Differential Equations (3)

Introduction to the numerical analysis of partial differential equations. Prerequisite: 463, 504, 505. {Alternate Falls}

579. Selected Topics in Applied Mathematics (3, no limit Δ)

581. Functional Analysis I (3)

Normed vector spaces, including Hilbert and Banach spaces. Linear operators on these spaces, with an emphasis on applications. Prerequisite: 510. {Offered upon demand}

583. Methods of Applied Mathematics I (3)

Approximation in Hilbert spaces, basic operator theory, integral equations, distribution theory, Green’s functions, differential operators, boundary value problems and nonlinear problems. Prerequisite: **312, **314, **316, 401. {Alternate Falls}

584. Methods of Applied Mathematics II (3)

Eigenfunction expansions for ordinary and partial differential operators, Euler-Lagrange equations, Hamilton’s principle, calculus of variations, brief complex variable theory, special functions, transform and spectral theory, asymptotic expansions. Prerequisite: **312 and **314 and **316 and 401. {Alternate Springs}

598. Practicum (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Practicum involves a project of an applied nature which may be done in conjunction with an industrial laboratory, a research institution or another department of the University. It is expected the student will become acquainted with a field of application in science or engineering and complete a project of use and interest to workers in that field. A final written report is required.

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

605. Graduate Colloquium (1 to a maximum of 4 Δ)

Students present their current research.

639. Seminar in Geometry and Topology (1-3, no limit Δ)

649. Seminar in Probability and Statistics (1-3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as STAT 649)

650. Reading and Research (1-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

669. Seminar in Analysis (1-3, no limit Δ)

679. Seminar in Applied Mathematics (1-3, no limit Δ)

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Medieval Studies (MDVL)

201. The Medieval World (3)

(Also offered as HIST 201) A broad survey of the history, literature, and culture of the medieval period, from the fall of the Roman Empire to the eve of the Renaissance.

347. Viking Mythology (3)

(Also offered as ENGL 347) Comprehensive study of the mythology and literature of medieval Scandinavia, including the poetry of Snorri Sturluson, the prose and poetic Edda, and the Icelandic sagas.

Mechanical Engineering (ME)

150. Introduction to Modern Mechanical Engineering (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

Hands-on activities and projects on modern applications of mechanical engineering, while describing the science and math behind them.

160L. Mechanical Engineering Design I (3)

Introduction to engineering graphics, the design process, computer aided design, engineering ethics, design economics and project management. Two hours lecture, 3 hours lab. Pre- or corequisite: ENG 120 or MATH 162.

217. Energy, Environment and Society (3)

(Also offered as GEOG 217) A look at the social, ethical, and environmental impacts of energy use both now and through history. A survey of renewable energy and conservation and their impact on environmental and social systems.

260L. Mechanical Engineering Design II (3)

The design process, project management, shop practice CNC and rapid prototyping, design economics and engineering ethics. Two hours lecture, 3 hours lab. Prerequisite: 160L. Pre- or corequisite: CHEM 121 and CHEM 123L. Restriction: B.S.M.E. majors only.

301. Thermodynamics (3)

Thermodynamic equilibrium, thermodynamic properties and equations of state. First and second laws of thermodynamics and their applications to engineering systems. Availability and irreversibility and their application to second law analysis. Prerequisite: CHEM 121 and CHEM 123L and MATH 163 and MATH 264 and PHYC 161. Restriction: admitted to B.S.M.E. Mechanical Engineering.

**302. Applied Thermodynamics (3)

Thermodynamic relations, thermodynamic properties of mixtures, psychrometrics, thermodynamics of chemical reactions, phase and chemical equilibrium, thermodynamics cycles and design of energy systems. Prerequisite: 301. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

306. Dynamics (3)

Principles of dynamics. Kinematics and kinetics of particles, systems of particles and rigid bodies. Prerequisite: CE 202 and MATH 264. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

**317L. Fluid Mechanics (4)

Fluid statics. Control volume forms of continuity, momentum and energy. Pipe flow and turbomachinery. Introduction to boundary layers and turbulent flow. Laboratory experiments and demonstrations of basic concepts. Prerequisite: 306 and 318L and MATH 264 and MATH **316. Pre- or corequisite: 301. Restriction: admitted to B.S.M.E. Mechanical Engineering.

318L. Mechanical Engineering Laboratory (4)

Measurement techniques and instrumentation for experiments in mechanical engineering, report writing, basic concepts of probability and statistics, discrete and continuous probability distributions, test statistics, classical and robust test of significance, measurement and uncertainty, design of experiments, regression analysis, applications in analysis of engineering experiments. Prerequisite: MATH 264 and PHYC 161. Pre- or corequisite: ECE 203 and MATH **316. Restriction: admitted to B.S.M.E. Mechanical Engineering.

**320L. Heat Transfer (4)

Principles and engineering applications of heat transfer by conduction, convection and radiation. Laboratory experiments and demonstrations of fundamental heat transfer concepts. Prerequisite: 301 and **317L and MATH **316. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

350. Engineering Economy (3)

(Also offered as CE 350) A study of methods and techniques used in determining comparative financial desirability of engineering alternatives. Includes time value of money (interest), depreciation methods and modern techniques for analysis of management decisions. Prerequisite: MATH 162 or MATH 180. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering and junior or senior standing.

352L. Materials Laboratory (1)

The effects of microstructure, processing, composition and thermal treatment on physical and mechanical properties of engineering materials will be investigated. A variety of materials will be processed, tested and microscopically studied in the laboratory. Pre- or corequisite: 260L and CE 302. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

353L. Fluid Mechanics Lab (1)

Laboratory experiments and demonstrations of basic concepts of fluid mechanics. Prerequisite: 306 and 318L and MATH 264 and MATH **316. Corequisite: 301. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

354L. Heat Transfer Laboratory (1)

Laboratory experiments and demonstrations of fundamental heat transfer concepts. Prerequisite: 301 and **317L and MATH **316. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

357. Introduction to Mechanical Vibrations (3)

Free and forced vibrations of one and two degrees of freedom systems for both steady state and transient forcing. Also vibrations of selected continuous systems and balancing. Prerequisite: 306 and MATH **316. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

360L. Mechanical Engineering Design III (3)

Finite element analysis and its use in the design process, validation of FEA results, CAD, engineering ethics, design economics and project management. Two hours of lecture, 3 hours of lab. Prerequisite: 260L and CE 302 and MATH 264 and MATH **316. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

**365. Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning Systems (3)

Methods of analysis and design of systems for conditioning of spaces for people and equipment. Prerequisite: **320L. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

370L. Engineering Materials Science (4)

The structure of matter and its relation to mechanical properties. Mechanical behavior of structural materials: metals, ceramics and polymers. Prerequisite: 260L and CE 302. Restriction: admitted to B.S.M.E. Mechanical Engineering.

**380. Analysis and Design of Mechanical Control Systems (3)

System dynamics and modeling; transfer functions; concept of feedback and system stability; transient and steady-state response; control system analysis and design using root locus and frequency response methods. Prerequisite: 357 and MATH **316. Restriction: admitted to B.S.M.E. Mechanical Engineering and senior standing.

400 / 500. Numerical Methods in Mechanical Engineering (3)

Computer algebra, nonlinear equations, systems of linear equations, the eigen value problem, numerical integration and differentiation, initial value problems, boundary value problems; applications to model problems in solid mechanics, fluid mechanics and heat transfer. Prerequisite: **317L and **320L and CE 302 and MATH **316. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

401 / 501. Advanced Mechanics of Materials (3)

State of stress and strain at a point, stress-strain relationships; topics in beam theory such as unsymmetrical bending, curved beams and elastic foundations; torsion of noncircular cross-sections; energy principles. Prerequisite: CE 302. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering and ME major and senior standing.

404 / 504. Computational Mechanics (3)

Weak formulations of governing equations in solid mechanics, fluid mechanics, and head conduction. Finite element equations in two and three-dimensions. Numerical algorithms for static and time-dependent cases. Prerequisite: MATH **312 and CS 151L. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

405 / 505. High Performance Engines (3)

Students will capitalize on 1) applications of engineering fundamentals to engine operation and design; 2) implementation of computing and information technology for modeling, simulation, visualization, and design; and 3) case studies of “famous” racing engines. Prerequisite: 301 or CBE 302. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

406L. Formula SAE Racecar Design (4)

Design a racecar that will participate in Formula SAE international competition including acceleration, autocross and endurance events. Vehicles are judged on performance, cost and design. Project management, vehicle dynamics, tires, brakes, suspension and steering are covered. Restriction: admitted to B.S.M.E. Mechanical Engineering and junior or senior standing.

407. Formula SAE Racecar Fabrication Lab (3)

Manufacture vehicle designed in 406. Make project management decisions on build or buy balancing cost, performance and schedule. Use CAD/CAM extensively to design, machine and fabricate complex parts. Plan integrated drivers’ training and test programs. Prerequisite: 357 and (406L with grade of "B" or better). Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

408. Formula SAE Racecar Test Lab (3)

Implement testing program to validate vehicle design fabricated in 407 using state of the art data acquisition equipment. Modify and redesign as required. Continue drivers’ training program. Participate in Formula SAE international competition. Prerequisite: 407 with a grade of "B" or better. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

416 / 516. Applied Dynamics (3)

Kinematics and kinetics of a particle and systems of particles; Lagrange’s equations; three-dimensional dynamics of rigid bodies. Prerequisite: 306 and 357 and MATH **316. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

419 / 519. Theory, Fabrication, and Characterization of Nano and Microelectromechanical Systems (NEMS/MEMS) (4)

(Also offered as ECE, NSMS 519) Lectures and laboratory projects on physical theory, design, analysis, fabrication, and characterization of micro and nanosystems. Special attention given to scaling effects involved with operation of devices at nano and microscale. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering and senior standing.

429 / 529. Gas Dynamics (3)

One and two-dimensional compressible flow of ideal gases including shock compressible flow along with applications, including numerical and experimental methods. Prerequisite: 301 and **317L. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

436 / 536. Rotor Aerodynamics (3)

Rotary-wing aircraft such as, for example, helicopters, have unique abilities to take off vertically and to hover. The course will cover basic methods of rotor aerodynamic analysis and related issues associated with the helicopter performance. Prerequisite: **317L and MATH 311.

451-452. Undergraduate Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ, 1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

A project of an original nature carried out under faculty supervision. A student may earn 451 or 452 credit for an industrial project by prearranging approval of the project by a faculty advisor and the department chairperson. Restriction: admitted to B.S.M.E. Mechanical Engineering and senior standing.

455. Engineering Project Management (3)

(Also offered as CE *455) Estimating, proposing, planning, scheduling, quality and cost control and reporting of an engineering project. Case studies of typical engineering projects. Small projects carried out by student teams. Restriction: admitted to B.S.M.E. Mechanical Engineering and senior standing.

459. Mechanical Engineering Design IV (3)

Review of stresses. Statistical considerations. Methods of design for static and fatigue strength. Design of machine elements such as bolts, welded joints, springs, bearings, belts, chains, clutches, brakes and shafts. Prerequisite: CE 302. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

460. Mechanical Engineering Design V (4)

Capstone design course for Mechanical Engineering students. Students work in teams to design complete engineering systems. Considerations include technical solution, function, manufacturability, cost, safety and standards, and materials. Written and oral presentation skills are emphasized. Prerequisite: **320L and **380 and 459. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

461-462 / 561-562. Special Topics (1-4, no limit Δ, 1-4, no limit Δ)

Formal course work on special topics of current interest. Restriction: admitted to B.S.M.E. Mechanical Engineering and senior standing.

463. Undergraduate Honors Thesis (3)

Independent project of an original nature carried out under faculty supervision, in partial fulfillment of Departmental Honors designation. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering and permission of instructor.

471 / 571. Advanced Materials Science (3)

This course covers advanced treatments of the science of engineering materials and mechanical behavior of materials. Examples are crystal structures, defects, micro mechanisms of deformation, thermodynamic and kinetic processes, and structure-processing-property relations of engineering materials. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

480 / 580. Dynamic System Analysis (3)

Mathematical modeling of continuous and discrete systems (mechanical, hydraulic, electric, electro-mechanical, thermal, etc.). Analysis of state equations. Controllability, observability and stability. Prerequisite: **380 and (MATH **314 or MATH **321). Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

481 / 581. Digital Control of Mechanical Systems (3)

Analysis and design of feedback systems in which a digital computer is used as the real-time controller. Design methods will include transform-based techniques using the Z-transform and time-domain techniques using the state-space approach. Prerequisite: **380. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

482 / 582. Robot Engineering (3)

Robot geometry, resolution, accuracy and repeatability, kinematic design of robots, Denavit-Hartenberg homogeneous transformations, direct and inverse kinematics and solutions, motion trajectories, differential tracking, force and compliant analysis, robotic control and programming. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering and senior standing.

486 / 586. Design for Manufacturability (3)

Introduction to methods of design for manufacturability. Emphasis is on teamwork and designing your customer’s needs. This is achieved through statistical methods and computer based systems. Restriction: admitted to B.S.M.E. Mechanical Engineering and senior standing.

500 / 400. Numerical Methods in Mechanical Engineering (3)

501 / 401. Advanced Mechanics of Materials (3)

(Also offered as CE 501) State of stress and strain at a point, stress-strain relationships; topics in beam theory such as unsymmetrical bending, curved beams and elastic foundations; torsion of noncircular cross-sections, energy principles.

504 / 404. Computational Mechanics (3)

Weak formulations of governing equations in solid mechanics, fluid mechanics, and head conduction, Finite element equations in two and three-dimensions. Numerical algorithms for static and time-dependent cases.

505 / 405. High Performance Engines (3)

Students will capitalize on 1) applications of engineering fundamentals to engine operation and design; 2) implementation of computing and information technology for modeling, simulation, visualization, and design; and 3) cases studies of “famous” racing engines. Prerequisite: Engineering Thermodynamics equivalent to ME 301.

512. Introduction to Continuum Mechanics (3)

Vector and tensor analysis, kinematics of continua, equations of motion, first and second laws of thermodynamics, constitutive equations for elastic solids and compressible viscous fluids.

516 / 416. Applied Dynamics (3)

Kinematics and kinetics of a particle and systems of particles; Lagrange’s equations; three-dimensional dynamics of rigid bodies.

519 / 419. Theory, Fabrication, and Characterization of Nano and Microelectromechanical Systems (NEMS/MEMS) (4)

520. Advanced Thermodynamics I (3)

Precise development of thermodynamic definitions, fundamental relations, equilibrium conditions, Legendre transformation and thermodynamic potentials. Maxwell relations, stability of thermodynamic systems, properties of materials, introduction to irreversible thermodynamics.

521. Thermal System Design and Optimization (3)

Review of thermal sciences, optimization methods, introduction to thermal design and optimization, design of different thermal systems such as heat exchanger, energy conversion, heat transfer enhancement, Cryogenics, micro-electronic cooling. Environmental issues and thermoeconomics. Prerequisite: 301 and **317L and **320L.

529 / 429. Gas Dynamics (3)

One and two-dimensional compressible flow of ideal gases including shock compressible flow along with applications, including numerical and experimental methods. Prerequisite: 301 and **317L.

530. Theoretical Fluid Mechanics I (3)

Derivation of the Navier-Stokes equations. Introduction to two- and three-dimensional potential flow theory; viscous flow theory, including the development of Prandtl boundary-layer equations and the momentum integral approach, and compressible flow theory, including thermodynamics of shock waves, friction and heat addition.

534. Boundary Layers (3)

Derivation of boundary layer equations, similarity solutions, integral methods and experimental results for laminar boundary layers. Stability of laminar boundary layers. Boundary layer transition. Turbulent fluctuations and transport. Prerequisite: 530.

536 / 436. Rotor Aerodynamics (3)

540. Elasticity (3)

Field theory of elasticity; Saint Venants problems; introduction to plane theory of elasticity. Prerequisite: 512.

542. Deformation Analysis and Modeling (3)

Fundamental skills for applying finite element modeling to analyze deformation of materials, with emphasis on thin film systems, device components, and composite materials under mechanical and thermal loading.

551-552. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ, 1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

556. Entrepreneurial Engineering (3)

(Also offered as ECE 556 / 456) Review and application of necessary elements for successfully launching technical businesses; focuses upon technology, manufacturing, management, marketing, legal and financial aspects. Students work in groups developing elements of new businesses and producing business plans.

559. Design Project (3)

Independent work under the guidance of the student’s Committee-on-Studies in support of the Project course requirement of the Plan II (non-Thesis) M.S. degree.

561-562 / 461-462. Special Topics (1-4, no limit Δ, 1-4, no limit Δ)

571 / 471. Advanced Materials Science (3)

580 / 480. Dynamic System Analysis (3)

581 / 481. Digital Control of Mechanical Systems (3)

582 / 482. Robot Engineering II (3)

Robot geometry, resolution and repeatability, kinematic design of robots, Denavit-Hartenberg homogeneous transformations, direct and inverse; kinematics and solutions, motion trajectories, differential tracking, force and compliant analyses, dynamics, control and programming.

586 / 486. Design for Manufacturability (3)

Introduction to methods of design for manufacturability (DEM). Emphasis is on team work and designing to your customers needs. This is achieved through statistical methods and computer based systems.

591-592. Seminar (0-1, no limit Δ, 0-1, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

594. Introduction to Space Situational Awareness (3)

This course introduces engineering students to the space environment, the space object population, and methods used for system description and prediction.

595. Orbital Mechanics (3)

Fundamentals of the orbital mechanics of artificial and natural satellites, emphasizing analysis, prediction, and control of the orbital mechanics of spacecraft. Prerequisite: 306 or MATH **316.

596. Spacecraft Attitude Dynamics and Control (3)

Space missions and how pointing requirements affect attitude control systems. Rotational kinematics and attitude determination algorithms. Modeling and analysis of the attitude dynamics of space vehicles. Prerequisite: **380.

597. Small Spacecraft Design I (3)

The course covers the fundamentals of each of the subsystems in a spacecraft, from propulsion to the spacecraft structure and from attitude determination and control to thermal control of spacecraft.

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

634. Turbulent Flows (3)

Turbulent flow with emphasis on thin-shear layer flow and mixing processes. Phenomenological descriptions of turbulent closure schemes and modeling techniques. Instability and transition. Numerical schemes for solving incompressible and compressible turbulent boundary layer and free turbulence equations. Prerequisite: 534.

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Medical Laboratory Sciences (MEDL)

121. A Career in Laboratory Science (1)

Introduction to scope and practice of the Medical Technology profession. Basic terminology and a tour of a hospital laboratory are included. Weekly lectures will alternate with hour-long lab sessions covering blood bank, hematology, microbiology and urinalysis laboratory procedures. {Fall, First eight-week term}

234. Introduction to Clinical Immunology (3)

An introduction to the principles of human immune system function with emphasis on developing a general, basic background for those who have no previous experience in immunology or clinical medicine. Prerequisite: (BIOL 123 and BIOL 124L) or BIOL 201L. {Summer}

300L. Introduction to Medical Laboratory Sciences (2)

An orientation to the profession, blood collection, quality control, lab safety and lab techniques with an emphasis on review of math, statistics, cell biology and biochemistry pertinent to the medical laboratory profession. Library, computer and Internet use as well as educational issues are also included. Restriction: admitted to B.S.M.L. Medical Laboratory Sciences.

310. Introduction to Clinical Chemistry (3)

A study of metabolic reactions which involve the most common chemical analytes of blood and other body fluids. The principles and methods used in measuring the analytes including spectrophotometric, potentiometric and immunologic assays will be emphasized. Theory of basic instrumentation is also included. Corequisite: 311L. Restriction: admitted to B.S.M.L. Medical Laboratory Sciences.

311L. Introduction to Clinical Chemistry Lab (2)

Laboratory experiences for performing and/or evaluating the basic testing procedures used in a clinical chemistry laboratory. Corequisite: 310.

315L. Clinical Serology (2)

A study of principles and lab methods used in evaluation and diagnosis of the immune system and related diseases, augmented by the use of case studies. Development of critical thinking and problem solving techniques is emphasized. Restriction: admitted to B.S.M.L. Medical Laboratory Sciences.

320. Introduction to Clinical Hematology/Hemostasis (4)

A thorough study of the development, identification and abnormalities associated with blood cells and hemostasis. The principles of routine laboratory procedures and basic instrumentation will be included. Corequisite: 321L. Restriction: admitted to B.S.M.L. Medical Laboratory Sciences.

321L. Clinical Hematology/Hemostasis Lab (2)

Laboratory experiences in the performance and/or study of routine procedures and basic instrumentation of the clinical hematology and coagulation laboratory. Corequisite: 320.

330. Introduction to Clinical Microbiology (3)

A basic study of some of the most common medically important bacteria and fungi with an emphasis on techniques, methods and differential media used to isolate and identify pathogens. Corequisite: 331L. Restriction: admitted to B.S.M.L. Medical Laboratory Sciences.

331L. Introduction to Clinical Microbiology Lab (2)

Laboratory experiences in the performance of and/or study of procedures used in a clinical microbiology laboratory. Corequisite: 330.

340L. Introduction to Clinical Immunohematology (2)

Study of the basic theory of blood group systems, antibody detection and identification, compatibility testing and blood collection and component preparation. Includes laboratory practice of basic procedures performed in a clinical immunohematology lab. Restriction: admitted to B.S.M.L. Medical Laboratory Sciences.

350L. Clinical Urinalysis (2)

A study of kidney functions and the physiochemical and microscopic urine tests. Case studies, demonstrations and laboratory practice will enhance the development of critical thinking and problem solving skills needed in clinical urinalysis laboratory. Restriction: admitted to B.S.M.L. Medical Laboratory Sciences.

351. Basic Clinical Chemistry Rotation (3)

Supervised instruction in the performance of analytical procedures for the various chemical analytes of blood and other body fluids in an affiliated laboratory. Testing will include automated chemistry panels, common spectrophotometric, potentrometric and immunologic procedures of routine chemical analytes. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Prerequisite: 310 and 311L.

352. Basic Hematology/Hemostasis Rotation (3)

Supervised instruction in the performance of hematological and coagulation procedures in an affiliated laboratory. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Prerequisite: 320 and 321L.

355. Clinical Urinalysis Rotation (1)

Supervised instruction in the performance of urinalysis and special procedures in a urinalysis laboratory and of routine phlebotomy procedures in an affiliated clinical laboratory. Prerequisite: 350L.

410L. Advanced Clinical Chemistry (3)

Lecture and laboratory experiences on specialized and complex chemical analytes in blood and body fluids; disease patterns, interpretation and correlation of laboratory test results. Development of problem solving, critical thinking and evaluation techniques is emphasized. Prerequisite: 310 and 311L.

420L. Advanced Clinical Hematology/Hemostasis (3)

A study of the principles and practice of non-routine Hematology/Hemostasis procedures, with the development of problem solving and interpretive skills through the use of case studies and laboratory tests. Prerequisite: 320 and 321L.

430. Advanced Clinical Microbiology (3)

A continuation of the study of medically important bacteria and fungi with an emphasis on a thorough study of body systems and their related infections. A comprehensive study of normal flora of the body versus pathogenic flora and interpretation of representative cultures. Critical thinking and problem solving will be emphasized. Prerequisite: 330 and 331L. Corequisite: 431L.

431L. Advanced Clinical Microbiology Lab (2)

Laboratory experiences in the interpretation of cultures of the different areas of the body. Emphasizes interpretation of direct exams and cultures, differentiating normal flora from pathogens, as well as critical thinking and problem solving. Corequisite: 430.

432L. Clinical Parasitology (2)

A study of medically important parasites including staining and wet prep procedures, life cycles, morphologic identification and diseases. The major emphasis is on the appropriate methods of collection and handling of specimens, laboratory techniques and the microscopic appearance of the diagnostic stages of human parasites. Restriction: admitted to B.S.M.L. Medical Laboratory Sciences.

440L. Advanced Clinical Immunohematology (2)

Advanced study and development of problem solving abilities applied to blood group antigens and antibodies, compatibility testing and hemolytic anemias. Includes use of discussion groups and practice of advanced laboratory procedures. Prerequisite: 340L.

445. Clinical Management and Education (2)

The theory and principles for supervising a clinical laboratory with emphasis on problem solving techniques and current lab managerial methods. Also covers education methods for instruction in the lab or for presentations. Restriction: admitted to B.S.M.L. Medical Laboratory Sciences.

451. Advanced Clinical Chemistry Rotation (1)

Supervised instruction in the performance of analytical procedures for various chemical analytes and panels, including special chemistries, blood gas collection and immunochemistry, either in an affiliate chemistry lab or in the student lab on campus. Advanced rotation will include a quality assurance/control project. Prerequisite: 351 and 410L.

452. Advanced Hematology and Hemostasis Rotation (2)

Supervised instruction in the performance of routine and non-routine, complex hematological and coagulation studies, including evaluations of quality assurance and in introduction to management of a hematology lab, either in an affiliated laboratory or in the student lab on campus. Prerequisite: 352 and 420L.

453. Clinical Microbiology Rotation (5)

Supervised instruction in the performance of microbiological procedures in an affiliated laboratory. Prerequisite: 430 and 431L.

454. Clinical Immunohematology Rotation (4)

Supervised instruction in the performance of blood banking procedures in an affiliated laboratory. Prerequisite: 440L.

463. Laboratory Operations and Laboratory Mathematics (2)

Introduction of all mathematics and quality control/assurance necessary for a competent laboratory scientist to succeed in the profession of medical laboratory scientist. Restriction: admitted to CERT Clinical Chemistry.

498. Research Honors (1 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

499. Special Topics in Medical Laboratory Sciences (2 to a maximum of 4 Δ)

Supervised experience in a variety of laboratory settings with increased responsibility or an independent study with tutorials as outlined by the program director. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to B.S.M.L. Medical Laboratory Sciences.

500. Selected Topics in Pathology (1 to a maximum of 2 Δ)

An advanced graduate-level course in which current information important in research techniques and administration of a research laboratory will be discussed. The course is a problem-based learning model given by multiple instructors.

550. Lab Management Seminar: Selected Topics (1 to a maximum of 2 Δ)

A graduate-level course in which current information important in laboratory techniques and administration of a private clinical laboratory will be discussed. The course is a problem-based learning model given by multiple Pathology Clinical and Research faculty.

600. Clinical Lab Sciences Master's Degree Apprenticeship Program (1-4 to a maximum of 10 Δ)

This course will serve as the non-thesis culmination of the CLS master’s degree. It will involve clinical or research apprenticeships in established laboratories either on the UNM campus or in the Albuquerque area.

Management (MGMT)

105. Business Co-op Work Phase (0)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

113. Management: An Introduction (3)

Modern concepts of organizations and their management in a dynamic world. An overview of managerial activities within business and other organizations. {Fall}

158. Ethics in Organizations (3)

Introduction to ethical issues in business, government, and nonprofit organizations and how to deal with those issues. Emphasis on ethical reasoning and cases of ethical and unethical behavior in management and the professions.

190. Special Topics in Management (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Selected offering of management topics not represented in the regular curriculum. Restriction: permission of instructor.

202. Principles of Financial Accounting (3)

An examination of the conceptual framework of accounting and the functions of accounting in a business-oriented society. Topics include valuation theory and its applications to assets and liabilities, concepts of business income, funds-flow analysis, problems of financial reporting.

222. Introduction to Marketing (3)

A complete overview of the system for assessing customer needs, allocation of scarce resources to fulfill those needs, transmittal of market related information, completion of exchange processes and profit maximization in free markets. Emphasis on interdisciplinary tools for management, decision-making and developing marketing strategies in domestic and international market applications. (Credit not applicable toward B.B.A. degree.)

300. Operations Management (3)

Survey of methods and models for the design, control, and improvement of service and manufacturing systems including project management, product/service design, process analysis, quality improvement, inventory control, capacity scheduling, and Just-In-Time (lean systems). Prerequisite: STAT 145 or STAT **345. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program.

302. Accounting Cycle (1)

An examination of accounting cycle topics in a corporation utilizing a web-based artificially intelligent assessment system. Topics include journal entries, transactions effects on accounts, adjusting entries, statement preparation, closing entries, and coverage of merchandising firms. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program.

303. Managerial Accounting (3)

Primary emphasis on the role of accounting in the processes of management decision-making for planning and control. Topics include: relevant cost analysis, standard costing and analysis of variances; budgeting and responsibility accounting, planned capital expenditures. Prerequisite: 202. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program.

306. Organizational Behavior and Diversity (3)

Emphasis on application of behavioral science theory and concepts. Focus on individual, interpersonal and group processes in a diverse work force. Prerequisite: ENGL 120 or ACT English =>29 or SAT Evidence-Based Reading and Writing =>700. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program.

307. Organization Change and Innovation (3)

Intensive examination of behavioral science research and theory as a basis for understanding, managing and changing organizations. Emphasis is on a comparative organizational approach, public or private, as a socio-technical system. Prerequisite: 306. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program.

308. Ethical, Political and Social Environment (3)

The influence of environmental change on the structure and operation of the organization. Social, political, economic, ethical and technological systems are examined as they relate to each other and to the management of small- and large-scale organizations. Prerequisite: ENGL 120 or ACT English =>29 or SAT Evidence-Based Reading and Writing =>700. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program.

310. Legal Issues for Managers (3)

A general overview of the legal system and common legal principles. Emphasis on legal topics relevant to business such as contracts and torts. Explores sources of liability and presents strategies to minimize legal risk. Prerequisite: ENGL 120 or ACT English =>29 or SAT Evidence-Based Reading and Writing =>700. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program.

314. Professional Selling (3)

Professional aspects of the selling function in consumer and industrial markets and the role of selling in the economy. Emphasis on selling methods and applications for entrepreneurs. (Credit not applicable toward B.B.A. degree.) Prerequisite: 222 or 322. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program.

322. Marketing Management (3)

A complete overview of the system for assessing customer needs, allocating scarce resources to fulfill those needs, transmittal of market related information, completion of exchange processes and profit maximization in free markets. Emphasis on interdisciplinary tools for management decision-making and developing marketing strategies in domestic and international market applications. Prerequisite: ECON 106. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program.

324. New Venture Strategies (3)

Examines strategies, both personal and commercial, for effectively embarking on new ventures. Focuses on phases of entrepreneurship occurring between generation of the initial new venture idea, up to and including the first commercial sale. Prerequisite: ECON 106 and (ENGL 120 or ACT English =>29 or SAT Evidence-Based Reading and Writing =>700). Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program.

326. Financial Management (3)

Principles and practices of funds management in private and public organizations. Sources and uses of short- and long-term funds, determination of capital requirements, obtaining capital, financial forecasting, lease or buy decisions, application of capital and cash budgeting techniques, choices involving risk. Prerequisite: 202 and CS 150L and ECON 106 and (MATH 162 or MATH 180) and (STAT 145 or STAT **345). Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program.

328. International Management (3)

Provides an understanding of international operations and of international institutions in the private, not-for-profit and public sectors and of their managerial and environmental problems. Analyzes the structure, functions and decision-making of international organizations. Prerequisite: ECON 106. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program.

329. Data Management (3)

The management of data resources to support information systems in organizations. Logical database structures, applications and physical implementation of information systems using database management systems. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program.

330. Business Programming Fundamentals (3)

Introduction to object-oriented programming language syntax and semantics with application to functional business areas and computing problems. Intended for B.B.A. students concentrating in management information systems. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program.

331. Business Application Programming (3)

Development of complex business application programs with object-oriented tools and techniques. Prerequisite: 330. Pre- or corequisite: 329. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program.

336. Information Systems Security (3)

Overview of telecommunications and cryptography/security issues in information systems. Hands-on lab projects managing online systems and securing them against hacking techniques or known vulnerabilities. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program.

337. Survey of Computer Systems and Software (3)

An overview of hardware/software configurations as integrated systems. Acquisition, evaluation, selection and management of the computer resources. Emerging information system technologies, including office automation, data communications and networks. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program.

340. Financial Accounting I (3)

Financial reporting theory, applied financial accounting problems, contemporary financial accounting issues. The accounting cycle, asset valuation; revenue recognition; issues resulting from the corporate form of organization. Prerequisite: 202. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program.

341. Financial Accounting II (3)

Continuation of 340. Problems relating to liabilities and equities; the analysis and interpretation of financial statements including the impact of income taxes and benefit plans. Prerequisite: 340. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program.

342. Individual Taxation [Income Tax Accounting I] (3)

Technical tax course primarily for accounting majors. Covers the Federal Income taxation of individuals, including capital gains and losses, accounting methods, income, deductions, Social Security, installment sales and alternative tax methods. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program.

343. Entity Taxation [Income Tax Accounting II] (3)

Covers corporation, partnerships, estate and gift taxes, fiduciaries, tax planning and tax shelters. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program.

346. Cost Accounting (3)

Procedures involved in the development, presentation and interpretation of accounting information as an aid to management. Usefulness and limitations of accounting data in evaluating and controlling operations, collecting cost information; cost estimation and allocation; standard costs; budgeting; cost-value relationships. Prerequisite: 303. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program.

362. Leadership Development (3)

Focuses on developing leadership skills and behaviors at multiple organizational levels. Includes self-assessment and peer assessment of leadership potential. Discusses how to develop peer potential and working in a dynamic, changing environment. Prerequisite: 306. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program.

384. Professional Selling (3)

Professional aspects of the selling function in consumer and industrial markets and the role of selling in the economy. Emphasis on selling methods and applications for entrepreneurs. (Not applicable for credit toward Marketing Management concentration.) Prerequisite: 322. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program.

398. Career Management Skills (1 credit hour for undergraduate students; graduate students may audit class with instructor permission)

Develop career management skills to prepare for entrance into the professional job market. Emphasis on cover letters, resumes, interviewing skills, networking, organizing job searches and salary negotiations. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program.

420. Management in Latin America (3)

Analysis and diagnosis of Latin American environments as they offer opportunities and pose constraints in the performance of managerial responsibilities. Special emphasis is given to the Mexican environment and its relationship to the world. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program.

421. International Entrepreneurship (3)

Teaches the practical science and craft of international business operations, such as exports. The international business strategies of firms are analyzed through fundamental analysis and technical analysis using real cases. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program.

422. Seminar on Mexican Economy Markets (3)

A historical overview of developments in the Mexican economy with an emphasis on the causes and effects of repeated financial crises. An examination of recent economic and political events that present opportunities or risks for business in Mexico. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program.

426. Advanced Corporate Finance (3)

Corporate financial topics beyond those in MGMT 326. Coverage includes cost of capital, raising external funds, capital structure, dividend policy, financial planning, working capital and an introduction to financial options. Spreadsheet skills stressed where appropriate. Prerequisite: 326. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program.

427. International Management Experiential Learning (1-6)

This course is for students involved in faculty-led study abroad, consulting and/or service learning projects that incorporate direct international experience. Students are expected to complete a series of academic exercises associated with the international program. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program.

428. Green Economy, Innovation, and Entrepreneurship (3)

This course will address various dimensions, challenges, and opportunities permeating the global green economy, paying heed to the key drivers of the global green economy. In addition, the course also showcases New Mexico's expanding green economy. Prerequisite: 328. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program.

433. Management of Service Operations (3)

This course focuses on understanding the distinctive features of service delivery systems and presenting management techniques to address the unique challenges in the design and delivery of services. Prerequisite: 300. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program.

434. Manufacturing Systems Management (3)

An introduction to the principles and techniques necessary for the efficient design and operation of production and inventory planning, scheduling and control systems. Prerequisite: 300. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program.

435. Marketing Strategy (3)

Analytical approach developing marketing strategy. Strategic framework for decision making for domestic and global organizations. Real world projects and case discussions will assist in understanding marketing strategies. Prerequisite: 322 and (480 or 482 or 483 or 484 or 485 or 486 or 487 or 488 or *489). Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program.

437. System and Network Administration (3)

A detailed coverage of system administration in both centralized and distributed information systems. Installation, operation and maintenance of hardware and software resources. Technology and management of computer networks. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program.

443. Auditing (3)

Auditing principles and procedures; preliminary considerations, planning the audit program, classes of audits, audit reports, professional ethics and legal responsibility; case problems. Pre- or corequisite: 341. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program.

449. Accounting Information Systems (3)

An examination of the relationship between computer-based management information systems and accounting. Applications of MIS techniques in the design and operation of accounting systems. Prerequisite: 340. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program.

450. Computer-Based Information Systems (3)

Course presents foundation concepts in Management Information Systems (MIS). Students apply and integrate MIS concepts with those from other management disciplines to analyze, evaluate and present management cases. A variety of software is used. Prerequisite: 300 and 303 and 306 and 322. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program.

451. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Special permission of the advisor and of the Dean of the Anderson School of Management required. Arrangements must be made with individual instructor before enrolling for Problems. A maximum of 6 hours of Problems courses is acceptable for credit toward the B.B.A. degree. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program.

452. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

457. Diversity in Organizations (3)

Addresses the changing nature of modern organizations in their employee composition. Focuses on all dimensions of diversity and how to harness the potential of a diverse workforce to reach organizational goals. Prerequisite: 306. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program.

458. Managerial Ethics (3)

An issues- and problems-oriented course in applied management ethics. How to reason ethically about management problems and choices. Focus is on the crises of conscience and the everyday conflicts of role and obligation that characterize our professional lives. Prerequisite: 308. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program.

459. Information Analysis (3)

Information system analysis and system design in organizations. Topics include application development strategies, information system life cycle, requirements determination, analysis and specification. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program.

462. Management of Quality (3)

Traditional variation control and reduction approaches are introduced, as well as techniques to control and reduce human error. Emphasis is placed on understanding management approaches that drive process improvement. Prerequisite: 300. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program.

463. Employment Law (3)

A survey of statutes and case studies of common, statutory and administrative law. Emphasis on modern employment legislation and related court and administrative decisions representing all aspects of employment law. Prerequisite: 306 and 310. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program.

464. Human Resources Theory and Practice (3)

Behavioral theories and applications in HR. HR planning, job analysis and design, recruitment, selection, performance management, training and development, employee involvement, compensation, labor relations, occupational health and safety. Prerequisite: 306. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program.

*465. Labor Relations (3)

Background and practice of Labor Relations from unionization through collective bargaining to grievance administration and arbitration. Theory and case analysis emphasizing employment problems, management prerogatives and collective bargaining issues. Prerequisite: 306. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program.

*466. Training and Development (3)

Examines 1) theories of human development and their relationships to workforce and managerial development, and 2) reviews theories and provides practice in design, delivery and evaluation of training programs for private and public sector organizations and management. Prerequisite: 306. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program.

*468. Compensation and Benefits (3)

Focus on theory and practice of compensation and benefit systems in modern organizations. Reviews alternative approaches and emphasizes experience-based learning. Prerequisite: 306. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program.

*469. American Indian Business and Management (3)

Examines the theory and practice of managing American Indian organizations as well as legal and indigenous planning aspects. Prerequisite: 306. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program.

470. Financial Markets and Institutions (3)

Analysis of markets for mortgage, state and local, corporate and Federal debt; flow of funds and their influence on credit conditions, lending, investment and liquidity policies. Behavior of term structure and risk structure of interest rates. Study of alternative regulatory and structural frameworks of the financial markets. Prerequisite: 326. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program.

471. Investment Analysis and Management (3)

Theory and techniques basic to control of investment risks and optimization of investment returns. Security market operations, portfolio theory, profitability analysis, planning and management of investment programs, timing of securities transactions. Prerequisite: 326. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program.

472. Securities Analysis (3)

Covers the analysis of financial assets, particularly fundamental and technical analysis of corporate common stock. Students will have hands-on experience analyzing securities for equity portfolios that comprise the Investment Management Program. Prerequisite: 326. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program.

473. Commercial Banking (3)

Emphasizes coordinated asset and liability management of the individual bank. Frequent use will be made of cases to develop major aspects of bank management under changing monetary conditions and competitive forces. Primary emphasis is placed on the analysis of bank financial performance, obtaining funds, investment and loan policies and capital requirements. Prerequisite: 326. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program.

*474. International Financial Management (3)

Application of concepts of managerial finance in the international setting. Reviews and develops as background the financing of international trade and balance of payments problems, including currency hedging in the money and foreign exchange markets. Cases are used to study financial decision problems of working capital management, capital budgeting and providing of funds for international corporate operations with emphasis on Latin America. Prerequisite: 326 or 526. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program.

476. Derivatives (Futures and Options) (3)

Teaches the practical science and art of analysis of derivative (financial) assets, such as forwards, options and futures, and securities with embedded options, for purposes of investment, hedging and speculation. Emphasizes valuation methods, including various binomial and trinomial models and on hedging strategies. Derivative securities are analyzed using various data sources and software. Prerequisite: 326. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program.

479. Applied Investment Management (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Active management of funds allocated by numerous institutional investors. Encompasses investment policy statement (portfolio objectives, constraints, benchmarks, reports), performance evaluation/attribution, analysis (economic, industry, company), valuation, recommendations, portfolio rebalancing, trade execution, ethics of money management. Prerequisite: 471. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program and permission of instructor.

480. Consumer Behavior (3)

Interdisciplinary analysis of consumer behavior through review of theories, explanatory and predictive models, empirical studies and consumer research methodologies. Emphasis on theoretical foundations and marketing strategy formulation. Prerequisite: 322. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program.

481. Marketing Research I (3)

Research methodologies and techniques as an aid to management decision-making and marketing strategy formulation. Emphasis on design of measurement instruments, sampling, collection and analysis of data. Prerequisite: 322 and (480 or 482 or 483 or 484 or 485 or 486 or 487 or 488 or *489). Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program.

482. Digital Marketing (3)

Analysis of marketing strategies within the context of a digital environment. Emphasis on the use of social media platforms for business, content marketing, and tools to manage an organization's social media presence. Prerequisite: 322. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program.

483. International Marketing (3)

Analysis of foreign marketing opportunities. Develops familiarity with concepts, terminology, decision-making criteria, use of marketing intelligence, constraints on marketing planning and marketing strategy formulation. Prerequisite: 322. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program.

484. Sales Management (3)

Focuses on industrial purchasing behavior and the systems required to satisfy the needs of commercial buyers. Emphasis on management of the corporate field sales force. Prerequisite: 322. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program.

485. Retailing Management (3)

Management of the retail level of the distribution system. Emphasis on management decision making. Project orientation. Prerequisite: 322. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program.

486. Logistics Systems Management (3)

Management of the logistics channel including the manufacturing, wholesale and retail levels and related logistics activities. Focus on structural and functional analysis, design and evaluation of logistics systems. Prerequisite: 300 and 322. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program.

487. Promotion Management (3)

Analysis of personal and non-personal forms of marketing communications in both industrial and consumer markets. Emphasis of promotion as a marketing mix strategy, budgeting and media analysis, and incorporating research in the development of promotional strategies. Prerequisite: 322. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program.

488. Materials and Supply Chain Management (3)

Management of the supply, manufacturing and distribution network as a part of the buying and selling process in an industrial or commercial marketing context in both the private and public sectors. Prerequisite: 300 and 322. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program.

*489. Marketing of Services (3)

Integration of traditional marketing management thought into strategic and analytical processes for adoption and implementation by service organizations and individuals in both the private and public sectors of the economy. Project orientation. Prerequisite: 322. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program.

490. Special Topics in Management (1-3, no limit Δ)

Selected offerings of management topics not represented in the regular curriculum. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program. {Offered upon demand}

492. Negotiation Strategies (3)

This course addresses negotiation problems that are faced by entrepreneurs and managers of small and large businesses. Through a combination of case studies, lectures and actual practice in negotiating, students learn to negotiate effectively. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program.

493. Special Topics in Management (3)

Selected offerings of management topics not represented in the regular curriculum. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program. {Offered upon demand}

494. Family Business Management (3)

Students will learn importance of family businesses and their unique complexities. Using practical applications and theory students will identify various stakeholders in family businesses and learn tools to manage and work effectively in such organizations. Prerequisite: ECON 106 and (ENGL 120 or ACT English =>29 or SAT Evidence-Based Reading and Writing =>700). Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program.

*495. Managing and Operating Small, Growing Businesses (3)

Examines principles and knowledge required for efficiently and effectively operating and managing small, growing businesses faced with resource constraints. Semester-long field cases of real businesses are the focus of study. Prerequisite: ECON 106 and (ENGL 120 or ACT English =>29 or SAT Evidence-Based Reading and Writing =>700). Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program.

*496. Seminar in Entrepreneurial Financing (3)

Focuses on the processes and knowledge utilized during the acquisition of debt and equity for growing businesses. Specific entrepreneurial financing processes, techniques and methodologies are covered. Prerequisite: 202 and ECON 106 and (ENGL 120 or ACT English =>29 or SAT Evidence-Based Reading and Writing =>700). Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program.

497 / 697. Internship (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

An internship provides managerial experience supervised by faculty, most often in conjunction with a host organization. The purpose is to provide a significant business-related experience. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program and permission of department.

498. Strategic Management (3)

Emphasizes the functions of top management. Case studies offer the student an opportunity to develop a habit of administrative thinking as company-wide objectives and policies are formulated and consistent plans and programs are carried into action. Enrollment normally limited to students in final semester of B.B.A. program. Prerequisite: 300 and 303 and 306 and 308 and 310 and 322 and 326 and 328. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program.

499. Accounting Senior Seminar (1)

Capstone course builds on the base of senior substantial knowledge, enabling students to relate accounting theory to practice and examine current issues and their ethical implications. Prerequisite: 343 and 346. Corequisite: 443 and 449. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. program.

500. Quantitative Analysis I (3)

Mathematical foundations for the quantitative analysis of problems of organizations. Linear systems, matrix algebra and introduction to differential and integral calculus. Applications to management and administrative situations. Note: students scoring less than 25 on the quantitative portion of the GMAT are strongly urged to pursue additional background work in mathematics (MATH 121 recommended) before enrolling for credit in 500. This course may not be applied toward M.B.A. degree requirements.

501. Data Driven Decision Making (3)

Apply inferential statistics, using numerical and graphical summaries of data, to make informed business decisions. Tools include spreadsheet applications to analyze real world decision making situations.

502. Financial Accounting and Analysis (3)

Accounting concepts and procedures used in preparation of corporate financial statements: balance sheet, income statement, statement of cash flows. Measurement of reporting choices within Generally Accepted Accounting Principles. Foundations of corporate financial statement analysis.

503. Managerial/Cost Accounting (3)

Study use of accounting data in managing businesses by applying techniques for product costing, planning, control, and performance evaluation. Topics include: CVP analysis; variable, absorption, job, activity-based and standard costing; budgeting; responsibility accounting; capital budgeting. Pre- or corequisite: 502.

504. Managerial Economics (3)

The principles of microeconomics applied to firm management. Topics include: cost/benefit analysis, decision-making under resource constraints or incomplete information or uncertainty, Monte Carlo simulation, forecasting and elements of game-theoretic interaction among agents.

506. Managing People in Organizations (3)

Intensive examination of behavioral science research and theory as a basis for understanding, managing and changing organizations. The course emphasizes effective management with diverse individuals.

507. Organizational Behavior and Theory Seminar (3)

Further examination of organizations drawing upon behavioral science research and theory. Alternative theories of organizations are discussed. Prerequisite: 506.

508. Business and Society (3)

Influence of the external environment on management decisions and organizational welfare and how organizations affect the external environment and society. Examination of impacts of ethical, social, political, legal and technological systems and trends on management and how managers can deal with external issues.

511. Technology Commercialization and the Global Environment (3)

Fundamentals of technology commercialization and international management are covered along with the interconnectivity of the two topics. The course will cover the nature of international competitive markets and how technology commercialization impacts these markets.

512. Strategic Management of Technology (3)

Concepts of technology-based strategy, industrial policy, competitiveness, technological strategy tools and the effect of technology on organizational structure and processes. Lessons learned from successful technology-based companies and their application of strategic principles. Pre- or corequisite: 511. Restriction: permission of instructor.

513. Technological Forecasting and Assessment (3)

Methods used in forecasting broad scientific and technological advances and assessing their applicability in the commercial world, with stress upon the broad macro-level economic issues such as competition, positioning of technology in the market and further research to apply the innovation to commercially viable products. Pre- or corequisite: 511.

514. Technological Entrepreneurship (3)

A clinical experience in the development of a new firm to exploit a significant technological innovation. Student teams work with inventors/entrepreneurs, faculty, and external resources to establish new companies. Prerequisite: 511 and two from: 512, 513, 515, 516. {Offered upon demand}

515. Innovative Product Development (3)

Students examine the management of new products from concept to commercialization. Includes new product process; market information/customer input; leadership skills; portfolio management; product pursuit/capture planning; strategic planning; and competitive intelligence, with a field project. Pre- or corequisite: 511.

516. Entrepreneurial Finance in High Technology (3)

Theory as contributed to the study of strategic alliances by numerous disciplines including economics, finance, business policy, strategic management and law. Includes the development of an original case study of one technology-based strategic alliance. Permission of the instructor required. Pre- or corequisite: 511.

517. Technology Program Management (3)

Students will explore how firms face the challenge of managing a series of projects that are the core of their profitability effort, with emphasis on tools which demonstrate the difference between project and program management. Corequisite: 511.

518. Technology Management and Economic Development (3)

The development of new technology-based companies as well as the creation of cluster supports the increase in job and wealth creation in the region. Other factors such as education, taxation, infrastructure, technology development and entrepreneurial support are studied for their effect on technology entrepreneurship and contribution to economic development. Prerequisite: 511 and two from: 512, 513, 515, 516.

519. Project in Technology Commercialization (3)

An environment for application of tools and techniques of technology management that offers real problems of managing a technology-based product. Considers effects of practical constraints upon the analysis, design and process, and focuses student’s capabilities on the solution of a practical problem and presentation of the solution. Prerequisite: 511 and two from: 512, 513, 515, 516.

520. Operations Design and Decision Making (3)

A managerial level examination of operations strategy with emphasis on application of quantitative models as guides to managerial decision making. Includes project management, product and service design, Just-In-Time (lean systems), mass customization, and quality management. Prerequisite: 501.

521. Manufacturing Systems Management (3)

An introduction to the principles and techniques necessary for the efficient design and operation of production and inventory planning, scheduling and control systems. Topics include master planning, capacity management, inventory control, production activity control, JIT, MRP and synchronous manufacturing. Prerequisite: 300 or 520.

522. Managerial Marketing (3)

Analysis of the marketing effort and decision-making process in private, not-for-profit and public institutions. Normative models for decision-making in different marketing situations. Analytical tools available for appraising, diagnosing, organizing, planning and implementing market plans. Analysis of economic, social and political forces leading to change in the market place. Development of concepts useful in evaluating marketing situations, including those in the international setting.

523. Service Operations Management (3)

This course focuses on developing strategic insight into the distinctive features of service delivery systems and developing and critiquing management techniques to address the unique challenges in the design and delivery of services. Prerequisite: 300 or 520.

524. Seminar on Mexican Economy Markets (3)

525. Management of Quality (3)

The strategic issues and management approaches surrounding quality improvement are discussed and critiqued. Tools for traditional variation control and reduction, as well as techniques to control and reduce human error, are also covered. Prerequisite: 300 or 520.

526. Financial Decision Making (3)

The finance function and its relation to other functions of a firm. Topics include: analysis and budgeting of funds, management of current assets, financing short-term and intermediate-term needs, planning long-term debt policy and capital structure, capital costs and budgeting, dividend policy, valuation, mergers and acquisition. Prerequisite: 501 and 502.

527. International Management Experiential Program (1-6)

528. Green Economy, Innovation and Entrepreneurship (3)

540. Financial Accounting I (3)

541. Financial Accounting II (3)

The application of advanced accounting principles to practical cases and accounting problems. Prerequisite: 340 or 540.

542. Seminar in Personal Tax Planning (3)

543. Seminar in Business Tax Planning (3)

Continuation of 542. Covers corporation, partnerships, estate and gift taxes, fiduciaries, tax planning and tax shelters. Prerequisite: 202 or 502. Corequisite: 540.

544. Assurance Services (3)

An examination of assurance processes involved in developing knowledge bases to support decision makers. The course will include auditing techniques and emerging issues such as ElderCare, Performance View, SysTrust and WebTrust will be explored. Prerequisite: 540. Corequisite: 541.

545. Seminar in Accounting Theory and Its Development (3)

The study of accounting literature with emphasis on the development and current state of accounting theory. Topics include early history, formal statements of principles, relation of economics and accounting and current controversial issues. Prerequisite: 540.

546. Financial Accounting III (3)

The advanced study of problems and theory related to advanced accounting topics including partnership operation and liquidation, consolidated financial statements, bankruptcy and corporate reorganization, government entities, not-for-profit entities, and estates and trusts. Prerequisite: 340 or 540. Corequisite: 541.

547. Tax Research, Procedure, Compliance and Practice (3)

Practical problems encountered in a tax practice emphasizing tax research and preparation necessary for resolving disputes with the IRS. Procedures and compliance requirements for initial filing of return to Appellate Conference with IRS will be covered. Prerequisite: 342 or 343 or 542 or 543.

548. Seminar in International Accounting (3)

International diversity in accounting theory and practice. Institutional, economic and cultural contexts of these differences. Locating differences within framework highlighting their importance for financial and managerial decision making. Developments harmonizing international accounting practice. Prerequisite: 202 or 502.

549. Accounting Information and Control Systems (3)

An examination of the relationship between computer-based management information systems and accounting applications for management control and financial reporting for complex organizations. Pre- or corequisite: 340 or 540.

550. Professional Accounting (3)

Professional Responsibility and concerns of auditors, tax practitioners, management consultants, and internal professionals. Structure of the profession, issues of ethics and responsibility, legal environment and future of the profession. Prerequisite: 340 or 540.

551. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

552. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

553. Internal Auditing (3)

Internal auditing standards, risk assessment, governance, ethics, audit techniques, and emerging issues. The course will focus on the knowledge base and skill set required for the professional internal audit becoming increasingly visible across all industries.

554. Professional Writing for Accountants (3)

Communication is central to the accounting profession. Course prepares accounting students to write effectively for both internal and external constituents, demonstrating the ability to engage information critically through preparing and presenting analysis of data and cases. Prerequisite: (341 or 541) and (443 or 544).

555. Advanced Auditing (3)

In-depth examination of auditor legal liability, ethics, audit procedures, statistical sampling, and audit research, while learning to incorporate computer-based audit techniques into specific audit programs and tests of controls. Prerequisite: 443.

556. Starting New Business (3)

This covers general topics and skills for embarking upon successful new enterprises either within large corporations or new independent companies. (Students interested in starting new technological ventures should consider MGMT 514, Technological Entrepreneurship.)

557. Launching an Entrepreneurial Business (3)

This course builds upon the experience of entrepreneurial companies that have gone through the idea, business plan, and funding phases and need to get started with implementing the activities.

559. Law for Accountants (3)

An intensive examination of legal concepts underlying accounting theory and practice, selected topic in contracts, uniform commercial code, debtor-creditor relationships, business associations, government regulation of business property and professional and legal responsibility of accountants. Prerequisite: 540.

560. Seminar in Cross-Cultural Organizational Behavior (3)

Comparative study of public and private organizations in the U.S.A., Asia and in selected European and Latin American countries. Emphasis on the influence of cultural and political factors on the management of human resources. Prerequisite: 506.

561. Interpersonal and Team Dynamics (3)

Exploration of the boundaries, strategic variables and substance of interpersonal relations. Particular emphasis upon effective communication strategies, and team building and maintenance. Prerequisite: 506.

562. Organizational Change and Development (3)

The course focuses on planned change to improve an organization’s problem-solving and renewal processes, particularly through a more effective and collaborative management of organization culture. Prerequisite: 506.

564. Human Resources Management: Theory and Applications (3)

Human Resources Management is designed to relate theory and concepts of the management of human resources to the personnel practices that occur in the organizational environment. Prerequisite: 506.

565. Internship in Organizational Behavior and Human Resources (3)

Students will be assigned to an organization where they will work on a project under the direction of a supervisor. Faculty provides oversight of individual field experience with classroom debriefings and follow-up.

566. Diversity in Human Relations (3)

A series of intensive experiences to develop self-awareness and diagnostic ability in interpersonal, group, organizational and community behavior. Special emphasis on the management of diverse groups in organizations. Prerequisite: 506.

567. Women in Management (3)

This course examines the changing role of women in the work force, especially in management. Focus is on the economic, political and sociocultural environment affecting managerial women.

568. Creative Leadership and Innovating Organizations (3)

This is a developmental seminar, constantly changing. Together we will seek to actively explore the dimensions of creative, transformational leaders and innovative learning organizations. Prerequisite: 506.

569. Negotiation Strategies (3)

This course addresses the theory and practice of negotiations. Through a combination of case studies, lectures and actual practice in negotiating, students learn to negotiate effectively.

570. Analysis of the Financial System (3)

Analysis of the financial system–capital markets, financial instruments and institutions, and regulatory agencies–in which both financial and nonfinancial firms operate. The demand for, and supply of, credit and capital. Study of the mechanisms of monetary adjustment and interest rate determination. The role of liquidity in risk management. Prerequisite: 526.

571. Investment Management (3)

Theory and techniques of investment management. Topics include theory and practice of portfolio construction, how investors view risk and return, importance of diversification, equity pricing theory, introduction to fixed-income securities and derivatives. Prerequisite: 526.

572. Securities Analysis (3)

Analysis of primary financial assets. Hands-on analyzing securities for portfolios that comprise the Investment Management Program. Focus on common stock, analyzed through fundamental analysis and technical analysis using data sources/software.

573. Seminar in Management of Financial Institutions (3)

Principles of the financial management of financial institutions emphasizing commercial banks. Analytical tools are developed for managing capital, liquidity, asset and liability structure and the extension of credit. Features computerized bank management simulation game, cases and selected readings. Prerequisite: 526.

574. Seminar in International Financial Management (3)

International flows of funds, balance of payments adjustment mechanism, role of international reserves, international financial institutions, corporate financial planning for foreign operations, including analysis of sources and uses of corporate funds abroad. Prerequisite: 526.

576. Seminar in Futures and Options (3)

Descriptive characteristics, fundamental valuation theory and trading strategies involved in futures and options markets. Prerequisite: 526.

577. Applications in Business Finance (3)

Analytical and planning techniques in managerial finance. Computer-based case applications of financial forecasting, credit analysis, capital budgeting, lease analysis, capital structure planning, firm valuation, firm failure resolution, mergers and acquisitions, derivatives and hedging.

578. Fixed Income Securities (3)

This course provides an integrated, self-contained analysis of the pricing of fixed income securities, which account for over one-half of the market value of all outstanding securities, and their derivatives. Prerequisite: 526.

579. Applied Investment Management (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

580. Buyer Behavior (3)

Study in behavior of consumer/buyers as decision makers through review of theories, models and research findings. Applications to marketing management strategy formulation. Prerequisite: 501 and 522.

581. Research for Marketing Management (3)

Study of research and information requirements for decision making and strategic planning in marketing. Emphasis on concepts, skills and knowledge needed by executives for evaluation research proposals and using research findings in developing marketing plans. Prerequisite: 501 and (322 or 522).

582. Marketing Strategy (3)

Analytical approach to strategy formulation for marketing management activities of global and domestic organizations. Uses analytical and logical methods for case analysis and behavioral simulations. Should be taken during last semester. Prerequisite: 522.

583. International Marketing Management (3)

Analysis of marketing opportunities abroad and major constraints and information needs in international marketing planning. Management of development and implementation of marketing mixes in different cultures and nations. Some special emphasis on Latin America. Prerequisite: 322 or 522.

584. Sales Management (3)

Critical examination of sales force management concepts and their implementation and application from a decision-making perspective. Encompasses the formulation, evaluation and control of a strategic sales program. Prerequisite: 322 or 522.

586. Strategic Logistics Management (3)

Management of logistics processes from both theoretical and applied viewpoints. Includes coverage of order processing, inventory management, transportation, warehousing and location. Special emphasis placed on measuring logistics value and financial control of logistics. Prerequisite: (300 or 520) and (322 or 522).

588. Supply Chain Strategy (3)

Develop an understanding of the strategic importance of the supply chain design, planning and operation. Coverage of analytical tools necessary to solve supply chain problems and key drivers of supply chain performance. Prerequisite: (300 or 520) and (322 or 522).

590. Advanced Corporate Taxation [Corporate Taxation] (3)

Tax planning for the creation, operation, liquidation and restructuring of regular and subchapter S corporations, including equity and other compensation planning and planning for distributions and redemptions. Prerequisite: 343 or 543.

591. Estate and Gift Taxation (3)

Tax planning to minimize transfers taxes, including the gift and the estate tax, using marital and other family transfers, valuation issues for transfer tax purposes and methods of transferring ownership within the family. Prerequisite: (342 or 343) or (542 or 543).

592. Partnership and LLC Taxation (3)

Tax planning for partnerships and limited liability companies, including entity classification and formation, sales and exchanges of partnership interests, liquidating and non-liquidating distributions and compensation paid to owners. Prerequisite: 343 or 543.

593. Real Estate Taxation (3)

Tax planning for the acquisition, development, operation and disposition of real estate, including entity choice, financing, taxable and tax-free sales and exchanges, limitations on losses and installment sales. Prerequisite: (342 or 343) or (542 or 543).

594. Special Topics in Management (3)

Selected offerings in management covering topics not represented in the regular curriculum.

595. Management in Latin America (3)

596. International Entrepreneurship (3)

597. International Strategy (3)

Identification and analysis of the sources of sustainable competitive advantage in global firms. Includes formulation and implementation of strategies in multinational and foreign firms, cross-border alliances, mergers and acquisitions, innovation, and diversification strategies. Prerequisite: 511.

598. The Strategic Management Process (3)

This course presents the principles for strategic management through case analysis. Cases are analyzed by drawing upon principles learned in other functional areas and then applying strategic principles to the case.

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Faculty-directed study, research, and writing to complete a Master's thesis. Restriction: permission of M.S. IA program advisor.

600. Perspectives on Management and Careers (1)

Skill-building and assessment for students to achieve high levels of success in a graduate business education. Must be completed within one semester of matriculation. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to M.B.A. program.

626. Accounting Data Analytics [Financial Management for Accountants] (3)

Students will learn basic analytic techniques, how to apply them and how to think critically about data and financial decisions made from that data. Prerequisite: 340 or 540. Restriction: permission of M.Acct. Accounting faculty advisor.

630. Management of Information Systems (3)

This course covers issues in managing information systems as corporate resources. Topics include strategic planning for information resources, organization of the information function, management of MIS enhancement, and/or development projects and trends in information technology. It stresses integration of information management with other functions within the firm.

631. Information System Project Management (3)

Managing information system development and procurement projects. Topics include planning, organizational and political environment, personnel, scheduling, budget, tracking, and automated project management tools.

632. Web Application Development (3)

Developing Web- and Internet-based information system applications. Topics include analysis, design, programming, tools and techniques. Not intended for students who have completed MGMT 461. Prerequisite: 330 or CS 152L or ECE 131. Restriction: permission of instructor.

633. Vendor and Contract Management (3)

This course focuses on IT project management concepts, with particular emphasis on managing vendors, contracts, and IT project risk. Prerequisite: 631.

634. Information Systems Analysis and Design (3)

Fundamentals of object-oriented systems analysis and design. Emphasis is on performing object-oriented modeling, using Unified Modeling language (UML), to define the requirements and design of information systems. Prerequisite: 330 or CS 152L. Restriction: permission of instructor.

635. Data Analytics (3)

A conceptual understanding of the key technical and managerial issues and the trends in the effective design, development, use, and evaluation of intelligent decision-support systems (DSS) and business intelligence (BI) systems in business organizations.

636. Information Systems Security (3)

637. Database Management Systems (3)

Introduction to the concepts and methods of database development and management in an MIS, Logical data organization, physical implementation and operational requirements. Review and discussion of commercial database management systems. Prerequisite: 330 or CS 152L. Restriction: permission of instructor.

638. Advanced Database Management (3)

This course focuses on database administration, configuration, security, fault tolerance, and performance. Prerequisite: 329 or 637.

639. Advanced Topics in Management Information Systems (3, no limit Δ)

Selected offerings in management information systems not represented in the regular curriculum.

640. Accounting for Not-for-Profit Organizations (3)

Theory and practice of financial accounting in not-for-profit organizations, public schools, universities and health organizations. Class will also address tax and audit issues for non-profit organizations. Prerequisite: 340 or 540.

641. Forensic Accounting (3)

Techniques and perspectives in the field of financial investigation: concepts of law; process of evidence, sources of information and differences between criminal and civil fraud investigations focus on accounting, banking and financial record keeping. Prerequisite: 642.

642. Fraud Examination (3)

This course provides an overview of the methodology of fraud examination which involves obtaining documentary evidence, interviewing witnesses and potential suspects, writing reports and testifying to findings. Also covers procedures to detect and deter fraud.

643. Governmental Accounting (3)

Accounting and reporting for governmental entities. Introduces the basic principles of governmental accounting, including fund accounting, budgetary process, budget accounting of revenues, appropriations, disbursements, and assessments. Prerequisite: 340 or 540.

644. Data Warehousing (3)

Data warehousing as applied to business intelligence. Subtopics include requirements gathering, data warehouse architecture, dimensional model design, physical database design, extracting, transforming, and loading strategies, introduction to business intelligence, data warehouse expansion and support. Prerequisite: 329 or 637.

645. Data Mining for Business Decisions (3)

Introduction of data mining techniques such as neutral networks, decision trees, classification and logistic regressions, etc. and how to use data mining techniques to transform large and complex data into actionable information for businesses. Prerequisite: 635.

646. Digital Forensics (3)

Introduce students to principles, techniques and tools used in digital forensics and investigations. Students will receive hands on experience using the most popular and current forensic tools and processing evidence. Prerequisite: 336 or corequisite: 636.

647. System and Network Administration (3)

System administration in both centralized and distributed information systems. Installation, operation, and maintenance of hardware and software resources. Technology, configuration, and management of computer networks.

648. Advanced Information System Security (3)

Technical aspects of information system security including system assessment, secure authentication, secure communication, cryptography, and wireless network security. Prerequisite: 336 or 636.

649. Information Assurance Project (3)

Students will leverage and apply the education received in information assurance courses and complete a multi-domain assessment of a departmental unit or small organization. Prerequisite: 336 or 636.

650. Competitive Analysis (3)

Examination of the major theoretical approaches to the analysis of macro-organizational issues, specifically the interplay between the organizations and its market, political, and social environments.

651. Regulation and Social Control of Business (3)

Government legislation and regulation of business activities in the U.S., including government controls of prices, regulation of public utilities, public ownership, economic planning and social regulation of environmental quality health and safety, etc.

652. Public Affairs and Public Relations (3)

Examination of principles and practices of public affairs and public relations to develop expertise in communication with the public and participating in public policy.

653. Environmental Sustainability and Business (3)

Intensive study of environmental responsibilities and effective strategies for environmental protection by corporations and other organizations. Topics range from current challenges to address environmental issues to innovative works of advanced thinkers about the natural environment. Recommended prerequisite: 508.

654. Advanced Legal Topics for Managers (3)

Topics include corporate governance relationships, product liability, administrative law, white collar crime, and other contemporary legal issues relevant to an ever-changing business environment.

655. Washington Campus Program (3)

One week intensive “Washington Back-Stage: A Primer on the Public Policy Process for M.B.A. Students.” Three sessions offered (spring break, late May and late June). Limited enrollment; special application required. Additional fees for travel and cost of the program.

657. Nonprofit Management (3)

Introduction to the challenges of managing a nonprofit organization with a special emphasis on creativity and social entrepreneurship.

658. Managerial Ethics (3)

This seminar will help managers and other professionals identify the ethical dimensions of issues and dilemmas they face, and provide processes and tools to create more ethical organizations. Prerequisite: 508.

663. Employment Law (3)

697 / 497. Internship (1-3, to a maximum of 6 Δ)

700. Management Perspectives (1)

Establishes the conceptual foundation of the EMBA program. Prepares students to function effectively in a collaborative learning environment and as members of productive work teams. Includes individual assessment of management/personality profile to gain insights into leadership and communication styles. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

701. Statistical Analysis for Management Decisions (3)

The practical applications of statistics and the analysis of data to make meaningful organizational decisions. Topics include probability, sampling, confidence intervals, hypothesis testing, regression analysis, and quality improvement.

702. Financial Reporting Systems (3)

Accounting concepts and procedures used to prepare corporate financial statements: Balance Sheet, Income Statement and Statement of Cash Flows. Reporting choices within Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in deriving performance measures and the analysis and interpretation of financial data.

703. Accounting for Management Planning and Control (3)

The derivation and use of accounting information to manage strategic and operational choices, determine pricing and profitability, control costs and evaluate performance. Spreadsheets are used to solve managerial accounting problems and to make sound business decisions.

704. Economics for Managers (3)

A survey of both microeconomics, the study of individual and organizational decision-making, and macroeconomics, which investigates national and international concerns. Economic theory will be complemented by practical applications and discussions of current policy issues affecting business.

706. Organizational Behavior and Diversity (3)

Draws on behavioral science research and theory as a basis for understanding, managing and changing organizations. Through experiential learning, examines individual and group behavior; communication, power and politics; conflict resolution and negotiation; and motivating and managing a diverse workforce.

707. Executive Leadership (2)

Further grounding in organizational behavior issues, with a special emphasis on assessing leadership competencies and changing corporate cultures. Includes self-assessments, analyses of leading companies, skill building strategies and direct application of material to individual work settings.

708. Contemporary Ethical and Legal Issues for Organizations (3)

Examines the roles and responsibilities of business, relationships with stakeholders, key legal concepts and ethical decision-making processes by individual managers. Blends theory and application for more effective responses to the external environment, including political and social interests.

711. Management of Technology and Innovation (3)

Employs a multi-disciplinary approach to understanding how to maximize competitive advantage through technological innovation. Provides the concepts and tools needed to manage effectively in changing technological environments.

712. Business Communications (3)

The elements of written and oral business communication. Addresses grammar, rhetoric, style, audience analysis, format, presentation and delivery. Effective communication strategies for professional settings are defined through various assignments including memos, proposals and individual/group presentations.

720. Operations Management (3)

Survey of use of decision-making methods and models in the management and control of manufacturing, distribution, and service operating systems. Utilizes readings, problem solving, and projects to understand and apply concepts.

722. Marketing Management (3)

Overview of concepts and theories related to consumer behavior/segmentation, marketing research, competitive positioning, marketing information systems, distribution, pricing, promotional considerations and relationship marketing. Focuses on products and services, and the creation of an actual marketing plan.

726. Financial Management (3)

Examines the role of finance in management including working capital management, the pricing of capital, the valuation of real assets and financial securities, and the sources of capital and their costs.

728. Global Business Environment (2)

Strategies for entering new international markets and managing international operations. Discussion of cultural differences, regional economic integration, and emerging markets, with special emphasis on implications for New Mexico’s economy and the border with Mexico.

751. Practicum (1-3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Second-year students choose one of the following options: 1) participation in international seminar including study trip abroad; 2) attendance at “Washington Campus” and follow-on research paper; 3) enrollment in approved M.B.A. elective; or 4) completion of independent research project.

755. Washington Campus for Executive M.B.A. Students (3)

Enrollment in Executive M.B.A. session on site at Washington Campus. Significant research project on topic related to business-government relations or current public policy issue. Additional fees for travel and cost of the program. Restriction: admitted to Executive M.B.A. program.

794. Special Topics (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ [2 to a maximum of 4 Δ])

Offered during the second year, based on current business issues and student interest.

798. Strategic Management (3)

The application of strategic management concepts, principles and techniques through case analyses. Draws upon professional experience and concepts learned in other functional areas to develop a general management perspective and the ability to impact organizational direction and performance.

Modern Language (MLNG)

101. Approaches to Languages and Cultures (3)

An interdisciplinary approach to the interplay of languages and cultures in Europe and Asia. Focus on the role of language in comparative cultural practices and cross-cultural encounters.

105. Supplemental Language Studies (1-3, no limit Δ)

Provides supplementary language work for special 101 and 102 language sections. Students must be enrolled in the special section in enroll for this class.

457. Topics in Languages Studies (3, no limit Δ)

Repeated courses require advisor’s approval.

459. Languages Capstone (3)

This course uses critical, reflective inquiry to develop students’ understanding of identity formation through language and intercultural learning. Students will analyze language learning experiences using current theories of identity and intercultural development. Prerequisite: 101 or LING 101.

497. Undergraduate Problems (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

500. Teaching Practicum (1-3)

Introduction to Second Language Acquisition Theory and Practice with an emphasis on the communicative methodology.

501. Professional Development Colloquium (1)

A series of workshops designed to help graduate students of the Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures with aspects of their professional development.

551. Graduate Problems (1-6, no limit Δ)

580. Seminar in Modern Languages and Literatures (1-6, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as COMP 580) Repeated courses require advisor’s approval.

Military Science and Leadership (MLSL)

101. Introduction to Leadership I (1)

An introduction to the personal challenges and competencies that are critical for effective leadership. Students learn how critical thinking, goal setting, time management, physical fitness, and stress-management relate to leadership, officership, and the Army profession.

101L. Introduction to Leadership Lab I (1)

Training on basic soldier tasks and skills, such as land navigation, basic rifle marksmanship and movement as a member of a fire team and rifle squad. Practical application of field craft and soldier skills in a tactical environment. Corequisite: 101.

102. Introduction to Leadership II (1)

Further leadership fundamentals such as problem-solving, oral and written communication skills, and tactical composition are explored. Students explore dimensions of leadership values, attributes, skills, and actions in the context of practical, hands-on, and interactive exercises.

102L. Introduction to Leadership Lab II (1)

Continuation of 101L. Foundations of Officership Lab. Corequisite: 102.

201. Foundations of Tactical Leadership I (2)

A basic study of leadership principles through an exploration of the dimensions of creative and innovative tactical leadership strategies and styles by examining leadership values and attributes, fundamentals of leadership, and basic tactical theory.

201L. Foundations of Tactical Leadership Lab I (1)

Builds on the topics covered in 101L and 102L. Further in-depth training on basic soldier tasks and skills, such as land navigation, basic rifle marksmanship and movement as a member of a fire team and rifle squad. Practical application of field craft and soldier skills in a tactical environment. Corequisite: 201.

202. Foundations of Tactical Leadership II (2)

Further analysis of tactical leadership focusing on terrain analysis, patrolling, and operation orders are studied. Additionally, a study of the leadership theories, communication, and the smooth transition into MSL 301 are given.

202L. Foundations of Tactical Leadership Lab II (1)

Continuation of 201L. Individual Leadership Studies Lab. Corequisite: 202.

225. Directed Studies (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Individual directed studies under supervision of designated faculty. Restriction: permission of instructor.

229. Military Fitness I (1 to a maximum of 4 Δ)

Course is designed to teach cadets the principles of fitness, proper nutrition and a healthy lifestyle while exposing them to various methodologies of personal fitness. Can substitute for non-professional physical education courses, subject to college’s limits.

230. Military Fitness II (1 to a maximum of 4 Δ)

Continuation of 229. Can substitute for non-professional physical education courses, subject to college’s limits.

*301. Adaptive Tactical Leadership (3)

Cadets are challenged to study, practice, and evaluate adaptive leadership skills as they are presented with challenging scenarios related to squad tactical operations. Cadets receive systematic and specific feedback on their leadership attributes and actions. Corequisite: *301L. Restriction: permission of instructor.

*301L. Adaptive Tactical Leadership Lab (1)

Planning, coordination, execution and evaluation of training and activities with basic course students and ROTC program. Students develop and refine leadership skills in position of responsibility. Corequisite: *301. Restriction: permission of instructor.

*302. Leadership in Changing Environments (3)

Cadets receive increasingly intense situational leadership challenges to build awareness and skills in leading tactical operations. Cadets review aspects of combat, stability, and support operations in preparation for the Leadership Development and Assessment Course. Prerequisite: *301. Corequisite: *302L.

*302L. Leadership in Changing Environments Lab (1)

Practice and refinement of leadership skills. Different roles assigned for students at different levels in the program. Planning, coordination, execution and evaluation of training and activities with basic course students and ROTC program. Corequisite: *302.

303. Military History of the United States (3)

The course covers military history from early colonial warfare in the eighteenth century to the global war on terrorism in the twenty-first century. This is a distance learning course. Restriction: permission of instructor.

*325. Advanced Directed Studies (1-4, may be repeated twice Δ [1-4])

Individual directed studies of advanced subjects under supervision of designated faculty. Restriction: permission of instructor.

*350. Advanced Camp (6)

Required six week summer internship conducted at Fort Lewis, Washington. Course environment is highly structured and demanding stressing leadership at small-unit level. Course performance weighs heavily in types of commission and branch assignment offered. Prerequisite: *301 and *301L and *302 and *302L. Restriction: permission of instructor.

*401. Developing Adaptive Leaders (3)

A course to develop proficiency in planning, executing, and assessing complex operations, functioning as a member of a staff, and providing performance feedback to subordinates. Cadets assess risk, make ethical decisions, and lead fellow cadets. Prerequisite: *301 and *301L and *302 and *302L. Corequisite: *401L.

*401L. Developing Adaptive Leaders Lab (1)

Different roles assigned for students at different levels in the program. Practice and refinement of leadership skills. Planning coordination, execution and evaluation of training and activities with basic course students and ROTC program. Corequisite: *401.

*402. Leadership in a Complex World (3)

A course in exploring the dynamics of leading in the complex situations of current military operations, examining customs and courtesies, military law, principles of war, and rules of engagement in the face of international terrorism. Prerequisite: *401 and *401L. Corequisite: *402L.

*402L. Leadership in a Complex World Lab (1)

Different roles assigned for students at different levels in the program. Practice and refinement of leadership skills. Planning, coordination, execution and evaluation of training and activities with basic course students and ROTC program. Corequisite: *402.

*425. Practicum (1-4, may be repeated twice Δ [1-4])

Independent projects conducted under the direction of designated faculty and concerned with analysis of selected leadership or management problems. Restriction: permission of instructor.

429. Military Fitness III (1 to a maximum of 4 Δ)

Course prepares cadets for their roles as military leaders by teaching various ways to conduct military fitness training. Goal is to expose cadets to many different training methods while instilling the Army physical fitness ethos. Restriction: permission of instructor.

430. Military Fitness IV (1 to a maximum of 4 Δ)

Continuation of 429. Can substitute for non-professional physical education courses, subject to college's limits. Restriction: permission of instructor.

Medical Physics (MPHY)

505. Selected Topics in Medical Physics (1-5 to a maximum of 10 Δ)

The course provides a format to teach current information in medical physics which are not now provided by existing courses. Subject area varies depending upon for education in a particular area and the faculty member involved. Restriction: permission of instructor.

516. Medical Imaging I X-ray Physics (3)

Course provides review of x-ray interactions, x-ray production, film-screen and film processing, mammography, fluoroscopy, image quality, digital radiography, physics of computed tomography, PACS and digital systems, and diagnostic radiation shielding. Corequisite: 517L. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall}

517L. Medical Imaging Laboratory I X-ray Physics (1)

Perform QC on a diagnostic x-ray system, a fluoroscopy system, CR system, DR system, CT scanner, mammography system. Evaluate radiation shielding in a diagnostic x-ray room. Perform a digital monitor evaluation and evaluate a film processor. Corequisite: 516. Restriction: permission of instructor.

518. Medical Imaging II MR Ultrasound and Nuclear Medicine Physics (3)

MR basic physics, MR imaging equipment, and ultrasound imaging physics. Nuclear medicine imaging physics including: radioactive decay, isotope production, detector systems, Na I gamma camera imaging systems, PET/SPECT cameras systems, regulations and patient dose calculations. Corequisite: 519L. Restriction: permission of instructor.

519L. Medical Imaging II MR Ultrasound and Nuclear Medicine Physics (1)

Perform MRI ACR QC tests and Ultrasound ACR QA tests. Perform QC tests on dose calibrator, gamma camera, PET camera, SPECT camera. Perform a leak test on a sealed radioactive material source. Visit a PET cyclotron. Corequisite: 518. Restriction: permission of instructor.

527. Radiation Biology for Engineers and Scientists (3)

(Also offered as NE 527) Covering fundamentals of the biological effects of ionizing radiation on living systems, especially man; basic biological mechanisms which bring about somatic and genetic effects; and the effect of ionizing radiation on cell cultures. Restriction: permission of instructor.

540. Radiation Oncology Physics (3)

The course will cover the operation of linear accelerators, measurement of absorbed dose and quality of x-ray beams, dose distribution and scatter analysis, and clinical dose calculations for electron and photon beams. Techniques such as IMRT, total body irradiation, and SRS will be discussed. Brachytherapy treatment planning including HDR, LDR and intravascular treatments will be covered. Corequisite: 541L. Restriction: permission of instructor.

541L. Radiation Oncology Physics Laboratory (3)

Complete a number of clinical treatment plans, participate in the annual calibration of a linear accelerator, acquire basic photon and electron dose data for a computerized treatment planning system, perform several brachytherapy treatment plans including HDR and LDR plans, and perform an IMRT QA validation. Corequisite: 540. Restriction: permission of instructor.

591. Practicum (3 or 6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

(Also offered as NE 591) Professional practice experience in radiation protection and environmental measurements in non-traditional settings under the guidance of health physicists and radiation protection engineers. Internship arrangement with a local facility employing health physicists or related personnel such as a national laboratory, analytical facility, or hospital. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

Mathematics, Science and Educational Technology (MSET)

365. Technology Integration for Effective Instruction (3)

Students explore constructivist learning theory as it applies to educational technology as a tool in the learning environment and examine the impact of technology in relation to the changing role of the teacher.

391 / 591. Problems (1-3)

(Also offered as EDUC 391)

*429. Teaching of Secondary Mathematics (3)

Corequisite: EDUC 362. Restriction: permission of instructor.

431. Teaching of Secondary Sciences (3)

The methods, processes, content, assessment and management of inquiry-based learning for the secondary science classroom. (Grades 7–12).

492. Workshop (1-4 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

(Also offered as EDUC 492)

493 / 593. Topics (1-3, no limit Δ)

Undergraduate and or graduate credit for students in Teacher Education working with faculty in specific topics identified by the course title.

515. Teaching Environmental Education (3)

An exploration of specific teaching and learning methodologies for facilitating environmental literacy within a variety of education settings.

530. Seminar in Science Teaching (3)

This course addresses current and historical issues in science teaching and learning. Course topics may vary and are grounded in relevant research, current practice, learning theories, supervision, standards in teaching and cognition.

565. Diagnostic and Corrective Techniques in Mathematics Teaching (3)

This course has two primary objectives: assessment and remediation. Assessment is accomplished through quantitative and qualitative measures while remediation is reached through corrective measures suggested by the results of assessment.

567. Infusing Technology into K-12 Instruction (3)

In this course, teachers learn from readings, activities, assignments, and discussions designed to develop a professional knowledge base concerning standards-based teaching and learning with technology across the K-12 curriculum.

570. Digital Game-Based Learning (3)

Develop professional knowledge, skills, and dispositions for using technology, digital games, and interactive learning environments to promote learning and independent inquiry utilizing standardized K-12 curricula. Make curriculum accessible to students while strengthening digital citizenship through instructional approaches.

571. Multimedia Literacy for Educators (3)

(Also offered as EDUC 571) Prepares teachers and teacher educators to use the digital tools needed to create, deconstruct, share, and leverage multimodal forms of communication for teaching and learning. The class is an introduction to Media Literacy Education (MLE).

591 / 391. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

593 / 493. Topics (1-3, no limit Δ)

Undergraduate and or graduate credit for students in Teacher Education working with faculty in specific topics identified by the course title.

595. Advanced Field Experiences (3-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

(Also offered as EDUC 595) Planned and supervised advanced professional laboratory or field experiences in agency or institutional settings.

596. Internship (3-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

(Also offered as EDUC 596)

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as EDUC 599) Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

690. Dissertation Seminar (3)

(Also offered as EDUC 690)

696. Internship (3-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

(Also offered as EDUC 696)

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as EDUC 699) Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Museum Studies (MSST)

407 / 507. Museum Practices (3)

(Also offered as ARTH 407 / 507) History, philosophy and purposes of museums. Techniques and problems of museum administration, education, collection, exhibition, conservation and public relations. {Offered every academic year}

429 / 529. Topics in Museum Studies (1-3, no limit Δ)

An in-depth analysis of a specific topic in Museum Studies. May be repeated as subject matter changes. Prerequisite: 407 or ARTH 407.

475 / 575. Museum Interpretation (3)

Public education within museum contexts, including exhibit research, planning, development, production; traveling trunks, booklets, outreach, public programming, evaluation, and digital and virtual applications. Prerequisite: 407 or ARTH 407. {Every academic year}

476 / 576. Museum Collection Management (3)

Method, theory, and practice of collection management, including acquisitions, law, ethics, organization, storage and retrieval, environmental controls, security, stabilization, risk management, and data management. Prerequisite: 407 or ARTH 407. {Every academic year}

485 / 585. Seminar in Museum Methods (3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as ANTH, ARTH 485 / 585) Theoretical and practical work in specific museum problems. May be repeated as subject matter changes. Prerequisite: 407 or ARTH 407. {Offered upon demand}

486 / 586. Practicum: Museum Methods (1-3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as ANTH, ARTH 486 / 586) Practicum in museum methods and management. Prerequisite: 407 or ARTH 407. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Offered upon demand}

507 / 407. Museum Practices (3)

(Also offered as ARTH 507 / 407) History, philosophy and purposes of museums. Techniques and problems of museum administration, education, collection, exhibition, conservation and public relations. {Offered every academic year}

529 / 429. Topics in Museum Studies (1-3, no limit Δ)

An in-depth analysis of a specific topic in Museum Studies. May be repeated as subject matter changes. Prerequisite: 507 or ARTH 507.

575 / 475. Museum Interpretation (3)

576 / 476. Museum Collection Management (3)

585 / 485. Seminar in Museum Methods (3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as ANTH, ARTH 585 / 485) Theoretical and practical work in specific museum problems. May be repeated as subject matter changes. Prerequisite: 507 or ARTH 507. {Offered upon demand}

586 / 486. Practicum: Museum Methods (1-3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as ANTH, ARTH 586 / 486) Practicum in museum methods and management. Prerequisite: 507 or ARTH 507. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Offered upon demand}

598. Graduate Project (1-6 to a maximum of 15 Δ)

Projects must be museum-based: exhibits, films, educational programs, collection curation, field collection and analysis, or other museum endeavors. Must be original contributions to museums or the profession, and demonstrate contemporary knowledge of museum methods, theory and practice. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to M.A. Museum Studies or M.S. Museum Studies, and advisor approval.

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Restriction: admitted to M.A. Museum Studies or M.S. Museum Studies.

Music (MUS)

101. Concert Music (0, no limit Δ)

Increasing the understanding of music and music performance through exposure to a wide variety of repertory, performance styles, media and techniques. Attendance at a specified number of approved music performances is required. (HL) Offered on a CR/NC basis only. {Fall, Spring}

102. Music Theory for the Non-Major (3)

Staff. Students will develop awareness of basic elements of melody, rhythm, harmony, form and expression through involvement as singers, players, creators, movers, listeners and readers of music. Designed for students with little or no musical training. (NM) {Fall, Spring}

104. Group Piano I for Non-Majors (1)

Dalager Keyboard fundamentals, including key and chord relationships. Opportunities exist for the creative exploration of piano sound, with repertoire assigned for the individual student's current ability. Open only to non-music majors. (NM) {Summer, Fall, Spring}

109. Group Voice I (1, no limit Δ)

Staff Open to beginners in voice except voice performance majors. May be repeated for credit with permission of department chairperson (or dean). (V)

110. Group Voice II (1, no limit Δ)

Staff May be repeated for credit with permission of department chairperson (or dean). (V) Prerequisite: 109.

111. Group Piano I (1, no limit Δ)

Dalager. Beginning repertoire, sight-reading, basic major-key scale and chord patterns. Open only to music majors and to music and music education minors; priority given to students with a piano proficiency requirement. Not open to keyboard majors. Instructor permission required. May be repeated for credit with permission of department chairperson (or dean) and instructor. (PI) {Fall, Spring}

112. Group Piano II (1, no limit Δ)

Dalager. Late elementary repertoire, sight-reading moving out of the five-finger position, minor scale and chord patterns. Not open to keyboard majors. Priority given to music majors and minors but open to all students. (PI) Enrollment requires instructor’s approval. May be repeated for credit with permission of department chairperson (or dean) and instructor. Prerequisite: 111. {Fall, Spring}

116. Group Guitar I (2)

Silva Students will learn to read music and play melodies, chords and simple songs. Emphasis on classical curriculum, supplemented with instruction in other styles, including rock, blues and jazz. (NM) Student must supply instrument (classical, nylon-string guitar). {Fall, Spring}

117. Group Guitar II (2)

Silva For students who have completed 116 or have some basic guitar skills. Emphasis on classical curriculum, supplemented with instruction in other styles, including folk, rock, blues and jazz. (NM) Student must supply instrument (classical, nylon-string guitar). {Fall, Spring}

124. Group Violin I (1, no limit Δ)

Fredenburgh. For non-music majors, or as secondary instrumental study for music majors. Cannot satisfy degree requirements for music majors. May be repeated for credit with permission of department chairperson or college dean. (NM) Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall, Spring}

125. Group Violin II (1, no limit Δ)

Fredenburgh. Continuation of 124. For non-majors, or as secondary instrumental study for music majors. Cannot satisfy degree requirements for majors. May be repeated for credit with permission of department chairperson or college dean. (NM) Prerequisite: 124. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall, Spring}

130. Music Fundamentals (2)

Staff Introduction to basic notation, including staves, clefs, scales, key signatures, meter, rhythm, intervals, triad qualities. (TC) For music majors or minors possessing insufficient background for enrollment in MUS 150. Credit not applicable to a music degree. Corequisite: 130L. {Fall}

130L. Music Fundamentals Aural Lab (2)

Staff Aural skill training in material covered in 130, with emphasis on rhythmic and melodic dictation, aural identification of intervals, scales and triad qualities, and sightsinging of rhythms, intervals and simple melodies. (TC) For music majors or minors possessing insufficient background for enrollment in MUS 150L. Credit not applicable to a music degree. Corequisite: 130. {Fall}

139. Music Appreciation (3)

J. Lau, Swalin, Staff Designed to expand the student’s ability to listen actively to Western classical art music; a survey of the various genres, including chamber music, symphonic and vocal repertoire. Includes live guest performances. Attendance at several on-campus concerts required. No musical background necessary. (NM) Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area V: Humanities and Fine Arts (NMCCN 1113). {Summer, Fall, Spring}

141. Popular World Music (3)

Ney Popular music styles from around the world, such as Reggae, Ska, Samba, Salsa, Flamenco, and Afropop, and artists such as Bob Marley, Ladysmith Black Mambazo, Tito Puente. No musical background necessary. (NM) {Summer, Fall, Spring}

142. Rock Music Appreciation (3)

Kostur An introduction to the fundamentals of music and the development of listening skills through the examination of rock music, including its history, styles and significance in the realm of popular music. No musical background necessary. (NM) {Summer, Fall, Spring}

143. University Chorus (1, no limit Δ)

Staff. A large mixed choral ensemble performing important works of the choral literature. Approximately 120 singers, including a diverse mix of students, faculty, staff, and community members of all ages and backgrounds. No audition required. (E) Maximum of 8 credit hours allowed toward degrees in the College of Fine Arts, in the College of Education, and in the B.A. in Liberal Arts and B.I.S. degrees; maximum of 4 credit hours allowed towards degrees in other colleges. {Fall, Spring}

150. Music Theory I (2)

Bashwiner, Hurtado, Staff Fundamentals, part-writing and harmonic analysis: introduction to diatonic theory. (TC) Corequisite: 150L. {Fall}

150L. Music Theory I Aural Lab (2)

Perception through sound of diatonic materials, with special emphasis on melodic, rhythmic and harmonic dictation and the singing of simple melodies, rhythms and intervals. (TC) Corequisite: 150. {Fall}

152. Music Theory II (2)

Bashwiner, Hurtado, Staff Continuation of 150. Further part-writing using diatonic materials; modulation and tonicization. (TC) Prerequisite: 150 and 150L. Corequisite: 152L. {Spring}

152L. Music Theory II Aural Lab (2)

Continuation of 150L. Development of accurate perception of diatonic materials through more dictation, sight-singing and rhythmic studies. Greater emphasis on musicianship. (TC) Prerequisite: 150 and 150L. Corequisite: 152. {Spring}

170. String Pedagogy Seminar I (2, may be repeated once Δ)

Collins, Kempter Essentials for studio teachers, including studio accounts, establishing studio policies and parent education. Kinesthetic and physiologic considerations related to introducing students to the instrument. Suzuki Books 1 and 2 will be covered. (P) Corequisite: 170L. {Fall, Spring}

170L. String Pedagogy Lab I (1, may be repeated once Δ)

Collins, Kempter Students will spend a minimum of two hours per week observing and consulting with a professional string specialist from the community in order to compare and contrast teaching and pedagogical approaches. Course fee required. (P) Corequisite: 170. {Fall, Spring}

172. Jazz History (3)

E. Lau, Tatum A study of the evolution of jazz in the United States from its beginnings to the present. (NM) Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area V: Humanities and Fine Arts. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

209. Diction for Singers I (2)

C. Sheinberg The International Phonetic Alphabet and its application to singing in English, Italian and Latin. (V) Restriction: pre-admitted or admitted to B.A. Music or B.M. Music or B.M.E. Music Education. {Fall}

210. Diction for Singers II (2)

C. Sheinberg A continuation of 209. Pronunciation of German and French in singing. (V) Prerequisite: 209. Restriction: pre-admitted or admitted to B.A. Music or B.M. Music or B.M.E. Music Education. {Spring}

211. Group Piano III (1, no limit Δ)

Dalager. Intermediate repertoire, reading skill, chord and scale patterns. Not open to keyboard majors. Priority given to music majors and minors but open to all students. (PI) Enrollment requires instructor’s approval. May be repeated for credit with permission of department chairperson (or dean) and instructor. Prerequisite: 112. {Fall, Spring}

212. Group Piano IV (1, no limit Δ)

Dalager. Late intermediate to early advanced repertoire and sight-reading. Review of scales and chords. Not open to keyboard majors. Priority given to music majors and minors but open to all students. (PI) Enrollment requires instructor’s approval. May be repeated for credit with permission of department chairperson (or dean) and instructor. Prerequisite: 211. {Fall, Spring}

214. Piano Proficiency (0)

Dalager. For music majors only. Examination of ability to perform major and minor scales and cadence patterns, sightreading and repertory at a basic level of proficiency. Harmonization and scorereading also required for Music Education majors. (PI) Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

231. Chamber Music (1, no limit Δ)

Practice, performance and study of chamber music. Includes various combinations of strings, brasses, woodwinds, percussion, guitars, piano and voices. Specific ensemble offerings are announced each semester in the Schedule of Classes. (E) Preference given to music majors. {Fall, Spring}

232. Early Music Ensemble (1, no limit Δ)

C. Sheinberg A vocal and instrumental ensemble specializing in the performance of music of the Middle Ages, Renaissance and early Baroque. (E) Open to all students, but enrollment requires instructor’s approval. {Fall, Spring}

236. Introduction to Improvisation (1, may be repeated twice Δ)

Kostur. An introductory course in musical improvisation. Activities include singing, playing familiar tunes by ear and learning of tonal functions. Basic aspects of jazz harmony, vocabulary and style are introduced during the latter part of the semester. (JS) May be repeated for credit with permission of department chairperson (or dean). {Fall}

237. Jazz Improvisation I (1)

J. Marchiando. Continuation of 236. Course addresses forms of jazz tunes, idiomatic jazz vocabulary (patterns) associated with ii-V7-I chord progressions and jazz theory including chord/scale relationships. (JS) Prerequisite: 236. {Spring}

238. Jazz Theory/Keyboard (2)

Kostur Music theory as applied to jazz music. Introduction to chord/scale theory, chord nomenclature, common harmonic progressions and substitutions. Keyboard includes basic jazz chord voicings and progressions. (JS) Prerequisite: 152. {Fall, alternate years}

239. Spirit Marching Band (1, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as MUSE 239) Rombach, Simons. The Spirit Marching Band performs at all UNM home football games. The marching band is open to all students at UNM and CNM. Each member receives a monetary stipend upon completion of the season. (E) Maximum of 8 credit hours allowed toward degrees in the College of Fine Arts, in the College of Education, and in the B.A. in Liberal Arts and B.I.S. degrees; maximum of 4 credit hours allowed towards degrees in other colleges. {Fall, Spring}

250. Music Theory III (2)

Bashwiner, Hurtado Continuation of 152. Introduction to chromaticism and modulation to remote key areas. (TC) Prerequisite: 152 and 152L. Corequisite: 250L. {Fall}

250L. Music Theory III Aural Lab (2)

Continuation of 152L. Advanced singing and dictation correlated with the materials in 250. (TC) Prerequisite: 152 and 152L. Corequisite: 250. {Fall}

252. Music Theory IV (2)

Bashwiner, Hurtado Continuation of 250. Continuation of chromatic harmony and analysis. (TC) Prerequisite: 250 and 250L. Corequisite: 252L. {Spring}

252L. Music Theory IV Aural Lab (2)

Continuation of 250L. Advanced ear-training, mastering chromatic melodies and clefs. (TC) Prerequisite: 250 and 250L. Corequisite: 252. {Spring}

254. Introduction to Composition in the Western Tradition (2)

Gilbert Includes modal composition work in tonal and post-tonal idioms and readings in aesthetics, theory, notation and orchestration. Problems in vocal composition are considered. (TC) Prerequisite: 150 and 150L. {Spring}

270. String Pedagogy Seminar II (2, may be repeated once Δ)

Collins, Kempter Development of elementary musical skills and techniques, including scales, shifting and vibrato. Approaches to teach children to read music will be covered. Suzuki Books 3 and 4 will be covered. (P) Student must have completed 4 hours of MUS 170 and 2 hours of MUS 170L to enroll. Restriction: permission of instructor. Corequisite: 270L. {Fall, Spring}

270L. String Pedagogy Lab II (1, may be repeated once Δ)

Collins, Kempter Students will teach private and homogeneous group lessons in the University of New Mexico Music Preparatory School. Supervision and guidance will be provided regularly via observation, videotaping, and discussion in the pedagogy seminar. (P) Student must have completed 4 hours of MUS 170 and 2 hours of MUS 170L to enroll. Corequisite: 270. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall, Spring}

305. Composition I (2)

Obermueller Beginning compositional techniques, introducing 20th-century harmony. (TC) Prerequisite: 254. {Fall}

306. Composition II (2)

Obermueller Beginning compositional techniques, introducing 20th-century harmony. Continuation of 305. (TC) Prerequisite: 305. {Spring}

309. Form and Analysis (2)

Hermann Introduction to structure and long-range harmonic analysis. Emphasis on common-practice music: binary and ternary, sonata-allegro, rondo, concerto, variation and contrapuntal forms. (TC) Open only to undergraduates enrolled in the music performance program leading to the Bachelor of Music; exceptions may be made with permission of the chairperson of the Department of Music. Prerequisite: 252 and 252L. {Fall, alternate years}

311 / 511. Fundamentals of Music Technology (2-3)

314. Theory and Composition Keyboard Proficiency (0)

Hermann Examination of student's ability to demonstrate basic proficiency in the piano skills needed to teach lower-division undergraduate theory courses. For B.M. Theory and Composition concentration students only. (PI) Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Prerequisite: 252 and 252L. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall, Spring}

325 / 525. Post-Tonal Theory (3)

Hermann Twentieth-century theoretical techniques applied analytically to all music of the century. Scales, modes, set-theory, twelve-tone theory, minimalist techniques, timbral design and specific compositional methods (Messiaen, Cage, Carter, Stockhausen) will be discussed with some rudimentary ear-training. (TC) Prerequisite: 250. {Fall, alternate years}

330. Opera Studio (1, no limit Δ)

Ditlow, Shepperson, Umphrey Study of opera through performance, including improvisational technique, movement and character development. Participation in opera scenes and/or larger productions as assigned. Music-reading proficiency required. Admission by audition; preference given to junior and senior vocal majors. (E) Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall, Spring}

332. Sinfonia (1, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as MUSE 332) Conducted string chamber orchestra of violins (1st and 2nd), violas, cellos and string basses. Repertory from pre-baroque through present. Open to all university students and community members by audition. Contact instructor for audition requirements. (E) Maximum of 8 credit hours allowed toward degrees in the College of Fine Arts, in the College of Education, and in the B.A. in Liberal Arts and B.I.S. degrees; maximum of 4 credit hours allowed towards degrees in other colleges. {Fall, Spring}

333 [233]. Symphony Orchestra (1, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as MUSE 333) Pérez-Gómez. Study and public performance of symphonic literature. Auditions required. (E) Maximum of 8 credit hours allowed toward degrees in the College of Fine Arts, in the College of Education, and in the B.A. in Liberal Arts and B.I.S. degrees; maximum of 4 credit hours allowed towards degrees in other colleges. {Fall, Spring}

334 [234]. Jazz Band (1, no limit Δ)

Buckholz, Kostur. Modern jazz ensemble of 20 or more that performs music representing various styles of big band jazz, rock and pop. Auditions required. (E) {Fall, Spring}

336. Jazz Improvisation II (1)

Kostur Continuation of 237, focusing on chromaticism, chord alterations (with associated chord/scale implications), execution of ii-V7-I patterns in all minor keys and analysis of transcribed solos of jazz masters. (JS) Prerequisite: 237. {Fall, alternate years}

337. Jazz Improvisation III (1)

Kostur Continuation of 336, introducing modern jazz compositions containing nonfunctional and polytonal harmony, with appropriate chord-scale implications and jazz vocabulary. Analysis of transcribed solos of modern jazz masters is also required. (JS) Prerequisite: 336. {Spring, alternate years}

338. Jazz Arranging (2)

Kostur Introduction to jazz arranging and scoring techniques for jazz small groups and big bands. Includes voicing for horns, writing for rhythm sections, reharmonization, standards for score and part preparation. (JS) Prerequisite: 238. {Spring, alternate years}

340 [240]. Symphonic Band (1, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as MUSE 340) Simons. The UNM Symphonic Band provides a place for the serious player to explore classic and contemporary repertoire for the wind band. This group is open by audition to talented musicians regardless of academic major. (E) Maximum of 8 credit hours allowed toward degrees in the College of Fine Arts, in the College of Education, and in the B.A. in Liberal Arts and B.I.S. degrees; maximum of 4 credit hours allowed towards degrees in other colleges. {Fall, Spring}

341 [241]. Wind Symphony (1, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as MUSE 341) Rombach, Simons. Study, rehearsal and performance of original works and transcriptions for wind ensemble, symphonic band and chamber winds. Audition required, but open to all students. (E) Maximum of 8 credit hours allowed toward degrees in the College of Fine Arts, in the College of Education, and in the B.A. in Liberal Arts and B.I.S. degrees; maximum of 4 credit hours allowed towards degrees in other colleges. {Fall, Spring}

342 [242]. Dolce Suono (1, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as MUSE 342) Carlow. An intermediate choral ensemble that sings a broad range of repertoire in different languages. Voice placement required, but open to all students. Music Education majors register for MUSE 342. (E) Maximum of 8 credit hours allowed toward degrees in the College of Fine Arts, in the College of Education, and in the B.A. in Liberal Arts and B.I.S. degrees; maximum of 4 credit hours allowed towards degrees in other colleges. {Fall, Spring}

343. Selected Topics in Jazz Studies (3, no limit Δ)

Kostur This course allows permanent or visiting faculty to develop a course based on a topic related to the field of jazz studies. (JS) May be repeated for credit, no limit as long as topic varies. Enrollment requires instructor’s approval. {Offered upon demand}

344. Las Cantantes (1, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as MUSE 344) A select women's chorus that performs masterpieces of the treble voice repertoire both a cappella and with various instrumental ensembles. Audition required, but open to all students. Music Education majors register for MUSE 344. (E) Maximum of 8 credit hours allowed toward degrees in the College of Fine Arts, in the College of Education, and in the B.A. in Liberal Arts and B.I.S. degrees; maximum of 4 credit hours allowed towards degrees in other colleges. {Fall, Spring}

345. Chamber Singers (1, may be repeated five times Δ)

(Also offered as MUSE 345) Elite sixteen-voice ensemble (SATB) made up of primarily vocal performance and vocal music education majors who perform challenging repertoire spanning six centuries. Audition required in the fall for placement into the ensemble for the year. (E) Maximum of 8 credit hours allowed toward degrees in the College of Fine Arts, in the College of Education, and in the B.A. in Liberal Arts and B.I.S. degrees; maximum of 4 credit hours allowed towards degrees in other colleges. {Fall, Spring}

348 [243]. Concert Choir (1, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as MUSE 348) Staff. A highly select SATB ensemble of approximately 40 singers, specializing in choral literature from all periods. Voice placement required, but open to all students. Music Education majors register for MUSE 348. (E) Maximum of 8 credit hours allowed toward degrees in the College of Fine Arts, in the College of Education, and in the B.A. in Liberal Arts and B.I.S. degrees; maximum of 4 credit hours allowed towards degrees in other colleges. {Fall, Spring}

351. Undergraduate Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Restriction: junior or senior standing. {Fall, Spring, Summer}

361. History of Music I (3)

Hinterbichler Forms, styles, schools, principal composers and representative masterworks from antiquity through Baroque. (HL) Prerequisite: 152. {Fall}

362. History of Music II (3)

Hinterbichler Continuation of 361, from Pre-Classic to the present. (HL) Open to music majors only. MUS 361 is recommended, but not required, before enrolling in MUS 362. Prerequisite: 152. {Spring}

363. Conducting (2)

Staff. Basic theory and techniques of conducting. Open only to students pursuing the Bachelor of Music or Bachelor of Arts in Music; exceptions may be made with permission of department chair. (C) Prerequisite: 252. Restriction: junior or senior status. {Fall}

365. Instrumental Conducting (2)

Pérez-Gómez Instrumental conducting techniques, score reading, interpretation. (C) Prerequisite: 363. {Spring}

370. String Pedagogy Seminar III (2, may be repeated once Δ)

Kempter, Collins Exploration of intermediate student skills and techniques, including three-octave scales, arpeggios, shifting, playing in the upper positions and double stops. Pedagogical approaches of Paul Rolland will be explored. Suzuki Books 5 and 6 will be covered. Course fee required. Student must have completed 4 hours of 270 and 2 hours of 270L to enroll. (P) Corequisite: 370L. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall, Spring}

370L. String Pedagogy Lab III (1, may be repeated once Δ)

Kempter, Collins Opportunity for the University of New Mexico student to teach more advanced students in the University of New Mexico Music Preparatory School and beginning orchestra classes. May also teach parent preparation classes. Student must have completed 4 hours of 270 and 2 hours of 270L to enroll. (P) Corequisite: 370. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall, Spring}

371. Music History for Non-Majors (3)

Vigneau, Piper A survey of Western music history and musical styles in art music from about 800 A.D. to the present. (NM) Music reading ability not required. {Summer, Fall}

375. The Beatles' Musical Revolution (3)

Piper Examines the development of the historical and musical artistry of the Beatles presented within the framework of aesthetic and social/cultural movement 1957-1970 and their individual contributions. (NM) Restriction: junior standing. {Spring}

376. Film Music History (3)

Swalin A survey of film music history, technology and technique from the silent film era to the present. No musical experience necessary. (NM) {Summer, Spring]

380 / 580. Recording Techniques I (2)

Geist Introduction to modern studio recording techniques. (T) {Fall}

388 / 588. Music Pedagogy (2, no limit Δ)

For the music student who plans to teach privately, especially beginners of various ages. Specific area is announced in class schedule when course is offered. (P) May be repeated for credit, no limit, as long as subject matter varies, with permission of department chairperson (or dean). Open only to undergraduates enrolled in the music performance program leading to the Bachelor of Music or Bachelor of Music Education; exceptions may be made with permission of the chairperson of the Department of Music. Restriction: junior or senior standing. {Fall}

389 / 589. Music Pedagogy (2, no limit Δ)

Continuation of 388, treating problems in teaching intermediate and moderately advanced students. Specific area is announced in class schedule when course is offered. (P) May be repeated for credit, no limit, as long as subject matter varies, with permission of department chairperson (or dean). Open only to undergraduates enrolled in the music performance program leading to the Bachelor of Music; exceptions may be made with permission of the chairperson of the Department of Music. Restriction: junior or senior standing. {Spring}

395 / 595. Accompanying (1, no limit Δ)

Pyle Study and performance of accompaniment practice. Enrollment requires junior standing in music or instructor's approval. Non-majors may enroll with instructor's approval. {Fall, Spring}

405 / 505. Sixteenth-Century Counterpoint (2)

Hermann Analysis and writing in the style of the 16th century. Open only to undergraduates pursuing the Bachelor of Music, Bachelor of Arts in Music or Bachelor of Music Education; exceptions may be made with permission of the chairperson of the Department of Music. (TC) Prerequisite: 152. {Spring, alternate years}

406 / 506. Eighteenth-Century Counterpoint (2)

Hermann Analysis and writing in the style of the 18th century. Open only to undergraduates pursuing the Bachelor of Music, Bachelor of Arts in Music or Bachelor of Music Education; exceptions may be made with permission of the chairperson of the Department of Music. (TC) Prerequisite: 250. {Spring, alternate years}

407 / 507. Selected Topics in Music Composition (2, no limit Δ)

Advanced topics pertaining to contemporary musical composition and creation. May be repeated for credit, no limit as long as topic varies. (TC) Prerequisite: 306. {Offered on demand}

412 / 512. Fundamentals of Audio Technology (2-3)

(Also offered as IFDM 412) Barlow. Audio editing and equipment and basics of recordings through lab experiences and creative projects. Includes fundamentals of the physics of sound and analysis. (T) {Spring}

413 / 513. Studies in Medieval and Renaissance Music (3)

Alonso-Minutti Music of Western Europe from the Christian Era to the close of the 16th century. (HL) Open to music majors only; non-majors must have instructor’s approval to enroll. Prerequisite: 361 and 362. {Fall, alternate years}

414 / 514. Studies in Baroque Music (3)

Vigneau Music of Western Europe, 1600–1750, with emphasis on forms, styles, principal composers and performance practices. (HL) Open to music majors only; non-majors must have instructor’s approval to enroll. Prerequisite: 361 and 362. {Spring, alternate years}

415 / 515. Studies in Classic and Romantic Music (3)

Jacobsen-Bia Music of Western Europe from 1750–1900. (HL) Open to music majors only; non-majors must have instructor’s approval to enroll. Prerequisite: 361 and 362. {Fall, alternate years}

416 / 516. Studies in Twentieth-Century Music (3)

Alonso-Minutti A survey of the chief musical developments in Western Europe and the Americas from 1900 with the emphasis on music composed since 1940. Open to music majors only; non-majors must have instructor’s approval to enroll. (HL) Prerequisite: 361 and 362. {Spring, alternate years}

421 / 521. Introduction to Max Programming for Musicians (3)

Barlow An introduction to computer-based music production using the Max programming environment. If student has not taken the prerequisite course, instructor permission will be required. (T) Prerequisite: 311. {Fall}

435 / 535. Special Topics in Music (1-3, no limit Δ)

May be repeated for credit, no limit as long as subject matter varies. Enrollment requires instructor’s approval. {Offered upon demand}

437 / 537. Selected Topics in Music Literature (3, no limit Δ)

Hinterbichler, Vigneau May be repeated for credit, no limit, as long as topic varies. (HL) If student has not completed MUS 361 and MUS 362, enrollment requires instructor’s approval. Prerequisite: 361 and 362. {Offered upon demand}

438 / 538. Selected Topics in Ethnomusicology (3, no limit Δ)

This course allows permanent or visiting faculty to develop a course based on a topic related to the field of ethnomusicology. May be repeated for credit, no limit as long as topic varies. (EM) Restriction: permission of instructor. {Offered upon demand}

439 / 539. Selected Topics in Music Theory (3, no limit Δ)

Bashwiner, Block, Hermann, Hurtado This course allows permanent or visiting faculty to develop a course based on a topic related to advanced research interests or expertise. May be repeated for credit, no limit, as long as topic varies. (TC) Enrollment requires instructor's approval. Prerequisite: 252 and 252L. {Offered upon demand}

442 / 542. Experimental Music Across the Americas (3)

Alonso-Minutti. A contextual exploration of a wide variety of music traditions conceived and/or perceived as experimental from across the American continent. For music majors; open to non-music majors with instructor's approval. (EM, HL) Prerequisite: 361 and 362. Restriction: admitted to B.A. Music or B.M. Music or B.M.E. Music Education. {Spring}

445 / 545. Country Music and Cultural Politics (3)

(Also offered as ANTH 445 / 545) Jacobsen. Investigation of country music from an anthropological and ethnomusicological perspective, utilizing recordings and live performances to put scholarship on country music into conversation with social theory and literature on social class, gender, space/place, racial identities. (EM) {Spring}

447 / 547. Mexican Music Beyond Borders (3)

Alonso-Minutti. A contextual exploration of music traditions from Mexico and Mexican communities across the United States. Concentration is placed on indigenous, folk, popular, and art music traditions from historical, socio-cultural, and aesthetic perspectives. (EM, HL). {Fall}

448 / 548. The Anthropology of Music and Sound (3)

(Also offered as ANTH 448/548) Jacobsen. The cultural study of music and sound. Course materials are drawn from written and audio music ethnographies of contemporary indigenous, diasporic, refugee, exile, and industrial communities. (EM)

449 / 549. Music Repertory (2, no limit Δ)

Comprehensive study of solo repertory for voice or individual instruments. Specific area is announced in the class schedule when the course is offered. (HL) Open only to undergraduates enrolled in the music performance program leading to the Bachelor of Music; exceptions may be made with permission of the chairperson of the Department of Music. {Fall}

453. Orchestration (2)

Gilbert Scoring for orchestra, including properties and limitations of string, wind and percussion instruments, notation, principles of combination and balance and characteristics of the various “schools” of orchestration. May be repeated for credit with permission of department chairperson (or dean). (TC) Open only to undergraduates enrolled in the music performance program leading to the Bachelor of Music; exceptions may be made with permission of the chairperson of the Department of Music. Prerequisite: 152. {Fall}

468 / 568. Navajo Expressive Culture (3)

(Also offered as AMST 468, ANTH 468/568, THEA 468/568) Examination of contemporary Diné (Navajo) politics and art (music, Navajo language, photography, dance, radio, filmmaking, comedy, weaving, poetry). Weekly guest speakers, readings from ethnomusicology, anthropology, critical indigenous studies. Includes overnight field trip to Navajo Nation. (EM) {Fall}

470. String Pedagogy Seminar IV (2, may be repeated once Δ)

Kempter, Collins Continued exploration of pedagogical approaches; overview of literature and études; Suzuki Books 7 and 8. Student must have completed 4 hours of MUS 370 and 2 hours of MUS 370L to enroll. (P) Corequisite: 470L. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall, Spring}

470L. String Pedagogy Lab IV (1, may be repeated once Δ)

Kempter, Collins Students will continue to teach individual lessons as well as homogeneous and heterogeneous groups. Advanced pedagogy students will lead the University of New Mexico Music Preparatory School students in their concerts and recitals and will help coordinate those events. Students must have completed 4 hours of 370 and 2 hours of 370L to enroll. (P) Corequisite: 470. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall, Spring}

472. String Pedagogy Recital (2)

Kempter Students will perform a half-recital in the community and at UNM. In addition, an intermediate/advanced musical score will be analyzed and discussed for pedagogical points. (P) Corequisite: 470.

481 / 581. Recording Techniques II (2)

Geist An introductory examination of the process of gathering, processing and editing sound on a digital audio work station. (T) {Spring}

487 / 587. Contemporary Interdisciplinary Topics (3, may be repeated once Δ)

(Also offered as ARTH, DANC, THEA 487 / 587; MA *487) Analyzes major instances of interdisciplinary influence and collaboration in the present day. (I) Restriction: permission of instructor.

499. Senior Thesis (3-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Open to seniors approved by the departmental honors committee. (TH) {Summer, Fall, Spring}

500. Musicology Colloquium (0, no limit Δ)

Alonso-Minutti The purpose of this course is to increase the understanding of musicology through the presentation and exchange of related topics and ideas. Attendance at a specified number of approved Musicology events is required. (HL) Offered on a CR/NC basis only. {Fall, Spring}

505 / 405. Sixteenth-Century Counterpoint (2)

Hermann Analysis and writing in the style of the 16th century. (TC) {Spring, alternate years}

506 / 406. Eighteenth-Century Counterpoint (2)

Hermann Analysis and writing in the style of the 18th century. (TC) {Spring, alternate years}

507 / 407. Selected Topics in Music Composition (2, no limit Δ)

Advanced topics pertaining to contemporary musical composition and creation. May be repeated for credit, no limit as long as topic varies. (TC) Restriction: permission of instructor. {Offered on demand}

511 / 311. Fundamentals of Music Technology (2-3)

(Also offered as IFDM 311) Barlow. A hands-on introduction to various computer applications useful to musicians in all areas of specialization. Various computer programs aiding in music notation, arranging and MIDI composition will be presented and explored. Enrollment in a graduate degree program in music is strongly recommended. If the student is not pursuing a graduate degree program in music, enrollment will require instructor’s approval. (T) {Fall, Spring}

512 / 412. Fundamentals of Audio Technology (2-3)

513 / 413. Studies in Medieval and Renaissance Music (3)

Alonso-Minutti Music of Western Europe from the Christian Era to the close of the 16th century. (HL) Enrollment in a graduate degree program in music is strongly recommended. If the student is not pursuing a graduate degree program in music, enrollment will require instructor’s approval. {Fall, alternate years}

514 / 414. Studies in Baroque Music (3)

Vigneau Music of Western Europe, 1600–1750, with emphasis on forms, styles, principal composers and performance practices. (HL) Enrollment in a graduate degree program in music is strongly recommended. If the student is not pursuing a graduate degree program in music, enrollment will require instructor’s approval. {Spring, alternate years}

515 / 415. Studies in Classic and Romantic Music (3)

Jacobsen-Bia Music of Western Europe from 1750–1900. (HL) Enrollment in a graduate degree program in music is strongly recommended. If the student is not pursuing a graduate degree program in music, enrollment will require instructor’s approval. {Fall, alternate years}

516 / 416. Studies in Twentieth-Century Music (3)

Alonso-Minutti A survey of the chief musical developments in Western Europe and the Americas from 1900, with the emphasis on music composed since 1940. (HL) Enrollment in a graduate degree program in music is strongly recommended. If the student is not pursuing a graduate degree program in music, enrollment will require instructor’s approval. {Spring, alternate years}

521 / 421. Introduction to Max Programming for Musicians (3)

525 / 325. Post-Tonal Theory (3)

Hermann Twentieth-century theoretical techniques applied analytically to all music of the century. Scales, modes, set-theory, twelve-tone theory, minimalist techniques, timbral design and specific compositional methods will be discussed. Numerous readings and projects will be included. (TC) Enrollment in a graduate degree program in music is strongly recommended. If the student is not pursuing a graduate degree program in music, enrollment will require instructor’s approval. {Fall, alternate years}

527. Theory Pedagogy (3)

Hermann A survey of the materials, the methodology and the content that could be encompassed in courses that teach theory. Representative textbooks, including those that deal with 20th-century techniques, will be studied. (P) Restriction: permission of instructor. {Spring, alternate years}

531. Bibliography and Research (3)

Davies-Wilson Course includes basic procedures used in research, library orientation, investigative methods and typical materials. The course aims to teach students that research is a logical process. (HL) Enrollment in a graduate degree program in music is strongly recommended. If the student is not pursuing a graduate degree program in music, enrollment will require instructor’s approval. {Fall, Spring}

535 / 435. Special Topics in Music (1-3, no limit Δ)

May be repeated for credit, no limit as long as subject matter varies. Enrollment in a graduate degree program in music is strongly recommended. If the student is not pursuing a graduate degree program in music, enrollment will require instructor’s approval. {Offered upon demand}

537 / 437. Selected Topics in Music Literature (3, no limit Δ)

Hinterbichler, Vigneau May be repeated for credit, no limit, as long as topic varies. (HL) Enrollment in a graduate degree program in music is strongly recommended. If the student is not pursuing a graduate degree program in music, enrollment will require instructor’s approval. {Offered upon demand}

538 / 438. Selected Topics in Ethnomusicology (3, no limit Δ)

539 / 439. Selected Topics in Music Theory (3, no limit Δ)

540. Proseminar in Critical Musicology (3)

Alonso Minutti Introduction to the field of musicology, including issues and concepts of music history, historiography, criticism, and assessment of current debates of musicological research. (HL) {Fall, alternate years}

541. Proseminar in Anthropology of Music (3)

Examination of the history and present practices of the discipline of ethnomusicology or the anthropology of music. Origins of the discipline, its split from comparative musicology, and recent innovations and intellectual shifts will be examined. (EM) {Spring}

542 / 442. Experimental Music Across the Americas (3)

545 / 445. Country Music and Cultural Politics (3)

(Also offered as ANTH 545 / 445) Jacobsen. Investigation of country music from an anthropological and ethnomusicological perspective, utilizing recordings and live performances to put scholarship on country music into conversation with social theory and literature on social class, gender, space/place, racial identities. (EM) {Spring}

547 / 447. Mexican Music Beyond Borders (3)

548 / 448. The Anthropology of Music and Sound (3)

549 / 449. Music Repertory (2, no limit Δ)

Comprehensive study of solo repertory for voice or individual instruments. Specific area is announced in the class schedule when the course is offered. (HL) May be repeated for credit, no limit, as long as subject matter varies. Enrollment in a graduate degree program in music is strongly recommended. If the student is not pursuing a graduate degree program in music, enrollment will require instructor’s approval. {Fall}

551. Graduate Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Independent study in the field of music. Enrollment in a graduate degree program in music is strongly recommended. Restriction: approval of Department of Music Graduate Committee. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

555. Graduate Diction for Singers (2)

C. Sheinberg. This course is designed to cover diction as applied to singing in English, Latin, Italian, German and French, using the International Phonetic Alphabet. (V) {Spring}

560. Ensemble Performance (1, no limit Δ)

Training in ensemble performance in either chamber groups or larger ensembles (band, orchestra, chorus). Specific ensemble offerings are announced each semester in the Schedule of Classes. (E) Enrollment in a graduate degree program in music is strongly recommended. If the student is not pursuing a graduate degree program in music, enrollment will require instructor’s approval. {Fall, Spring}

561. String Pedagogy I: (2)

Staff Includes an introduction to elementary skills and concepts appropriate for beginners, and exploration of ties between elementary skills and intermediate skills. Also includes study of the pedagogy of Paul Rolland and Motivation Theory. If the student is not pursuing a graduate degree program in music, enrollment will require instructor's approval. (P) {Fall, Spring}

562. String Pedagogy II: (2)

Staff Development of technique and musical concepts in children during their first two/three years of instruction. Other topics include development of musicianship, philosophy of Shinichi Suzuki, and human cognition as applicable to music teaching and learning. If the student is not pursuing a graduate degree program in music, enrollment will require instructor's approval. (P) {Fall, Spring}

563. String Pedagogy III: (2)

Staff Course will cover the pedagogy of Ivan Galamian and applications to school orchestra teaching, bow arm development, an overview of student repertoire, and educating parents about managing home practice. If the student is not pursuing a graduate degree program in music, enrollment will require instructor's approval. (P) {Fall, Spring}

564. String Pedagogy IV: (2)

Staff The pedagogy of John Kendall, the business of private studio management, Mozart's Concerti Nos. 3, 4 and 5, charting of technical growth from these back to the beginning student, and an overview of child development. If the student is not pursuing a graduate degree program in music, enrollment will require instructor's approval. (P) {Fall, Spring}

566. String Pedagogy Project (2)

Kempter An independent project, designed in consultation with string pedagogy faculty. If the student is not pursuing a graduate degree program in music, enrollment will require instructor's approval. (P) {Summer, Fall, Spring}

567. Readings in String Pedagogy (2)

Reading, assessment and discussion of articles and books that enrich the study of String Pedagogy, enhancing understanding of and expanding options for teaching in private and group lesson situations. If the student is not pursuing a graduate degree program in music, enrollment will require instructor's approval. (P) {Fall, alternate years}

568 / 468. Navajo Expressive Culture (3)

(Also offered as AMST 468, ANTH 568/468, THEA 568/468) Examination of contemporary Diné (Navajo) politics and art (music, Navajo language, photography, dance, radio, filmmaking, comedy, weaving, poetry). Weekly guest speakers, readings from ethnomusicology, anthropology, critical indigenous studies. Includes overnight field trip to Navajo Nation. (EM) {Fall}

571. Conducting Seminar (2, may be repeated five times Δ)

Pérez-Gómez, Rombach, Staff. The development of skills and knowledge required to lead large ensembles. Score study, aural skills, rehearsal and pedagogical strategies, conducting technique, study of repertoire, and discussion of educational and artistic philosophies. For students enrolled in the Master of Music Conducting concentration only. (C) {Fall, Spring}

572. Advanced Conducting Seminar (2, may be repeated three times Δ)

Pérez-Gómez, Rombach, Staff. Continuation of MUS 571. Advanced study in technique of conducting large ensembles. (C) Open only to students enrolled in the Master of Music concentration in Conducting. Prerequisite: four credit hours of 571. {Fall, Spring}

580 / 380. Recording Techniques I (2)

Geist Introduction to modern studio recording techniques. (T) Enrollment in a graduate degree program in music is strongly recommended. If the student is not pursuing a graduate degree program in music, enrollment will require instructor’s approval. {Fall}

581 / 481. Recording Techniques II (2)

Geist Continuation of 580. This course is task-based, with emphasis on individual projects and hands-on training. (T) Enrollment in a graduate degree program in music is strongly recommended. If the student is not pursuing a graduate degree program in music, enrollment will require instructor’s approval. {Spring}

584. Problems in Interdisciplinary Studies (3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as ARTH 584; MA *485) An independent study in either critical studies or studio, beyond the scope of the Fine Arts interdisciplinary courses, which may occur within or outside the College of Fine Arts. (I)

587 / 487. Contemporary Interdisciplinary Topics (3, may be repeated once Δ)

(Also offered as ARTH, DANC, THEA 587 / 487; MA *487) Analyzes major instances of interdisciplinary influence and collaboration in the present day. (I) {Spring}

588 / 388. Music Pedagogy (2, no limit Δ)

For the music student who plans to teach privately, especially beginners of various ages. Specific area is announced in class schedule when course is offered. (P) May be repeated for credit, no limit, as long as subject matter varies, with permission of department chairperson (or dean). If the student is not pursuing a graduate degree program in music, enrollment will require instructor’s approval. {Fall}

589 / 389. Music Pedagogy (2, no limit Δ)

Continuation of 588, treating problems in teaching intermediate and moderately advanced students. Specific area is announced in class schedule when course is offered. (P) May be repeated for credit, no limit, as long as subject matter varies, with permission of department chairperson (or dean). Enrollment in a graduate degree program in music is strongly recommended. If the student is not pursuing a graduate degree program in music, enrollment will require instructor’s approval. Prerequisite: 588. {Spring}

595 / 395. Accompanying (1, no limit Δ)

Pyle Study and performance of accompaniment practice. (E) If the student is not pursuing a graduate degree program in music, enrollment will require instructor’s approval. {Fall, Spring}

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Enrollment requires instructor’s approval. (TH) Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: Enrollment in a graduate degree program in music. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

Music Education (MUSE)

155. Orchestral Instruments (1-2 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Group instruction in orchestral instruments and guitar. Specific areas are announced in the class schedule each semester. Open only to students pursuing the Bachelor of Music Education or the Bachelor of Music concentration in String Pedagogy or Theory and Composition. {Fall, Spring}

194. Introduction to Music Education (1)

Carlow, Giebelhausen, Staff. Will assist the student in discovering personal strengths and weaknesses relative to a career as a professional music educator. {Fall}

195. Introductory Teaching Practicum (1)

Giebelhausen, Staff. Provides first-year music education majors with practical teaching experience in music classrooms. Assists in evaluating the music education candidate's suitability for a music teaching career in terms of musicianship, leadership, communication ability, and personal dispositions. Prerequisite: 194. {Spring}

213. Choral Lab (0, no limit Δ)

Carlow Designed to provide future choral teachers with experience conducting and rehearsing standard literature with a choral ensemble. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Prerequisite: 194. {Fall, alternate years}

215. Instrumental Lab (0, no limit Δ)

Staff. Designed to provide future instrumental teachers with experience conducting and rehearsing standard literature with an instrumental ensemble. Students will also hone their performing skills on the various instruments of the band and orchestra. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Prerequisite: 194. {Spring, alternate years}

216. Music Education Lab (0, no limit Δ)

Designed to provide future music teachers the opportunity to attempt teaching practices with peers and faculty in choral, instrumental and general music settings. Students will also hone their performing skills on the various instruments. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. {Spring}

239. Spirit Marching Band (1, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as MUS 239) Rombach, Simons. The Spirit Marching Band performs at all UNM home football games. The marching band is open to all students at UNM and CNM. Each member receives a monetary stipend upon completion of the season. (E) Maximum of 8 credit hours allowed toward degrees in the College of Fine Arts, in the College of Education, and in the B.A. in Liberal Arts and B.I.S. degrees; maximum of 4 credit hours allowed towards degrees in other colleges. {Fall, Spring}

298. Music for the Elementary Teacher (3)

Otero Will prepare elementary classroom teachers to teach music education in a self-contained classroom in traditional and open situations. {Fall, Spring}

313. Choral Music Methods (3)

Carlow Administration, organization, literature, teaching and conducting techniques appropriate for public school choral programs. Prerequisite: 346 and 363. {Spring, alternate years}

315. Instrumental Music Methods (3)

Administration, organization, teaching and conducting techniques appropriate for public school instrumental programs. Includes a required off-campus school teaching lab component. Prerequisite: 346 and 363. {Fall}

317. Jazz Methods (1)

Kostur Teaching the jazz ensemble, including style and harmony, methods, literature, organization and administration appropriate for school jazz programs. Prerequisite: 194. {Fall, alternate years}

332. Sinfonia (1, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as MUS 332) Conducted string chamber orchestra of violins (1st and 2nd), violas, cellos and string basses. Repertory from pre-baroque through present. Open to all university students and community members by audition. Contact instructor for audition requirements. Maximum of 8 credit hours allowed toward degrees in the College of Fine Arts, in the College of Education, and in the B.A. in Liberal Arts and B.I.S. degrees; maximum of 4 credit hours allowed towards degrees in other colleges. {Fall, Spring}

333 [233]. Symphony Orchestra (1, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as MUS 333) Pérez-Gómez. Study and public performance of symphonic literature. Auditions required. Maximum of 8 credit hours allowed toward degrees in the College of Fine Arts, in the College of Education, and in the B.A. in Liberal Arts and B.I.S. degrees; maximum of 4 credit hours allowed towards degrees in other colleges. {Fall, Spring}

340 [240]. Symphonic Band (1, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as MUS 340) Simons. The UNM Symphonic Band provides a place for the serious player to explore classic and contemporary repertoire for the wind band. This group is open by audition to talented musicians regardless of academic major. (E) Maximum of 8 credit hours allowed toward degrees in the College of Fine Arts, in the College of Education, and in the B.A. in Liberal Arts and B.I.S. degrees; maximum of 4 credit hours allowed towards degrees in other colleges. {Fall, Spring}

341 [241]. Wind Symphony (1, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as MUS 341) Rombach, Simons. Study, rehearsal and performance of original works and transcriptions for wind ensemble, symphonic band and chamber winds. Audition required, but open to all students. Maximum of 8 credit hours allowed toward degrees in the College of Fine Arts, in the College of Education, and in the B.A. in Liberal Arts and B.I.S. degrees; maximum of 4 credit hours allowed towards degrees in other colleges. {Fall, Spring}

342 [242]. Dolce Suono (1, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as MUS 342) Carlow. An intermediate choral ensemble that sings a broad range of repertoire in different languages. Voice placement required, but open to all students. Non-Music Education majors register for MUS 342. (E) Maximum of 8 credit hours allowed toward degrees in the College of Fine Arts, in the College of Education, and in the B.A. in Liberal Arts and B.I.S. degrees; maximum of 4 credit hours allowed towards degrees in other colleges. {Fall, Spring}

344. Las Cantantes (1, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as MUS 344) A select women's chorus that performs masterpieces of the treble voice repertoire both a cappella and with various instrumental ensembles. Audition required, but open to all students. Non-Music Education majors register for MUS 344. Maximum of 8 credit hours allowed toward degrees in the College of Fine Arts, in the College of Education, and in the B.A. in Liberal Arts and B.I.S. degrees; maximum of 4 credit hours allowed towards degrees in other colleges. {Fall, Spring}

345. Chamber Singers (1, may be repeated five times Δ)

(Also offered as MUS 345) Elite sixteen-voice ensemble (SATB) made up of primarily vocal performance and vocal music education majors who perform challenging repertoire spanning six centuries. Audition required in the fall for placement into the ensemble for the year. Maximum of 8 credit hours allowed toward degrees in the College of Fine Arts, in the College of Education, and in the B.A. in Liberal Arts and B.I.S. degrees; maximum of 4 credit hours allowed towards degrees in other colleges. {Fall, Spring}

346. Teaching Music in the Elementary Schools (3)

Giebelhausen Designed for pre-service music education majors. Focus: methods, strategies, musicianship and curriculum development in elementary school music. Includes a required off-campus school teaching lab component. Successful completion of Music Education Screening is required for enrollment. Prerequisite: 194 and 195 and MUS 236. {Fall}

347. Introduction to Early Childhood Music Education (1)

Hoffman An introductory methods course focused on music education of infants, toddlers and pre-schoolers. Includes field experiences with the UNM Music Prep School early childhood classes. Prerequisite: 346. {Spring, alternate years}

348 [243]. Concert Choir (1, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as MUS 348) Staff. A highly select SATB ensemble of approximately 40 singers, specializing in choral literature from all periods. Voice placement required, but open to all students. Non-Music Education majors register for MUS 348. (E) Maximum of 8 credit hours allowed toward degrees in the College of Fine Arts, in the College of Education, and in the B.A. in Liberal Arts and B.I.S. degrees; maximum of 4 credit hours allowed towards degrees in other colleges. {Fall, Spring}

357. Foundations of Musical Behavior (3)

Giebelhausen Topics covered will include the value of a professional philosophy of music education, significant trends in the psychology of music, social contexts of music education, the role of curriculum and procedures for preventing discipline problems. Prerequisite: 194 and 195. {Spring}

363. Conducting (2)

Rombach-Kendall Basic conducting skills directed toward music education majors. Development of beat patterns, expressive gestures, score reading and score study. Lab experience with conducting class ensemble. Prerequisite: MUS 252 and MUS 252L. Restriction: junior or senior standing; Bachelor of Music Education major. {Fall}

390. Pre-Student Teaching Internship in Music Education (1)

Students will be placed in a pre-student teaching internship that will involve working with a cooperating teacher in a K-12 music setting. Student must have passed the MEAR exam. Prerequisite: 357 and MUS 252 and MUS 252L. Restriction: junior standing and permission of instructor.

400. Student Teaching in the Elementary School (3-6, no limit Δ)

Giebelhausen, Hoffman Student must have completed preliminary requirements as stated in the Department of Music Undergraduate Student Handbook in order to enroll. Prerequisite: (313 or 315) and *455 and APMS 491 and MUS 214 and MUS 236 and MUS 252 and MUS 252L and MUS 361 and MUS 362. Corequisite: 461. {Fall, Spring}

415. Instrumental Repertory (1)

Rombach Selecting repertoire for middle school and high school bands and orchestras, with emphasis on criteria, resources, teaching of comprehensive musicianship through repertoire and programming. Prerequisite: 194 and 195. {Fall, alternate years}

429 / 529. Workshop (1-4, no limit Δ)

Intensive study of a particular topic related to the field of Music Education. {Summer}

438 / 538. Selected Topics in Music Education (3, no limit Δ)

Carlow, Giebelhausen, Staff. This course allows permanent or visiting faculty to focus a course structured around their expertise or research activities. {Offered upon demand}

441. Marching Band Methods (2)

Methods of teaching, organizing and administering the marching band, including charting, arranging, movement, drill and dealing with percussion and support units (e.g., flags, twirlers). Current computer technology used in creating marching drill will be taught. Prerequisite: 194 and 195. {Spring, alternate years}

*446. Secondary School Music (3)

Giebelhausen, Staff. An examination of the role of music in secondary schools. Topics include curricula, teaching methodology, classroom management, measurement and evaluation, and music technology. Includes a required off-campus school teaching lab component. Prerequisite: 346. {Spring}

*455. Teaching Reading in the Music Classroom (3)

Hoffman Developing competencies in teaching strategies for music teachers; establishing a theoretical framework for exploring approaches to reading/language development in the music classroom. Emphasis on teaching activities, specialized skills, learning content through reading of primary/secondary sources. Prerequisite: 346 and *446. {Fall, Spring; even-numbered years}

461. Student Teaching in the Secondary Schools (3-6, no limit Δ)

Carlow, A. Sheinberg, Staff. Student must have completed preliminary requirements as stated in the Department of Music Undergraduate Handbook in order to enroll. Prerequisite: (313 or 315) and *455 and APMS 491 and MUS 214 and MUS 236 and MUS 252 and MUS 252L and MUS 361 and MUS 362. Corequisite: 400. {Fall, Spring}

477 / 577. Music Education and Diversity (3)

Carlow Prepares music education students to work in schools with linguistically, culturally, physically and developmentally diverse student populations. Teaching materials selected will primarily represent non-traditional (western) musical cultures. Student must have passed the MEAR exam. {Fall}

529 / 429. Workshop (1-4, no limit Δ)

Intensive study of a particular topic related to the field of Music Education. See degree restrictions for the Master of Music concentration in Music Education. Enrollment in a graduate degree program in Music Education is strongly recommended. If the student is not pursuing the Master of Music concentration in Music Education, enrollment will require instructor’s approval. {Summer}

532. Introduction to Research in Music Education (3)

Staff. Interpretation and critical analysis of recent research. Techniques and procedures for writing research proposals, reports and theses, along with instruction that will enable students to understand and evaluate research in music education. Enrollment in a graduate degree program in Music Education is strongly recommended. If the student is not pursuing the Master of Music concentration in Music Education, enrollment will require instructor’s approval. {Every third Summer and every third Spring}

534. Seminar in Music Education (3)

Giebelhausen, Staff. An in-depth study of important issues facing contemporary music education. A variety of significant trends, methodologies and movements will be investigated. Enrollment in a graduate degree program in Music Education is strongly recommended. If the student is not pursuing the Master of Music concentration in Music Education, enrollment will require instructor’s approval. {Every third Summer and every third Spring}

538 / 438. Selected Topics in Music Education (3, no limit Δ)

Carlow, Giebelhausen, Staff. This course allows permanent or visiting faculty to focus a course structured around their expertise or research activities. Enrollment in a graduate degree program in Music Education is strongly recommended. If the student is not pursuing the Master of Music concentration in Music Education, enrollment will require instructor’s approval. {Offered upon demand}

550. Philosophy of Music Education (3)

Carlow, Staff. An examination of relevant topics and issues in music education philosophy, aesthetics and history. Enrollment in a graduate degree program in Music Education is strongly recommended. If the student is not pursuing the Master of Music concentration in Music Education, enrollment will require instructor’s approval. {Every third Summer and every third Spring}

551. Graduate Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Independent study in the field of music education. Enrollment in a graduate degree program in music is strongly recommended. Restriction: permission of Department of Music Graduate Committee. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

577 / 477. Music Education and Diversity (3)

585. Technology for Music Education (3)

Giebelhausen This course explores the broad dimensions of technology as they affect the lives of teachers and students in music education. The course is a mix of theoretical ideas and practical projects. {Fall, alternate years}

590. Graduate Teaching Internship in Music Education (2)

Students will be placed in a graduate teaching internship that will involve working with a cooperating teacher in a K-12 music setting. This internship will highlight a particular teaching style, pedagogy, or methodology. Open only to students pursuing the Master of Music concentration in Music Education. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall, Spring}

598. Music Education Project (1-4)

Carlow, Giebelhausen, Staff. A substantial investigation typically involving curriculum or program development and applying theory to practice in the music classroom. A formal research proposal is required, and formal academic writing adhering to current APA standards. Open only to students pursuing the Master of Music concentration in Music Education. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Carlow, Giebelhausen, Staff. Collection and analysis of data to answer a research question. Formal research proposal required, and formal academic writing adhering to APA standards. If human subjects are involved, IRB approval required prior to data collection. Open only to students pursuing the Master of Music concentration in Music Education. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

Native American Studies (NATV)

109. Introduction to Comparative Global and Ethnic Societies (3)

(Also offered as AFST, CCS, SUST, WMST 109) The course explores historical and contemporary social forces that impact ethnic communities across the Americas. Students will examine social and economic dynamics of Indigenous, Latino, Asian-Pacific, Africana communities, and women's experiences.

150. Introduction to Native American Studies (3)

This course surveys the significance of Native American Studies through an inter-disciplinary approach to two areas of academic concentration: Indigenous Learning Communities, and Leadership and Building Native Nations.

201. Introduction to Chicana and Chicano Studies (3)

(Also offered as AMST 201, CCS 201) Introductory survey of the Mexican American experience in the United States, with special reference to New Mexico. Exploration of historical, political, social, and cultural dimensions.

247. Politics of Native American Art (3)

Native American art and artists within political, social and cultural contexts are introduced through an examination of the history of representations of Native art.

250. Sociopolitical Concepts in Native America (3)

Regional, national, and international laws and policies impacting sovereign Native American nations and communities are analyzed. Concepts such as colonization, nationalism, and globalization’s impact on Native American peoples are considered from an inter-disciplinary perspective. Pre- or corequisite: 150.

251. Research Issues in Native America (3)

Critically examines research theories, methodologies, and practices used by academic disciplines to study Native Americans. Research databases and collections and their impact and value for Native communities are considered from an inter-disciplinary perspective. Pre- or corequisite: 150 or 250.

252. The Native American Experience (3)

(Also offered as AMST 252) Introductory survey of Native American history, culture and contemporary issues. Students read literature by and about Native Americans covering a variety of topics including tribal sovereignty, federal policy, activism, economic development, education and community life.

255. Topics in Native American Studies (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Topics courses taught by Native and non-Native faculty from The University of New Mexico and the community, varying according to instructor’s expertise. May be repeated as topic varies.

300. Research Methods in Native American Contexts (3)

Examination of the research processes and techniques involving various methodological designs. Emphasizes attention to culturally appropriate research and protocols for conducting research in Native communities. Includes practical experience conducting a research project involving Native American issues. Prerequisite: 251.

305. Indigenous Self-Determination in Education (3)

Examines the role of Indigenous people and communities in self-determining their education by redefining educational approaches and curriculum for Indigenous students. Special emphasis on resistance to assimilation practices and policies.

315. Language Recovery, Revitalization and Community Renewal (3)

Examines Native language loss from the boarding school era to current trends in language planning and revitalization. Special emphasis is placed on the importance of language to culture and on current community renewal efforts by Native people.

322. Principles of Federal Indian Law (3)

Principles and basic doctrines of Federal Indian Law are examined within an inter-disciplinary context.

325. Tribal Government (3)

While emphasizing the study of traditional American Indian society in comparison with government models of the United States, the course examines the governing structure of Indian tribes from both a historical and contemporary perspective.

326. Tribal Gaming (3)

This course covers the law and the politics of gaming as an exercise of tribal sovereignty, and examines tribal, state, and federal interests involved in the uniquely tribal enterprise of Native Nation building.

348. Native American Activism (3)

Inter-disciplinary examination of the histories, strategies, successes, and shortcomings of Native American activist movements. Course focuses on pan-Indian organizations, localized grassroots movements, treaty rights, anti-treaty rights organizations, and inter-nationalist alliances.

351. Individual Study (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Directed study of Native American Studies topics of personal interest by the student. Student must approach the instructor the semester before enrollment to develop a plan of study. A formal presentation and paper are required. Prerequisite: 300. Restriction: admitted to NATV major or minor and permission of instructor.

352. Internship (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Internships in off-campus learning experiences related to the study of Native American cultures. Students, in collaboration with NATV Senior Academic Advisor, may select a sponsoring institution or program to oversee internship.

385. Indigenous Worldviews (3)

This course offers an inter-disciplinary academic exploration of perspectives on Indigenous arts and literature, cultures, education, language, and language re-vitalization. The environment and the emerging international legal norm of self-determination for Indigenous peoples are also examined.

402 / 502 [*402]. Education, Power and Indigenous Communities (3)

How economic, political and social power influences the education of indigenous youth is the emphasis of the course. Topics include who defines the concept of an “educated person” and in what contexts.

*423. Self-Determination and Indigenous Human Rights (3)

Analyzes the emerging norm of self-determination and its impact on indigenous peoples in the international legal system. Colonization, liberation, and the political futures of culturally distinct peoples are examined from inter-disciplinary perspectives.

424 / 524. Principles of Leadership in Indigenous Contexts (3)

Will gain a critical understanding of theoretical concepts and frameworks of leadership from a Western and Indigenous perspective. Examine both historical and contemporary tribal leadership (including global) and address issues impacting their communities.

*436. Environmental Ethics and Justice in Native America (3)

Complex ways in which Native peoples form relationships with their environment are examined. Differences and similarities between Native and dominant cultural conceptions of the environment and environmental justices are considered within an inter-disciplinary context.

*445. Politics of Identity (3)

Examines Native identities in law, biology, culture, and via self-identification within an inter-disciplinary context. Discussion will focus on federal intrusions, misappropriations, and adaptations that strengthen the sovereignty of Native Nations. Restriction: junior or senior standing.

*450. Topics in Native American Studies (1-3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Topics courses taught by faculty from The University of New Mexico and the surrounding community which vary according to the instructor’s expertise. {Fall, Spring}

*461. Community-Based Learning in Indigenous Contexts (3)

Explores the meanings of “Indigenous education” through current scholarship and through active participation in a community-based setting. Examines Indigenous educational traditions and their applications for contemporary practices while engaging in community-based learning and service.

*462. Native American Narrative (3)

Native American stories function much like food for the soul. Students will learn an inter-disciplinary context how ancestral and contemporary stories, oral and written, continue to represent the thoughts, values and life ways of Native people.

*474. Seminar: Applying Traditions of Native American Philosophy (3)

An examination of philosophical thought by Native peoples in both historic and modern context in science, government, law, education, psychology, and cosmology. Native social systems and Native philosophical contributions to the world’s societies are examined. Restriction: junior or senior standing.

*480. Building Native Nations: Community Revitalization, Culture, Decolonization, and Indigenous Thought (3)

This course critically engages Indigenous community revitalization dynamics and its relationship to culture, Indigenous thought, and decolonization. Principals relating to political sovereignty, cultural self-determination, economic viability, social and economic justice, and strategic planning underlie the notion of Nation Building for Native people. Restriction: junior or senior standing.

*486. Contemporary and Traditional Views on Indigenous Leadership (3)

This course critically examines contemporary and traditional perspectives on Indigenous leadership. Also, the course will theorize on indigenous leadership development. The topics covered include overviews of Indigenous philosophy, Indigenous community, and Indigenous leadership. Restriction: junior or senior standing.

502 / 402. Education, Power and Indigenous Communities (3)

522. Indigenous Community Approaches in Restorative Justice (3)

Explores the existence of Indigenous frameworks of restorative justice. The impact of Western structures and EuroAmerican colonization is critiqued. The course centers upon the importance of Indigenous restorative justice in community building for self-determination.

524 / 424. Principles of Leadership in Indigenous Contexts (3)

530. Gender and Indigenous Leadership (3)

The course critically explores the roles gender has played traditionally in tribal and Indigenous communities, how/or if colonization has impacted those norms and roles, and understanding contemporary leadership roles on tribal, national, and international levels.

535. Issues in Contemporary Native Leadership (3)

Critically examines contemporary issues and perspectives on Native leadership. Topics covered include contemporary Native community issues, traditional leadership elements and methodologies, leadership challenges, and nation-building leadership approaches.

540. Indigenous Economies, Sustainability, and Environmental Protection (3)

Critically examines the complex systems Native peoples are a part of and form with their environment and way of life. Economic development, sustainable practices, environmental protection, and community revitalization dynamics are analyzed.

550. Indigenous Nations and Sustainable Communities Seminar (3)

Will examine how Indigenous peoples have come to their current reality and how they may move forward in adapting, revitalizing, and sustaining Indigenous community and the present and into the future.

555. Native American Policy and Community Building (3)

Critically engages Native policy and community building dynamics. Principles relating to political sovereignty, cultural self-determination, economic sustainability, social and economic justice, and strategic planning underlie the notion of Native policy development and community building.

560. Research Method and Practice in Indigenous Scholarship (3)

Critically examines research theories, methodologies, and practices in Native American Studies. Diverse research methods are explored, with emphasis on decolonizing approaches and the impact and value of research for Native communities.

570. Indigenous Thought and Ethics (3)

Introduces students to diverse and complex theoretical and contextual perspectives in Native American Studies through and examination of the most significant contemporary scholarship. Transcends disciplinary boundaries and grounds scholarly inquiry in frameworks reflecting Native-centered ethics.

590. Project of Excellence (6)

Graduate students are required to complete. Demonstrate accumulation of a theoretical foundation that can be successfully applied to address a target topic or issue relevant to a particular Native community, inter/national audience or indigenous group/organization. Prerequisite: 560 and 570.

Nuclear Engineering (NE)

101. Introduction to Nuclear Engineering (1)

An introduction to the profession of nuclear engineering; current research in this field; career choices; guidance and advice on curricular matters and effective study techniques for nuclear engineering students.

213. Laboratory Electronics for Nuclear, Chemical and Biological Engineers (3)

(Also offered as CBE 213) Basic DC and AC circuits including capacitors and inductors and their applications in radiation measurement equipment and chemical process parameter measurements. Oscilloscopes, Op Amps, and Sensors and their use in the NE laboratories. {Spring}

230. Principles of Radiation Protection (3)

Nuclear reactions, decay, interactions of physical radiation with matter, methods of radiation detection and biological effects of radiation, external and internal dosimetry. Open-ended exercises and design project. Prerequisite: (CHEM 121 or CHEM 131) and CHEM 123L. {Fall}

231. Principles of Nuclear Engineering (3)

Introduction to nuclear engineering and nuclear processes; neutron interactions with matter, cross sections, fission, neutron diffusion, criticality, kinetics, chain reactions, reactor principles, fusion and the nuclear fuel cycle. Includes open-ended exercises. Prerequisite: CHEM 121 and CHEM 123L and MATH 163. Corequisite: 314. {Spring}

311. Introduction to Transport Phenomena (3)

The mechanisms and the related mathematical analysis of momentum and heat transport in both the molecular and turbulent regimes. Similarities and differences between transport types and the prediction of transport properties. Prerequisite: 314 and MATH **316. Corequisite: 315. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering. {Fall}

312. Unit Operations (3)

A study of the unit operations involved with momentum and heat transfer. Focus will be on the basics of equipment design and how to synthesize a process from the basic units. Includes extensive use of computer techniques and design exercises. Prerequisite: 311. Corequisite: 313L. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering. {Spring}

313L. Introduction to Laboratory Techniques for Nuclear Engineering (3)

Techniques for error analysis, experiments in fluid flow, heat transfer, neutron detectors and neutron activation plus neutron diffusion theory and Fermi age. Design and development of experiments, emphasis on written presentations. Prerequisite: ENGL 219. Corequisite: 312. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering. {Spring}

314. Thermodynamics and Nuclear Systems (3)

First and second law of thermodynamics and application to electrical generation, particularly nuclear energy conversion systems. Types of nuclear power plants, primary, secondary systems, feedwater, regeneration, and superheating. Corequisite: 231. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering. {Spring}

315. Nuclear Engineering Analysis and Calculations (3)

Application of analytical and numerical techniques to neutron diffusion problems and point reactor kinetics. Includes data analysis; solution of ODEs and PDEs for nuclear criticality problems, and point kinetics with and without delayed neutrons. Prerequisite: 231 and CS 151L and MATH **316. Corequisite: 311. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

**323L. Radiation Detection and Measurement (3)

Radiation interaction with matter and detection techniques for nuclear radiations. Experiments will be performed using gas, scintillation and semiconductor counters and include the design of experiments and identification of unknown radionuclides. Prerequisite: ENGL 219. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering. {Fall}

*330. Nuclear Engineering Science (3)

Nuclear reactions, cross-sections and reaction rates, special relativity, quantum effects, atomic structure, nuclear properties, nuclear stability, decay modes, and neutron scattering. Prerequisite: 230 and MATH **316 and PHYC 160 and PHYC 161. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering. {Spring}

371. Nuclear Materials Engineering (3 [2])

Understanding of material behavior from a molecular viewpoint. The effects of structure, properties, and processing of materials used in nuclear systems on their behavior in radiation environments. Corequisite: 231. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering. {Spring}

410 / 510 [*410]. Nuclear Reactor Theory (3)

Neutron transport equation, differential scattering cross section, diffusion approximation, one group diffusion theory including green’s function and eigenfunction expansion, Breit-Wigner formula, slowing down theory, reactor kinetics, multigroup methods, topics selected from numerical methods for reactor analysis. Prerequisite: 315. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

*413L. Nuclear Engineering Laboratory I (3)

Laboratory investigations of the theory and practice of nuclear chain-reacting systems including open-ended experiments and experimental design, covering reactor kinetics, importance functions and criticality. One lecture, 6 hours lab. Prerequisite: 313L and 410. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering. {Spring}

439 / 539. Radioactive Waste Management (3)

(Also offered as CE 539) Introduction to the nuclear fuel cycle emphasizing sources, characteristics and management of radioactive wastes. Types of radiation, radioactive decay calculations, shielding requirements. Radwaste management technologies and disposal options. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering. {Fall}

449. Seminar in Hazardous Waste Management (1, no limit Δ)

Invited lectures on a variety of topics in hazardous waste, environmental engineering and science and related topics. Students prepare short written assignments. May be counted twice toward a degree. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

452. Senior Seminar (1)

Senior year. Reports on selected topics and surveys; presentation and discussion of papers from current technical journals, and topics of interest to nuclear engineers. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering. {Spring}

462 / 562 [462]. Monte Carlo Techniques for Nuclear Systems (3)

Monte Carlo methods for nuclear criticality and reactor analysis and radiation shielding calculation using production Monte Carlo codes, understand basics of probability and statistics and of particle transport in the context of Monte Carlo methods. Prerequisite: 410. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering. {Fall}

464 / 564. Thermal-Hydraulics of Nuclear Systems (3)

Nuclear system heat transfer and fluid flow; convection in single and two phase flow; liquid metal heat transfer, pressure loss calculations; fuel element design and heat transfer; thermal-hydraulics design of nuclear systems. Prerequisite: 312 and 313L and 410. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering. {Fall}

468 / 568. Introduction to Space Nuclear Power (3)

Introduction to design and mass optimization of Space Power Systems, passive and active energy conversion systems and design of RTG’s, radiation shield, heat pipe theory, design and applications, advanced radiators, TE-EM pumps and orbital lifetime calculations and safety. Prerequisite: MATH **312 or MATH **316. Pre- or corequisite: 464. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering. {Spring}

470. Nuclear Fuel Cycle and Materials (3)

Materials for use in nuclear reactors, metallurgy and irradiation behavior, fundamentals of the nuclear fuel cycle including the uranium, thorium, and advanced fuel cycles. Prerequisite: 371 and 410 and 464. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering. {Spring}

*485. Fusion Technology (3)

The technology of fusion reactor systems including basic magnetic and inertial confinement physics, system designs, material considerations, shielding, blanket designs, fuel cycle, plant operations, magnets, and ICF drivers. Prerequisite: MATH **316. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering. {Spring}

491 - 492. Undergraduate Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ, 1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Advanced studies in various areas of nuclear engineering. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

495 - 496. Nuclear Engineering Honors Problems I and II (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ, 1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Senior thesis for students seeking departmental honors. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

*497L. Nuclear Engineering Computational Methods (3)

Problem solving techniques, nuclear systems, design, interactions of parameters and the importance of trade-offs and optimization in design. Neutronics, computer models and impact of cross sections and materials on fissile systems. Two lectures, 2 hours lab. Prerequisite: 410. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering. {Fall}

498L. Nuclear Engineering Design (3 [4])

Students will work in teams on a capstone design project requiring the application of nuclear engineering principles and the integration of material from other disciplines, with emphasis on creativity, decision-making and interactive design. Three lectures, 3 hours lab. Prerequisite: 410 and 462 and 464 and *497L. Corequisite: 470. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering. {Spring}

499. Selected Topics (1-3, no limit Δ)

501. Nuclear Engineering Seminar (1, no limit Δ)

Colloquia, special lectures and individual study in areas of current research. A maximum of 3 credit hours can be applied toward degree. {Fall, Spring}

502. Nuclear Engineering Research Methods Seminar (1, no limit Δ)

Students will work on developing research proposals for their masters or doctoral degree. The course will involve oral presentations of proposals and journal article critiques. {Fall}

508. Nuclear Engineering Research Seminar (2 to a maximum of 20 Δ)

Discussion of topics such as space nuclear power and propulsion, reactor design thermal-hydraulics, nuclear fuel cycles and materials, energy conversion, computation and simulation, space radiation effects and shielding, criticality safety, and instrumentation and control. {Fall, Spring, offered upon demand}

510 / 410. Nuclear Reactor Theory (3)

511. Advanced Nuclear Reactor Theory (3)

The theory of nuclear chain-reacting systems with emphasis on computer methods used in current applications. Multigroup diffusion theory, transport theory and Monte Carlo methods and applications to nuclear system design. Prerequisite: 510 and 525. {Spring}

513L. Graduate Nuclear Engineering Laboratory (1-4 to a maximum of 4 Δ)

Laboratory investigations of the theory and practice of nuclear chain-reacting systems. Experiments on the UNM AGN-201M reactor and the ACRR at SNL. Course credit based on the extent of related course work in student’s undergraduate program. One lecture, 6 hours lab. {Spring, offered upon demand}

515. Special Topics (1-3, no limit Δ)

{Offered upon demand}

520. Radiation Interactions and Transport (3)

Theoretical and numerical methods for neutral and charged particle interactions and transport in matter. Linear transport theory, spherical harmonics expansions, PN methods, Gauss quadra, discrete ordinates SN methods, discretization techniques, Fokker-Planck theory. Development of calculational methods including computer codes. Applications to nuclear systems. Prerequisite: 317 and 510 and 525. {Spring, offered upon demand}

523L. Environmental Measurements Laboratory (1-4 to a maximum of 4 Δ)

In-depth consideration of radiation detection systems and nuclear measurement techniques. Experiments using semiconductor devices, MCA/MCSs, sampling techniques, dosimeters, tracer techniques and radiochemistry. Emphasis on selection of sampling techniques and instrumentation for measuring low-levels of radiation in air, soil and water. Course credit determined for each student based on the extent of related laboratory work in his or her undergraduate program. Two lectures, 3 hours lab. {Fall}

524. Interaction of Radiation with Matter (3)

Nuclear models and energy levels, cross sections, decay processes, range/energy relationships for alphas, betas, gammas, neutrons and fission products. Ionization, scattering and radiative energy exchange processes. Effect of radiation on typical materials used in the nuclear industry. Both theory and application will be presented. Prerequisite: 330 and MATH **316. {Fall}

525. Methods of Analysis in Nuclear, Chemical and Biological Engineering (3)

(Also offered as CBE 525) Mathematical methods used in chemical and nuclear engineering; partial differential equations of series solutions transport processes, integral transforms. Applications in heat transfer, fluid mechanics and neutron diffusion. Separation of variables eigen function expansion. {Fall}

527. Radiation Biology for Engineers and Scientists (3)

(Also offered as MPHY 527) Covering fundamentals of the biological effects of ionizing radiation on living systems, especially man; basic biological mechanisms which bring about somatic and genetic effects; and the effect of ionizing radiation on cell cultures. Restriction: permission of instructor.

528. External Radiation Dosimetry (3)

Ionizing radiation, Kerma, Fluence, Dose, and Exposure, Attenuation and Buildup, Charged Particle Equilibrium, Bragg-Gray Cavity Theory and other Cavities, Fundamentals of Dosimetry, Ionizations Chambers, Integrating Dosimetry, and Pulse Mode Detectors, and Neutron Interactions and Dosimetry. Both theory and applications will be presented. Pre- or corequisite: 524. {Spring}

529. Internal Radiation Dosimetry (3)

Internal contamination, radiation quantities, ICRP dose methodologies, lung models, bioassay, whole body counting, uranium and plutonium toxicology and metabolism, alpha dosimetry and ventilation control/air sampling. Prerequisite: 524. {Fall}

539 / 439. Radioactive Waste Management (3)

551 - 552. Problems (1-3, no limit Δ; 1-3)

562 / 462. Monte Carlo Techniques for Nuclear Systems (3)

564 / 464. Thermal-Hydraulics of Nuclear Systems (3)

568 / 468. Introduction to Space Nuclear Power (3)

Introduction to design and mass optimization of Space Power Systems, passive and active energy conversion systems, and design of RTG’s, radiation shield, heat pipe theory, design and applications, advanced radiators, TE-EM pumps and orbital lifetime calculations and safety. Prerequisite: 231 and MATH **316. {Spring}

571. Radiation Damage in Materials (3)

Fundamentals of radiation damage and long term evolution of damage structure in structural materials for nuclear applications.

591. Practicum (3 or 6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

(Also offered as MPHY 591) Professional practice experience in radiation protection and environmental measurements in non-traditional settings under the guidance of health physicists and radiation protection engineers. Internship arrangement with a local facility employing health physicists or related personnel such as a national laboratory, analytical facility, or hospital. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

See Graduate Programs section for total credit requirements. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

610. Advanced Methods in Radiation Transport (3)

Advanced numerical methods in neutral and charged particle transport, including discontinuous finite element methods, structured and unstructured grids, adjoint techniques and Monte Carlo methods. Prerequisite: 511.

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

See Graduate Programs section for total credit requirements. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Nanoscience and Microsystems (NSMS)

412 / 512. Characterization Methods for Nanostructures (3)

(Also offered as CBE 412 / 512, CHEM 469 / 569) Nanostructure characterization methods. Examine principles underlying techniques and limitations, and how to interpret data from each method: electron beam, scanning probe, x-ray, neutron scattering, optical and near field optical. Lab demonstrations and projects provide experience. {Fall}

510. Chemistry and Physics at the Nanoscale (3)

512 / 412. Characterization Methods for Nanostructures (3)

(Also offered as CBE 512 / 412, CHEM 569 / 469) Nanostructure characterization methods. Examine principles underlying techniques and limitations, and how to interpret data from each method: electron beam, scanning probe, x-ray, neutron scattering, optical and near field optical. Lab demonstrations and projects provide experience. {Fall}

518. Synthesis of Nanostructures (3)

Underlying physical and chemical principles (optics, organic and inorganic chemistry, colloid chemistry, surface and materials science) for nanostructure formation using ‘top-down’ lithography (patterned optical exposure of photosensitive materials) and ‘bottom-up’ self-assembly. Labs will synthesize samples. Prerequisite: 510. {Spring}

519. Theory, Fabrication, and Characterization of Nano and Microelectromechanical Systems (NEMS/MEMS) (4)

(Also offered as ECE, ME 519) Lectures and laboratory projects on physical theory, design, analysis, fabrication, and characterization of micro and nanosystems. Special attention given to scaling effects involved with operation of devices at nano and microscale.

550. Social and Ethical Issues in Nanotechnology (1-3)

In this course, students will examine issues arising from this emerging technology, including those of privacy, health and safety, the environment, public perception and human enhancement.

574. Tissue Engineering (3)

(Also offered as BME 579, CBE 479 / 579) A review of the current strategies involved in the design of engineered tissues and organs. The principles underlying the implementation of selected cells, biomaterial scaffolds, soluble regulators, and culture conditions will be addressed. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Spring, even years}

574L. Microelectronics Processing (3)

(Also offered as ECE 474L / 574L) Materials science of semiconductors, microelectronics technologies, device/circuit fabrication, parasitics and packaging. Lab project features small group design/fabrication/testing of MOS circuits.

581. Colloidal Nanocrystals for Biomedical Applications (3)

(Also offered as BIOM, BME, ECE 581) Intended for students planning careers combining engineering, materials science, and biomedical sciences. Covers synthesis, nanocrystals characterization, biofunctionalization, biomedical nanosensors, FRET-based nanosensing, molecular-level sensing/imaging, and applications in cell biology, cancer diagnostics and therapy, neuroscience, and drug delivery.

595. Special Topics (1-3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

650. Research (1-12 to a maximum of 24 Δ)

May be repeated with any single faculty member.

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Natural Science (NTSC)

261L. Physical Science (4)

For pre-service K-8 teachers only. A broad, interdisciplinary introduction to the science of geology, chemistry, physics and astronomy, with emphasis on the sciences processes, inquiry and the integration of technology. The course is activity-based, utilizing a problems-and-issues based approach; various teaching methods are modeled and practiced by students; some field trips may be required. Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area III: Science.

262L. Life Science (4)

For pre-service K-8 teachers only. An activity-based study of science topics including botany, cell biology, genetics, microbiology and zoology with emphasis on science processes, inquiry and the integration of technology. Various teaching methods are modeled and practiced by students; some field trips may be required. Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area III: Science.

263L. Environmental Science (4)

For pre-service K-8 teachers only. An activity-based interdisciplinary study of major issues in environmental science with emphasis on science process, scientific investigations and field-based activities and the integration of technology. Course topics include current issues on population, healthy ecosystems and natural resources. Various teaching methods are modeled and practiced by students. Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area III: Science.

*400. Science Topics for Educators (1-4, may be repeated twice Δ)

Topics in specific science content areas with a focus on scientific process and inquiry. Topics vary; lectures are normally supplemented with laboratory exercises. Restriction: permission of instructor.

Nuclear Medicine Imaging (NUCM)

315. Radiation Safety (2)

Faculty. An introduction to radiation protection topics which are common to Radiography and Nuclear Medicine. Topics to be covered include, radiation units, radioactivity, radiation sources, background radiation, biological effects of radiation, dose limits, radiation shielding, methods of dose reduction and regulations. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Radiologic Sciences.

320. Clinical Nuclear Technology I (4)

Faculty. Practical experience in the performance of clinical nuclear medicine studies under direct supervision of certified technologists and staff physicians. Includes competency examinations, patient care assessment, radiopharmaceutical reconstitution, oral exams and CPR certification. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Radiologic Sciences. {Fall}

354. Clinical Radiopharmacy (3)

Faculty. Review of basic chemistry; principles of radiopharmacy/radiochemistry including radiopharmaceutical preparation dose calculation, quality control and federal/state regulations. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Radiologic Sciences. {Fall}

360. Imaging Instrumentation I (3)

Faculty. A study of the physical properties of nuclear medicine and the spectroscopy and instrumentation utilized in tomographic imaging. Emphasis on instrumentation for radiation detection and measurement in a nuclear pharmacy or nuclear medicine environment. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Radiologic Sciences.

365. Clinical Nuclear Technology II (4)

Faculty. A continuation of student assigned rotations for clinical practicum at our affiliate facilities. Prerequisite: 320. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Radiologic Sciences.

375. Nuclear Physics and Instrumentation (3)

Faculty. Principles of nuclear physics, ionization chambers, G-M tubes, scintillation and solid state detectors, associated electronics and quality control procedures. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Radiologic Sciences. {Fall}

380. Nuclear Medicine Cross Sectional Anatomy (2)

Course examines three- and four-dimensional relationships of the skull, brain, CNS, thorax, abdomen, pelvis and extremities correlating this information with nuclear medicine imaging modality.

385. Imaging Instrumentation II (3)

Faculty. Foundations of single photon emission computed tomograph (SPECT), magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), positron emission tomography (PET), and magnetic source imaging (MSI). Prerequisite: 360. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Radiologic Sciences. {Spring}

392. Pathology Seminar (4)

Faculty. An interactive interdisciplinary case study seminar in film interpretation integrating x-ray, CT, MRI, sonography and nuclear medicine. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Radiologic Sciences.

396. Essentials of Nuclear Medicine Imaging I (3)

Faculty. Basic anatomy and pathophysiology, methods of localization, radiopharmaceuticals, nuclear instrumentation and imaging techniques. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Radiologic Sciences. {Spring}

400. Clinical Nuclear Technology III (3)

Faculty. A continuation of student rotation through the division of nuclear medicine at The University of New Mexico Hospital, Presbyterian Hospital, and Veterans Administration Medical Center. Prerequisite: 365. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Radiologic Sciences. {Summer}

412. Nuclear Radiation Biology (2)

Faculty Interaction of alpha, beta, electromagnetic and high LET particle radiations from nuclear interactions and disintegrations with biologic material. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Radiologic Sciences. {Summer}

415. Essentials of Nuclear Medicine Imaging II (3)

Faculty. Continuation of 396. Prerequisite: 396. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Radiologic Sciences. {Summer}

Nursing (NURS)

129. Topics (1-3)

An opportunity for nurses to update their knowledge and skills in nursing process in maintenance of preventive, therapeutic and restorative health care. Restriction: permission of advisor.

201. Introduction to Nursing Concepts (3)

This course introduces the nursing student to the concepts of nursing practice and conceptual learning. Corequisite: 220L and 332. Restriction: admitted to B.S.N. Nursing.

220L. Principles of Nursing Practice (4)

Introduces the nursing student to the application of concepts through clinical skills in seminar, laboratory, and/or clinical settings. Principles of communication, assessments, safety, and interventions including accurate calculation, measurement, and administration of medications are included. Corequisite: 201 and 332. Restriction: admitted to B.S.N. Nursing.

224. Application of Growth and Development to Health Care (3)

Presentation of theories of psychosocial and biological growth and development across the life span. Stresses application of concepts to health care delivery.

229. Topics (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Courses related to preparation for a career in nursing. Variety of topic courses may be offered based upon demand.

238. Pharmacology in Nursing and the Health Professions (3)

This course introduces the nursing student to pharmacologic nursing practice from a conceptual approach. Pre- or corequisite: 239 or 240.

239. Pathophysiology I (3)

An introduction to human pathophysiology. The course focuses on forming a basic understanding of pathophysiology for nursing students. Pre- or corequisite: BIOL 237.

240. Pathophysiology II (3)

This course is a continuation of Pathophysiology I. The course focuses on forming a basic understanding of Pathophysiology for nursing students. Prerequisite: 239 and BIOL 237. Pre- or corequisite: BIOL 238. Restriction: admitted to B.S.N. Nursing.

293. Nursing Topics (1-6)

297. Independent Study (1-3, no limit Δ)

Restriction: permission of advisor. {Fall, Spring}

301. Professional Communication for Nurses (1)

This course focuses on improvement of writing skills and written communication for nursing professionals with an emphasis on application of American Psychological Association (APA) style. Pre- or corequisite: ENGL 120. Corequisite: 302. Restriction: admitted to B.S.N. (for RN to B.S.N.).

302. Advancement of Professional Nursing (2)

Focus on advancement of professional development and nursing values. Self-awareness, professional identity, experiences of diversity and disparities are explored. Intellectual skills and strategies providing professional nursing standards of care and foundational principles are reviewed. Pre- or corequisite: ENGL 120. Corequisite: 301. Restriction: permission of advisor.

303. Health Care Participant (3)

This course introduces the nursing student to the attributes of the health care participant as an individual, a family, or a community. Corequisite: 321L and 351.

321L. Assessment and Health Promotion (4)

This course introduces the nursing student to the assessment of and the health promotion for the health care participant as an individual, a family, or a community. This course uses seminar, laboratory and/or clinical settings. Prerequisite: 201 and 220L and 240 and 332. Corequisite: 303 and 351.

322L. Care of Patients with Chronic Conditions (4)

The focus of this course is to provide safe, evidence-based nursing care for patients with chronic conditions, across the lifespan in a variety of settings. This course builds upon curricular concepts; combines lab and clinical. Prerequisite: 238 and 303 and 321L and 351. Corequisite: 352.

329. Topics (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Courses related to preparation for a career in nursing. Variety of topic courses may be offered based upon demand.

332. Evidence-Based Practice (3)

This course focuses on the principles of evidence-based nursing practice. Includes identification of clinical practice problems, evaluation of available evidence, and integration of evidence with clinical expertise and patient preferences in application to practice. Corequisite: 201 and 220L. Restriction: admitted to B.S.N. Nursing.

351. Health and Illness Concepts I (3)

This course will focus on health and illness concepts across the lifespan, with the focus on wellness and common variations. Concepts covered are related to homeostasis/regulation, sexuality/reproductive, protection/movement and emotional processes. Prerequisite: 201 and 220L and 240 and 332. Corequisite: 303 and 321L. Restriction: admitted to B.S.N. Nursing.

352. Health and Illness Concepts II (3)

This course will cover health and illness concepts across the lifespan. Concepts covered are related to oxygenation and hemostasis, homeostasis and regulation, protection and movement, and cognitive and behavioral processes. Prerequisite: 238 and 303 and 321L and 351. Corequisite: 322L.

390. Professional Nursing Concepts I (3)

This course covers foundational concepts for professional development, including selected professional attributes and care competencies. Prerequisite: 238 and 303 and 321L and 351.

397. Independent Study (1-3, no limit Δ)

Restriction: permission of advisor. {Fall, Spring}

401L. Clinical Intensive I (4)

The first of two Level Four clinical courses in which the student will apply curricular concepts in the management of care participants with acute conditions across the lifespan. This course combines seminar, lab, and clinical. Prerequisite: 322L and 352 and 390. Corequisite: 402L and 453.

402L. Clinical Intensive II (4)

The second of two Level Four clinical courses in which the student will apply curricular concepts in the management of care participants with acute conditions across the lifespan. This course combines seminar, lab, and clinical. Prerequisite: 322L and 352 and 390. Corequisite: 401L and 453.

403L. Clinical Intensive III (4)

The focus of this clinical course is application of the curricular concepts in the management of care participants with complex conditions across the lifespan. This course is a combination of seminar, lab, and clinical. Prerequisite: 401L and 402L and 453. Pre- or corequisite: 491. Corequisite: 419L and 454L.

404. Nursing Research and Evidence-Based Practice (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ [3])

Emphasis on the development of skills needed to critically read and evaluate research for its application to clinical practice for the currently practicing nurse. Pre- or corequisite: 301 and 302. Restriction: admitted to B.S.N. Nursing (RN to B.S.N. degree completion option).

405. Genetic Literacy Across the Lifespan (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ [3])

This course provides an introduction to human genetics and application of genetic and genomic concepts to nursing practice, health care, and society. Pre- or corequisite: 301 and 302. Restriction: admitted to B.S.N. Nursing (RN to B.S.N. degree completion option).

406. Nursing in the Community (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ [3])

Promoting and protecting the health of the public, exploring theoretical basis for community-oriented population nursing practice focusing on health promotion, risk reduction and disease management and control strategies. Pre- or corequisite: 301 and 302. Restriction: admitted to B.S.N. Nursing (RN to B.S.N. degree completion option).

407. Nursing Care of Vulnerable Populations (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ [3])

This course focuses on nursing roles that address the health needs of vulnerable populations. Selected population groups who have increased risk for health disparities and models of care delivery and outcomes will be examined. Pre- or corequisite: 301 and 302. Restriction: admitted to B.S.N. Nursing (RN to B.S.N. degree completion option).

408. Professional Leadership and Management Roles in Nursing (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ [3])

This course focuses on nursing leadership and management roles within various health care systems' organizational structures. The impact of these roles and their relationship to quality improvement and patient safety are examined. Pre- or corequisite: 301 and 302. Restriction: admitted to B.S.N. Nursing (RN to B.S.N. degree completion option).

409. Health Policy, Economics and Systems (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ [3])

This course focuses on relationships among health policy, organizational systems and economics. The course will address how policies influence organizational responses to local, national and global issues of equity, access and affordability in healthcare. Pre- or corequisite: 301 and 302. Restriction: admitted to B.S.N. Nursing (RN to B.S.N. degree completion option).

410. Foundations of Leading Change and Advancing Health (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ [3])

This course focuses on the synthesis of knowledge and skills learned throughout the program, and their application in the clinical setting. Pre- or corequisite: 404 and 405 and 406 and 407 and 408 and 409. Restriction: admitted to B.S.N. Nursing (RN to B.S.N. degree completion option).

419L. Capstone (4)

The synthesis, integration, and application of concepts to professional nursing practice will be applied in the final clinical course to ensure readiness to enter practice. Prerequisite: 401L and 402L and 453. Pre- or corequisite: 491. Corequisite: 403L and 454L.

421. Nurse Intern Professional Knowledge Development (1 to a maximum of 2 Δ)

This course will assist currently enrolled students who have secured a position as a nurse intern to increase competence in the professional role of the nurse. This seminar will examine student identified learning issues. Restriction: admitted to B.S.N. Nursing.

422. Nurse Intern Professional Role Development (1 to a maximum of 2 Δ)

This course will assist students who have secured a position as a nurse intern to increase competence in professional nursing. This seminar will examine communication problems in the current health care setting.

*429. Topics (1-6, no limit Δ)

{Offered upon demand}

432. UNMH Nurse Residency Program (1, may be repeated twice Δ)

Focus on the development of critical thinking skills and application of leadership skills in the provision of high quality, evidence-based nursing care, healthcare team coordination, and facilitation of oversight and accountability for care delivery. Restriction: admitted to B.S.N. (for RN to B.S.N.).

433. Introduction to Holistic Nursing (3)

Examines the conceptual foundations of Holistic Nursing and application of this theory to baccalaureate-level nursing practice. It explores self-care, reflective learning, and the integration of complementary, alternative and indigenous healing modalities into nursing. Restriction: admitted to College of Nursing.

441. Evidence-Based Application of Health Assessment Skills (4)

Validation of core physical assessment skills is followed by development of holistic assessment strategies for clients across the lifespan. Application of evidence base and nursing judgment in selecting assessment strategies, diagnosis, and intervention planning. Pre- or corequisite: 340.

447L. Family and Community Health Practicum (4)

Focus on nursing roles working with families and communities as clients. Clinical experiences in case management and other community health roles will focus on understanding overall population health through contact with individuals and families. Prerequisite: 431L.

448. Application of Health and Illness Concepts (4)

Allows RN to B.S.N. students opportunity to explore in depth select concepts associated with an individual’s physical health and illness. Concept categories include regulation and homeostasis, oxygen and hemostasis, protection, maladaptive behavior, emotions, and cognition. Pre- or corequisite: 340.

453. Health and Illness Concepts III (4)

This course will cover health and illness concepts across the lifespan. Concepts covered are related to homeostasis/regulation, oxygenation/hemostasis, protection/movement and emotional processes. Prerequisite: 322L and 352 and 390. Corequisite: 401L and 402L.

454L. Concept Synthesis (3)

This course will focus on the synthesis of curricular concepts in the care of complex patients. Prerequisite: 401L and 402L and 453. Corequisite: 403L.

464. Community Maternal Child Health I: Models of Care (1)

First of three courses. Provides clinical experiences in population-based maternity care. Emphasizes principles and practice of group-based clinical preventive services during pregnancy and infancy. Includes familiarization with key community resources for childbearing families. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: permission of instructor.

465. Community Maternal Child Health II: Family Centered Birthing Care (1)

Second of three courses. Develops knowledge and skills in family-centered care. Emphasizes needs assessment, providing supportive care, and the impact of culture and socioeconomic marginalization on care and childbearing outcomes. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Prerequisite: 464.

466. Community Maternal Child Health III: Building a Healthy Family (1)

Third of three courses. Develops competence in family-centered care from early postpartum through early months of infancy with an emphasis on the provision of comprehensive services for women and families following childbirth. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Prerequisite: 465.

467. Basic Fetal Monitoring (2)

This course is an introduction to basic fetal monitoring skills needed by nurses in an antepartum and/or labor and birth setting. Restriction: admitted to B.S.N. Nursing, and permission of instructor or advisor.

468. Neonatal Resuscitation Program Provider (1)

The Neonatal Resuscitation Program is an international educational program that introduces the concepts and basic skills of neonatal resuscitation. NRP card issued upon successful completion. Restriction: admitted to B.S.N. Nursing, and permission of instructor or advisor.

469. Special Populations in Obstetrics (3)

Explores issues relevant to the nursing care of special obstetric populations utilizing both evidence-based practice and media resources. Restriction: admitted to B.S.N. Nursing.

471. Breastfeeding (3)

This course focuses upon the breastfeeding family with emphasis upon maternal and newborn assessment, latch assessment, and application of the nursing process through common breastfeeding problems. A lactation clinical experience or the equivalent is required. Prerequisite: 321L.

473. End of Life Care (3)

Exploration of end of life care with focus on symptom management, pain management, and social, cultural and emotional issues. Themes include family, nurse as advocate, culture, and interdisciplinary care.

474. Patient Education (3)

Intensive exploration of the role of nurse as educator. Review adult learning principles and application of principles to patients in clinical settings. Restriction: permission of advisor.

477. Interdisciplinary Geriatric Care (3)

Assessment and care for the older adult as a team. Interprofessional case-based discussion, simulation, and team care plans for geriatric patients. In addition, students will engage in service learning addressing the needs of geriatric patients. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to B.S.N. Nursing.

478. Care of the Veteran (3)

Preparation for care of the Veteran population; explores health issues and topics such as military and veteran culture, Veterans Health Administration, PTSD, traumatic brain injury, women in the military, military sexual trauma, and chemical exposures. Prerequisite: 220L.

480. Complementary and Alternative Medicine (3)

Explores complementary and alternative medicine in nursing, examining applications to both established Health and Illness concepts and herbology. Explores CAM in community settings and relates its cultural context to local communities and other healthcare settings. Prerequisite: 220L

481. Applications of Epidemiology to Community Health Problems (3)

Epidemiology studies distribution of disease and factors influencing this distribution. Introduces the basic methods and tools epidemiologists use to study and enhance the health of populations, as applied to both clinical and public health settings. Prerequisite: 220L.

482. Genetics and Genomics in Nursing, Health Care and Society (3)

Focuses on fundamentals of human and molecular genetics. Provides basic understanding of genetic/genomic concepts and molecular techniques applicable to genetic diagnoses and therapies. Discusses ethical, legal, social and policy issues of genetic knowledge and technology. Prerequisite: 220L.

491. Professional Nursing Concepts II (3)

This course covers policy concepts for professional nursing. Prerequisite: 401L and 402L and 453.

497. Independent Study (1-3, no limit Δ)

Restriction: permission of advisor. {Fall, Spring}

498. Honors Study in Nursing I (1 or 2, may be repeated once Δ)

First of two departmental honors courses. Small groups apply the scientific inquiry process to selected nursing problems. Knowledge synthesis is demonstrated by developing a community-based intervention or scholarly paper addressing the problem of interest. Restriction: permission of advisor.

499. Honors Study in Nursing II (1-3, may be repeated once Δ)

Second of two departmental honors courses. Small groups apply the scientific inquiry process to selected nursing problems. Knowledge synthesis is demonstrated by developing a community-based intervention or scholarly paper addressing the problem of interest. Prerequisite: 498.

501. Theoretical Foundations of Advanced Nursing (3)

Examines selected theories in nursing and health. Approaches to the analysis, critique and utilization of theories in nursing practice and scholarship are emphasized. Students develop and apply a theory and analysis to an area of interest. Restriction: admitted to M.S.N. Nursing.

503. Research in Nursing (3)

Provides an introduction to research methods used in nursing and health sciences to develop and evaluate research evidence relevant to clinical practice, public health, and delivery of nursing and health services. Restriction: admitted to M.S.N. Nursing.

505. Health Care Policy, Systems and Financing for Advanced Practice Roles (3)

Provides opportunity for in-depth discussion of concepts related to advanced practice. Focus in on issues affecting scope of practice, health policy, economics of health care, ethical decision making and advanced nursing roles and collaborative practice. Restriction: admitted to M.S.N. Nursing.

508. Human Resource Management in the Changing Healthcare Environment (3)

Human resource management complexities as applied to nurse leaders working in healthcare settings are examined. Employment laws, compensation models, and performance management and the effects of organizational strengths, weakness and cultural influence are studied. Restriction: permission of instructor.

509. Teaching in Nursing (3)

Focuses on development of teaching strategies to enhance learning in academic nursing education, continuing education, staff development, and client/family teaching. Students analyze educational philosophies, learning theories, educational principles, and instructional processes in nursing educational programs. Prerequisite: 515.

510. Curriculum Design and Program Evaluation (3)

Explores educational program development and evaluation in health related courses. Students analyze the curricular process, develop a philosophy, examine characteristics of the graduate, develop level/course objectives, and evaluate both courses and program outcomes. Prerequisite: 509. Corequisite: 511.

511. Assessment and Evaluation of Learning in Nursing Education (2)

Addresses teaching-learning strategies to assess and evaluate student learning in classroom, laboratory, clinical, and all learning domains. Evidence-based strategies will be assessed. Evaluation tools, methods, testing forms, and self-assessment tools including portfolios are reviewed. Prerequisite: 509. Corequisite: 510.

512. Finance for Nurse Leaders in Contemporary Healthcare (4)

Focuses on issues involved in managing financial resources founded in healthcare reform. Fundamental concepts of economics and accounting are reviewed. The nurse administrator's role in fiscal stewardship and ethical and legal dilemmas are addressed.

513. Quality Management in a Transformative Healthcare Environment (4)

Provides a systems approach to quality management in healthcare from theoretical, philosophical, and practice-based perspectives. The focus is on quality metrics, values, management philosophies, national recognition programs, organizational monitoring, and ethical issues in quality management.

514. Transforming Organizations through Healthcare Reform (4)

This course focuses on understanding the forces and trends that impact health care organizational behavior. Concepts from organizational, management and nursing administrative frameworks that serve as the basis for practice are investigated.

515. Nurse Educator Roles and Professional Issues (3)

Examines roles and competencies of nurse educators within the context of various educational settings and philosophical perspectives. Current political, social, cultural, ethical, and pedagogical issues affecting the nurse educator in various settings are explored. Prerequisite: 501 and 503.

523. Advanced Health Assessment for Nurse Educators (2)

Principles of health assessment throughout the lifespan; emphasizes problem-based, student-centered learning. Includes conceptual-based methodologies of biophysical and psychosocial health assessment of clients/families. Application of advanced health assessment knowledge and skills in nursing education practice.

525. Primary Care Concepts (3)

This course focuses on the role of the APRN / Nurse Midwife providing primary care across the lifespan. Content includes best practices for health supervision, health promotion, disease prevention, building therapeutic relationships and interdisciplinary collaboration. Prerequisite: 501 and 503 and 526. Restriction: admitted to M.S.N. Nursing or D.N.P. Nursing or Ph.D. Nursing or NURCP Nursing Certificate.

526. Pathophysiology in Advanced Practice Nursing (3)

Application of analytical reasoning and problem solving based on pathophysiology and clinical presentations of a broad variety of diseases of children and adults across the life span.

534. Primary Care Geriatrics (2)

The focus of this course is the care of elderly adults in the primary care setting. Content includes epidemiology, costs of aging, complexities of physical, neurocognitive, social and functional factors, geriatric pharmacology and common concerns. Prerequisite: 535 and 540 and 543. Corequisite: 536.

535. Primary Care of Adults I (4)

536. Primary Care of Adults II (3)

This course focuses on assessment, diagnosis, and management of increasingly complex acute and chronic adult health care issues. Application of the scientific basis for practice, best available evidence and collaborative care are key course components. Prerequisite: 535. Corequisite: 534.

537. Primary Care of Adults III (4)

This course focuses on the assessment and management of individuals with complex medical conditions and special populations of adults and elders. Using a problem-based approach, students interpret complex cases and devise evidence-based treatment plans. Prerequisite: 536.

538. Case Studies in Diagnostic Reasoning (1)

Focuses on refining interview skills and applying data from the focused history and physical exam to the development of differential diagnoses in primary care. Developing management plans and documentation of patient encounters is also emphasized. Prerequisite: 539 or 540. Restriction: admitted to M.S.N. Nursing.

539. Advanced Pediatric Health and Developmental Assessment (3)

This course builds on basic health assessment skills and presents a systematic approach to the advanced physical and developmental assessment of children (newborns through adolescents). Corequisite: 525. Restriction: admitted to M.S.N. Nursing or D.N.P. Nursing or Ph.D. Nursing or NURCP Nursing Certificate.

540. Advanced Health Assessment and Diagnostic Reasoning (3)

Presents theoretical principles of health assessment throughout the life cycle; introduces problem-based, student-centered learning. Includes methodologies of data gathering and data analysis essential to comprehensive health assessment. Labs provide testing and integration of theory.

541. Antepartum-Postpartum for FNP (1)

This course will provide students with the skills necessary to conduct antepartum/postpartum visits in primary health care settings. Prerequisite: 526 and 540. Pre- or corequisite: 543. Corequisite: 548. Restriction: admitted to M.S.N. Nursing or D.N.P. Nursing or Ph.D. Nursing or NURCP Nursing Certificate.

542. Primary Care of Pediatrics I (3 or 4)

This course focuses on theories and concepts applied by nurse practitioners in the promotion of health in children with emphasis on health education, prevention, culturally and developmentally appropriate care, within the context of family. Prerequisite: 526 and 540 and 543. Restriction: admitted to M.S.N. Nursing or D.N.P. Nursing or Ph.D. Nursing or NURCP Nursing Certificate.

543. Pharmacological Principles of Clinical Therapeutics (3)

This course presents pharmacologic principles which support safe, evidence-based clinical decision making. Content supports pharmacologic management of primary and acute care problems with consideration of age, genetics, health status, pregnancy, and patient context.

544. Antepartum and Postpartum Care (1-7, may be repeated once Δ)

Primary Care students study, analyze and apply concepts of management process to ante/postpartum periods. Within cultural and rural context, health maintenance preventive care and health policy throughout the life span is covered. Twelve hours lab per week. Prerequisite: 526 and 540. Restriction: admitted to M.S.N. Nursing or D.N.P. Nursing or Ph.D. Nursing or NURCP Nursing Certificate.

546. Primary Care of Pediatrics II (4 or 5)

This course focuses on management of common primary health care problems of children birth through adolescence, and provides a framework for integrating concepts from the clinical sciences and current evidence base into diagnosis and management. Prerequisite: 542. Restriction: admitted to M.S.N. Nursing or D.N.P. Nursing or Ph.D. Nursing or NURCP Nursing Certificate.

547. Pediatric Chronic Illness/Special Needs (4)

This course focuses on assessment, diagnosis, and evidence-based management of children with chronic illness and special needs and their families. Emphasis is on primary, secondary, and tertiary prevention. Prerequisite: 542 and 549. Corequisite: 546.

548. Women's Health (1-4, may be repeated once Δ)

Theories and concepts applied in the promotion of the health of adolescent and adult women. Clinical component is specialty-specific. Prerequisite: 526 and 540. Restriction: admitted to M.S.N. Nursing or D.N.P. Nursing or Ph.D. Nursing or NURCP Nursing Certificate.

549. Adolescent Health (3)

This course builds on basic health and developmental assessment skills and emphasizes health promotion, anticipatory guidance, and prevention of illness for adolescents. Content includes assessment and management of illnesses affecting adolescents and their families. Prerequisite: 539.

550. Intrapartum Care (1-9, may be repeated once Δ)

Management of labor and birth, triage of complications and cultural dimensions foundational to the nurse-midwifery model of intrapartum care are studied. Clinical component is specialty-specific. Prerequisite: 544 and 548.

551. Newborn Care (1-3 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

Study of the normal neonate within the cultural structure of the family. Common physiological, pathological problems and their management by nurse-midwife emphasized. Clinical component is specialty-specific. For students pursuing an advanced clinical nursing concentration. Prerequisite: 526 and 540.

552. Evidence-Based Care in Nurse Midwifery (1)

This course focuses on skill-building in the assessment of the quality and relevance of clinical research in obstetrics and midwifery. Evaluation of the current science base and identification of biases and weaknesses therein are required to articulate and support options in women’s health care. Current research topics are explored from historical and scientific perspectives. Prerequisite: 544 and 548. Corequisite: 550 and 551.

553. Nurse-Midwifery Professional Practice (1)

This advanced class in nurse-midwifery standards of professional practice analyzes variations based upon populations, geography, practice teams and delivery systems. Historical and ethical frames are used in the analysis of clinical, organization and international issues.

554. The Evidence Base for APRN Primary Care Practice (1)

The focus of this course is on analysis of clinical research in primary care practice, including identification of biases and limitations, allowing students to articulate best practices and support clinical decision-making in primary care. Prerequisite: 535 and 542.

555. Management of the Acutely Ill Adult-Gerontology Patient (4)

This course focuses on the acutely ill adult/gerontology patient. Emphasis is placed on acute and episodic health problems common to the adult/gerontology patient. Prerequisite: 564. Pre- or corequisite: 505 and 566. Restriction: admitted to M.S.N. Nursing.

557. Biophysical and Psychosocial Concepts of Health and Illness (4)

Biophysical and psychosocial concepts of health and illness throughout lifespan, offering a conceptual approach in health assessment and pathophysiology. Examines application in patient care delivery settings using a systems perspective in educational and clinical practice. Prerequisite: 515 and 526 and 543.

560. Differential Diagnosis for Advanced Practice (3)

Builds on content covered in advanced courses of physical assessment, pharmacology and pathophysiology. Concepts of developing differential diagnosis related to health problems in acutely, chronically, and critically ill adults (all ages) based on case studies. Prerequisite: 566. Restriction: admitted to M.S.N. Nursing or D.N.P. Nursing or Ph.D. Nursing or NURCP Nursing Certificate.

561. AG-ACNP Practicum I (3)

Introductory skills and concepts of acutely ill adult patients. Evaluation and management of common disease processes of adults in the acute care setting will be included. Restriction: admitted to M.S.N. Nursing or D.N.P. Nursing or Ph.D. Nursing or NURCP Nursing Certificate.

562. Management of the Complex and Chronically Ill Adult-Gerontology Patient (4)

This course focuses on the complex and chronically ill adult/gerontology patient. Emphasis is placed on common complex and chronic health problems. Prerequisite: 501 and 503 and 505 and 526 and 540 and 543 and 555 and 566. Restriction: admitted to M.S.N. Nursing or D.N.P. Nursing or Ph.D. Nursing or NURCP Nursing Certificate.

563. AG-ACNP Practicum II (5)

This clinical course focuses on the diagnosis, management, and continued care of the complex, acute, and critically ill adult/gerontology patient. Prerequisite: 501 and 503 and 505 and 526 and 540 and 543 and 555 and 561 and 562. Restriction: admitted to M.S.N. Nursing or D.N.P. Nursing or Ph.D. Nursing or NURCP Nursing Certificate.

564. Health Promotion, Protection, and Disease Prevention for Acute, Critical or Chronically Ill Adults (3)

This course focuses on health promotion, protection and disease prevention in the acutely ill, critical or chronically ill adult. Health promotion strategies, risk stratification, and disease prevention and protection concepts are included. Restriction: admitted to M.S.N. Nursing or D.N.P. Nursing or Ph.D. Nursing or NURCP Nursing Certificate.

565. Management of the Critically Ill Adult-Gerontology Patient (4)

This course focuses on the critical ill adult/gerontology patient. Emphasis is placed on management of critical illnesses. Pre- or corequisite: 563. Restriction: admitted to M.S.N. Nursing.

566. Advanced Diagnostic and Therapeutic Skills (3)

This course focuses on skills such as diagnostic and technical interventions used to diagnose, sustain, or stabilize the acutely ill, complex/chronically ill and/or critically ill adult/gerontology patient. Prerequisite: 501 and 503 and 526 and 540 and 543. Restriction: admitted to M.S.N. Nursing or D.N.P. Nursing or Ph.D. Nursing or NURCP Nursing Certificate.

568. ACNP Clinical Topics I (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Covers content related to areas of advanced practice that require specialized training and skills. Student chooses from operating room RN first assistant, flight nursing, disaster management, or specialized acute care topics approved by the instructor. Restriction: admitted to M.S.N. Nursing or D.N.P. Nursing or Ph.D. Nursing or NURCP Nursing Certificate.

569. ACNP Clinical Topics II (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Builds on ACNP Clinical Topics I. The student continues in the chosen topic of operating room RN first assistant, flight nursing, disaster management, or in the specialized acute care topic approved by the instructor. Prerequisite: 568. Restriction: admitted to M.S.N. Nursing or D.N.P. Nursing or Ph.D. Nursing or NURCP Nursing Certificate.

583. Psychotherapy, Behavior Change, and Health Promotion-Disease Prevention Across the Lifespan (3)

Theoretical, foundational knowledge of individual, group, and family therapy, health promotion, disease prevention across the lifespan with focus on motivational interviewing, behavior change, use of cognitive, behavioral, dialectical, solution focused, play, and reminiscence therapy. Prerequisite: 584. Restriction: permission of advisor.

584. Integrated Behavioral Health Care and Common Psychiatric Presentations (3)

Overview of behavioral health assessment in common psychiatric disorders and medical conditions with psychiatric presentations in patients across the lifespan with a focus on integrated care settings, interdisciplinary communication, care coordination within a trauma-informed setting. Prerequisite: 526 and 540. Restriction: permission of advisor.

585. Advanced Assessment, Neurobiology, and Psychopharmacology Across the Lifespan (3)

Integration of current neurobiological and psychopharmacological theory and research to assessment of symptoms, diagnosis, and treatment of psychiatric disorders across the lifespan. Prerequisite: 583 and 584. Corequisite: 588. Restriction: permission of advisor.

586. Diagnosis and Management of Adults for the PMHNP (3)

Evidence-based assessment, diagnosis, health promotion, management, and evaluation of adults with mental illnesses and addictions by the Psychiatric Mental Health Nurse Practitioner. Emphasis on neurobiology, complex psychopharmacological and non-pharmacological treatments, and culturally-sensitive interventions. Prerequisite: 585. Corequisite: 589. Restriction: permission of advisor.

587. Diagnosis and Management of Children and Older Adults for the PMHNP (3)

Psychiatric-mental health assessment, diagnosis, health promotion, management, and evaluation of children, adolescents, and older adults for the PMHNP. Emphasis on complex individual, family, and group therapies, neurobiology, psychopharmacological treatment, and developmentally and culturally-sensitive interventions. Prerequisite: 586. Corequisite: 595. Restriction: permission of advisor.

588. Advanced Practicum I (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ [3])

The first in a three course clinical sequence for PMHNP students. Minimum of 150 hours supervised clinical practice working with a preceptor to evaluate patients, develop management plans, and facilitate individual and group therapies. Prerequisite: 583. Corequisite: 586. Restriction: permission of advisor.

589. Advanced Practicum II (3)

The second in a three course clinical sequence for PMHNP students. Minimum 150 hours supervised clinical practice working with preceptor to develop higher level competencies in evaluation and management of patients across the lifespan. Prerequisite: 588. Corequisite: 586. Restriction: permission of advisor.

591. Graduate Problems (1-6, no limit Δ)

Independent study and research on a topic agreed upon by instructor and student. Restriction: permission of advisor.

592. Clinical Specialty Practicum (2)

Synthesis of advanced knowledge/skills from health assessment, pathophysiology, pharmacology with theoretical foundations, evidence- based practice, and health care policy. Provides experiences in identified clinical area to apply knowledge/skills under advanced health care practitioner supervision. Prerequisite: 501 and 523 and 526 and 543.

593. Topics (1-6, no limit Δ)

Specialized courses about a particular topic in nursing. A variety of topic courses are offered according to demand. Different sections indicate different topic content. Restriction: admitted to M.S.N. or Ph.D. Nursing or D.N.P. Nursing Practice or NURCP Nursing Certificate.

594. Advanced Practice Seminar (1)

The focus of the course is entry into practice for the advanced practice nurse. Prerequisite: students must have completed the majority of their clinical courses specific to their concentration. Coordinators for the advance practice nursing concentrations must approve students’ admission into this course.

595. Advanced Nursing Field Work (1-7, no limit Δ)

A minimum of 4 field work credits is required. Taken after core and specialty required courses in the concentration have been completed. Students enroll with faculty in specialty area. Faculty member oversees experience and monitors students progress. 3 lab hours per week, per credit. Restriction: permission of advisor.

596. Professional Paper (1)

Scholarly, comprehensive paper written during the final semester of the course of study for completion of Plan II. Topic agreed upon with appointed professional advisor. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to M.S.N. or Ph.D. Nursing or D.N.P. Nursing Practice or NURCP Nursing Certificate.

597. Applied Examination (1)

Comprehensive examination taken during the final term of the course of study for completion of Plan II requirements. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to M.S.N. or Ph.D. Nursing or D.N.P. Nursing Practice or NURCP Nursing Certificate.

599. Nursing Thesis I (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: permission of advisor.

600. Philosophical Foundations of Nursing Science (3)

Focus on ontological and epistemological foundations of nursing as a discipline. Nursing knowledge and science are explored in regard to philosophical, historical and social contexts. Restriction: admitted to Ph.D. Nursing or D.N.P. Nursing Practice.

601. Theory I: Methods and Processes of Nursing Knowledge Development (3)

Engagement in analysis and critique of both developmental processes and composition of concepts and theory as components of nursing disciplinary knowledge. Emphasis on components and types of theoretical constructions of concepts and theory development. Prerequisite: 600.

602. Theory II: Synthesis of Knowledge for Nursing Inquiry (3)

Student will critically examine existing and evolving substantive knowledge drawn from nursing and other disciplines. Focus on analysis, critique, and synthesis of extant knowledge and theory in application to a problem in nursing knowledge. Restriction: admitted to Ph.D. Nursing or D.N.P. Nursing Practice.

605. Symptom Management Science (3)

This course focuses on the study of symptoms and symptom management in nursing research. The emphasis is on building an understanding of the theoretical, methodological, and practical issues surrounding the study of symptoms in healthcare. Restriction: admitted to M.S.N. or Ph.D. Nursing or D.N.P. Nursing Practice or NURCP Nursing Certificate.

606. Quantitative Methods in Health Research (3)

This course focuses on the critical analysis and application of quantitative research designs and methods used to study clinical problems and health policy issues. Emphasis is on survey methods, non-experimental, quasi-experimental and experimental designs. Prerequisite: 620.

607. Qualitative Methods in Health Research (3)

Exploration of major methodological traditions and techniques of qualitative research and their applications to knowledge development in nursing and health research. Restriction: admitted to M.S.N. or Ph.D. Nursing or D.N.P. Nursing Practice or NURCP Nursing Certificate.

608. Environments of Human Health and Nursing (3)

Analysis of physical and social environments in relation to individuals, families, groups and communities. Examination of human health as an outcome of interactions with varying levels of environments. Restriction: admitted to the College of Nursing.

609. Family Health: Concepts, Issues and Outcomes (3)

Emphasizes the family as the unit of research. Critically analyzes factors affecting health outcomes for families and their members, with health policy implications for enhancement of family health and capacity. Restriction: admitted to Ph.D. Nursing or D.N.P. Nursing Practice.

611. Rural and Cultural Health (3)

Rural and cultural health analyzes unique characteristics, current issues, cultural competence and future trends for professional nursing in rural environments. Learning strategies incorporate critical reflection, dialogue, analysis and synthesis of ideas, problem-solving, rural experiences and the creative expression of thought. Restriction: admitted to Ph.D. Nursing or D.N.P. Nursing Practice.

612. Health Outcomes Research (3)

Advanced analysis and application of quantitative research designs and methods to study patient-centered outcomes and the comparative effectiveness of therapies, health interventions, and systems of healthcare delivery. Prerequisite: 606 and 621. Restriction: admitted to Ph.D. Nursing or D.N.P. Nursing Practice.

613. Mixed Methods Research (3)

This course provides doctoral students with specific knowledge needed to design and implement a mixed methods research proposal, and assist students to develop critical evaluation skills to critique peer-reviewed mixed methods research reports. Restriction: admitted to a UNM or NEXUS doctoral program and permission of instructor.

615. Critical Ethnography and CBPR in Health Care Research (3)

Examines conceptual/philosophical traditions, foundations, characteristics, procedures, applications and contexts for health care research involving critical ethnographic and CBPR methods. Focuses on strategies for designing and implementing studies in multicultural settings and diverse populations. Prerequisite: 607.

616. Secondary Data in Health Research (3)

Introduction to the use of secondary data in health research, including practical experience in acquiring, managing, and analyzing secondary data, reporting results of analyses, and evaluating health research that uses secondary data sources. Prerequisite: 606 and 621.

620. Health Care Statistics I (3)

Provides the student with knowledge, skills, and practice in performing, analyzing, and interpreting quantitative data. Course content will include descriptive data analysis as well as parametric and nonparametric statistical tests of association and differences. Restriction: admitted to Ph.D. Nursing or D.N.P. Nursing Practice.

621. Health Care Statistics II (3)

Provides knowledge, skills and practice analyzing and interpreting quantitative data using multivariate statistical techniques, including: multiple linear and logistic regression, factorial analysis of variance and covariance, and exploratory factor analysis. Prerequisite: 620.

623. Advanced Qualitative Methods (3)

Focuses on advanced techniques for qualitative research design and data analysis. Emphasis is on study of symptoms and symptom management in nursing research and on the conduct of qualitative research and emerging trends and controversies. Prerequisite: 607.

640. Health Policy, Politics, and Evidence (3)

Politics of health policy in the U.S. Examines stakeholders' use of different types of evidence to influence policy outcomes. Emphasis on national policies, how federalist system of government affects health politics, policies, including tribal. Restriction: admitted to M.S.N. or Ph.D. Nursing or D.N.P. Nursing Practice or NURCP Nursing Certificate.

641. Health Disparities and Policy (3)

The course focuses on historical, structural and social determinants of racial, ethnic and socio-economic health disparities in the US. Examines research approaches to the study of health disparities and explores policy and research strategies. Restriction: admitted to Ph.D. Nursing or D.N.P. Nursing Practice.

642. Applied Health Economics (3)

This course focuses on the concepts and methods of analysis used in health economics, with an emphasis on health care evaluation. Emphasizes the impact of health economics on patient care and health care delivery. Restriction: admitted to M.S.N. or Ph.D. Nursing or D.N.P. Nursing Practice or NURCP Nursing Certificate.

648. Introduction to Health Policy Field Placement (1)

In consultation with course faculty, Health Policy students identify field placement goals and finalize field placement arrangements, including sites and preceptors. Prerequisite: 640 and 641. Restriction: admitted to Ph.D. Nursing and permission of instructor.

649. Health Policy Field Placement (3)

Building upon objectives from NURS 648, Health Policy, students in the health policy concentration apply knowledge from prior courses in health policy, research methods, and other areas through field placements in public or private sector settings. Prerequisite: 640 and 641 and 642 and 648. Restriction: admitted to Ph.D. Nursing and permission of instructor.

690. Ph.D. Seminar (1-3 to a maximum of 3 Δ [1-3, no limit Δ])

Specialized courses about a particular topic applicable to advanced graduate students. Different sections indicate different topic content. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

691. Independent Study (1-3, no limit Δ)

Intensive, directed study at the doctoral level on a specific topic or issue pertaining to nursing. The focus for this independent study, objectives, and strategies to achieve the objectives are agreed upon by instructor and student. Restriction: admitted to Ph.D. Nursing or D.N.P. Nursing Practice.

693. Topics (1-6, no limit Δ)

Specific topics relevant to Ph.D. studies in Nursing, as identified by the course title. Restriction: admitted to Ph.D. Nursing.

694. Research Practicum (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Focuses on development of skills and techniques for the conduct of research through active participation in faculty research. Emphasis on practical application of research skills and growth in knowledge related to the conduct of research. Restriction: admitted to Ph.D. Nursing or D.N.P. Nursing Practice.

699. Dissertation (3-9, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to Ph.D. Nursing.

702. Applied Epidemiology in Advanced Nursing Practice (3)

Using group discussion, literature reviews, and primary and secondary data services, students will gain knowledge regarding the historical dimensions leading to health disparities, social injustice, and concepts of marginalization, poverty, race, class, and gender. Restriction: admitted to D.N.P. Nursing Practice.

703. Applied Clinical Research in Advanced Nursing Practice (3)

This course will focus on the systematic examination and application of health-related research in relation to advanced nursing practice, including clinical practice, nursing and health care administration, community and public health, or health policy. Restriction: admitted to D.N.P. Nursing Practice.

705. The Business and Policy of Practice and Their Influence on the U.S. Health Care System (3)

Examines U.S. healthcare system complexities with focus on major core changes and challenges affecting healthcare economics, public healthcare policy, reform, care provisions and workforce issues affecting population health, cost of care, and access to care. Restriction: admitted to D.N.P. Nursing Practice.

706. Organizational Systems and Quality Management for Advanced Nursing Practice (3)

Advanced practice nursing student will focus on the process of quality management, improvement, and outcomes through management and coordination of care in ambulatory and in-patient organizational systems. Individual settings and system-wide performance improvement plans will be developed. Restriction: admitted to D.N.P. Nursing Practice.

715. Genetics and Genomics for Advanced Practice Nursing (3)

This course provides an overview of the role of genetics and genomics in health and illness for integration and application in advanced practice nursing. Corequisite: 702.

720. Etiology and Management of Complex Health and Illness in Rural Health (3)

This course examines complex health and illness in individuals in a rural health setting with an emphasis on multi-system processes, environmental, nutritional, economic, cultural, psychosocial stressors, and genetic influences. Prerequisite: 715. Corequisite: 727 and 797.

724. Professional Concepts and Issues for Advanced Nursing Practice (3)

This course presents the student with the opportunity to explore professional concepts and issues in advanced professional nursing practice and health care and incorporate them into their practice. Restriction: admitted to D.N.P. Nursing Practice.

725. Principles of Advanced Nursing Management (3)

This course introduces the importance of management skills, identifies essential management skills, and presents a learning model for developing management skills. Essential management skills are organized into three categories: personal, interpersonal, and group. Restriction: admitted to D.N.P. Nursing Practice.

726. Leading Organizational Change (3)

Integrated learning experiences explore leadership challenges in changing workplaces through on-site implementation of capstone projects. Executive leadership is discussed in context of the role of the nurse leader in promoting and managing institutional change. Restriction: admitted to D.N.P. Nursing Practice.

727. Health Care Innovations and Informatics (3)

This course focuses on nursing informatics. Topics include: (1) introduction to the nursing informatics; (2) health care informatics applications; (3) evidence-based decision support; (4) information systems design; and (5) new opportunities and emerging trends. Restriction: admitted to D.N.P. Nursing Practice.

791. Independent Study (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Specific intensive directed study at the doctoral level relevant to D.N.P. studies in Nursing. Restriction: admitted to D.N.P. Nursing Practice.

793. Topics (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Specific topics relevant to D.N.P. studies in Nursing, as identified by the section title. Restriction: admitted to D.N.P. Nursing Practice.

795. Advanced Nursing Practice Residency (1-10 to a maximum of 10 Δ)

This is a supervised, intensive clinical immersion which addresses the full spectrum of advanced nursing practice. Students are expected to demonstrate national D.N.P. competencies in professional health care delivery. Restriction: admitted to D.N.P. Nursing Practice.

796. D.N.P. Capstone Seminar (1)

The D.N.P. capstone project is explored, including project concept, assessment of needed resources, assessment of need for IRB approval, and other components required for conducting the capstone project. Restriction: admitted to D.N.P. Nursing Practice.

797. D.N.P. Capstone Project (1-8 to a maximum of 8 Δ)

In this course the student builds on the foundation of core and specialty content in the D.N.P. program to develop a rigorous project which reflects the achievement of D.N.P. program outcomes. Restriction: admitted to D.N.P. Nursing Practice.

Nutrition (NUTR)

120. Nutrition for Health (3)

General concepts of nutrition applied to food choices that support health. Cultural, psychological and economic implications of food choices.

244. Human Nutrition (3)

This course provides an overview of all the nutrients including function in the body and food sources. Dietary guidelines intended to promote long term health are stressed. Prerequisite: BIOL 123 or BIOL 201L or CHEM 111 or (CHEM 121 and CHEM 123L).

320. Methods in Nutrition Education (3)

Principles of education basic to effective learning by individuals or groups. Selection and effective use of teaching materials and resources to promote the learning process. Pre- or corequisite: 344.

321. Management in Dietetics [Management in Dietetics I] (3)

Overview of management and leadership principles related to business/entrepreneurial, clinical, community and foodservice nutrition and dietetics professionals with application of marketing, budgeting, human resource issues, staffing and research. Prerequisite: 244. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Nutrition and Dietetics.

330L. Principles of Food Science (4)

Chemical and physical properties of foods, scientific principles of food preparation, objective and sensory evaluation of food modifications. Students design and conduct an independent research project based on food science principles. Special fee required. Prerequisite: 244 and CHEM **301. Pre- or corequisite: BIOL 239. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Nutrition and Dietetics.

344. Energy Nutrients in Human Nutrition (3)

Carbohydrate, fat and protein in human nutrition. Emphasis includes digestion, absorption, metabolism, food sources and dietary recommendations. Implications for health promotion and disease prevention. Prerequisite: 244 and (CHEM 212 or CHEM **301).

345. Vitamins and Minerals in Human Nutrition (3)

Water and fat-soluble vitamins, macrominerals and trace minerals in human nutrition. Emphasis includes absorption, metabolism, food sources, dietary recommendations, deficiencies and nutrient interactions. Implications for health promotion and disease prevention are explored. Prerequisite: 244 and (CHEM 212 or CHEM **301).

391 / 591. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

{Offered upon demand}

406. Introduction to Public Health Nutrition [Community Nutrition] (3)

Application of community health principles to nutrition programs for individuals and groups. Experiences will include work with community nutrition programs. Prerequisite: 344. Pre- or corequisite: 345. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Nutrition and Dietetics.

*424. Nutrition in the Life Cycle (3)

Nutritional assessment, physical growth and development, and the physiological basis for nutrient needs in pregnancy, lactation, infancy, childhood, adolescence and old age. Application to food selection patterns and the influence of social and cultural factors. Prerequisite: 244 and BIOL 237. Restriction: junior standing or higher.

427. Medical Nutrition Therapy I (3)

The application of diets in the treatment of impaired digestive and metabolic conditions using the case study approach. Prerequisite: 345. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Nutrition and Dietetics.

428. Medical Nutrition Therapy II (3)

Continuation of Medical Nutrition Therapy I. Prerequisite: 427. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Nutrition and Dietetics.

445. Applied Nutrition and Exercise (3)

Interrelationships between nutrition and exercise with application to energy balance, weight control, physical fitness, competitive and recreational sports and prevention of chronic disease. Prerequisite: 345 and PEP 326L.

493. Topics (1-3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

495. Field Experience (1-3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Planned and supervised professional laboratory or field experiences in an agency or institutional setting. Restriction: permission of instructor.

497. Reading and Research in Honors I (2)

Advanced studies and research under the supervision of a faculty mentor. Restriction: permission of instructor.

498. Reading and Research in Honors II (2)

Advanced studies and research under the supervision of a faculty mentor. Prerequisite: 497. Restriction: permission of instructor.

499. Honors Thesis (2)

Prerequisite: 498. Restriction: permission of instructor.

526. Nutrition Assessment (3)

Principles and application of nutrition assessment to determine the nutritional status of individuals or groups. Use and interpretation of data obtained from a variety of dietary methodologies, anthropometric measures, biochemical indices and clinical observation. Prerequisite: 344 and 345.

528. Advanced Medical Nutrition Therapy (3)

Application of nutritional sciences, energetics, physiology, biochemistry and metabolism to current topics in clinical nutrition. Evaluation of nutritional assessment of critically ill patients and modifications of diets to meet individual needs. Prerequisite: 428.

530. Phytochemicals in Health and Human Performance (3)

Explores phytochemicals in fruits, vegetables, grains, herbal supplements, modified foods: phytochemical classes, biochemical structures and pathways, and functions of phytochemicals with respect to chronic diseases and athletic performance. Emphasizes identification of sources of reliable information.

535. Seminar in Nutrition (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Latest research on specific topics and current issues in nutrition and dietetics is synthesized, presented and discussed. Course work requires independent work, and active participation in class discussions. Restriction: permission of instructor.

550. Applied Dietetics Practice (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Planned and supervised dietetic experiences in agency or institutional setting. Experiences are based on the Performance Requirements of the Standards of Education developed by the American Dietetic Association. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Nutrition.

591 / 391. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

{Offered upon demand}

593. Topics (1-3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

595. Advanced Field Experience (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Restriction: admitted to M.S. Nutrition.

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Navajo (NVJO)

101-102. Elementary Conversational Navajo for Non-Native Speakers (3, 3)

Manson Beginning Navajo for students with no previous exposure to the language. Development of all four language skills, with emphasis on listening and speaking. Prerequisite for 102: 101.

105. Introduction to Written Navajo for Native Speakers (3)

Introduction to Navajo writing and reading; for native speakers of Navajo only. 101 and 105 may not both be counted for credit.

201. Intermediate Conversational Navajo I (3)

Manson Intermediate Navajo for students who have completed 102, or equivalent. Introduction to Navajo phonology, morphology, syntax as well as the use of Young and Morgan's 'The Navajo Language'. Emphasis on comprehension and conversation. Prerequisite: 102 or 105.

202. Intermediate Conversational Navajo II (3)

Intermediate Navajo for students who have completed NVJO 201, or equivalent. Continued exploration of Navajo sentence and word structure. Course work will involve extensive reading, writing as well as situational speaking and listening skills Prerequisite: 201.

203 [103]. Basic Medical Navajo (3)

Manson Navajo medical terminology and Navajo conceptions of health and well-being for students in the medical and allied professions. Does not satisfy language requirement of College of Arts and Sciences. {Offered upon demand}

311 / 511. Navajo Verb System I (3)

This course focuses on Navajo phonology verb morphology and multifaceted nature of Navajo verb complex. Will also cover introduction to prefix template of Navajo verb, verb paradigms in imperfective mode, and its four sub-modes. Prerequisite: 202 and 206.

312. Navajo Verb System II (3)

The course continues study of the verb paradigms in Navajo and introduces the perfective, usitative, iterative, progressive and future modes. Extensive discussion on Navajo aspectual variation, stem alternations, conjugation patterns and verb parsing. Prerequisite: 311.

315. Advanced Navajo (3)

An examination of Navajo syntax, including voice alternations (passive, causative), relative and subordinate clause constructions and discourse structure. Prerequisite: 202 or 206.

401. Navajo Linguistics (3)

Introduction to Navajo linguistics including examination of the nature and structure of the language. Linguistics areas including phonetics and phonology, syntax, semantics, pragmatics and sociolinguistics will be covered. Prerequisite: 202 and 206.

495. Undergraduate Problems (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

511 / 311. Navajo Verb System I (3)

595. Graduate Problems (1-6)

Original independent study project approved by instructor. Restriction: permission of instructor.

Naval Science (NVSC)

101. Principles and Concepts of Naval Science (3)

Introduction to the naval service, customs, traditions, courtesies and naval officers communities. {Fall}

102. Navy and Marine Corps Fitness (1 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

This course will develop, enhance and solidify physical fitness levels of future Navy and Marine Corps officers. It will incorporate various core, cardio and muscle strengthening events derived from Naval and Marine Corps standards. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall, Spring}

105. Naval Ships Systems I (3)

Introduction to naval engineering systems concepts and practices. Topics include ship design, compartmentation, ship stability, damage control, fire-fighting and ship propulsion systems. {Fall}

110L. Naval Professional Laboratory (1 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

To provide Naval Reserve Officer Training Corps students with the tools and opportunities to ensure service readiness and mission accomplishment; enhance professional and personal growth and development, and enable life-long learning. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall, Spring}

201. Naval Ships Systems II (3)

Principles of naval weapons systems. Topics include sensors and detection systems, computational systems, tracking systems, weapon delivery systems, the fire control problem and new developments in weapon systems integration. {Spring}

300. Sea Power (3)

This course surveys U.S. naval history from the American Revolution to the present. Included is an in-depth discussion of the geopolitical theory of Mahan and other historical figures. Emphasis is on major developments in naval strategy, tactics, technology and the effects of the relevant political climate. {Spring}

303. Navigation (3)

Theory, principles and procedure of ship coastal and open-ocean navigation. Included are studies in mathematical analysis, spherical triangulation, publication report logs, and chart preparation. Navigational aids, including inertial systems, radio beacons and satellites are also studied. {Spring}

304. Naval Operations (3)

Naval ship operations, tactical formations and dispositions, relative motion, tactical plots and maneuvering boards are analyzed. Rules of the road, lights and signals are studied. {Fall}

331. Evolution of Warfare (3)

Evolution of the basic principles and techniques of warfare throughout history. Relationship of tactics and strategy and the impact of technological developments in selected topics. Emphasis is placed on an understanding of the theoretical principles underlying modern tactics and strategy. {Fall, even years}

401. Leadership and Management (3)

Structure and principles of naval leadership and management. Topics include interrelationship of authority, responsibility, and accountability, prioritization, resource management and group dynamics. {Fall}

407. Leadership and Ethics (3)

Structure and principles of naval leadership and management in which underlying concepts are examined within the context of American military, social and industrial organization and practice. Emphasis is given to management, leadership, ethics, and human goals functions. {Spring}

431. Fundamentals of Maneuver Warfare (3)

This course prepares future leaders by studying tactical principles, current military developments, and other aspects of warfare. There is a specific focus in United States Marine Corps doctrine and historical case studies. {Spring}

Occupational Therapy (OCTH)

514L. Introduction to Occupation and Health (3)

Introduction to understanding occupation and health as it relates to self, clients, and the occupational therapy assessment and intervention process. The emphasis is on richness of occupation including: motivation, meaning, roles, cultural factors and societal influences.

522L. Neuroanatomy (3)

Anatomy of the brain and spinal cord with emphasis on integration of sensory and motor systems. Synthesis of neuroanatomical, neurochemical and neurophysiological basic science principles relevant to clinical practice in adult and pediatric neurorehabilitation.

524L. Kinesiology of Occupation (3)

Apply the principles of kinesiology and biomechanics to the study of occupations. Arthrology, tissue mechanics, goniometrics, muscle strength testing, kinesiological and biomechanics analysis of occupations will be presented in lecture lab and problem-based learning formats.

534. Introduction to Evidence-Based Practice (4)

Introduction to applied research for physical and occupational therapists. The central focus of this course is how information from physical and social science-based research is gathered, analyzed, reported and used to inform evidence-based practice.

538. Interdisciplinary Leadership in Neurodevelopmental Disabilities-Didactic (3)

Provides the academic and theoretical grounding upon which the clinical practices are built for working with children with disabilities. Restriction: acceptance in LEND program and permission of instructor.

544L. Occupation Across the Lifespan (5)

Review of roles, occupational tasks, models of occupation and developmental theories from infancy to old age. Determinants of occupational performance including cultural influences; physical and social environment; physiological, sensory, neuromotor, cognitive and psychological dimensions are reviewed.

554L. Relationship Centered Care (2)

Introduction to the importance of person-centered care in occupational therapy assessment and intervention services to develop an appreciation of the therapeutic relationship and skills to interact with clients holistically, recognizing cultural and psychosocial influences.

564L. Applied Occupations: Orthopedic Practice (6)

Application of occupational therapy concepts and principles to adult populations with physical and orthopaedic conditions is covered along with theoretical foundations underlining person-centered occupations, job analysis and to increase participation in occupations. Prerequisite: 524L.

594. Graduate Seminar (1-3 to a maximum of 10 Δ)

A four-semester seminar sequence that provides structure and support for graduate occupational therapy students to develop professionalism and research experience. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

604L. Applied Occupations: Neurological Practice (5)

Application of occupational therapy concepts to adult populations with physical and neurological conditions is covered, along with theoretical foundations underlining person-centered occupations, job analysis, and the OT process to increase participation in occupations. Prerequisite: 522L and 564L and 634L.

614L. Applied Occupations: Psychosocial Practice (5)

This course covers psychosocial and behavioral dimensions of occupational therapy practice across the lifespan. This course gives students the opportunity to learn about psychological Occupational Therapy assessments and interventions related to performance.

624L. Advocacy, Communication and Leadership (3)

Advocacy skills (grant writing, marketing and policy formation), communication skills and leadership skills (professional development, professional presentations and leadership roles) as they relate to occupational therapy are emphasized.

634L. Neuroscience of Occupation (2)

This course emphasizes the application of systems-level, behavioral-level and cognitive-level neuroscience to understanding: a) occupational development across the lifespan and b) the practice of occupational therapy for persons with activity limitations caused by neuropathological conditions.

650. Special Topics in Occupational Therapy (2-6, to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Various current topics in occupational therapy are offered. {Spring}

654. Organization and Administration (2)

This course will enable students to practice effectively in an increasingly complex health care delivery system. Emphasis is on understanding of organizational systems, including program planning, management and reimbursement, as well as legislation and ethics.

664L. Applied Occupations: Pediatric Practice (6)

Application of the occupational therapy process to functional problems which interrupt or delay normal growth, development and maturation during infancy, childhood and adolescence. Occupational intervention strategies for children and their families are covered. Prerequisite: 564L and 604L and 614L.

674L. Community Health (4)

The purpose of this course is for the student to gain an increased knowledge of: community-based health considerations and issues; community health resources; partnerships with community services; interdisciplinary processes; and serving people in community settings.

675. Fieldwork II (1-12 to a maximum of 24 Δ)

Experiences with clients, occupational therapists and professionals in the community. Students must participate in two 12-week, full-time clinical internships. Fieldwork is carried out in various settings in New Mexico and surrounding states. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

690. Independent Study (1-4, no limit Δ)

Self-directed learning in occupational therapy with opportunity to explore an area of interest in depth. Develop experience in occupational therapy under the supervision of a faculty mentor and community practitioners. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

Organization, Information, and Learning Sciences (OILS)

101. Introduction to Information Studies (3)

What is information? Introduction to systems of information in society and culture. Topics include: history of information, libraries, information disruptions, social media and movements, classification of knowledge, and information ethics.

102. Online Learning and Strategies for Success (3)

This course will introduce the fundamental knowledge and practice of online learning and learning strategies. Students will apply this knowledge and practice in online learning environments in order to be successful online lifelong learners.

293. Topics in Organization, Information, and Learning Sciences (1-3, no limit Δ)

Undergraduate topics in Organization, Information, and Learning Sciences.

320. Information Management for Professionals (3)

Students will create a collection of major information resources within a specific discipline. They will also learn research strategies, and economic and ethical issues surrounding information policy.

391 / 591. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 18 Δ)

405 / 505. Management of eLearning Systems (3)

This course prepares students to analyze LMS requirements, customizations and integrations for organizations requiring training for compliance, skill-building and knowledge-building. Students will experience LMS implementation and management through typical workflow or calendared events.

420. Creativity and Technical Design (3)

Design theory and principles as applied to the research and development functions of industry. Product development via team organization, brainstorming, data analysis, oral presentations and creative problem solving. Two lectures, 3 hours lab.

421. Production and Utilization of Instructional Materials (3)

This course addresses principles of instructional media use and provides students opportunities to learn instructional material development using various applications such as content creation applications tools, communication tools, and data analysis and visualization tools.

440. Survey of Human Resources Development and Instructional Technology (3)

This course is built around the Association of Talent Development (ATD) Competency model to explore various Human Resource Development (HRD) and Instructional Technology (IT) issues.

457. Leading the Training Organization (3)

In this class we will learn about finding and leading people, managing projects, developing a scope of work, creating a budget, and overseeing project quality.

466. Principles of Adult Learning (3)

Explores the world of the adult learner from historic, social, political and pragmatic perspectives. Issues of life stages, culture, teaching theory and andragogical practice are considered as they relate to the practice of adult learning.

470. Workplace Training (3)

Introduction to the concepts of training in the corporate sector.

471. Designing Training (3)

Introduction to the principles of planning and designing of training packages and programs.

472. Training Techniques (3)

Introduction to the development of instructional training methods and strategies for corporate training programs.

473. Measuring Performance in Training (3)

Principles of evaluation of instruction and trainee performance applied to organizational training programs.

481. Technological Change and Society (3)

Focus on industry as humanity’s systematic effort to provide the necessities and conveniences of life. In addition to developing a historical perspective, students will study in depth a variety of industrial organizations that provide goods and services to meet the needs and desires of society.

483. Instructional Applications: Computer Technology (3)

An introduction to instructional applications of computer technology using integrated software. Includes instruction in techniques of using integrated software to manage computer instruction, to manage student records and achievements, and to produce and use ancillary materials. Current representative integration software will be used.

492 / 592. Workshop (1-4 to a maximum of 13 Δ)

493 / 593. Topics (1-3, no limit Δ)

Used to test new courses.

495. Field Experience (3-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Planned and supervised professional laboratory or field experiences in agency or institutional setting. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: permission of instructor.

500. Contemporary Instructional Technologies: Survey (3)

An overview of contemporary instructional technologies and how they can be utilized to improve the effectiveness of instruction. Students will gain expertise in selecting and using appropriate instructional technologies supporting the achievement of performance-based objectives.

501. Presentation Technologies (3)

Designed to increase the effectiveness of presentations for educator/trainers using a variety of presentation technologies. Utilizing ISD principles, students engage in production of media to develop an instructional package. Special fee.

502. Instructional Multimedia (3)

An introduction to computer based learning environments incorporating multiple forms of media. Students study the theories applicable to multimedia learning, gain practical skills for implementing simple systems, and design a large scale multimedia learning environment. Lab fee. Prerequisite: 501 and 541 and 543.

503. Digital Video Techniques for Instruction (3)

This course provides resources and guidance as students conceive, design, script, shoot and edit digital video footage. Students will learn to create instructional video sequences based on theories of learning and instructional design principles. Prerequisite: 541 and 543.

504. Instructional Use of Computer Simulations and Games (3)

Students will review shareware, public domain, and complex interactive commercial simulations; explore theory and survey recent literature. Project activity will focus on design issues and solutions, as students design a simulation and develop its prototype. Lab fee.

505 / 405. Management of eLearning Systems (3)

506. Exploring Virtual Worlds and Virtual Reality in Online Learning Environments (3)

This course is an introduction to Virtual Worlds and Virtual Reality, exploring the research and current use. We will explore and practice advanced interactive technologies to build communities of learning for education and training.

510. Designing Knowledge Management Solutions (3)

Participants apply general principles and techniques for designing comprehensive knowledge management solutions that combine web-based technologies and organizational interventions. To put a theory into practice, participants utilize an iterative design process in developing a course project.

511. Collaborative Knowledge Creation (3)

Focused on designing technology-supported collaborations solutions that support the collective brain power of organizational members in the creation of knowledge.

513. Digital Information Management (3)

This course is an introduction to the management of digital information resources. Students will survey essential methods for evaluating, organizing, storing and securing data and information in academic and other work environments.

515. Introduction to Spatial Data Management (3)

(Also offered as GEOG 522) This course builds upon the foundations of information practice with an emphasis on spatial data. Students will survey essential methods for evaluating, accessing, organizing, storing and securing spatial data and information.

520. Environmental Information Management (1-3)

An introductory hands-on course on environmental information management and the data life cycle for the environmental sciences. With emphasis on data acquisition technologies, metadata, QA/QC procedures, data preservation, database management and web portal development. Corequisite: 521 and 522.

521. Environmental Data Analysis and Visualization (1-3)

A hands-on course in Environmental data analysis and visualization, with an emphasis on data exploration, tool assessment, and creation of effective visual representations of analytical results. Corequisite: 520 and 522.

522. Spatial Data Management in Environmental Sciences (1-3)

Environmental data is generated and visualized by a variety of tools. This hands-on course focuses on how GeoSpatial data generated by GIS systems is effectively managed, analyzed and preserved in the Environmental Sciences. Corequisite: 520 and 521.

530. Theory and Practice of Distance Learning (3)

Analyzes theoretical approaches to distance education and their practical applications. Examines characteristics and needs of distance learners, learner support, distance teaching, course design, delivery system selection, evaluation, policy, organization and administration of distance education.

531. Culture and Global E-Learning (3)

Explores the sociocultural dimensions of eLearning and issues related to designing eLearning for global contexts. Participants examine diversity in eLearning, and design eLearning for national and international contexts.

532. E-Learning Course Design (3)

Explores new paradigms based on constructivist and sociocultural learning theories for designing e-learning. Focuses on online learning design and evaluation, and networked learning communities. Analyzes print, audio, and video for designing hybrid learning environments. Prerequisite: 530 and 541 and 543.

533. Management of Learning Technology (3)

Focuses on management strategies and key elements of modern systems. Discusses program planning and management, funding and budget management, technology selection and implementation, marketing, quality control and evaluation.

534. Mobile Learning: Introduction to Mobile Learning and Mobile Learning Design (3)

This course provides an overview of mobile learning research, trends in the adoption of m-learning, instructional design principles and strategies for curriculum integration, and applications of mobiles for distance learning.

535. Culture and Global eLearning I (1)

Students explore the sociocultural dimensions of eLearning and how culture influences eLearning practices and methods. Topics include globalization vs. homogenization in learning design; international information flow and access; identity and online interaction, cross-cultural e-mentoring. Corequisite: 536.

536. Culture and Global eLearning II (2)

Continuing the learning in 535, students further explore the sociocultural dimensions of eLearning and how culture influences eLearning practices and methods nationally and globally. Corequisite: 535.

537. E-learning Course Design I (1)

The purpose of this course is to design and develop innovative learning environments for E-learning and analyze instructional design issues as they relate to distance learning. Corequisite: 538.

538. E-learning Course Design II (2)

The purpose of this course is to design and develop an eLearning course for a specific context and a specific discipline. Students will develop the course in an eLearning platform in a learning management system. Corequisite: 537.

540. Foundations of HRD and Instructional Technology (3)

Foundations of HRD (training, organization and career development) and its role in facilitating individual, group and organizational learning. Students will also be introduced to instructional technologies that facilitate learning.

541. The Adult Learner (3)

(Also offered as LEAD 529) Examines the teaching and learning transaction with adults. Specific attention is on adult life stage development, relevant learning theories and approaches, and learning style issues of cross-cultural populations.

542. Theory and Practice of Organizational Learning (3)

This course focuses on the theories and applications of organizational learning strategies and process. The relationship between individual and team learning to organizational learning will be addressed throughout the course. {Offered annually}

543. Instructional Design (3)

Application of instructional design principles used in the development of instructional materials. Students work individually on course exercises and collaboratively on two course projects. One of the first three courses taken in the Master's program.

544. Program Evaluation (3)

Provides the student with a basic understanding of the evaluation process, the application of evaluations in determining the effectiveness and/or value of a learning experience both in the classroom and in the workplace.

545. Cross-Cultural Issues in Adult Learning (3)

Students will examine learning styles of culturally diverse populations, conduct research on cross-cultural teaching and learning, experiment with methods and techniques of cross-cultural training and design and develop cross-cultural training programs.

546. Framing Designs for Learning (2)

This course is designed to develop students understanding and experience in framing learning design problems. Topics will include design thinking, agile design, needs assessment and problem definition skills including task/content, context, and learner analysis.

547. Prototyping Designs for Learning (1)

This course is designed to develop student's understanding and experience in systematically designing solutions to learning design problems. Topics will include iteration, prototyping, instructional design strategies, formative and summative evaluation methods, and flexibly adaptive approaches. Prerequisite: 546.

549. Building Social Capital in Learning Organizations (3)

Social capital is at the heart of successful learning organizations. We will explore the components of social capital in learning organizations and how we can use organizational network analysis (ONA) to assess informal networks.

551. Training Techniques (3)

Introduces student to training techniques that are suitable for instructing adult learners in a variety of settings. Students will design and deliver an instructional unit to other adult learners. Prerequisite: 541 and 543.

552. Team Development and Facilitation (3)

Provides learners with information and skill development of various methods and techniques for teaching adults in a team environment. Emphasis is placed on team development and training necessary to facilitate team learning and growth.

553. The Role of Wisdom in Adult Learning Across Cultures (3)

This course explores the concept of wisdom from various traditions and academic disciplines through weekly lectures, discussions, and experiential activities. It examines the role of wisdom in development and suggests perspectives for fostering wisdom.

554. Consulting and Project Management (3)

An introduction to the field of consulting. Covers conceptual knowledge of models to increase organizational effectiveness, consultant role responsibilities and needs assessment and evaluation techniques used in consulting practices.

555. Mentoring Adult Career Development (3)

Students examine adult career patterns and organizational perspectives on employee career development. Specific emphasis is on mentoring and coaching adults in career decision making.

556. The Business of Learning (3)

This course is designed to teach learning and development managers how to connect learning initiatives to organizational strategy, and how to develop the business case to show how learning contributes to the organization.

557. Human Performance Improvement (3)

This course serves as an introduction to human performance improvement that applies a systematic process for analyzing human performance gaps and for closing them.

558. Leading Change (3)

This course is an introduction to planning, implementing, and evaluating change efforts in people, teams, and organizations. Students will gain knowledge of how change models are used to strategically drive personal and organizational outcomes.

559. Positive Psychology in Organizations (3)

This course is designed to orient students to the use of psychology in organizations in order to promote healthier, productive, and positive workplaces.

570. Research Foundation in Social and Learning Sciences (3)

This course is designed to help students learning how to read and make sense of research reports by introducing the research process. Key topics include purpose statements, literature review, and quantitative and qualitative methods.

583. Graduate Teaching I (1-3 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

Introduces new Teaching and Graduate Assistants to teaching at UNM, reviews various instructional methods, assessment strategies, and pedagogical theories pertinent to teaching in higher education.

591 / 391. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Individual Performance Contract required between student and professor.

592 / 492. Workshop (1-4)

Special offerings given on demand for terms less than a semester.

593 / 493. Topics (1-3, no limit Δ)

Used to test new courses.

595. Field Experiences (3-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

This independent study is for students to gain experiences in settings other than those in which they are employed or who are making career transitions and would benefit from shadowing a professional in the field. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

596. Internship (3-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

This final independent study is the capstone experience for Master’s students who opt not to do a thesis. The student submits a proposal for a minimum 200-hour project to his/her internship faculty supervisor. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

597. Capstone (1 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

This course is designed to support students in the M.A. program to plan, implement, and evaluate an applied internship and portfolio as the culmination of their degree. Prerequisite: 15 credit hours of OILS graduate courses.

598. Directed Readings in Organization, Information, and Learning Sciences (3-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Student will develop an Individual Performance Contract with a faculty member to determine the key readings and will produce a product.

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

600. Science, Technology and Society (3)

Defines science, technology, human values and examines the impacts and relationships among them. Discusses emerging scientific and technological developments, projects effects on society and the proposition that technology is a primary determinant of social change.

601. Advanced Instructional Design (3)

A theory-driven and project-based doctoral level seminar on the foundations of learning environments, instructional design theory, and the instructional design process. Students develop design models based on constructivist and socioconstructivist theories for innovative learning environments.

604. Current Research Methods for the Study of Learning (1 or 3 to a maximum of 15 Δ)

Students learn current research methods for understanding learning as process. The focal method varies by semester. Students gain understanding of the research method, begin their own work, and apply the method.

608. Advanced Seminar in Organizational and Program Evaluation (3)

This course is for students who wish to gain an in-depth understanding of evaluation theories and philosophies. In seminar format, students will study evaluation as a transdiscipline and its role in contemporary organizations.

635. Research in Online Education (3)

Advanced doctoral seminar on research in online education and educational telecommunications. Students will critically examine current research and develop theoretical frameworks, appropriate methodologies, a research proposal and agenda for future online education research. Prerequisite: 541 and 543 and 570. Restriction: permission of instructor.

639. Advanced Instructional Technology Seminar (3)

This seminar emphasized the process of applying research findings to create innovative computer-based solutions for organizational learning problems. Steps in the process include assessing organizational learning needs, designing and implementing solutions and applying formative evaluation techniques. Prerequisite: 541 and 543 and 544.

641. Advanced Seminar on Organization Development and Consulting (3)

This advanced course in OD for doctoral students and advanced master’s is designed to enable students to develop theoretical perspectives, intensive practice and understanding of the use of OD in improving organizations. Prerequisite: at least 9 credit hours of Organizational Behavior, Team Development, Consulting or similar courses. Restriction: permission of instructor.

642. Advanced Seminar in Organizational Leadership (3)

This course provides an overview of leadership including its evolution, approaches and theories, women and leadership, culture and leadership, and leadership ethics. Students will develop an in depth understanding and a personal philosophy of leadership.

661. Seminar: Transformational Learning (3)

A theory-driven, project-based advanced seminar designed to enable students to develop theoretical perspectives, intensive practice, and understanding of the use of Transformational Learning for applications with individuals, groups and organizations.

690. Dissertation Proposal Seminar (3-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

This seminar is the capstone course for the doctoral program. It assists students in planning and developing a dissertation proposal. Course may be repeated once. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Prerequisite: students must complete the Comprehensive Examination before enrolling or take it concurrently.

693. Topics in Organization, Information, and Learning Sciences (1-3, no limit Δ)

Topics in Organization, Information, and Learning Sciences. Restriction: admitted to OILS doctoral program.

696. Research Practicum [Internship] (3-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

698. Directed Readings in Organization, Information, and Learning Sciences (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ [3-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ])

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Individual performance contract required between student and professor, following formal approval of dissertation committee. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Public Administration (PADM)

500. Public Management and Policy (3)

Principles and methods of public management and policy analysis: policy formulation and implementation, organizational relations, institutional development, administrative process and public sector ethics. Restriction: permission of academic advisor.

521. Institutional Development and Behavior (3)

Survey of theories of public organization, principles for planning in the public sector, methods of developing organizations, implementing changes and adapting to operational demands. Major issues of human behavior related to ethics and productivity. Restriction: permission of academic advisor.

523. Administration of State and Local Government (3)

The organization, policies, processes and financing of state governments, cities, counties and special districts, with particular emphasis on human resources, budgets and planning. Restriction: permission of academic advisor.

524. Intergovernmental Administrative Problems (3)

Organization of federal system, focusing on relationships and problems among agencies on different levels of government. Considers interstate, interlocal and regional organizations and implementation of intergovernmental programs and policies. Restriction: permission of academic advisor.

525. Human Resources Management in the Public Sector (3)

Survey of human resources management principles and practices in public sector organizations. Restriction: permission of academic advisor.

526. Diversity in the Public Sector (3)

The course covers the core dimensions, concepts, and approaches to diversity in organizations. Will consider the historical, political, cultural, and economic contexts as well as questions and controversies surrounding diversity management. Restriction: permission of academic advisor.

527. Employment Relations in the Public Sector (3)

Survey of employment relations among employers, employees and government in the public sector, with particular attention to unionized organizations. Restriction: permission of academic advisor.

528. Employment Dispute Resolution (3)

Overview of the role of conflict/disputes in employment relationships; theories of conflict origins in humans, manifestations of workplace disputes, aggression, coercion, and violence; positive conflict resolution and reconciliation through peacemaking strategies. Restriction: permission of academic advisor.

529. Administrative Law (3)

Role and nature of administrative law; procedural requirements and judicial review of administrative actions; safeguards against arbitrary/capricious action; delegation of sovereignty and legislative power; legal principals in the development of public policy and administration. Restriction: permission of academic advisor.

535. Comparative Public Administration (3)

Examination on a comparative basis of national systems of administration in developed and developing countries, focusing on the organization and behavior of public bureaucracies, with special emphasis on Latin America. Restriction: permission of academic advisor.

537. Seminar in Public Management (3)

Course is designed to develop understanding of bureaucratic/political environment and processes crucial to effective performance in public sector management and of ethical issues inherent in public management. Restriction: permission of academic advisor.

538. Non-Profit Management (3)

This course will introduce the dynamics of non-profit management and provide a deeper understanding of socio, economic, political, and historical forces that have shaped the non profit sector in the U.S. and the world. Restriction: permission of academic advisor.

540. Administration of State Governments (3)

Organization, process, policies and programs of state government. Administrative problems and techniques in budgeting, planning and decision-making. Restriction: permission of academic advisor.

544. Public Budgeting (3)

Basic management of public funds, preparation and processing of budgets, revenue projection and expenditure controls. Issues of public policy and establishment of priorities through budgeting. Restriction: permission of academic advisor.

546. Public Financial Administration (3)

Analysis of financial management functions of government including treasurer, comptroller, accounting, capital budgeting, auditing, debt and cash management and other functions. Methods for evaluating the financial conditions of governments are presented. The impact of computers on public financial management also is evaluated. Prerequisite: 544. Restriction: permission of academic advisor.

551. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

A topic relevant to public administration is developed, resulting in a paper of substantial length. Faculty advisor’s approval required. Only 6 credit hours of 551 will count toward the M.P.A. degree. Restriction: permission of instructor.

552. Designing Applied Research (3)

This course prepares students to design and carry out applied research in public administration and public policy contexts, with particular pertinence to preparation of the Professional Paper integrative assignment required for the M.P.A. degree. Restriction: permission of academic advisor.

553. Professional Paper (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Must be taken by all students who are not pursuing the thesis option. In general, papers will be more extensive than term papers, perhaps including case studies, reports of research results, theoretical essays or similar contributions of substantive and professional quality. Students must enroll for 3 hours the first semester, and then for 1 hour consecutively thereafter (including summer sessions), until their professional paper is approved. Only the first 3 credit hours will count toward the M.P.A. degree. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: permission of academic advisor.

555. Workshop for Interns (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Available only to students assigned to an agency as an intern. Gives work experience to students with little or no prior government employment. Prior approval of School director required. Restriction: permission of instructor.

561. Health Policy and Management (3)

This course will examine critical issues currently facing health care managers and policy makers. Key areas of discussion are structure, financing and delivery of health services in the U.S. Restriction: permission of academic advisor.

562. Health Governance in Global Perspective (3)

Seminar draws upon interdisciplinary perspectives in consideration and discussion of significant global health problems, ways concerned actors attempt to address them, and participants’ own roles in improving health conditions. Restriction: permission of academic advisor.

563. Healthcare Finance (3)

Health Finance helps students develop an understanding of the managerial aspects of financial analysis in health care organizations. It explores the concepts, principles and applications of financial management and decision-making in modern hospital and healthcare organization. Restriction: permission of academic advisor.

564. Healthcare Policy and Program Evaluation (3)

A conceptual and practical introduction to health policy analysis and program evaluation. Although health policy and programmatic issues in the United States will be featured in the course, it will also examine international and comparative-method program evaluation cases and applications. Restriction: permission of academic advisor.

566. Health Economics (3)

This course focuses on concepts and methods of analysis used in health economics, with a strong emphasis in health care evaluation and health policy decision-making, in particular its impact on patient care and health care delivery. Restriction: permission of department.

570. Pro-seminar in Public Policy (3)

Review of representative theories of public policy, including policy formation, implementation, and impact analysis. Restriction: permission of academic advisor.

574. Seminar on Environmental Policy and Administration (3)

Examination of issues and problems associated with the implementation of U.S. environmental policies and programs. Administration of natural resources on federal, state and local levels, with special reference to the Southwest. Restriction: permission of academic advisor.

577. Practice of Policy Development (3)

(Also offered as CRP 577) Introduction to practice of public policy development in technical and professional applications. Emphasis on actual writing, interpretation and implementation of policy documents. Environmental, physical and social policy are highlighted. Required for dual M.P.A./M.C.R.P. degree. Restriction: permission of academic advisor.

588. Practice of Negotiation and Public Dispute Resolution (3)

(Also offered as CRP 585) Introduces students to new ways of negotiating and resolving disputes in the context of professional practice through collaborative decision making and problem solving. Restriction: permission of academic advisor.

590. Topical Seminars (3, no limit Δ)

Seminars scheduled from time to time on issues and topics requiring additional focus in public administration. See course offerings each semester for seminars. Restriction: permission of academic advisor.

595. Research Methods I: Data Collection (3)

This course presents basic concepts and methods in public administration research. It surveys data collection and analysis techniques consistent with quantitative, qualitative and mixed-methods research traditions. Prerequisite: STAT 145.

596. Research Methods II: Data Analysis [Research Methods for Public Managers] (3)

This course builds on PADM 595 and focuses on data analysis prevalent in public administration, including descriptive and inferential statistics, confidence intervals, hypothesis testing, correlation, cross-tabulation, mean comparison with significance testing, regression, ANOVA. Prerequisite: 595. Restriction: permission of academic advisor.

597 [522]. Program Evaluation (3)

This course is intended to provide an advanced introduction to the theory and practice of program evaluation, along with policy analysis and evaluation. Prerequisite: 596. Restriction: permission of academic advisor.

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: permission of instructor.

600. Introduction to Health Policy and Management (3)

This course provides an overview of the evolving structure of the U.S. public health and health care delivery systems and is designed for graduate students in health policy and management. Restriction: permission of department.

610. Cultural Competence and Healthcare Administration (3)

This course will discuss the concept of culture, how it changes and how it influences everyday life, as well as health disparity, and what healthcare organizations/systems can do to implement strategies for enhancing cultural competence. Restriction: permission of department.

611. Healthcare Information Technology (3)

This course is designed to help students develop a comprehensive understanding of the design, use, and evaluation issues and methodologies of health informatics applications. Restriction: permission of department.

612. Healthcare Payment Systems (3)

The course focuses on the fundamentals of establishing compliance programs to identify and prevent fraud and abuse, and familiarize students with various payment systems such as Medicare's prospective payment systems for hospitals and other provider reimbursements. Restriction: permission of department.

640. Hospital and Clinic Administration (3)

This course is designed for future leaders of health care organizations. The course provides students with the knowledge about how the best health care organizations deliver high quality cost effective healthcare. Restriction: permission of department.

655. Practicum (3)

M.H.A. practicums are typically offered mid-program, offering opportunities to apply program learning during the practicum experience and to bring practicum experience into the classroom. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: permission of department.

688. Reflection on Practice (3)

The course is designed to connect practical experience gained through the Internship (or extensive professional experience) with learning in the M.H.A. degree program. Students will undertake a formal writing project to be approved by the faculty instructor. Restriction: permission of department.

689. Capstone (3)

This course features analysis of selected healthcare administration cases. Students will develop analytical writing skills via case analyses critically applying knowledge and skills to challenges faced by public and nonprofit health policy and administrative professionals. Restriction: permission of department.

Physician Assistant Studies (PAST)

501. Foundations of Medical Science I- Population Health (1)

This course is an orientation to population health. Topics include: public health, epidemiology, health promotion and disease prevention, health policy, intervention, models for change, and rural health. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

502. Foundations of Medical Science I- Foundations of Research Methodology (1)

An overview of evidence-based medicine (EBM), medical informatics, and medical research methodologies. It includes accessing and critically evaluating the medical literature as well as the structuring of research studies. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

510. Foundations of Medical Science I- Pediatric and Adolescent Medicine I (2)

An introduction to the major biological principles of pediatric and adolescent health care including embryology, anatomy, normal physiology, pharmacology and pathophysiology. Behavioral perspectives emphasize the effect of health and disease on children and families. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

513. Foundations of Medical Science II- Pediatric and Adolescent Medicine II (1)

This course continues with the principles of pediatric and adolescent health care. Emphasis is on the presentation, evaluation and treatment of the common neurologic, behavioral and psychiatric disorders seen in this age group. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

514. Foundations of Medical Science III- Pediatric and Adolescent Medicine III (1)

This course continues with the principles of pediatric and adolescent health care. Emphasis is on the presentation, evaluation and treatment of the common cardiovascular, pulmonary and renal disorders seen in this age group. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

515. Foundations of Medical Science I- Adult and Geriatric Medicine I (2)

This course begins with the major biological principles of adult and geriatric health care, including anatomy, normal physiology, pharmacology and pathophysiology. Behavioral and population perspectives are addressed. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

518. Foundations of Medical Science II- Adult and Geriatric Medicine II (1)

This course continues with the principles of adult and geriatric health care. Emphasis is on the presentation, evaluation and treatment of common neurologic and psychiatric seen in this age group. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

519. Foundations of Medical Science III- Adult and Geriatric Medicine III (1)

This course continues with the principles of adult and geriatric health care. Emphasis is on the presentation, evaluation and treatment of common cardiovascular, pulmonary and renal disorders seen in this age group. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

520. Foundations of Medical Science I- Pharmacology I (2)

This course provides a basic foundation in pharmacology through selected prototype drugs and a more thorough understanding of pharmacotherapeutics. The emphasis will be on clinical application of prototype drugs, their therapeutic effects and toxicities. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

523. Foundations of Medical Science II- Pharmacology II (1)

This course continues to provide a foundation in pharmacology through selected prototype drugs and a more thorough understanding of the pharmacotherapeutics of neurology and psychiatry. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

524. Foundations of Medical Science III- Pharmacology III (1)

This course continues to provide a foundation in pharmacology through selected prototype drugs and a more thorough understanding of pharmacotherapeutics of cardiovascular, pulmonary and renal medicine. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

525. Foundations of Medical Science IV- Emergency Medicine (3)

This course is designed to prepare students to evaluate and treat common patient problems seen in emergency departments. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

527. Foundations of Medical Science IV- Pediatric and Adolescent Medicine IV (1)

This course continues with the principles of pediatric and adolescent health care. Emphasis is on the presentation, evaluation and treatment of the common nutritional, metabolic, gastrointestinal, endocrine and reproductive system disorders seen in this age group. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

529. Foundations of Medical Science IV- Adult and Geriatric Medicine IV (1)

This course continues with the principles of adult and geriatric health care. The emphasis is on the presentation, evaluation and treatment of the common nutritional, metabolic, gastrointestinal, endocrine and reproductive system disorders. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

530. Foundations of Medical Science I- Clinical Skills I (2)

This course begins with an introduction to basic exam skills and a focus on orthopedic skills and continues as a shared course with the M.D. program’s Foundations of Clinical Practice. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

531. Foundations of Medical Science II- Clinical Skills II (1)

This course serves as a platform for the demonstration of skills learned in Clinical Skills I. It includes competency exams in Neurosciences and Cardiovascular/Pulmonary/Renal Medicine and a 1/2 day/week clinical experience. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

532. Foundations of Medical Science III- Clinical Skills III (1)

This course continues with the demonstration of skills learned in Clinical Skills I and II. It includes competency exams in GI/Nutrition/Metabolism and Endocrinology/Human Sexuality and Reproduction, and a 1/2 day/week clinical experience. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

533. Foundations of Medical Science IV- Pharmacology IV (1)

This course focuses on selected prototype drugs and an emphasis on the drug class, the generic names of drugs, organ system effects, including drug metabolism, elimination and drug-drug interactions. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

535. Clinical Seminar I (1)

This course introduces the student to the physician assistant profession including the history of the profession and current trends, the PA-MD-patient relationship, scope of practice, and an overview of the professional and political PA organizations. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

536. Clinical Seminar II (1)

This course focuses on issues relevant to the practice of medicine: special patients, critical thinking, electronic medical record, case presentations, delivery of health care to rural/underserved patient populations and substance abuse. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

537. Clinical Seminar III (1)

This course focuses on two broad areas of interest: 1) transition to medical practice from student to licensed PA and 2) health policy and legal issues relevant to PA practice. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

540. Introduction to Clinical Medicine I- Dermatology (2)

This course focuses on the major biological principles of dermatology including anatomy, normal physiology, pharmacology and pathophysiology. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

541. Introduction to Clinical Medicine I- Orthopedics (2)

This course focuses on the major biological principles of the musculoskeletal system including anatomy, normal physiology, pharmacology and pathophysiology. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

542. Musculoskeletal Connective Tissue (MSCT) (4)

This course focuses on human anatomy, histology and embryology. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

545. Introduction to Clinical Medicine II- Neurosciences (4)

This course provides a foundation in the basic medical and clinical science of the nervous system. Focus is on neurology, psychiatry, and behavioral medicine. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

547. Introduction to Clinical Medicine II- CV-Pulmonary-Renal (4)

This course provides a foundation in the basic medical and clinical science of the cardiovascular, pulmonary, and renal systems, including the pathophysiology associated with common disorders of these organ systems. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

548. Introduction to Clinical Medicine III Mechanisms of Disease - Infectious Disease (4)

This course provides a basic overview of the medical and clinical science of human infectious diseases, including viral, bacterial, parasitic and protozoic conditions. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

549. Introduction to Clinical Medicine III Human Sexuality and Reproduction (2)

This course provides a basic overview of human sexuality and reproduction. The course includes a focus on the pathophysiology, diagnosis and treatment of common male and female reproductive disorders, contraceptive technology and normal/abnormal pregnancy. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

550. GI-Nutrition-Metabolism-Endocrinology (GINME) (4)

This course provides a foundation in the basic medical and clinical science of the gastrointestinal (GI) tract, including the pathophysiology associated with common disorders of this organ system. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

560. Supervised Clinical Practice Experience Family Medicine (3)

This supervised clerkship is a first-year field experience and covers the health care needs of patients across the lifespan. The course surveys major aspects of primary health care. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

561. Supervised Clinical Practice Experience Women's Health and Prenatal Care (3)

This supervised clerkship focuses on the management of women’s health care in a family practice setting. Clerkship activities include evaluation and management of common gynecological conditions/disorders and routine prenatal care. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

562. Supervised Clinical Practice Experience Pediatrics (3)

This supervised family practice-pediatric clerkship focuses on the development of skills in the health care of pediatric and adolescent patients. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

563. Supervised Clinical Practice Experience Behavioral Medicine - Psychiatry (3)

This supervised clerkship focuses on the healthcare of patients with behavioral health problems commonly seen in the primary care setting. Field experience may be in the office setting as well as clinic/in-patient settings. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

564. Supervised Clinical Practice Experience Emergency Medicine (3)

This supervised clerkship focuses on the triage, evaluation and management of patients in the emergency setting. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

565. Supervised Clinical Practice Experience General Internal Medicine (3)

This supervised clerkship focuses on the care of the adult patient in both the outpatient and inpatient setting. It is the foundation for subspecialty (elective) courses such as cardiology, endocrinology, etc. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

566. Supervised Clinical Practice Experience Elective (1)

This supervised clerkship provides an opportunity for the student to choose a clinical field experience in an area of personal interest. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

568. Supervised Clinical Practice Experience General Surgery (3)

This supervised clerkship focuses on the care of the surgical patient. Activities include experience in the operating room as well as pre- and post-operative care and assessment of the patient in the office setting. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

570. Foundations of Medical Science (4)

This course provides an overview of broad mechanistic concepts providing a conceptual structure for approaching disorders of the organ systems related to genetics, neoplasia, and autoimmune diseases. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

575. Supervised Clinical Practice Experience Primary Care (5)

This supervised clerkship incorporates elements of patient care gained from the Family Practice and specialty clerkships. The student will learn to function at a higher level in the clinical management of the patient. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

600. Program to Practice (2)

This course prepares the student for clinical practice. Topics range from medical coding to state medical practice laws. It also includes the final graduate-level capstone projects and oral/written summative evaluations. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

610. Independent Study (1-14, may be repeated once Δ)

This course is designed to develop specialized skills, which may include: research, development of a particular interest and development of an overseas or cultural clerkship. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies and permission of instructor.

Peace Studies (PCST)

102. Introduction to Peace Studies (3)

Introduction to peace research. Primary content of Peace Studies Program; focuses on the concepts of peace/war, security/conflict, and violence/non-violence. Special emphasis on non-violent conflict resolution, human rights, and social/environmental justice issues.

240. International Politics (3)

(Also offered as POLS 240) Analyzes significant factors in world politics, including nationalism, “national interest,” ideology, international conflict and collaboration, balance of power, deterrence, international law and international organization. Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area IV: Social/Behavioral Sciences. {Fall, Spring}

306. Peace and Conflict (3)

This course addresses peace and conflict issues arising from the global search for scarce mineral resources and indigenous communities and cultures threatened by extractive industries.

307. Nonviolent Alternatives (3)

(Also offered as SOC 307) This course studies the dynamics of violence and nonviolence at the interpersonal, institutional, cultural, and global level from a variety of disciplinary perspectives.

340. Topics in Peace Studies (3 to a maximum of 15 Δ)

Current topics in Peace Studies to be explored in experimental courses.

400. Peace Studies Internship (3)

Placement in community-based organization active in conflict resolution, peacemaking, and/or social justice. Arranged by student in consultation with advisor. Must be supervised by a faculty member. Restriction: junior or senior standing, and permission of Peace Studies advisor and internship instructor.

Physical Education Non-Professional Program (PENP)

101. Beginning Swimming (1-2, no limit Δ)

Instruction for students who have not been in the water or have a fear of water.

102. Intermediate Swimming (1-2, no limit Δ)

Instruction in all basic strokes. For students who can swim.

103. Advanced Swimming (1-2, no limit Δ)

Instruction and practice in perfecting all swimming strokes; competitive skills; synchronized skills.

105. Water Polo (1-2, no limit Δ)

Basic skills, strategy, rules and terminology to play and officiate the game.

108. Classical Jujutsu I (Beginner-Intermediate) (1-2, no limit Δ)

Jujutsu, the art of the samurai, helps develop defensive and offensive combat skills, inner power, self discipline, harmony and control.

109. Classical Jujutsu II (Intermediate-Advanced) (1-2, no limit Δ)

Jujutsu II helps develop intermediate to advanced level defensive and offensive combat skills and higher levels of control, power, focus and personal harmony.

111. Military Fitness (1-2, no limit Δ)

Instruction and practice of various techniques used by various branches of the military to enhance fitness.

112. Introduction to Triathlon Training (1-2, no limit Δ)

Instruction and practice of the three components of triathlon.

113. Aikido (1-2, no limit Δ)

Instruction and practice of the basic skills and techniques of Aikido.

114-160. Weight Training and Physical Conditioning (1, no limit Δ)

Individual training programs for development of general strength, tone, endurance and weight control. Fitness Test fee.

115. Intermediate Weight Training (1, no limit Δ)

Instruction in advanced weight-lifting principles and techniques as well as fitness related topics. Fitness Test fee.

118. Individual Tumbling (1-2, no limit Δ)

A class for the beginner to help develop coordination, agility, flexibility, a kinesthetic sense and neuromuscular control.

119. Advanced Tumbling (1-2, no limit Δ)

Advanced instruction to continue development of coordination, agility, flexibility, a kinesthetic sense and neuromuscular control.

120. Nia Dance Fitness (1-2, no limit Δ)

Instruction and practice in the basic movements in Nia, a fitness program designed to increase participant’s strength, endurance and balance.

121. Beginning Belly Dance (1, no limit Δ)

Instruction in the basic moving steps and rhythms of the oriental dance.

122. Intermediate Belly Dance (1, no limit Δ)

Instruction on the isolation and slow movements of Middle Eastern dance, including use of the veil and improvisation.

124. Ballroom Dance (1-2, no limit Δ)

Instruction in the basic movements of social dances such as fox trot, waltz, lindy, rhumba, tango and cha-cha.

125. Intermediate Ballroom Dance (1-2, no limit Δ)

Instruction dependent upon experience of students in basic movements of all segments of ballroom dance.

128. Beginning Country Western Dance (1, no limit Δ)

Instruction in the basic movements of the Waltz, Two-Step, Swing and Polka.

129. Intermediate Country Western Dance (1, no limit Δ)

Instruction dependent upon experience of students in basic movements of all segments of Country Western Dance.

130-131. Tai Chi Ch'uan (1, no limit Δ)

Instruction and practice in techniques to enhance body awareness, reduces stress, improve balance and increase strength.

132. Beginning Tae Kwan Do (1-2, no limit Δ)

Instruction in the basic skills, blocks, strikes and kicks of Tae Kwan Do.

133. Intermediate Tae Kwan Do (1-2, no limit Δ)

Advanced instruction in the basic skills, blocks, strikes and kicks of Tae Kwan Do.

134. Beginning Kung Fu (1-2, no limit Δ)

Instruction in the basic skills, blocks, strikes and kicks of Kung Fu.

135. Intermediate Kung Fu (1-2, no limit Δ)

Advanced instruction in the basic skills, blocks, strikes and kicks of Kung Fu.

136. Personal Defense (1-2, no limit Δ)

Instruction in the basic skills needed to defend oneself against assault.

138-139. Karate (1, no limit Δ)

Instruction in the basic skills, blocks, strikes, and kicks of Japanese karate.

140. Beginning Golf (1, no limit Δ)

Instruction in the basic skills, equipment, rules, etiquette and shot-making.

141. Intermediate Golf (1, no limit Δ)

Instruction emphasizes actual play.

143. Beginning Tennis (1-2, no limit Δ)

Instruction in the basic skills and rules of tennis.

144. Intermediate Tennis (1-2, no limit Δ)

Instruction dependent upon experience and skills of students in basic fundamentals. Perfection of strokes.

146. Bowling (1-2, no limit Δ)

Special fees. Instruction and practice in the basic skills of bowling.

148. Archery (1, no limit Δ)

Instruction in the basic skills and knowledge of range archery.

149. Badminton (1, no limit Δ)

Instruction in the basic skills, strategies and rules of badminton.

151. Four Wall Handball (1-2, no limit Δ)

Instruction in the basic rules, skills, and strategies of Four Wall Handball.

152. Racquetball (1, no limit Δ)

Instruction and practice in the skills and rules of racquetball.

154. Intermediate Racquetball (1, no limit Δ)

Instruction dependent upon experience and skills of students in basic fundamentals. Perfection of all strokes and strategies used in the game of racquetball.

155-156. Pilates (1, no limit Δ)

Instruction in movements that increase balance, core fitness and cardiorespiratory endurance.

158. Aerobic Dance I (1, no limit Δ)

Instruction in continuous movement using basic dance steps for improved cardiorespiratory endurance. Fitness Test fee.

159. Aerobic Dance II (1, no limit Δ)

Instruction in a longer aerobic workout using more advanced dance steps for improved cardiorespiratory endurance. Fitness Test Fee.

161-162. Jogging Fitness (1, no limit Δ)

Individualized running programs for improved cardiorespiratory endurance. Fitness Test fee.

165. Yoga (1-2, no limit Δ)

Introduction to five areas of yoga which are particularly significant to the Western World.

166. Intermediate Yoga (1-2, no limit Δ)

Instruction in more advanced techniques of Yoga emphasizing the physical aspects of Hatha Yoga.

167. Yogalates (1-2, no limit Δ)

Instruction and practice in movements that combine elements of Yoga and Pilates.

168. Basketball Competition (1-2, no limit Δ)

Instruction and practice of game skills in a team setting.

170. Volleyball (1-2, no limit Δ)

Instruction and practice of basic game skills, with emphasis upon power techniques.

171. Power Volleyball (1-2, no limit Δ)

Advanced instruction and practice of the skills of volleyball in a competitive setting.

173. Soccer (1-2, no limit Δ)

Instruction and practice of basic skills of soccer and speedaway.

174. Softball (1, no limit Δ)

Practice in playing and learning the fundamentals of softball and team handball, a team game which can be described as being similar to a combination of basketball and hockey, sometimes called European handball.

176. Rock Climbing (2)

To introduce students to basics of top rope rock climbing. Studies will include equipment, belays, climbing sites, rock characteristics, safety and a look at lead and traditional rock climbing. The emphasis will be on safety and the experience.

177-178. Fundamentals of Stretching and Relaxation Techniques (1, no limit Δ)

Instruction and practice of various techniques to enhance flexibility and reduce stress.

188. Modified Physical Education (1-2, no limit Δ)

193. Topics (1-2, no limit Δ)

New activities offered on an exploratory basis.

Professional Physical Education (PEP)

208. Teaching Fitness Concepts (3)

Designed to provide physical education pre-service students a basic background in exercise and health related fitness concepts. Planning, conducting and evaluating lessons in the area of fitness will be emphasized.

222. Target Activities (1)

This course is designed to provide physical education teachers with the background needed to instruct students in the target activities of archery, softball, flickerball, bowling. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Ed. Physical Education.

223. Invasion Games (1)

Designed to provide physical education teachers with the background needed to instruct students in the invasion games of basketball, soccer, team handball, flag football and floor hockey. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Ed. Physical Education.

225. Net Games (1)

Designed to provide physical education teachers with the background needed to instruct students in the net games of badminton, tennis, volleyball, pickleball. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Ed. Physical Education.

226. Lifetime Pursuits (1)

This course is designed to improve the student’s skill and knowledge in planning and teaching lifetime pursuits such as swimming, weight training, and golf. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Ed. Physical Education.

227. Elementary Rhythms, Aerobic Dance, Yoga (1)

Designed to improve the student’s skill and knowledge in planning and teaching elementary rhythmic activity, aerobic dance, and yoga. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Ed. Physical Education.

228. Outdoor Pursuits (1)

This course is designed to improve the student’s skill and knowledge in planning and teaching outdoor pursuits. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Ed. Physical Education.

234. Track and Field/Cooperative Games (1)

This course is designed to provide physical education teachers with the basic background needed to instruct students in the areas of track and field and cooperative games. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Ed. Physical Education.{Fall}

239. Dance (1)

Comprehensive skill and knowledge in folk, square and contra dance. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Ed. Physical Education.

245. Professional Laboratory Experience in Physical Education (3)

Designed to provide an introduction to the teaching of physical education. For physical education majors only.

250. Physical Education Skills and Content Knowledge I (3)

Teacher candidates experience activities and sports and learn the necessary pedagogical content knowledge to develop high-quality, developmentally appropriate activities in K-12 physical education environments.

251. Physical Education Skills and Content Knowledge II (3)

273. Introduction to Athletic Training (3)

An introduction to the field of athletic training and the basis of prevention and treatment of athletic injuries.

277. Kinesiology (3)

Anatomical and biomechanical bases of human movement and exercise. Prerequisite: BIOL 237 and BIOL 247L.

284. Athletic Training Observation Lab (3)

Clinical program for athletic training, which introduces the ATS to basic tapings, daily operations and UNM-ATEP policies and procedures. Minimum of 60 clinical hours.

285. Athletic Training Clinical I (3)

Allows athletic training students to practice the sports medicine principles and skills required in their course of study in preparation for NATABOC Examination. Emphasis is placed upon injury prevention and use of athletic protective equipment. Minimum of 150 clinical hours. Prerequisite: 273 and 284.

286. Evaluation of Athletic Injuries-Extremities (3)

A clinical experience that provides information relative to the assessment techniques and procedures essential to properly evaluate orthopedic and athletic injuries specific to the extremities. Minimum 200 clinical hours. Prerequisite: 273 and 284 and 285.

287. Evaluation of Athletic Injuries-Trunk/Torso (3)

A clinical experience that provides information relative to the assessment techniques and procedures essential to properly evaluate orthopedic and athletic injuries specific to the trunk and torso regions. Minimum of 200 clinical hours. Prerequisite: 273 and 284 and 285 and 286.

288. Motor Learning and Performance (3)

Psychological and neurophysiological factors related to the development of motor skills, emphasis on the teacher’s role in facilitating learning.

289. Tests and Measurements in Physical Education (3)

Designed to provide exercise science, physical education and athletic training students the knowledge of, and ability to understand, select and administer fitness, skill, and evaluation techniques for various populations. Prerequisite: STAT 145.

293. Topics (1-3, no limit Δ)

301. Physical Education in Secondary Schools (3)

Organization, methods, skills necessary to teach a wide variety of team sports. Four hours per week. Corequisite: 319 and 444.

305. Teaching Exercise (3)

An overview of the educational concepts, performance techniques, program design and leadership skills needed to teach group exercise. The course will include analysis and application of effective exercise procedures for all fitness levels. Prerequisite: 277 and 326L. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Exercise Science.

319. Physical Education in the Elementary School (3)

Introduction to all methods of teaching elementary physical education. Four hours per week. Prerequisite: 208 and 245 and 288. Corequisite: 301 and 444.

326L. Fundamentals of Exercise Physiology (3)

Study of the immediate and long-term effects of exercise on physiological systems of the human body. Prerequisite: BIOL 237 and BIOL 247L.

373. General Medical Conditions in Athletic Training (3)

This course is designed to provide information relative to general medical conditions. Emphasis will be placed on the etiology, development and treatment of pathophysiological processes. Prerequisite: 287 and 481.

374. Therapeutic Modalities (3)

This course is designed to provide information relative to the physiological principles and operational procedures of contemporary therapeutic modalities as they relate to the care and treatment of athletic injuries. Prerequisite: 287.

375. Pharmacology in Athletic Training (3)

This course is designed to provide the athletic training student with an understanding of pharmacological applications and governing pharmacy regulations relevant to athletic training. Prerequisite: 374.

391 / 591 / 691. Problems (1-3, no limit Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

400. Student Teaching in the Elementary School (6)

Prerequisite: 444 and 466 and EDPY 303 and EDPY 310. Restriction: permission of instructor.

410. Assessment in Physical Education (3)

Provide physical education students the ability to select, design, and implement performance-based assessment. Prerequisite: 301 and 319 and 444. Corequisite: 430 and 466.

430. Classroom/Behavior Management in Physical Education (3)

Provide physical education students with strategies and techniques for effective classroom/behavior management. Prerequisite: 301 and 319 and 444. Corequisite: 410 and 466.

444. Teaching and Learning in Physical Education (3)

Theories and concepts related to teaching physical education. Prerequisite: 208 and 245 and 288. Corequisite: 301 and 319.

461. Student Teaching in the Secondary Schools (6)

Prerequisite: 444 and 466 and EDPY 303 and EDPY 310. Restriction: permission of instructor.

465. Theory of Basketball (3)

To review and enlarge the student’s knowledge of the basic techniques and strategy of coaching basketball at the junior high, high school and college levels. Restriction: junior or senior standing.

466. Adapted Physical Education (3)

The field of adaptive and corrective physical education and its relationship to the regular curriculum in PE. Prerequisite: 301 and 319 and 444.

467 / 529. Physical Disabilities and Causes (3)

(Also offered as SPCD 467 / 529) Investigation of etiology, characteristics and treatment appropriate for individuals with physical disabilities who are in public sector, schools and exercise programs.

469. Management Concepts in Sport and Fitness Settings (3)

This course is designed to prepare prospective managers, directors and program coordinators for sport and fitness settings. Human relations and management skills will be emphasized. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Exercise Science.

470 / 502. Designs for Fitness (4)

Focuses on physical fitness assessment and exercise prescription and includes 1) use of field tests and laboratory tests to appraise physical fitness levels; 2) designs of individualized physical fitness programs; and 3) evaluation of exercise programs. Prerequisite: 277 and 289 and 326L. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Exercise Science.

471. Exercise and Disease Prevention (3)

Identification and analysis of current disease prevention issues related to exercise, physical activity and lifestyle. Prerequisite: 277 and 326L. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Exercise Science.

473. Rehabilitation of Athletic Injuries (3)

Designed to provide the athletic training student with the basic components of a comprehensive rehabilitation pro-gram, therapeutic goals, modalities and exercise, progression criteria and methods of evaluating/re-evaluating and recording rehabilitation progress. Prerequisite: 277 and 285 and 287 and 374 and BIOL 237 and BIOL 238 and BIOL 247L and BIOL 248L.

474. Athletic Training Administration (3)

The student will learn to plan, coordinate and supervise administrative components of an athletic training program for a high school, college or professional athletic organization. Prerequisite: 374 and 481.

475 / 503. EKG Interpretation (3)

Anatomical and physiological approach to the interpretation of resting 12-lead electrocardiograms. Course fee. Prerequisite: 326L. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Exercise Science.

476 / 508. Exercise Testing and Interpretation (3)

Practical and theoretical skills necessary to safely conduct graded exercise tests on treadmills and ergometers. Prerequisite: 326L and 475. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Exercise Science.

478 / 579. Sports Physiology (3)

The student will learn to properly analyze any sport in terms of specific conditioning demands and be able to design a training prescription for any sport. Prerequisite: 277 and 326L. Pre- or corequisite: 470. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Exercise Science.

479. Organization and Administration of Physical Education (3)

Program building, including criteria for the selection of activities and progression, and other factors affecting course of study such as facilities, equipment, budget, laws, policies, professional responsibilities.

480 / 582. Principles of Coaching (3)

This course consists of an in-depth study of the coaching profession, helping students develop an understanding of the nature of the profession and its inherent responsibilities.

481. Athletic Training Clinical II (3)

Provide an introduction to basic clinical skills used in the professional activities of the athletic trainer. Fieldwork in the athletic training room is included. Minimum of 200 clinical hours. Prerequisite: 287.

483. Athletic Training Clinical III (3)

Provide the athletic training student with an opportunity to apply clinical skills. The athletic training student gains practical experience through assignment to an approved clinical instructor. Minimum of 200 clinical hours. Prerequisite: 481.

485 / 585. Diversity in Sport and Physical Activity (3)

Knowledge of African American, Hispanic, Native American world views, cultural values, societal and socioeconomic factors form a basis for evaluation and development of physical activity/sport programs to assist academic retention and success.

488. Athletic Training Clinical IV (3)

Provides the opportunity to apply clinical skills and gain field experience through assignment to an off-campus high school and/or clinic setting. Minimum of 200 clinical hours. Prerequisite: 483.

489. Research in Athletic Training (3)

This course is designed to examine evidence-based practice, patient outcomes and research in the field of athletic training. Prerequisite: 286 and 375 and 473 and 483. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Athletic Training.

490. Topics in Athletic Training (3)

This course is designed to examine current topics, career development, practice analysis and transition to practice in the field of athletic training. Prerequisite: 286 and 375 and 473 and 483. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Athletic Training.

493 / 593. Topics (1-3, no limit Δ)

495. Practicum (3-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Planned and supervised professional laboratory or field experiences in agency or institutional setting. Restriction: permission of instructor.

500. Exercise Science Seminar (1)

Designed to orient students to Exercise Science graduate programs and serves as a forum for exchange of research in the field.

501. Advanced Exercise Physiology (3)

Specific topics of interest to those who need an introduction to the practice of exercise physiology and to become familiar with research possibilities and career opportunities in the field of exercise physiology.

502 / 470. Designs for Fitness (4)

503 / 475. EKG Interpretation (3)

Anatomical and physiological approach to the interpretation of resting 12-lead electrocardiograms. Course fee. Prerequisite: 326L.

507. Research Design in HPER (3)

(Also offered as HED 507) Emphasizes an understanding of different research designs, their level of sophistication and their application from both a theoretical and practical point of view.

508 / 476. Exercise Testing and Interpretation (3)

Practical and theoretical skills necessary to safely conduct graded exercise tests on treadmills and ergometers. Prerequisite: 326L and 503.

509. Media and Public Relations in HPER (3)

(Also offered as HED 509) Introduction to principles of public relations publicity and crisis management in HPER and sports administration.

510. Curriculum Construction in Physical Education (3)

Designed for those individuals engaged in curriculum development and revision. Theoretical and practical application for construction of physical education courses/programs.

516. Seminar in Physical Education (3)

The course covers current topics, trends and issues in physical education and sport.

521. Motor Learning for Individuals with Disabilities (3)

Review and discussion of factors affecting motor learning of individuals who have mental, physical, emotional or behavioral disabilities and are situated in schools and community programs.

526. Motor Assessment for Individuals with Disabilities (3)

Reviews current formal and informal assessment methods used to assess children with disabilities in physical education. Emphasizes the critical examination of assessment methods and provides practical experience using assessment methods. Restriction: permission of instructor.

527. Metabolic Considerations of Exercise Science (3)

An advanced study of the methodology, techniques and applications of biochemistry research as it applies to metabolic aspects of exercise and nutritional biochemistry. Prerequisite: 501. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physical Education or Ph.D. Physical Education, Sports and Exercise Science.

528. Neuromuscular Basis of Human Performance (3)

Designed to relate concepts of nerve and muscle physiology to physical performance. Selected applied topics, as well as research techniques used in their field, are investigated. Prerequisite: 326L.

529 / 467. Physical Disabilities and Causes (3)

(Also offered as SPCD 529 / 467) Investigation of etiology, characteristics and treatment appropriate for individuals with physical disabilities who are in public sector, schools and exercise programs.

530. Laboratory Procedures and Instrumentation in Applied Physiology (3)

Use of all routine testing procedures and instrumentation in the Center for Exercise Laboratory. Requires considerable extra-class independent work in the laboratory. Completion of this course is mandatory for any student planning to use the laboratory facilities. Prerequisite: 326L.

532. Body Composition (3)

Covers theoretical and applied aspects of body composition assessment. Students critically analyze currently used and newly developed laboratory and field techniques for evaluating body composition. Prerequisite: 470.

539. Introduction to Sport Administration (3)

Provides the opportunity for students interested in pursuing a career in the broad field of sport administration to identify the skills, knowledge and experiences needed by managers of sport programs. Analyze potential career opportunities.

540. Sport Sociology (3)

Investigates: a) the reciprocal impact of sport on society; b) individual and group behavior as influenced by social relationships within social settings; and c) the multiple roles of sport in cross-cultural contexts.

541. Ethics in Sport and Fitness (3)

Designed to promote critical self-evaluation, examine one’s philosophy/values, refine moral reasoning skills and study moral/ethical issues in sport and exercise environments.

544. Physiology of Resistance Training (3)

This course is intended to be an advanced study of the tissue and systems research published on acute and chronic physiological adaptations known to occur with resistance training. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physical Education or Ph.D. Physical Education, Sports and Exercise Science.

545. Sport Leadership (3)

Study of leadership theory and its application to the effective administration of sport programs. Course also examines current sport leadership research as well as the governance of amateur and professional sport organizations.

547. Sport Marketing and Promotions (3)

A study of the current approaches sport managers utilize for conducting relationships with consumers in sport environments. The course will focus on evaluation of sport sponsorships, promotional strategies and development of a marketing plan.

548. Financing Sport (3)

A study of the approaches sport managers utilize for acquiring revenue and managing funds in sport environments. The course will focus on economic impact studies, public subsidization of sport facilities and innovative revenue acquisition strategies.

549. Administration of Sport Personnel (3)

Focuses on personnel issues in sport organizations with emphasis on job design, recruitment and selection, evaluation of coaches, conflict resolution and contract negotiations with athletes and coaches.

550. Governance of Intercollegiate Athletics (3)

A study of the relationships evident in intercollegiate sport environments. The course will focus on evaluation of policies established, ramifications for violation of rules and the procedures utilized by the NCAA to govern inter-collegiate athletics.

561. Risk Management in Sport (3)

Study of safety, negligence and liability in sport. Designed to help teachers, coaches, facility managers, program directors, etc. develop the knowledge and skills to recognize and eliminate dangerous situations before they become a problem.

562. Exercise in Extreme Environment (3)

Classic and recent published research is used to explore the altered exercise-related human physiology during human exposure to our main environmental stressors–altitude/ hypoxia, heat/dehydration, positive g-forces and micro-gravity. Prerequisite: 426.

566. Legal Aspects of Sport (3)

A study of selected areas of the law and how they relate to the world of sports, physical activity, physical education and recreation. An emphasis will be placed on current issues and practical applications. Prerequisite: 561.

570. The Analysis of Teaching Physical Education (3)

Investigates education in contemporary society, examines theories and styles of teaching, reviews research related to teaching, studies methods for determining teacher effectiveness and discusses other topics related to teaching physical education.

572. Issues and Methods in Elementary Physical Education (3)

This course is designed to examine the current issues confronting elementary physical education. Students will consider the role elementary physical education plays in the development of the total child and the physically educated student.

573. Critical Issues in Secondary Physical Education (3)

This course is designed to examine the issues confronting secondary physical education. Students will review historical perspectives as they relate to current trends in the field of secondary physical education.

575. Sport Facilities Planning and Construction (3)

This course provides an overview of the fundamentals of planning, design and construction of athletic, physical education, recreation and sport facilities and the relationship of facilities to programs.

576. Sport Event Management (3)

Provides students with the knowledge, skills and understanding necessary to propose, develop and conduct sport-related contests and special events. Also covers elements of facility and game management.

579 / 478. Sports Physiology (3)

The student will learn to properly analyze any sport in terms of specific conditioning demands and be able to design a training prescription for any sport. Prerequisite: 277 and 326L and 502.

581. Administration of Interscholastic Athletics (3)

Principles of administration with regard to middle school and high school athletic programs. Topics include state governance, promotion and publicity, budgeting, scheduling, legal issues and working with coaches, athletes and parents.

582 / 480. Principles of Coaching (3)

This course consists of an in-depth study of the coaching profession, helping students develop an understanding of the nature of the profession and its inherent responsibilities.

585 / 485. Diversity in Sport and Physical Activity (3)

588. Sport Psychology I (3)

Investigates theories and applied techniques for psychological skills enhancement in sport and physical activity settings. Main topics include arousal management, imagery, self talk, concentration control and feedback principles.

589. Sport Psychology II (3)

Investigates theory and applied interventions that enhance psychological skill development in sport and physical activity settings. Main topics include motivation, goal setting, self-esteem, decision-making, group cohesion, injury/pain control and termination issues specific to sport.

590. Supervision of Physical Education Programs (3)

Designed to examine supervisory theory and research to help students acquire an understanding of all the areas supervision in physical education encompasses and to assist the student to develop specific supervisory skills.

591 / 391 / 691. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

593 / 493. Topics (1-3, no limit Δ)

595. Advanced Field Experiences (3-6, no limit Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

598. Directed Readings in Physical Education (3-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

604. Dissertation Seminar (3)

This course is designed to assist doctoral students in the preparation and writing of their dissertation proposal. Students focus their research project, and prepare their draft dissertation proposal and PowerPoint presentation. Prerequisite: 507 and EDPY 511. Restriction: admitted to Ph.D. Physical Education, Sports and Exercise Science.

612. Organizational Theory in Sport (3)

Examines current research related to organizational study in amateur, professional and commercial sport. Requires analysis of topic related to sport organization goals and effectiveness, structure, strategy, change, politics and organizational culture. Prerequisite: 545.

614. Sport Consumer Behavior (3)

This course will compare and contrast the various research methodologies most commonly practiced in sport marketing settings. Through systematic analysis of the sport marketing mix, students will demonstrate proficiency in conducting and presenting sport market research. Prerequisite: 547.

618. Seminar in Sport Research (3)

Provides an understanding of the foundational research and literature in Sport Administration. An in-depth literature review of a selected topic will be conducted and future research questions will be identified.

625. Writing for Professional Publication (3)

Designed to guide the student through the process of writing, organizing, illustrating and submitting scientific papers for publication in scholarly journals.

627. Seminar in Applied Physiology (3)

Latest research on specific topics of present interest is synthesized, presented and discussed. Course requires independent work, active participation in class discussions and advanced standing in exercise physiology.

628. Cellular and Molecular Considerations of Exercise Science (3)

An advanced study of methodology, techniques and applications of biochemistry research applicable to exercise science. Emphasis will be placed on many of the applied and molecular aspects in research. Prerequisite: 501 and 535. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physical Education or Ph.D. Physical Education, Sports and Exercise Science.

691 / 391 / 591. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

696. Internship (3-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

698. Directed Readings in Physical Education (3-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Public Health (PH)

101. Introduction to Population Health (3)

Introduction to Population Health provides a population perspective on the multi-level (ecologic) determinants of health, disease and injury; the programs, policies and services that protect and promote health and prevent disease; and the analytic tools used by population health professionals.

102. Global Health Challenges and Responses (3)

Global health is concerned with developing theories and methods to understand the roots of social, economic, political and environmental determinants of health, with a focus on the nature of health inequalities across the world.

201. Population Health Biology (3)

Introduction to biological disease basis, including cellular, physiological, genetic, immunologic, and environmental determinants. Pathologic mechanisms and host susceptibility for infectious and non-infectious diseases of population health importance including disease prevention/control delivered in a team-based format. Prerequisite: BIOL 110 or BIOL 123 or BIOL 201L or BIOL 237 or BIOL 239.

221. Population Health: Introduction to Social, Cultural, Behavioral Theory (3)

Examine and apply social, cultural, and behavioral theories and models that inform and strengthen population health practice. Theories are used to diagnose health and social problems and plan interventions to improve the public's health. Prerequisite: 101 and 102. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Population Health.

230. Introduction to Environmental and Occupational Health (3)

Environmental and occupational health and safety; including regulatory processes, compliance, pollution prevention, drinking water, wastewater management, solid/hazardous waste, air quality, food protection, zoonotic and vector-borne disease control, radiation, injury prevention. Prerequisite: 101 and 102.

240. Health Systems, Services and Policies (3)

Increase the analytical capacity and critical thinking in regards to the US health system, services and related policies. Reinforce the students¿ sense of social responsibility and further their understanding of population health approaches. Prerequisite: 101 and 102.

241. Fundamentals of Health Care Finance (3)

Introduction to health care finance for Population Health students. The course will introduce basic concepts of health care finance: access, affordability, quality, and portability. Prerequisite: 101 and 102.

260. Special Topics in Population Health (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Topics in population health that are not covered in the existing curriculum that are mutually agreed upon by students and faculty. May be repeated for credit provided the subject matter varies.

310. Population Health Research Methods (3)

Foundational understanding of scientific paradigms, approaches, methods and designs on population health research; definitions of health research problems at population, community, social group, system and service levels; and ethical procedures. Prerequisite: 201 and 221 and 230 and 240 and 241 and 311.

311 [210]. Essentials of Epidemiology: The Language of Population Health (3)

Introduction to analytic tools and methods used to quantify population health problems. Epidemiologists monitor, quantify and map disease, and critically assess the impact of medical treatments and population health interventions. Prerequisite: STAT 145.

350. Health Data Systems (3)

Introduces population health data systems in clinical and public health settings including electronic health records, data standards, legal aspects of health information, coding, and reimbursement. Big healthcare data sources will be explored. Prerequisite: 201 and 221 and 230 and 240 and 241 and 311.

360. Population Health Management (3)

Examine policies and interventions regarding population health outcomes. Methods to predict patient risk and engagement. Quality and safety strategies and benchmarks, and information technology for use in population health management decision support. Prerequisite: 201 and 221 and 230 and 240 and 241 and 311.

375. Population Health Field Experience (1-3 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

This course helps students strengthen professional population health skills in settings other than those in which they are employed and would benefit from working with or shadowing a professional in a community or clinical setting. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Prerequisite: 101 and 102.

420. Population Health Evidenced-Based Practices (3)

Introduces students to core concepts in population-based primary and secondary prevention strategies for population health issues. Students will critically examine evidence-based guidelines used to informed population health interventions. Prerequisite: 310 and 350 and 360.

421. Population Health Planning I (3)

Describe and apply assessment and planning processes to determine priorities for population health interventions. Provide overview of planning and development of population health interventions from a systems perspective, with attention to evidence-based, theoretical, and ethical approaches. Prerequisite: 420.

422. Population Health Planning II (3)

Describe and apply the implementation/management and evaluation processes for population health interventions. Provides an overview of the implementation and evaluation of population health interventions from a systems perspective. Prerequisite: 421.

460. Special Topics in Population Health (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Variable topics in population health provides students to work with faculty on topics that are not part of the curriculum.

475. Population Health Capstone (6)

Provides an opportunity to earn credit hours (1-class, 5-field) through an experiential population health issue in a clinical or public health venue. This facilitates integration of classroom learning and practical experience during the Capstone. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Prerequisite: 422.

501. Principles of Public Health (3)

Concepts of public health related to determinants of health; cultural, social and political concepts of disease; disease prevention; health promotion, including individual behavior change and community based intervention; health policy. Restriction: admitted to M.P.H. Public Health.

502. Epidemiologic Methods I (3)

Provides an overview of the methods of epidemiologic research. Designed to provide students with the capability of understanding epidemiologic measures of disease occurrence, interpreting the findings of epidemiologic studies and integrating the results of epidemiologic research into public health practice. Prerequisite: STAT 145 with a grade of "B" or better.

506. Environmental-Occupational Health (3)

Applies the public health perspective to environmental and occupational disease. Students will learn to apply the ecologic principles of agent, host and environment to diseases associated with exposures to the physical environment and chemical contaminants. Prerequisite: 501.

507. Health Care Systems (3)

Provides an overview of how health care is delivered in the United States. A wide variety of delivery and payment methods are examined. In addition, the U.S. health care delivery systems will be compared to Native American, U.S. Mexican Border, Canadian and Cuban systems. Core option for students admitted any year; required for students year 2000 and later.

508. Theory and Practice (2)

Teaches students the core public health principles of assessment. Restriction: admitted to M.P.H. Public Health.

510. Public Health and Health Care Management (3)

This course will examine the history and organization of the U.S. Healthcare System and will focus on the core functions in public health healthcare management. The role and elements of professionalism and ethics will be integrated throughout the course.

511. Writing for Public Health Professionals (1 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

Intensive writing course for public health professionals and graduate students. Course will promote understanding of multiple modes of writing; improves revising and editing strategies; and provides experience in synthesizing and integrating research into literature reviews and articles for public health journals. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to M.P.H. Public Health.

513. Public Health Seminar (0-1 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

A graduate seminar and journal club focusing on a wide range of PH topics. Speakers present original research. Journal club guides students to critically assess literature. Two semesters required for credit. Prerequisite: 502.

520. Epidemiologic Methods II (3)

Provides a good understanding of the principles and methods involved in the design, conduct, analysis and interpretation of epidemiologic research. Prerequisite: 502 with a grade of "B" or better and 538 with a grade of "B" or better. Restriction: permission of instructor.

521. Introduction to Epidemiology (1-3 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

Designed for students pursuing a Public Health certificate. Provides students with basic epidemiologic background and methods to analyze and interpret disease occurrence in populations. Emphasizes community assessment, surveillance, problem solving, health promotion, and disease prevention.

524. Social Epidemiology (2)

Social Epidemiology provides students with principles and methods of design, conduct analysis, and interpretation of epidemiologic research using a social epidemiology approach. Prerequisite: 502 with a grade of "B" or better. Restriction: permission of instructor.

528. Infectious Disease Epidemiology (2)

Learn basic epidemiological principles of infectious diseases. Learn and understand the multiple factors associated with spread of infectious agents within populations and development, application and evaluation of control measures to stop or prevent transmission. Prerequisite: 502.

529. Introduction to Developmental Epidemiology (2)

This course will provide an introduction to the field of developmental epidemiology, the study of children's development, mental health and disability, and discuss the public health impact of maladaptive developmental outcomes. Prerequisite: 502.

531. Perinatal Epidemiology (2)

Review of a wide range of topics central to perinatal epidemiology. Highlighted topics will include conception and early fetal loss, design issues in studies of adverse reproductive outcomes and epidemiologic aspects and public health approaches to prevention of congenital malformation. Prerequisite: 502.

532. Cancer Epidemiology (2)

Covers basic concepts and methods in cancer research. Specific topics for discussion include cancer surveillance, measures of disease occurrence, descriptive epidemiology of cancer, casual mechanisms, etiologic factors, screening issues, cancer prevention and control, and intervention studies. An understanding of research methodology and biology will be assumed. Prerequisite: 502.

533. Public Health Research Methods (3)

Quantitative, qualitative and mixed methods of applying and understanding the scientific inquiry used in health and social sciences research. Identify health-related problems and formulate questions that can be translated into sound research designs.

534. Epidemiology Data Analysis (3)

Students will learn how to conduct a careful epidemiologic data analysis. The focus of the course is developing the practical and critical thinking skills to conduct an epidemiologic data analysis. This course is required for epidemiology concentration students. Prerequisite: 520 and 539.

538. Public Health Biostatistical Methods I (3)

Covers basic statistical methods including statistical summaries and inference. Methods of summarizing data include graphical displays and numerical summaries. Statistical inference includes hypothesis testing and confidence intervals. Methods for continuous and categorical data are studied. Prerequisite: MATH 121 with a grade of "B" or better.

539. Public Health Biostatistical Methods II (3)

Covers basic models used in the statistical analysis of studies in the medical sciences and public health field, with an emphasis on epidemiology. Linear regression, analysis of variance, logistic regression, and survival models are studied. Prerequisite: 538.

543. Evidenced-Based Practice (2)

This course will cover the skills, knowledge, and resources needed to embark on Evidence-Based Practice in one's medical career. It will concentrate principally upon both Evidence-Based Medicine (EBM) and Evidence-Based Public health (EBPH). Restriction: M.D. students only.

544. Health Policy and Advocacy for Medical Practitioners (2)

This course will examine a variety of health policy, legislative and health system issues. A final policy presentation and community project are required. Restriction: M.D. students only.

552. Public Health Program Planning (3)

An exploration of rational health planning methods. Methods will be applied in the development of a health program plan within a social context where public health planning actually occurs. Involves the development of a realistic program plan addressing a health-related problem and writing a proposal for funding.

554. Health Policy, Politics and Social Equity (3)

Provides students with understanding of factors within and outside of health care system. Reviews social policy in addressing coverage of uninsured, improving population health and reducing social inequities. Examination of frameworks and politics of policy programs.

555. Public Health Evaluation Methods (3)

Introduces students to the language and theory of program evaluation to undertake their own evaluation design: how to pose evaluation research questions; data collection methodologies available to them; how to make decisions about appropriate data collection methods for different types of evaluation objectives.

556. Community Participatory-Based Research (2-3)

Presents historical background, underlying assumptions, principles and steps for conducting CBPR. Introduces indigenous and decolonizing theories and methodologies of CBPR. Develops perspective on roles of culture, race, gender, and power in academic-community research partnerships.

558. Intervention Research with Marginalized Populations (3)

This course addresses intervention research methods and approaches that are more effective in addressing health and social needs of marginalized populations. Designed to provide an overview to fundamental public health conceptual and methodological considerations.

560. Special Topics in Public Health (1-3, no limit Δ)

564. Public Health and Health Care Communication (3)

Communication for health and social change is a process of public/private communication through which people define who they are, what they need, and how to get what they need in order to improve their lives.

575. Public Health Leadership on Facilitation (1-2)

Facilitation skills for public health settings such as coalitions, working in teams and community meetings. Explores methods, role of facilitator, assumptions behind different styles, setting priorities and action planning. Variable credit to meet professional and graduate student needs. For 1 credit, a 5 page problem analysis; for 2 credits, additional 10 page literature review.

579. New Mexico Border Health: U.S. - Mexico Border Migration and Latino Health (2)

Gives students applied understanding of public health disparities, equity challenges, and assets in the U.S.-Mexico border region. Community-based learning via site visit to border region with Web-CT enhanced instruction.

593. Independent Studies (1-3, no limit Δ)

Students work individually with faculty members on projects with individual supervision.

595. Introduction to Public Health Integrative Experience (1)

Introduction and preparation for PH 597 Public Health Integrative Experience. Students will evaluate and define the public health status and needs of a community. Preparation for construction and evaluation of interventions in PH 597. Restriction: admitted to M.P.H. Public Health.

596. Professional Paper (1-3 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

The professional paper allows the student to engage in analyzing or solving a real public health problem.

597. Public Health Integrative Experience (2)

One of three options for Culminating Experience. Students will conduct a computer-based systematic review of the epidemiologic and health intervention literature, perform epi data analysis and apply other planning and evaluation techniques to develop a prevention plan for a New Mexico population. Restriction: admitted to M.P.H. Public Health.

598. Public Health Practicum (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Individually arranged field experience to develop and refine professional public health skills. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: permission of instructor.

599. Master's Thesis (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: permission of instructor.

Philosophy (PHIL)

101. Introduction to Philosophy (3)

Philosophical issues and methodology illustrated through selected problems concerning values, knowledge, reality; and in social, political and religious philosophy. Meets New Mexico Lower Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area V: Humanities and Fine Arts (NMCCN 1113).

102. Current Moral Problems (3)

Ethical issues arising in contemporary society, e.g., sexual morality, preferential treatment, racism, punishment, war, world food distribution. (I)

108. Introduction to Asian Philosophies (3)

Philosophical issues and methodology illustrated in relation to South and East Asian thought: Hinduism, Buddhism, Taoism and Confucianism. (I)

156. Reasoning and Critical Thinking (3)

The purpose of this course is to help students learn how to analyze, critique and construct arguments in context, in other words, how to read and write argumentative essays. (I) Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area I: Communications.

201. Greek Thought (3)

An introductory survey of early and classical Greek philosophy, literature, and history. Figures: the Presocratics, Socrates, Plato and Aristotle; Homer and Sophocles; Herodotus and Thucydides. (I) Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area V: Humanities and Fine Arts.

202. From Descartes to Kant (3)

A historical study of philosophical trends and controversies that characterize the development of early modern philosophy. This survey will cover the philosophies of Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz, Locke, Berkeley, Hume, and Kant. (I) Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area V: Humanities and Fine Arts.

211. Greek Philosophy (3)

A survey of classical Greek Philosophy. The Presocratics, Plato, Aristotle, and the Stoics. Concepts of nature and culture, theories of the self, concepts of being; happiness, virtue, and the good life. (I)

241. Topics in Philosophy (3, no limit Δ)

An introductory survey of a philosophical tradition or topic of debate.

244. Introduction to Existentialism (3)

An examination of the works of writers such as Kierkegaard, Nietzsche, Kafka and Sartre who emphasize such issues as death, decision, rebellion and faith. (I)

245. Professional Ethics (3)

Examination of social and ethical problems associated with the business, engineering, medical and legal professions. Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area V: Humanities and Fine Arts.

333. Buddhist Philosophy (3)

This course traces the evolution of such topics as karma and rebirth and the nature of the liberated mind as discussed in the Buddhist traditions of India, Tibet, East Asia and the modern West. (B) Prerequisite: one course in Philosophy.

334. Indian Philosophy (3)

Upanishads, Bhagavad-gita, Jainism, Buddhism, the six Hindu systems and recent developments. (B) Prerequisite: one course in Philosophy.

336. Chinese Philosophy (3)

The development of Chinese thought from pre-Confucian times through the T’ang dynasty. (B) Prerequisite: one course in Philosophy.

341. Topics in Philosophy (1-3, no limit Δ)

An investigation of some important philosophic debates. (T)

343. Contemporary Continental Philosophy (3)

A survey of main themes in Dilthey, Husserl, Scheler, Heidegger, Merleau-Ponty, Sartre, Hermeneutics, Structuralism, Deconstruction and the Frankfurt School. (B) Prerequisite: one course in Philosophy.

350. Philosophy of Science (3)

This course is a survey of the main epistemological, ontological and conceptual issues that arise from or concern the methodology and content of the empirical sciences. (B)

352. Theory of Knowledge (3)

An examination of the nature and possibility of knowledge. Topics include skepticism, the analysis of knowledge, and the nature and structure of epistemic justification. (B) Prerequisite: 202.

354. Metaphysics (3)

Problems and theories of metaphysics. Topics may include: investigation into the structure of things and their properties, identity and individuation, causation, necessity and possibility, universals, mind and body, space and time, God, truth and naturalism. (B) Prerequisite: one course in Philosophy.

356. Symbolic Logic (4)

(Also offered as MATH **356) This is a first course in logical theory. Its primary goal is to study the notion of logical entailment and related concepts, such as consistency and contingency. Formal systems are developed to analyze these notions rigorously. (B)

358. Ethical Theory (3)

Inquiry concerning goodness, rightness, obligation, justice and freedom. (B) Prerequisite: one course in Philosophy.

361. Modern Christian Thought (3)

(Also offered as RELG 361) Background of the intellectual issues facing Roman Catholic and Protestant traditions today. (B) Prerequisite: one course in Religious Studies or Philosophy.

363. Environmental Ethics (3)

Close reading of contemporary writings by naturalists, lawyers, theologians and philosophers on the philosophical aspects of environmental problems. (B)

365. Philosophy of Religion (3)

(Also offered as RELG 365) Philosophic analysis of some major concepts and problems in religion. (B) Prerequisite: one course in Religious Studies or Philosophy.

368. Biomedical Ethics (3)

A survey of recent work on bioethics. Topics may include: allocation of scarce resources, autonomy and consent, end of life and beginning of life, killing and letting die, genetic engineering, future therapies. (B)

371. Classical Social and Political Philosophy (3)

From Plato to Hobbes. (B) Prerequisite: 101 or 201 or 211.

372. Modern Social and Political Philosophy (3)

From Hobbes to present. (B) Prerequisite: one course in Philosophy.

381. Philosophy of Law (3)

Examination of philosophical issues pertaining to law, including the nature of law, responsibility, rights, justice, the justification of punishment, and the justification of state interference with individual liberty. (B) Prerequisite: 358.

390. Latin American Thought (3)

Positivism through contemporary thought. (B) Prerequisite: one course in Philosophy.

410 / 510. Kant (3)

(AI) Prerequisite: 202.

*411. Hegel (3)

A close study of Hegel’s Phenomenology and Elements of the Philosophy of Right, emphasizing his conception of the method and aims of philosophy, and the fundamentals of his metaphysics, ethics, and social theory. (AI) Prerequisite: 202.

*414. Nietzsche (3)

A study of Nietzsche’s philosophical thought. Topics may include: Nietzsche’s ethical critiques; the will to power thesis; agency and free will; truth; meaning; eternal recurrence and the affirmation of life. (AI) Prerequisite: 6 credit hours Philosophy course work.

*415. History and Philosophy of Mathematics (3)

(Also offered as MATH **415) A historical survey of principal issues and controversies on the nature of mathematics. Emphasis varies from year to year. (AS) Prerequisite: 356 or MATH 163 or MATH 181 or MATH **356.

*421. Early Heidegger (3)

(AI) Prerequisite: one course in Philosophy.

*422. Wittgenstein (3)

(AI) Prerequisite: 6 credit hours Philosophy course work.

*423. Later Heidegger/Post-Heideggerian Philosophy (3)

This course will examine the “later” (post-1937) Heidegger and/or some major critical appropriations of Heidegger’s later thinking by Badiou, Baudrillard, Blanchot, Cavell, Derrida, Dreyfus, Foucault, Irigaray, Lacan, Levinas, Marcuse, Rorty, Vattimo, Zizek, or others. (AI) Prerequisite: one course in Philosophy.

426. Seminar in Asian Philosophers (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Figure varies. Prerequisite: one course in Philosophy.

*434. South Asian Mystical Traditions (3)

(Also offered as RELG *434) This course will examine a wide range of mystical thought and experience in South Asia from the first millennium BCE through the medieval period in Hindu and Buddhist traditions. (AT) Prerequisite: one course in Philosophy or Religious Studies.

*438. Indian Buddhist Philosophy (3)

(Also offered as RELG *438) A survey of Hinayana and Mahayana philosophical thought as it developed in South Asia, together with its religious, historical and social context. (AT) Prerequisite: one course in Philosophy or Religious Studies.

*441. Topics in Philosophical Figures and Movements (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Topic varies. (OA) Prerequisite: one Philosophy course 200-level or above.

442. Seminar in Individual Philosophers (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Figure varies. (OA) Prerequisite: one course in Philosophy.

*444. Nineteenth-Century Philosophy (3)

From Kant through Hegel, Marx, Schopenhauer, Kierkegaard, Mill, Nietzsche. (AS) Prerequisite: 202.

453. Asian Studies Thesis (3)

(Also offered as COMP, HIST, POLS, RELG 453) Supervised research in one or more disciplines leading to an undergraduate thesis for the major in Asian Studies. (AT)

454 / 554. Seminar in Metaphysics and Epistemology (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

This seminar offers graduate and advanced undergraduate students exposure to contemporary literature and current professional discussion on issues in metaphysics and/or epistemology. (OA) Prerequisite: 12 credit hours Philosophy course work.

*455. Philosophy of Mind (3)

A study of certain issues connected with the nature and status of minds. Topics include the mind-body problem, intentionality, consciousness, and mental causation. (AS) Prerequisite: 202.

457 / 557. Seminar in the History of Philosophy (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

A close and critical examination of issues in the history of philosophy. Emphasis may be placed on a particular philosophical figure or on the development of a particular trend in the history of philosophy. (OA) Prerequisite: 12 credit hours Philosophy course work.

458 / 558. Seminar in Moral and Political Philosophy (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

A study of advanced topics in ethics. Possible topics include: practical reason; the connection between ethics and agency; metaethics; the nature of normativity. (OA) Prerequisite: 12 credit hours Philosophy course work.

462 / 562. Seminar in American Philosophy (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

An intensive study of texts and movements in American philosophy from the eighteenth century to contemporary pragmatism. (OA) Prerequisite: 12 credit hours Philosophy course work.

464 / 564. Seminar in Philosophy of Religion (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Advanced topics in philosophy of religion. (OA) Prerequisite: 12 credit hours Philosophy course work.

466 / 566. Seminar in Philosophy of Art and Aesthetics (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

An in-depth examination of the genesis of modern aesthetics in the 18th and early 19th centuries, with a special focus on the aesthetic theory of Immanuel Kant. (OA) Prerequisite: 12 credit hours Philosophy course work.

*467. Philosophy of Art and Aesthetics (3)

Philosophical investigation of concept and theories of art and literature. Possible topics include the nature, definition and criteria of art; its functions; form and content; aesthetic experience; evaluation; artist’s/author’s status; meaning; reception; hermeneutics and representation. (AS) Prerequisite: one course in Philosophy.

468 / 568. Seminar in Psychoanalytic Theory and Continental Philosophy (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

This seminar offers students an in-depth introduction to psychoanalysis considered in relation to philosophy. It focuses on Freudian and/or Lacanian versions of analytic thought and their consequences for various philosophical discussions. (OA) Prerequisite: 12 credit hours Philosophy course work.

469 / 569. Seminar in Continental Philosophy (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

This seminar offers graduate and advanced undergraduate students an in-depth engagement with a specific philosopher or philosophical orientation situated in the context of twentieth-century Europe. It focuses on French and/or German philosophies in particular. (OA) Prerequisite: 12 credit hours Philosophy course work.

*480. Philosophy and Literature (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Selected philosophical movements and their relationships to literary masterpieces. (AS) Prerequisite: one course in Philosophy.

486 / 586. Seminar on Major Continental Philosopher (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

A close reading of a leading figure in contemporary continental philosophy, typically focusing on that thinker’s most influential work, such as Sartre’s Being and Nothingness, Levinas’s Totality and Infinity, Gadamer’s Truth and Method, etc. (OA) Prerequisite: 12 credit hours Philosophy course work.

497. Honors Seminar (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

For departmental honors in philosophy. (OA) {Offered upon demand}

498. Reading and Research (1-3, may be repeated 3 times Δ)

(OA)

499. Senior Thesis (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

For departmental honors. (OA) {Offered upon demand}

510 / 410. Kant (3)

(AI)

526. Seminar in Asian Philosophers (3)

(GS)

542. Seminar in Individual Philosophers (3 to a maximum of 18 Δ)

(GS)

551. M.A. Problems (1-3, may be repeated 6 times Δ)

(OM)

554 / 454. Seminar in Metaphysics and Epistemology (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

This seminar offers graduate and advanced undergraduate students exposure to contemporary literature and current professional discussion on issues in metaphysics and/or epistemology. (GS) Prerequisite: 12 credit hours Philosophy course work.

557 / 457. Seminar in the History of Philosophy (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

A close and critical examination of issues in the history of philosophy. Emphasis may be placed on a particular philosophical figure or on the development of a particular trend in the history of philosophy. (GS) Prerequisite: 12 credit hours Philosophy course work.

558 / 458. Seminar in Moral and Political Philosophy (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

A study of advanced topics in ethics. Possible topics include: practical reason; the connection between ethics and agency; metaethics; the nature of normativity. (GS) Prerequisite: 12 credit hours Philosophy course work.

562 / 462. Seminar in American Philosophy (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

An intensive study of texts and movements in American philosophy from the eighteenth century to contemporary pragmatism. (GS) Prerequisite: 12 credit hours Philosophy course work.

564 / 464. Seminar in Philosophy of Religion (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Advanced topics in philosophy of religion. (GS) Prerequisite: 12 credit hours Philosophy course work.

566 / 466. Seminar in Philosophy of Art and Aesthetics (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

An in-depth examination of the genesis of modern aesthetics in the 18th and early 19th centuries, with a special focus on the aesthetic theory of Immanuel Kant. (GS) Prerequisite: 12 credit hours Philosophy course work.

568 / 468. Seminar in Psychoanalytic Theory and Continental Philosophy (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

This seminar offers students an in-depth introduction to psychoanalysis considered in relation to philosophy. It focuses on Freudian and/or Lacanian versions of analytic thought and their consequences for various philosophical discussions. (CP) Prerequisite: 12 credit hours Philosophy course work.

569 / 469. Seminar in Continental Philosophy (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

This seminar offers graduate and advanced undergraduate students an in-depth engagement with a specific philosopher or philosophical orientation situated in the context of twentieth-century Europe. It focuses on French and/or German philosophies in particular. (CP) Prerequisite: 12 credit hours Philosophy course work.

586 / 486. Seminar on Major Continental Philosopher (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

A close reading of a leading figure in contemporary continental philosophy, typically focusing on that thinker’s most influential work, such as Sartre’s Being and Nothingness, Levinas’s Totality and Infinity, Gadamer’s Truth and Method, etc. (CP) Prerequisite: 12 credit hours Philosophy course work.

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

(OM) Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

651. Ph.D. Problems (1-3, may be repeated 6 times Δ)

(OP) Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

670. Seminar in Sanskrit Philosophical Texts (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

This course is designed to give students at the intermediate to advanced level practice in reading philosophical literature in Sanskrit. The texts chosen will be those that are most relevant to the students' research interests. (IP)

679. Seminar in Vedanta (3)

An in-depth study of major themes of the Vedanta tradition of Brahmanical thought, based on a reading of original Sanskrit texts of the two leading schools, Advaita and Visista Advaita. Knowledge of Sanskrit expected. (IP)

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

(OP) Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Pharmacy (PHRM)

496. Topics in Pharmacy (1 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

497. Problems in Pharmacy (1-5, no limit Δ)

Research and library problems in some phase of pharmacy. Not for professional students in the College of Pharmacy curriculum. Restriction: permission of instructor.

498. Problems in Pharmacy (1-5, no limit Δ)

Research and library problems in some phase of pharmacy. Not for professional students in the College of Pharmacy curriculum. Restriction: permission of instructor.

507 / 707. Pharmacy and Health Care Delivery (3)

Marketing and economic concepts of pharmacy practice, with a focus towards marketing of pharmaceutical services and products, pharmacy finance and economics in operations, pharmacoeconomics and decision-making.

511 / 773. Nuclear Pharmacy Instrumentation (3)

Structure and properties of atoms, radiation and radioactive decay, production of radionuclides, interactions of radiation with matter, with emphasis on instrumentation for radiation detection and measurement in a nuclear pharmacy or nuclear medicine environment. Restriction: permission of instructor.

512 / 774. Radiopharmaceutical Chemistry (1)

Introduces undergraduate students to inorganic chemistry as applicable to radiopharmaceuticals. Prerequisite: CHEM **302 or equivalent. Restriction: permission of instructor.

513 / 775. Radiation Biology and Radiation Safety (3)

Fundamentals of the biological effects of ionizing radiation on living systems, especially man; basic biological mechanisms which bring about somatic and genetic effects. Concepts of radiation protection, radiation dosimetry, radiation monitoring and x-ray health physics. Restriction: permission of instructor.

516 / 776. Radiopharmacology (3)

Study of the physicochemical characteristics of radiopharmaceuticals; kinetics of radiopharmaceuticals; structure-distribution relationships of radiopharmaceuticals; considerations in the design of new radiopharmaceuticals. Restriction: permission of instructor.

521. Radiopharmaceutics (2)

523. Clinical Nuclear Medicine (1)

The utility of nuclear medicine procedures in the diagnostic work-up of patients with various diseases is presented using case studies illustrated by data obtained from multiple imaging modalities. Prerequisite: 511/773 and BIOL 238.

528 / 728. Pharmacoepidemiology and Biomedical Literature Evaluation (3)

An examination of the structure of the biomedical literature and research with emphasis on the recognition, evaluation and application of different study types and the data they produce.

535. Supplementary Training in Pharmaceutical Sciences (1)

This course provides supplementary training to PHRM 700-level courses through analysis of the relevant scientific literature. Course will require mastery of topics in PharmD courses with a focus on aspects of drug research and development. Prerequisite: 706 and 710 and 731. Corequisite: 732. Restriction: permission of instructor.

536 / 736. Introduction to Pharmacogenomics (2)

An introduction to how inherited variations in genes dictate drug response. Topics covered include basic principles of medical genetics, chemotherapy improvement through pharmacogenomics, as well as the ethical, legal, and social impact of pharmacogenomics.

545. Pharmacoeconomics (3)

The course will discuss the theories, techniques and methodologies used to design, conduct and critique pharmacoeconomic and health outcomes research studies.

546. Healthcare Systems Review (3)

An overview of the healthcare system, the pharmacy profession, and health services research. Students learn to evaluate research and develop skills in reviewing and summarizing literature regarding current and future problems in healthcare.

547. Research Design and Analysis (3)

The course will provide training in research design and statistical methods used in conjunction with various studies. It will provide students with experience in the application of epidemiological and biostatistical methods available in SAS. Prerequisite: EDPY 511. Corequisite: PH 502.

548. Ethics Clinical Trials-Informed Consent (2)

The study of the history, ethical versus scientific methodological conflicts, and other issues that are generated by the conduct of randomized controlled clinical trials using human beings.

549. Regulatory Issues in Clinical Trials (2)

The study of federal regulations and guidelines that govern the planning and conduct of randomized controlled clinical trials in humans with drugs and devices.

551. Fundamentals of Clinical Trials (3)

Advanced readings on topics relating to the pharmaceutical sciences in the area of the fundamental concepts and methods of designing, conducting, monitoring and closing out multicenter clinical trials. Restriction: permission of instructor.

560 / 760. Pharmacy Healthcare Management and Economics (3)

Provides students with an overview of the principles of marketing of pharmaceutical services, managed care pharmacy, pharmacoeconomics and outcomes research, and personnel management.

566 / 766. Public Health in Pharmacy (2)

This course provides students with an introduction to public health from a pharmacy perspective.

576. Molecular and Cellular Pharmacology (3 [1])

An overview of principles and basis of modern molecular and cellular pharmacology. {Spring}

580. General Toxicology (3 [2])

An in-depth introduction to the basic principles and concepts of toxicology. Categories of chemicals causing toxic effects, the manner of exposure to toxic substances, the environmental and biological effects, and the laws and regulations will be considered.

591. Seminar in Administrative Pharmacy (1, no limit Δ)

This course will give the students experience in organizing and presenting their thoughts and interpretations on a selected subject. The seminar will provide the student with an opportunity to develop writing and formal oral presentation skills. Restriction: permission of instructor.

592. Seminar in Radiopharmacy (1, no limit Δ)

Each masters candidate will be required to present a seminar on a topic of choice approved by his/her supervisor or selected by the supervisor. Restriction: permission of instructor.

593. Pharmaceutical Sciences and Toxicology Seminar (1, no limit Δ)

Research seminars on current topics in Toxicology will be presented by students and faculty from within UNM and from invited speakers outside of UNM. Restriction: permission of instructor.

594. Topics in Environmental Disease (1-3 to a maximum of 4 Δ)

597. Research Problems in Pharmaceutical Sciences (1-6, no limit Δ)

Research in pharmaceutical sciences. Restriction: permission of instructor.

598. Topics in Pharmaceutical Sciences (1-3 to a maximum of 4 Δ)

Advanced readings in topics relating to the pharmaceutical sciences in the areas of hospital pharmacy, pharmacy administration, radiopharmacy or toxicology. Restriction: permission of instructor.

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

699. Dissertation (1-9 to a maximum of 18 Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

701. Pharmaceutics I (3)

Study of pharmaceutical dosage forms and relevant physico-chemical and biopharmaceutical principles. Introduction to the metrology and calculations involved in the compounding and dispensing of pharmaceutical preparations.

702. Pharmaceutics II (3)

Continuation of 701.

703L. Pharmaceutical Care Lab I (3)

Introduction to the “languages and tools” used in contemporary pharmacy practice. Emphasis on calculations, communication, drug information, product formulation, and problem-solving.

704L. Pharmaceutical Care Lab II (3)

Continuation of 703L with additional emphasis on patient information, assessment and monitoring; prescription processing; patient counseling; drug administration techniques; laboratory and home diagnostics tests; consult notes; and professional presentations.

705. Pathophysiology (4)

Pathological consequences of disease states, including clinical presentation and histological findings presented by organ systems. Includes an introduction to medical terminology.

706. Foundations of Drug Action (3)

An introduction to the molecular and chemical mechanisms of therapeutic agents. Topics include biochemical processes and drug targets, gene regulation and expression, cell signaling, and drug absorption, distribution, metabolism, and excretion processes.

707 / 507. Pharmacy and Health Care Delivery (3)

709. Introduction to Pharmacy Practice (1)

An introduction to the profession of pharmacy including career options, ethical principles, the responsibilities of being a health professional, the professional literature, and personal portfolio development.

710. Mechanisms of Drug Action I (5)

First in a series of courses addressing principles of pharmacology, medicinal chemistry and biochemical mechanisms of drug action and toxicity. This section will specifically cover basics of drug metabolism and the pharmacology, structure-activity relationships (SAR), toxicology and elimination of drugs that act upon the autonomic nervous system.

713. Pharmaceutical Calculations (1)

This course will introduce students to the knowledge and skills of fundamental mathematical calculations utilized in pharmacy practice.

715. Pathophysiology II (4)

A continuation of 705.

717. Introductory Pharmacy Law (1)

An introduction to the Federal and New Mexico laws that relate to the practice of pharmacy.

718L. Pharmaceutical Care Lab III (2)

Continuation of 704L. Activities parallel topics in concurrent self-care therapeutics and literature evaluation courses. Emphasis on patient assessment, care planning, and monitoring; critical literature appraisal; and written communication skills.

719. Self-Care Therapeutics (2)

A pharmacotherapeutics course studying the use of non-prescription drugs, supplies, and herbal medicinals with emphasis on the pharmacist’s role as advisor, communicator, and educator to patients.

720. Introduction to Nuclear Pharmacy (2)

This course provides an overview of nuclear pharmacy as a practice specialty: contributions of the nuclear pharmacist and application of radioactive tracer techniques in the diagnosis and treatment of disease will be reviewed.

721. Self-Care Therapeutics II (1)

Self-Care involves the diagnosis, treatment, and prevention of one's own illness without professional expertise. This course will introduce the concept of pharmaceutical care by the use of life-style modification, over-the-counter medications, and natural remedies.

726. Pharmacokinetics and Biopharmaceutics (3)

An introduction to the influence of absorption, distribution, metabolism, and excretion on the time course of drug levels in body and in understanding how changes in these processes affect the outcomes of drug therapies.

728 / 528. Pharmacoepidemiology and Biomedical Literature Evaluation (3)

An examination of the structure of the biomedical literature and research with emphasis on the recognition, evaluation and application of different study types and the data they produce.

731. Mechanisms of Drug Action II (5)

Continuation of 710 addressing pharmacology, toxicology, SAR and elimination of prototypes in specific drug classes.

732. Mechanisms of Drug Action III (5)

Continuation of 710 and 731 addressing pharmacology, toxicology, SAR and elimination of prototypes in specific drug classes.

733L. Pharmaceutical Care Lab IV (2)

Continuation of 718L. Activites parallel topics in concurrent pharmacotherapy drug course, with emphasis on patient assessment, care planning, and monitoring; self-care practices and verbal communication skills.

735. Substance Abuse Elective (2)

This course emphasizes the most important themes and concepts in the field. Lectures/presentations will cover major categories of drug abuse (Opioids, Marijuana, Stimulants, Hallucinogenics, CNS depressants, Performance-enhancing drugs, OTC drugs, Herbals, Plants, and Tobacco/Caffeine/EtOH).

736 / 536. Introduction to Pharmacogenomics (2)

737. Introductory Spanish in the Pharmacy (1)

This course provides the pharmacy student with the basic tools to communicate with Spanish-speaking patients. Pharmacy-specific vocabulary and helpful structures will be covered in addition to fundamental grammar and conversational skills.

738. Intermediate Spanish in the Pharmacy (1)

A continuation of the introductory course. In addition to advancing the course participant's knowledge of basic medical terminology, the intermediate level introduces other relevant vocabulary topics for effective pharmacy communication in Spanish.

739. Pharmacotherapy I (6)

Introduces students to a systematic approach to patient-centered pharmaceutical care, emphasizing patient assessment, problem-solving, communication, and counseling skills. Begins pharmacotherapy sequence.

740. Self-Selected Supplementary Pharmacy Education (1-2 to a maximum of 2 Δ)

This course is designed to allow students to self-identify areas for supplemental pharmacy education. Student will select and complete ACPE-approved continuing education programs. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

748. Research Project (Initial) (1)

Student formulates hypothesis for research project and establishes methodologies for completion under guidance of faculty. Research project approved by committee. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

751. Pharmacotherapy II (6)

Study of the therapy of common disease states by organ systems integrating the concepts from pathophysiology, pharmacology, biopharmaceutics, pharmacokinetics and pharmacoeconomics in the treatment of patients. Fully develops the concept of pharmaceutical care or how to provide the most cost-effective care of a patient including over-the-counter and natural remedies.

752. Pharmacotherapy III (6)

Continuation of 751.

755. Seminar in Pharmacy (1 to a maximum of 2 Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

756. Safe Medication Practices (2)

A study of the existence of medication errors, reasons for these errors and suggested methods to prevent them from occurring.

758. Research Project (1)

Student completes research project in final year. Up to four students may work collaboratively on one project. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

759. Advanced Law and Ethics (2)

Emphasis given to statues and regulations regulating the practice of pharmacy and distribution of drugs including the New Mexico Pharmacy Practice Act. Class discussion will include the application of ethics to situations in health care.

760 / 560. Pharmacy Healthcare Management and Economics (3)

Provides students with an overview of the principles of marketing of pharmaceutical services, managed care pharmacy, pharmacoeconomics and outcomes research, and personnel management.

761. Introduction to Managed Care Pharmacy Practice (2)

Issues critical to managed care pharmacy practice will be introduced such as: disease management, formulary management, drug utilization review, benefit design and contracting, Medicare and Medicaid, distribution systems and network management, quality improvement, health informatics.

762L. Pharmaceutical Care Lab V (2)

Continuation of 733L, activities parallel concurrent pharmacotherapy courses. Emphasis on patient assessment, care planning, and monitoring.

764. Emerging Technologies in Pharmaceutical Care (1)

Provides students with an understanding of the principles of biotechnology, pharmacogenomic, and other state of the art therapies in pharmacy.

765L. Pharmaceutical Care Lab VI (2)

Continuation of 762L, activities parallel concurrent pharmacotherapy courses. Emphasis on patient assessment, care planning, and monitoring.

766 / 566. Public Health in Pharmacy (2)

This course provides students with an introduction to public health from a pharmacy perspective.

769. Pharmacy Practice Experience (0-4, may be repeated four times Δ)

Rotations that allow students to participate in patient-centered care activities in different settings that are in-depth, structured, and carefully coordinated with other components of the curriculum and require active participation in patient care responsibilities.

770. Advanced Pharmacy Practice Experience (2-4 to a maximum of 36 Δ)

Consist of four-week clinical experiences (40 hours/week) where students provide direct pharmaceutical care to patients.

771. Introductory Community Pharmacy Practice Experience (4)

A four-week (40 hours/week) directed dispensing pharmacy experience. Students will be exposed to ambulatory patient care in a community pharmacy setting. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

772. Introductory Institutional Pharmacy Practice Experience (4)

A four-week (40 hours/week) directed dispensing pharmacy experience. Students will be exposed to in-patient care in an institutional pharmacy setting. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

773 / 511. Nuclear Pharmacy Instrumentation (3)

774 / 512. Radiopharmaceutical Chemistry (1)

Introduces undergraduate students to inorganic chemistry as applicable to radiopharmaceuticals. Prerequisite: CHEM **302. Restriction: permission of instructor.

775 / 513. Radiation Biology and Radiation Safety (3)

776 / 516. Radiopharmacology (3)

781. Geriatric Medication Management - An Interprofessional Elective (2)

A course designed to provide hands-on experiences with geriatric patients in senior centers. Students will work with Nurse Practitioners and nursing students to evaluate blood pressures, blood glucoses, disease states and medication therapy.

782. Clinical Toxicology (2)

Study of the acute toxicity in humans of common drugs, chemicals and household products; physical and laboratory assessment of common poisonings; development of clinical management plans and role of pharmacists in prevention of poisonings. P3 standing in College of Pharmacy. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

784. Advanced Infectious Diseases Pharmacotherapy (1)

This course will offer an in-depth discussion of the pharmacotherapy on several infectious diseases related topics such as advanced kinetics, MRSA treatment, liver diseases and infections, and HIV. Prerequisite: 751 with a grade of "C" or better. Restriction: permission of instructor.

785. Advanced Cardiovascular Pharmacotherapy (1)

This course is designed to give students an advanced knowledge and skill base in cardiovascular medicine and will include topics designed to allow the student to maximize the learning experience in the Cardiology APPE.

786. Geriatric Interprofessional Elective (2)

This course involves the study of the treatment of common geriatric disease states in multiple care settings and involves case-based discussion with an interprofessional team of students and instructors. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

790. Physical Assessment for the Pharmacist (2)

A physical assessment course to include instruction in performing physical assessment exams for all major organ systems, patient interviewing, and documentation for students who are interested in incorporating clinical pharmacy into their future practice.

798. Problems in Pharmacy (1-5 to a maximum of 10 Δ)

Research and library problems in some phases of pharmacy. Restriction: permission of instructor.

801. Applied Biochemistry (3)

The course covers basic principles of protein, carbohydrate and lipid function, metabolism, and an introduction to molecular mechanisms of drug action. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

802. Physical Pharmacy and Biopharmaceutics (3)

An introduction to physical pharmacy and biopharmaceutical principles impacting drug development and the performance of pharmaceutical dosage forms. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

803. Aspects of Patient Care I (3)

The first in a series of six courses, students are introduced to prescription processing and dispensing as well as patient communication. Drug information retrieval, Top 200 drugs, pharmaceutical calculation, and medical terminology are included. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

804. Public Health (2)

Presents New Mexico public health challenges in which pharmacists play a vital role in improving health of community and local population. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

805. Fundamentals of Pathophysiology and Immunology (3)

The fundamental basics of human pathophysiology and diagnostic tests used to evaluate normal and disease-based biomarkers and the underlying principles of immunology are presented as foundation for in-depth organ-specific disease states discussed in subsequent courses. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

807. Introduction to Pharmacy Practice and Communication (2)

This course will allow students to develop an understanding for the profession, insight into themselves as future health care professionals and enable students to learn the fundamentals of professional communication in healthcare settings. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

809. Pharmacy and Health Care Delivery Systems (3)

Explores the current U.S. healthcare delivery system models from perspective of pharmacy with emphasis on the influences of government policy, regulatory oversight and financial implications. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

810. Fundamentals of Pharmacokinetics and Dosage Forms (3)

An introduction to the influence of absorption, distribution, metabolism, and excretion on the time course of drug levels in body as well as fundamental principles in the design and manufacture of dosage forms. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

811. Introduction to Pharmacology and Medicinal Chemistry (4)

This course will specifically cover an introduction to pharmacology, basics of drug metabolism and the structure-activity relationships (SAR), toxicology and elimination of drugs that act upon the autonomic nervous system. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

813. Aspects of Patient Care II (1)

The second in a series of six courses, students continue dispensing and professional communication skills. Introduction to Pharmacists’ Patient Care Process with self-care products. Basic drug information, Top 200 drugs and non-sterile compounding. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

815. Integrated Pharmacotherapeutics and Self Care (4)

The introductory course to the Integrated Pharmacotherapeutics sequence presents the pathophysiology, pharmacology, medicinal chemistry, and pharmacotherapeutics pertaining to self-care and non-prescription pharmacotherapy. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

817. Introduction to Law, Ethics and Social Issues in Pharmacy (2)

Introduction to pharmacy law with considerations of professional ethics and social determinants of health that impact the professional practice of pharmacy. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

819. Professional Development I (1)

Series of seminars with focus on professionalism, leadership development, career exploration and decision-making, post graduate education opportunities, and contemporary professional practice issues influencing patient care. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

820. Integrated Pharmacotherapeutics I (3)

The first course in the Integrated Pharmacotherapeutics sequence presents the pathophysiology, pharmacology, medicinal chemistry and pharmacotherapeutics as they relate to use in general ambulatory care for cardiology, endocrinology, and pulmonary disease states. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

823. Aspects of Patient Care III (2)

The third in a series of six courses, students focus on the Pharmacists’ Patient Care Plan involving prescription medications, patient history and more complex patient cases. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

824. Dosage Forms (3)

To provide students with an introduction to the fundamental principles of dosage forms, their design and the processes used in manufacturing and compounding drug products. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

825. Integrated Pharmacotherapeutics II (2)

The second course in the Integrated Pharmacotherapy sequence presents the pathophysiology, pharmacology, medicinal chemistry and pharmacotherapeutics as they relate to use in general ambulatory care for endocrinology, musculoskeletal pain and psychiatry. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

828. Pharmacoepidemiology and Research Design (2)

Introduction to basic concepts of pharmacoepidemiology and research study designs used to evaluate health, disease, and drug utilization. Methods of critical evaluation, analysis of biomedical literature, identification of reliable and valid research outcomes are presented. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

829. Professional Development II (1)

830. Integrated Pharmacotherapeutics III (3)

The third course in the Integrated Pharmacotherapy sequence presents the pathophysiology, pharmacology, medicinal chemistry, and pharmacotherapeutics as they relate to antibiotic treatment of bacterial infections. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

832. Evidence-Based Clinical Decision Making (2)

This course develops skills to determine validity, applicability and significance of published clinical research for potential application in optimizing patient care. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

833. Aspects of Patient Care IV (2)

The fourth in a series of six courses, students focus on the Pharmacists’ Patient Care Plan involving prescription medications. Patient History and more complex patient cases. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

835. Integrated Pharmacotherapeutics IV (3)

The fourth course in the Integrated Pharmacotherapeutics sequence presents the pathophysiology, pharmacology, medicinal chemistry and pharmacotherapeutics as they relate to use in complex ambulatory care setting for a variety of disease states. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

836. Pharmacoeconomics (2)

The course covers fundamental concepts in pharmaceutical economic evaluations including decision model analysis. Provide a basic understanding of how to manage resources and optimize healthcare resource allocation with emphasis on drug treatments. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

837. Pharmacy Management and Operations (3)

Introduction to principles, skills, and practices relevant to successful business operation and management in a variety of pharmacy practice settings. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

839. Professional Development III (1)

840. Integrated Pharmacotherapeutics V (2)

The fifth course in the Integrated Pharmacotherapy sequence presents the pathophysiology, pharmacology, medicinal chemistry, and pharmacotherapeutics as they relate to fungal and viral infections. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

842. Safe Medications and Pharmacy Informatics (3)

This course provides a study of the source/existence of medication errors, reasons for these errors and suggested methods (including pharmacy informatics) to prevent them from occurring. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

843. Aspects of Patient Care V (2)

The fifth in a series of six courses, students focus on the Pharmacists’ Patient Care Plan involving prescription medications. Patient History and more complex patient cases. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

845. Integrated Pharmacotherapeutics VI (4)

The sixth course in the Integrated Pharmacotherapeutics sequence presents the pathophysiology, pharmacology, medicinal chemistry, and pharmacotherapeutics as they relate to use in complex ambulatory care for neurological and psychiatric disease states. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

847. Integrated Pharmacotherapeutics VII (2)

The seventh course in the Integrated Pharmacotherapeutics sequence presents the pathophysiology, pharmacology, medicinal chemistry and pharmacotherapeutics as they relate to use in treatment and management of oncological disease states. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

849. Professional Development IV (1)

850. Integrated Pharmacotherapeutics VIII (3)

The eighth course in the Integrated Pharmacotherapeutics sequence presents the pathophysiology, pharmacology, medicinal chemistry and pharmacotherapeutics as they relate to use in complex hospital care for cardiology, nutrition, critical care and clinical toxicology. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

851. Emerging Trends in Pharmacy (1)

A topics course intended to increase student awareness and understanding of contemporary issues related to pharmacy practice, pharmaceutical industry and health care. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

853. Aspects of Patient Care VI (2)

The sixth in a series of six courses, students focus on the Pharmacists' Patient Care Plan involving prescription medications. Patient History and more complex patient cases. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

854. Advanced Law and Ethics (2)

A review of state and federal statutes and regulations governing pharmacy within New Mexico. Compare and contrast current regulation with ethical decision making situations involving health care. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

855. Clinical Capstone (5)

Students will demonstrate professional ability to integrate and apply knowledge of basic sciences, pharmacotherapy, pharmacy practice management, oral/written communication, literature evaluation, drug information retrieval, and pharmacoeconomics in management of patients with multiple medical conditions. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

859. Professional Development V (1)

Physics (PHYC)

102. Introduction to Physics (3)

Designed to introduce non-science majors to basic concepts, laws and skills in physics, in various applications to ordinary life. Energy, momentum, force, wave phenomena, electric charge and light are discussed; also basic properties of gravitational, electromagnetic and nuclear forces. Selections from relativity, quantum theory, atoms and molecules will be included. See PHYC 102L for an optional laboratory. Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area III: Science (NMCCN 1114).

102L. Physics Laboratory (1)

Students involve themselves in experiments and projects showing basic concepts related to the atom, the environment and the universe. Two hours lab. Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area III: Science (NMCCN 1114). Pre- or corequisite: 102.

103. Selected Topics in Physics (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

Special topics of general interest in physics at an introductory level intended for non-science majors.

105. Physics and Society (3)

Designed to introduce non-science majors to basic concepts, laws and skills in classical and quantum physics as a basis to discuss the interrelationships of society and physics. Examples where energy, momentum, special relativity, thermal physics, quantum and nuclear physics have important roles are discussed; these could include meteorology, aviation weather, fission and fusion reactors, science policy and ethics, alternative energy sources. Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area III: Science. {Spring}

108. Introduction to Musical Acoustics (3)

Designed to introduce non-science majors to basic concepts, laws and skills in physics, in the context of a study of sound, acoustics and music. Energy and force involved with the physical nature of sound waves; application to harmonics, tone quality, pitch. Sound production, propagation, detection and perception are demonstrated and illustrated by many different musical instruments, building acoustics and the behavior of the voice and the ear. See PHYC 108L for an optional laboratory. {Spring}

108L. Musical Acoustics Laboratory (1)

Student involvement in experiments and demonstrations with sound waves, measurements of properties of musical instruments and electronic equipment measuring musical and acoustic properties. Two hours lab. Pre- or corequisite: 108. {Spring}

110. Introduction to Applied Physics (3)

Available to students initially enrolled in PHYC 151 or 160 who find themselves unprepared. Designed for science majors, it focuses on fundamental physics concepts and prepares students to return to and succeed in these classes. {Second half of Fall and Spring}

151. General Physics (3)

Mechanics, sound, heat, fluid, waves. The sequence (151, 151L, 152, 152L) is required of pre-medical, pre-dental, and pre-optometry students. Only 151 and 152 are required of pharmacy students. Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area III: Science (NMCCN 1114). Prerequisite: MATH 150 or MATH 153 or MATH 162 or MATH 180 or ACT Math =>28 or SAT Math Section =>660 or ACCUPLACER College-Level Math =>100. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

151L. General Physics Laboratory (1)

Mechanics, sound, heat. Three hours lab. Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area III: Science (NMCCN 1114). Pre- or corequisite: 151.

152. General Physics (3)

Electricity, magnetism, optics. Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area III: Science (NMCCN 1124). Prerequisite: 151.

152L. General Physics Laboratory (1)

Electricity, magnetism, optics. Three hours lab. Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area III: Science (NMCCN 1124). Pre- or corequisite: 152.

157. Problems in General Physics (1)

Problem solving and demonstrations related to 151. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Corequisite: 151.

158. Problems in General Physics (1)

Problem solving and demonstrations related to 152. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Corequisite: 152.

160. General Physics (3)

Mechanics, sound. Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area III: Science (NMCCN 1214). Pre- or corequisite: MATH 162.

160L. General Physics Laboratory (1)

Mechanics, sound. Three hours lab. Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area III: Science (NMCCN 1214). Pre- or corequisite: 160.

161. General Physics (3)

Heat, electricity, magnetism. Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area III: Science (NMCCN 1224). Prerequisite: 160. Pre- or corequisite: MATH 163.

161L. General Physics Laboratory (1)

Heat, electricity, and magnetism. Three hours lab. Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area III: Science (NMCCN 1224). Pre- or corequisite: 161.

167. Problems in General Physics (1)

Problem solving and demonstrations related to 160. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Corequisite: 160.

168. Problems in General Physics (1)

Problem solving and demonstrations related to 161. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Corequisite: 161.

262. General Physics (3)

Optics, modern physics. Prerequisite: 161. Pre- or corequisite: MATH 264.

262L. General Physics Laboratory (1)

Optics, modern physics. Three hours lab. Pre- or corequisite: 262.

267. Problems in General Physics (1)

Problem solving and demonstrations related to 262. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Corequisite: 262.

290. Computational Physics (3)

Application of computational techniques to problems in physics and astronomy. Topics include: matrices, interpolation, fitting of data, Runge-Kutta techniques, complex math, Fourier techniques. Prerequisite: 262. Pre- or corequisite: MATH **316. {Spring}

**300. Topics in Physics and Astronomy (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Advanced study of concepts of physics and astronomy, designed especially for science teachers and other non-traditional students. Cannot be used to satisfy major or minor program requirements for physics or astrophysics degrees. Prerequisite: 102 or ASTR 101 or NTSC 261L.

**301. Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics (3)

Concepts of heat and thermodynamics; large numbers and probability distributions; spin, oscillator, and gas systems; simple interacting systems, Fermi and Bose statistics. Prerequisite: **330. {Fall}

**302. Introduction to Photonics (3)

Geometrical optics; wave optics; lasers, nonlinear optics. Prerequisite: 262. {Alternate Years}

**302L. Optics Lab (3)

Laboratory experiments in geometrical optics, diffraction, prisms, gratings, microscopy and imaging, polarization, interference and interferometry, and laser operation. Prerequisite: 262. {Spring}

**303. Analytical Mechanics I (3)

Dynamics of particles and rigid bodies, harmonic motion, gravitation, Lagrange's and Hamilton's equations, moving coordinate systems. Prerequisite: MATH **316. Corequisite: **366 highly recommended. {Fall}

**304. Analytical Mechanics II (3)

Mechanics of continuous media, rotations of rigid bodies, small oscillations, nonlinear and chaotic motions. Prerequisite: **303 and (**366 or MATH **312). {Spring}

**306L. Junior Laboratory (3)

Contemporary electronics. One lecture, 3 hours lab. Prerequisite: 290. **330: highly recommended. {Fall}

**307L. Junior Laboratory (3)

Experiments in modern physics and experimental methods. One lecture, 3 hours lab. Prerequisite: 290. **330: highly recommended. {Spring}

311. Problems in Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics (1)

Problem solving and demonstrations related to PHYC 301. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Corequisite: **301.

313. Problems in Analytical Mechanics I (1)

Problem solving and demonstrations related to PHYC **303. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Corequisite: **303.

314. Problems in Analytical Mechanics II (1)

Problem solving and demonstrations related to PHYC **304. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Corequisite: **304.

**327. Geophysics (3)

(Also offered as EPS 427 / 527) Applications of gravity, magnetics, seismology, heat flow to the structure, constitution and deformation of earth. Related aspects of plate tectonics and resource exploration. Prerequisite: 161 and MATH 163.

**330. Introduction to Modern Physics (3)

Special relativity; quantum effects; introductory quantum mechanics; atomic and subatomic physics; instruments of modern physics. Prerequisite: 262. {Spring}

331. Problems in Introduction to Modern Physics (1)

Problem solving and demonstrations related to PHYC **330. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Corequisite: **330.

**366. Mathematical Methods of Physics (4)

Vector calculus, partial differential equations, complex numbers, tensor analysis, Fourier series and transforms, special functions, and their application to physics. Prerequisite: 290 and MATH **316.

*400. Seminar (1, may be repeated five times Δ)

Student presentations, both extemporaneous and prepared, of undergraduate physics problems. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

*405. Electricity and Magnetism I (3)

Electrostatics; dielectric materials; magnetostatics; magnetic materials. Prerequisite: **366 or (MATH 311 and MATH **312). {Spring}

*406. Electricity and Magnetism II (3)

Electromagnetic induction; conservation laws; propagation, reflection, and refraction of electromagnetic waves; wave guides; dipole radiation; relativistic fields. Prerequisite: *405. {Fall}

415. Problems in Electricity and Magnetism I (1)

Problem solving and demonstrations related to PHYC *405. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Corequisite: *405.

416. Problems in Electricity and Magnetism II (1)

Problem solving and demonstrations related to PHYC *406. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Corequisite: *406.

*430. Introduction to Solid State Physics (3)

Free electron gas, energy bands, crystals, semiconductors, metals, elementary excitations, superconductivity. Prerequisite: **330. {Alternate Years}

*450. Introduction to Subatomic Physics (3)

Introductory topics in elementary-particle physics and nuclear physics, with examples and applications to high-energy physics and astrophysics such as cosmic rays, fixed-target experiments, lepton and hadron colliders, stellar physics, supernovae and cosmology. Prerequisite: *491. {Alternate Springs}

451 / 551. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

*452. Research Methods (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

456. Honors Problems (1, may be repeated once Δ)

(Also offered as ASTR 456) Independent studies course for students seeking departmental honors. {Fall, Spring}

*463. Advanced Optics I (3)

(Also offered as ECE *463) Electromagnetic theory of geometrical optics, Gaussian ray tracing and matrix methods, finite ray tracing, aberrations, interference. {Fall}

*464. Laser Physics I (3)

(Also offered as ECE *464) Resonator optics. Rate equations; spontaneous and stimulated emission; gas, semiconductor and solid state lasers, pulsed and mode-locked laser techniques. {Fall}

*466. Methods of Theoretical Physics I (3)

Complex variables and analysis; differential equations, including Green's functions; transform methods; special functions; linear algebra; matrix analysis; linear integral equations. {Fall}

*467. Methods of Theoretical Physics II (3)

Methods of theoretical physics such as tensor analysis, group theory, calculus of variations, and elementary statistics. The actual topic areas will vary and will be defined by the instructor. {Alternate Springs}

468. Problems in Methods of Theoretical Physics I (1)

Problem solving and demonstrations related to PHYC *466. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Corequisite: *466.

*476L. Experimental Techniques of Optics (3)

Diffraction, interference, optical detectors, lens aberrations, lasers, spectra, scattering, optical testing. One lecture, 3 hours lab. Prerequisite: **302 or *463 or *464. {Spring}

*477L. Experimental Techniques of Optics (3)

Diffraction, interference, optical detectors, lens aberrations, lasers, spectra, scattering, optical testing. One lecture, 3 hours lab. Prerequisite: **302 or *463 or *464. {Spring}

480. Special Topics in Physics and Astronomy (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ [3, may be repeated once Δ])

Special topics beyond our standard curriculum, usually involving new areas. The actual topic areas will vary and will be defined by the instructor. Restriction: permission of instructor.

*491. Intermediate Quantum Mechanics I (3)

Schrödinger Equations; Heisenberg uncertainty principle; postulates; Dirac notation; one-dimensional potentials; harmonic oscillator; angular momentum; H-Atom. Prerequisite: **330 and MATH **314. {Fall}

*492. Intermediate Quantum Mechanics II (3)

Spin; Pauli principle; perturbation theory; scattering; applications of quantum mechanics. Prerequisite: *491. {Spring}

*493L. Contemporary Physics Laboratory (3)

Spectrographic methods; lasers, atomic structure; high Tc superconductivity; natural and artificial radioactivity; cosmic rays. One lecture, 5 hours lab. *491 is highly recommended. Prerequisite: **307L. {Spring}

*495. Theory of Special Relativity (3)

Relativistic kinematics and dynamics, relativistic electromagnetism, application to subatomic physics and astrophysics. Prerequisite: **303 and *405 and MATH **314. {Offered upon demand}

496. Problems in Intermediate Quantum Mechanics I (1)

Problem solving and demonstrations related to PHYC *491. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Corequisite: *491.

497. Problems in Intermediate Quantum Mechanics II (1)

Problem solving and demonstrations related to PHYC *492. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Corequisite: *492.

500. Advanced Seminar (1-3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

501. Advanced Seminar (1-3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

503. Classical Mechanics I (3)

Review of Lagrangian dynamics; two-body central force; rigid-body motion; small oscillations; Hamilton’s equations; canonical transformations; Hamilton-Jacobi theory. {Fall}

505. Statistical Mechanics and Thermodynamics (3)

Review of thermodynamics; classical statistical mechanics; ensemble theory; quantum statistical mechanics with examples. {Spring}

511. Electrodynamics (3)

Review of electro- and magneto-statics; E&M waves and radiation; covariant electrodynamics; scattering; relativity and covariant collisions. {Spring}

521. Graduate Quantum Mechanics I (3)

Review of 1-dim. potentials; Dirac formalism; postulates; symmetries and conservation laws; harmonic oscillator; angular momentum and spin; central potentials; approximation methods. {Fall}

522. Graduate Quantum Mechanics II (3)

More on angular momentum; scattering; identical particles; spectra of atoms and molecules; symmetry and conservation laws; approximation methods; special topics. Prerequisite: 521. {Spring}

523. Quantum Field Theory I (3)

Introduction to relativistic quantum mechanics, and quantum mechanics and quantum field theory with applications drawn from quantum electrodynamics and high-energy physics. Prerequisite: 522. {Alternate Years}

524. Quantum Field Theory II (3)

A continuation of 523. Prerequisite: 523. {Offered upon demand}

529. Condensed Matter I (3)

Band concepts; Bloch functions; phonons and their interactions; superconductivity. {Alternate Falls}

534. Plasma Physics I (3)

(Also offered as ECE 534) Plasma parameters, adiabatic invariants, orbit theory, plasma oscillations, hydromagnetic waves, plasma transport, stability, kinetic theory, nonlinear effects, applications. {Fall}

542. Particle Physics I (3)

Overview of the standard model, including electroweak interactions, gauge theories, QCD, other selected topics. {Alternate Falls}

551 / 451. Problems (1-4 to a maximum of 16 Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

552. Problems (1-4 to a maximum of 16 Δ)

554. Advanced Optics II (3)

(Also offered as ECE 554) Diffractions theory, coherence theory, coherent objects, and incoherent imaging, and polarization. Prerequisite: *463. {Spring}

559. Internship in Optical Science and Engineering (3)

(Also offered as ECE 559) Students do research and/or development work at a participating industry or government laboratory in any area of optical science and engineering. Restriction: permission of department.

564. Laser Physics II (3)

This course covers advanced topics in laser and optical physics that includes (but not limited to) semiconductor lasers, detection and noise, extreme wavelength generation, and ultrafast metrology. Prerequisite: *464.

566. Quantum Optics (3)

Study and manipulation of quantum coherence with electromagnetic fields. Quantum coherent spectroscopy; photon statistics and nonclassical light; open quantum systems; decoherence; special topics. {Alternate Years}

568. Nonlinear Optics (3)

General concepts, microscopic approach, nonlinear optical effects and devices. {Alternate Springs}

569. Advanced Topics in Modern Optics (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Possible topics include dye lasers, solid-state lasers, novel lasers, interaction between intense lasers and matter, advanced nonlinear optics, spectroscopy. {Offered upon demand}

570. Theory of Relativity (3)

Einstein’s theory of general relativity both as a theoretical model for gravitational forces via curved space times and as applied to various realistic astrophysical situations such as neutron stars, black holes and gravitational waves. {Offered upon demand}

571. Quantum Computation (3)

(Also offered as CS, NSMS 571) This course explores the concepts and mathematical techniques underlying quantum computation. Topics include quantum entanglement, quantum cryptography, teleportation, models for quantum computation, quantum algorithms, quantum error correction, and fault-tolerant quantum computation.

572. Quantum Information Theory (3)

Concepts, applications and mathematical techniques of quantum information theory. Topics include classical information, Hilbert-space formulation of quantum mechanics, quantum states, quantum dynamics and measurements, quantum information, and quantum entanglement.

581. Advanced Topics in Physics and Astrophysics (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Only 6 hours will count toward the program of studies. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

650. Research (1-12 to a maximum of 24 Δ)

May be repeated with any single faculty member.

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Political Science (POLS)

110. The Political World (3)

An introduction to politics, with emphasis on the ways people can understand their own political systems and those of others. Students who have already had courses in political science may not count 110 toward a major. Concurrent enrollment in 110L mandatory. (I) Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area IV: Social/Behavioral Sciences (NMCCN 1113). {Fall, Spring}

200. American Politics (3)

Survey of American politics, including political behavior of the American electorate, the theory of democracy, the structure and function of American political institutions, and contemporary issues. (C) Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area IV: Social/Behavioral Sciences (NMCCN 1123). {Fall, Spring}

220. Politics Around the World (3)

Designed to give students the ability to understand and evaluate political regimes by focusing on the political history, socioeconomic structure and contemporary political institutions and behavior. Includes consideration of European and developing systems. (C) Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area IV: Social/Behavioral Sciences. {Fall, Spring}

240. International Politics (3)

(Also offered as PCST 240) Analyzes significant factors in world politics, including nationalism, “national interest,” ideology, international conflict and collaboration, balance of power, deterrence, international law and international organization. (C) Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area IV: Social/Behavioral Sciences. {Fall, Spring}

254 [354]. Introduction to Latin American Society I: Social Sciences (3)

(Also offered as GEOG 254, LTAM 254, SOC 354) Introduction to Latin American Studies through the social sciences examines major themes including colonialism, agrarian transformation, urbanization, demographics, family, human rights, inequalities, violence, and social movements. Emphasis given to insights gained from making interdisciplinary connections.

260. Political Ideas (3)

Introduces many of the enduring political issues in descriptive, analytical and normative terms. Will include discussion of both classical and contemporary political ideas and ideologies. (C) {Fall, Spring}

270. Public Policy and Administration (3)

Introduces public policy and bureaucracy, including decision-making and implementation. (C) {Fall, Spring}

280. Introduction to Political Analysis (3)

Discovery of causal patterns in political behavior, evaluation of the effectiveness of political reforms and campaign techniques, analysis of the logic of scientific research and related topics. No knowledge of statistics, computers or research methods assumed. (C) {Fall, Spring}

291. Internship (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Provides supervised work experience in the practical application of political science skills. POLS major or minor students are limited to no more than 3 credit hours. Additional/excess hours above these limits may be counted as A&S electives. (I) Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: permission of instructor and department chairperson. {Fall, Spring}

299. Introductory Political Topics (3, no limit Δ)

Special introductory topics of political science which relate contemporary issues to the discipline. Precise topics will be noted in appropriate class schedules prepared for registration. Political Science major or minor students are limited to no more than 3 credit hours. Additional or excess credit hours above these limits may be counted as Arts and Sciences electives. (I)

*300. Political Topics (3, no limit Δ)

Special topics of political science which relate contemporary issues to the discipline. Precise topics will be noted in appropriate class schedules prepared for registration. (I)

*302. Comparative State Politics (3)

Analysis of the similarities and variations of American state politics with emphasis on policy outputs. (AP) Prerequisite: 200.

303. Law in the Political Community (3)

(Also offered as AMST 303) Introduction to the role of law, legal actors and institutions in politics and society. (I) {Fall, Spring}

*305. Public Opinion and Electoral Behavior (3)

Public opinion, its content and measurement, and its relation to public policy and electoral behavior. (AP) Prerequisite: 200 or 280.

*308. Hispanics in U.S. Politics (3)

The status, role and activities of Hispanic/Latino Americans in the U.S. political system. (AP) Prerequisite: 200.

309. Black Politics (3)

(Also offered as AFST 309) Focus will be on political actions and thoughts of Black America. (AP)

*311. The Legislative Process (3)

The recruitment, formal and informal procedure and power structure of legislative bodies; their place in contemporary American government. (AP) Prerequisite: 200.

*312. The American Presidency (3)

The constitutional base of the office, its roles and responsibilities and its relations with other political institutions. (AP) Prerequisite: 200.

313. Women and the Law (3)

(Also offered as WMST 313) A survey of legal issues affecting women. Examines the historical development and current law of equal opportunity, sexual harassment, pay equity, sports, family, reproduction and sexual violence. (AP) Prerequisite: 303.

314. Women's Contemporary Legal Issues (3)

(Also offered as WMST 314) This course looks at the intersection of sex and law. Topics include Social Contract Theory as a sexual and domestic labor contract, NM rape laws, legal definitions of pornography, and sexual torture: consensual or criminal. (AP) Prerequisite: 303.

*315. Constitutional Law: Powers (3)

Judicial interpretations of institutional authority, federalism and economic liberties. Also considers role of the Supreme Court in American Politics. (AP) Prerequisite: 200.

*316. Constitutional Law: Liberties (3)

Judicial interpretations of incorporation of Bill of Rights, civil liberties (religion, speech, assembly, association, press, expression, privacy) and rights of criminally accused. (AP) Prerequisite: 200.

317. Constitutional Law: Rights (3)

Judicial interpretations of the constitutional and statutory bases of equal protection under the law. Also considers the implementation of policies designed to implement equal protection in areas such as voting and representation, education, employment, public accommodations and housing rights. (AP) Prerequisite: 200.

*320. Topics in Comparative Politics (3, no limit Δ)

Topics will be noted in appropriate class schedules. (CP)

323. The Politics of Global Development (3)

This class aims to explore variation in poverty and development by examining different theories of change, including institutions, geography, culture, and the role of the West.

324. The Politics of Poverty and Inequality (3)

This course explores concepts of inequality and poverty in international and US contexts. It considers causes and consequences of wealth disparities and engages the politics and institutional arrangements behind the creation and execution of policies.

325. European Politics (3)

This course will examine where the modern state came from, what the elements of a democratic political system is, and how states encourage economic development and how they cope with economic depression. Prerequisite: (200 or 270) and (220 or 240) and (260 or 280) with one additional course from these groups for a total of twelve credit hours.

326. Comparative Political Economy (3)

Political economy is the study of the relationship between states and markets. The class will focus on domestic markets, how states and social actors create, constitute, and reform market institutions.

327. Qualitative Research Methods (3)

Goals are to give students new analytic tools which they can apply to other courses, increase their capacity to pose and answer research questions by themselves, and to give them hands-on experience conducting qualitative research.

329. Introduction to African Politics (3)

(Also offered as AFST 329) An introductory course in the volatile politics in Africa. The various ideologies that underlie political movements and influence African governments will be explored. (CP)

*340. Topics in International Politics (3, no limit Δ)

Selected problems of international politics. (IP) Prerequisite: 240.

341. International Conflict and Cooperation (3)

Surveys the political science literature on theories of conflict and cooperation. (IP) Prerequisite: 240.

*342. American Foreign Policy (3)

(IP) Prerequisite: 240.

346. International Political Economy (3)

Examines contemporary issues in international political economy, including competition and cooperation among advanced industrial nations, relations between rich and poor nations, international trade, global finance and production, and globalization. (IP) Prerequisite: 240.

*361. Ancient and Medieval Political Theory (3)

Survey of Political Theory from Greece to medieval times. (PT) Prerequisite: 260.

*362. Modern Political Theory (3)

Survey of Political Theory from 1500 to 1900, with a focus on Hobbes, Locke, Rousseau, Hegel, Marx and Nietzsche. (PT) Prerequisite: 260.

372. Urban Politics (3)

Study of community power, city government structures, elected officials and city managers, political machines, the reform movement, political participation, urban bureaucracy, and racial and ethnic politics in large U.S. cities. (AP) Prerequisite: 200.

376. Health Policy and Politics (3)

Analysis of the politics of health care in the U.S. and the development of public health policies. (PP)

377. Population Policy and Politics (3)

(Also offered as WMST 377) Analysis of U.S. and multinational policies addressing issues of world population growth, including policy tools designed to control population growth. (PP)

*400. Advanced Political Topics (3, no limit Δ)

Special advanced topics of political science which relate contemporary issues to the discipline. Precise topics will be noted in appropriate class schedules prepared for registration. (I)

*410. U.S. Campaigns and Elections (3)

An examination of the general processes of campaigns and elections in the United States, including the national Presidential and Congressional elections and campaigns and elections for state and local offices in New Mexico. (AP) Prerequisite: 200.

441. Civil Wars (3)

This course tries to answer four central questions about civil wars: 1) Why do they occur? 2) How are they fought? 3) How do they end? 4) What are their long-term consequences? (IP) Prerequisite: 220 or 240.

442. International Peacekeeping and Conflict Resolution (3)

Examines the increasingly important role of multilateral peacekeeping operations in the post-Cold War world. (IP) Prerequisite: 240.

443. International Politics of Climate Change (3)

This course examines the international politics of climate change, focusing on the question of whether and how countries around the world can cooperate to reduce greenhouse gas emissions. (IP) Prerequisite: 240.

453. Asian Studies Thesis (3)

(Also offered as COMP, HIST, PHIL, RELG 453) Supervised research in one or more disciplines leading to an undergraduate thesis for the major in Asian Studies. (CP)

*478. Seminar in International Studies (3)

(Also offered as ECON *478) Designed to provide seniors from any discipline an opportunity to apply an international perspective to their undergraduate training. Each student will present a term project drawing upon his particular background and relating it to international matters. Open only to seniors. (IP)

491. Internship (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ [1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ])

Provides supervised work experience in the practical application of political science skills. POLS major students are limited to 6 credit hours, minor students to 3 credit hours in aggregate. Additional/excess hours above these limits may be counted as A & S electives. (I) Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall, Spring}

495. Junior Honors Seminar (3)

(I) Pre- or corequisite: 280. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall}

496. Undergraduate Seminar (3, no limit Δ)

One section of this course is offered in conjunction with each graduate pro-seminar (510, 520, 525, 540, 560, 570). Open to undergraduate majors with 3.30 GPA and others with permission of instructor. (I) Restriction: permission of instructor.

497. Senior Thesis (3)

(I) Restriction: permission of instructor.

499. Independent Study (1-3)

Open to majors and minors with 3.30 GPA and permission of instructor. Political Science major students are limited to 6 credit hours, minor students to 3 credit hours in aggregate. Additional or excess credit hours above these limits may be counted as Arts and Sciences electives. (I) Restriction: permission of instructor.

510. Pro-Seminar in American Government and Politics (3)

{Offered upon demand}

511. Research Seminar in American Government and Politics (3, no limit Δ)

{Offered upon demand}

512. Topics in Government and Politics (3, no limit Δ)

520. Pro-Seminar in Comparative Politics (3)

{Offered upon demand}

521. Research Seminar in Comparative Politics (3, no limit Δ)

{Offered upon demand}

525. Pro-Seminar in Latin American Politics (3)

Prior course work in Latin American politics required; reading knowledge of Spanish is highly desirable.

540. Pro-Seminar in International Relations (3)

541. Research Seminar in International Relations (3, no limit Δ)

{Offered upon demand}

551 - 552. Problems (1-3, no limit Δ, 1-3, no limit Δ)

570. Pro-Seminar in Public Policy (3)

Review of representative theories of public policy, including policy formation, implementation and impact analysis. {Offered upon demand}

580. Introduction to Empirical Research (3)

Provides a systematic examination of the scope and methods of inquiry in the discipline of political science, including the philosophy of science, subfields, intellectual approaches, methodological strategies, research design and ethics of professional conduct. Required of M.A. and Ph.D. students. {Fall}

581. Statistics for Social Research (4)

Provides intensive experience and lab instruction in quantitative techniques employed in political science research, including descriptive statistics, statistical inference, hypothesis testing, measures of central tendency, crosstabulation, differences between means, bivariate regression, correlation and multivariate analysis. Required of M.A. and Ph.D. students. {Fall}

582. Survey of Political Science as a Discipline and a Profession (1)

Required of all graduate students in political science and recommended to undergraduate majors. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. {Fall}

584. Interdisciplinary Seminar on Problems of Modernization in Latin America (3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as ECON, SOC 584; HIST 689)

585. Introduction to Game Theory Research in Political Science (3)

Provides an introduction to game theory, its basic solution concepts, and its use and applicability throughout the discipline. Covers expected utility theory, Nash equilibria, Nash bargaining, subgame perfection, incomplete information, repeated games, and spatial modeling.

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

681. Advanced Statistical Analysis for Social Science Research (3)

Focuses on a variety of advanced econometric methods. Beginning with a review of matrix algebra and math for the social sciences, the course provides an in-depth examination of multiple regression and more advanced econometric models. Required for Ph.D. students. Prerequisite: 581 or equivalent. {Spring}

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Portuguese (PORT)

101. Elementary Portuguese I (3)

Development of all four language skills. Emphasis on listening, speaking, and cultural understanding.

102. Elementary Portuguese II (3)

Continued development of four language skills. Emphasis on listening, speaking, and cultural understanding.

275. Introduction to Portuguese for Business [Intensive Beginning Portuguese] (6)

Intensive one-semester multimedia course designed for the Business Profession using authentic models of communication and cultural competencies in Portuguese as related to business. Students may not receive credit for this accelerated course and the regular sequence (101-102).

276. Intensive Intermediate Portuguese (6)

An intensive one-semester intermediate multimedia course using authentic models of communication in Portuguese. Prerequisite: 102 or 275.

277. Intensive Portuguese for Spanish Speakers (6)

An accelerated multimedia class designed for natives or advanced level Spanish speakers that uses authentic models of communication in Portuguese. Students may not receive credit for this class and the accelerated sequence (275-276).

301. Conversation and Pronunciation (3)

Practice of spoken Portuguese with an introduction to the phonetic systems and with comparisons to Spanish pronunciation. Discussions of topics from Portuguese-speaking world. Prerequisite: 276 or 277.

311 / 511. Culture and Composition (3)

Students develop their vocabulary and improve their writing skills through the study of readings, films and music from the Portuguese-speaking world and through practice writing compositions. Prerequisite: 276 or 277.

312 / 512. Culture and Conversation (3)

Students improve skills in oral communication, including pronunciation and intonation, through the study and performance of dramatic scenes, and the filming and editing of those scenes. Prerequisite: 276 or 277.

335. Brazilian Popular Culture (3)

Through the lens of Brazilian daily activities and ritual expressions, this course provides the student with an introduction to Brazilian history, culture and society. Prerequisite: 276 or 277.

414 / 514. Topics in Luso-Brazilian Literature and Culture (3, no limit Δ)

An advanced language course emphasizing interdisciplinary themes in Luso-Brazilian literature and culture. Prerequisite: 311 or 312.

416 / 516. Brazilian Cinema (3)

Survey of Brazilian cinema concentrating on the Cinema Novo movements of the 1950s and 1960s. Cinema is presented as an expression of national identity and is understood in relationship to literature and other cultural expressions.

417 / 517. Popular Brazilian Music (3)

Survey of Brazilian popular music from 1950 to 2000 concentrating on contemporary sounds from the cities of Rio de Janeiro and São Paulo as well as new music from Brazil’s other regions. Prerequisite: 311 or 312.

421 / 521. Brazilian Theater (3)

A survey of 19th- and 20th-century drama by Brazil’s best known playwrights. Includes the study of plays and their performances, key moments and individuals in theater history and foreign influences. Prerequisite: 311 or 312.

457 / 557. Encounters with the New World I (3)

Thematic study of history, culture, and literature based on key moments and movements in Brazil from 16th to 19th centuries. Prerequisite: 311 or 312.

458 / 558. Encounters with the New World II (3)

Thematic study of the history, culture, and literature based on key moments and movements in Brazil during 20th and 21st centuries. Prerequisite: 311 or 312.

*461. Topics in Brazilian Literature (3, no limit Δ)

Individual authors, genres and periods of Brazilian Literature. Prerequisite: 311 or 312.

497. Undergraduate Problems (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

498. Reading and Research for Honors (3)

Work under direction of faculty to conduct research in preparation for writing honors thesis. Restriction: juniors and seniors approved by Honors Committee.

499. Honors Essay or Teaching (3)

Write essay or teach undergraduate course under the direction of a faculty member. Restriction: juniors and seniors approved by Honors Committee.

511 / 311. Culture and Composition (3)

Students develop their vocabulary and improve their writing skills through the study of readings, films and music from the Portuguese-speaking world and through practice writing compositions.

512 / 312. Culture and Conversation (3)

Students improve skills in oral communication, including pronunciation and intonation, through the study and performance of dramatic scenes, and the filming and editing of those scenes.

514 / 414. Topics in Luso-Brazilian Literature and Culture (3, no limit Δ)

An advanced language course emphasizing interdisciplinary themes in Luso-Brazilian literature and culture.

516 / 416. Brazilian Cinema (3)

517 / 417. Popular Brazilian Music (3)

Survey of Brazilian popular music from 1950 to 2000 concentrating on contemporary sounds from the cities of Rio de Janeiro and São Paulo as well as new music from Brazil’s other regions.

521 / 421. Brazilian Theater (3)

551. Graduate Problems (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

557 / 457. Encounters with the New World I (3)

Thematic study of history, culture, and literature based on key moments and movements in Brazil from 16th to 19th centuries.

558 / 458. Encounters with the New World II (3)

Thematic study of the history, culture, and literature based on key moments and movements in Brazil during 20th and 21st centuries.

570. Seminar in Luso-Brazilian Literature and Culture (3, no limit Δ)

Examines works of literature and/or culture and the scholarship written about them from a national or comparative framework.

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Psychology (PSY)

105. General Psychology (3)

Overview of the major content areas in psychology. Topics to be covered include learning, cognition, perception, motivation, biological systems, social and abnormal psychology, development, personality and approaches to psychotherapy. Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area IV: Social/Behavioral Sciences.

200. Statistical Principles (3)

Presentation of basic principles of description and interpretation of data. Provides acquaintance with statistical principles appropriate to liberal arts education, as well as a basis for further work in data analysis. Students planning graduate study in any field are advised to also take 302. Prerequisite: 105.

220. Developmental Psychology (3)

Overview of the physical, perceptual, motor, cognitive, emotional and social development of children from infancy through adolescence. Prerequisite: 105.

231. Psychology of Human Sexuality (3)

(Also offered as WMST 231) Exploration of the physiological, cultural, social and individual factors that influence sexual behavior, sex roles and sex identity. Prerequisite: 105.

240. Brain and Behavior (3)

A general survey of the biological foundations of behavior. Emphasis is on the central nervous system. Prerequisite: 105 or BIOL 110 or BIOL 123.

250. Special Topics in Psychology (1-3, no limit Δ)

Study of any psychological topic not otherwise included in the curriculum upon expression of mutual interest by students and faculty. May be repeated for credit provided the subject matter varies.

260. Psychology of Learning and Memory (3)

Survey of the variety of laboratory learning situations, with an emphasis on the application of principles to practical situations. Topics range from simple processes, such as conditioning, to complex processes, such as transfer, memory and concept formation. Prerequisite: 105.

265. Cognitive Psychology (3)

Study of the cognitive processes involved in the encoding, storage, retrieval and use of knowledge including attention, memory, comprehension, categorization, reasoning, problem solving and language. Prerequisite: 105.

271. Social Psychology (3)

Study of social influence: perception of oneself and others, attitudes, conformity, attraction, altruism, aggression, and groups. Prerequisite: 105.

280. Health Psychology (3)

This course introduces Health Psychology. The course will cover the role of stress in illness, coping with chronic illness, stress, and pain, and the role of health behavior in health and disease. Prerequisite: 105.

302. Psychological Research Techniques (3)

Application of the concepts covered in 200. Includes discussion of basic principles of research design and scientific methodology as applied to psychology. Prerequisite: 200.

313. Case Management in Addictions (1)

This overview of the role of case management in the addictions field will examine the relationship of the 12 core functions to service coordination. Prerequisite: 332 and (347 or 411 or 430). Restriction: permission of instructor.

324. Infant Development (3)

An advanced course that presents theory and research on the physical, cognitive, social, emotional, perceptual and motor development in the first two years of life. Prerequisite: 220.

329. Adolescent Psychology (3)

Empirical study of adolescent development from different theoretical perspectives. Organization of individual social patterns through cultural and historical transitions and interplay between risk and protective factors in healthy development as well as deviant behaviors. Prerequisite: 200 and 220.

331. Psychology of Personality (3)

Survey of theory, research and applications of both classical and contemporary approaches to the study of personality. Prerequisite: 200 and 220.

332. Abnormal Behavior (3)

Review of the historical, scientific and ethical issues in the field of psychopathology. Categorization of deviant behavior, theories of abnormal behavior, systems of therapy and relevant research are covered. Prerequisite: 105.

335. Clinical Psychology (3)

This course focuses on the assessment of mental disorders, with an emphasis on substance abuse. It also provides an overview of science-based treatments. Additionally it reviews professional issues in psychology, ethical standards, and multicultural issues. Prerequisite: 105.

335L. Clinical Psychology Laboratory (2)

This laboratory course is designed to offer students exposure to the wide variety of research that is typically conducted in the field of clinical psychology. It will teach students how to read and critique the relevant literature in an area and how to design solid studies to answer specific research questions. Prerequisite: 200 and 332.

342. Evolution and Human Behavior [Evolution, Brain and Behavior] (3)

This course provides an introduction to the evolutionary study of human behavior, from key biological concepts to current theories and findings on the evolution of psychological processes. Prerequisite: 240.

344. Human Neuropsychology (3)

The analysis of brain-behavior relationships regarding affect and higher cognitive functions (language, memory, spatial reasoning) in humans. Prerequisite: 240.

345. Neuroscience of Aging and Dementia (3)

General survey of topics in the cognitive and brain sciences of aging and dementia. Topics include the etiology of dementia subtypes, treatment, management, and the socioeconomic impact of an increasingly older population demographic. Prerequisite: 240.

347. Drugs and Behavior (3)

Study of the pharmacological action and physiological and psychological effects of drugs of abuse including stimulants, depressants, narcotics and hallucinogens. Prerequisite: 240.

360. Human Learning and Memory (3)

How humans acquire and use knowledge. Theoretical and applied issues discussed around the topics of memory structures, attention, forgetting, mnemonics, imagery and individual differences in memory. Prerequisite: 260 or 265.

364. Psychology of Perception (3)

Study of the methods organisms use to gain information about objects. The sensory processes are discussed as a basis for description of more complex perceptual phenomena. Prerequisite: 260 or 265.

**367. Psychology of Language (3)

(Also offered as LING 367 / 567) Theoretical and methodological issues in psycholinguistics, including comprehension, speech perception and production, language acquisition, bilingualism, brain and language, reading. Prerequisite: 220 or 240 or 260 or 265 or 271 or ANTH 110 or LING 101 or LING 301.

373. The Psychology of Horror (3)

This course explores the emotion of horror both from the standpoint of theoretical and empirical work on emotion and from the standpoint of critical approaches to the phenomenon of horror in art. Prerequisite: 105.

374. Cross-cultural Psychology (3)

Impact of culture on human behavior, learning, personality and other selected topics is examined. Course emphasizes critical analysis, discussion and writing about cross-cultural research and theory. Prerequisite: 220 or 271.

375. Psychology of Women (3)

Survey of research and theory on gender-role stereotypes and gender differences in such contexts as interpersonal relations, the family, the work force, mass media, mental and physical health. Prerequisite: 105.

376. The Psychology of Love (3)

An in-depth examination of the universal human experience of love. This course explores the full range of theories on love, including biological, taxonomical, implicit, developmental, cultural, and evolutionary. PSY 220-Developmental Psychology is recommended. Prerequisite: 105.

391. Junior Honors Seminar (3)

Discussion of the history and systems of psychology, philosophy of science and research methodology, particularly as related to current topics in psychology. Prerequisite: (260 or 265) and 302. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall}

392. Junior Honors Seminar (3)

Continuation of 391. Prerequisite: 391. {Spring}

*400. History of Psychology (3)

An introduction to the major developments and individuals in the history of psychology. Prerequisite: any 300-level psychology course.

*405. Crisis Worker Practicum (1 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Training and experience at Agora Crisis Center. Can lead to national certification. Some weekend, evening and holiday hours required. Minimum commitment: two semesters, weekly four hour shift. Must be 18 and deemed eligible by the Agora Executive Committee. Restriction: permission of instructor.

408 / 508. Psychological Research with Diverse Populations (3)

This course introduces students to various structural factors that may be challenging for different populations, and different research methods and approaches to engaging and working with diverse populations in culturally appropriate and effective manners. Prerequisite: 302.

410 / 510. Advanced Health Psychology (3)

This course will examine research and theory on important issues in health psychology including stress, health behaviors, and managing chronic disease. Learning tools include analyzing, synthesizing, and integrating readings and discussing them in class. Prerequisite: 280 and 302. Restriction: permission of instructor.

411. Treatment of Addictions (3)

This course will provide an overview of evidence-based approaches to the treatment of alcohol and other substance use disorders. Prerequisite: 332 or 347 or 430.

412. Applied Clinical Experience in Addictions Counseling (Field Work) (1-3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

This field experience at an addiction agency teaches students to apply classroom learning to practice situations. A licensed counselor supervises. Prerequisite: 332 and 335 and (347 or 430). Pre- or corequisite: 313 and 411. Restriction: permission of instructor.

413 / 513. Emotion, Stress, and Health (3)

This course will examine theory and research regarding emotion and health. The areas covered include the psychology of emotion, mental and physical health, emotional intelligence, and emotion-focused psychological interventions. Prerequisite: 280 and 302. Restriction: permission of instructor.

416 / 516. Health Disparities (3)

This course introduces students to various significant factors that affect health outcomes for a population differently that the general US population, and culturally appropriate research approaches in working with diverse populations experiencing a disparity. Prerequisite: 302. Restriction: permission of instructor.

421 / 521. Advanced Developmental Psychology (3)

Investigation of the theoretical bases and critical issues in the area of developmental psychology. Prerequisite: 220.

422. Child Language (3)

(Also offered as LING 460 / 560) John-Steiner, Morford. Theories, methodologies and findings in child language, from birth to late childhood. Emphasizes implications of child language data for linguistic and psycholinguistic theories. Topics: biological foundations; pre-linguistic communication; phonological, syntactic, semantic and pragmatic development; bilingualism. Prerequisite: 324 or 360 or **367 or LING 367.

423 / 623. Human Emotions (3)

Human emotions evolved to help solve specific problems of survival, reproduction, or social living. We'll discuss the forms and functions of fear, disgust, love, jealousy, anger, pride, embarrassment, shame, guilt, empathy, trust, curiosity, and happiness. Prerequisite: 105.

430. Alcohol Use and Alcohol Use Disorders (3)

This advanced psychology course is for those interested in the nature of and prevention and treatment of alcohol use disorders and alcohol-related problems. Prerequisite: 332.

433. Depression: Diagnosis, Treatment, Prevention (3)

This seminar examines research on prevention, diagnosis and treatment of clinical depressions and mania. Prerequisite: 240 and 332.

434. Behavior Therapies (3)

A survey of clinical behavior therapies, including techniques based upon learning theory, self-control, cognitive and social psychological principles. Emphasis is upon treatment outcome research and the practical application of methods to clients’ life problems. Prerequisite: 332.

436. Family Psychology (3)

Focuses on the major theoretical approaches to family dysfunction and examines family influences on the development and maintenance of deviance, including juvenile delinquency, substance abuse, anorexia nervosa, depression and schizophrenia. Prerequisite: 332.

439 / 539. Child Psychopathology (3)

Theories and practices related to an understanding of children and adolescents who deviate from normal development either intellectually, educationally, emotionally, physically or in some combination. Relevant family variables are considered. Prerequisite: 220 and 332.

441. Sleep: Scientific Investigation (3)

This seminar explores research on sleep incorporating molecular biology, math modeling, electrophysiology, comparative biology, developmental psychology, circadian physiology, and anthropology. Students read original research reports and discuss research methods. Background in neuroscience and mathematics necessary. Prerequisite: 240 and 302.

443 / 643. Psychobiology of Emotion (3)

The course reviews the psychological science of emotion, particularly the application of objective physiological and neural measurements. Topics will include historical perspective, neuroscience of emotion, physiology of stress, disorders of emotion, and more. Prerequisite: 105.

444 / 644. Advanced EEG Analysis in MatLab (3)

The goal of the course is to provide a conceptual, mathematical, and pragmatic understanding of neural time series data, especially in regard to electroencephalographic (EEG) signals. Restriction: permission of instructor.

445L. Developmental Neuroscience Laboratory (2 to a maximum of 4 Δ)

In DNL we aim to understand the integrative complexity of developmental and disease-related changes in the brain and behavior in the context of epigenetics as measured by neuroimaging (MRI, MEG, EEG) and neuropsychological measures. Prerequisite: 324 and 332. Pre- or corequisite: 240.

450 / 650. Special Topics in Psychology (1-3, no limit Δ)

Study of any psychological topic not otherwise included in the curriculum upon expression of mutual interest by students and faculty.

450L. Special Topics in Psychology Laboratory (2, no limit Δ)

Psychology laboratory topics not otherwise included in the curriculum. Labs offered upon the expression of mutual interest by students and faculty. Prerequisite: 200.

454. Positive Psychology (3)

This will examine theory and research regarding the development of human strengths at an advanced undergraduate level. The course will focus on strengths that promote better functioning including creativity, optimism, wisdom, courage, love, and spirituality. Prerequisite: 105.

455L. Positive Psychology Laboratory (2)

This is an advanced lab course teaching how positive psychology theory and research can be applied to improve well-being and success. This is a lab that includes individual and group presentations and several papers. Prerequisite: 454. Restriction: permission of instructor.

464 / 564. Intelligence and Creativity (3)

This seminar considers the origins, nature, and functions of general intelligence, mating intelligence, creativity, humor, and openness, and how they play out in school, work, relationships, lifespan development, history, culture, the arts, and the sciences. Prerequisite: 105.

465L. Gorilla Observation Laboratory (3)

The purpose of this course is to teach students the basic skills needed to take systemic, reliable observational data on captive Lowland Gorillas living at the Albuquerque BioPark. Prerequisite: 105 and (200 or 260 or 265 or 271 or 302 or *400). Restriction: junior or senior standing.

480L. Health Psychology Laboratory (2)

This laboratory course exposes the research that is conducted in Health Psychology. It includes methods of research and student experience in evaluating and critiquing Health Psychology research. Prerequisite: 105.

491. Senior Honors Seminar (3)

Experimental methods and laboratory techniques. Senior thesis based on independent research. Three hours lab. Prerequisite: 392. {Fall}

492. Senior Honors Seminar (3)

Continuation of 491. Three hours lab. Prerequisite: 491. {Spring}

499. Undergraduate Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

501. Advanced Statistics (3)

Frequency and probability distributions; sampling distributions and point estimation; central tendency, variability and z scores; the normal distribution and the central limit theorem; the logic of hypothesis testing; correlation and regression; multiple regression. Corequisite: 503L. {Fall}

502. Design and Analysis of Experiments (3)

Introduction to the logic of experimental design and to experimental designs commonly used in psychology and the corresponding analyses. Corequisite: 504L. {Spring}

503L. Advanced Statistics Laboratory (1)

Computational techniques for statistical methods introduced in 501. Emphasis placed on the use of a computerized statistical package, e.g., SPSS®. Corequisite: 501. {Fall}

504L. Design and Analysis of Experiments Laboratory (1)

Practical issues related to material introduced in 502. Emphasis placed on use of a computerized statistical package, e.g. SPSS®. Corequisite: 502. {Spring}

505. Research Seminar (2)

Facilitates development of active research in first-year graduate students. Presentations include 1) research lectures by faculty and graduate students; and 2) research proposals by class members, critiqued by instructor and classmates.

506. Seminar in Mathematical Psychology (3)

Discussion of recent research in various areas of mathematical psychology, including behavioral decision theory and mathematical learning theory.

507. Teaching Seminar (1)

The course is designed to prepare graduate students, both conceptually and practically, for teaching, with the construction of a professional teaching portfolio as its goal.

508 / 408. Psychological Research with Diverse Populations (3)

510 / 410. Advanced Health Psychology (3)

511. History and Systems of Psychology (3)

Survey of historic and contemporary systematic issues and conceptual viewpoints in psychology.

513 / 413. Emotion, Stress, and Health (3)

514. Health Psychology Interventions (3)

This course will examine research and theory on the application of psychological interventions to health problems including coping with illness and health behavior change. The interventions will include stress management, meditation, and cognitive behavior therapies.

515. Social Psychology of Health Promotion (3)

This is an overview of health Psychology from a social psychological perspective. The focus is the design, implementation, and evaluation of theory-based interventions to improve healthy behavior (e.g. increase exercise, engage in safer sexual behavior).

516 / 416. Health Disparities (3)

521 / 421. Advanced Developmental Psychology (3)

Investigation of the theoretical bases and critical issues in the area of developmental psychology.

528. Seminar on Cognitive Development (3)

A seminar covering theory and research on the development of cognition, organized around Piaget’s constructivist model of cognitive development and subsequent challenges, both theoretical and empirical, to that model.

531. Pre-Clinical Practicum (1)

Course focuses on the practical issues of setting up and conducting therapy, learning clinic procedures and forms, dealing with commonly occurring issues that arise with clients and observing what therapy looks like in the room.

532. Seminar in Psychopathology (3)

A research-bases course that provides a comprehensive study of abnormal behavior. It stresses diagnosis and assessment of psychopathology and examines various theories of etiology. Recommended treatments are mentioned briefly.

533. Psychological Evaluation: Cognitive and Neuropsychology Functions (3)

Provides an introduction to intelligence testing, contemporary factors influencing intellectual performance, and clinical interpretation of cognitive tests. The neuropsychological implications of cognitive deficits are reviewed, along with different approaches to neuropsychological assessment.

535. Psychological Evaluation: Personality Functions (3)

This course examines: 1) psychometric principles involved in the development and evaluation of psychological tests; 2) major means of personality inventory construction; and 3) the general logic of major personality assessment procedures, including MMPI and Rorschach.

538. Introduction to Clinical Science (3)

This course is intended to serve as an introduction to the issues and literature concerned with the science of clinical psychology. Restriction: admitted to Ph.D. Psychology.

539 / 439. Child Psychopathology (3)

540. Biological Bases of Behavior (3)

Provides an introduction to basic aspects of neuroscience; e.g., historical perspectives, neurocytology, neurophysiology, neurochemistry, neuropharmacology, neuroanatomy. In depth critical discussion of fundamental and current topics.

541. Introduction to Functional Neuroimaging (3)

Provides an introduction to functional neuroimaging, from its history to the present. Technical aspects of commonly used neuroimaging methods will be discussed, along with their interpretation and application to questions in psychology and medicine. Restriction: Psychology graduate students only.

542. Seminar in Recovery of Function and Epilepsy (3)

Focuses on the literature and current experiments on epilepsy and functional recovery, the two major problems following traumatic brain injury or stroke. Mechanisms of these processes and clinical advancements will be discussed.

547. Drugs and Behavior (3)

Study of the pharmacological action and physiological and psychological effects of drugs of abuse including stimulants, depressants, narcotics and hallucinogens. Course may be used towards major.

551. Graduate Problems (1-3, no limit Δ)

554. Positive Psychology (3)

This will examine theory and research regarding the development of human strengths at the graduate level. The course will focus on strengths that may promote better functioning, including creativity, optimism, wisdom, courage, love, and spirituality.

561. Cognitive Processes I (3)

Surveys the major topics and issues in lower order cognitive processes. Includes coverage of fundamental theoretical and empirical work in sensory detection, attention, perception, and motor control.

564 / 464. Intelligence and Creativity (3)

565. Seminar in Thought and Language (3)

(Also offered as EDPY, LING 565) The role of language in human cognition is approached from a sociocultural framework. Topics: semiotic systems, languages of the mind, categorization, problem solving, and cognitive pluralism.

569. Seminar in Psycholinguistics (3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as LING 568)

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

601. Multivariate Statistics (3)

Course provides overview of multivariate (MV) methods often used in psychology: data screening; multiple regression, MANOVA, MANCOVA, discriminant analysis, exploratory factor analysis, multiway frequency logistic models; brief introductions to structural equation models and multi-level models. Restriction: permission of instructor.

604. Latent Variable Modeling (3)

The goal of this course is to introduce a group of statistical techniques, known as latent variable models, to characterize unobserved variables. We will cover factor analysis, structural equation modeling, and related techniques.

605. Advanced Latent Variable Modeling (3)

The goal of this course is to cover a range of latent variable models that can be used to characterize unobserved variables, including factor analysis, factor mixture modeling, and latent growth and growth mixture models.

610. Case Conference Practicum (1, no limit Δ)

A bimonthly seminar learning experience where clinical graduate students meet with faculty to present and discuss ongoing, interesting or challenging cases. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

623 / 423. Human Emotions (3)

629. Culture and Human Development (3)

This course introduces students to concept and method in cultural psychology and developmental science, focusing on how development proceeds within a variety of cultural contexts and at various levels of psychological functioning.

630. Seminar in Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy (3)

631. Psychotherapy Practicum (1-3, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

634. Ethics and Professional Issues in Clinical Psychology (3)

This seminar is principally concerned with ethics in psychology research, service delivery, training and teaching. Topics in career development and contemporary controversies in professional psychology are also dealt with.

635. Behavioral Couple Therapy (3)

This graduate course provides the theoretical and scientific basis for behavioral couple therapy, and teaches students skills to implement the therapy with distressed couples and couples dealing with individual psychological problems. Prerequisite: 532. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Psychology or Ph.D. Psychology.

636. Diversity Multicultural Perspectives in Clinical Psychology (3)

This course provides an overview of multicultural counseling including the principles of understanding one's values and biases, understanding and respecting the client's worldview, and using culturally appropriate interventions.

637. Empirically Supported Treatments (3)

The purpose of the seminar is to provide a broad overview of the empirically-supported treatments movement and to teach student how to effectively deliver empirically-supported treatments for specific psychological disorders.

641. Seminar in Cognition, Brain and Behavior (2, no limit Δ)

Critical examination of recent empirical and theoretical articles on behavioral/cognitive neuroscience topics selected by students.

643 / 443. Psychobiology of Emotion (3)

644 / 444. Advanced EEG Analysis in MatLab (3)

The goal of the course is to provide a conceptual, mathematical, and pragmatic understanding of neural time series data, especially in regard to electroencephalographic (EEG) signals.

650 / 450. Special Topics in Psychology (1-3, no limit Δ)

Study of any psychological topic not otherwise included in the curriculum upon expression of mutual interest by students and faculty. {Offered upon demand}

691. Clinical Internship (1-6)

Available only to students who have successfully completed their dissertations. This is a one-year, full-time external clinical internship in which students provide treatment, assessment, and other relevant professional services under intensive and direct professional supervision.

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Physical Therapy (PT)

351. Clinical Exercise in Physical Therapy (3)

The physiology of the human body during exercise with emphasis on the cardiopulmonary and neuromuscular systems. Overview of selected pathological conditions of these systems relevant to the practice of physical therapy. Prerequisite: BIOL 237 and BIOL 238.

505. Foundations (3 [5])

This course addresses foundations for patient care that will be further developed in subsequent courses. Content includes principles of exercise physiology, documentation, professionalism, ethics, kinesiology, pathology, pharmacology, imaging, learning styles, mind/body, and therapeutic interventions. Restriction: admitted to D.P.T. Physical Therapy.

506L. Musculoskeletal Intervention I (2)

Orthopaedic physical therapy treatment techniques including exercise-based treatments, soft tissue techniques and physical agents including electrical, electromagnetic, mechanical modalities. Prerequisite: 505. Restriction: admitted to D.P.T. Physical Therapy.

507L. Musculoskeletal Concepts and Management I (4 [5])

Philosophy, process and techniques of patient examination and evaluation, including patient interview, systems review, differential diagnosis and neuromusculoskeletal assessment. Therapeutic interventions, including modalities, orthotics, manual therapy and therapeutic exercise will be addressed. Restriction: admitted to D.P.T. Physical Therapy.

508L. Musculoskeletal Concepts and Management II (6)

Continuation of Orthopedics I, addressing remaining regions of the body. Final practical examination verifies skills and competencies for both courses at a level adequate to proceed to clinical placements. Restriction: admitted to D.P.T. Physical Therapy.

509L. Musculoskeletal Intervention II (3)

This course addresses foundations for orthopedic treatment including exercise and physical agents. This class is designed around regional anatomy and follows both the anatomy and orthopedic evaluation courses. Prerequisite: 506L. Corequisite: 508L. Restriction: admitted to D.P.T. Physical Therapy.

511. Clinical Internship I (6)

This course consists of one eight-week clinical internship. The student participates in examination, evaluation, formulation and implementation of the plan of care, discharge and documentation for patients/clients in an outpatient orthopedic setting. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to D.P.T. Physical Therapy.

512. Patient Management and Clinical Decision Making I (1)

This course allows the student to integrate recent clinical experiences with didactic knowledge and to foster inquiry and problem-solving in relation to patient cases. It will be conducted primarily in a small group discussion format. Restriction: admitted to D.P.T. Physical Therapy.

521L. Human Anatomy I (4)

Intensive study of the gross anatomy of the musculoskeletal, circulatory, respiratory, digestive, reproductive and nervous systems. Integration of anatomical information provided in dissection and palpation laboratory. Restriction: admitted to D.P.T. Physical Therapy.

522L. Anatomy II (4)

This course involves dissection and study of the human body. Lecture materials highlight the nervous system including the cranial nerves, the vascular system and the muscular system of the upper extremities. Restriction: admitted to D.P.T. Physical Therapy.

534. Evidenced-Based Practice I (2)

Introduction to applied research for physical and occupational therapists. The central focus on this course is how information from physical and social science-based research is gathered, analyzed, reported and used to inform evidence-based practice. Restriction: admitted to D.P.T. Physical Therapy.

545. Differential Diagnosis in Physical Therapy (2)

Study of the pathophysiology, clinical presentation and implications to physical therapy practice of common disease entities that affect the human body, with a focus on physical therapy differential diagnosis. Restriction: admitted to D.P.T. Physical Therapy.

546. Pharmacology for Physical Therapists (2)

This course will prepare students to evaluate medications and the potential impact on physical therapy rehabilitation. Content in this course will be given in association with relevant D.P.T. courses. Restriction: admitted to D.P.T. Physical Therapy.

580. Prosthetics (2)

This course provides students with knowledge and practical experience in the therapeutic area of prosthetics. Pathology and etiology of amputation as well as medical and therapeutic intervention for the amputee are included. Restriction: admitted to D.P.T. Physical Therapy.

607L. Neurological Evaluation and Treatment I (8)

The purpose of this course is to continue the student’s education in neuroscience, add to their knowledge of various neurologic diseases and problems, and to explore the relationship of physical therapy to these neurological problems. Restriction: admitted to D.P.T. Physical Therapy.

608L. Neurological Evaluation and Treatment II (8)

The purpose of this course is to enhance the student’s knowledge of physical therapy examination, evaluation, goal setting and interventions related to specific patient populations with a neurological diagnosis. Restriction: admitted to D.P.T. Physical Therapy.

610. Acute Care (4)

This course is designed to enable students to practice in an acute/critical care setting. Topics include cardiopulmonary rehabilitation and general acute care, including ICU equipment, lab values, pharmacology, evaluation, treatment and discharge planning. Restriction: admitted to D.P.T. Physical Therapy.

611. Clinical Internship II (6)

This course consists of one eight-week clinical internship. The student participates in examination, evaluation, formulation and implementation of the plan of care, discharge and documentation for patients/clients in an acute care setting. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to D.P.T. Physical Therapy.

612. Patient Management and Clinical Decision Making II (1)

613. Cardiopulmonary (3)

This course gives an overview of normal cardiovascular and pulmonary function, cardiovascular and pulmonary-related pathologies, examination and evaluation procedures, diagnostic procedures, goal-setting, and interventions. Restriction: admitted to D.P.T. Physical Therapy.

622. Biopsychosocial Practice (3)

The purpose of this course is to develop the student’s awareness of psychosocial and cultural issues of the health professional and the patient, necessary to provide optimal care to patients. Restriction: admitted to D.P.T. Physical Therapy.

632. Evidence-Based Practice II (2)

This course utilizes the application of search strategies and critical appraisal of research, including statistical interpretation to answer foreground and background clinical questions. Restriction: admitted to D.P.T. Physical Therapy.

640. Gender Health (2)

Enhances knowledge of evaluation, goal setting and treatments related to conditions that affect women or men preferentially. Specific topics include: pelvic floor disorders, prostate health, pregnancy, prenatal and postpartum care, sexual health, and domestic violence. Restriction: admitted to D.P.T. Physical Therapy.

650. Autonomous Practice (3)

Evaluation of the complex patient. Emphasis is on the ability to integrate and critically analyze patient examination results to identify systemic origins of neuromusculoskeletal pain and determine the need for medical or other referral. Restriction: admitted to D.P.T. Physical Therapy.

652. Clinical Internship III (6)

One ten-week clinical internship. The student participates in screening, systems review, examination, evaluation, development and implementation of a plan of care, discharge procedures, scheduling, coordination of patient care activities and supervision of support personnel. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to D.P.T. Physical Therapy.

653. Service Learning (1 [2])

654. Clinical Internship IV (6)

660. Health, Wellness and Fitness (3)

Application of current models of physical therapy management related to assessment and promotion of health, wellness and fitness throughout adulthood. Restriction: admitted to D.P.T. Physical Therapy.

662L. Pediatrics (5)

Application of current models of physical therapy management, including assessment and intervention, for children with various neuromuscular or musculoskeletal conditions during infancy, childhood and adolescence. Restriction: admitted to D.P.T. Physical Therapy.

670. Gerontology (3)

In-depth study of evaluation and clinical management of the geriatric patient/client across the continuum of care. Restriction: admitted to D.P.T. Physical Therapy.

680. Administration and Supervision I (1-2)

This course will prepare students to practice in an increasingly complex health care delivery system. Emphasis includes personnel supervision, practice regulatory and legal requirement issues, reimbursement, litigation, and ethics related to service delivery. Restriction: admitted to D.P.T. Physical Therapy.

685. Advanced Ortho Spine (3)

This course will look at advanced spine evaluation and treatment with emphasis on diagnosis, muscle energy and thrust techniques as well as therapeutic exercise as it relates to mechanical spinal pain. Restriction: admitted to D.P.T. Physical Therapy.

691. Capstone Project (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

This course is the academic home for a comprehensive evidence-based practice project that definitively, and in a completely supported manner, answers a focused clinical question. A comprehensive paper and platform presentation are required. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to D.P.T. Physical Therapy.

692. Board Preparation (1)

An intensive overview of test-taking and study strategies and review of all major content areas in the National Physical Therapy Exam. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to D.P.T. Physical Therapy.

693. Integrated Clinical Experiences (1, may be repeated three times Δ)

This course is conducted at REACH clinic, a laboratory clinical setting, with a faculty mentor. Students give short presentations summarizing the presentation of their patients, the chosen interventions, and the plan of care and goals. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to D.P.T. Physical Therapy.

694. Physical Therapy Independent Study (1-7)

This course is a supervised independent study for students to complete an elective academic experience of relevance to physical therapy or to complete a course required for graduation, such as a clinical internship. Restriction: admitted to D.P.T. Physical Therapy.

695. Special Topics in Physical Therapy (1-3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Content varies, students may be registered for several sections concurrently. Registration by approval of the Physical Therapy Program director. {Offered upon demand}

Public Policy (PUBP)

501. Policy Seminar (1, no limit Δ [1-2, no limit Δ])

Professional conduct and best practices, research ethics, and support for completing the M.P.P. Policy Report. Restriction: admitted to M.P.P. Public Policy.

502. Policy and Evaluation Lab (3, no limit Δ)

Experiential learning in policy analysis and program evaluation for government, research, and community organizations. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to M.P.P. Public Policy.

Radiography (RADS)

330. Patient Care (2)

This course acquaints the student with nursing procedures and techniques emphasizing the role of the diagnostic imager as a member of the healthcare team. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Radiologic Sciences.

331. Patient Care Lab (1)

This course covers the laboratory activities associated with 330. Restriction: permission of instructor.

378. Healthcare Delivery and Compliance (3)

Students are introduced to the history and current trends of the American Healthcare system. Course material will reflect the current healthcare system and the effect the roles have on improving the system. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Radiologic Sciences.

381. Medical Language Systems Review (1)

This self-study course reviews the major systems of the human body, using a programmed textbook/workbook. The workbook format is combined with simple, non-technical explanations of medical terms and descriptions of anatomy, physiology, and pathology. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Radiologic Sciences.

398. Topics in Healthcare Ethics and Diversity (3)

Students will participate in discussion and reflection on current and landmark healthcare cases. Course activities are designed to allow students to examine and explore ethical issues in the medical field. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Radiologic Sciences.

405. Introduction to Research and Medical Imaging (3)

The course will focus on the development of a Healthcare research question, completion of an annotated bibliography and a final literature review. This includes exercises in formatting, paraphrasing and avoiding plagiarism. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Radiologic Sciences.

406. Community Engagement and Service Learning (3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

The course offers students the opportunity to engage in community service and field experience. Students are exposed to the theories and practices of community service, information literacy, patient care, team building and leadership activities. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Radiologic Sciences and permission of instructor.

410. Physics of Computed Tomography (3)

Faculty. Course provides instruction in physics and instrumentation related to computed tomography including the history of the development of computed tomography, system operation and components, image formation and reconstruction, characteristics of image quality, and artifact recognition/reduction. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Radiologic Sciences.

411. Physics of Computed Tomography II (3)

Faculty. A continuation of RADS 410 further providing advance instruction in physics and instrumentation related to computed tomography, including the history of the development of computed tomography, system operation and components, image formation and reconstruction. Prerequisite: 410. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Radiologic Sciences.

412. Computed Tomography Physics Review (1)

Faculty. Comprehensive examinations and topic review will take place throughout the semester. The registry review examinations will encompass the listed topics for students to demonstrate a basic knowledge of computed tomography and physics. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Radiologic Sciences.

420. Computed Tomography Clinical I (3)

Faculty. Course provides clinical instruction in computed tomography including the system operation and components, image formation and reconstruction, characteristics of image quality, and artifact recognition/reduction. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Radiologic Sciences.

421. Computed Tomography Clinical II (3)

Faculty. Course is a continuation of RADS 420 and provides additional clinical instruction in computed tomography including the system operation and components, image formation and reconstruction, characteristics of image quality, and artifact recognition/reduction. Prerequisite: 420. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Radiologic Sciences. {Spring}

422. Computed Tomography Clinical III (3)

Faculty. Course is a continuation of RADS 420 and RADS 421. Course provides additional clinical instruction in computed tomography including the system operation and components, image formation and reconstruction, characteristics of image quality, and artifact recognition/reduction. Prerequisite: 420 and 421. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Radiologic Sciences.

450. Physics of Magnetic Resonance Imaging I (3)

Faculty. Course provides additional instruction in physics and instrumentation related to magnetic resonance imaging including the history of the development of magnetic resonance imaging, system operation and components, image formation and reconstruction, characteristics of image quality, and artifact recognition/reduction. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Radiologic Sciences. {Fall}

451. Physics of Magnetic Resonance Imaging II (3)

Course is a continuation of RADS 450. Prerequisite: 450. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Radiologic Sciences. {Spring}

452. MRI Physics Review (1)

Faculty. Comprehensive examinations and topic review will take place throughout the semester. The registry review examinations will encompass the listed topics for students to demonstrate a basic knowledge of Magnetic Resonance Imaging and physics. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Radiologic Sciences.

460. MRI Clinical I (3)

Course provides clinical instruction in magnetic resonance imaging including system operation and components, image formation and reconstruction, characteristics of image quality, and artifact recognition/reduction. Corequisite: 450. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Radiologic Sciences.

461. MRI Clinical II (3)

Course is a continuation of RADS 460. Prerequisite: 460. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Radiologic Sciences.

462. MRI Clinical III (3)

Practical experience in the performance of Magnetic Resonance Imaging studies under direct supervision of certified technologists and staff radiologists. Includes competency examinations, image evaluation, patient-care assessment, imaging protocols, and safety issues. Prerequisite: 461. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Radiologic Sciences.

*480. Human Cross Sectional Anatomy (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Course examines three-dimensional relationships of skull, brain, CNS, thorax, abdomen and pelvis correlating this information with imaging modalities (CT, MRI, Nuclear Medicine). Restriction: admitted to B.S. Radiologic Sciences.

481. Human Cross Sectional Pathology [Medical Imaging Pathology] (3)

Course examines a basic understanding of the principles of pathology relating to imaging science and the radiographic appearance of specific diseases and processes within the body systems.

Religious Studies (RELG)

103. Introduction to the Bible (3)

Survey of Bible in historical context.

107. Living World Religions (3)

Introduction to major living world religions, such as Buddhism, Christianity, Hinduism, Islam and Judaism. Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area V: Humanities and Fine Arts (NMCCN 1113).

230. Hebrew Scriptures (3)

Pentateuch and the historical books of the Old Testament. {Fall}

232. Christian Scriptures (3)

New Testament and early Christian history.

247. Studies in Religions (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Elementary topics in the study of world religions. Course may be repeated up to three times provided the topics vary.

263. Eastern Religions (3)

A study of major Asian traditions, such as Taoism, Hinduism and Buddhism. Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area V: Humanities and Fine Arts (NMCCN 1213). {Fall}

264. Western Religions (3)

A study of major Western traditions, such as Christianity, Islam and Judaism. Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area V: Humanities and Fine Arts (NMCCN 1223). {Spring}

303. Black Liberation and Religion [Introduction to Black Liberation and Religion] (3)

(Also offered as AFST 303) Students will be introduced to the Black experience, which necessitates the redefinition of God and Jesus Christ in the lives of Black people as the struggle for transcendental and political freedom.

310. Introduction to Jewish Thought (3)

An introduction to Jewish religion and thought that explores the worldview of rabbinic Judaism, including law, philosophy, and mysticism from the 1st to the 20th centuries.

312. Introduction to Islam (3)

This course examines the life and role of the Prophet Muhammad, the message of the Qur'an, and the history of the theological, philosophical, legal, and mystical dimensions of Islam to the present.

313. Islamic Fundamentalism (3)

An examination of the social, political, and cultural aspects of fundamentalism in the contemporary Muslim world.

314. Islamic Mysticism (3)

An introduction to the origin and development of mystical aspects of Islam, commonly known as Sufism. The course examines themes such as Sufism vis-à-vis Islamic orthodoxy, mystical experience, the literary heritage of Sufism, Sufi organizations.

320. Magic in Ancient Religion (3)

This course examines the perception and reality of magic in the ancient Mediterranean world by examining relevant texts, spells, and relics to situate it within the practice of ancient religion.

321. Apocalypse in the Ancient World (3)

This course examines the development of the genre of apocalypse by reading several early Jewish apocalypses before examining the lasting influence of apocalypticism in one particular Jewish sect, Christianity.

322. Sexuality and the Bible (3)

This course engages in the close study of biblical texts that address sexual behavior and sexuality, considering how these texts were likely understood in their original context and the different ways they are interpreted today.

326. History of Christianity to 1517 (3)

(Also offered as HIST 326 / 526) The history of Christianity from its beginnings in Palestine to the eve of the Protestant Reformation. Primary focus will be on the rich variety of forms–doctrinal, liturgical and institutional–that Christianity assumed through the Medieval centuries. Also of concern will be its contributions and significance as a civilizing force. {Fall}

327. History of Christianity, 1517 to Present (3)

(Also offered as HIST 327 / 527) The development of Christianity from the Protestant Reformation to the modern day, with focus on the variety of forms Christianity assumed throughout this period as it moved outward from Europe and became a world religion.

335. Goddesses and Gods of India (3)

This course examines Hindu scriptures and practices to understand how deities and their relationships with men and women, high and low castes, and the natural and social worlds have changed over time.

343. Catholic Saints in North America (3)

This course takes saints as an entry point for exploring North American Catholic history. We focus on the practices by which ordinary Catholics make men and women into saints after their deaths.

344. Growing up Catholic in America (3)

(Also offered as AMST 344) This course examines Catholic children and adolescents in the United States over two centuries, considering how Catholic children experience the world, and how the Church and society imagine Catholic children.

345. Religion(s) in the American West (3)

(Also offered as AMST 345) This course considers religious communities inhabiting the present-day American West, from the eighteenth century onward, and critically examines interpretations of the West that tie it to a national religious destiny.

346. Religion in New Mexico (3)

(Also offered as AMST 346) This course examines New Mexican religion from the seventeenth century onward, considering how life here shapes religious practice, and how religion factors in how visitors imagine and represent inhabitants.

347. Topics in Religious Studies (3 to a maximum of 21 Δ)

Studies in major religious figures or movements. Topic varies.

350. Religion and Literature (3)

An introduction exploring relationships between the literary and religious traditions. {Fall}

351. Catholicism in America (3)

(Also offered as AMST 347) This course introduces students to the history of Roman Catholicism in the United States, emphasizing the interaction of Catholicism with politics and culture, and the religious lives of ordinary Catholics.

355. Atheism: Trends and Critiques (3)

This class surveys classical and contemporary currents in atheism. We will consider different definitions and types of Atheism, current demographic and psychological profiles of atheists, and key atheistic critiques of arguments for the existence of God. Prerequisite: 107 or 264.

357. Religion and Gender (3)

This course examines the impact of gender on religious beliefs and practices and the influence of feminism and gender studies in religious studies and within Christianity, Judaism, Islam and Native American belief systems.

361. Modern Christian Thought (3)

(Also offered as PHIL 361) Background of the intellectual issues facing Roman Catholic and Protestant traditions today. Prerequisite: one course in Religious Studies or Philosophy.

365. Philosophy of Religion (3)

(Also offered as PHIL 365) Philosophic analysis of some major concepts and problems in religion. Prerequisite: one course in Religious Studies or Philosophy.

*434. South Asian Mystical Traditions (3)

(Also offered as PHIL *434) This course will examine a wide range of mystical thought and experience in South Asia from the first millennium BCE through the medieval period in Hindu and Buddhist traditions. Prerequisite: one course in Religious Studies or Philosophy.

*438. Indian Buddhist Philosophy (3)

(Also offered as PHIL *438) A survey of Hinayana and Mahayana philosophical thought as it developed in South Asia, together with its religious, historical and social context. Prerequisite: one course in Religious Studies or Philosophy.

441. Religion in American History (3)

(Also offered as HIST 441) Szasz. This class will cover the rise and development of the nation’s religious groups, from first contact to the present day. The focus will be on the social impact of the groups and how they influenced the development of American life.

*447. Seminar in Religious Studies (1-3, may be repeated 3 times Δ)

Major religious figures or movements. Topic varies. Prerequisite: one RELG course.

452. Theories of Religion (3)

An examination and critique of influential 19th-, 20th-, and 21st-century scientific attempts to explain religion in contrast to supernaturalist theories. Also considered are some postmodernist and evolutionary psychology perspectives on religion. Prerequisite: one upper-division course in Religious Studies.

453. Asian Studies Thesis (3)

(Also offered as COMP, HIST, PHIL, POLS 453) Supervised research in one or more disciplines leading to an undergraduate thesis for the major in Asian Studies.

*463. Seminar in Biblical Studies (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Topics in the literary and historical analysis of Biblical texts. Prerequisite: 230 or 231 or 232.

*475. Dante in Translation (3)

(Also offered as ITAL *475) Principally the Vita Nuova and the Divine Comedy.

497. Independent Studies (1-3, may be repeated 2 times Δ)

Restriction: permission of program chairperson.

507. Teaching World Religions (3)

Preparation for teaching courses about living world religions. Includes teaching experience in 107.

547. Advanced Seminar in Religious Studies (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

551. M.A. Problems (1-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Tutorial arrangement with a member of the graduate faculty.

Russian (RUSS)

101. Elementary Russian I (3)

Elementary Russian for students with no previous exposure to the language. Development of all four language skills: reading, speaking, writing and listening comprehension. Can be taken in conjunction with Russian 103. {Fall}

102. Elementary Russian II (3)

Elementary Russian for students who have completed Russian 101 or equivalent. Continued development of all four skills. Can be taken in conjunction with Russian 104. {Spring}

201-202. Intermediate Russian I-Intermediate Russian II (3, 3)

290. Workshop on Russian Language and Culture (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Intensive practical training in Russian language and culture.

301. Advanced Russian I (3)

Vocabulary building, basic grammar review and special attention to idiomatic Russian.

302. Advanced Russian II (3)

Emphasis on all four language skills, especially reading. The structure of Russian is reviewed in detail.

338. Topics in Russian Literature and Culture in Translation (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

(Also offered as COMP, ENGL 338) Study of individual authors, genres, and/or periods of Russian literature and culture in translation.

339. Russian Culture and History through Film (3)

(Also offered as HIST 335; MA 339) In this course we study films and read secondary sources from the Soviet and post-Soviet eras (with English subtitles) and examine how they comment on current Russian social and cultural issues. Taught in English.

340. Topics in Continuity and Change in Russian Culture (3-6, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as COMP 340) Topics will deal with individual authors, genres, periods or themes.

*401. Russia Today I (3)

Study of present-day life in Russia as represented in popular media, including TV and film. Aimed at students who wish to improve their Russian language skills.

*490. Seminar in Russian Literature and Culture (3, no limit Δ)

Topics will deal with individual authors, genres or periods. Taught in English and/or Russian.

497. Undergraduate Problems (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

498. Reading and Research for Honors (3)

Open to juniors and seniors as approved by Russian faculty. Students will study one aspect of the field with a member of the Faculty Committee.

499. Honors Essay (3)

Open only to seniors enrolled for departmental honors.

Speech and Hearing Sciences (SHS)

*302. Introduction to Communicative Disorders (3)

(Also offered as SPCD *302) The nature of speech, language and hearing disorders in children and adults; overview of speech and hearing anatomy and physiology; multicultural issues; emphasizes the impact of communicative disorders on individuals and families.

*303. Introduction to Phonetics (3)

(Also offered as LING 303) An introduction to the physiological mechanisms underlying speech production, linguistic classification and transcription of speech sounds, acoustic properties of speech sounds, relationship between phonetics and phonology, and applications to speech pathology.

310. Anatomy and Physiology of Human Communication (3)

Introduction to basic anatomy and physiology for speech, language, hearing and swallowing. Covers five systems: respiratory, phonatory, articulatory, auditory and neurological.

321 / 541. Introduction to Audiology (3)

Basic hearing science, pathological conditions of the auditory system, audiometric testing. Prerequisite: 310.

330. Introduction to Communication Sciences (3)

Introduction to speech and hearing science. Covers basic science of sound, acoustic theory of speech production, acoustic and physiologic phonetics, sound transmission through the auditory system, acoustic and physiologic consequences of speech and hearing disorders.

*425. Aural Rehabilitation (3)

Appraisal and management of individuals with impaired hearing. Prerequisite: 321.

428 [428 / 528]. Phonological Disorders in Children (3)

Assessment and treatment of articulation and phonological disorders. Prerequisite: *303 or LING 303.

430 / 530. Language Development (3)

Developmental sequence of language acquisition and changes in communication behavior across the life span from birth to adulthood. Covers specific areas of phonology, morphology, semantics, syntax, pragmatics, literacy and metalinguistics.

431. Language Disorders in Children (3)

A survey of language disorders in children and intervention. Topics include descriptions of clinical populations, intervention principles and methods, and linguistic, medical, developmental and cultural issues in intervention. Prerequisite: 430.

450 [450 / 550]. Neural Basis of Communication (3)

Structure and function of the central and peripheral nervous systems as they relate to normal and disordered communication. Prerequisite: 310.

451. Undergraduate Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

*458. Preclinical Training (3)

Course content includes behavioral objectives, program design, data collection, client/family counseling, ethnographic interviewing with multicultural families, behavioral management and professional issues including certification and licensure requirements, ethical conduct and federal laws protecting the handicapped. Prerequisite: 428. Pre- or corequisite: 431.

459. Multicultural Considerations in Communication (3)

Students will obtain knowledge and understanding of how the cultural and linguistic diversity of clients affect communication. Appropriate assessment procedures and intervention strategies will be discussed. Prerequisite: 428 and 430.

490. Topics in Speech, Language, and Hearing Sciences (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Special topics motivated by expertise of instructor and interest of students.

500. Clinical Practice (3 to a maximum of 18 Δ)

Practicum assignment and seminar covering a variety of topics in clinical practice including diagnostics and evaluation, practice in school and hospital settings, and supervised practice in off-campus sites. Prerequisite: *458. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Speech and Hearing Sciences and permission of Clinic Director.

506. Reading and Writing in Research (3)

Based on a scientist-practitioner model, this course is an introduction to research design with an emphasis on conceptual foundations and critical evaluation. Prerequisite: PSY 200.

507. Adult Neurogenic Communicative Disorders (3)

Comprehensive survey of predominant adult neurogenic communication disorders. Content includes theoretical issues, etiology, differential diagnosis, symptomatology, prognosis and recovery. Prerequisite: 450 or 550.

517. Dysphagia (3)

Acquire knowledge relevant to the identification, evaluation, treatment of infant and adult swallowing disorders. Prerequisite: 310 and (450 or 550). Restriction: admitted to M.S. Speech and Hearing Sciences.

525. Voice Disorders (3)

Based on knowledge of normal voice production, various voice disorders are surveyed and approaches to evaluation and treatment are discussed. Prerequisite: 310. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Speech and Hearing Sciences and permission of instructor for non-degree students.

530 / 430. Language Development (3)

531. Motor Speech Disorders (3)

Overview of child and adult neurogenic speech disorders and fluency disorders with a focus on assessment and treatment. Prerequisite: 450 or 550. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Speech and Hearing Sciences.

532. Augmentative Communication (3)

Overview and/or hands-on-experience with nonelectronic and electronic aids and devices used for augmentative communication. Focus may be on particular disabilities, assessment, therapeutic and/or research issues. Prerequisite: 428, 431. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Speech and Hearing Sciences and permission of instructor for non-degree students.

533. Assessing Language in Children (3)

Principles and procedures of assessment for language disorders in children. Prerequisite: 431. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Speech and Hearing Sciences.

534. Intervention: Child Language Disorders (3)

Principles and intervention procedures for child language disorders from early childhood through adolescence. Methods for examining treatment efficacy in clinical and research contexts. Prerequisite: 431. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Speech and Hearing Sciences and permission of instructor for non-degree students.

535. Medical Speech-Language Pathology (3)

Topics relevant to practice in a medical setting are reviewed including evaluation and treatment of children with birth defects (cleft palate) and other special populations; professional and administrative concerns. Prerequisite: 450 or 550. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Speech and Hearing Sciences.

538. Fluency Disorders (3)

Overview of stuttering and other fluency disorders in children and adults with a focus on assessment and treatment. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Speech and Hearing Sciences.

539. Topics (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Restriction: admitted to M.S. Speech and Hearing Sciences and permission of instructor. {Offered upon demand}

541 / 321. Introduction to Audiology (3)

Basic hearing science, pathological conditions of the auditory system, audiometric testing. Prerequisite: 310. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Speech and Hearing Sciences.

551. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Restriction: admitted to M.S. Speech and Hearing Sciences.

558. Clinical Internship (6-9 to a maximum of 18 Δ)

Restriction: admitted to M.S. Speech and Hearing Sciences and permission of Clinic Director. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Speech and Hearing Sciences.

Signed Language Interpreting (SIGN)

201. Introduction to Signed Language (3)

Lujan, Myers. Overview of signed language studies and related issues. Introduction to American Sign Language (ASL); signed communication systems most frequently used by deaf and hard of hearing individuals; the study of fingerspelling.

210. American Sign Language I (3)

Griffin, Myers. Study of ASL, including basic concepts and sign lexicon. Grammatical features of ASL will be stressed, along with structure and syntax. The student will be expected to demonstrate to the instructor his or her proficiency at the end of the semester. Prerequisite: 201. Restriction: permission of program coordinator.

211. American Sign Language II (3)

Griffin, Myers. A study of ASL including sign language colloquialisms used in conversational signing. Provides a summary of information currently available dealing with the understanding of ASL grammatical structure and its sociolinguistic usage. Prerequisite: 210. Restriction: permission of program coordinator.

212. Fingerspelling I (3)

Lujan, Myers. Assists the student in acquiring fluent fingerspelling ability through the use of visual and expressive drills. Videotapes of a variety of fingerspelling styles will be used to ensure that the student acquires a comprehensive background. Prerequisite: 201. Restriction: permission of program coordinator.

214. Lexical Semantics for Transliteration (3)

Myers. Examines polysemy of the English lexicon which transliterators must be concerned with, ranging from semantic prototypes to word meanings which are essentially fluid. Signs representing English morphology are also discussed. Prerequisite: 201. Restriction: permission of program coordinator.

*305. Signed Language Linguistics (3)

Wilcox. Examines linguistic research on signed languages, primarily ASL: phonetics, phonology, morphology, syntax and semantics. Also covers signed language sociolinguistics, psycholinguistics, language acquisition (first and second) and neurolinguistics. Prerequisite: 210 and (LING 101 or LING 301). Restriction: permission of instructor.

*310. American Sign Language III (3)

Griffin Designed to help students improve their expressive skills and general conversational competence in ASL relative to phonology, lexical items, syntax and discourse. Focuses on semantic appropriateness and accuracy of particular lexical items, appropriate use of non-manual behaviors and the use of context to determine meaning. Prerequisite: 211. Restriction: permission of program coordinator.

320. American Sign Language IV (3)

Intensive practice involving receptive/expressive skills in complex grammatical structures, dialogue and storytelling. Intensive study of transcription techniques and their applications to ASL research and documentation. Prerequisite: *310. Restriction: permission of program coordinator.

*352. Language and Culture in the Deaf Community, Part 1 (3)

Myers, Wilcox. An introduction to Deaf culture. Examines the language, education, social and political aspects and art forms of Deaf people from an anthropological point of view. Restriction: permission of program coordinator.

355. Deaf History and Literature (3)

Griffin. A study of the history of Deaf people, the Deaf community and an overview of all genres of Deaf literature. Topics include educational, social, political and economic aspects of the Deaf community from the Deaf perspective. Prerequisite: *310 and *352. Restriction: permission of program coordinator.

*360. The Interpreting Profession (3)

Myers. Addresses the mental processes essential to interpretation and transliteration. In addition to exercises used to develop interpreting strategies such as memory retention, message analysis, decalage, etc., the student is introduced to the interpreter's Code of Professional Conduct and business practices of the professional interpreter. Prerequisite: 212 and 214 and *310 and *352 and LING 101. Restriction: permission of program coordinator.

411. Consecutive Interpretation (3)

Lujan, Shaffer. Theory and practice of consecutive interpretation. Topics: message analysis, attention, cultural mediation, reducing interference from the source language. Equal time is spent with ASL and English texts. Prerequisite: *360. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Signed Language Interpreting and permission of program coordinator.

412. Simultaneous Interpreting (3)

Lujan, Shaffer. Theory and practice of simultaneous interpretation. Topics: control of source-language input, team interpreting, self-monitoring and repair, preparation, providing feedback and special situations such as interpreting in medical settings. Prerequisite: 411. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Signed Language Interpreting and permission of program coordinator.

418. Signed Language Interpreting Research (3)

Shaffer, Wilcox. A detailed study of current trends and practices in signed language interpreting and evaluation, along with similarities and differences between signed language and spoken language interpreting. Introduction to interpreting process models and assessment models and discussion of current research in the field of interpreting. Students will conduct a small-scale research project and participate in a debate of issues surrounding the interpreting profession. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Signed Language Interpreting and permission of program coordinator.

419. Practicum in Signed Language Interpreting (1-3 to a maximum of 4 Δ)

Lujan, Shaffer. Supervised practicum interpreting and transliterating in a variety of community and academic settings, including elementary through post-secondary classrooms, medical situations, vocational rehabilitation, platform and television interpreting and so forth. Supervised preparation for future private practice employment. Prerequisite: *360. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Signed Language Interpreting and permission of program coordinator.

495. Undergraduate Problems (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

Sociology (SOC)

101. Introduction to Sociology (3)

Basic concepts, topics and theories of contemporary sociology. Prerequisite for more advanced courses in sociology. Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area IV: Social/Behavioral Sciences (NMCCN 1113).

205. Crime, Public Policy and the Criminal Justice System (3)

Velez, Jackson The study of crime, the criminal justice system and crime-related public policy. Discussion of key criminological concepts, measurement of crime and delinquency, its distribution in society, victimization, public opinion, the criminal justice system, crime control strategies and policies. Prerequisite: 101.

211. Social Problems (3)

Description and analysis of major social problems facing American society. Foci may include: poverty, homelessness, alcohol and drug problems, race and ethnic relations, aging and mental illness. Prerequisite: 101.

213. Deviance (3)

Lyons Survey of major forms of norm-violating behavior in American society, such as drug and alcohol abuse, mental illness, criminal behavior and sexual deviance. Discussion of sociological explanations of the causes of, and attempts to address, these behaviors. Prerequisite: 101.

216. Dynamics of Difference, Power and Discrimination (3)

Ibarra, Lopez This course focuses on the individual-, institutional- and structural-level dynamics of difference, power and discrimination by race, gender, ethnicity, sexual orientation, disability and class.

221. Documenting Globalization and Human Rights (3)

The course will focus on human rights issues in the broader sociopolitical context of globalization, and will analyze how social change in relationship to human rights mobilization and contestation occurs. Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area IV: Social/Behavioral Sciences. Prerequisite: 101.

230. Society and Personality (3)

The social psychology of personalities, relationships, small groups and organizations. Prerequisite: 101. {Offered upon demand}

300. Social Welfare: Policies and Programs (3)

The development and operation of the U.S. social welfare programs (Social Security, Medicare, Medicaid), unemployment insurance, workers compensation, public assistance, and political ideologies shaping the public debate and attitudes toward social programs. Pre- or corequisite: 200.

305. Environmental Sociology (3)

Examination of humans and the environment from an ecological perspective. Focus on industrial and economic growth, natural resources development, environmental values and movements, resource management, and comparative perspective on people’s relationship to the environment. Prerequisite: 101.

307. Nonviolent Alternatives (3)

(Also offered as PCST 307) This course studies the dynamics of violence and nonviolence at the interpersonal, institutional, cultural, and global level from a variety of disciplinary perspectives.

308. Sociology of Gender (3)

How and why societies create gender categories. How do definitions of “masculinity” and “femininity” vary? What are the costs and benefits of being male or female in contemporary American society? Prerequisite: 101.

310. Sociology of Aging and the Aged (3)

Descriptive and theoretical study of the social situation of older persons in contemporary industrial societies; the impact on societal institutions of an increasing percentage of older citizens. Prerequisite: 101. {Offered upon demand}

312. Causes of Crime and Delinquency (3)

Broidy, Painter-Davis, Velez A survey of criminological theories exploring why some people are more likely to engage in crime than others and why crime rates vary over time and space and across social groups. Attendant policy issues will also be discussed. Prerequisite: 205 or 213.

325. Couples, Family and Friendship (3)

An overview of sociological research on the strongest social relationships and primary social groups: those of love, family and friendships.

326. Sociology of New Mexico (3)

Ibarra New Mexico as a social system; the infrastructure of communities and ethnic groups, stratification, major social institutions, deviance and inter-group relations. Prerequisite: 101.

328. Sociology of Native Americans (3)

Huyser The historical, comparative and contemporary study of Native American peoples in the U.S. and/or other countries. Emphasis on social construction of identity, population distribution, community infrastructure, and major social institutions.

331. Social Movements (3)

Nepstad, Santoro The study of riots, disturbances, social movements and other forms of contentious collective behavior. Strategies of conflict and conflict resolution are considered. Prerequisite: 101.

340. Sociology of Medical Practice (3)

Huyser, Whooley An introduction to the delivery of health care in the U.S. and selected other countries is pursued with an emphasis on the interaction of patients, professionals and health care institutions.

345. Youth and Society (3)

An assessment of the creation and dynamics of childhood and youth in human societies. Consideration of historical and cross-cultural material; and issues such as deviance and popular culture. Prerequisite: 101. {Offered upon demand}

346. Health and Social Inequalities I (3)

This course explores theories and mechanisms related to how social inequities in education, housing, employment, health care, safety, resources, money, and power contribute significantly to health disparities globally, within countries, and within specific urban environments.

347. Health and Social Inequalities II (3)

This service-learning course provides students the opportunity to apply knowledge about social inequalities and health to working with community members to create change that improves health and reduces health disparities. Prerequisite: 346.

351. The Urban Community (3)

The forms and development of urban community; demographic, spatial, functional and temporal patterns; metropolitan development and city-hinterland relations. Prerequisite: 101. {Offered upon demand}

354. Introduction to Latin American Society I: Social Sciences (3)

(Also offered as GEOG 254, LTAM 254, POLS 254) Introduction to Latin American Studies through the social sciences examines major themes including colonialism, agrarian transformation, urbanization, demographics, family, human rights, inequalities, violence, and social movements. Emphasis given to insights gained from making interdisciplinary connections.

371. Sociological Theory (3)

Barker, Fiala, Toro-Tulla The study of how theory is constructed and applied by sociologists including traditions from 19th century sociological founders and contemporary theoretical formulations. Prerequisite: 101. {Fall, Spring}

380. Introduction to Research Methods (3)

Hood, J. Roberts, Santoro A survey of the major methods of social research: foundations of social research, research design, sampling and measurement, quantitative and qualitative research methods and data analysis. Prerequisite: 101.

381L. Sociological Data Analysis (4)

Huyser, Painter-Davis, Thomas Introduction to quantitative sociological data analysis using basic statistics (both descriptive and inferential) and to the use of statistical software to analyze empirical data. Prerequisite: 380 and STAT 145.

398. Special Topics in Sociology (3, no limit Δ)

399. Advanced Undergraduate Workshop in Sociology (3)

Gonzales First of a six-credit Sociology Honors Thesis Program; students develop skills to write an honors thesis proposal; culminates in the completion of a senior honors thesis written in SOC 499. Prerequisite: 380. Restriction: permission of Department’s Honors Coordinator.

412. Sociology of Police and Social Control (3)

Study of the relationship between society and law enforcement agencies, including the societal context of policing and how law enforcement impacts society. Discussion of law enforcement practices, training and management; the interface of police and communities; historical and contemporary models of policing; and efforts at police reform. Prerequisite: 312. {Fall, Spring}

414. Sociology of Corrections (3)

Study of the perspectives of corrections, its relationship to other criminal justice agencies, various forms sentencing and punishment, corrections administration and issues in the field. Visits may be made to several facilities. Prerequisite: 312. {Fall, Spring}

415. Inequality and Power (3)

Survey course on sociological explanations for current inequality dynamics and social stratification. While the focus of the class will be social inequality in American society, the course situates contemporary trends in a comparative international context.

416. Sociology of Law (3)

Broidy Social science perspectives of the law, legal institutions and the impact of law on behavior. Topics include theories of law and legality; comparative legal systems; lawyers, judges and juries; and the use of social science in the courts. Prerequisite: 312 or 371.

418. Selected Topics in Criminology (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Broidy, Jackson, Lyons, Painter-Davis, Ragan, Soller, Velez, This course will explore in detail some aspects of research on the causes or characteristics of crime, such as juvenile delinquency, drug and alcohol-related behavior or child abuse. Prerequisite: 312.

419. Social Networks and Crime (3)

This course focuses on the links between social networks and individual offending and aggregate crime rates. Material centers on the sociological foundations of prevailing and emerging network-based theories of crime. Prerequisite: 312.

420. Race and Inequality (3)

Gonzales, Ibarra, Lopez An exploration of empirical studies and theories on the social construction of racial and ethnic inequality at the individual, institutional and structural levels in the U.S. and/or global context.

421. Sociology of Education (3)

Fiala, Ibarra, Lopez Structure and functioning of educational institutions in the United States and other societies. Prerequisite: 101.

422. Sociology of Religion (3)

Nepstad, Wood Study of belief, commitment, and practice within religious and spiritual traditions and institutions, with a focus on contemporary United States, Latin America, and the Middle East. Prerequisite: 101 or RELG 107 or RELG 263 or RELG 264.

423. Gender and Crime (3)

Broidy, Jackson This course will outline similarities and differences in offending patterns across males and females and discuss various explanations for these differences. Discussions will also focus on the dynamics of female offending, the formal social control of female offenders and the role of women in the correctional system. Prerequisite: 312.

424. Race, Class and Crime (3)

Lyons, Painter-Davis, Velez This class will examine the relationships between race, ethnicity, socio-economic status and involvement in criminal behavior, focusing on the influence of structural, cultural and historical influences. We will also explore contemporary criminal justice issues pertaining to race and class. Prerequisite: 312.

425. From Youthful Misbehavior to Adult Crime (3)

Broidy, Ragan Causes and consequences of offending at various stages in the life course, focusing on the ways in which adolescent and adult roles, responsibilities and opportunities shape aggregate and individual level patterns of involvement in juvenile delinquency and adult criminality. Prerequisite: 312.

426. Drugs, Crime and Social Control (3)

Lyons Study of the development of social policies concerning illicit substance use; its impact on social behavior; strategies for prevention and intervention with substance use; investigation, adjudication and supervision of drug offenders; and the relationship between criminal justice, education, public health and government policies. Prerequisite: 312.

*427. Sociology of Madness (3)

Different historical and cultural frameworks for defining, making sense of, and responding to madness are examined. The social causes and social distribution of madness are critically examined.

428. Sociology of Mexican Americans (3)

Gonzales, Lopez The historical, comparative and contemporary study of the Mexican American in the U.S. Race and ethnic relations theories and the Chicano Movement. {Offered upon demand}

*430. Intersectionality: Race, Gender, Class for Social Policy (3)

Focuses on how race, gender, class, ethnicity and inequalities interact in society. Students will apply intersectional epistemologies for research and policy-relevant solutions in education, health, housing, environmental justice, criminal justice, employment, and media.

441. Complex Organizations (3)

Structure and functional dynamics of formal organizations; the role of bureaucracy in modern social organization. Prerequisite: 101. {Offered upon demand}

452. Community Organizing and the Struggle for Justice in America (3)

How can people use democratic power to create a good, or at least better, society? We answer this question by studying the political practices of community organizing and the ideas of democratic theory. Prerequisite: 101 or PCST 102 or RELG 107.

461. Visualizing Global Change (3)

This course explores how global social problems and inequality (including poverty, urbanization, migration, human rights, etc.) are constructed and framed by sociologists and by documentary photographers and filmmakers, and explores possibilities for social change.

*478. Seminar in International Studies (3)

(Also offered as ECON 478) Designed to provide seniors from several disciplines an opportunity to apply an international perspective to their undergraduate training. Each student presents a term project drawing upon his or her major disciplinary background and related to international concerns. Open only to seniors. {Offered upon demand}

481. Data Analysis (3)

Use of the computer as a tool of social research; utilization of data archives; problems of research design, instrumentation and analysis of empirical data. Two lectures, 1 hour lab. Prerequisite: 380 and 381L.

488. Field Observation and Experience (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

An opportunity for Sociology/Criminology students to work in a criminal justice or social service agency for course credit. Students must have a 3.0 GPA or higher in the major. Restriction: junior or senior standing, permission of instructor.

490. Directed Study (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Tutorial arrangement with a member of the sociology faculty. Specific arrangements must be made with a member of the sociology faculty responsible for supervising the work. Arrangements normally made at least one semester in advance.

491. Directed Study in Criminology (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Tutorial arrangement for investigation of selected issues in criminology. Specific arrangements must be made with a member of the sociology faculty responsible for supervising the work.

499. Senior Honors Thesis (3)

For departmental honors students only. By arrangement with department Honors and Awards Committee and approval of the chairperson.

500. Classical Sociological Theory (3)

Barker, Toro-Tulla Advanced study of selected classical theorists.

501. Knowledge and Power (3)

Drawing on theoretical traditions from sociology, science studies, and the social sciences, this course attends to the complex, multifaceted ways in which power influences knowledge, is legitimated through knowledge, and is challenged by alternative knowledge(s).

506. Globalization and Transnational Sociology (3)

The course will focus on issues of economic development, inequality, mobility, and stratification in Latin America and elsewhere in the world.

507. Topics in Sociological Theory (3, no limit Δ)

510. Social and Political Movements (3)

Nepstad, Santoro, Wood Examination of historical, theoretical and empirical materials on the character and dynamics of social and political movements. Includes consideration of the global context of contemporary social and political movements.

511. Documenting Globalization, Human Rights and Social Change (3)

512. International Political Sociology (3)

Examines power, authority, states, and nations within a global and transnational context. Focuses on Latin America and other regions in context of globalization; authoritarian/democratic regimes, political culture, immigration, revolution, and both state and non-governmental actors.

513. Constructing and Analyzing Contemporary Sociological Theory (3)

Fiala, Wood, Whooley Survey of contemporary theory, with a focus on constructing theory. Includes analysis of functional, interactionist, institutional and world-systems theory.

515. Criminological Theory (3)

Broidy, Lyons, Jackson, Painter-Davis, Soller, Ragan, Velez Overview of mainstream criminological theory, focusing on its origins as well as developments and advancements over time. Students will critically evaluate key theories and core constructs in criminology.

518. Special Topics in Criminology (3)

Content varies. Explores select substantive and theoretical topics in criminology. Topics may include Communities and Crime, Gender and Crime, Contemporary Research in Criminology.

520. Racial and Ethnic Relations (3)

Gonzales, Ibarra, Lopez Historical and comparative analysis of race and ethnic relations in the U.S., with comparative reference to Western Europe, Latin America, Asia. Origins and maintenance of slavery; minority community development; causes and consequences of prejudice.

521. Sociology of Education (3)

Lopez, Ibarra Examination of the character and dynamics of education in human societies. Focus is on the organization and expansion of modern educational systems and the effects of education on individuals and society.

523. Proseminar (1)

Fiala Introduces incoming graduate students to each of the department’s regular faculty members and their work.

528. Sociology of Mexican Americans (3)

Gonzales The historical, comparative and contemporary study of the Mexican American in the U.S. Race and ethnic relations theories and the Chicano Movement. {Offered upon demand}

531. Sociology Teaching Seminar (3)

This course emphasizes teaching skills. Topics include syllabus development, lecture preparation and delivery, interactive learning methods, and grading approaches. We explore course policies and classroom practices that prevent common problems while enhancing the learning environment.

540. Medical Sociology and Health Policy (3)

Huyser A review of major theories and research in medical sociology with special attention to health policy; focus on health and mental health problems of underserved populations; analysis of the U.S. health care system in comparative perspective.

551 - 552. Problems (2-3, no limit Δ; 2-3, no limit Δ)

Tutorial arrangement with a member of the graduate faculty.

570. Sociological Research: Special Topics (3, no limit Δ)

580. Methods of Social Research I (3)

Ragan Analytical examination of traditional methodological issues including measurement, experimental design, sampling, theory construction, role of statistics and nature of probability.

581. Advanced Social Statistics I (3)

Soller, Thomas Examines theory (assumptions, properties of estimators) and application of multiple regression. Introduces matrix notation and generalized least squares. Prerequisite: 481L.

582. Advanced Social Statistics II (3)

Thomas Additional methods for quantitative social research: regression diagnostics, logit and Poisson regression, principal components, correspondence analysis. Prerequisite: 581.

583. Special Topics in Advanced Social Statistics (3, no limit Δ)

Soller, Thomas A close examination of the properties and application of a single quantitative method (or a few related methods). Possible topics include structural equation models, log linear models, dynamic models, scaling. Prerequisite: 582.

584. Interdisciplinary Seminar on Problems of Modernization in Latin America (3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as ECON, POLS 584; HIST 689)

585. Sociological Fieldwork Methods: Ethnography, Interviews, Focus Groups (3)

Intensive practicum on research fieldwork, including research design, human subjects review, the ethics/politics of fieldwork, and fieldwork implementation. Focuses on ethnographic and interview methods; some attention to focus groups and archives. Prerequisite: 580.

595. Special Topics in Sociology (3, no limit Δ)

596. Professional Paper (1-6, no limit Δ)

Student works under faculty supervision toward completion of the professional paper requirement for a Plan II master’s degree. Paper must be of professional quality and in a format suitable for publication. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Spanish (SPAN)

101. Elementary Spanish I (3)

Beginning Spanish for students with no previous exposure to Spanish. Development of all four language skills, with emphasis on listening and speaking. (L)

102. Elementary Spanish II (3)

Beginning Spanish for students who have completed 101 or equivalent. Continued development of four skills with emphasis on listening and speaking. (L)

103 - 104. Elementary Spanish Conversation I – Elementary Spanish Conversation II (1, 1)

Supplementary courses to Spanish 101–102 for students interested in additional practice in speaking. (L) Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Pre- or corequisite: 101 or 102 or 111 or 112.

111. Elementary SHL I (3)

Beginning Spanish for students who grew up in a Spanish-speaking environment. Will build upon the language base which the students already possess. Development of all four language skills: reading, writing, listening and speaking. (L)

112. Elementary SHL II (3)

Beginning Spanish for heritage language students who have completed 111 or equivalent. Continued development of the four skills with an emphasis on reading and writing, vocabulary building and review of grammar. (L)

200. Intermediate Spanish Abroad (3)

Intensive language study with emphasis on culture in an immersion situation. Tied to the University of New Mexico programs in Spain and Spanish America. (L)

201. Intermediate Spanish I (3)

Intermediate Spanish for students who have completed 102 or equivalent. Review of grammar and further development of all four skills. (L)

202. Intermediate Spanish II (3)

Intermediate Spanish for students who have completed 201 or equivalent. Continued development of all four skills with emphasis on reading. (L)

203. Spanish Conversation (3)

For students who have completed or are currently enrolled in Spanish 201, 202 or 276. Small classes designed to increase skills in speaking Spanish. Not for native speakers. (L) Pre- or corequisite: 201 or 202 or 211 or 212 or 276.

205. Introduction to Medical Spanish (3)

This course is designed with a communicative-based methodology (task-based oriented) and engages students in the practice of the four language skills (listening, reading, writing, speaking) using medical-related vocabulary for intermediate-level Spanish proficiency.

211. Intermediate SHL I (3)

Intermediate Spanish for heritage language students who have completed 102 or equivalent. Review of grammar and continued development of the four skills with an emphasis on literacy and speaking. (L)

212. Intermediate SHL II (3)

Intermediate Spanish for heritage language students who have completed 201 or equivalent. Further development of all four skills, with an emphasis on reading authentic materials, on practical writing needs and communicating with other native speakers. (L)

301. Topics in Hispanic Culture and Language (3, no limit Δ)

Taught in Spanish (required for major study). Emphasis on oral and written expression based on a theme or language related topics (literature, culture, civilization, translation, commercial, etc.) (L)

302. Developing Spanish Writing Skills (3)

Taught in Spanish (required for major study). Emphasis on developing Spanish written expression. (L)

305. Medical Spanish and Public Health (3)

Students continue developing language skills through a comprehensive introduction to the field of medical Spanish terminology, heath communication and public health; conducting medical encounters in Spanish through a portfolio of clinical cases. Prerequisite: 202 or 205 or 212.

306. Health and Healing in Hispanic Literature (3)

Introduction to literary and textual analysis from perspectives of health, illness, and medicine. Students develop the practice of close reading of literary and cultural texts and improve attention, representation, and affiliation in human relationships. Students may not receive credit for both 306 and 307. Prerequisite: 301. Pre- or corequisite: 302.

307. Introduction to Hispanic Literature (3)

Examination of selected Spanish and Spanish-American literary texts representing old and new literary currents. Special attention will be given to stylistics and the analysis of style and literary language. (LT) Students may not receive credit for both 306 and 307. Prerequisite: 301. Pre- or corequisite: 302.

329. Topics in Health and Culture in the Hispanic World (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

Special topics related to cultural expressions of health and illness, health care communication and intercultural competence in Spanish-speaking and Hispanic contexts. Prerequisite: 302 and 305 and (306 or 307).

**350 [**350L]. Introduction to the Sound Patterns of Spanish (3 [4])

Students will learn fundamental concepts related to the sound patterns of Spanish, such as Phonetics, Phonology, Laboratory Phonology, and Sociophonetics and will receive hands on training in a laboratory setting. (LPM)

351. Introduction to Spanish Linguistics (3)

An introduction to the phonology, morphology, syntax and dialectology of the Spanish language. (LPM) Prerequisite: 302.

**352. Advanced Grammar (3)

Required for Spanish majors. Taught in Spanish. Analysis of morphological and syntactic structure. (LPM) Pre- or corequisite: 302.

370. Survey of Chicano Literature (3)

Study of the major genres of Chicano literature (novel, short story, essay, poetry and drama), with emphasis on post-1960s literature. (SH) Prerequisite: (302 or AP Spanish Language and Culture =>4) and (306 or 307 or AP Spanish Literature and Culture =5).

371. Spanish of the Southwest (3)

Attention to formal aspects of the Spanish of the Southwest as well as to historical and social factors affecting its status. (LPM) Prerequisite: **350 or 351.

375. Southwestern Hispanic Folklore (3)

Folkways of Spanish-speaking people of American Southwest: language, customs, beliefs, music, folk sayings. Prerequisite: 301. Pre- or corequisite: 302.

**411. Survey of Spanish Peninsular Literature I (3)

A survey of Spanish literature from the 11th to the 17th century. (PL) Prerequisite: (302 or AP Spanish Language and Culture =>4) and (306 or 307 or AP Spanish Literature and Culture =5).

**412. Survey of Spanish Peninsular Literature II (3)

A survey of Spanish literature from the 18th, 19th and 20th centuries. (PL) Prerequisite: (302 or AP Spanish Language and Culture =>4) and (306 or 307 or AP Spanish Literature and Culture =5).

*423. Cervantes: The Quijote (3)

Detailed analysis of the Quijote and treatment of its place in world literature. (PL) Prerequisite: (302 or AP Spanish Language and Culture =>4) and (306 or 307 or AP Spanish Literature and Culture =5).

**429. Topics in Spanish Peninsular Culture and Literature (3, no limit Δ)

Topics will deal with individual authors, genres or periods. (PL) Prerequisite: (302 or AP Spanish Language and Culture =>4) and (306 or 307 or AP Spanish Literature and Culture =5).

**430. Spanish American Short Story (3)

Spanish American short story from 19th century to contemporary period. Intensive development and discussion of theoretical bibliography. (SA) Prerequisite: (302 or AP Spanish Language and Culture =>4) and (306 or 307 or AP Spanish Literature and Culture =5).

**431. Spanish American Literature Survey I (3)

A historical survey of the literary canon in Spanish America from Colonial times through 19th-century Romanticism. (SA) Prerequisite: (302 or AP Spanish Language and Culture =>4) and (306 or 307 or AP Spanish Literature and Culture =5).

**432. Spanish American Literature Survey II (3)

Continuation of **431. A survey of the literary canon in Spanish America from Modernismo through contemporary times. (SA) Prerequisite: (302 or AP Spanish Language and Culture =>4) and (306 or 307 or AP Spanish Literature and Culture =5).

**433. Modern Spanish American Poetry (3)

A survey course covering Spanish American poetry from Modernism to the present. (SA) Prerequisite: (302 or AP Spanish Language and Culture =>4) and (306 or 307 or AP Spanish Literature and Culture =5).

**435. Modern Spanish American Fiction (3)

Study of narrative tendencies in Spanish American fiction between 1915 and 1940, including regionalismo, indigenismo, crítica social, urbanismo, existencialismo and meta-escritura. (SA) Prerequisite: (302 or AP Spanish Language and Culture =>4) and (306 or 307 or AP Spanish Literature and Culture =5).

*438. Mexican Literature (3)

Study of readings in Mexican literature emphasizing Mexico’s contribution to Hispanic American literature from pre-Colombian to contemporary times. Examination of diverse genres in Mexico’s literature. (SA) Prerequisite: (302 or AP Spanish Language and Culture =>4) and (306 or 307 or AP Spanish Literature and Culture =5).

**439. Topics in Spanish American Culture and Literature (3, no limit Δ)

Topics will deal with individual authors, genres or periods. (SA) Prerequisite: (302 or AP Spanish Language and Culture =>4) and (306 or 307 or AP Spanish Literature and Culture =5).

445 / 545. The Sound Patterns of Spanish (3)

Students will gain a strong understanding about the sound patterns in different Spanish varieties, how the patterns are represented in the mind, how to describe them and carry out acoustic analyses. (LPM) Prerequisite: **350 or 351 or LING 301 or LING 302 or LING 303 or LING 304 or SHS *303.

449. Topics in Hispanic Linguistics (3, no limit Δ)

Deals with different areas, approaches and issues. (LPM) Prerequisite: **350 or 351.

**479. Topics in Southwest Folklore-Literature (3, no limit Δ)

Study of literary genres and periods, including Chicano theater, Hispanic New Mexican literature, Chicano writers, poetry, folk music, orality in folk and Chicano narrative. (SH) Prerequisite: (302 or AP Spanish Language and Culture =>4) and (306 or 307 or AP Spanish Literature and Culture =5).

497. Undergraduate Problems (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

498. Reading and Research for Honors (3)

Open to juniors and seniors approved by Honors Committee. Restriction: permission of instructor.

499. Honors Essay (3)

Open only to seniors enrolled for departmental honors. Restriction: permission of instructor.

502. Proseminar: Research and Critical Methodology (3)

Introduction to fundamentals of literary analysis: defining a research question; gaining access to resources; selecting approaches to texts; citing bibliographic data according to current MLA guidelines. (LT)

504. Seminar in Ibero-American Studies (3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as LTAM 504) (SA)

515. Spanish Medieval Paleography (3)

Methodology required to produce an edition–everything from locating an editable text to actually producing the edition. Main emphasis is on deciphering gothic script (13th–17th centuries) and resolving textual problems.

519. Medieval Literature (3)

A survey of major Spanish masterpieces from the Jarchas to the Celestina. (PL)

520. Seminar in the Spanish Peninsular Picaresque Novel (3)

The study of Lazarillo de Tormes, Guzmán de Alfarache, El buscón and other 17th-century picaresque novels. (PL)

522. Seminar in Spanish Peninsular Poetry (3, no limit Δ)

Courses ranging from post-Romanticism (Becquer, Castro), the “Generation of ‘98” (Machado, Unamuno), Jiménez’s “pure poetry,” the fusion of tradition and avant-garde aesthetics in the “Generation of ‘27,” to the post-war poets and more recent tendencies. (PL)

526. Seminar in Twentieth-Century Spanish Peninsular Theater (3)

Modern and contemporary drama of Spain from Benavente to the present. Close study of the works of major playwrights and trends in dramatic criticism and theatrical production. Readings in theater theory. (PL)

529. Spanish Peninsular Post-War Novel (3)

The resurgence of the novel following the repressive Civil and post-Civil War years (1936–1939). Includes the introduction of tremendismo (Cela, Laforet), neo-realist novels, experimental ones and the initial boom of women writers (Martín Gaite and Tusquets). (PL)

531. The Modernist Movement in Spanish American Poetry (3)

An overview of Modernism in Spanish America from 1870–1920. Writers studied include José Martí, Rubén Darío, Julián del Casal, Manuel Gutiérrez Nájera, Leopoldo Lugones, Julio Herrera y Reissig, María Eugenia Vaz Ferreira and Delmira Agustini. (SA)

536. Colonial Literature (3)

Main authors, periods and problems of textual representation in the New World from 1492 to 1830. Emphasis on the 16th-century European-Amerindian African encounter and on 17th-century treatment of gender and ethnicity. (SA)

541. Approaches to Language Teaching Methodology [Recent Research on the Teaching of Spanish] (3)

Study of approaches to language teaching methods. Focuses on the practical application of its results to the teaching of Spanish and Portuguese. Required of all Teaching Assistants in the Department of Spanish and Portuguese. (LPM)

545 / 445. The Sound Patterns of Spanish (3)

546. Seminar in Hispanic Sociolinguistics (3, no limit Δ)

Linguistic variation in relation to internal, social, regional and situational factors. Topics include variation theory, language contact, language and gender, and language planning. The practical application of sociolinguistic approaches will be introduced. (LPM) Prerequisite: 351 or LING 301.

547. Seminar in Southwest Spanish (3)

Research seminar covering all aspects of Chicano Spanish: linguistic structure, regional and social variation, bilingualism, maintenance and shift, English influence, etc. (LPM) Prerequisite: 351 or LING 301.

549. Seminar in the Language of Spain or Spanish America (3, no limit Δ)

An advanced course providing students with the opportunity to develop expertise in linguistic analysis. A broad range of branches are covered, including sociolinguistics, discourse analysis, phonetics, mophosyntax, semantics and psycholinguisticis. (LPM) Prerequisite: 351 or LING 301.

551. Graduate Problems (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

578. Topics in Southwest Hispanic Literature (3, no limit Δ)

Study of literary genres and periods, including Chicano theater, narrative, poetry, women’s writing, etc. (SH)

579. Topics in Southwest Culture & Folklore (3, no limit Δ)

Study of oral genres and folkways of Spanish-speaking people of the American Southwest and appropriate theoretical approaches. (SH)

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

601. Literary Theory (3)

This course will offer either an overview of critical theory or an in-depth treatment of a critical school or individual theorist. (LT)

629. Seminar in Spanish Peninsular Literature (3, no limit Δ)

Topics may include, but are not limited to, Medieval Witchcraft, Golden Age Prose, Love and Death in Spanish Literature, 19th-Century Novel, Generation of 1898 Prose, Women in Literature and Film, Women Writers. (PL)

639. Seminar in Spanish American Literature (3, no limit Δ)

Topical seminars geared to doctoral students, emphasizing the literature of one country or region (e.g., Argentine novel), one genre (e.g., romantic poetry), the literary essay, essential or complete works of one author or trend (e.g., the dictator novel). (SA)

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Special Education (SPCD)

201. Education of the Exceptional Person (3)

A survey of the characteristics and educational needs of exceptional children. Includes definition, etiology, characteristics and various educational alternatives for each of the exceptionalities.

204. Introduction to Special Education (2)

Field experience and seminar in special education settings. Required of all undergraduate majors.

*302. Introduction to Communicative Disorders (3)

(Also offered as SHS *302) The nature of speech, language and hearing disorders in children and adults; overview of speech and hearing anatomy and physiology; multicultural issues; emphasizes the impact of communicative disorders on individuals and families. Restriction: permission of instructor.

303. Methods and Materials for Students with Mild Disabilities (3)

To provide the undergraduate special education student with specific strategies and a knowledge of materials which are important in meeting the needs of students with mild disabilities in a variety of classroom settings. Prerequisite: 201 and 204.

304. Practicum (1-4 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Emphasis will be on developing a functional understanding of the instructional needs of the mildly handicapped, developing initial competencies in basic skills, content and in affective programming, development of skills in behavior management and integration of initial course content. Also accompanied by a weekly seminar and an initial four-week, 32-hour instructional block. Restriction: permission of instructor.

313. Curriculum for Learners with Disabilities (2)

Primary focus areas: altering/adapting basic curriculum, implementing behavioral, affective, academic curriculum and selecting/altering curriculum content for special needs of handicapped learners. Restriction: permission of instructor.

319. Classroom Organization and Management (3)

Provides future teachers with technical management skills needed to cope with the behaviors of exceptional students across all categories, age groups and service levels. Emphasis on management and organization of environment, instruction, behavior and record keeping. Restriction: permission of instructor.

391. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

402 / 502. At Risk for School Failure and Disabilities (3)

This course surveys a variety of issues and behaviors (e.g., homelessness, suicide) that place students at risk of school failure. Particularly vulnerable to these issues/behaviors are children with disabilities. School and community interventions will be addressed.

407 / 507. Collaboration for Inclusive Education (3)

This course addresses issues surrounding the inclusion of students with exceptionalities into general education. The course will include an examination of the sociocultural context of inclusion, methods and materials and strategies for collaboration.

411 / 511. Social Construction of Disabilities (3)

This course explores the concept of disability as a “social construction” from a variety of perspectives: historical, educational, bureaucratic, cultural and linguistic, gender and from that of the individual.

412 / 512. Transition Planning for Exceptional Students (3)

Course focuses on lifespan movement of students with exceptionalities from Pre-K to 16, to post-secondary education, employment, and adult life. Participants will identify essential curricula, critical linkages in communities, and transition plans within the IEP.

418 / 518. Classroom Organization and Positive Behavioral Supports (3)

The course promotes the area of positive support interventions and environmental management. It includes procedures for organizing and managing a classroom as well as behavioral techniques that foster successful student behavior.

419 [419 / 519]. Introduction to Applied Behavior Analysis [The Application of Applied Behavior Analysis in the Special Education Classroom] (3)

Students are taught the use of behavioral technology to manage academic and social behavior in the classroom.

420 / 520. Introduction to Intellectual Disability (3)

Introductory course on social, medical, emotional, physical and cognitive characteristics of people with intellectual disability. Emphasizes classification, diagnosis and treatment from medical, psychological, sociological and educational points of view.

430 / 530. Introduction to Students with Emotional and Behavioral Disorders (3)

Introductory course on characteristics of emotionally or behaviorally disordered children. Emphasis on historical development, identification, behavioral description, classification, assessment and an introduction to intervention strategies in various therapeutic environments.

440 / 540. Introduction to Learning Disabilities (3)

Covers the characteristics of persons with learning disabilities. Emphasis on the historical development of the field, definitions, etiologies, characteristics, diagnosis and research findings about assessment and instructional approaches.

452 / 552. Teaching Students with Intellectual Disability and Severe Disabilities (3)

An overview of general programming considerations for students with intellectual disability and severe disabilities. Students are to demonstrate competencies in writing instructional objectives, task analysis, instructional program design and developing evaluation procedures for instructional programs.

459 / 559. Teaching Bilingual/Multicultural Special Education (3)

This hands-on course provides teachers with ESL and native language instructional strategies for working with culturally and linguistically diverse students. Theory and practice are integrated for effective program planning and teaching.

460 / 560. Introduction to Bilingual-Multicultural Special Education (3)

This course is an overview of the interface between language, culture and disability. Content supports those making decisions in referral and education of culturally and linguistically diverse exceptional students.

462. Student Teaching in Special Education (1-7 to a maximum of 7 Δ)

Students will be placed in an elementary or secondary classroom, preferably at B or C service level. They will spend all day for one semester in the classroom setting and spend one to two hours per week in a seminar session. Restriction: permission of instructor.

464. Classroom Assessment and Program Planning (3)

Provides functional instruction in observation and informal/formal diagnostic procedures. Instruction in the merits/limits of diagnostic procedures and instruments. Use of case information/test protocols to determine functioning level and program plan. Restriction: permission of instructor.

465. Art and the Exceptional Child (3)

(Also offered as ARTE 465) Designed to acquaint teachers with the value and therapeutic uses of art in special education classrooms and to acquaint art education majors with adaptations of art to various exceptional cases. Special fee required.

467 / 529. Physical Disabilities and Causes (3)

(Also offered as PEP 467 / 529) Investigation of etiology, characteristics and treatment appropriate for individuals with physical disabilities who are in public sector, schools and exercise programs.

481. Introduction to Assistive Technology in Special Education (1-2, to a maximum of 2 Δ)

This course is designed to introduce the special educator to various assistive technology devices, software and instructional uses of the computer.

483 / 583. Introduction to Autism Spectrum Disorders (3)

Introductory course on social, communication, and behavioral characteristics of students with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Emphasis on intervention models, curricular issues, and instructional practices used in the education of students with ASD.

484 / 584. Research and Teaching-Intervention in Autism Spectrum Disorders (3)

Provides students with an in-depth knowledge of evidence-based teaching/intervention strategies for students with ASD. Includes critique of published studies in this area and hands-on activities. Focuses on specific techniques/programs designed for ASD students.

486 / 586. Differentiating Reading Instruction in Inclusive Settings for Students with Intellectual Disabilities and Severe Disabilities (3)

This course addresses the basic components of planning and teaching reading in inclusive classrooms, emphasizing strategies for differentiating instruction for learners with a range of needed intensities of supports using evidence-based reading methods.

489 / 589. Teaching Exceptional Students in General Education (1-3 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

This course is specifically designed for general education majors with no minor in special education. It provides information about student characteristics, legal issues, resources, parent partnerships, and appropriate modifications in curriculum, instruction, and behavioral supports.

493. Topics in Special Education (1-3, no limit Δ)

495. Field Experience (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Planned and supervised professional laboratory or field experiences in agency or institutional setting. Restriction: permission of instructor.

501. The Psychology and Education of Exceptional Persons (3)

Introduction to all areas of exceptionality including state and national issues, history, incidence, etiology, identification, treatment and service alternatives.

502 / 402. At Risk for School Failure and Disabilities (3)

503. Instructional and Curriculum Design for Exceptionalities (3)

Covers the selection, adaptation, and use of instructional materials in special education. Includes classroom organization and prescriptive use of materials and methods.

504. Practicum in Special Education (1-6 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Supervised experience with exceptional persons. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 credit hours total for Master's Plan I and a maximum of 12 credit hours total for Master's Plan II. Restriction: admitted to M.A., Ed.D., or Ph.D. Special Education and permission of instructor.

505. Seminars in Special Education (3, no limit Δ)

Research in current trends in the various topic areas of special education.

507 / 407. Collaboration for Inclusive Education (3)

508. Collaboration with Family, School and Community (3)

Explores family issues and environmental variables related to assessment and community influences of family members, especially students at risk of failure and who have exceptionalities. Home, school and community interventions are also presented.

509. Adolescent Reading Instruction for Students with Behavioral and Learning Exceptionalities (3)

Addresses adolescent developmental changes and specific needs of adolescents with reading disabilities. Examines evidence-based practices, strategies, and interventions for teaching reading to adolescents with learning and behavior exceptionalities. Includes using data to inform instructional decision-making.

510. Special Education Law (3)

This course explores the legal rights and responsibilities of special educators in their actions with students who have exceptionalities and the families of those students. The course includes study of applicable Constitutional law, statutes, regulations and interpretive case law.

511 / 411. Social Construction of Disabilities (3)

512 / 412 [512]. Transition Planning for Exceptional Students (3)

514. Teaching Reading to Students with Learning and Behavior Exceptionalitites (3)

Focus is on specific materials, techniques and programs that have been adapted or developed for learners with severe problems in reading. Includes depth in direct instruction, cognitive/behavioral merged approaches and multi-sensory approaches.

515. Mathematics/Science Instruction for Diverse Exceptional Learners (3)

This hands-on class teaches methods and materials for working with exceptional students in the areas of mathematics and science. Connected to CEC instructional content and practice standards.

517. Assessment of Diverse Students with Learning and Behavior Exceptionalities (3)

Reviews special education eligibility assessment and instructional assessment. Focuses on knowledge and skills necessary for (a) interpreting and applying formal assessment data and (b) designing and monitoring instruction of diverse students with learning and behavior exceptionalities.

518 / 418 [518]. Classroom Organization and Positive Behavioral Supports (3)

519 [519 / 419]. Introduction to Applied Behavior Analysis [The Application of Applied Behavior Analysis in the Special Education Classroom] (3)

Students are taught the use of behavioral technology to manage academic and social behavior in the classroom.

520 / 420. Introduction to Intellectual Disability (3)

524. Advocacy and Empowerment with Individuals with Intellectual or Severe Disability (3)

Examines advocacy and empowerment with individuals with intellectual or severe disability, including related legislation, supports and interdependence, self-determination, influence of culture, and strategies that increase school-age individuals' involvement in their education.

525. Legal Rights of Persons with Disabilities (3)

Study of substantive law in areas affecting the lives of exceptional persons and an analysis of the legal and practical reasons for the law’s involvement.

527. Assessment for Diverse Exceptional Learners: Intellectual Disability and Severe Disabilities (3)

Exposes students to a variety of assessment methods appropriate for use with diverse exceptional learners, including those with intellectual disability and severe disabilities. Emphasis will be placed on assessments which provide direction for instruction.

528. Sexuality Education for Individuals with Disabilities (3)

Contemporary and historical study of social development and sexuality education and expression, including: attitudes toward sexuality and disability; anatomy and physiology; myths; teaching strategies; roles of schools and others; and legal issues.

529 / 467. Physical Disabilities and Causes (3)

(Also offered as PEP 529 / 467) Investigation of etiology, characteristics and treatment appropriate for individuals with physical disabilities who are in public sector, schools and exercise programs. Prerequisite: 201.

530 / 430. Introduction to Students with Emotional and Behavioral Disorders (3)

532. Education and Transition of Students with Emotional and Behavioral Disorders (3)

Instruction in development and maintenance of educational intervention programs for children with behavioral disorders. Emphasis on philosophical approach, intervention strategies, environmental arrangement, program organization, behavior management, classroom management, parent involvement, transition procedures and case conferencing.

534. Social Competence, Self Determination and Resiliency (3)

Review of the history of social competence and self-determination skills training for children/youth receiving special education services. Provides experiences in group training and individualized programming. Related information concerning resiliency among children/youth.

540 / 440. Introduction to Learning Disabilities (3)

542. Teaching Individuals with Learning Disabilities (3)

Covers the primary approaches developed and adapted for K–16 students with learning disabilities. Includes major instructional models, teaching methods, specific techniques and materials that have been empirically proven effective for these students. 540 recommended. Restriction: permission of instructor.

544. Writing Instructional Strategies for Students with Learning and Behavioral Exceptionalities (3)

Focus is on materials, techniques, and programs adapted or developed for learners with extensive writing problems. Includes writing development, writing difficulties encountered by students, and effective explicit methods for assessing and instructing students.

552 / 452. Teaching Students with Intellectual Disability and Severe Disabilities (3)

553. Advanced Field Seminar: ECSE-Elementary Special Education (3)

Refines and enhances students’ knowledge and skills by applying learned principles and strategies to real and simulated cases. Students videotape and analyze their teaching. Questions and issues specific to on-site teaching are identified and addressed.

559 / 459. Teaching Bilingual/Multicultural Special Education (3)

560 / 460. Introduction to Bilingual-Multicultural Special Education (3)

561L. Educational Diagnosis: Diagnostic Assessment of Young Children (3)

Explores issues related to the educational diagnosis of young children, including standardized assessment procedures, family issues and factors impacting development. Prerequisite: 564L. Restriction: permission of instructor.

563L. Educational Diagnosis: Multidisciplinary Collaboration for Diagnostic Assessment (3)

Emphasis on working with multidisciplinary teams for educational diagnosis of students and integration of assessment information from related service providers. Prerequisite: 564L. Restriction: permission of instructor.

564L. Educational Diagnosis: Introduction to Assessment for Eligibility for Special Education Supports (3)

Examination of issues related to the educational assessment and diagnosis of students for eligibility for special education supports. Restriction: permission of instructor.

566L. Educational Diagnosis: Differential Diagnosis I (3)

Designed to develop competencies in administration, scoring and diagnostic interpretation of various individual tests of intelligence. Adaptive behavior rating scales will be included to supplement the diagnostic evaluation.

567L. Educational Diagnosis: Differential Diagnosis II (3)

Designed to teach educational diagnosticians to be proficient in administration and interpretation of tests in the areas of language aptitudes, self-concept and learning processes. Prerequisite: 566L.

568L. Educational Diagnosis: Diagnostic Assessment of Culturally and Linguistically Diverse Students (3)

Specifically designed for the educational diagnostician to develop skills necessary for the educational evaluation and programming of children whose language and/or culture is other than English. Prerequisite: 566L.

569L. Educational Diagnosis: Clinical Internship (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Supervised community-based experience in educational diagnosis (primarily in public school system). Designed to provide opportunities for direct application of theoretical and practical knowledge. Prerequisite: 566L and 567L and 568L. Restriction: permission of instructor.

582. Teaching Students with Intensive Communication Needs (3)

This course explores the identification, assessment and facilitation of the development and function of communication in educational settings. For young children, and those with severe disabilities, communication through alternative means to oral language is paramount.

583 / 483. Introduction to Autism Spectrum Disorders (3)

584 / 484. Research and Teaching-Intervention in Autism Spectrum Disorders (3)

586 / 486. Differentiating Reading Instruction in Inclusive Settings for Students with Intellectual Disabilities and Severe Disabilities (3)

587. Reading Methods for Students with Intellectual or Severe Disability (3)

Designed to teach selection and implementation of appropriate reading instruction approaches for individuals with intellectual or severe disability. Includes examination of varied formal and informal reading assessments and planning and organization of reading instruction.

588. Organization and Supervision of Special Education Programs (3)

This course will explore administrative, managerial and supervisory theories and strategies related to special education programs and services. Participants will acquire leadership concepts, skills, strategies and trends for administration of these programs and services.

589 / 489. Teaching Exceptional Students in General Education (1-3 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

591. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

May be repeated to a maximum of 6 credit hours for Masters Plan I and a maximum of 12 credit hours for Masters Plan II. Restriction: permission of instructor.

592. Workshops in Special Education (1-4 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

May be repeated to a maximum of 5 credit hours for Masters Plan I and a maximum of 8 credit hours for Masters Plan II.

593. Topics (1-3, no limit Δ)

594. Advanced Field Experience in Applied Behavior Analysis (3)

This course focuses on students experiences with individuals who need behavioral assessment and intervention. It involves students meeting on campus once a week, completing assigned readings, and submitting a project based on their Field Experience. Prerequisite: 519.

594L. Advanced Field Experience in Applied Behavior Analysis-Lab (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

In this course, students receive supervision of their behavior analytic work with clients in their Field Experience sites. This is a requirement of the Behavior Analyst Certification Board, the national certification board in behavior analysis. Prerequisite: 519 and 594. Restriction: permission of instructor.

595. Advanced Field Experience (3-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Planned and supervised professional laboratory experiences in agencies or institutional settings. Restriction: permission of instructor.

596L. Educational Diagnosis: Advanced Application of Skills (1 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

Provides experiential practice to prepare students to select, administer, and score standardized assessments used for educational diagnosis. Restriction: permission of instructor.

597. Ethics and Professionalism in Applied Behavior Analysis (3)

This course focuses on issues of ethics and professionalism within applied behavior analysis, special education, and related fields. Restriction: permission of instructor.

598. Directed Readings in Special Education (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Independent readings to be arranged collaboratively with individual faculty member. Student will develop an Individual Performance Contract with a faculty member to determine the key readings and to delineate the final product to be produced. Open to Special Education graduate students only. Restriction: permission of instructor.

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: permission of instructor.

601. Professional Seminar in Special Education (3)

A seminar for post-master’s students in special education degree programs. It is recommended this seminar be taken during the first semester of enrollment. Restriction: permission of instructor.

615. Trends and Issues in Special Education (3)

Culminating course in doctoral program in special education. Designed as experience in applying acquired knowledge and skills to current issues and trends in the field of special education. Restriction: admitted to Ed.D. or Ph.D. Special Education.

619. Single Case Research Design (3)

This course is for graduate students wishing to learn to conceptualize, design, conduct, analyze, and disseminate applied research using single case research designs. The course is comprised of lecture, seminar discussions, and in-class activities. Restriction: permission of instructor.

696. Internship (3-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

A planned and supervised experience for doctoral students. This course allows the student to apply theoretical concepts to a relevant problem. This experience may include but is not limited to research, teaching, administration, organization, and evaluation. Restriction: permission of instructor.

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: permission of instructor.

Statistics (STAT)

145. Introduction to Statistics (3)

Techniques for the visual presentation of numerical data, descriptive statistics, introduction to probability and basic probability models used in statistics, introduction to sampling and statistical inference, illustrated by examples from a variety of fields. (I) Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area II: Mathematics (NMCCN 1113). Prerequisite: (MATH 101 and MATH 102) or (MATH 118 and MATH 119) or MATH 120 or MATH 121 or MATH 123 or MATH 150 or MATH 162 or MATH 163 or MATH 180 or MATH 181 or MATH 264 or ACT Math =>22 or SAT Math Section =>540 or ACCUPLACER Elementary Algebra =66-103 or ACCUPLACER College-Level Math =37-68. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

279. Topics in Introductory Statistics (1 to 3 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

Offered upon demand.

**345. Elements of Mathematical Statistics and Probability Theory (3)

An introduction to probability including combinatorics, Bayes’ theorem, probability densities, expectation, variance and correlation. An introduction to estimation, confidence intervals and hypothesis testing. Prerequisite: MATH 163 or MATH 181.

427 / 527. Advanced Data Analysis I (3)

Statistical tools for scientific research, including parametric and non-parametric methods for ANOVA and group comparisons, simple linear and multiple linear regression, and basic ideas of experimental design and analysis. Emphasis placed on the use of statistical packages such as Minitab® and SAS®. Prerequisite: 145. {Fall}

428 / 528. Advanced Data Analysis II (3)

A continuation of 427 that focuses on methods for analyzing multivariate data and categorical data. Topics include MANOVA, principal components, discriminant analysis, classification, factor analysis, analysis of contingency tables including log-linear models for multidimensional tables and logistic regression. Prerequisite: 427.

434 / 534. Contingency Tables and Dependence Structures (3)

This course examines the use of log-linear models to analyze count data. It also uses graphical models to examine dependence structures for both count data and measurement data. Prerequisite: **345 and 427.

440 / 540. Regression Analysis (3)

Simple regression and multiple regression. Residual analysis and transformations. Matrix approach to general linear models. Model selection procedures, nonlinear least squares, logistic regression. Computer applications. Prerequisite: 427. {Fall}

445 / 545. Analysis of Variance and Experimental Design (3)

A data-analytic course. Multifactor ANOVA. Principles of experimental design. Analysis of randomized blocks, Latin squares, split plots, etc. Random and mixed models. Extensive use of computer packages with interpretation, diagnostics. Prerequisite: 440. {Spring}

453 / 553. Statistical Inference with Applications (3)

Transformations of univariate and multivariate distributions to obtain the special distributions important in statistics. Concepts of estimation and hypothesis testing in both large and small samples with emphasis on the statistical properties of the more commonly used procedures, including student’s t-tests, F-tests and chi-square tests. Confidence intervals. Performance of procedures under non-standard conditions (i.e., robustness). Prerequisite: 461. {Spring}

461 / 561. Probability (3)

(Also offered as MATH 441) Mathematical models for random experiments, random variables, expectation. The common discrete and continuous distributions with application. Joint distributions, conditional probability and expectation, independence. Laws of large numbers and the central limit theorem. Moment generating functions. Prerequisite: MATH 264. {Fall}

470 / 570. Industrial Statistics (3)

Basic ideas of statistical quality control and improvement. Topics covered: Deming’s 14 points and deadly diseases, Pareto charts, histograms, cause and effect diagrams, control charts, sampling, prediction, reliability, experimental design, fractional factorials, Taguchi methods, response surfaces. Prerequisite: **345.

472 / 572. Sampling Theory and Practice (3)

Basic methods of survey sampling; simple random sampling, stratified sampling, cluster sampling, systematic sampling and general sampling schemes; estimation based on auxiliary information; design of complex samples and case studies. Prerequisite: **345. {Alternate Falls}

474 / 574. Biostatistical Methods: Survival Analysis and Logistic Regression (3)

A detailed overview of methods commonly used to analyze medical and epidemiological data. Topics include the Kaplan-Meier estimate of the survivor function, models for censored survival data, the Cox proportional hazards model, methods for categorical response data including logistic regression and probit analysis, generalized linear models. Prerequisite: 428 or 440.

476 / 576. Multivariate Analysis (3)

Tools for multivariate analysis including multivariate ANOVA, principal components analysis, discriminant analysis, cluster analysis, factor analysis, structural equations modeling, canonical correlations and multidimensional scaling. Prerequisite: 428 or 440. {Offered upon demand}

477 / 577. Introduction to Bayesian Modeling (3)

An introduction to Bayesian methodology and applications. Topics covered include: probability review, Bayes’ theorem, prior elicitation, Markov chain Monte Carlo techniques. The free software programs WinBUGS and R will be used for data analysis. Prerequisite: 461 and (427 or 440). {Alternate Springs}

479. Topics in Statistics (3, no limit Δ)

Modern topics not covered in regular course offerings.

481 / 581. Introduction to Time Series Analysis (3)

Introduction to time domain and frequency domain models of time series. Data analysis with emphasis on Box-Jenkins methods. Topics such as multivariate models; linear filters; linear prediction; forecasting and control. Prerequisite: 461. {Alternate Springs}

495. Individual Study (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Guided study, under the supervision of a faculty member, of selected topics not covered in regular course offerings.

520. Topics in Interdisciplinary Biological and Biomedical Sciences (3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as ANTH 620, BIOL 520, CS 520, ECE 620) Varying interdisciplinary topics taught by collaborative scientists from UNM, SFI, and LANL.

527 / 427. Advanced Data Analysis I (3)

Statistical tools for scientific research, including parametric and non-parametric methods for ANOVA and group comparisons, simple linear and multiple linear regression and basic ideas of experimental design and analysis. Emphasis placed on the use of statistical packages such as Minitab® and SAS®. Course cannot be counted in the hours needed for graduate degrees in Mathematics and Statistics. Prerequisite: 145. {Fall}

528 / 428. Advanced Data Analysis II (3)

A continuation of 527 that focuses on methods for analyzing multivariate data and categorical data. Topics include MANOVA, principal components, discriminate analysis, classification, factor analysis, analysis of contingency tables including log-linear models for multidimensional tables and logistic regression. Prerequisite: 527.

534 / 434. Contingency Tables and Dependence Structures (3)

540 / 440. Regression Analysis (3)

545 / 445. Analysis of Variance and Experimental Design (3)

546. Theory of Linear Models (3)

Theory of the Linear Models discussed in 440/540 and 445/545. Linear spaces, matrices, projections, multivariate normal distribution and theory of quadratic forms. Non-full rank models and estimability. Gauss-Markov theorem. Distribution theory for normality assumptions. Hypothesis testing and confidence regions. Prerequisite: 553, 545, linear algebra. {Alternate Falls}

547. Multivariate Analysis and Advanced Linear Models (3)

Hotelling T2, multivariate ANOVA and Regression, classification and discrimination, principal components and factor analysis, clustering, graphical and computational techniques, topics in linear models. Prerequisite: 546. {Alternate Springs}

553 / 453. Statistical Inference with Applications (3)

556. Advanced Statistical Inference I (3)

Theory and methods of point estimation, sufficiency and its applications. Prerequisite: 553, 561 and MATH 510. {Alternate Falls}

557. Advanced Statistical Inference II (3)

Standard limit theorems, hypothesis testing, confidence intervals and decision theory. Prerequisite: 556. {Alternate Springs}

561 / 461. Probability (3)

Mathematical models for random experiments, random variables, expectation. The common discrete and continuous distributions with application. Joint distributions, conditional probability and expectation, independence. Laws of large numbers and the central limit theorem. Moment generating functions. Prerequisite: MATH 264. {Fall}

565. Stochastic Processes with Applications (3)

(Also offered as MATH 540) Markov chains and processes with applications. Classification of states. Decompositions. Stationary distributions. Probability of absorption, the gambler’s ruin and mean time problems. Queuing and branching processes. Introduction to continuous time Markov processes. Jump processes and Brownian motion. Prerequisite: 561. {Offered on demand}

569. Selected Topics in Probability Theory (3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as MATH 549)

570 / 470. Industrial Statistics (3)

572 / 472. Sampling Theory and Practice (3)

574 / 474. Biostatistical Methods: Survival Analysis and Logistic Regression (3)

576 / 476. Multivariate Analysis (3)

577 / 477. Introduction to Bayesian Modeling (3)

579. Selected Topics in Statistics (3, no limit Δ)

581 / 481. Introduction to Time Series Analysis (3)

586. Nonparametric Curve Estimation and Image Reconstruction (3)

Nonparametric regression, density estimation, filtering, spectral density estimation, image reconstruction and pattern recognition. Tools include orthogonal series, kernels, splines, wavelets and neural networks. Applications to medicine, engineering, biostatistics and economics. Prerequisite: 561. {Offered upon demand}

590. Statistical Computing (3)

A detailed examination of essential statistical computing skills needed for research and industrial work. Students will use S-Plus, Matlab and SAS® to develop algorithms for solving a variety of statistical problems using resampling and simulation techniques such as the bootstrap, Monte Carlo methods and Markov chain methods for approximating probability distributions. Applications to linear and non-linear models will be stressed. Prerequisite: 528.

595. Problems (1-3, no limit Δ)

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

605. Graduate Colloquium (1 to a maximum of 4 Δ)

Students present their current research.

649. Seminar in Probability and Statistics (1-3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as MATH 649)

650. Reading and Research (1-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Sustainability Studies (SUST)

109. Introduction to Comparative Global and Ethnic Societies (3)

(Also offered as AFST, CCS, NATV, WMST 109) The course explores historical and contemporary social forces that impact ethnic communities across the Americas. Students will examine social and economic dynamics of Indigenous, Latino, Asian-Pacific, Africana communities, and women's experiences.

134. Creating a Sustainable Future: Introduction to Environmental, Social, and Economic Health (3)

An introduction to creating a sustainable future that supports environmental health and restoration, social equity, and economic vitality. Examines challenges and examples of integrated, creative strategies on local, regional, national, and global levels.

334. Sustainability Practicum to Benefit the Campus or Community (3)

A collaborative hands-on local sustainability project directly benefiting the campus or community, designing creative approaches to satisfy basic needs (such as food, health, energy, transportation) in a future-sustaining way. Prerequisite: 134.

364. Growers' Market Practicum (3)

The course focuses on the food, history, economic and social benefits of growers' markets. Students gain hands-on skills to develop and manage actual growers' markets. Prerequisite: 134.

*384. Heritage Farming Practicum (3)

A theoretical background focusing on the history of agriculture in New Mexico and the Southwest. Readings will enhance the student's understanding about Hispanic and Native American relations with nature and the environment. Prerequisite: 134.

*402. Topics in Sustainability Studies (1-6 to a maximum of 18 Δ)

Explore specific topics that address the environmental, economic, and social aspects of sustainability. Topics may include legacies of leaders in sustainability, development of foodsheds, and other innovations.

*418. Nuclear New Mexico: Environmental and Social Impacts (3)

In this course, we will explore multiple aspects of nuclearism in the Southwest, including environmental justice issues, environmental racism, radioactive colonialism, atomic tourism, and the global implications of "the bomb."

434. Synthesis of Sustainability Perspectives and Innovations (3)

Presents frameworks for complex and creative analysis, including systems thinking and synergistic integration of the three pillars of sustainability: environment, equity, economy. Examines innovative local and international case studies in environment, business, policy, and community development. Prerequisite: 134.

*438. Communicating Community, Food, and Change: Lobo Gardens (3)

(Also offered as CJ *438) This course introduces and experientially explores the theoretical lenses of environmental communication, culture, sustainability, and restorative change through collaborative hands-on student preservation and growth of community food gardens.

499. Sustainability Independent Capstone Project as Research or Creative Expression (1-3 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

Apply lessons from the sustainability minor in the context of the major discipline or other arena, supported by a mentor and a review committee. Students select thesis research (section 1) or multimedia expression (section 2) option. Prerequisite: 434.

Swahili (SWAH)

101. Swahili I (3)

(Also offered as AFST 101) Foundation course for all beginning students interested in reading or speaking the language. {Offered upon demand}

102. Swahili II (3)

(Also offered as AFST 102) This course builds directly upon SWAH 101, and is designed to bring the students beyond a novice-intermediate or intermediate level of competence. Prerequisite: 101.

Theatre (THEA)

105. Introduction to Theatre (3)

This course provides an introduction to the study of theatre. Students will examine various components that comprise theatre, such as acting, directing, playwriting, dramaturgy, scenic and costume design, stagecraft, spectatorship, history, theory, and criticism. Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area V: Humanities and Fine Arts (NMCCN 1113).

130. Acting I (3)

Exploration of the basic fundamentals of acting through exercises, games and improvisation. Development of the imaginative, physical and emotional skills of the actor. Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area V: Humanities and Fine Arts.

192. Stagecraft I (3)

Basic techniques, tools and materials for construction of stage scenery. Crew assignments on departmental production required. {Fall, Spring}

194. Introduction to Costuming for Performance and New Media (3)

Basic techniques, tools, materials of costume construction. Crew assignment on departmental production required. Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area V: Humanities and Fine Arts. {Fall, Spring}

196. Introduction to Stage Lighting (3)

Basic techniques of stage lighting. Crew assignment on departmental production required. {Fall, Spring}

200. Theatre Practicum (1 to a maximum of 4 Δ)

Participation in University theatre season in production capacity. May not duplicate other course assignments. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

230. Acting II (3)

Continued exploration of acting technique. Emphasis on methods of study and preparation for presentation of scenework drawn from contemporary drama. Integration of voice and movement skills with acting technique. Prerequisite: 130.

231. Voice for the Actor I (3)

Basic vocal and physical skills with emphasis on relaxation, breath, and freeing the voice. Consideration of placement, articulation and support. Voice work is combined with movement to connect the expressive impulse to the entire body. Pre- or corequisite: 130.

232. Movement for the Stage I (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

An exploration of the art of acting primarily through the focus on body awareness, dynamic movement techniques, and physical characterization.

290. Stagecraft II (3)

Advanced techniques of stage crafts. Crew assignment on departmental production required. Prerequisite: 192. {Spring}

292. Rendering for Stage, Screen, and New Media (3)

Introduction to basic drawing skills used in the presentation of theatrical designs for stage, film, and digital media. Emphasis is given to accurate representation of the human figure, perspective, and lighting using different mediums.

296. Lighting Methods and Equipment (3)

Theory and practice of lighting for the stage. Crew assignment on departmental production required. Prerequisite: 196.

300. Studies in Theatre (1-3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Lecture and studio study on various topics in Theatre.

304. Make-Up Design for Performance and New Media (3)

Basic techniques of make up design for stage, film and television through the use of a variety of materials.

314. Pattern Development (3)

An introduction to pattern development using a combination of techniques: flat patterning, slash and spread, and draping. Prerequisite: 194. {Fall, odd numbered years}

328. Musical Theatre (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Training in the singing and acting styles required for performance in musical theatre. Pre- or corequisite: 130.

330. Acting III (3)

Continued exploration of advanced acting technique. Intensive scenework focusing on works of modern dramatists. Prerequisite: 230.

331. Voice for the Actor II (3)

Solidification and expansion of the skills learned in 231. Development of the actor's vocal and physical options. Applications to character and text. Prerequisite: 231.

332. Speech and Dialects for the Stage (3)

Principles of stage speech and dialect acquisition techniques. Introduction to the use of the International Phonetic Alphabet, application of acquired dialects to performance. Prerequisite: 231.

333. Topics in Physical Theatre (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

This course explores advanced movement techniques through text, scenes, monologues and in-class exercises. We will work in-depth with imagination, and the concepts of psychological gesture and invisible body.

334. History of Fashion and Costumes (3)

Historical and regional study and analysis of the cultural and sociological importance of what people wear and how they decorate and distort their bodies.

345. Theatre History I (3)

Serves as an introduction to the literatures, histories, theories, and practices of world theatre, drama, and performance from antiquity to through the early modern period.

346. Theatre History II (3)

Serves as an introduction to the literatures, histories, theories, and practices of world theatre, drama, and performance from the early modern period to the present.

350. Script Analysis (3)

The nature of the staged dramatic work: analysis of plays with representative readings from the history of dramatic literature.

355. Playwriting I (3)

A workshop for students who have little or no previous experience in writing plays. Students will be introduced to a variety of technical, structural, and imaginative considerations through exercises, readings, and discussions.

366. Stage Management (2)

The role, functions and duties of the stage manager in production, rehearsal and performance. Corequisite: 367.

367. Stage Management Production Laboratory (1 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

The purpose of this course is to provide a laboratory for student Stage Managers in which they can acquire and experiment with practical stage management skills. Corequisite: 366.

370. 2D Computer-Aided Drafting for Design (3)

Covers CAD and computer modeling, including the basic types of drawings and formats. Techniques and conventions unique to entertainment/theatre/television/film are also covered. Of special interest for architects, theatrical designers, art directors, etc.

371. Digital Imagery and Production (3)

For students wishing to create conceptual/multi-media imagery for gallery, performance and similar installations. Covers planning, techniques and equipment, plus teaches software such as PhotoShop, Painter, Illustrator. Students complete a series of conceptual projects.

387. Design History and Styles for Performance and New Media (3)

A multimedia introduction to the craft, history and styles of costume, lighting, scenery and theatre space design for performance. A study of the influence of seminal figures in design from the renaissance to the present.

390. Scenic Painting for Stage and Screen (3)

Principles and practice of scenic painting techniques, including: color mixing, textures, faux finishes, and large scale backdrop painting. Prerequisite: 192 and 292.

391. Advanced Scenic Techniques (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Principles and practice of advanced scenic techniques including rigging, structural analysis, OSHA safety, scene painting and technical direction.

392. Introduction to Scenic Design for Performance and New Media (3)

Course covers the techniques, goals and concepts of scenic design for theatre, television, film, and new media. Theoretical, conceptual, and practical issues are addressed. Students complete a series of conceptual design projects. Prerequisite: 105 and 292.

394. Costume Design for Performance and New Media (3)

Exploration of costume design for stage, film and television concentrating on design theory, visual communication, rendering techniques and portfolio presentation. Drawing skills required. Prerequisite: 105 and 194.

396. Lighting Design I (3)

Basics of lighting design, emphasis on play analysis, light plots and plugging charts. Crew assignment on departmental production required. Prerequisite: 105 and 196. {Fall}

397. Sound for Performance (3)

Introduction to the equipment and techniques of sound for performance. Hands on experience with microphones, mixers, processors, digital recordings, CDs and computer programs for sound production.

398. Costume Techniques (3)

Principles and practice of advanced costuming techniques like millinery, mask making, corsetry, wigs, jewelry and fabric dyeing. Prerequisite: 194.

399. Special Problems in Theatre and Production (1-3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Intensive study and practice of special techniques and materials in theatre and production. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Offered upon demand}

403. Directing I (3)

Introduces students to theories and practices of directing for the theatre. Through extensive reading and practical directing experience, students develop skills such as conducting research; scene and structural analysis; and working with actors, among others. Prerequisite: 105 and 130.

404 / 504. Directing II (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Advanced study of the special problems in directing required by specific styles and stagings. Directing of a one-act script is required. Topics vary. Prerequisite: 403.

428. Topics in Musical Theatre (3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Course material varies, including: training in audition preparation, ensemble performance, repertoire, musical theatre movement and cabaret performance. Prerequisite: 328. Pre- or corequisite: 230. Restriction: permission of instructor.

431. Advanced Acting: Tools for Acting the Classical Repertory [Advanced Acting: Classical Styles] (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

In this course, students acquire the dramaturgical, linguistic, and physical skills needed to bring the classical repertory to life on the stage. Prerequisite: 330.

432. Advanced Acting- Beyond Realism (3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Development of acting skills necessary to perform plays written in a variety of styles that depart from realism. Authors may include: Beckett, Ionesco, Genet, Brecht, Fornes, Parks, Wellman, etc. Prerequisite: 330.

434. Performance Art (3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Students create and perform original acts of live art combining various performance disciplines. Studio work will be supplemented by lectures examining performance art and artist. The role of performance in our lives will be probed.

437. Acting-Entering the Profession (3)

Preparation for a career as a performer, with focus on theatrical and film auditions, callbacks and interviews. Includes practical information on professional etiquette, marketing and creating a strong career plan. Pre- or corequisite: 330.

445 / 545. Topics in Performance [Topics in Theatre History and Criticism] (3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

This interdisciplinary seminar integrates practice and theory to conduct in-depth explorations of themes, issues, and methods in performance. Topics vary by semester.

446 [446 / 546]. Theories of Performance [Theories of Theatre] (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

An introduction to the theories undergirding the dynamic fields of theatre and performance studies its methodologies, genealogies, and current trends. This seminar investigates performance as a site and method of study.

*455. Playwriting II (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

An advanced workshop in playwriting. Students examine the traditional elements of dramatic structure, and explore contemporary tactics for the composition and revision of new plays. Open to students across disciplines. Prerequisite: 355.

*456L. Playwriting Laboratory (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

A playwriting workshop for advanced undergraduate playwrights, focused on a specific theme, style, or dramaturgical question.

457. Advanced Dramatic Writing Workshop (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

An advanced playwriting workshop focused on the composition and revision of evening-length performances and plays, with an emphasis on public presentation. {Fall}

458 / 558. Screenwriting (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Investigation of the art of writing the feature-length film. Study is performed in tandem with the development of a treatment and a script with revisions.

465 / 565. Live Performance: International Theatre Festival Immersion (3-4, may be repeated three times Δ)

This study-abroad course takes theatre festivals as its classroom, and immerses students in the most cutting-edge contemporary performances. Students are exposed to a wide variety of performances from a broad global context.

466. Stage Management II (3)

The study of the different practice and techniques of stage management for theatre, music theatre, opera, and dance. Emphasis on developing advanced skills needed for this collaborative art form. Prerequisite: 366 and 367.

468 / 568. Navajo Expressive Culture (3)

(Also offered as AMST 468, ANTH 468/568, MUS 468/568) Examination of contemporary Diné (Navajo) politics and art (music, Navajo language, photography, dance, radio, filmmaking, comedy, weaving, poetry). Weekly guest speakers, readings from ethnomusicology, anthropology, critical indigenous studies. Includes overnight field trip to Navajo Nation.

470. 3D Modeling and Visualization for Design (3)

For students wishing to use computers to explore the aesthetics of space/time/volume. Covers techniques in high-end modeling/animation of spaces/environments, sophisticated visualization software, and advanced presentation via image, sound and video. Prerequisite: 370.

472. Prop Design and Construction (3)

Provides practical and special techniques for theatre production through play analysis, budgeting, design, and construction in props. Will encourage creative and critical thinking skills, and stimulate the development of a personal aesthetic. Prerequisite: 292 and 370.

474. Production Performance (0, may be repeated 7 times)

A project-based course in which students participate in realized productions within the department and under the direction of various faculty members. Students work hands-on learning and refining the professional skills needed in the entertainment industry.

475 / 575. Special Topics in Computers for Design (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Intensive study and practice in computers and technology for design and performance. Topics vary. {Offered on demand}

481. Costume Design and Technology Project (1-3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

482. Scene Design and Technology Project (1-3 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

Advanced production work in set design and technology for an actual performance under the supervision of the design faculty. Presentation of portfolio on finished project to design committee necessary for final grade. Admission by portfolio. Prerequisite: 392.

486. Lighting Design II (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Emphasis on designing for various types of stages. Crew assignment on departmental production required. Prerequisite: 396. {Spring}

487 / 587. Contemporary Interdisciplinary Topics (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

(Also offered as ARTH, DANC, MUS 487 / 587; MA *487) Analyzes major instances of interdisciplinary influence and collaboration in the present day. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Spring}

488. Lighting Design and Technology Project (1-3 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

Advanced production work in lighting design and technology for an actual performance under the supervision of the design faculty. Presentation of portfolio on finished project to design committee necessary for final grade. Admission by portfolio. Restriction: permission of instructor.

492. Advanced Scene Design for Performance and New Media (3)

Study of the practice and techniques of scenic design for theatre, opera and dance. Emphasis on developing personal artistic vision in a collaborative art form. Students complete conceptual design projects. Prerequisite: 392.

494. Advanced Costume Design for Performance and New Media (3)

Advanced work in costume design, concentrating on student projects for dance, stage, film and television. Portfolio presentation required. Prerequisite: 394.

495. Studies in Theatre (1-3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Lecture and studio study on various topics in theatre.

496 / 596. Student Production Project (1-3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Advanced studies in Theatre under the supervision of an individual faculty member. This study must conclude in a project. This study may not be substitute for any course offered by the Theatre Program. Restriction: permission of instructor.

497 / 597. Independent Study (2-3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Advanced studies and research in Theatre under the supervision of an individual faculty member. This study must conclude in a written project. This study may not substitute for any course offered by the Theatre Program. All projects must be approved by the Department. Restriction: permission of instructor.

498. Design Seminar (3)

Explores current topics and trends in contemporary design aesthetics, portfolio and resume preparation, and discussions on the business of theatrical design and related industries. Capstone course intended for students preparing for graduation. {Fall}

499. Departmental Honors (3-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Students achieving an overall grade point of 3.50 will qualify to apply for departmental honors which requires a research or creative project with supporting written document. Restriction: permission of instructor.

500. Introduction to Graduate Studies (3)

Research methods for performing arts including development of working bibliography, types of documentation, investigation of research materials and resources in theatre and dance. Includes a survey of main types of studies undertaken in theatre arts and dance. Required of all entering graduate students. {Fall}

503. Performance Theory (3)

(Also offered as DANC 503) An introduction to the theories undergirding the dynamic fields of theatre and performance studies its methodologies, genealogies, and current trends. This seminar investigates performance as a site and method of study. {Spring, even-numbered years}

504 / 404. Directing II (3, no limit Δ)

Advanced study of the special problems in directing required by specific styles and stagings. Directing of a one-act script is required. Topics vary. Prerequisite: 403. {Spring}

506. Critical Issues in the Performing Arts (3)

(Also offered as DANC 506) Examination of major problems and questions arising from interaction between the performing arts and the political, economic and social conditions in which they live. Survey of major figures in contemporary performing arts.

512. Graduate Seminar (3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Topical seminars in the areas of Dramatic Writing, Directing and Theatre Education.

529. Advanced Topics in Theatre and Dance (1-3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

545 / 445. Topics in Performance [Topics in Theatre History and Criticism] (3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

This interdisciplinary seminar integrates practice and theory to conduct in-depth explorations of themes, issues, and methods in performance. Topics vary by semester.

551. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

555. Dramatic Writing I (4 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

A graduate workshop in dramatic writing. Students explore traditional theories of dramaturgy as well as generate and revise original plays and texts for performance. Phase One of an integrated experience in graduate dramatic writing.

556. Dramatic Writing II (4 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

A graduate workshop in dramatic writing. Students examine experimental and anti-realistic theories of dramaturgy and generate and revise original plays and texts for performance. Second phase of an integrated experience in graduate dramatic writing. Prerequisite: 555.

557. The Writer's Stage III (4 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

A graduate workshop in dramatic writing, focused on the revision and improvement of existing scripts.

558 / 458. Screenwriting (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Investigation of the art of writing the feature-length film. The analysis of concept, premise and social arena to develop the student’s own original screenplay to include at least one major set of revisions.

559. Topics in Dramatic Writing (3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Selected topics in writing for performance.

565 / 465. Live Performance: International Theatre Festival Immersion (3-4, may be repeated three times Δ)

568 / 468. Navajo Expressive Culture (3)

(Also offered as AMST 468, ANTH 568/468, MUS 568/468) Examination of contemporary Diné (Navajo) politics and art (music, Navajo language, photography, dance, radio, filmmaking, comedy, weaving, poetry). Weekly guest speakers, readings from ethnomusicology, anthropology, critical indigenous studies. Includes overnight field trip to Navajo Nation.

575 / 475. Special Topics in Computers for Design (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Intensive study and practice in computers and technology for design and performance. Topics vary. {Offered on demand}

587 / 487. Contemporary Interdisciplinary Topics (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

(Also offered as ARTH, DANC, MUS 587 / 487; MA *487) Analyzes major instances of interdisciplinary influence and collaboration in the present day. {Spring}

596 / 496. Student Production Project (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Advanced studies in Theatre under the supervision of an individual faculty member. This study must conclude in a project. This study may not substitute for any course offered by the Theatre Program. Restriction: permission of instructor.

597 / 497. Independent Study (2-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall, Spring}

598. Master's Essay in Theatre and Dance (3)

Offered for students who have been advanced to candidacy and who have elected Plan II.

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Submission of a major work, full length play or screen play that is shown in a public presentation as a staged concert reading or if approved, in a more comprehensive presentation. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

University Honors Program (UHON)

121 - 122. Honors Legacy Seminar (3 to a maximum of 9 Δ; 3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Surveys of major ideas basic to the intellectual, historical and artistic traditions of Western Culture. One 100-level seminar required for graduation. Meets New Mexico Lower-Division General Education Common Core Curriculum Area V: Humanities and Fine Arts. Restriction: admitted to Honors College.

199. Concurrent Enrollment Seminar (1-3, no limit Δ)

The nature of the class will vary from semester to semester. Content interdisciplinary, covering such areas as history, philosophy and literature. The seminar will not duplicate any departmental offering. For University Honors Program requirements, only 3–6 hours may be counted. Restriction: admitted to Honors College.

201. Seminar in Rhetoric and Discourse (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

This seminar is an interdisciplinary study of writing. People read to engage ideas. They read to inform decisions. Effective writers make ideas and information accessible. Students in this seminar learn the elements of effective writing. Restriction: admitted to Honors College.

202. Seminar in Mathematics in the World (3)

This is an interdisciplinary and rigorous introduction to mathematical reasoning. Themed sections connect foundational ideas of mathematics, such as logic, systems of numbers, sequences and series, geometry, and probability to other aspects of human thought. Restriction: admitted to Honors College.

203. Seminar in Science in the 21st Century (3, may be repeated twice Δ [3 or 4, may be repeated twice Δ])

This course introduces principles from scientific fields such as biology, chemistry, physics, geology, and astronomy. It will familiarize students with scientific inquiry and an understanding of the role of the sciences in society and culture. Restriction: admitted to Honors College.

203L. Science in the 21st Century Laboratory (1, may be repeated twice Δ)

This optional lab corresponding to UHON 203 uses direct experimental work, field study, and other practical applications to introduce scientific method and inquiry in one or more of the basic sciences. Corequisite: 203. Restriction: admitted to Honors College.

204. Seminar in the Individual and the Collective (3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

This is an interdisciplinary introduction to the social and behavioral sciences. Insight from multiple disciplines including psychology, anthropology, political science, sociology and economics will be used to critically analyze local, national, or global problems. Restriction: admitted to Honors College.

205. Seminar in Humanities in Society and Culture (3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

This course introduces interdisciplinary perspectives on humanities fields such as literature, history, and philosophy as well as associated disciplines. Its goal is to encourage understanding of the role of the humanities in society and culture. Restriction: admitted to Honors College.

207. Seminar in Fine Arts as Global Perspective (3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

This course introduces interdisciplinary perspectives on fine art fields such as visual arts, theater, architecture, dance and music. Its goal is to encourage understanding of the role of art in society and culture. Restriction: admitted to Honors College.

235. Seminar: University Honors Program (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Various sections, various topics each semester. Pre- or corequisite: 121 or 122.

299. Individual Study (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

May be repeated for credit with permission of Program Director. Pre- or corequisite: 121 or 122.

301 - 302. Honors Seminar (3, no limit Δ; 3, no limit Δ)

Selected seminar topics of an educationally broadening and generally interdisciplinary nature taught by specially selected faculty. Instructors and topics will vary from semester to semester.

312L. University Honors Seminar Lab (1-3)

Laboratory component for upper level Honors students. Instructors and topics will vary from semester to semester.

399. Individual Study (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Not to be counted as part of 300 or above requirement for graduation with Honors except with permission of Director.

401 - 402. Honors Seminar (3, no limit Δ; 3, no limit Δ)

Selected seminar topics of an educationally broadening and generally interdisciplinary nature taught by specially selected faculty. Instructors and topics will vary from semester to semester. Pre- or corequisite: 301 or 302.

490. Senior Reading and Research in Honors (3)

Prerequisite for completing Senior Honors Thesis graduation option in conjunction with Senior Honors Thesis (491). Pre- or corequisite: 301 or 302. Restriction: permission of thesis advisor.

491. Senior Honors Thesis (3)

Prerequisite: 490.

492. Senior Teaching Preparation (3)

Prerequisite for completing Honors Senior Teaching graduation option. Pre- or corequisite: 301 or 302. Restriction: permission of instructor.

493. Honors Senior Teaching (3)

Participation in all aspects of guiding Honors seminar under direction of Honors instructor. Requirements: teaching portfolio and a final paper. Required Senior option for graduation in conjunction with Honors Senior Teaching Preparation (492). Prerequisite: 492.

495. Senior Colloquium (3)

Honors capstone seminars of various topics specially designed to meet the needs of senior students in the program. Required senior option for graduation in conjunction with Senior Service-Learning (496). Pre- or corequisite: 301 or 302.

496. Seminar Service-Learning (3)

Seminar enabling senior Honors students to learn and develop through active participation in organized community service experiences. Required senior option for graduation in conjunction with the Senior Colloquium (495). Pre- or corequisite: 301 or 302.

498. Individual Experiential Study (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Requires concurrent enrollment in a 3 credit hour 400-level Honors Seminar. A written proposal outlining the field experience must be completed. That field experience must complement the 400-level Honors Seminar, incorporating the Seminar content into the field experience. Prerequisite: 301 or 302. Restriction: admitted to Honors College.

499. Individual Study (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Pre- or corequisite: 301 or 302.

University (UNIV)

101. Seminar: Introduction to UNM and Higher Education (1-3)

Designed to accelerate successful transition to the academic environment at a research university.

102. Topics: Academic Foundations (1-3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Designed to engage students who share academic interests, with their intended major, college or school. {Fall, Spring}

103. Foundational Math (3)

This course is designed to prepare students for college-level mathematics courses by strengthening key mathematical concepts. It addresses the transition from high school to college and incorporates strategies needed for problem solving.

104. Math Learning Strategies (1-3, may be repeated once Δ)

This course is designed to help increase awareness of math-based structures in day-to-day life, interpret and evaluate information presented in graphical and visual formats, and use problem-solving tools and concepts to analyze information and arguments.

105. University College Interdisciplinary Co-Op (0)

Exploring the world of work and interacting with their surroundings in an environment conducive to growth and personal development, UNM students will benefit from real life situations through experiential learning. Academic advisement approval required.

106. Critical Text Analysis (1-3 [3])

This course presents the reading process including study reading, critical thinking and analysis. It addresses the transition from high school to college and incorporates strategies needed for problem solving.

201. Topics in Career Exploration (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Both general and discipline-specific sections offered. Students will explore their goals, passions, and skills, and the steps and tools related to career decision-making (general seminar). In the discipline-specific sections, students will explore specific career options.

391. Topics in Leadership Development (1-3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Prepares students to work in leadership positions on and off campus. Course may address Student Development Theory, Supplemental Instruction, Intentionally Structured Groups, critical thinking, learning styles, success skills, diversity, effective communication and group dynamics.

Women Studies (WMST)

109. Introduction to Comparative Global and Ethnic Societies (3)

(Also offered as AFST, CCS, NATV, SUST 109) The course explores historical and contemporary social forces that impact ethnic communities across the Americas. Students will examine social and economic dynamics of Indigenous, Latino, Asian-Pacific, Africana communities, and women's experiences.

200. Introduction to Women Studies (3)

This interdisciplinary course explores intersectional influences of gender, race, class, sexuality, and other factors of identity in regional, national, and international contexts; the critical historical study of feminist activism and Women's Studies in the U.S.

231. Psychology of Human Sexuality (3)

(Also offered as PSY 231) Exploration of the physiological, cultural, social and individual factors that influence sexual behavior, sex roles and sex identity. Prerequisite: PSY 105.

250. Black Women (3)

A comprehensive survey of the role Black Women has played in the society of the United States. Emphasis will be placed on achievements and contributions.

255. Black Women and the Diaspora (3)

(Also offered as AFST 255)This survey course reviews the contributions of Black women to the Black Diasporic story.

279. Interdisciplinary Topics (1-3, may be repeated 3 times Δ)

Can be repeated for credit three times by students earning a major or minor in Women Studies.

304. Feminist Theories: Identity, Knowledge, and Power (3)

Exploration of the intersections, connections, and tensions between feminist theory and queer, critical race, and postcolonial theories. Theoretical focus on the discussion around previous and emerging analyses of identity, knowledge/power, and justice.

313. Women and the Law (3)

(Also offered as POLS 313) A survey of legal issues affecting women. Examines the historical development and current law of equal opportunity, sexual harassment, pay equity, sports, family, reproduction and sexual violence. Prerequisite: POLS 303.

314. Women's Contemporary Legal Issues (3)

(Also offered as POLS 314) This course looks at the intersection of sex and law. Topics include Social Contract Theory as a sexual and domestic labor contract, NM rape laws, legal definitions of pornography, and sexual torture: consensual or criminal. Prerequisite: POLS 303.

323. Feminist Economics (3)

This course offers a feminist critique of traditional economic theories as presented by post-colonial feminists. It also covers the related issues of globalization, population control and state policies, immigration, and social exclusion.

324. Contemporary Feminist Theory (3)

An investigation of selected feminist theories from the past three decades. Learning the skills of analysis and applying these skills to theory will be stressed.

325. Race, Class and Feminism (3)

This course will open discussion on the significance of race and class as an integral component in the development of feminist movements.

326. Gender and Communication (3)

(Also offered as CJ 326) Study of the relationship between gender and communication with specific attention to how gender affects language, verbal and nonverbal communication practices and how women’s movements have attempted to transform gendered communication practices.

331. Transnational Feminisms (3)

Examination of theoretical and methodological techniques of postcolonial, transnational, and third world feminist scholars/activists; how oppressions are theorized, experienced, and resisted, with a special focus on colonization, imperialism, nationalism, global capitalism, and empire.

332. Introduction to Chicana Studies (3)

(Also offered as CCS 332) An introduction to the interdisciplinary field of Chicana Studies. Includes historical and contemporary research on labor, political involvement, cultural studies and feminism.

335. Lesbian Culture and Politics (3)

Descriptive and theoretical focus on lesbian women in society and within the women’s movement; consideration of issues relevant to Lesbian identity.

336. Queer Theories (3)

Class will touch on some early foundations of queer theory and use that foundation as a spring board to explore queer of color, queer migration, queer diaspora, postcolonial queer, and queer native studies scholarship.

339. Women and Cultural Violence (3)

An examination of cultural violence toward women (rape, domestic violence, sexual harassment, emotional and verbal abuse, media images, etc.) through political, economic, psychological, social and cultural perspectives.

353. Women and Creativity (3)

A study of the creative process linked to the artist’s position in society. A rotation course that will deal successively with women artists in the visual arts, literature, crafts and with the creative process itself.

355. Black Womanist and Feminist Theories (3)

This survey course critically explores the Black Woman's experience through Feminist and Womanist theories.

377. Population Policy and Politics (3)

(Also offered as POLS 377) Analysis of U.S. and multinational policies addressing issues of world population growth, including policy tools designed to control population growth.

379. Interdisciplinary Topics (1-3, may be repeated three times Δ)

Can be repeated for credit three times by students earning a major or minor in Women Studies. {Fall, Spring}

415. The History of Reproduction (3)

(Also offered as HIST 415 / 615) By examining the history of reproduction, this course explores the ways in which medicine has intersected with cultural constructs of gender, sexuality, race, and class to produce ways of controlling the male and female reproducing body.

416. Women and Health in American History (3)

(Also offered as HIST 414 / 614) We examine the health issues women have faced and their responses to them from the 18th to the 20th centuries in the U.S., investigating women as patients, women as practitioners and the gendering of disease.

469. Multiculturalism, Gender and Media (3)

(Also offered as CJ 469) Exploration of how gender, race, class, sexual orientation, ethnicity and other social positions affect media coverage, portrayals, production and reception. The course focuses on theories, methods of analysis and topics of current interest.

479. Advanced Interdisciplinary Topics (3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

An advanced seminar on the interdisciplinary study of feminism, gender, and sexuality in the arts, humanities, natural, social or health sciences.

492. Senior Seminar (3)

An advanced course for seniors in Women Studies, emphasizing synthesis and development of research skills. Restriction: senior standing and permission of instructor. {Spring}

493. Senior Honors Thesis (3)

Offered by independent study to Women Studies majors eligible for honors. This capstone experience in the honors program builds on WMST 492, and is intended to complete the writing of the honors thesis. Prerequisite: 492. Restriction: permission of instructor.

498. Feminism in Action (3)

Planned and supervised work experience in a community agency serving women.

499. Independent Study (1-3, may be repeated 3 times Δ)

Student is expected to present a topic for study. Restriction: permission of instructor.

510. Feminist Theories (3)

Study of major themes in contemporary feminist thought.

512. Introduction to Feminist Research Methodology (3)

Study of feminist research methodologies, covering interdisciplinary feminist approaches to research and applications of feminist scholarship.

579. Interdisciplinary Topics (1-3, may be repeated 3 times Δ)

597. Independent Study (1-3 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

Independent project culminating in a final paper. Students must submit a proposal to instructor prior to receiving permission to register. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall, Spring}

Water Resources Program (WR)

551-552. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Independent study under the mentorship of a faculty member.

571. Water Resources I - Contemporary Issues (4)

(Also offered as ECON 546) Students examine contemporary issues in water resource systems, including water quality; ecosystem health; stakeholder concerns; economics; and water supply, policy, management and allocation. Emphasis on teamwork, cooperation, and oral, written and graphic communication. {Fall}

572. Water Resources II - Models (4)

(Also offered as ECON 545) Practical aspects of the different technical models used by water resource professionals: hydrological, economic, ecological, etc. Students use models to solve problems. Emphasis on oral, written and graphic communication. Prerequisite: 571 and (ECON 106 or ECON **300) and (576 or CE 541 or CE 542 or EPS 562). {Spring}

573. Water Resources III - Field Problems (4)

Intensive experience with a field-based problem or suite of problems. Students work through problem identification and definition, collect/analyze data, propose solutions and present conclusions and recommendations in an appropriate forum. Restriction: admitted to M.W.R. Water Resources and permission of instructor. {Summer}

576. Physical Hydrology (3)

(Also offered as EPS 576 / 476) Quantitative treatment of the hydrologic cycle–precipitation, evapotranspiration, infiltration, runoff and subsurface flow; global change and hydrology; catchment and hillslope hydrology; hydrologic system-ecosystem interactions; hydrology and water resources management. Prerequisite: MATH 163 and PHYC 160. {Fall}

590. Internship (3)

Professional experience in a public, private or non-profit organization, supervised by a water resource professional. Restriction: permission of program director. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

595. Topics in Water Resources (1-4 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Variable course content depending upon student demand and instructor availability. Restriction: permission of instructor.

598. Professional Project (1-3, no limit Δ)

Required for the Master of Water Resources degree. Maximum of 3 credits can be counted toward degree. Offered on a PR/CR/NC basis only.